Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2011
Registration No. 333-171525
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 4
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
Tesoro Logistics LP
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
 
 
 
         
Delaware
  4610   27-4151603
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259-1828
(210) 626-6000
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Charles S. Parrish
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259-1828
(210) 626-4280
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
     
William N. Finnegan IV
Brett E. Braden
Latham & Watkins LLP
717 Texas Avenue, Suite 1600
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 546-5400
  David P. Oelman
D. Alan Beck, Jr.
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 758-2222
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
 
 
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  þ Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                 
    Proposed Maximum
       
Title of Each Class of
  Aggregate Offering
    Amount of
 
Securities to be Registered
  Price (1)(2)     Registration Fee (3)  
 
Common units representing limited partner interests
  $ 301,875,000     $ 35,048  
 
 
(1) Includes common units issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).
 
(3) The total registration fee includes $26,703 that was previously paid for the registration of $230,000,000 of proposed maximum aggregate offering price in the filing of the Registration Statement on January 4, 2011 and $8,345 for the registration of an additional $71,875,000 of proposed maximum aggregate offering price registered hereby.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 1, 2011.
 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
12,500,000 Common Units
Representing Limited Partner Interests
 
(TESORO LOGISTICS)
Tesoro Logistics LP
 
 
 
 
This is an initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests of Tesoro Logistics LP. We are offering 12,500,000 common units in this offering. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. We currently estimate that the initial public offering price per common unit will be between $      and $     . We have applied to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TLLP.”
 
 
Investing in our common units involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17. These risks include the following:
 
  •  Tesoro Corporation accounts for substantially all of our revenues. Additionally, conflicts of interest may arise between Tesoro and its affiliates, including our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. If Tesoro changes its business strategy, is unable to satisfy its obligations under our commercial agreements for any reason or significantly reduces the volumes transported through our pipelines or handled at our terminals, our revenues would decline and our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders would be adversely affected.
 
  •  We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.
 
  •  Tesoro may suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under our commercial agreements in some circumstances, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.
 
  •  Tesoro’s level of indebtedness, the terms of its borrowings and its credit ratings could adversely affect our ability to grow our business, our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders and our credit ratings and profile. Our ability to obtain credit in the future may also be affected by Tesoro’s credit rating.
 
  •  A material decrease in the refining margins at Tesoro’s refineries could materially reduce the volumes of crude oil or refined products that we handle, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
  •  We may not be able to significantly increase our third-party revenue due to competition and other factors, which could limit our ability to grow and extend our dependence on Tesoro.
 
  •  Our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders. Additionally, we have no control over Tesoro’s business decisions and operations, and Tesoro is under no obligation to adopt a business strategy that favors us.
 
  •  Unitholders have very limited voting rights and, even if they are dissatisfied, they cannot remove our general partner without its consent.
 
  •  Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the Internal Revenue Service were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, which would subject us to entity-level taxation, then our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.
 
  •  Our unitholders’ share of our income will be taxable to them for federal income tax purposes even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
                 
    Per Common Unit   Total
 
Public Offering Price
  $                $             
Underwriting Discount(1)
  $       $    
Proceeds to Tesoro Logistics LP(2)
  $       $  
 
 
(1) Excludes a structuring fee of 0.25% of the gross offering proceeds payable to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and an advisory fee. Please see “Underwriting.”
 
(2) We intend to use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering to make a distribution to Tesoro. For a detailed explanation of our intended use of the net proceeds from this offering, please see “Use of Proceeds” on page 46.
 
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 12,500,000 common units in this offering, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 1,875,000 common units from Tesoro Logistics LP at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and the structuring fee payable to Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to purchasers on or about          , 2011 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.
 
 
Citi     Wells Fargo Securities     BofA Merrill Lynch     Credit Suisse
 
 
 
Barclays Capital
Deutsche Bank Securities
J.P. Morgan
Raymond James
RBC Capital Markets
           , 2011.


Table of Contents

 
(MAP)


Table of Contents

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    1  
    1  
    1  
    2  
    3  
    3  
    4  
    4  
    5  
    6  
    8  
    8  
    8  
    9  
    13  
    17  
    17  
    32  
    41  
    46  
    47  
    48  
    49  
    49  
    50  
    51  
    53  
    55  
    61  
    61  
    62  
    63  
    64  
    66  
    67  
    67  
    68  
    71  
    71  
    72  
    75  
    79  


i


Table of Contents

         
    Page
 
    79  
    79  
    81  
    82  
    83  
    84  
    87  
    91  
    92  
    93  
    93  
    93  
    94  
    95  
    95  
    96  
    97  
    98  
    98  
    102  
    108  
    109  
    112  
    112  
    113  
    113  
    117  
    122  
    123  
    123  
    124  
    124  
    124  
    126  
    127  
    128  
    133  
    134  
    136  
    137  
    137  
    138  
    138  


ii


Table of Contents

         
    Page
 
    142  
    143  
    143  
    155  
    156  
    156  
    161  
    164  
    164  
    164  
    164  
    166  
    166  
    166  
    166  
    166  
    167  
    168  
    169  
    171  
    171  
    172  
    172  
    173  
    174  
    174  
    174  
    174  
    174  
    175  
    175  
    176  
    176  
    176  
    177  
    177  
    178  
    179  
    179  
    181  
    181  
    187  
    188  
    190  


iii


Table of Contents

         
    Page
 
    191  
    192  
    194  
    194  
    196  
    198  
    201  
    202  
    202  
    202  
    203  
    204  
    204  
    204  
    204  
    F-1  
    A-1  
  EX-1.1
  EX-3.4
  EX-5.1
  EX-8.1
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.2
  EX-10.3
  EX-10.4
  EX-10.5
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.7
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.9
  EX-10.10
  EX-10.11
  EX-10.12
  EX-10.13
  EX-10.14
  EX-10.15
  EX-10.16
  EX-10.17
  EX-10.18
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
 
Through and including          , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
Industry and Market Data
 
The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications or other published independent sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates. Although we believe these third-party sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information and cannot guarantee its accuracy and completeness.


iv


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that you should consider before purchasing our common units. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical and pro forma combined financial statements and notes to those financial statements. Unless expressly stated otherwise, the information presented in this prospectus assumes (1) an initial public offering price of $20.00 per common unit and (2) that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised. You should read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 for more information about important factors that you should consider before purchasing our common units.
 
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Tesoro Logistics LP,” “our partnership,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or like terms, when used in a historical context, refer to Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor, our predecessor for accounting purposes, also referenced as “our predecessor,” and when used in the present tense or prospectively, refer to Tesoro Logistics LP and its subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Tesoro” refer collectively to Tesoro Corporation and its subsidiaries, other than Tesoro Logistics LP, its subsidiaries and its general partner.
 
Tesoro Logistics LP
 
Overview
 
We are a fee-based, growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership recently formed by Tesoro to own, operate, develop and acquire crude oil and refined products logistics assets. Our logistics assets are integral to the success of Tesoro’s refining and marketing operations and are used to gather, transport and store crude oil and to distribute, transport and store refined products. Our initial assets consist of a crude oil gathering system in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area of North Dakota and Montana, eight refined products terminals in the midwestern and western United States and a crude oil and refined products storage facility and five related short-haul pipelines in Utah.
 
We intend to expand our business through organic growth, including constructing new assets and increasing the utilization of our existing assets, and by acquiring assets from Tesoro and third parties. Although Tesoro has historically operated its logistics assets primarily to support its refining and marketing business, it has recently announced its intent to grow its logistics operations in order to maximize the integrated value of its assets within the midstream and downstream value chain. In support of this strategy, Tesoro has formed us to be the primary vehicle to grow its logistics operations. In order to provide us with initial acquisition opportunities, Tesoro has granted us a right of first offer on certain logistics assets that it will retain following this offering.
 
We generate revenue by charging fees for gathering, transporting and storing crude oil and for terminalling, transporting and storing refined products. Since we generally do not own any of the crude oil or refined products that we handle and do not engage in the trading of crude oil or refined products, we have minimal direct exposure to risks associated with fluctuating commodity prices, although these risks indirectly influence our activities and results of operations over the long term. Following the closing of this offering, substantially all of our revenue will be derived from Tesoro, primarily under various long-term, fee-based commercial agreements that include minimum volume commitments. We believe these commercial agreements will provide us with a stable base of cash flows.
 
Our Assets and Operations
 
Our assets and operations are organized into the following two segments:
 
Crude Oil Gathering.   Our common carrier crude oil gathering system in North Dakota and Montana, which we refer to as our High Plains system, includes an approximate 23,000 barrels per day (bpd) truck-based crude oil gathering operation and approximately 700 miles of pipeline and related storage assets with the current capacity to deliver up to 70,000 bpd to Tesoro’s Mandan, North Dakota refinery. This system gathers and transports crude oil produced from the Williston Basin, one of the most prolific onshore crude oil


1


Table of Contents

producing basins in North America, including production from the Bakken Shale formation. We refer to this area, a significant portion of which is serviced by our High Plains system, as the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area. Currently, Tesoro’s Mandan refinery is the only destination point on our High Plains system.
 
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage.   We own and operate eight refined products terminals with aggregate truck and barge delivery capacity of approximately 229,000 bpd. The terminals provide distribution primarily for refined products produced at Tesoro’s refineries located in Los Angeles and Martinez, California; Salt Lake City, Utah; Kenai, Alaska; Anacortes, Washington; and Mandan, North Dakota. We also own and operate assets that exclusively support Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery, including a refined products and crude oil storage facility with total shell capacity of approximately 878,000 barrels and three short-haul crude oil supply pipelines and two short-haul refined product delivery pipelines connected to third-party interstate pipelines. Our terminalling, transportation and storage assets serve regions that are expected to experience growth in refined product demand at a rate greater than the national average for the United States over the next 25 years according to the United States Energy Information Administration (EIA).
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had pro forma EBITDA of approximately $52.9 million and pro forma net income of approximately $42.5 million. Tesoro accounted for 93% of our pro forma EBITDA and 91% of our pro forma net income for that period. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had pro forma revenue of $49.6 million from our crude oil gathering segment and $43.6 million from our terminalling, transportation and storage segment. Please read “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data” beginning on page 13 for the definition of the term EBITDA and a reconciliation of EBITDA to our most directly comparable financial measures, calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
 
Our Commercial Agreements with Tesoro
 
All of our operations are strategically located within Tesoro’s refining and marketing supply chain and, following the closing of this offering, a substantial majority of our revenues will be generated by providing services to Tesoro’s refining and marketing businesses under various long-term, fee-based commercial agreements that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering. Under these agreements, we will provide various pipeline transportation, trucking, terminal distribution and storage services to Tesoro, and Tesoro will commit to provide us with minimum monthly throughput volumes of crude oil and refined products. These commercial agreements with Tesoro will include:
 
  •  a 10-year pipeline transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for gathering and transporting crude oil on our High Plains pipeline system;
 
  •  a two-year trucking transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for crude oil trucking and related services and scheduling and dispatching services that we provide through our High Plains truck-based crude oil gathering operation;
 
  •  a 10-year master terminalling services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for providing terminalling services at our eight refined products terminals;
 
  •  a 10-year pipeline transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for transporting crude oil and refined products on our five Salt Lake City short-haul pipelines; and
 
  •  a 10-year storage and transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for storing crude oil and refined products at our Salt Lake City storage facility and transporting crude oil and refined products between the storage facility and Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery through interconnecting pipelines on a dedicated basis.
 
For additional information about these commercial agreements, as well as other revenue we expect to receive from Tesoro and third parties, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — How We Generate Revenue” beginning on page 79 and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Commercial Agreements with Tesoro” beginning on page 143.


2


Table of Contents

 
Business Strategies
 
Our primary business objectives are to maintain stable cash flows and to increase our quarterly cash distribution per unit over time. We intend to accomplish these objectives by executing the following strategies:
 
  •  Focus on Stable, Fee-Based Business.   We intend to focus on opportunities to provide committed, fee-based logistics services to Tesoro and third parties and to minimize our direct exposure to commodity price fluctuations.
 
  •  Pursue Attractive Organic Growth Opportunities.   We intend to evaluate investment opportunities to expand our existing asset base that may arise from the growth of Tesoro’s refining and marketing business or from increased third-party activity in our areas of operations. We intend to focus on organic growth opportunities that complement our current asset base or provide attractive returns in new areas within our geographic footprint.
 
  •  Grow Through Strategic Acquisitions.   We plan to pursue accretive acquisitions of complementary assets from Tesoro as well as third parties. In order to provide us with initial acquisition opportunities, Tesoro has granted us a right of first offer to acquire certain logistics assets that it will retain following this offering. Our third-party acquisition strategy will be focused on logistics assets in the western half of the United States where we believe our knowledge of the market will provide us with a competitive advantage.
 
  •  Optimize Existing Asset Base and Pursue Third-Party Volumes.   We will seek to enhance the profitability of our existing assets by pursuing opportunities to add Tesoro and third-party volumes, improve operating efficiencies and increase utilization.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
We believe we are well positioned to achieve our primary business objectives and execute our business strategies based on the following competitive strengths:
 
  •  Long-Term, Fee-Based Contracts.   Initially, we will generate a substantial majority of our revenue under long-term, fee-based contracts with Tesoro that include minimum volume commitments and fees that are indexed for inflation. These contracts should promote cash flow stability and minimize our direct exposure to commodity price fluctuations.
 
  •  Relationship with Tesoro.   We have a strategic relationship with Tesoro, which we believe will provide us with a stable base of cash flows as well as opportunities for growth. Our High Plains system currently delivers all of the crude oil processed by Tesoro’s Mandan refinery, and our refined products terminals provide critical storage and distribution infrastructure for six of Tesoro’s seven refineries. In addition, we have a right of first offer to acquire certain logistics assets that will be retained by Tesoro following this offering.
 
  •  Assets Positioned in Areas of High Demand.   Our High Plains system is located in the Williston Basin, one of the most prolific onshore oil producing basins in North America, and our terminalling, transportation and storage assets are positioned in markets that the EIA projects will experience growth in demand for refined products.
 
  •  Experienced Management Team.   Our management team has significant experience in the management and operation of logistics assets and the execution of expansion and acquisition strategies. Our management team includes some of the most senior officers of Tesoro, who average over 27 years of experience in the energy industry.
 
  •  Financial Flexibility.   We believe we will have the financial flexibility to execute our growth strategy through the available capacity under our revolving credit facility and our ability to access the debt and equity capital markets.


3


Table of Contents

 
Growth Opportunities
 
Crude Oil Gathering.   Tesoro has recently announced an expansion of its Mandan refinery from 58,000 to 68,000 barrels per day and their intent to utilize our High Plains system to deliver the incremental crude oil supply. Tesoro expects the refinery expansion to be complete by the second quarter of 2012, at which point we estimate that the incremental crude oil shipped utilizing our High Plains system will generate approximately $7.0 million of additional annual revenue offset by less than $1.0 million of incremental annual operating costs. In order to meet Tesoro’s requirements, we expect to spend approximately $6.0 million to $7.0 million of expansion capital on our High Plains system, of which $3.6 million will be spent during the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, to add additional pumping, tankage and truck unloading capacity. In addition, we believe there are a number of potential growth opportunities that capitalize on the strategic position of our High Plains system within the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area, ranging from projects with modest capital requirements to larger greenfield projects that would require a larger investment. For example, we could increase the volume of third-party crude oil that we ship on our High Plains system by making outlet connections to several existing third-party pipelines. We could also increase the throughput capacity of this system through the addition of pumping capacity or the construction of additional gathering infrastructure.
 
Together with Tesoro, we are also presently engaged in discussions with certain producers to expand our pipeline gathering network to new and proposed drilling locations where these producers have announced plans to conduct extensive Bakken Shale development operations. We are also evaluating the potential to construct a rail facility at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery that would load crude oil volumes shipped on our High Plains system in excess of the Mandan refinery’s capacity onto rail cars for shipment to other locations in the United States.
 
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage.   We believe our growth in this segment will primarily be driven by pursuing opportunities to increase Tesoro and third-party volumes and by completing organic growth and expansion projects, including those constructed by Tesoro and purchased by us after construction is completed. For example, we intend to add ethanol blending capabilities to several of our terminals where there is existing demand. Additionally, we believe we are well positioned to expand our business at our existing terminals to handle additional Tesoro volumes on a more cost-effective basis than competing third-party terminals.
 
Our Relationship with Tesoro
 
One of our principal strengths is our relationship with Tesoro. Tesoro is the second largest independent refiner in the United States by crude capacity and owns and operates seven refineries that serve markets in Alaska, Arizona, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Minnesota, Nevada, North Dakota, Oregon, Utah, Washington and Wyoming. Tesoro also sells transportation fuels and convenience products through a network of nearly 1,200 retail stations, primarily under the Tesoro ® , Shell ® , and USA Gasoline tm brands. For the year ended December 31, 2010, Tesoro had consolidated revenues of approximately $20.6 billion, operating income of $140.0 million, a net loss of $29.0 million and, as of December 31, 2010, had consolidated total assets of approximately $8.7 billion. Tesoro Corporation’s common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “TSO.”
 
Following the completion of this offering, Tesoro will continue to own and operate substantial crude oil and refined products logistics assets and will retain a significant interest in us through its ownership of a 57.8% limited partner interest and a 2.0% general partner interest in us, as well as all of our incentive distribution rights. Given Tesoro’s significant ownership in us following this offering and its intent to use us as the primary vehicle to grow its logistics operations, we believe Tesoro will be motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our business strategies. In particular, we believe it will be in Tesoro’s best interest for it to contribute additional logistics assets to us over time and to facilitate organic growth opportunities and accretive acquisitions from third parties, although Tesoro is under no obligation to contribute any assets to us or accept any offer for its assets that we may choose to make.
 
In addition to the commercial agreements we will enter into with Tesoro upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement and an operational services agreement with Tesoro. Under the omnibus


4


Table of Contents

agreement, subject to certain exceptions, Tesoro will agree not to engage in the business of owning or operating crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities in the United States that are not integral to a Tesoro refinery. Additionally, under the omnibus agreement, Tesoro will grant us a right of first offer to acquire certain of its retained logistics assets, including terminals, pipelines, docks, storage facilities and other related logistic assets located in Alaska, California and Washington, to the extent it decides to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of those assets. As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate gross book value of the retained logistics assets on which we have a right of first offer was approximately $240.0 million, as compared to an aggregate gross book value of approximately $193.0 million for the assets being contributed to us in connection with this offering. The consideration to be paid by us for retained logistics assets offered to us by Tesoro, if any, as well as the consummation and timing of any acquisition by us of these assets, would depend upon, among other things, the timing of Tesoro’s decision to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of these assets and our ability to successfully negotiate a price and other purchase terms for these assets. Management of our general partner will negotiate the terms of any acquisition with management of Tesoro, subject to approval of our general partner’s board of directors and, if our general partner’s board of directors so authorizes, the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors. The omnibus agreement will also address our payment of a fee to Tesoro for the provision of various centralized corporate services, Tesoro’s reimbursement of us for certain maintenance capital expenditures, and Tesoro’s indemnification of us for certain matters, including environmental, title and tax matters. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138.
 
Under the operational services agreement, we will reimburse Tesoro for the provision of certain operational services to us in support of our assets, and we will also pay Tesoro an annual fee for operational services performed by certain of Tesoro’s field-level employees at our Mandan, North Dakota terminal and our Salt Lake City, Utah storage facility. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Operational Services Agreement” beginning on page 142.
 
We believe the terms and conditions of all of our initial agreements with Tesoro are generally no less favorable to either party than those that could have been negotiated with unaffiliated parties with respect to similar services.
 
While our relationship with Tesoro and its subsidiaries is a significant strength, it is also a source of potential conflicts. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties” beginning on page 156 and “Risk Factors — Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us — Our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders. Additionally, we have no control over Tesoro’s business decisions and operations and Tesoro is under no obligation to adopt a business strategy that favors us” on page 32.
 
Risk Factors
 
An investment in our common units involves risks associated with our business, our partnership structure and the tax characteristics of our common units. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, the other risks described in “Risk Factors” and the other information in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our common units. The following risks are discussed in more detail in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.
 
  •  Tesoro Corporation accounts for substantially all of our revenues. Additionally, conflicts of interest may arise between Tesoro and its affiliates, including our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. If Tesoro changes its business strategy, is unable to satisfy its obligations under our commercial agreements for any reason or significantly reduces the volumes transported through our pipelines or handled at our terminals, our revenues would decline and our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders would be adversely affected.


5


Table of Contents

 
  •  We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.
 
  •  Tesoro may suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under our commercial agreements in some circumstances, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.
 
  •  Tesoro’s level of indebtedness, the terms of its borrowings and its credit ratings could adversely affect our ability to grow our business, our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders and our credit ratings and profile. Our ability to obtain credit in the future may also be affected by Tesoro’s credit rating.
 
  •  A material decrease in the refining margins at Tesoro’s refineries could materially reduce the volumes of crude oil or refined products that we handle, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
  •  We may not be able to significantly increase our third-party revenue due to competition and other factors, which could limit our ability to grow and extend our dependence on Tesoro.
 
  •  Our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders. Additionally, we have no control over Tesoro’s business decisions and operations, and Tesoro is under no obligation to adopt a business strategy that favors us.
 
  •  Unitholders have very limited voting rights and, even if they are dissatisfied, they cannot remove our general partner without its consent.
 
  •  Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the Internal Revenue Service were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, which would subject us to entity-level taxation, then our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.
 
  •  Our unitholders’ share of our income will be taxable to them for federal income tax purposes even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.
 
The Transactions
 
We were formed in December 2010 by Tesoro Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, our general partner, to own, operate, develop and acquire crude oil and refined products logistics assets. In connection with the closing of this offering, Tesoro will contribute all of our predecessor’s assets and operations to us (excluding working capital and other noncurrent liabilities).
 
Additionally, at the closing of this offering the following transactions will occur:
 
  •  we will issue 2,754,891 common units and 15,254,891 subordinated units to Tesoro, representing an aggregate 57.8% limited partner interest in us, and 622,649 general partner units, representing a 2.0% general partner interest in us, and all of our incentive distribution rights to our general partner;
 
  •  we will issue 12,500,000 common units to the public in this offering, representing a 40.2% limited partner interest in us, and will apply the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds” on page 46;
 
  •  we will enter into a new $150.0 million revolving credit facility, under which we will borrow $50.0 million to fund an additional cash distribution to Tesoro;
 
  •  Tesoro will enter into multiple long-term commercial agreements with us; and
 
  •  Tesoro will enter into an omnibus agreement and an operational services agreement with us.


6


Table of Contents

 
Organizational Structure After the Transactions
 
The following simplified diagram depicts our organizational structure after giving effect to the transactions described above.
 
(FLOW CHART)
 
After giving effect to the transactions, our units will be held as follows:
 
         
Public common units
    40.2 %
Tesoro common units
    8.8 %
Tesoro subordinated units
    49.0 %
General partner units
    2.0 %
         
Total
    100.0 %
         


7


Table of Contents

 
Management of Tesoro Logistics LP
 
We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, our general partner. Tesoro is the sole owner of our general partner and has the right to appoint the entire board of directors of our general partner. Unlike shareholders in a publicly traded corporation, our unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or the board of directors of our general partner. Some of the executive officers and directors of our general partner currently serve as executive officers and directors of Tesoro. For more information about the directors and executive officers of our general partner, please read “Management — Directors and Executive Officers of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC” beginning on page 124.
 
In order to maintain operational flexibility, our operations will be conducted through, and our operating assets will be owned by, various operating subsidiaries. However, neither we nor our subsidiaries have any employees. Our general partner has the sole responsibility for providing the personnel necessary to conduct our operations, whether through directly hiring employees or by obtaining the services of personnel employed by Tesoro or others. All of the personnel that will conduct our business immediately following the closing of this offering will be employed by our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, but we sometimes refer to these individuals in this prospectus as our employees.
 
Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 19100 Ridgewood Parkway, San Antonio, Texas 78259-1828, and our telephone number is (210) 626-6000. Following the completion of this offering, our website will be located at www.tesorologistics.com. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
 
Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties
 
Our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in a manner beneficial to our unitholders. This legal duty originates in statutes and judicial decisions and is commonly referred to as a “fiduciary duty.” However, because our general partner is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tesoro, the officers and directors of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage the business of our general partner in a manner beneficial to Tesoro. As a result of this relationship, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us and our unitholders, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, on the other hand. For example, our general partner will be entitled to make determinations that affect the amount of cash distributions we make to the holders of common units, which in turn has an effect on whether our general partner receives incentive cash distributions. In addition, our general partner may determine to manage our business in a way that directly benefits Tesoro’s refining or marketing businesses, whether by causing us not to seek higher tariff rates and terminalling fees with third-party customers or otherwise, rather than indirectly benefitting Tesoro solely through its ownership interests in us. For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and fiduciary duties of our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties” beginning on page 156.
 
Our partnership agreement limits the liability and reduces the fiduciary duties of our general partner to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of our general partner’s fiduciary duties. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms of our partnership agreement, and pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement each holder of common units consents to various actions and potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the partnership agreement that might otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under Delaware law.


8


Table of Contents

 
The Offering
 
Common units offered to the public 12,500,000 common units.
 
14,375,000 common units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units from us.
 
Units outstanding after this offering 15,254,891 common units and 15,254,891 subordinated units, each representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in us.
 
Use of proceeds We expect to receive net proceeds of $225.0 million from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts, structuring and advisory fees, and estimated offering expenses. We intend to retain $3.0 million of the net proceeds for working capital purposes, and, after the payment of $2.0 million of debt issuance costs, use $220.0 million to make a cash distribution to Tesoro. At the closing of this offering, we will borrow $50.0 million under our revolving credit facility, all of which will be used to fund an additional cash distribution to Tesoro.
 
The cash distributions to Tesoro from the proceeds of this offering and the borrowing under our revolving credit facility will be made in consideration of its contribution of assets to us and to reimburse Tesoro for certain capital expenditures incurred with respect to these assets. We are funding these distributions through a combination of net proceeds from this offering and borrowings under our revolving credit facility in order to optimize our capital structure.
 
The net proceeds from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common units from us will be used to redeem from Tesoro a number of common units equal to the number of common units issued upon exercise of the option at a price per common unit equal to the proceeds per common unit before expenses but after deducting underwriting discounts and the structuring fee.
 
Cash distributions We intend to make a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit to the extent we have sufficient cash from operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner.
 
For the quarter in which this offering closes, we will pay a prorated distribution on our units covering the period from the completion of this offering through June 30, 2011, based on the actual length of that period.
 
In general, we will pay any cash distributions we make each quarter in the following manner:
 
•  first, 98.0% to the holders of common units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each common unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 plus any arrearages from prior quarters;
 
•  second, 98.0% to the holders of subordinated units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each subordinated unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375; and


9


Table of Contents

 
•  third, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unit has received a distribution of $0.388125.
 
If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $0.388125 per unit in any quarter, our general partner will receive, in addition to distributions on its 2.0% general partner interest, increasing percentages, up to 48.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount. We refer to these distributions as “incentive distributions.” In certain circumstances, our general partner, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right to reset the target distribution levels described above to higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the exercise of this reset election. Please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions” beginning on page 61.
 
Pro forma cash available for distribution generated during the year ended December 31, 2010 was approximately $46.0 million. The amount of available cash we need to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters on our common units and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after this offering and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest is approximately $42.0 million (or an average of approximately $10.5 million per quarter). As a result, for the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, we would have generated available cash sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units and subordinated units and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest during those periods. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions — Unaudited Pro Forma Available Cash for the Year Ended December 31, 2010” beginning on page 51.
 
We believe, based on our financial forecast and related assumptions included in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions — Estimated EBITDA for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2012” that we will have sufficient available cash to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution of $42.0 million on all of our common units and subordinated units and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. However, we do not have a legal obligation to pay distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate except as provided in our partnership agreement, and there is no guarantee that we will make quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” beginning on page 49.
 
Subordinated units Tesoro will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, the subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages.


10


Table of Contents

 
Conversion of subordinated units The subordination period will end on the first business day after we have earned and paid at least (1) $1.35 (the minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods ending on or after June 30, 2014 or (2) $2.025 (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest and the incentive distribution rights for the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date, in each case provided there are no arrearages on our common units at that time.
 
The subordination period also will end upon the removal of our general partner other than for cause if no subordinated units or common units held by the holders of subordinated units or their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal.
 
When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and all common units thereafter will no longer be entitled to arrearages. Please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period” beginning on page 64.
 
Issuance of additional units Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional units without the approval of our unitholders. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale” beginning on page 178 and “The Partnership Agreement — Issuance of Additional Securities” beginning on page 168.
 
Limited voting rights Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. Our unitholders will have no right to elect our general partner or its directors on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, including any units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class. Upon consummation of this offering, Tesoro will own an aggregate of 59.0% of our common and subordinated units (or 52.8% of our common and subordinated units, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full). This will give Tesoro the ability to prevent the removal of our general partner. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Voting Rights” beginning on page 166.
 
Limited call right If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 75% of the outstanding common units, our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the remaining common units at a price equal to the greater of (1) the average of the daily closing price of our common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date that is three days before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (2) the highest per-unit price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is


11


Table of Contents

first mailed. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Limited Call Right” beginning on page 174.
 
Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2013, you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be 20% or less of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For example, if you receive an annual distribution of $1.35 per unit, we estimate that your average allocable federal taxable income per year will be no more than approximately $0.27 per unit. Thereafter, the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to you could substantially increase. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions” on page 182 for the basis of this estimate.
 
Material federal income tax consequences For a discussion of the material federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States, please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences” beginning on page 179.
 
Exchange listing We have applied to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TLLP.”


12


Table of Contents

 
Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data
 
The following table shows summary historical combined financial and operating data of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor, our predecessor for accounting purposes, and summary pro forma combined financial and operating data of Tesoro Logistics LP for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary historical combined financial data of our predecessor for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 are derived from the audited combined financial statements of our predecessor appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following table should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical and unaudited pro forma combined financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The table should also be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on page 79.
 
The summary pro forma combined financial data presented in the following table as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 are derived from the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma balance sheet assumes that the offering and the related transactions occurred as of December 31, 2010, and the pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 assumes that the offering and the related transactions occurred as of January 1, 2010. These transactions include, and the pro forma financial data give effect to, the following:
 
  •  Tesoro’s contribution of all of our predecessor’s assets and operations to us (excluding working capital and other noncurrent liabilities);
 
  •  our execution of multiple long-term commercial agreements with Tesoro and recognition of incremental revenues under those agreements that were not recognized by our predecessor;
 
  •  certain intrastate tariff increases on our High Plains pipeline system;
 
  •  our execution of an omnibus agreement and an operational services agreement with Tesoro;
 
  •  the consummation of this offering and our issuance of 12,500,000 common units to the public, 622,649 general partner units and the incentive distribution rights to our general partner and 2,754,891 common units and 15,254,891 subordinated units to Tesoro; and
 
  •  the application of the net proceeds of this offering, together with the proceeds from borrowings under our revolving credit facility, as described in “Use of Proceeds” on page 46.
 
The pro forma combined financial data do not give effect to the estimated $3.2 million in incremental annual general and administrative expenses we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership.
 
Our assets have historically been a part of the integrated operations of Tesoro, and our predecessor generally recognized only the costs, but not the revenue, associated with the short-haul pipeline transportation, terminalling, storage or trucking services provided to Tesoro on an intercompany basis. Accordingly, the revenues in our predecessor’s historical combined financial statements relate only to amounts received from third parties for these services and amounts received from Tesoro with respect to transportation regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) and the North Dakota Public Service Commission (NDPSC) on our High Plains pipeline system. For this reason, as well as the other factors described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Financial Results” beginning on page 82, our future results of operations will not be comparable to our predecessor’s historical results.


13


Table of Contents

The following table presents the non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA, which we use in our business as a measure of performance and liquidity. For a definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to our most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please see “Non-GAAP Financial Measure” on page 16.
                                 
          Tesoro Logistics LP
 
          Pro Forma  
    Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor Historical     Year Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010     2010  
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except per unit data and operating information)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                               
REVENUES(1):
                               
Crude oil gathering
  $ 21,190     $ 19,422     $ 19,592     $ 49,566  
Terminalling, transportation and storage
    3,297       3,237       3,708       43,588  
                                 
Total Revenues
    24,487       22,659       23,300       93,154  
Operating and maintenance expense(2)
    29,741       32,566       32,972       36,824  
Depreciation expense
    6,625       8,820       8,006       8,006  
General and administrative expense(3)
    2,525       3,141       3,198       3,442  
                                 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    (14,404 )     (21,868 )     (20,876 )     44,882  
Interest expense, net(4)
                      2,410  
                                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (14,404 )   $ (21,868 )   $ (20,876 )   $ 42,472  
                                 
General partner interest in net income
                          $ 850  
Common unitholders interest in net income
                          $ 20,811  
Subordinated unitholders interest in net income
                          $ 20,811  
Pro forma net income (loss) per common unit
                          $ 2.73  
Pro forma net income (loss) per subordinated unit
                          $ 2.73  
Balance Sheet Data (at year end):
                               
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
  $ 138,785     $ 138,055     $ 131,606     $ 131,606  
Total Assets
    141,697       141,215       135,577       136,606  
Total Liabilities
    8,686       5,499       6,750       50,000  
Total Division Equity/Partners’ Capital
    133,011       135,716       128,827       86,606  
Cash Flow Data:
                               
Net cash from (used in):
                               
Operating activities
  $ (6,045 )   $ (12,324 )   $ (11,426 )        
Investing activities
    (16,022 )     (12,249 )     (2,561 )        
Financing activities
    22,067       24,573       13,987          
Other Financial Data:
                               
EBITDA(5)
  $ (7,779 )   $ (13,048 )   $ (12,870 )   $ 52,888  
Capital expenditures:
                               
Maintenance
  $ 8,475     $ 3,319     $ 1,703     $ 1,703  
Expansion(6)
    10,186       5,915       367       367  
                                 
Total
  $ 18,661     $ 9,234     $ 2,070     $ 2,070  
Operating Information:
                               
Crude oil gathering segment:
                               
Pipeline throughput (bpd)(7)
    54,737       52,806       50,695       50,695  
Average pipeline revenue per barrel(8)
  $ 1.06     $ 1.01     $ 1.06     $ 1.35  
Trucking volume (bpd)
    23,752       22,963       23,305       23,305  
Average trucking revenue per barrel(8)
                          $ 2.91  
Terminalling, transportation and storage segment:
                               
Terminal throughput (bpd)
    112,868       113,135       113,950       113,950  
Average terminal revenue per barrel(8)
                          $ 0.79  
Short-haul pipeline throughput (bpd)
    68,890       62,822       60,666       60,666  
Average short-haul pipeline revenue per barrel
                          $ 0.25  
Storage capacity reserved (shell capacity barrels)
                            878,000  
Storage per shell capacity barrel (per month)
                          $ 0.50  


14


Table of Contents

 
(1) Pro forma revenues reflect recognition of affiliate revenues generated by pipeline and terminal assets to be contributed to us at the closing of this offering that were not previously recorded in the historical financial records of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor. Product volumes used in the calculations are historical volumes transported or terminalled through facilities included in the Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor financial statements. Tariff rates and service fees were calculated using the rates and fees in the commercial agreements to be entered into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering and tariff rates on our High Plains pipeline system to be in effect at the time of closing of this offering.
 
(2) Operating and maintenance expense includes losses on fixed asset disposals. Operating and maintenance expense in 2009 includes a $1.1 million loss on fixed asset disposals primarily related to the retirement of a portion of our Los Angeles terminal. The pro forma operating and maintenance expenses primarily reflect $1.4 million for purchased additives based on historical levels of such purchases that have not previously been allocated to the Predecessor but will be charged to the Partnership after the closing of this offering, as well as $1.1 million for business interruption, property and pollution liability insurance premiums that we expect to incur based on estimates from our insurance broker, $0.8 million for employee-related expenses which have not been previously recorded in the historical financial records of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor, and $0.3 million for an annual service fee that we will pay Tesoro under the terms of our operational services agreement.
 
(3) Pro forma general and administrative expenses have been adjusted to give effect to the annual corporate services fee of $2.5 million that we will pay to Tesoro under the omnibus agreement for providing treasury, accounting, legal and other general and administrative services as well as higher employee-related expenses of $0.2 million, but do not include the estimated $3.2 million in incremental annual general and administrative expenses we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership.
 
(4) Pro forma interest expense is related to expected borrowings under our revolving credit facility, commitment fees on the unutilized portion of our revolving credit facility and amortization of related debt issuance costs. Interest expense is calculated assuming an estimated annual interest rate of 2.8%. If the actual interest rate increases or decreases by 1.0%, pro forma interest expense would increase or decrease by approximately $0.5 million per year.
 
(5) EBITDA is defined in “Non-GAAP Financial Measure” below.
 
(6) Expansion capital expenditures reflect a $3.5 million truck rack expansion project at our Los Angeles terminal in 2008.
 
(7) Pro forma and historical pipeline throughput for 2010 include the effects of a scheduled turnaround at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery in April and May of 2010.
 
(8) Average pipeline revenue per barrel includes tariffs for committed and uncommitted volumes of crude oil under the pipeline transportation services agreement to be entered into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering, as well as fees for the injection of crude oil into the pipeline system from trucking receipt points, which we refer to as pumpover fees. Average trucking service revenue per barrel includes tank usage fees and fees for providing trucking, dispatching, accounting and data services under the trucking transportation services agreement to be entered into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering. Average terminal revenue per barrel includes terminal throughput fees as well as ancillary service fees for services such as ethanol blending and additive injection.


15


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measure
 
We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and by external users of our financial statements, such as investors and commercial banks, to assess:
 
  •  our operating performance as compared to those of other companies in the logistics business, without regard to financing methods, historical cost basis or capital structure;
 
  •  the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions to our partners;
 
  •  our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital expenditures; and
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure projects and the returns on investment of various investment opportunities.
 
We believe that the presentation of EBITDA in this prospectus provides information useful to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to EBITDA are net income (loss) and net cash from (used in) operating activities. EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income (loss), operating income, net cash from (used in) operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and operating income, and these measures may vary among other companies. As a result, EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA, to net income (loss) and net cash from (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.
 
                                 
                      Tesoro Logistics LP
 
                      Pro Forma  
    Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor Historical     Year Ended
 
    Years Ended December 31,     December 31,
 
    2008     2009     2010     2010  
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):
                               
Net Income (Loss)
  $ (14,404 )   $ (21,868 )   $ (20,876 )   $ 42,472  
Add:
                               
Depreciation expense
    6,625       8,820       8,006       8,006  
Interest expense, net
                      2,410  
                                 
EBITDA
  $ (7,779 )   $ (13,048 )   $ (12,870 )   $ 52,888  
                                 
Reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash from (used in) operating activities:
                               
Net cash from (used in) operating activities
  $ (6,045 )   $ (12,324 )   $ (11,426 )        
Changes in assets and liabilities
    (1,258 )     390       (932 )        
Loss on asset disposals
    (476 )     (1,114 )     (512 )        
                                 
EBITDA
  $ (7,779 )   $ (13,048 )   $ (12,870 )        
                                 


16


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Limited partner interests are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.
 
If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and our cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to pay distributions on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Tesoro accounts for substantially all of our revenues. Additionally, conflicts of interest may arise between Tesoro and its affiliates, including our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. If Tesoro changes its business strategy, is unable to satisfy its obligations under our commercial agreements for any reason or significantly reduces the volumes transported through our pipelines or handled at our terminals, our revenues would decline and our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders would be adversely affected.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, Tesoro accounted for approximately 96% of our pro forma revenues. Tesoro is the primary shipper on our High Plains system and has historically operated the system solely to supply its Mandan, North Dakota refinery and not as a stand-alone business. Tesoro is also our primary customer in our terminalling, transportation and services segment. As we expect to continue to derive the substantial majority of our revenues from Tesoro for the foreseeable future, we are subject to the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance by Tesoro under our commercial agreements. Any event, whether in our areas of operation or otherwise, that materially and adversely affects Tesoro’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may adversely affect our ability to sustain or increase cash distributions to our unitholders. Accordingly, we are indirectly subject to the operational and business risks of Tesoro, some of which are related to the following:
 
  •  the effects of the global economic downturn on Tesoro’s business and the business of its suppliers, customers, business partners and lenders;
 
  •  the risk of contract cancellation, non-renewal or failure to perform by Tesoro’s customers, and Tesoro’s inability to replace such contracts and/or customers;
 
  •  disruptions due to equipment interruption or failure at Tesoro’s facilities, such as the recent fire at Tesoro’s Anacortes, Washington refinery, or at third-party facilities on which Tesoro’s business is dependent;
 
  •  the timing and extent of changes in commodity prices and demand for Tesoro’s refined products, and the availability and costs of crude oil and other refinery feedstocks;
 
  •  Tesoro’s ability to remain in compliance with the terms of its outstanding indebtedness;
 
  •  changes in the cost or availability of third-party pipelines, terminals and other means of delivering and transporting crude oil, feedstocks and refined products;
 
  •  state and federal environmental, economic, health and safety, energy and other policies and regulations, and any changes in those policies and regulations;
 
  •  environmental incidents and violations and related remediation costs, fines and other liabilities; and
 
  •  changes in crude oil and refined product inventory levels and carrying costs.
 
Additionally, Tesoro continually considers opportunities presented by third parties with respect to its refinery assets. These opportunities may include offers to purchase and joint venture propositions. Tesoro may also change its refineries’ operations by constructing new facilities, suspending or reducing certain operations,


17


Table of Contents

modifying or closing facilities or terminating operations. Changes may be considered to meet market demands, to satisfy regulatory requirements or environmental and safety objectives, to improve operational efficiency or for other reasons. Tesoro actively manages its assets and operations, and, therefore, changes of some nature, possibly material to its business relationship with us, are likely to occur at some point in the future.
 
Furthermore, conflicts of interest may arise between Tesoro and its affiliates, including our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. We have no control over Tesoro, our largest source of revenue and our primary customer, and Tesoro may elect to pursue a business strategy that does not favor us and our business. Please read “— Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us — Our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders. Additionally, we have no control over Tesoro’s business decisions and operations, and Tesoro is under no obligation to adopt a business strategy that favors us” on page 32.
 
We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our unitholders.
 
In order to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit per quarter, or $1.35 per unit on an annualized basis, we will require available cash of approximately $10.5 million per quarter, or approximately $42.0 million per year, based on the number of common units and subordinated units and the general partner interest to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering. We may not have sufficient available cash from operating surplus each quarter to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution. The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:
 
  •  the volume of crude oil and refined products we handle;
 
  •  the tariff rates and terminalling, trucking and storage fees with respect to volumes that we handle; and
 
  •  prevailing economic conditions.
 
In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will also depend on other factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:
 
  •  the amount of our operating expenses and general and administrative expenses, including reimbursements to Tesoro in respect of those expenses and payment of an annual corporate services fee to Tesoro;
 
  •  the level of capital expenditures we make;
 
  •  the cost of acquisitions, if any;
 
  •  our debt service requirements and other liabilities;
 
  •  fluctuations in our working capital needs;
 
  •  our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;
 
  •  restrictions contained in our revolving credit facility and other debt service requirements;
 
  •  the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner; and
 
  •  other business risks affecting our cash levels.


18


Table of Contents

 
The assumptions underlying the forecast of cash available for distribution that we include in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks that could cause our actual cash available for distribution to differ materially from our forecast.
 
The forecast of cash available for distribution set forth in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” includes our forecast of our results of operations, EBITDA and cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. Our ability to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution in the forecast period is based on a number of assumptions that may not prove to be correct and that are discussed in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” beginning on page 49. Our financial forecast has been prepared by management, and we have neither received nor requested an opinion or report on it from our or any other independent auditor. The assumptions underlying the forecast are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks, including those discussed in this prospectus, which could cause our EBITDA to be materially less than the amount forecasted. If we do not generate the forecasted EBITDA, we may not be able to make the minimum quarterly distribution or pay any amount on our common units or subordinated units, and the market price of our common units may decline materially.
 
Tesoro may suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under our commercial agreements and our operational services agreement in some circumstances, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.
 
Our commercial agreements and operational services agreement with Tesoro include provisions that permit Tesoro to suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under the applicable agreement if certain events occur. These events include a material branch of the agreement by us or Tesoro deciding to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at one or more of its refineries as well as our being subject to certain force majeure events that would prevent us from performing required services under the applicable agreement. Tesoro has the discretion to make such decisions notwithstanding the fact that they may significantly and adversely affect us. For instance, under the commercial agreements, if Tesoro decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at a refinery for a period that will continue for at least 12 consecutive months, then it may terminate the agreement on no less than 12 months’ prior written notice to us, unless it publicly announces its intent to resume operations at the refinery at least two months prior to the expiration of the 12-month notice period. Under the agreements, Tesoro has the right to terminate the agreement with respect to any services for which performance will be suspended by a force majeure event for a period in excess of 12 months.
 
Generally, although Tesoro is not entitled to claim a force majeure event under the commercial agreements, Tesoro’s and our obligations under these agreements will be proportionately reduced or suspended to the extent that we are unable to perform under the agreements upon our declaration of a force majeure event. As defined in our commercial agreements and in the operational service agreement, force majeure events include any acts or occurrences that prevent services from being performed under the applicable agreement, such as:
 
  •  acts of God, or fires, floods or storms;
 
  •  compliance with orders of courts or any governmental authority;
 
  •  explosions, wars, terrorist acts, riots, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances;
 
  •  accidental disruption of service;
 
  •  breakdown of machinery, storage tanks or pipelines and inability to obtain or unavoidable delay in obtaining material or equipment; and
 
  •  similar events or circumstances, so long as such events or circumstances are beyond the service provider’s reasonable control and could not have been prevented by the service provider’s due diligence.


19


Table of Contents

 
Accordingly, under our commercial agreements there exists a broad range of events that could result in our no longer being required to transport or distribute Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitments on our pipelines or terminals, respectively, and Tesoro no longer being required to pay the full amount of fees that would have been associated with its minimum throughput commitments. Additionally, we have no control over Tesoro’s business decisions and operations, and conflicts of interest may arise between Tesoro and its affiliates, including our general partner, on the one hand and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. Tesoro is not required to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets, and could elect to decrease refinery production or shut down or re-configure a refinery. These actions, as well the other activities described above, could result in a reduction or suspension of Tesoro’s obligations under one or more of our commercial agreements. Any such reduction or suspension would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Commercial Agreements with Tesoro” beginning on page 143.
 
If Tesoro satisfies only its minimum obligations under, or if we are unable to renew or extend, the various commercial agreements we have with Tesoro, our ability to make distributions to our unitholders will be reduced.
 
Tesoro is not obligated to use our services with respect to volumes of crude oil or refined products in excess of the minimum volume commitments under the various commercial agreements with us. If Tesoro had satisfied only its minimum volume commitments during the past twelve months under those agreements, we would not have been able to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all outstanding units. Our ability to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all outstanding units requires that we transport additional volumes for Tesoro on our High Plains system (in excess of the minimum volume commitments under our commercial agreements), that we handle additional Tesoro and/or third-party volumes at our terminals and that Tesoro’s obligations under our commercial agreements are not suspended, reduced or terminated due to a refinery shutdown or force majeure event. In addition, the terms of Tesoro’s obligations under those agreements range from two to 10 years. If Tesoro fails to use our facilities and services after expiration of those agreements and we are unable to generate additional revenues from third parties, our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders will be reduced.
 
Although we believe our commercial agreements with Tesoro should provide us with stable throughput volumes on both our High Plains system and at our terminals, the rates charged for transporting, terminalling and storing such volumes and for related ancillary services vary. Accordingly, the mix of rates applied to such throughput volumes could impact the stability of our revenues.
 
Our commercial agreements require Tesoro to provide us with minimum throughput volumes on our High Plains system and at our terminals. Under our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement, we will charge Tesoro for transporting crude oil from North Dakota origin points on our High Plains pipeline system pursuant to both committed and uncommitted tariff rates, and Tesoro will be obligated to transport an average of at least 49,000 bpd per month at the committed rate from North Dakota origin points to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery. The rates charged on the High Plains pipeline system for such services will vary depending on the origin point on the system from which barrels are transported. Accordingly, while we believe the agreement should provide us with a stable base of throughput volumes, our revenues generated on the High Plains pipeline system are subject to risks relative to the mix of tariff rates applied to the volumes shipped by Tesoro. Should the High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement be invalidated for any reason, all intrastate volumes would be shipped at the lower uncommitted tariff rate, thereby potentially lowering our revenues. Under our master terminalling services agreement, Tesoro is obligated to throughput a volume of refined products equal to an average of 100,000 bpd per month for all of our terminals on an aggregate basis. However, the rates that we charge for the terminalling services that we provide, including for the provision of ancillary services such as ethanol blending and additive injection, vary depending on both the service type and the terminal at which such services are provided. Variances in rates applied under our commercial agreements could impact the stability of our revenues and thus the stability of our distributions to unitholders.


20


Table of Contents

If our interstate or intrastate tariffs are successfully challenged, we could be required to reduce our tariff rates, which would reduce our revenues and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
Tesoro has agreed not to challenge, or to cause others to challenge or assist others in challenging, our tariffs in effect during the term of our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement with Tesoro. This agreement does not prevent future shippers from challenging our tariffs and any related proration rules. At the end of the term of the agreement, Tesoro will be free to challenge, or to cause other parties to challenge or assist others in challenging, our tariffs in effect at that time. If any challenge were successful, Tesoro’s minimum volume commitment under our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement could be invalidated, and all of the volumes shipped on our High Plains pipeline system would be at the lower uncommitted tariff rate. Successful challenges would reduce our revenues and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
Tesoro’s level of indebtedness, the terms of its borrowings and its credit ratings could adversely affect our ability to grow our business, our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders and our credit ratings and profile. Our ability to obtain credit in the future may also be affected by Tesoro’s credit rating.
 
Tesoro must devote a portion of its cash flows from operating activities to service its indebtedness, and therefore cash flows may not be available for use in pursuing its growth strategy, including the expansion of its logistics operations. Furthermore, a higher level of indebtedness at Tesoro in the future increases the risk that it may default on its obligations to us under our commercial agreements. As of December 31, 2010, Tesoro had long-term indebtedness of approximately $1.8 billion. The covenants contained in the agreements governing Tesoro’s outstanding and future indebtedness may limit its ability to borrow additional funds for development and make certain investments and may directly or indirectly impact our operations in a similar manner. For example, Tesoro’s indebtedness requires that any transactions it enters into with us must be on terms no less favorable to Tesoro than those that could have been obtained with an unrelated person. Furthermore, in the event that Tesoro were to default under certain of its debt obligations, there is a risk that Tesoro’s creditors would attempt to assert claims against our assets during the litigation of their claims against Tesoro. The defense of any such claims could be costly and could materially impact our financial condition, even absent any adverse determination. In the event these claims were successful, our ability to meet our obligations to our creditors, make distributions and finance our operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
Tesoro’s long-term credit ratings are currently below investment grade. If these ratings are lowered in the future, the interest rate and fees Tesoro pays on its revolving credit facilities may increase. In addition, although we will not have any indebtedness rated by any credit rating agency at the closing of this offering, we may have rated debt in the future. Credit rating agencies will likely consider Tesoro’s debt ratings when assigning ours because of Tesoro’s ownership interest in us, the significant commercial relationships between Tesoro and us, and our reliance on Tesoro for substantially all of our revenues. If one or more credit rating agencies were to downgrade the outstanding indebtedness of Tesoro, we could experience an increase in our borrowing costs or difficulty accessing the capital markets. Such a development could adversely affect our ability to grow our business and to make cash distributions to our unitholders.
 
Our logistics operations and Tesoro’s refining operations are subject to many risks and operational hazards, some of which may result in business interruptions and shutdowns of our or Tesoro’s facilities and damages for which we may not be fully covered by insurance. If a significant accident or event occurs that results in business interruption or shutdown for which we are not adequately insured, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.
 
Our logistics operations are subject to all of the risks and operational hazards inherent in transporting and storing crude oil and refined products, including:
 
  •  damages to pipelines and facilities, related equipment and surrounding properties caused by earthquakes, floods, fires, severe weather, explosions and other natural disasters and acts of terrorism;


21


Table of Contents

 
  •  mechanical or structural failures at our facilities or at third-party facilities on which our operations are dependent, including Tesoro’s facilities;
 
  •  curtailments of operations relative to severe seasonal weather;
 
  •  inadvertent damage to pipelines from construction, farm and utility equipment; and
 
  •  other hazards.
 
These risks could result in substantial losses due to personal injury and/or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment and pollution or other environmental damage, as well as business interruptions or shutdowns of our facilities. Any such event or unplanned shutdown could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, Tesoro’s refining operations, on which our operations are substantially dependent, are subject to similar operational hazards and risks inherent in refining crude oil. A serious accident at our facilities or at Tesoro’s facilities, such as the April 2010 fire at Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery, could result in serious injury or death to employees of our general partner or its affiliates or contractors and could expose us to significant liability for personal injury claims and reputational risk. We have no control over the operations at Tesoro’s refineries and their associated pipelines.
 
We do not maintain insurance coverage against all potential losses and could suffer losses for uninsurable or uninsured risks or in amounts in excess of existing insurance coverage. We carry separate policies of property, business interruption and pollution liability insurance and are insured under Tesoro’s liability policies and we are subject to Tesoro’s policy limits. The occurrence of an event that is not fully covered by insurance or failure by one or more insurers to honor its coverage commitments for an insured event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
A material decrease in the refining margins at Tesoro’s refineries could materially reduce the volumes of crude oil or refined products that we handle, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
The volume of refined products that we distribute and store at our refined products terminals and the volume of crude oil that we transport on our High Plains system depend substantially on Tesoro’s refining margins. Refining margins are dependent both upon the price of crude oil or other refinery feedstocks and the price of refined products. These prices are affected by numerous factors beyond our or Tesoro’s control, including the global supply and demand for crude oil, gasoline and other refined products. The current global economic weakness and high unemployment in the United States are expected to continue to depress demand for refined products. The impact of low demand has been further compounded by excess global refining capacity and historically high inventory levels. Tesoro expects these conditions to continue to put significant pressure on refined product margins until the economy improves and unemployment declines. Several refineries in North America and Europe have been temporarily or permanently shut down in response to falling demand and excess refining capacity. Tesoro has publicly disclosed that it will continue to assess its refineries to determine if a complete or partial shutdown of one or more of its facilities is appropriate.
 
In addition to current market conditions, there are long-term factors that may impact the supply and demand of refined products in the United States. These factors include:
 
  •  increased fuel efficiency standards for vehicles;
 
  •  more stringent refined products specifications;
 
  •  renewable fuels standards;
 
  •  availability of alternative energy sources;
 
  •  potential and enacted climate change legislation;


22


Table of Contents

 
  •  the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulation of greenhouse gas emissions under the Clean Air Act; and
 
  •  increased refining capacity or decreased refining capacity utilization.
 
If the demand for refined products, particularly in Tesoro’s primary market areas, decreases significantly, or if there were a material increase in the price of crude oil supplied to Tesoro’s refineries without an increase in the value of the products produced by those refineries, either temporary or permanent, which caused Tesoro to reduce production of refined products at its refineries, there would likely be a reduction in the volumes of crude oil and refined products we handle for Tesoro. Any such reduction could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
A material decrease in the crude oil produced in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area could materially reduce the volume of crude oil gathered and transported by our High Plains system and refined products distributed by our Mandan terminal, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.
 
The volume of crude oil that we gather and transport on our High Plains system and the volume of refined products that we distribute at our Mandan terminal, in each case, in excess of Tesoro’s committed volumes, depends on the volume of refined products produced at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery. The volume of refined products produced depends, in part, on the availability of attractively-priced, high-quality crude oil produced in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area, which is the primary source of supply for Tesoro’s Mandan refinery.
 
In order to maintain or increase refined product production levels at the Mandan refinery, Tesoro must continually contract for new crude oil supplies in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area or consider connecting to alternative sources of crude oil, such as the Enbridge pipeline at the Canada/North Dakota border. Adverse developments in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area could have a significantly greater impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows because of our lack of geographic diversity and substantial reliance on Tesoro as a customer. Accordingly, in addition to general industry risks related to gathering and transporting crude oil, we are disproportionately exposed to risks in the area, including:
 
  •  the volatility and uncertainty of regional pricing differentials;
 
  •  the availability of drilling rigs for producers;
 
  •  weather-related curtailment of operations by producers and disruptions to truck gathering operations;
 
  •  the nature and extent of governmental regulation and taxation; and
 
  •  the anticipated future prices of crude oil and of refined products in markets which Tesoro’s Mandan refinery serves.
 
Furthermore, the development of third-party crude oil gathering systems in the Williston Basin could disproportionately impact our High Plains system, should producers ship on competing systems, thereby impacting the price and availability of crude oil Tesoro ships to its Mandan refinery. If as a result of any of these or other factors, the volume of attractively-priced, high-quality crude oil available to the Mandan refinery is materially reduced for a prolonged period of time, the volume of crude oil gathered and transported by our High Plains system and the volume of refined products distributed by our Mandan terminal, and the related fees for those services, could be materially reduced, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
We may not be able to significantly increase our third-party revenue due to competition and other factors, which could limit our ability to grow and extend our dependence on Tesoro.
 
Part of our growth strategy includes diversifying our customer base by identifying opportunities to offer services to third parties with our existing assets or by constructing or acquiring new assets independently from


23


Table of Contents

Tesoro. Our ability to increase our third-party revenue is subject to numerous factors beyond our control, including competition from third parties and the extent to which we lack available capacity when third-party shippers require it. For example, our High Plains system is subject to competition from existing and future third-party crude oil gathering systems and trucking operations in the Williston Basin. To the extent that we have available capacity on our High Plains system for third-party volumes, we may not be able to compete effectively with third-party gathering systems for additional crude oil production in the area. Our ability to obtain third-party customers on our High Plains system is also dependent on our ability to make outlet connections to third-party pipelines, and, if we are unable to do so, the throughput on our High Plains system will be limited by the demand from Tesoro’s Mandan refinery. To the extent that we have available capacity at our refined products terminals available for third-party volumes, competition from other existing or future refined products terminals owned by third parties may limit our ability to utilize this available capacity.
 
We have historically provided gathering, transporting and storage services to third parties on only a limited basis, and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to attract any material third-party service opportunities. Our efforts to attract new unaffiliated customers may be adversely affected by our relationship with Tesoro, our desire to provide services pursuant to fee-based contracts and, with respect to the High Plains system, Tesoro’s operational requirements at its Mandan refinery, which relies upon the High Plains system to supply all of its crude oil requirements and which we expect to continue to utilize substantially all of the available capacity of the current High Plains system for transportation of crude oil to the Mandan refinery. Our potential customers may prefer to obtain services under other forms of contractual arrangements under which we would be required to assume direct commodity exposure. In addition, we will need to establish a reputation among our potential customer base for providing high quality service in order to successfully attract unaffiliated third parties.
 
Certain of our terminals face competition from third-party terminals for Tesoro refined product volumes.
 
Tesoro utilizes third-party terminals to handle volumes of certain refined products above the minimum volumes that it is committed to deliver through our terminals under our master terminalling services agreement. Our Los Angeles, Stockton and Vancouver terminals, in particular, face competition for these incremental volumes. Part of our growth strategy for our terminal business depends on Tesoro transferring all or a portion of these incremental volumes from competing third-party terminals to our terminals, thereby increasing our terminal throughput revenue. To the extent that these third-party terminals can offer terminalling services at more competitive rates or on a more reliable basis or are otherwise successful in competing with us, our ability to fully execute our growth strategy and increase our terminalling revenues could be adversely affected.
 
Our expansion of existing assets and construction of new assets may not result in revenue increases and will be subject to regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks, which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
A portion of our strategy to grow and increase distributions to unitholders is dependent on our ability to expand existing assets and to construct additional assets. While we are presently engaged in discussions with multiple producers to expand our pipeline gathering network in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area, we have no material commitments for expansion or construction projects as of the date of this prospectus. The construction of a new pipeline or terminal or the expansion of an existing pipeline or terminal, such as by adding horsepower or pump stations, increasing storage capacity or otherwise, involves numerous regulatory, environmental, political and legal uncertainties, most of which are beyond our control. If we undertake these projects, they may not be completed on schedule or at all or at the budgeted cost. Moreover, we may not receive sufficient long-term contractual commitments from customers to provide the revenue needed to support such projects and we may be unable to negotiate acceptable interconnection agreements with third-party pipelines to provide destinations for increased throughput. Even if we receive such commitments or make such interconnections, we may not realize an increase in revenue for an extended period of time. For instance, if we build a new pipeline, the construction will occur over an extended period of time and we will not receive any material increases in revenues until after completion of the project. Moreover, we may construct facilities to


24


Table of Contents

capture anticipated future growth in production in a region, such as the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area, in which such growth does not materialize. As a result, new facilities may not be able to attract enough throughput to achieve our expected investment return, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms from Tesoro or third parties, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions we may make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.
 
A portion of our strategy to grow our business and increase distributions to unitholders is dependent on our ability to make acquisitions that result in an increase in cash flow. The acquisition component of our growth strategy is based, in large part, on our expectation of ongoing divestitures of gathering, transportation and storage assets by industry participants, including Tesoro. A material decrease in such divestitures would limit our opportunities for future acquisitions and could adversely affect our ability to grow our operations and increase cash distributions to our unitholders. If we are unable to make acquisitions from Tesoro or third parties, because we are unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts, we are unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions on economically acceptable terms or we are outbid by competitors, our future growth and ability to increase distributions will be limited. Furthermore, even if we do consummate acquisitions that we believe will be accretive, they may in fact result in a decrease in cash flow. Any acquisition involves potential risks, including, among other things:
 
  •  mistaken assumptions about revenues and costs, including synergies;
 
  •  the assumption of unknown liabilities;
 
  •  limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;
 
  •  mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt;
 
  •  the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
 
  •  unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new geographic areas; and
 
  •  customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.
 
If we consummate any future acquisitions, our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly, and unitholders will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial and other relevant information that we will consider in determining the application of these funds and other resources.
 
Our right of first offer to acquire certain of Tesoro’s existing assets is subject to risks and uncertainty, and ultimately we may not acquire any of those assets.
 
Our omnibus agreement provides us with a right of first offer on certain of Tesoro’s existing logistics assets for a period of ten years after the closing of this offering. The consummation and timing of any future acquisitions of these assets will depend upon, among other things, Tesoro’s willingness to offer these assets for sale, our ability to negotiate acceptable purchase agreements and commercial agreements with respect to the assets and our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to successfully consummate any future acquisitions pursuant to our right of first offer, and Tesoro is under no obligation to accept any offer that we may choose to make. In addition, certain of the assets covered by our right of first offer may require substantial capital expenditures in order to maintain compliance with applicable regulatory requirements or otherwise make them suitable for our commercial needs. For example, the dock at Tesoro’s Golden Eagle wharf facility will require significant capital improvements, which may be in excess of $100.0 million, in order to maintain compliance with various governmental regulations after 2011. For these or a variety of other reasons, we may decide not to exercise our right of first offer if and when any assets are offered for sale, and our decision will not be subject to unitholder approval. In addition, our right of first offer may be terminated by Tesoro at any time after it no longer controls our general partner. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement — Right of First Offer” beginning on page 140.


25


Table of Contents

Our ability to expand and increase our utilization rates may be limited if Tesoro’s refining and marketing business does not grow as expected.
 
Part of our growth strategy depends on the growth of Tesoro’s refining and marketing business. For example, in our terminals and storage business, we believe our growth will primarily be driven by identifying and executing organic expansion projects that will result in increased throughput volumes from Tesoro and third parties. Our prospects for organic growth currently include projects that we expect Tesoro to undertake, such as constructing new tankage, and that we expect to have an opportunity to purchase from Tesoro. If Tesoro focuses on other growth areas or does not make capital expenditures to fund the organic growth of its logistics operations, we may not be able to fully execute our growth strategy.
 
Any reduction in the capacity of, or the allocations to, our shippers in interconnecting, third-party pipelines could cause a reduction of volumes distributed through our terminals and through our short-haul crude oil pipelines.
 
Tesoro is dependent upon connections to third-party pipelines to transport refined products to certain of our terminals and to ship crude oil through our short-haul crude oil pipelines. Any reduction of capacities of these interconnecting pipelines due to testing, line repair, reduced operating pressures or other causes could result in reduced volumes of refined products distributed through our terminals and shipments of crude oil through our short-haul pipelines. Similarly, if additional shippers begin transporting volumes of refined products or crude oil over interconnecting pipelines, the allocations to Tesoro and other existing shippers on these pipelines could be reduced, which could also reduce volumes distributed through our terminals or transported through short-haul crude oil pipelines. Any significant reduction in volumes would adversely affect our revenues and cash flow and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
Our exposure to direct commodity price risk may increase in the future.
 
We currently generate substantially all of our revenues from Tesoro, primarily pursuant to fee-based commercial agreements under which we are paid based on the volumes of crude oil and refined products that we handle and the ancillary services we provide, rather than the value of the commodities themselves. Although some of our commercial agreements with Tesoro contain loss allowance provisions that require us to bear the risk of any volume loss relating to the services we provide, our existing operations and cash flows generally have limited exposure to direct commodity price risk. We may acquire or develop additional assets in the future that have a greater exposure to fluctuations in commodity price risk than our current operations. In addition, although we intend to continue to contractually minimize our exposure to direct commodity price risk in the future, our efforts to negotiate such contracts may not be successful. Increased exposure to the volatility of oil and refined product prices in the future could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and cash flow and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
We do not own all of the land on which our pipelines and terminals are located, which could result in disruptions to our operations.
 
We do not own all of the land on which our pipelines and terminals are located, and we are, therefore, subject to the possibility of more onerous terms and increased costs to retain necessary land use if we do not have valid leases or rights-of-way or if such rights-of-way lapse or terminate. We obtain the rights to construct and operate our pipelines on land owned by third parties and governmental agencies for a specific period of time. Our loss of these rights, through our inability to renew right-of-way contracts or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.
 
We operate refined products terminals on property leased by us and Tesoro in Stockton, California, Vancouver, Washington and Anchorage, Alaska. Our lease with the Port of Stockton expires in 2014 and we have the option to renew this lease for up to three additional five-year terms. Assuming we receive consent from the Port of Vancouver to Tesoro’s assignment to us, our lease with the Port of Vancouver expires in 2016 and we have the option to renew this lease for up to two additional 10-year terms. Our Anchorage terminal has leases with the Alaska Railroad Corporation and the Port of Anchorage. Our lease with the Alaska


26


Table of Contents

Railroad Corporation expires in 2011 and we have the option to renew this lease for up to three additional five-year terms. Our lease with the Municipality of Anchorage expires in 2014 and there can be no guarantee we will be able to renew this lease on satisfactory terms or at all. The lessee under the Port of Vancouver lease is Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company has agreed to assign the lease to us, subject to consent from the Port of Vancouver. Until such time, we only have a license (from Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company) to enter, access, use and operate the terminal. There is no guarantee the Port of Vancouver will consent to the assignment of the lease. In the event the license for our Vancouver terminal is found to be an assignment of the lease or sublease of the terminal without consent of the Port of Vancouver in violation of the lease, the Port of Vancouver may have remedies for breach of the lease, including termination of the lease if Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company does not exercise its cure rights with respect to such breach in a timely manner. Additionally if the license is otherwise found to be unenforceable, we would lose our right to use and operate the property, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders.
 
Restrictions in our revolving credit facility could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders and the value of our units.
 
We will be dependent upon the earnings and cash flow generated by our operations in order to meet our debt service obligations and to allow us to make cash distributions to our unitholders. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our revolving credit facility and any future financing agreements could restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to expand or pursue our business activities, which may, in turn, limit our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. For example, our revolving credit facility will restrict our ability to, among other things:
 
  •  make certain cash distributions;
 
  •  incur certain indebtedness;
 
  •  create certain liens;
 
  •  make certain investments; and
 
  •  merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.
 
Furthermore, our revolving credit facility will contain covenants requiring us to maintain certain financial ratios. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Resources and Liquidity — Revolving Credit Facility” beginning on page 87 for additional information about our revolving credit facility.
 
The provisions of our revolving credit facility may affect our ability to obtain future financing and pursue attractive business opportunities and our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in business conditions. In addition, a failure to comply with the provisions of our revolving credit facility could result in an event of default which could enable our lenders, subject to the terms and conditions of the revolving credit facility, to declare the outstanding principal of that debt, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay the accelerated amounts, our lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such debt. If the payment of our debt is accelerated, defaults under our other debt instruments, if any, may be triggered, and our assets may be insufficient to repay such debt in full, and the holders of our units could experience a partial or total loss of their investment. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Resources and Liquidity” beginning on page 87.
 
Debt we incur in the future may limit our flexibility to obtain financing and to pursue other business opportunities.
 
Our future level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:
 
  •  our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures or other purposes may be impaired, or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;


27


Table of Contents

 
  •  our funds available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to unitholders will be reduced by that portion of our cash flow required to make interest payments on our debt;
 
  •  we may be more vulnerable to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and
 
  •  our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions may be limited.
 
Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service any future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our business activities, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets or issuing equity. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on satisfactory terms or at all. The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our common and subordinated units depends primarily on our cash flow rather than on our profitability, which may prevent us from making distributions, even during periods in which we record net income.
 
The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash flow and not solely on profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record net losses for financial accounting purposes, and we may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net income for financial accounting purposes. Increases in interest rates could adversely impact our unit price, our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes, and our ability to make cash distributions at our intended levels.
 
Interest rates may increase in the future. As a result, interest rates on our debt could be higher than current levels, causing our financing costs to increase accordingly. As with other yield-oriented securities, our unit price will be impacted by our cash distributions and the implied distribution yield. The distribution yield is often used by investors to compare and rank yield-oriented securities for investment decision-making purposes. Therefore, changes in interest rates, either positive or negative, may affect the yield requirements of investors who invest in our units, and a rising interest rate environment could have an adverse impact on our unit price and our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes and to make cash distributions at our intended levels.
 
We do not operate the central control room for our High Plains pipeline system, and we may face higher costs associated with control room services in the future.
 
The control room management functions for the pipelines in our High Plains pipeline system are performed under a control center services agreement with a third-party operator that expires in December 2012 and continues year to year thereafter unless terminated by either party. Under the terms of the agreement, the third-party control room operator controls, monitors, records and reports on the operation of the High Plains system, including supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems that monitor pipeline conditions and controls some of the valves and pump switches remotely through satellite communication. The control room operator also provides leak detection, data reporting, customer support, general maintenance and technical support and emergency response procedure compliance services. Under our current control room contract, we are liable for any losses resulting from actions of the third-party control room operator, unless such losses resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the operator. If disputes arise over the operation of the control room, or if our operator fails to provide the services contracted under the agreement, our business, results of operation, and financial condition could be adversely affected. Upon the expiration of our existing agreement in 2012, we will be required to negotiate the renewal of the terms of this agreement, negotiate a similar arrangement with Tesoro or another third party or install our own control room and hire and train personnel to operate this control room. We anticipate that the costs of these services under a negotiated renewal of our existing agreement or a new similar agreement will increase relative to historical costs. Increased costs associated with control room operation services will decrease the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders to the extent we are not indemnified for these costs by Tesoro under our omnibus agreement. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreement Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138.


28


Table of Contents

Our assets and operations are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and safety that could require us to make substantial expenditures.
 
Our assets and operations involve the transportation and storage of crude oil and refined products, which is subject to increasingly stringent federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment and operational safety matters. Our business of transporting and storing crude oil and refined products involves the risk that crude oil, refined products and other hydrocarbons may gradually or suddenly be released into the environment. We also own or lease a number of properties that have been used to store or distribute crude oil and refined products for many years; many of these properties have been operated by third parties whose handling, disposal, or release of hydrocarbons and other wastes were not under our control. To the extent not covered by insurance or an indemnity, responding to the release of regulated substances into the environment may cause us to incur potentially material expenditures related to response actions, government penalties, natural resources damages, personal injury or property damage claims from third parties and business interruption.
 
Our Anchorage and Vancouver facilities operate in environmentally sensitive waters where maritime vessel, pipeline and refined product transportation and storage operations are closely monitored by federal, state and local agencies and environmental interest groups. Transportation and storage of crude oil and refined products over water or proximate to navigable water bodies — which occurs at several of our facilities in addition to Anchorage and Vancouver — involves inherent risks and subjects us to the provisions of the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (the “Oil Pollution Act”) and similar state environmental laws. Among other things, these laws require us to demonstrate our capacity to respond to a spill of up to 100,000 barrels of oil from an above ground storage tank adjacent to water (a “worst case discharge”) to the maximum extent possible. To meet this requirement, we and Tesoro have contracted with various spill response service companies in the areas in which we transport or store crude oil and refined products; however, these companies may not be able to adequately contain a “worst case discharge” in all instances and we cannot ensure that all of their services would be available for our or Tesoro’s use at any given time. There are many factors that could inhibit the availability of these service providers, including, but not limited to, weather conditions, governmental regulations or other global events. By requirement of state or federal ruling, the availability of these service providers could be diverted to respond to other global events. In these and other cases, we may be subject to liability in connection with the discharge of crude oil or refined products into navigable waters.
 
Our pipelines, terminals and storage facilities are also subject to increasingly strict federal, state, and local laws and regulations that require us to comply with various safety requirements regarding the design, installation, testing, construction, and operational management of our facilities. We could incur potentially significant additional expenses should we identify that any of our assets are not in compliance.
 
Our failure to comply with these or any other environmental or safety-related regulations could result in the assessment of administrative, civil, or criminal penalties, the imposition of investigatory and remedial liabilities, and the issuance of injunctions that may subject us to additional operational constraints. Any such penalties or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
 
Please read “Business — Environmental Regulation — Environmental Liabilities” beginning on page 122 and “Business — Rate and Other Regulation” beginning on page 113.
 
Meeting the requirements of evolving environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those related to climate change, could adversely affect our performance.
 
Environmental laws and regulations have raised operating costs for the oil and refined products industry and compliance with such laws and regulations may cause us and Tesoro to incur potentially material capital expenditures associated with the construction, maintenance, and upgrading of equipment and facilities. We may be required to address conditions discovered in the future that require environmental response actions or remediation. Also, future environmental, health and safety requirements or changed interpretations of existing requirements, may impose more stringent requirements on our assets and operations, which may require us to incur potentially material expenditures to ensure continued compliance. Future developments in federal laws and regulations governing environmental, health and safety and energy matters are especially difficult to predict.


29


Table of Contents

Currently, various legislative and regulatory measures to address greenhouse gas emissions (including carbon dioxide, methane and other gases) are in various phases of discussion or implementation. These include requirements effective January 2010 that require Tesoro’s refineries to report emissions of greenhouse gases to the EPA beginning in 2011, and proposed federal, state, and regional initiatives (such as AB 32 in California) that require, or could require, us and Tesoro to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from our facilities. Requiring reductions in greenhouse gas emissions could cause us to incur substantial costs to (i) operate and maintain our facilities, (ii) install new emission controls at our facilities and (iii) administer and manage any greenhouse gas emissions programs, including the acquisition or maintenance of emission credits or allowances. These requirements may also adversely affect Tesoro’s refinery operations and have an indirect adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of our operations.
 
Requiring a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions and the increased use of renewable fuels could also decrease demand for refined products, which could have an indirect, but material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, in 2010, the EPA promulgated a rule establishing greenhouse gas emission standards for new-model passenger cars, light-duty trucks, and medium-duty passenger vehicles. Also in 2010, the EPA promulgated a rule establishing greenhouse gas emission thresholds for the permitting of certain stationary sources, which could require greenhouse emission controls for those sources. These requirements could have an indirect adverse effect on our business due to reduced demand for crude oil and refined products, and a direct adverse affect on our business from increased regulation of our facilities.
 
Changes in other forms of health and safety regulations are also being considered. New pipeline safety legislation requiring more stringent spill reporting and disclosure obligations has been introduced in the U.S. Congress and was recently passed by the U.S. House of Representatives. The Department of Transportation (“DOT”) has also recently proposed legislation providing for more stringent oversight of pipelines and increased penalties for violations of safety rules, which is in addition to the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration’s announced intention to strengthen its rules. Such legislative and regulatory changes could have a material effect on our operations through more stringent and comprehensive safety regulations and higher penalties for the violation of those regulations.
 
Our business is impacted by environmental risks inherent in our operations.
 
Our operation of crude oil and refined products pipelines, refined products terminals and crude oil and refined products storage facilities is inherently subject to the risks of spills, discharges or other inadvertent releases of petroleum or other hazardous substances. If any of these events have previously occurred or occur in the future, whether in connection with any of Tesoro’s refineries, our storage facility, any of our pipelines or refined products terminals, or any other facility to which we send or have sent wastes or by-products for treatment or disposal, we could be liable for all costs and penalties associated with the remediation of such facilities under federal, state and local environmental laws or the common law. We may also be liable for personal injury or property damage claims from third parties alleging contamination from spills or releases from our facilities or operations. In addition, our indemnification for certain environmental liabilities under the omnibus agreement will be limited to liabilities identified prior to the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering and the date that Tesoro no longer controls our general partner (provided that, in any event, such date shall be no earlier than the second anniversary of the closing of this offering). Even if we are insured or indemnified against such risks, we may be responsible for costs or penalties to the extent our insurers or indemnitors do not fulfill their obligations to us. The payment of such costs or penalties could be significant and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are subject to regulation by multiple governmental agencies, which could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our business activities are subject to regulation by multiple federal, state and local governmental agencies. Our historical and projected operating costs reflect the recurring costs resulting from compliance with these regulations, and we do not anticipate material expenditures in excess of these amounts in the absence of future acquisitions, or changes in regulation, or discovery of existing but unknown compliance issues. Additional


30


Table of Contents

proposals and proceedings that affect the crude oil and refined products industry are regularly considered by Congress, as well as by state legislatures and federal and state regulatory commissions and agencies and courts. We cannot predict when or whether any such proposals may become effective or the magnitude of the impact changes in laws and regulations may have on our business; however, additions or enhancements to the regulatory burden on our industry generally increase the cost of doing business and affect our profitability.
 
Rate regulation may not allow us to recover the full amount of increases in our costs.
 
Part of our High Plains system provides interstate service that is subject to regulation by the FERC. Rates for service on this part of our system are set using FERC’s tariff indexing methodology. The indexing methodology currently allows a pipeline to increase its rates by a percentage factor equal to the change in the producer price index for finished goods (“PPI”) plus 1.3 percent. When the index falls, we may be required to reduce rates if they exceed the new maximum allowable rate. In addition, changes in the index might not be large enough to fully reflect actual increases in our costs.
 
FERC’s indexing methodology is subject to review every five years; the current methodology will remain in place through June 30, 2011. On December 16, 2010, FERC issued an order continuing the use of the current method of indexing rates for the five-year period beginning July 1, 2011; however, FERC’s order increases the adjustment to the PPI to plus 2.65% (rather than PPI plus 1.3% currently in effect). FERC’s order is subject to rehearing or may be appealed without rehearing to the U.S. Court of Appeals. The current or any revised indexing formula could hamper our ability to recover our costs because: (1) the indexing methodology is tied to an inflation index; (2) it is not based on pipeline-specific costs; and (3) it could later be reduced in comparison to current or proposed formulas. Any of the foregoing would adversely affect our revenues and cash flow. FERC could limit our ability to set rates based on our costs, order us to reduce rates, require the payment of refunds or reparations to shippers, or any or all of these actions, which could adversely affect our financial position, cash flows, and results of operations.
 
The balance of our High Plains system provides intrastate service that is subject to regulation by the NDPSC. Similar to FERC, NDPSC could limit our ability to set rates based on our costs or could order us to reduce our rates and could require the payment of refunds to shippers. Such regulation or a successful challenge to our intrastate pipeline rates could adversely affect our financial position, cash flows or results of operations. Furthermore, although NDPSC has not officially adopted the FERC indexing methodology, our existing intrastate tariffs have utilized the FERC indexing methodology as a basis for annual tariff rate adjustment.
 
If FERC’s or NDPSC’s ratemaking methodology changes, the new methodology could also result in tariffs that generate lower revenues and cash flow and adversely affect our ability to make cash distributions to our unit holders.
 
Based on the way our pipelines are operated, we believe the only transportation on our pipelines that is or will be subject to the jurisdiction of FERC is the transportation specified in the tariff that we have on file with FERC. We cannot guarantee that the jurisdictional status of transportation on our pipelines and related facilities will remain unchanged, however. Should circumstances change, then currently non-jurisdictional transportation could be found to be FERC-jurisdictional. In that case, FERC’s ratemaking methodologies may limit our ability to set rates based on our actual costs, may delay the use of rates that reflect increased costs, and may subject us to potentially burdensome and expensive operational, reporting and other requirements. In addition, the provisions of our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement regarding our agreement to provide, and Tesoro’s agreement to purchase, certain crude oil volumes could be viewed as a preference to Tesoro. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We believe that neither our interconnecting pipelines between our Salt Lake City storage facility and Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery nor our five Salt Lake City short-haul pipelines will be subject to FERC regulation, either because FERC will not assert jurisdiction over single-user pipelines that deliver crude oil and refined products within a single state, or because FERC will exempt the pipelines from regulation because only one affiliated shipper takes service on the pipelines. We will file for a FERC ruling disclaiming or exempting from FERC jurisdiction transportation service on these pipelines. If FERC, however, were to deny our request and assert jurisdiction over transportation service on these pipelines, we would be required to file tariffs with FERC for each


31


Table of Contents

pipeline that would establish the rates and terms and conditions for service on each pipeline. If this were to occur, our short-haul pipeline transportation services agreement with Tesoro requires Tesoro and us to negotiate appropriate changes to the terms of the agreement to restore to each party the economic benefits expected prior to FERC’s assertion of jurisdiction. While we and Tesoro are required to negotiate in good faith, it is possible that the negotiations will not yield the intended result and that the assertion of FERC jurisdiction could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or prevent fraud, which would likely have a negative impact on the market price of our common units.
 
Prior to this offering, we have not been required to file reports with the SEC. Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. We prepare our financial statements in accordance with GAAP, but our internal accounting controls may not currently meet all standards applicable to companies with publicly traded securities. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded partnership. Our efforts to develop and maintain our internal controls may not be successful, and we may be unable to maintain effective controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or to comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which we refer to as Section 404. For example, Section 404 will require us, among other things, to annually review and report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.
 
We must comply with Section 404 for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2012. Any failure to develop, implement or maintain effective internal controls or to improve our internal controls could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Given the difficulties inherent in the design and operation of internal controls over financial reporting, we can provide no assurance as to our, or our independent registered public accounting firm’s, conclusions about the effectiveness of our internal controls, and we may incur significant costs in our efforts to comply with Section 404. Ineffective internal controls will subject us to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of confidence in our reported financial information, which could have an adverse effect on our business and would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common units.
 
Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us
 
Our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders. Additionally, we have no control over Tesoro’s business decisions and operations, and Tesoro is under no obligation to adopt a business strategy that favors us.
 
Following the offering, Tesoro will own a 2.0% general partner interest and a 57.8% limited partner interest in us and will own and control our general partner. Although our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage us in a manner that is beneficial to us and our unitholders, the directors and officers of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in the manner that is beneficial to its owner, Tesoro. Conflicts of interest may arise between Tesoro and its affiliates, including our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts, the general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates, including Tesoro, over the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:
 
  •  Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires Tesoro to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets, which could involve decisions by Tesoro to increase or decrease refinery production, connect our High Plains pipeline system to third-party delivery points, shut down or reconfigure a refinery, or pursue and grow particular markets. Tesoro’s directors and officers have a fiduciary duty to make these decisions in the best interests of the stockholders of Tesoro;


32


Table of Contents

 
  •  Tesoro, as our primary customer, has an economic incentive to cause us to not seek higher tariff rates, trucking fees or terminalling fees, even if such higher rates or fees would reflect rates and fees that could be obtained in arm’s-length, third-party transactions;
 
  •  Tesoro may be constrained by the terms of its debt instruments from taking actions, or refraining from taking actions, that may be in our best interests;
 
  •  Due to operational requirements at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery, Tesoro has an incentive to limit third-party volumes on our High Plains system, which may limit our ability to generate third-party revenue with that asset;
 
  •  Our general partner has limited its liability and reduced its fiduciary duties, while also restricting the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty;
 
  •  Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval;
 
  •  Our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuance of additional partnership securities and the creation, reduction or increase of cash reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders;
 
  •  Our general partner determines the amount and timing of many of our cash expenditures and whether a cash expenditure is classified as an expansion capital expenditure, which does not reduce operating surplus. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to our general partner, the amount of adjusted operating surplus in any given period and the ability of the subordinated units to convert into common units;
 
  •  Our general partner determines which costs incurred by it are reimbursable by us;
 
  •  Our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to accelerate the expiration of the subordination period;
 
  •  Our partnership agreement permits us to classify up to $30.0 million as operating surplus, even if it is generated from asset sales, non-working capital borrowings or other sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus. This cash may be used to fund distributions on our subordinated units or to our general partner in respect of the general partner interest or the incentive distribution rights;
 
  •  Our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf;
 
  •  Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our contractual and other obligations;
 
  •  Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase all of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if it and its affiliates own more than 75% of the common units;
 
  •  Our general partner controls the enforcement of obligations owed to us by our general partner and its affiliates, including our commercial agreements with Tesoro;
 
  •  Our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants, or others to perform services for us; and
 
  •  Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner, which we refer to as our conflicts committee, or our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.


33


Table of Contents

 
Under the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including its executive officers, directors and owners. Other than as provided in our omnibus agreement, any such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate such opportunity or information to us. This may create actual and potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our general partner and result in less than favorable treatment of us and our unitholders. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138 and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties” beginning on page 156.
 
Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our available cash, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.
 
We expect that we will distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders and will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or our revolving credit facility on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which, in turn, may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.
 
Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our common and subordinated units.
 
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and reduce the fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, or otherwise free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its individual capacity include:
 
  •  how to allocate business opportunities among us and its other affiliates;
 
  •  whether to exercise its limited call right;
 
  •  how to exercise its voting rights with respect to the units it owns;
 
  •  whether to exercise its registration rights;
 
  •  whether to elect to reset target distribution levels; and
 
  •  whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.
 
By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder is treated as having consented to the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties — Fiduciary Duties” beginning on page 161.


34


Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our common and subordinated units for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.
 
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement:
 
  •  provides that whenever our general partner makes a determination or takes, or declines to take, any other action in its capacity as our general partner, our general partner is required to make such determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in good faith, and will not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law, or any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;
 
  •  provides that our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, which requires that it believed that the decision was in, or not opposed to, the best interest of our partnership;
 
  •  provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and
 
  •  provides that our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or our limited partners if a transaction with an affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:
 
(1) approved by our conflicts committee, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval;
 
(2) approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner and its affiliates;
 
(3) on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
 
(4) fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships among the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.
 
In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or our conflicts committee and the board of directors of our general partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the affiliate transaction or conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in subclauses (3) and (4) above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties” beginning on page 156.
 
Cost reimbursements, which will be determined in our general partner’s sole discretion, and fees due our general partner and its affiliates for services provided will be substantial and will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.
 
Under our partnership agreement, we are required to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses that they incur on our behalf for managing and controlling our business and operations. Except to the extent specified under our omnibus agreement or our operational services agreement, our general partner determines the amount of these expenses. Under the terms of the omnibus agreement we will be


35


Table of Contents

required to pay Tesoro an annual corporate services fee, initially in the amount of $2.5 million, for the provision of various centralized corporate services. Under the terms of our operational services agreement, we will pay Tesoro an annual service fee, initially in the amount of $0.3 million, for services performed by certain of Tesoro’s field-level employees at our Mandan terminal and Salt Lake City storage facility, and we will reimburse Tesoro for any direct costs actually incurred by Tesoro in providing other operational services with respect to our other assets and operations. Our general partner and its affiliates also may provide us other services for which we will be charged fees as determined by our general partner. Payments to our general partner and its affiliates will be substantial and will reduce the amount of available cash for distribution to unitholders.
 
Unitholders have very limited voting rights and, even if they are dissatisfied, they cannot remove our general partner without its consent.
 
Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders did not elect our general partner or the board of directors of our general partner and will have no right to elect our general partner or the board of directors of our general partner on an annual or other continuing basis. The board of directors of our general partner is chosen by the members of our general partner, which are wholly owned subsidiaries of Tesoro Corporation. Furthermore, if the unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have little ability to remove our general partner. As a result of these limitations, the price at which our common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.
 
The unitholders will be unable initially to remove our general partner without its consent because our general partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon completion of the offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of all outstanding common units and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove our general partner. At closing, our general partner and its affiliates will own 59.0% of the common units and subordinated units. Also, if our general partner is removed without cause during the subordination period and common units and subordinated units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically be converted into common units, and any existing arrearages on the common units will be extinguished. A removal of our general partner under these circumstances would adversely affect the common units by prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation preference over the subordinated units, which would otherwise have continued until we had met certain distribution and performance tests.
 
Cause is narrowly defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the general partner liable for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management of the business, so the removal of our general partner because of the unitholders’ dissatisfaction with our general partner’s performance in managing our partnership will most likely result in the termination of the subordination period.
 
Furthermore, unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by the partnership agreement provision providing that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner, its affiliates, their transferees, and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any matter.
 
Our partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.
 
Our general partner interest or the control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.
 
Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of the unitholders. Furthermore, there is no restriction in


36


Table of Contents

the partnership agreement on the ability of Tesoro to transfer its membership interest in our general partner to a third party. The new partners of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and officers of our general partner with their own choices and to control the decisions taken by the board of directors and officers.
 
The incentive distribution rights of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.
 
Our general partner may transfer its incentive distribution rights to a third party at any time without the consent of our unitholders. If our general partner transfers its incentive distribution rights to a third party but retains its general partner interest, our general partner may not have the same incentive to grow our partnership and increase quarterly distributions to unitholders over time as it would if it had retained ownership of its incentive distribution rights. For example, a transfer of incentive distribution rights by our general partner could reduce the likelihood of Tesoro accepting offers made by us relating to assets subject to the right of first offer contained in our omnibus agreement, as Tesoro would have less of an economic incentive to grow our business, which in turn would impact our ability to grow our asset base.
 
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $17.22 per common unit.
 
The assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per common unit exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $2.78 per unit. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per common unit, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $17.22 per common unit. This dilution results primarily because the assets contributed by Tesoro are recorded in accordance with GAAP at their historical cost, and not their fair value. Please read “Dilution” beginning on page 48.
 
We may issue additional units without unitholder approval, which would dilute unitholder interests.
 
At any time, we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without the approval of our unitholders. Further, neither our partnership agreement nor our revolving credit facility prohibits the issuance of equity securities that may effectively rank senior to our common units. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:
 
  •  our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;
 
  •  the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;
 
  •  because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;
 
  •  the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;
 
  •  the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and
 
  •  the market price of our common units may decline.
 
Tesoro may sell units in the public or private markets, and such sales could have an adverse impact on the trading price of the common units.
 
After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus, Tesoro will hold 2,754,891 common units and 15,254,891 subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and may convert earlier under certain circumstances. Additionally, we have agreed to provide Tesoro with certain registration rights. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale” beginning on page 178. The sale of these units in the public or private markets could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.


37


Table of Contents

Our general partner’s discretion in establishing cash reserves may reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders.
 
The partnership agreement requires our general partner to deduct from operating surplus cash reserves that it determines are necessary to fund our future operating expenditures. In addition, the partnership agreement permits the general partner to reduce available cash by establishing cash reserves for the proper conduct of our business, to comply with applicable law or agreements to which we are a party, or to provide funds for future distributions to partners. These cash reserves will affect the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders.
 
Tesoro may compete with us.
 
Tesoro may compete with us. Under our omnibus agreement, Tesoro and its affiliates will agree not to engage in, whether by acquisition or otherwise, the business of owning or operating crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities in the United States that are not within, directly connected to, substantially dedicated to, or otherwise an integral part of, any refinery owned, acquired or constructed by Tesoro. This restriction, however, does not apply to:
 
  •  any assets owned by Tesoro at the closing of this offering (including replacements or expansions of those assets);
 
  •  any assets acquired or constructed by Tesoro to replace one of our assets that no longer provides services to Tesoro due to the occurrence of a force majeure event under one of our commercial agreements with Tesoro that prevents us from providing services under such agreement;
 
  •  any asset or business that Tesoro acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of less than $5.0 million; and
 
  •  any asset or business that Tesoro acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of $5.0 million or more if we have been offered the opportunity to purchase the asset or business for fair market value not later than six months after completion of such acquisition or construction, and we decline to do so.
 
As a result, Tesoro has the ability to construct assets which directly compete with our assets so long as they are integral to a refinery owned by Tesoro. The limitations on the ability of Tesoro to compete with us are terminable by either party if Tesoro ceases to control our general partner.
 
Our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to make cash distributions, even where the purpose or effect of the borrowing benefits the general partner or its affiliates.
 
In some instances, our general partner may cause us to borrow funds from Tesoro or from third parties in order to permit the payment of cash distributions. These borrowings are permitted even if the purpose and effect of the borrowing is to enable us to make a distribution on the subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to hasten the expiration of the subordination period.
 
Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.
 
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 75% of our common units, our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than their then-current market price. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. At the completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, our general partner and its affiliates will own approximately 18.1% of our common units. At the end of the subordination period (which could occur as early as June 30, 2012), assuming no additional issuances of common units (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated units) and no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional common units, our general partner and its affiliates


38


Table of Contents

will own approximately 59.0% of our common units. For additional information about the call right, please read “The Partnership Agreement — Limited Call Right” beginning on page 174.
 
Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.
 
A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware law, and we conduct business in a number of other states. The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some jurisdictions. You could be liable for our obligations as if you were a general partner if a court or government agency were to determine that:
 
  •  we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that particular state’s partnership statute; or
 
  •  your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitute “control” of our business.
 
Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Limited Liability” beginning on page 167 for a discussion of the implications of the limitations of liability on a unitholder.
 
Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.
 
Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Transferees of common units are liable for the obligations of the transferor to make contributions to the partnership that are known to the transferee at the time of the transfer and for unknown obligations if the liabilities could be determined from the partnership agreement. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.
 
There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. After this offering, there will be only 12,500,000 publicly traded common units. In addition, Tesoro will own 2,754,891 common and 15,254,891 subordinated units, representing an aggregate 57.8% limited partner interest in us. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. You may not be able to resell your common units at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common units.
 
The initial public offering price for the common units offered hereby will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common units that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of our common units may decline below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common units may also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:
 
  •  our quarterly distributions;
 
  •  our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;
 
  •  announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;


39


Table of Contents

 
  •  changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
 
  •  general economic conditions;
 
  •  the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;
 
  •  future sales of our common units; and
 
  •  other factors described in these “Risk Factors.”
 
Our general partner, or any transferee holding incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue common units and general partner units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights, without the approval of our conflicts committee or the holders of our common units. This could result in lower distributions to holders of our common units.
 
Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received distributions on its incentive distribution rights at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%, in addition to distributions paid on its 2.0% general partner interest) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.
 
If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units and general partner units. The number of common units to be issued to our general partner will be equal to that number of common units that would have entitled their holder to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the distributions to our general partner on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. Our general partner will also be issued the number of general partner units necessary to maintain our general partner’s interest in us that existed immediately prior to the reset election. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion. It is possible, however, that our general partner could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may, therefore, desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to receive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. This risk could be elevated if our incentive distribution rights have been transferred to a third party. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience a reduction in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units and general partner units in connection with resetting the target distribution levels. Additionally, our general partner has the right to transfer our incentive distribution rights at any time, and such transferee shall have the same rights as the general partner relative to resetting target distributions if our general partner concurs that the tests for resetting target distributions have been fulfilled. Please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels” beginning on page 68.
 
Our unitholders who fail to furnish certain information requested by our general partner or who our general partner, upon receipt of such information, determines are not eligible citizens may not be entitled to receive distributions in kind upon our liquidation and their common units will be subject to redemption.
 
Our general partner may require each limited partner to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or related status. If a limited partner fails to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or other related status within 30 days after a request for the information or our general partner determines after receipt of the information that the limited partner is not an eligible citizen, the limited partner may be treated as a non-citizen assignee. A non-citizen assignee does not have the right to direct the voting of his units and


40


Table of Contents

may not receive distributions in kind upon our liquidation. Furthermore, we have the right to redeem all of the common units and subordinated units of any holder that is not an eligible citizen or fails to furnish the requested information. The redemption price will be paid in cash or by delivery of a promissory note, as determined by our general partner. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption” beginning on page 175.
 
Common units held by persons who are non-taxpaying assignees will be subject to the possibility of redemption.
 
To avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us under FERC regulations, or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership agreement gives our general partner the power to amend the agreement. If our general partner determines that our not being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines are necessary or advisable to obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent relevant) and permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Non-Taxpaying Assignees; Redemption” beginning on page 176.
 
The NYSE does not require a publicly traded limited partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.
 
We have applied to list our common units on the NYSE. Because we will be a publicly traded limited partnership, the NYSE does not require us to have a majority of independent directors on our general partner’s board of directors or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read “Management — Management of Tesoro Logistics LP” beginning on page 124.
 
Tax Risks
 
In addition to reading the following risk factors, please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences” beginning on page 179 for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.
 
Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, which would subject us to entity-level taxation, then our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.
 
The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in the common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the IRS on this or any other tax matter affecting us.
 
Despite the fact that we are a limited partnership under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for a partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe based upon our current operations that we are or will be so treated, a change in our business or a change in current law could cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.
 
If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%, and would likely pay


41


Table of Contents

state and local income tax at varying rates. Distributions would generally be taxed again as corporate dividends (to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits), and no income, gains, losses, deductions, or credits would flow through to you. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced. Therefore, if we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, there would be material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to our unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.
 
Our partnership agreement provides that, if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.
 
If we were subjected to a material amount of additional entity-level taxation by individual states, it would reduce our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.
 
Changes in current state law may subject us to additional entity-level taxation by individual states. Because of widespread state budget deficits and other reasons, several states are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise and other forms of taxation. Imposition of any such taxes may substantially reduce the cash available for distribution to you. Our partnership agreement provides that, if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to entity-level taxation, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.
 
The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our common units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.
 
The present federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time. Recently, members of the U.S. Congress have considered substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect certain publicly traded partnerships, which, if enacted, may or may not be applied retroactively. Although we are unable to predict whether any of these changes or any other proposals will ultimately be enacted, any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.
 
Our unitholders’ share of our income will be taxable to them for federal income tax purposes even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.
 
Because a unitholder will be treated as a partner to whom we will allocate taxable income which could be different in amount than the cash we distribute, a unitholder’s allocable share of our taxable income will be taxable to it, which may require the payment of federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes, on its share of our taxable income even if it receives no cash distributions from us. Our unitholders may not receive cash distributions from us equal to their share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.
 
If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.
 
We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to our treatment as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or any other matter affecting us. The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the conclusions of our counsel expressed in this prospectus or from the positions we take, and the IRS’s positions may ultimately be sustained. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of our counsel’s conclusions or the positions we take and such positions may not ultimately be sustained. A court may not agree with some or all of our counsel’s conclusions or the positions we take. Any


42


Table of Contents

contest with the IRS, and the outcome of any IRS contest, may have a materially adverse impact on the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.
 
Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.
 
If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of your allocable share of our net taxable income decrease your tax basis in your common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the common units you sell will, in effect, become taxable income to you if you sell such common units at a price greater than your tax basis in those common units, even if the price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized on any sale of your common units, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if you sell your common units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash you receive from the sale. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss” beginning on page 188 for a further discussion of the foregoing.
 
Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning our common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.
 
Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (known as IRAs), and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable effective tax rate, and non-U.S. persons will be required to file federal income tax returns and pay tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult a tax advisor before investing in our common units.
 
We will treat each purchaser of common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.
 
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units and because of other reasons, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. Our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of such filing positions. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from your sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to your tax returns. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election” beginning on page 186 for a further discussion of the effect of the depreciation and amortization positions we will adopt.
 
We prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction for federal income tax purposes between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.
 
We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction for federal income tax purposes between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The use of this proration


43


Table of Contents

method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations, and, accordingly, our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of this method. If the IRS were to challenge this method or new Treasury regulations were issued, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees” beginning on page 189.
 
A unitholder whose common units are loaned to a “short seller” to effect a short sale of common units may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he would no longer be treated for federal income tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.
 
Because a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a “short seller” to effect a short sale of common units may be considered as having disposed of the loaned common units, he may no longer be treated for federal income tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan to the short seller, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion regarding the treatment of a unitholder where common units are loaned to a short seller to effect a short sale of common units; therefore, our unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to consult a tax advisor to discuss whether it is advisable to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from loaning their common units.
 
We will adopt certain valuation methodologies and monthly conventions for federal income tax purposes that may result in a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between our general partner and our unitholders. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.
 
When we issue additional units or engage in certain other transactions, we will determine the fair market value of our assets and allocate any unrealized gain or loss attributable to our assets to the capital accounts of our unitholders and our general partner. Our methodology may be viewed as understating the value of our assets. In that case, there may be a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between certain unitholders and our general partner, which may be unfavorable to such unitholders. Moreover, under our valuation methods, subsequent purchasers of common units may have a greater portion of their Internal Revenue Code Section 743(b) adjustment allocated to our tangible assets and a lesser portion allocated to our intangible assets. The IRS may challenge our valuation methods, or our allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to our tangible and intangible assets, and allocations of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction between our general partner and certain of our unitholders.
 
A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could adversely affect the amount of taxable income or loss being allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of taxable gain from our unitholders’ sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns without the benefit of additional deductions.
 
The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.
 
We will be considered to have technically terminated our partnership for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of determining whether the 50% threshold has been met, multiple sales of the same interest will be counted only once. Our technical termination would, among other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders, which would result in us filing two tax returns (and our unitholders could receive two Schedules K-1 if relief was not available, as described below) for one fiscal year and could result in a deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of


44


Table of Contents

our taxable year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. Our termination currently would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, but instead we would be treated as a new partnership for tax purposes. If treated as a new partnership, we must make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination occurred. The IRS has recently announced a publicly traded partnership technical termination relief program whereby, if a publicly traded partnership that technically terminated requests publicly traded partnership technical termination relief and such relief is granted by the IRS, among other things, the partnership will only have to provide one Schedule K-1 to unitholders for the year notwithstanding two partnership tax years. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — Disposition of Common Units — Constructive Termination” on page 190 for a discussion of the consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.
 
As a result of investing in our common units, you may become subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in jurisdictions where we operate or own or acquire properties.
 
In addition to federal income taxes, our unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or control property now or in the future, even if they do not live in any of those jurisdictions. Our unitholders will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these various jurisdictions. Further, our unitholders may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We initially expect to conduct business in Alaska, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, North Dakota, Texas, Utah and Washington. Many of these states currently impose a personal income tax on individuals. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may control assets or conduct business in additional states that impose a personal income tax. It is your responsibility to file all federal, state and local tax returns. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion on the state or local tax consequences of an investment in our common units.
 
Compliance with and changes in tax laws could adversely affect our performance.
 
We are subject to extensive tax laws and regulations, including federal, state, and foreign income taxes and transactional taxes such as excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise, and ad valorem taxes. New tax laws and regulations and changes in existing tax laws and regulations are continuously being enacted that could result in increased tax expenditures in the future. Many of these tax liabilities are subject to audits by the respective taxing authority. These audits may result in additional taxes as well as interest and penalties.


45


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $225.0 million from the sale of 12,500,000 common units offered by this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts, structuring and advisory fees and estimated offering expenses. We intend to use these proceeds as follows:
 
  •  $220.0 million will be distributed to Tesoro, in part to reimburse Tesoro for certain capital expenditures it incurred with respect to assets contributed to us;
 
  •  $2.0 million for debt issuance costs; and
 
  •  $3.0 million for working capital purposes.
 
At the closing of this offering, we will enter into a new $150.0 million credit facility, under which we will borrow $50.0 million to fund an additional $50.0 million cash distribution to Tesoro. The cash distributions to Tesoro from the proceeds of this offering and the borrowing under our revolving credit facility will be made in consideration of its contribution of assets to us and to reimburse Tesoro for certain capital expenditures incurred with respect to these assets. We are funding these distributions through a combination of net proceeds from this offering and borrowings under our revolving credit facility in order to optimize our capital structure.
 
The table below sets forth our anticipated use of the expected net proceeds from this offering after deducting underwriting discounts, structuring and advisory fees and estimated offering expenses:
 
                 
          Percentage
 
    Application of
    of
 
    Proceeds     Proceeds  
    (In thousands)  
 
Distribution to Tesoro
  $ 220.0       97.8 %
Debt issuance costs
    2.0       0.9  
Working capital purposes
    3.0       1.3  
                 
    $ 225.0       100.0 %
                 
 
The net proceeds from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common units will be used to redeem from Tesoro a number of common units equal to the number of common units issued upon exercise of the option at a price per common unit equal to the net proceeds per common unit in this offering before expenses but after deducting underwriting discounts and the structuring fee. Accordingly, any exercise of the underwriter’s option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read “Underwriting” beginning on page 198.
 
An increase or decrease in the initial public offering price of $1.00 per common unit would cause the net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and the structuring fee, to increase or decrease by $11.7 million. If the proceeds increase due to a higher initial public offering price or decrease due to a lower initial public offering price, then the cash distribution to Tesoro from the proceeds of this offering will increase or decrease, as applicable, by a corresponding amount.


46


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table shows:
 
  •  historical cash and cash equivalents and capitalization of our predecessor as of December 31, 2010; and
 
  •  our pro forma capitalization as of December 31, 2010, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described in our unaudited pro forma combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, including this offering and the application of the net proceeds of this offering in the manner described under “Use of Proceeds” on page 46, and borrowings under our revolving credit facility and the other transactions described under “Summary — The Transactions” on page 6.
 
This table is derived from, should be read together with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our historical and pro forma combined financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
    As of December 31, 2010  
    Predecessor
    Partnership
 
    Historical     Pro Forma  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 3.0  
Revolving credit facility
              50.0  
Division equity/partners’ capital:
               
Tesoro division equity
  $    128.8        
Held by public:
               
Common units
          225.0  
Held by Tesoro:
               
Common units
          (21.4 )
Subordinated units
          (118.7 )
General partner units
          1.7  
                 
Total division equity/partners’ capital
    128.8       86.6  
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 128.8     $ 139.6  
                 


47


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
Dilution is the amount by which the offering price per common unit in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per unit after the offering. On a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2010, after giving effect to the offering of common units and the related transactions, our net tangible book value was approximately $86.6 million, or $2.78 per unit. Purchasers of common units in this offering will experience substantial and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table.
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per common unit
          $ 20.00  
Pro forma net tangible book value per unit before the offering(1)
  $ 7.07          
Decrease in net tangible book value per unit attributable to purchasers in the offering
    (4.29 )        
                 
Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per unit after the offering(2)
            2.78  
                 
Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering
          $ 17.22  
                 
 
 
(1) Determined by dividing the number of units (2,754,891 common units, 15,254,891 subordinated units and 622,649 general partner units) to be issued to the general partner and its affiliates for their contribution of assets and liabilities to us into the net tangible book value of the contributed assets and liabilities.
 
(2) Determined by dividing the number of units (15,254,891 total common units, 15,254,891 subordinated units and 622,649 general partner units) to be outstanding after the offering into our pro forma net tangible book value.
 
The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by the general partner and its affiliates in respect of their units and by the purchasers of common units in this offering upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus.
 
                                 
    Units Acquired     Total Consideration  
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (in millions)           (In thousands)        
 
General partner and its affiliates(1)(2)
    18.6       59.8 %   $ (138.4 )     (159.8 )%
Purchasers in this offering
    12.5       40.2 %     225.0       259.8 %
                                 
Total
    31.1       100.0 %   $ 86.6       100.0 %
                                 
 
 
(1) Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, our general partner and its affiliates will own 2,754,891 common units, 15,254,891 subordinated units and 622,649 general partner units.
 
(2) The assets contributed by the general partner and its affiliates were recorded at historical cost in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Book value of the consideration provided by the general partner and its affiliates, as of December 31, 2010, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of the offering, is as follows:
 
         
    (In millions)  
 
Book value of net assets contributed
  $ 131.6  
Less: Distribution to Tesoro from net proceeds of this offering
    (220.0 )
Distribution to Tesoro from borrowings under our revolving credit facility
    (50.0 )
         
Total consideration
  $ (138.4 )
         


48


Table of Contents

 
CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS
 
You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy in conjunction with the specific assumptions included in this section. In addition, you should read “Forward-Looking Statements” beginning on page 204 and “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and regarding certain risks inherent in our business.
 
For additional information regarding our historical and pro forma results of operations, you should refer to our historical and pro forma combined financial statements and the notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
General
 
Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy
 
Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our available cash quarterly. Our cash distribution policy reflects a basic judgment that our unitholders will be better served by distributing our available cash rather than retaining it, because, among other reasons, we believe we will generally finance any expansion capital expenditures from external financing sources. Generally, our available cash is our (i) cash on hand at the end of a quarter after the payment of our expenses and the establishment of cash reserves and (ii) cash on hand resulting from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter. Because we are not subject to an entity-level federal income tax, we expect to have more cash to distribute than would be the case if we were subject to federal income tax.
 
Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy
 
There is no guarantee that we will make quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders. We do not have a legal obligation to pay distributions at our minimum quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate except as provided in our partnership agreement. Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our available cash quarterly. Our cash distribution policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at any time. The reasons for such uncertainties in our stated cash distribution policy include the following factors:
 
  •  Our cash distribution policy will be subject to restrictions on cash distributions under our revolving credit facility. Should we be unable to satisfy these restrictions included in our revolving credit facility, we would be prohibited from making cash distributions notwithstanding our cash distribution policy. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Resources and Liquidity — Revolving Credit Facility” beginning on page 87.
 
  •  Our general partner will have the authority to establish cash reserves for the prudent conduct of our business and for future cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment of or increase in those reserves could result in a reduction in cash distributions from levels we currently anticipate pursuant to our stated cash distribution policy. Any decision to establish cash reserves made by our general partner in good faith will be binding on our unitholders.
 
  •  While our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash, our partnership agreement, including the provisions requiring us to make cash distributions contained therein, may be amended. Our partnership agreement may not be amended during the subordination period without the approval of our public common unitholders, except in those limited circumstances when our general partner can amend our partnership agreement without any unitholder approval. However, after the subordination period has ended our partnership agreement may be amended with the consent of our general partner and the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units, including common units owned by Tesoro. At the closing of this offering, Tesoro will own our general partner and will own an aggregate of approximately 59.0% of the outstanding common units and subordinated units. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Amendment of the Partnership Agreement” beginning on page 169.


49


Table of Contents

 
  •  Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we make under our cash distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.
 
  •  Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, or the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.
 
  •  We may lack sufficient cash to make distributions to our unitholders due to a number of operational, commercial and other factors or increases in our operating costs, general and administrative expenses, principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt and working capital requirements.
 
  •  If we make distributions out of capital surplus, as opposed to operating surplus, any such distributions would constitute a return of capital and would result in a reduction in the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels. Please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus” beginning on page 62. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.
 
  •  Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the provisions of future indebtedness, applicable state partnership and limited liability company laws and other laws and regulations.
 
Our Ability to Grow is Dependent on Our Ability to Access External Expansion Capital
 
We will distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders on a quarterly basis. As a result, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund any future acquisitions and other expansion capital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because we will distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest all of their available cash to expand ongoing operations. Our revolving credit facility will restrict our ability to incur additional debt, including through the issuance of debt securities. Please read “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Restrictions in our revolving credit facility could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders and the value of our units” on page 27. To the extent we issue additional units, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to our common units. If we incur additional debt (under our revolving credit facility or otherwise) to finance our growth strategy, we will have increased interest expense, which in turn may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders. Please read “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Debt we incur in the future may limit our flexibility to obtain financing and to pursue other business opportunities” beginning on page 27.
 
Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution
 
Upon the consummation of this offering, our partnership agreement will provide for a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit for each complete quarter, or $1.35 per unit on an annualized basis. Our ability to make cash distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution rate will be subject to the factors described above under “— General — Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy” beginning on page 49. Quarterly distributions, if any, will be made within 45 days after the end of each quarter, on or about the 15th day of each February, May, August and November to holders of record on or about the first day of each such month. If the distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make the distribution on the first business day immediately preceding the indicated distribution date. We do not expect to make distributions for the period that begins on April 1, 2011 and ends on the day prior to the closing of this offering other than the distributions to be made to Tesoro in connection with the closing of this offering that are described in “Summary — The Transactions” on page 6 and “Use of Proceeds” on page 46. We will adjust our first distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through June 30, 2011 based on the actual


50


Table of Contents

length of the period. The amount of available cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units, subordinated units and general partner units to be outstanding immediately after this offering for one quarter and on an annualized basis is summarized in the table below:
 
                         
          Minimum Quarterly Distributions  
          (in millions)  
                Annualized
 
    Number of Units     One Quarter     (Four Quarters)  
 
Publicly held common units
    12,500,000     $ 4.2     $ 16.8  
Common units held by Tesoro
    2,754,891       0.9       3.6  
Subordinated units held by Tesoro
    15,254,891       5.2       20.8  
General partner units held by Tesoro
    622,649       0.2       0.8  
                         
Total
    31,132,431     $ 10.5     $ 42.0  
                         
 
As of the date of this offering, our general partner will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner’s initial 2.0% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its initial 2.0% general partner interest. Our general partner will also hold the incentive distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of $0.388125 per unit per quarter.
 
During the subordination period, before we make any quarterly distributions to our subordinated unitholders, our common unitholders are entitled to receive payment of the full minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in distributions of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period” beginning on page 64. We cannot guarantee, however, that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units in any quarter.
 
Although holders of our common units may pursue judicial action to enforce provisions of our partnership agreement, including those related to requirements to make cash distributions as described above, our partnership agreement provides that any determination made by our general partner in its capacity as our general partner must be made in good faith and that any such determination will not be subject to any other standard imposed by the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. Our partnership agreement provides that, in order for a determination by our general partner to be made in “good faith,” our general partner must believe that the determination is in, or not opposed to, our best interest. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties” beginning on page 156.
 
Our cash distribution policy, as expressed in our partnership agreement, may not be modified or repealed without amending our partnership agreement; however, the actual amount of our cash distributions for any quarter is subject to fluctuations based on the amount of cash we generate from our business and the amount of reserves our general partner establishes in accordance with our partnership agreement as described above.
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Available Cash for the Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
If we had completed the transactions contemplated in this prospectus on January 1, 2010, pro forma available cash generated for the year ended December 31, 2010 would have been approximately $46.0 million. This amount would have been sufficient to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit per quarter ($1.35 per unit on an annualized basis) on all of our common units and subordinated units for such periods and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest.
 
We based the pro forma adjustments upon currently available information and specific estimates and assumptions. The pro forma amounts below do not purport to present our results of operations had the transactions contemplated in this prospectus actually been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, cash available to pay distributions is primarily a cash accounting concept, while our pro forma combined financial data have been prepared on an accrual basis. As a result, you should view the amount of pro forma available cash only as a general indication of the amount of cash available to pay distributions that we might have generated had we been formed in earlier periods.


51


Table of Contents

 
The following table illustrates, on a pro forma basis, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the amount of cash that would have been available for distribution to our unitholders and our general partner, assuming in each case that this offering and the other transactions contemplated in this prospectus had been consummated at the beginning of each period.
 
Tesoro Logistics LP
Unaudited Pro Forma Available Cash
 
         
    Pro Forma  
    Year Ended
 
    December 31, 2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Pro Forma Net Income (1)
  $            42,472  
         
Plus:
       
Interest expense, net(2)
    2,410  
Depreciation expense
    8,006  
         
EBITDA (3)
  $ 52,888  
Less:
       
Cash interest paid, net(2)
    2,010  
Maintenance capital expenditures
    1,703  
Incremental general and administrative expense of being a separate publicly traded partnership(4)
    3,225  
         
Pro Forma Available Cash
  $ 45,950  
         
Pro Forma Cash Distributions:
       
Annualized minimum quarterly distribution per unit(5)
  $ 1.35  
         
Distributions to public common unitholders
    16,875  
Distributions to Tesoro — common units
    3,719  
Distributions to Tesoro — subordinated units
    20,594  
         
Distributions to our general partner
    841  
         
Total distributions to unitholders and general partner
    42,029  
         
Excess
    3,921  
         
Percent of distributions payable to common unitholders
    49.0 %
Percent of distributions payable to subordinated unitholders
    49.0 %
 
 
(1) Reflects our pro forma net income for the period indicated and gives pro forma effect to our High Plains pipeline system tariffs and the various commercial agreements, omnibus agreement and operational services agreements that will be entered into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering. Pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes a shortfall payment from Tesoro of $1.8 million under the High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering.
 
(2) Interest expense and cash interest paid both include commitment fees and interest expense that would have been paid by our predecessor had our revolving credit facility been in place during the periods presented and we had borrowed $50.0 million under the facility at the beginning of the period. Interest expense also includes the amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with our revolving credit facility.
 
(3) EBITDA is defined in “Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measure” on page 16.
 
(4) Reflects approximately $3.2 million of estimated annual incremental general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership.
 
(5) Assumes the issuance of 622,649 general partner units and the incentive distribution rights to our general partner, 2,754,891 common units and 15,254,891 subordinated units to Tesoro and 12,500,000 common units to the public.


52


Table of Contents

 
Estimated EBITDA for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2012
 
In order to fund the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution on all common units and subordinated units and the corresponding distribution on our general partner’s 2.0% interest for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, totaling $42.0 million, we will need to generate EBITDA of at least $48.7 million. For a definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation of EBITDA to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read “Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measure” on page 16. Based on the assumptions described below under “— Significant Forecast Assumptions,” we believe we will generate the estimated EBITDA of $52.9 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. The forecast of estimated EBITDA set forth below should not be viewed as management’s projection of the actual amount of EBITDA that we will generate during the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. Furthermore, there is a risk that we will not generate the minimum estimated EBITDA for such period. If we fail to generate the minimum estimated EBITDA, we would not expect to have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common units and subordinated units and the corresponding distribution on our general partner’s 2.0% interest without incurring borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
 
We have not historically made public projections as to future operations, earnings or other results. However, management has prepared the forecast of estimated EBITDA and related assumptions set forth below to substantiate our belief that we will have sufficient available cash to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to all our unitholders and the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. Please read below under “— Significant Forecast Assumptions” for further information as to the assumptions we have made for the financial forecast. This forecast is a forward-looking statement and should be read together with our historical and pro forma combined financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on page 79. This forecast was not prepared with a view toward complying with the published guidelines of the SEC or guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to prospective financial information, but, in the view of our management, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents, to the best of management’s knowledge and belief, the assumptions on which we base our belief that we can generate the minimum estimated EBITDA necessary for us to have sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to all unitholders and our general partner for the forecasted period. However, this information is not fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of our future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information.
 
The prospective financial information included in this registration statement has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of our management. Ernst & Young LLP has neither compiled nor performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying prospective financial information and, accordingly, Ernst & Young LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The Ernst & Young LLP report included in this registration statement relates to our historical financial information. It does not extend to the prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.
 
When considering our financial forecast, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17. Any of the risks discussed in this prospectus, to the extent they are realized, could cause our actual results of operations to vary significantly from those that would enable us to generate the minimum estimated EBITDA.
 
We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the forecast or to update this forecast to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.


53


Table of Contents

Tesoro Logistics LP
 
Statement of Estimated EBITDA
 
         
    Twelve Months
 
    Ending
 
    March 31, 2012  
    (In thousands)  
 
REVENUES:
       
Crude oil gathering:
       
Affiliate
  $ 51,765  
Third-party
     
Terminalling, transportation and storage:
       
Affiliate
  $          42,462  
Third-party
    3,071  
         
Total Revenues
    97,298  
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
       
Operating and maintenance expense
    37,747  
Depreciation expense
    9,166  
General and administrative expense(1)
    6,667  
         
Total Costs and Expenses
    53,580  
         
OPERATING INCOME
  $ 43,718  
Interest expense, net
    2,410  
         
NET INCOME
    41,308  
Plus:
       
Interest expense, net
    2,410  
Depreciation expense
    9,166  
         
Estimated EBITDA (2)(3)
    52,884  
Less:
       
Cash interest paid, net
    2,010  
Maintenance capital expenditures
    4,642  
Expansion capital expenditures
    10,400  
Plus:
       
Cash on hand and borrowings to fund expansion capital expenditures
    10,400  
         
Estimated cash available for distribution (3)
    46,232  
         
Distributions to public common unitholders
    16,875  
Distributions to Tesoro — common units
    3,719  
Distributions to Tesoro — subordinated units
    20,594  
Distributions to our general partner
  $ 841  
         
Total distributions to unitholders and general partner
    42,029  
         
Excess of cash available for distribution over aggregate annualized minimum quarterly distributions
    4,203  
Calculation of minimum estimated EBITDA necessary to pay aggregate annualized minimum quarterly distributions:
       
Estimated EBITDA
    52,884  
Excess of cash available for distribution over aggregate annualized minimum quarterly distributions
    4,203  
         
Minimum estimated EBITDA necessary to pay aggregate annualized minimum quarterly distributions
  $ 48,681  
         
 
 
(1) Includes approximately $3.2 million of estimated annual incremental general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership.
 
(2) EBITDA is defined in “Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measure” on page 16.
 
(3) Estimated EBITDA and estimated cash available for distribution include approximately $12.9 million of forecasted revenues from services provided to Tesoro in excess of contracted minimums under our commercial agreements with Tesoro.


54


Table of Contents

 
Significant Forecast Assumptions
 
The forecast has been prepared by and is the responsibility of management. The forecast reflects our judgment as of the date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. While the assumptions disclosed in this prospectus are not all-inclusive, the assumptions listed below are those that we believe are material to our forecasted results of operations and any assumptions not discussed below were not deemed to be material. We believe we have a reasonable objective basis for these assumptions. We believe our actual results of operations will approximate those reflected in our forecast, but we can give no assurance that our forecasted results will be achieved. There will likely be differences between our forecast and the actual results and those differences could be material. If the forecast is not achieved, we may not be able to make cash distributions on our common units at the minimum quarterly distribution rate or at all.
 
General Considerations
 
As discussed in this prospectus, a substantial majority of our revenues and certain of our expenses will be determined by contractual arrangements that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering. Accordingly, our forecasted results are not directly comparable with historical periods. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Financial Results” beginning on page 82. Substantially all of our revenues will be derived from fee-based business, primarily pursuant to long-term commercial agreements with Tesoro that include minimum volume commitments. As we do not generally own the refined products or crude oil that we handle, and because all of our commercial agreements with Tesoro, other than our master terminalling agreement, generally require Tesoro to bear the risk of any volume loss relating to the services we provide, we are not directly exposed to material commodity risk. We have not forecasted any gains or losses from commodity imbalances and accordingly have not made any assumptions regarding future commodity price levels in developing our forecast of estimated EBITDA for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012.
 
Revenues
 
We estimate that we will generate revenue of $97.3 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, as compared to pro forma revenues of $93.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Based on our assumptions for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, we expect approximately 97% of our forecasted revenues to be generated by our commercial agreements with, and tariffs paid by, Tesoro and 84% to be supported by Tesoro’s minimum volume commitments under our commercial agreements. Additionally, our commercial agreements include provisions that generally permit Tesoro to suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under the applicable agreement if certain events occur. These events include Tesoro deciding to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at one or more of its refineries, as well as our being subject to certain force majeure events that would prevent us from performing required services under the applicable agreement.
 
Volumes.   Our forecasted revenues have been determined for our crude oil gathering segment and our terminalling, transportation and storage segment by reference to historical volumes handled by us for the year ended December 31, 2010 for Tesoro and third parties. The forecasted revenues also take into consideration existing contracts with third parties and our commercial agreements with Tesoro that we will enter into at the closing of this offering, as well as forecasted usage by Tesoro of services above the minimum throughput requirements under these commercial agreements. We expect that any variances between actual revenues and forecasted revenues will be driven by differences between actual volumes and forecasted volumes (subject to the minimum volume commitments of Tesoro), by changes in uncommitted volumes, by changes in the weighted average amount per barrel charged for volumes of crude oil and refined products that we handle and by variations between such weighted average amounts per barrel and actual rates applied to such volumes.


55


Table of Contents

The following table compares forecasted volumes to historical volumes, contrasted against our minimum volume commitments and reserved storage capacity (which represents 100% of our currently-available storage capacity).
 
                                 
    Pro Forma     Forecasted           Contracted
 
    Year
    Twelve Months
          Minimum
 
    Ended
    Ending
          as a
 
    December 31,
    March 31,
    Contracted
    Percentage
 
    2010     2012     Minimum     of Forecast  
 
Crude oil pipeline throughput (bpd)
    50,695 (1)     58,000 (2)     49,000       84 %
Trucking volume (bpd)
    23,305       22,900       22,000       96 %
Terminal throughput (bpd)
    113,950       115,200       100,000       87 %
Short-haul pipeline throughput (bpd)
    60,666       65,800       54,000       82 %
Storage capacity reserved (barrels)
    878,000       878,000       878,000       100 %
 
 
(1) While the annual average throughput for North Dakota origin points for the year ending December 31, 2010 exceeded the minimum throughput commitment under the terms of the High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement, because of the scheduled turnaround at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery during April and May of 2010, a shortfall payment resulted during the year in the amount of $1.8 million on a pro forma basis.
 
(2) Of the 58,000 bpd forecasted for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, 49,000 bpd represent Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitment under the High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement, which is subject to our committed NDPSC tariff rates, 5,200 bpd represent barrels from North Dakota origin points in excess of Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitment, which are subject to our uncommitted NDPSC tariff rates, and 3,800 bpd represent interstate barrels from Montana origin points, which are subject to our FERC tariff rates.
 
Crude Oil Gathering Revenues.   We estimate that our total crude oil gathering revenues for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 will be $51.8 million, as compared to $49.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis. Of the total revenues forecasted for this segment, $41.7 million, or 81%, relate to minimum volumes under the High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement and the trucking transportation services agreement that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering. The balance of these estimated revenues represents forecasted usage by Tesoro of services above the minimum requirements under these agreements, the gathering and transportation of interstate volumes subject to our FERC tariff rates, pumpover fees and tank usage fees paid by Tesoro. For a more detailed discussion of our committed and uncommitted volumes, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — How We Generate Revenue” on page 79.
 
The following table shows our total crude oil gathering revenues and our revenue per barrel handled in this segment for the periods indicated.
 
                 
    Pro Forma     Forecasted  
    Year
    Twelve Months
 
    Ended
    Ending
 
    December 31, 2010     March 31, 2012  
 
Revenues (in millions):
               
Pipeline gathering(1)
  $ 25.0     $ 27.2  
Trucking
    24.6       24.6  
                 
Total
    49.6       51.8  
                 
Revenue (per barrel):
               
Pipeline gathering(1)
  $ 1.35     $ 1.28  
Trucking
    2.91       2.94  
 
 
(1) While the annual average throughput for North Dakota origin points for the year ending December 31, 2010 exceeded the minimum throughput commitment under the terms of the High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement, because of the scheduled turnaround at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery during


56


Table of Contents

April and May of 2010, a shortfall payment resulted during the year in the amount of $1.8 million on a pro forma basis.
 
Pipeline Gathering Services.   We estimate that total revenues attributable to the pipeline portion of our crude oil gathering segment will be $27.2 million, or $1.28 per barrel, for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, as compared to $25.0 million, or $1.35 per barrel, for the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis. The pipeline gathering portion of this segment includes revenues from trunkline transportation, pipeline gathering and pumpover services. Of the $27.2 million for the pipeline gathering portion, $19.9 million relates to Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitment under our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement, under which we will charge tariffs that we estimate will average (on a volume weighted basis) approximately $1.11 per barrel (which excludes gathering and pumpover fees). Under this agreement, Tesoro is obligated to ship an average of at least 49,000 bpd per month on our High Plains pipeline system from North Dakota origin points. The remaining $7.3 million of forecasted revenue for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 relates to volumes shipped from North Dakota origin points in excess of the minimum throughput commitment, volumes shipped from Montana origin points, as well as uncommitted pipeline gathering and pumpover fees. The increase in our forecasted revenues for the forecast period compared to our pro forma revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily relates to higher anticipated throughput volumes. The anticipated higher throughput volumes are due to expected higher demand by Tesoro’s Mandan refinery as a result of higher operating capabilities at the refinery following the completion of a turnaround at the refinery during April and May of 2010, as well as an expectation that the Mandan refinery will operate for 12 months during the forecast period compared to only 10.5 months of operations during 2010 as a result of the turnaround.
 
Trucking Services.   We estimate that total revenues attributable to the trucking portion of our High Plains crude oil gathering system will be $24.6 million, or $2.94 per truck-hauled barrel, for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. Of this amount, $21.8 million relates to the minimum throughput commitments under the trucking transportation services agreement that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering, and does not include tank usage fees. Under this agreement, we will charge $2.72 per barrel to provide crude oil trucking, scheduling and dispatching services to Tesoro, and Tesoro will agree to gather and transport an average of at least 22,000 bpd per month utilizing our trucking services. The remaining $2.8 million of forecasted revenue primarily relates to fees for tank usage and also forecasted hauling volumes in excess of the minimum throughput commitments. Revenues of $24.6 million for the forecast period are relatively flat compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage Revenues.   We estimate that our total terminalling, transportation and storage services revenues for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 will be $45.5 million, as compared to $43.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Of the total forecasted revenues, $39.5 million, or 87%, relate to minimum volume commitments under the terminalling, transportation and storage agreements that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering. The balance of these estimated revenues represents volumes above Tesoro’s minimum commitments as well as third-party volumes. We expect revenues to increase in our forecast period due to increased Tesoro and third-party throughput volumes at our terminals, as well as increased volumes on our short-haul pipelines. The


57


Table of Contents

following table shows our total terminalling, transportation and storage revenues and our revenue per barrel in this segment for the periods indicated.
 
                 
    Pro Forma     Forecasted  
    Year Ended
    Twelve Months Ending
 
    December 31, 2010     March 31, 2012  
    (In millions, except per barrel amounts)  
 
Revenues:
               
Terminalling
  $ 32.8     $ 34.0  
Short-Haul Pipeline
               
Transportation
    5.5       6.1  
Storage
    5.3       5.4  
                 
Total
  $ 43.6     $ 45.5  
                 
Revenues:
               
Terminalling (per barrel)
  $ 0.79     $ 0.81  
Short-Haul Pipeline
               
Transportation (per barrel)
    0.25       0.25  
Storage (per shell capacity barrel, per month)
    0.50       0.51  
 
Terminalling.   We estimate that total revenues attributable to our terminalling services will be $34.0 million, or $0.81 per barrel, for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. Of this amount, $29.3 million relates to Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitments and related ancillary services under the master terminalling services agreement that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering. Under this agreement, Tesoro is obligated to throughput an aggregate average of at least 100,000 bpd per month through our terminals. The remaining $4.7 million of forecasted revenue is the result of terminalling volumes of approximately 9,400 bpd for third parties and 5,800 bpd for Tesoro in excess of Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitments, and for related ancillary services. Of the approximately 9,400 bpd terminalled for third parties, approximately 3,200 bpd is subject to month-to-month contracts, and approximately 6,200 bpd is subject to contracts with terms ranging from 90 days to one year. The increase in our forecasted revenues for the forecast period compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily relates to higher terminalling volume as the result of our expansion capital projects at our Salt Lake City and Burley terminals and increased utilization of our Los Angeles terminal during the forecast period as compared to prior periods and higher anticipated throughput volumes at our terminals related to higher anticipated production at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery in 2011 following the turnaround in April and May 2010.
 
Short-Haul Pipeline Transportation.   We estimate that total revenues attributable to our short-haul pipeline transportation business will be $6.1 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. Of this amount, $4.9 million relates to Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitments under the short-haul pipeline transportation agreement the we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering. Under this agreement, we will charge $0.25 per barrel to transport crude oil to, and refined products from, Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery, and Tesoro will agree to ship an average of at least 54,000 bpd utilizing our short-haul crude oil and refined products pipelines. The remaining $1.2 million of forecasted revenue relates to throughput volumes in excess of Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitment. The increase in our forecasted revenues compared to pro forma revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily relates to higher anticipated throughput volumes during the forecast period.
 
Storage Services.   We estimate that our storage revenues will be $5.4 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. Our forecasted storage revenues relate to our storage and transportation services agreement that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering under which we will provide 878,000 barrels of tank shell capacity (100% of the currently available storage capacity) at our storage facility, and all of the currently available capacity on our interconnecting pipelines, to Tesoro, and Tesoro will be obligated to pay us $0.50 per barrel of tank shell capacity per month for these storage and transportation services.


58


Table of Contents

Operating and Maintenance Expense
 
Our operating and maintenance expenses include labor expenses, lease costs, utility costs, insurance premiums, repairs and maintenance expenses and related property taxes. We estimate that we will incur operating and maintenance expense of $37.7 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 as compared to $36.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis. The increase in our forecasted operating and maintenance expenses compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 is primarily related to escalation. Our commercial agreements with Tesoro and many of our contracts with third parties also contain inflation adjustment provisions that should substantially mitigate inflation-related increases in operating costs in rising operating cost environments.
 
General and Administrative Expenses
 
We estimate that our total general and administrative expenses will be $6.7 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, compared to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis. These expenses consist of:
 
  •  a corporate services fee of $2.5 million per year that we will pay to Tesoro under the omnibus agreement that we will enter into at the closing of this offering for the provision of treasury, accounting, legal and other centralized corporate services to us. For a more complete description of this agreement and the services covered by it, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138;
 
  •  approximately $1.0 million of direct costs for estimated employee-related expenses relating to the management of our assets; and
 
  •  approximately $3.2 million of incremental annual expenses as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership, such as costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, financial statement audit, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations, activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance premiums, independent director compensation and incremental employee benefit costs.
 
By comparison, for the year ended December 31, 2010, our predecessor recorded total general and administrative expenses of approximately $3.2 million, which included both direct costs for employee-related expenses related to the management of our assets, as well as allocated costs for the provision of treasury, accounting legal and other centralized corporate services.
 
Depreciation Expense
 
We estimate that depreciation expense will be approximately $9.2 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, compared to approximately $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis. Depreciation expense is expected to increase for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, due to an expected increase in maintenance and expansion capital expenditures during the forecast period.
 
Financing
 
We estimate that interest expense will be approximately $2.4 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. Our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, was also approximately $2.4 million. Our interest expense for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 is based on the following assumptions:
 
  •  we will have average borrowings of approximately $54.8 million under our revolving credit facility, with an estimated average interest rate of 2.8% through March 31, 2012. An increase or decrease of 1.0% in the interest rate will result in increased or decreased, respectively, annual interest expenses of $0.5 million.
 
  •  interest expense includes commitment fees for the unused portion of our revolving credit facility at an assumed rate of 0.50%;


59


Table of Contents

 
  •  interest expense also includes the amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with our revolving credit facility; and
 
  •  we will remain in compliance with the financial and other covenants in our revolving credit facility.
 
Capital Expenditures
 
We estimate that total capital expenditures for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 will be $15.0 million as compared to pro forma capital expenditures of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This forecast estimate is based on the following assumptions:
 
  •  Maintenance Capital Expenditures.   We estimate that our maintenance capital expenditures will be $4.6 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, of which $1.7 million relates to our High Plains pipeline system, $1.4 million relates to short-haul pipeline and terminal integrity projects and the remaining $1.5 million relates primarily to tank maintenance and replacement of rack loading equipment at certain of our terminals. Maintenance capital expenditures were $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
  •  Expansion Capital Expenditures.   We have assumed expansion capital expenditures of our existing assets of $10.4 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. Of this amount, $3.6 million relates to additional truck unloading, tankage and pumping capacity on the High Plains System relating to Tesoro’s announced expansion of the Mandan Refinery. We do not expect to realize any revenues from this expansion during the forecast period but expect to realize approximately $7.0 million of additional annual revenue, offset by less than $1.0 million of incremental annual operating costs, beginning in the second quarter of 2012 once the expansion project is complete.
 
The remaining $6.8 million of assumed expansion capital expenditures relates to several projects to expand the services offered and the capacity of our terminals. We expect to spend $2.4 million on the addition of ethanol blending capabilities at our Salt Lake City and Burley terminals. We expect to spend approximately $2.0 million at our Los Angeles terminal to add the ability to unload transmix for transportation to Tesoro’s Los Angeles refinery. We expect to spend approximately $4.5 million at our Stockton terminal, of which $2.4 million will be spent during the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, to add 8,000 barrels per day of additional storage capacity that will allow us to increase the volume delivered through our terminal. Our forecast for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 includes $1.2 million of EBITDA related to these terminal expansion projects. After the completion of these terminal expansion projects during the first quarter of 2012, we expect to realize approximately $3.3 million of incremental EBITDA for a total of $4.5 million on an annual basis.
 
Although we expect to make several interconnections on our High Plains Pipeline System, we do not expect to make capital expenditures to complete those connections. Expansion capital expenditures were $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Regulatory, Industry and Economic Factors
 
Our forecast of estimated EBITDA for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 is based on the following significant assumptions related to regulatory, industry and economic factors:
 
  •  Tesoro will not default under any of our commercial agreements or reduce, suspend or terminate its obligations, nor will any events occur that would be deemed a force majeure event, under such agreements;
 
  •  there will not be any new federal, state or local regulation, or any interpretation of existing regulation, of the portions of the refining or logistics industries in which we operate that will be materially adverse to our business;
 
  •  there will not be any material accidents, weather-related incidents, unscheduled downtime or similar unanticipated events with respect to our assets or Tesoro’s refineries;
 
  •  there will not be a shortage of skilled labor; and
 
  •  there will not be any material adverse changes in the refining industry, the midstream energy sector or market, or overall economic conditions.


60


Table of Contents

 
PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Distributions of Available Cash
 
General
 
Our partnership agreement requires that, within 45 days after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2011, we distribute our available cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of the offering through June 30, 2011 based on the actual length of the period.
 
Definition of Available Cash
 
Available cash generally means, for any quarter, all cash on hand at the end of the quarter:
 
  •  less , the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner at the date of determination of available cash for the quarter to:
 
  •  provide for the proper conduct of our business (including reserves for our future capital expenditures and anticipated future credit needs subsequent to that quarter);
 
  •  comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; and
 
  •  provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters (provided that our general partner may not establish cash reserves for distributions on our subordinated units unless it determines that the establishment of those reserves will not prevent us from distributing the minimum quarterly distribution on all common units and any cumulative arrearages for the next four quarters);
 
  •  plus , if our general partner so determines, all or any portion of the cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made subsequent to the end of such quarter.
 
The purpose and effect of the last bullet point above is to allow our general partner, if it so decides, to use cash from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter but on or before the date of determination of available cash for that quarter to pay distributions to unitholders. Under our partnership agreement, working capital borrowings are generally borrowings that are made under a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement, and in all cases are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to partners and with the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from sources other than additional working capital borrowings.
 
Intent to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
 
We intend to make a minimum quarterly distribution to the holders of our common units and subordinated units of $0.3375 per unit, or $1.35 per unit on an annualized basis, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after the establishment of cash reserves and the payment of costs and expenses, including reimbursements of expenses to our general partner. However, there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on our units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Resources and Liquidity — Revolving Credit Facility” beginning on page 87 for a discussion of certain covenants to be included in our revolving credit facility that may restrict our ability to make distributions.


61


Table of Contents

General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights
 
As of the date of this offering, our general partner is entitled to 2.0% of all quarterly distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. This 2.0% general partner interest may be reduced if we issue additional limited partner interests in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute capital to us in order to maintain its current general partner interest.
 
Our general partner also currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from operating surplus (as defined below) in excess of $0.388125 per unit per quarter. The maximum distribution of 50.0% includes distributions paid to our general partner on its 2.0% general partner interest and assumes that our general partner maintains its general partner interest at 2.0%. The maximum distribution of 50.0% does not include any distributions that our general partner may receive on common units or subordinated units that it owns. Please read “— General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights” beginning on page 67 for additional information.
 
Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus
 
Overview
 
All cash distributed to unitholders will be characterized as either being paid from “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” We treat distributions of available cash from operating surplus differently than distributions of available cash from capital surplus.
 
Definition of Operating Surplus, Capital Surplus and Interim Capital Transactions
 
Operating Surplus.   We define operating surplus as:
 
  •  $30.0 million (as described below); plus
 
  •  all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering, excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined below) provided that cash receipts from the termination of a commodity hedge or interest rate hedge prior to its specified termination date shall be included in operating surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such commodity hedge or interest rate hedge; plus
 
  •  working capital borrowings made after the end of a quarter but on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for that quarter; plus
 
  •  cash distributions paid on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights), other than equity issued on the closing date of this offering, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital improvement commences commercial service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus
 
  •  cash distributions paid on equity issued (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to pay interest on debt incurred, or to pay distributions on equity issued, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures, in each case in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital improvement commences commercial service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; less
 
  •  all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the closing of this offering and the completion of the transactions described in “Summary — The Transactions” on page 6; less
 
  •  the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less
 
  •  all working capital borrowings not repaid within 12 months after having been incurred, or repaid within such 12-month period with the proceeds from additional working capital borrowings.


62


Table of Contents

 
As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by our operations. For example, it includes a basket of $30.0 million that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus cash we receive in the future from interim capital transactions that might otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain cash distributions on equity interests in operating surplus would be to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions and to permit the distribution as operating surplus of additional amounts of cash that we receive from non-operating sources.
 
The proceeds of working capital borrowings increase operating surplus and repayments of working capital borrowings are generally operating expenditures, as described below, and thus reduce operating surplus when made. However, if a working capital borrowing is not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will be excluded from operating expenditures because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.
 
We define operating expenditures as all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, employee and director compensation, reimbursements of expenses to our general partner, repayments of working capital borrowings, debt service payments, payments made in the ordinary course of business under interest rate hedge contracts and commodity hedge contracts and maintenance capital expenditures, provided that operating expenditures will not include:
 
  •  repayments of working capital borrowings where such borrowings have previously been deemed to have been repaid (as described above);
 
  •  payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than working capital borrowings;
 
  •  expansion capital expenditures;
 
  •  payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to interim capital transactions;
 
  •  distributions to partners (including distributions in respect of our incentive distribution rights);
 
  •  repurchases of partnership interests (excluding repurchases we make to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans); or
 
  •  any other payments made in connection with this offering that are described under “Use of Proceeds” on page 46.
 
Capital Surplus and Interim Capital Transactions.   We define cash from interim capital transactions to include proceeds from:
 
  •  borrowings other than working capital borrowings;
 
  •  issuances of our equity and debt securities; and
 
  •  sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or replacement of assets.
 
We define capital surplus as available cash distributed in excess of our cumulative operating surplus. Although the cash proceeds from interim capital transactions do not increase operating surplus, all distributions of available cash from whatever source are deemed to be from operating surplus until cumulative distributions of available cash exceed cumulative operating surplus. Thereafter, all distributions of available cash are deemed to be from capital surplus to the extent they continue to exceed cumulative operating surplus.
 
Capital Expenditures
 
Maintenance capital expenditures are cash expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to, or the replacement of, our capital assets or for the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital assets) made to maintain, including over the long term, our operating capacity or operating income. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated


63


Table of Contents

with the repair, refurbishment and replacement of pipelines and terminals. Maintenance capital expenditures are included in operating expenditures and thus will reduce operating surplus.
 
Expansion capital expenditures are cash expenditures incurred for acquisitions or capital improvements that we expect will increase our operating capacity or operating income over the long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated with the expansion of the operating capacity of our pipelines and terminals. Expansion capital expenditures include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance the construction or development of an improvement of a capital asset and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date of such financing and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such capital improvement commences commercial service or the date that such capital improvement is abandoned or disposed of.
 
Expansion capital expenditures are not included in operating expenditures and thus will not reduce operating surplus. Because expansion capital expenditures include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or a portion of the construction, acquisition or development of an improvement of a capital asset (such as pipelines, terminals or storage facilities) in respect of the period that begins on the date of such financing and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such capital improvement commences commercial service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of, such interest payments are also not subtracted from operating surplus.
 
Cash expenditures that are made for more than one purpose will be allocated among maintenance capital expenditures, expansion capital expenditures and any other applicable purposes by our general partner.
 
Subordination Period
 
General
 
Our partnership agreement provides that, during the subordination period (which we define below), our common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to $0.3375 per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on our subordinated units. These units are deemed “subordinated” because for a period of time, referred to as the subordination period, our subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any distributions until our common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages from prior quarters. Furthermore, no arrearages will be paid on our subordinated units. The practical effect of our subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash to be distributed on our common units.
 
Definition of Subordination Period
 
Except as described below, the subordination period will begin upon the date of this offering and expire on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2014, that each of the following tests are met:
 
  •  distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common units and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;
 
  •  the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding common units and subordinated units on a fully diluted weighted average basis during those periods plus the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest; and
 
  •  there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units.


64


Table of Contents

 
In addition to the tests outlined above, the subordination period will end only in the event that our conflicts committee, or the board of directors of our general partner based on the recommendation of our conflicts committee, reasonably expects to satisfy the tests set forth under the first and second bullet points above for the succeeding four-quarter period without treating as earned any curtailment fees or shortfall payments that would be paid by Tesoro under our existing commercial agreements upon the suspension or reduction of operations by Tesoro (or similar fees under future contracts) expected to be received during such period. For a more detailed discussion of curtailment fees and shortfall payments that would be paid by Tesoro under our existing commercial agreements upon the suspension or reduction of operations by Tesoro, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Commercial Agreements with Tesoro” beginning on page 143.
 
Early Termination of Subordination Period
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate on the first business day after the distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, if each of the following has occurred:
 
  •  distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common units and subordinated units equaled or exceeded $2.025 (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) for the immediately preceding four-quarter period; and
 
  •  the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during the immediately preceding four-quarter period equaled or exceeded the sum of $2.025 (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each of the outstanding common units and subordinated units during that period on a fully diluted weighted average basis plus the corresponding distributions on our general partner’s 2.0% interest and on the incentive distribution rights; and
 
  •  there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units.
 
In addition to the tests outlined above, the subordination period will end only in the event that our conflicts committee, or the board of directors of our general partner based on the recommendation of our conflicts committee, reasonably expects to satisfy the tests set forth under the first and second bullet points above for the succeeding four-quarter period without treating as earned any curtailment fees or shortfall payments that would be paid by Tesoro under our existing commercial agreements upon the suspension or reduction of operations by Tesoro (or similar fees under future contracts) expected to be received during such period.
 
Expiration of the Subordination Period
 
When the subordination period ends, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will thereafter participate pro rata with the other common units in distributions of available cash. In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause and no units held by our general partner and its affiliates are voted in favor of such removal:
 
  •  the subordination period will end and each subordinated unit will immediately convert into one common unit;
 
  •  any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units will be extinguished; and
 
  •  our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests.


65


Table of Contents

 
Definition of Adjusted Operating Surplus
 
Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus for a period consists of:
 
  •  operating surplus (excluding the first bullet of the definition of operating surplus) generated with respect to that period; less
 
  •  any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to such period; less
 
  •  any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus
 
  •  any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to such period; plus
 
  •  any net decrease made in subsequent periods to cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to the third bullet point above; plus
 
  •  any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium.
 
Distributions from Operating Surplus
 
The following discussion regarding distributions of available cash from operating surplus is based on the assumptions that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.
 
Distributions from Operating Surplus during the Subordination Period
 
We will make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period in the following manner:
 
  •  first, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;
 
  •  second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period;
 
  •  third, 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and
 
  •  thereafter, in the manner described in “— General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights” below.
 
Distributions from Operating Surplus after the Subordination Period
 
We will make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period in the following manner:
 
  •  first, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and
 
  •  thereafter, in the manner described in “— General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights” below.


66


Table of Contents

 
General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights
 
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner initially will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest if we issue additional units. Our general partner’s 2.0% interest, and the percentage of our cash distributions to which it is entitled from such 2.0% interest, will be proportionately reduced if we issue additional units in the future (other than the issuance of common units upon exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common units in this offering, the issuance of common units upon conversion of outstanding subordinated units or the issuance of common units upon a reset of the incentive distribution rights) and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Our partnership agreement does not require that the general partner fund its capital contribution with cash and our general partner may fund its capital contribution by the contribution to us of common units or other property.
 
Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage (13.0%, 23.0% and 48.0%) of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. Our general partner currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights separately from its general partner interest.
 
The following discussion assumes that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest, that there are no arrearages on common units and that our general partner owns all of the incentive distribution rights.
 
If for any quarter:
 
  •  we have distributed available cash from operating surplus to the unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and
 
  •  we have distributed available cash from operating surplus on outstanding common units and the general partner interest in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution to the common unitholders;
 
then, we will distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and our general partner in the following manner:
 
  •  first, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.388125 per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);
 
  •  second, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.421875 per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);
 
  •  third, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.506250 per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and
 
  •  thereafter, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.
 
Percentage Allocations of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
 
The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of our general partner and the unitholders in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Per Unit Target Amount.” The percentage interests shown for our unitholders and our general partner for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth below for our general partner include its 2.0% general partner interest and assume that there are no arrearages on common units, our general partner has contributed any additional


67


Table of Contents

capital necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest and that our general partner owns all of the incentive distribution rights.
 
                                 
            Marginal Percentage Interest
    Total Quarterly Distribution
  in Distributions
    per Unit Target Amount   Unitholders   General Partner
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
       $ 0.3375               98.0 %     2.0 %
First Target Distribution
  above $ 0.3375     up to $ 0.388125       98.0 %     2.0 %
Second Target Distribution
  above $ 0.388125     up to $ 0.421875       85.0 %     15.0 %
Third Target Distribution
  above $ 0.421875     up to $ 0.506250       75.0 %     25.0 %
Thereafter
  above $ 0.506250               50.0 %     50.0 %
 
General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels
 
Our general partner, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to our general partner would be set. If our general partner transfers all or a portion of the incentive distribution rights in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of the incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. The following discussion assumes that our general partner owns all of the incentive distribution rights at the time that a reset election is made. The right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or our conflicts committee, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. If our general partner and its affiliates are not the holders of a majority of the incentive distribution rights at the time an election is made to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels, then the proposed reset shall be subject to the prior written concurrence of the general partner that the conditions described above have been satisfied. The reset minimum quarterly distribution amount and target distribution levels will be higher than the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that there will be no incentive distributions paid under the reset target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following this event increase as described below. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to our general partner.
 
In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by our general partner of incentive distribution payments based on the target distribution levels prior to the reset, our general partner will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units and general partner units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the average cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by our general partner for the two quarters prior to the reset event as compared to the average cash distributions per common unit during that two-quarter period. Our general partner will be issued the number of general partner units necessary to maintain our general partner’s interest in us immediately prior to the reset election.
 
The number of common units that our general partner would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the average aggregate amount of cash distributions received by our general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election by (y) the average of the amount of cash distributed per common unit during each quarter in that two-quarter period.


68


Table of Contents

Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of our available cash from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:
 
  •  first, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;
 
  •  second, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter;
 
  •  third, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter; and
 
  •  thereafter, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.
 
The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner at various cash distribution levels (i) pursuant to the cash distribution provisions of our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering, as well as (ii) following a hypothetical reset of the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election was $0.55.
 
                                                         
                Marginal Percentage
             
                Interest in Distributions              
                General
    Incentive
       
    Quarterly Distribution
    Common
    Partner
    Distribution
    Quarterly Distribution per Unit
 
    per Unit Prior to Reset     Unitholders     Interest     Rights     Following Hypothetical Reset  
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
               $ 0.3375       98.0 %     2.0 %                                $ 0.5500  
First Target Distribution
  above $ 0.3375     up to $ 0.388125       98.0 %     2.0 %         above $ 0.5500     up to $ 0.6325(1 )
Second Target Distribution
  above $ 0.388125     up to $ 0.421875       85.0 %     2.0 %     13.0 %   above $ 0.6325 (1)   up to $ 0.6875(2 )
Third Target Distribution
  above $ 0.421875     up to $ 0.506250       75.0 %     2.0 %     23.0 %   above $ 0.6875 (2)   up to $ 0.825(3 )
Thereafter
          above $ 0.506250       50.0 %     2.0 %     48.0 %           above $ 0.825(3 )
 
 
(1) This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
 
(2) This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
 
(3) This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.


69


Table of Contents

 
The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of incentive distribution rights, or IDRs, based on an average of the amounts distributed each quarter for the two quarters immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that immediately prior to the reset there would be 30,509,782 common units outstanding, our general partner has maintained its 2.0% general partner interest, and the average distribution to each common unit was $0.55 for the two quarters prior to the reset.
 
                                                                 
                      Cash Distributions to General
       
          Cash
    Partner Prior to Reset        
          Distributions to
          2.0%
                   
    Quarterly
    Common
          General
    Incentive
             
    Distribution per
    Unitholders
    Common
    Partner
    Distribution
          Total
 
    Unit Prior to Reset     Prior to Reset     Units     Interest     Rights     Total     Distributions  
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
               $ 0.3375     $ 10,297,051     $     $ 210,144     $     $ 210,144     $ 10,507,195  
First Target Distribution
  above $ 0.3375     up to $ 0.388125       1,544,558             31,522             31,522       1,576,080  
Second Target Distribution
  above $ 0.388125     up to $ 0.421875       1,029,705             24,228       157,484       181,712       1,211,417  
Third Target Distribution
  above $ 0.421875     up to $ 0.506250       2,574,263             68,647       789,441       858,088       3,432,351  
Thereafter
          above $ 0.506250       1,334,803             53,392       1,281,411       1,334,803       2,669,606  
                                                                 
                    $ 16,780,380     $     $ 387,933     $ 2,228,336     $ 2,616,269     $ 19,396,649  
                                                                 
 
The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of incentive distribution rights, with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a result of the reset there would be 34,561,302 common units outstanding, our general partner’s 2.0% interest has been maintained, and the average distribution to each common unit would be $0.55. The number of common units to be issued to our general partner upon the reset was calculated by dividing (i) the average of the amounts received by our general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $2,228,336, by (ii) the average available cash distributed on each common unit for the two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $0.55.
 
                                                                 
                      Cash Distributions to General
       
          Cash
    Partner After Reset        
          Distributions to
          2.0%
                   
    Quarterly
    Common
          General
    Incentive
             
    Distribution per
    Unitholders
    Common
    Partner
    Distribution
          Total
 
    Unit After Reset     After Reset     Units     Interest     Rights     Total     Distributions  
 
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
               $ 0.5500     $ 16,780,380     $ 2,228,336     $ 387,933     $     $ 2,616,269     $ 19,396,649  
First Target Distribution
  above $ 0.5500     up to $ 0.6325                                      
Second Target Distribution
  above $ 0.6325     up to $ 0.6875                                      
Third Target Distribution
  above $ 0.6875     up to $ 0.8250                                      
Thereafter
          above $ 0.8250                                      
                                                                 
                    $ 16,780,380     $ 2,228,336     $ 387,933     $     $ 2,616,269     $ 19,396,649  
                                                                 
 
Our general partner will be entitled to cause the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when it has received incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.


70


Table of Contents

 
Distributions from Capital Surplus
 
How Distributions from Capital Surplus Will Be Made
 
We will make distributions of available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:
 
  •  first, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common unit that was issued in this offering, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to the initial public offering price in this offering;
 
  •  second, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common unit, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the outstanding common units; and
 
  •  thereafter, as if they were from operating surplus.
 
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.
 
Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus
 
Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this initial public offering, which is a return of capital. The initial public offering price less any distributions of capital surplus per unit is referred to as the “unrecovered initial unit price.” Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in the unrecovered initial unit price. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution, after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for our general partner to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the unrecovered initial unit price is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.
 
Once we distribute capital surplus on the common units issued in this offering in an amount equal to the initial unit price, we will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels to zero. We will then make all future distributions from operating surplus, with 50% being paid to the unitholders, pro rata, and 50% to our general partner (assuming that our general partner has maintained its 2.0% general partner interest and owns all of the incentive distribution rights).
 
Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels
 
In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, we will proportionately adjust:
 
  •  the minimum quarterly distribution;
 
  •  the target distribution levels; and
 
  •  the unrecovered initial unit price.
 
For example, if a two-for-one split of our common units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the unrecovered initial unit price would each be reduced to 50% of its initial level. We will not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.
 
In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is modified or interpreted by a governmental authority, so that we become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes, our partnership agreement specifies that the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter may be reduced by multiplying the minimum quarterly distribution and each target distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is available cash for that


71


Table of Contents

quarter and the denominator of which is the sum of available cash for that quarter plus our general partner’s estimate of our aggregate liability for the quarter for such income taxes payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in subsequent quarters.
 
Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation
 
General
 
If we dissolve in accordance with our partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and our general partner, in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.
 
The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of outstanding common units to a preference over the holders of outstanding subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders to receive their unrecovered initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the holders of common units to fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution rights of our general partner.
 
Manner of Adjustments for Gain
 
The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in our partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will allocate any gain to our partners in the following manner:
 
  •  first, to our general partner and the holders of units who have negative balances in their capital accounts to the extent of and in proportion to those negative balances;
 
  •  second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of:
 
(1) the unrecovered initial unit price;
 
(2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs; and
 
(3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;
 
  •  third, 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital account for each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of:
 
(1) the unrecovered initial unit price; and
 
(2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs;
 
  •  fourth, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to:
 
(1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less
 
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed 98.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, for each quarter of our existence;


72


Table of Contents

  •  fifth, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to:
 
(1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per unit over the first target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less
 
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the first target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner for each quarter of our existence;
 
  •  sixth, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to:
 
(1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per unit over the second target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less
 
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the second target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner for each quarter of our existence;
 
  •  thereafter, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.
 
The percentages set forth above are based on the assumption that our general partner maintained its 2.0% general partner interest and has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and that we have not issued additional classes of equity securities.
 
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second bullet point above and all of the third bullet point above will no longer be applicable.
 
Manner of Adjustments for Losses
 
If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, after making allocations of loss to the general partner and the unitholders in a manner intended to offset in reverse order the allocations of gains that have previously been allocated, we will generally allocate any loss to our general partner and unitholders in the following manner:
 
  •  first, 98.0% to holders of subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital accounts of the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;
 
  •  second, 98.0% to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and
 
  •  thereafter, 100.0% to our general partner.
 
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point above will no longer be applicable.
 
Adjustments to Capital Accounts
 
Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and the general partner in the same manner as we allocate gain upon liquidation. If we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units as a result of such gain, our partnership agreement requires that we generally allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon our liquidation in a manner that results, to the extent possible, in the partners’ capital account balances equaling the amount that they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to the


73


Table of Contents

capital accounts had been made. By contrast to the allocations of gain, and except as provided above, we generally will allocate any unrealized and unrecognized loss resulting from the adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units to the unitholders and our general partner based on their respective percentage ownership of us. In this manner, prior to the end of the subordination period, we generally will allocate any such loss equally with respect to our common and subordinated units. In the event we make negative adjustments to the capital accounts as a result of such loss, future positive adjustments resulting from the issuance of additional units will be allocated in a manner designed to reverse the prior negative adjustments, and special allocations will be made upon liquidation in a manner designed to result, to the extent possible, in our unitholders’ capital account balances equaling the amounts they would have been if no earlier adjustments for loss had been made.


74


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
The following table shows selected historical combined financial and operating data of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor, our predecessor for accounting purposes, and selected pro forma combined financial data of Tesoro Logistics LP for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The selected historical combined financial data of our predecessor for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 are derived from audited combined financial statements of our predecessor. The selected historical combined financial data of our predecessor as of December 31, 2006 is derived from unaudited historical combined financial statements of our predecessor that are not included in this prospectus. The following table should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical and unaudited pro forma combined financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The table should also be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on page 79.
 
The selected pro forma combined financial data presented in the following table as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 are derived from the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma balance sheet assumes that the offering and the related transactions occurred as of December 31, 2010 and the pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 assumes that the offering and the related transactions occurred as of January 1, 2010. These transactions include, and the pro forma financial data give effect to, the following:
 
  •  Tesoro’s contribution of all of our predecessor’s assets and operations to us (excluding working capital and other noncurrent liabilities);
 
  •  our execution of multiple long-term commercial agreements with Tesoro and recognition of incremental revenues under those agreements that were not recognized by our predecessor;
 
  •  certain intrastate tariff increases on our High Plains System;
 
  •  our execution of an omnibus agreement and an operational services agreement with Tesoro;
 
  •  the consummation of this offering and our issuance of 12,500,000 common units to the public, 622,649 general partner units and the incentive distribution rights to our general partner and 18,009,783 common units and subordinated units to Tesoro; and
 
  •  the application of the net proceeds of this offering, together with the proceeds from borrowings under our revolving credit facility, as described in “Use of Proceeds” on page 46.
 
The pro forma combined financial data do not give effect to the estimated $3.2 million in incremental annual general and administrative expense we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership.
 
Our assets have historically been a part of the integrated operations of Tesoro and our predecessor generally recognized only the costs, but not the revenue, associated with the short-haul pipeline transportation, terminalling, storage or trucking services provided to Tesoro on an intercompany basis. Accordingly, the revenues in our predecessor’s historical combined financial statements relate only to services provided to third parties and amounts received from Tesoro with respect to transportation regulated by FERC and NDPSC on our High Plains pipeline system and do not include any revenues for any other services provided by our predecessor to Tesoro. For this reason, as well as the other factors described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview — Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Financial Results” beginning on page 82, our future results of operations will not be comparable to our predecessor’s historical results.


75


Table of Contents

 
The following table presents the non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA, which we use in our business. For a definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to our most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please see “Non-GAAP Financial Measure” on page 16.
 
                                                 
                                  Tesoro Logistics LP
 
                                  Pro Forma  
    Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor Historical     Year Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     December 31,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2010  
    (Unaudited)                             (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except per unit data and operating information)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                               
REVENUES(1):
                                               
Crude oil gathering
  $ 17,948     $ 20,646     $ 21,190     $ 19,422     $ 19,592     $ 49,566  
Terminalling, transportation and storage
    2,983       3,251       3,297       3,237       3,708       43,588  
                                                 
Total Revenues
    20,931       23,897       24,487       22,659       23,300       93,154  
Operating and maintenance expense(2)
    25,560       26,858       29,741       32,566       32,972       36,824  
Depreciation expense
    6,011       6,342       6,625       8,820       8,006       8,006  
General and administrative expense(3)
    2,218       2,800       2,525       3,141       3,198       3,442  
                                                 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    (12,858 )     (12,103 )     (14,404 )     (21,868 )     (20,876 )     44,882  
Interest expense, net(4)
                                  2,410  
                                                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (12,858 )   $ (12,103 )   $ (14,404 )   $ (21,868 )   $ (20,876 )   $ 42,472  
                                                 
General partner interest in net income
                                          $ 850  
Common unitholders interest in net income
                                          $ 20,811  
Subordinated unitholders interest in net income
                                          $ 20,811  
Pro forma Net Income (Loss) per common unit
                                          $ 2.73  
Pro forma Net Income (Loss) per subordinated unit
                                          $ 2.73  
Balance Sheet Data (at year end):
                                               
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
  $ 114,524     $ 127,226     $ 138,785     $ 138,055     $ 131,606     $ 131,606  
Total Assets
    117,787       130,752       141,697       141,215       135,577       136,606  
Total Liabilities
    5,089       5,404       8,686       5,499       6,750       50,000  
Total Division Equity/Partners’ Capital
    112,698       125,348       133,011       135,716       128,827       86,606  
Cash Flow Data:
                                               
Net cash from (used in):
                                               
Operating activities
  $ (6,524 )   $ (5,703 )   $ (6,045 )   $ (12,324 )   $ (11,426 )        
Investing activities
    (4,641 )     (19,050 )     (16,022 )     (12,249 )     (2,561 )        
Financing activities
    11,165       24,753       22,067       24,573       13,987          
Other Financial Data:
                                               
EBITDA(5)
  $ (6,847 )   $ (5,761 )   $ (7,779 )   $ (13,048 )   $ (12,870 )   $ 52,888  
Capital expenditures:
                                               
Maintenance
  $ 4,312     $ 3,713     $ 8,475     $ 3,319     $ 1,703     $ 1,703  
Expansion(6)
    915       15,527       10,186       5,915       367       367  
                                                 
Total
  $ 5,227     $ 19,240     $ 18,661     $ 9,234     $ 2,070     $ 2,070  
Operating Information
                                               
Crude oil gathering segment:
                                               
Pipeline throughput (bpd)(7)
    54,639       56,232       54,737       52,806       50,695       50,695  
Average pipeline revenue per barrel(8)
  $ 0.90     $ 1.01     $ 1.06     $ 1.01     $ 1.06     $ 1.35  
Trucking volume (bpd)
    17,759       18,560       23,752       22,963       23,305       23,305  
Average trucking revenue per barrel(8)
                                          $ 2.91  
Terminalling, transportation and storage segment:
                                               
Terminal throughput (bpd)(9)
    79,752       103,305       112,868       113,135       113,950       113,950  
Average terminal revenue per barrel(8)
                                          $ 0.79  
Short-haul pipeline throughput (bpd)
    79,139       69,298       68,890       62,822       60,666       60,666  
Average short-haul pipeline revenue per barrel
                                          $ 0.25  
Storage capacity reserved (shell capacity barrels)
                                            878,000  
Storage per shell capacity barrel (per month)
                                          $ 0.50  


76


Table of Contents

 
(1) Pro forma revenues reflect recognition of affiliate revenues generated by pipeline and terminal assets to be contributed to us at the closing of this offering that were not previously recorded in the historical financial records of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor. Product volumes used in the calculations are historical volumes transported or terminalled through facilities included in the Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor financial statements. Tariff rates and service fees were calculated using the rates and fees in the commercial agreements to be entered into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering and tariff rates on our High Plains pipeline system to be in effect at the time of closing of this offering.
 
(2) Operating and maintenance expense includes losses on fixed asset disposals. Operating and maintenance expense in 2009 includes a $1.1 million loss on fixed asset disposals primarily related to the retirement of a portion of our Los Angeles terminal. The pro forma operating and maintenance expenses primarily reflect $1.4 million for purchased additives based on historical levels of such purchases that have not previously been allocated to the Predecessor but will be charged to the Partnership after the closing of this offering, as well as $1.1 million for business interruption, property and pollution liability insurance premiums that we expect to incur based on estimates from our insurance broker, $0.8 million for employee-related expenses which have not been previously recorded in the historical financial records of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor, and $0.3 million for an annual service fee that we will pay Tesoro under the terms of our operational services agreement.
 
(3) Pro forma general and administrative expenses have been adjusted to give effect to the annual corporate services fee of $2.5 million that we will pay to Tesoro under the omnibus agreement for providing treasury, accounting, legal and other centralized corporate services as well as higher employee-related expenses of $0.2 million, but do not include the estimated $3.2 million in incremental annual general and administrative expenses we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership.
 
(4) Pro forma interest expense is related to expected borrowings under our revolving credit facility, commitment fees on the unutilized portion of our revolving credit facility, amortization of related debt issuance costs. Interest expense is calculated assuming an estimated annual interest rate of 2.8%. If the actual interest rate increases or decreases by 1.0%, pro forma interest expense would increase or decrease by approximately $0.5 million per year.
 
(5) For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA, please read “Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measure” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus and please read “— Non-GAAP Financial Measure” below.
 
(6) Expansion capital expenditures reflect the $12.6 million acquisition of our Los Angeles terminal in May 2007 and a $3.5 million truck rack expansion project at this terminal in 2008.
 
(7) Pro forma and historical pipeline throughput for 2010 include the effects of a scheduled turnaround at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery in April and May of 2010.
 
(8) Average pipeline revenue per barrel includes tariffs for committed and uncommitted volumes of crude oil under the pipeline transportation services agreement to be entered into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering, as well as fees for the injection of crude oil into the pipeline system from trucking receipt points, which we refer to as pumpover fees. Average trucking service revenue per barrel includes tank usage fees and fees for providing trucking, dispatching, accounting and data services under the trucking transportation services agreement to be entered into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering. Average terminal revenue per barrel includes terminal throughput fees as well as ancillary service fees for services such as ethanol blending and additive injection.
 
(9) Terminal throughput includes throughput from our Los Angeles terminal following its acquisition by Tesoro in May 2007.


77


Table of Contents

 
Non-GAAP Financial Measure
 
For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure of EBITDA, please read “Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measure” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus. The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income and net cash from (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.
 
                                                 
                                  Tesoro Logistics LP
 
                                  Pro Forma  
    Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor Historical     Year Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     December 31,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2010  
    (Unaudited)                             (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):
                                               
Net Income(Loss)
  $ (12,858 )   $ (12,103 )   $ (14,404 )   $ (21,868 )   $ (20,876 )   $ 42,472  
Add:
                                               
Depreciation expense
    6,011       6,342       6,625       8,820       8,006       8,006  
Interest expense, net
                                  2,410  
                                                 
EBITDA
  $ (6,847 )   $ (5,761 )   $ (7,779 )   $ (13,048 )   $ (12,870 )   $ 52,888  
                                                 
Reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash used in operating activities:
                                               
Net cash from used in operating activities
  $ (6,524 )   $ (5,703 )   $ (6,045 )   $ (12,324 )   $ (11,426 )        
Changes in assets and liabilities
    (82 )     167       (1,258 )     390       (932 )        
Loss on asset disposals
    (241 )     (225 )     (476 )     (1,114 )     (512 )        
                                                 
EBITDA
  $ (6,847 )   $ (5,761 )   $ (7,779 )   $ (13,048 )   $ (12,870 )        
                                                 


78


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
You should read the following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations for Tesoro Logistics LP in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements and notes of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor and the pro forma combined financial statements for Tesoro Logistics LP included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those historical and pro forma combined financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information.
 
Overview
 
We are a fee-based, growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership recently formed by Tesoro to own, operate, develop and acquire crude oil and refined products logistics assets. Our logistics assets are integral to the success of Tesoro’s refining and marketing operations and are used to gather, transport and store crude oil and to distribute, transport and store refined products. Our initial assets consist of a crude oil gathering system in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area of North Dakota and Montana, eight refined products terminals in the midwestern and western United States and a crude oil and refined products storage facility and five related short-haul pipelines in Utah. Our assets and operations are organized into the following two segments:
 
Crude Oil Gathering.   Our common carrier crude oil gathering system in North Dakota and Montana, which we refer to as our High Plains system, includes an approximate 23,000 bpd truck-based crude oil gathering operation and approximately 700 miles of pipeline and related storage assets with the current capacity to deliver up to 70,000 bpd to Tesoro’s Mandan, North Dakota refinery. This system gathers and transports to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery crude oil produced from the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area.
 
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage.   We own and operate eight refined products terminals located in Alaska, California, Idaho, North Dakota, Utah and Washington, with aggregate truck and barge delivery capacity of approximately 229,000 bpd. The terminals provide distribution primarily for refined products produced at Tesoro’s refineries located in Los Angeles and Martinez, California; Salt Lake City, Utah; Kenai, Alaska; Anacortes, Washington; and Mandan, North Dakota. We also own and operate assets that exclusively support Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery, including a refined products and crude oil storage facility with total shell capacity of approximately 878,000 barrels and three short-haul crude oil supply pipelines and two short-haul refined product delivery pipelines connected to third-party interstate pipelines.
 
How We Generate Revenue
 
We generate revenue by charging fees for gathering, transporting and storing crude oil and for terminalling, transporting and storing refined products. Since we generally do not own any of the crude oil or refined products that we handle and do not engage in the trading of crude oil or refined products, we have minimal direct exposure to risks associated with fluctuating commodity prices, although these risks indirectly influence our activities and results of operations over the long term. Following the closing of this offering, substantially all of our revenue will be derived from Tesoro, primarily under various long-term, fee-based commercial agreements with minimum throughput commitments. However, these commercial agreements include provisions that permit Tesoro to suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under the applicable agreement if certain events occur. These events include Tesoro deciding to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at one or more of its refineries as well as our being subject to certain force majeure events that would prevent us from performing required services under the applicable agreement.
 
Crude Oil Gathering
 
High Plains Pipeline Gathering and Transportation.   We and Tesoro will enter into a 10-year pipeline transportation services agreement, which we refer to as our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement. Under this agreement, we will charge Tesoro for transporting crude oil from North Dakota origin points on our High Plains pipeline system pursuant to both committed and uncommitted tariff rates, and Tesoro will be obligated to transport an average of at least 49,000 bpd of crude oil per month at the committed rate from North Dakota origin points to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery. Based on this minimum


79


Table of Contents

throughput commitment and the pro forma weighted average committed tariff rate on the trunk line segments of our High Plains pipeline system for the year ended December 31, 2010, Tesoro would have paid us approximately $1.7 million per month under this agreement. We also expect to receive additional revenues from Tesoro for North Dakota intrastate shipments in excess of 49,000 bpd per month, which will be paid at the uncommitted NDPSC tariff rate, which is approximately $0.10 per barrel lower than the committed NDPSC tariff rate for each North Dakota origin point. We also expect to receive revenues from Tesoro for interstate shipment of crude oil volumes from Montana and other interstate pipeline origin points, to which FERC interstate tariff rates will apply. During periods of normal operations, Tesoro has historically shipped volumes of crude oil in excess of the minimum throughput commitment, and we expect those excess shipments to continue. We also expect to generate additional uncommitted fees of approximately $0.15 per barrel for pumpover services on each barrel that is injected into our High Plains pipeline system from adjacent tanks, as well as gathering fees of approximately $0.57 per barrel (based on the pro forma weighted average per-barrel gathering fee for the year ended December 31, 2010) for each barrel of crude oil collected by our gathering pipelines that feed our main pipeline system.
 
High Plains Truck Gathering.   We and Tesoro will enter into a two-year trucking transportation services agreement under which we will provide truck-based crude oil gathering services to Tesoro. Under this agreement, Tesoro will be obligated to pay us a $2.72 per-barrel transportation fee for trucking and related scheduling and dispatching services related to the gathering and delivery of a minimum volume of crude oil equal to an average of 22,000 bpd per month that we provide through our truck-based crude oil gathering operation. We also expect to generate additional uncommitted transportation fees at the same per-barrel rate for volumes in excess of Tesoro’s minimum commitments under this agreement. Based on the minimum throughput commitment and the initial per-barrel transportation fee, for the year ended December 31, 2010, Tesoro would have paid us approximately $1.8 million per month under this agreement. Under this agreement, Tesoro will also pay us uncommitted tank usage fees of approximately $0.15 per barrel on each barrel that is delivered by truck to our proprietary tanks located adjacent to injection points along our High Plains pipeline system.
 
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage
 
Terminalling Services.   We and Tesoro will enter into a 10-year master terminalling services agreement under which Tesoro will be obligated to throughput minimum volumes of refined products equal to an aggregate average of 100,000 bpd per month at our eight refined products terminals and pay us throughput fees and fees for providing related ancillary services (such as ethanol blending and additive injection) at our terminals. Based on Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitment and the pro forma weighted average per barrel terminalling fee (which includes both throughput fees and ancillary services fees), for the year ended December 31, 2010, Tesoro would have paid us approximately $2.4 million per month under this agreement. We also expect to generate additional, uncommitted fee-based revenues from terminalling third-party volumes and volumes from Tesoro in excess of its minimum commitments and from related ancillary services under the master terminalling services agreement.
 
Salt Lake City Pipeline Transportation Services.   We and Tesoro will enter into a 10-year pipeline transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will be obligated to pay us a $0.25 per-barrel transportation fee for transporting minimum volumes of crude oil and refined products equal to an average of 54,000 bpd per month on our five Salt Lake City short-haul pipelines. Based on Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitment and the per-barrel transportation fee, for the year ended December 31, 2010, Tesoro would have paid us approximately $0.4 million per month under this agreement. We also expect to generate additional, uncommitted fee-based revenues from Tesoro for transporting volumes in excess of its minimum throughput commitment under this agreement.
 
Salt Lake City Storage and Transportation Services.   We and Tesoro will enter into a 10-year storage and transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will be obligated to pay us a $0.50 per-barrel fee per month for storing crude oil and refined products at our Salt Lake City storage facility and transporting crude oil and refined products between the storage facility and Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery through our interconnecting pipelines. Tesoro’s fees under the storage and transportation services agreement will be for the


80


Table of Contents

use of the existing shell capacity of our storage facility (currently 878,000 barrels) and the existing capacity on our interconnecting pipelines, regardless of whether Tesoro fully utilizes all of its contracted capacity. Accordingly, for the year ended December 31, 2010, Tesoro would have paid us an aggregate minimum fee of approximately $0.4 million per month under this agreement.
 
The fees under each of the commercial agreements described above are indexed for inflation and apply only to services we provide for Tesoro. Each of these commercial agreements, other than the trucking transportation services agreement, will give Tesoro the option to renew for two five-year terms. The trucking transportation services agreement will renew automatically for up to four successive two-year terms unless earlier terminated by us or Tesoro no later than three months prior to the expiration of any term. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Commercial Agreements with Tesoro” beginning on page 143 for a more detailed discussion of these commercial agreements.
 
How We Evaluate Our Operations
 
Our management intends to use a variety of financial and operating metrics to analyze our segment performance. These metrics are significant factors in assessing our operating results and profitability and include: (i) volumes (including pipeline throughput, crude oil trucking volumes and refined products terminal volumes); (ii) operating and maintenance expenses; (iii) EBITDA; and (iv) Distributable Cash Flow.
 
Volumes.   The amount of revenue we generate primarily depends on the volumes of crude oil and refined products that we handle with our pipeline and trucking operations and our terminal assets. These volumes are primarily affected by the supply of and demand for crude oil and refined products in the markets served directly or indirectly by our assets. Although Tesoro has committed to minimum volumes under the commercial agreements described above, our results of operations will be impacted by our ability to:
 
  •  utilize the remaining uncommitted capacity on, or add additional capacity to, our High Plains system, and to optimize the entire system;
 
  •  increase throughput volumes on our High Plains system by making outlet connections to existing or new third party pipelines or rail loading facilities, which increase will be driven by the anticipated supply of and demand for additional crude oil produced from the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area;
 
  •  increase throughput volumes at our refined products terminals and provide additional ancillary services at those terminals, such as ethanol blending and additive injection; and
 
  •  identify and execute organic expansion projects, and capture incremental Tesoro or third-party volumes.
 
Additionally, increased throughput will also depend to a significant extent on Tesoro transferring to our Vancouver, Stockton and Los Angeles terminals volumes that it currently distributes through competing terminals.
 
Operating and Maintenance Expenses.   Our management seeks to maximize the profitability of our operations by effectively managing operating and maintenance expenses. These expenses are comprised primarily of labor expenses, lease costs, utility costs, insurance premiums, repairs and maintenance expenses and related property taxes. These expenses generally remain relatively stable across broad ranges of throughput volumes but can fluctuate from period to period depending on the mix of activities performed during that period and the timing of these expenses. We will seek to manage our maintenance expenditures on our pipelines and terminals by scheduling maintenance over time to avoid significant variability in our maintenance expenditures and minimize their impact on our cash flow.
 
Our operating and maintenance expenses will also be affected by the imbalance gain and loss provisions in our commercial agreements with Tesoro. Under our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement, we will be permitted to retain 0.2% of the crude oil shipped on our High Plains pipeline system, and Tesoro will bear any crude oil volume losses in excess of that amount. Under our master terminalling services agreement, we will be permitted to retain 0.25% of the refined products we handle at our Anchorage, Boise, Burley, Stockton and Vancouver terminals for Tesoro, and we will bear any refined product volume losses in


81


Table of Contents

excess of that amount. The value of any crude oil or refined product imbalance gains or losses resulting from these contractual provisions will be determined by reference to the monthly average reference price for the applicable commodity, less a specified discount. Any gains and losses under these provisions will reduce or increase, respectively, our operating and maintenance expenses in the period in which they are realized.
 
EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow.   We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense. Although we have not quantified distributable cash flow on a historical basis, after the closing of this offering we intend to use distributable cash flow, which we define as EBITDA plus cash paid net of interest income, maintenance capital expenditures and income taxes, to analyze our performance. Distributable cash flow will not reflect changes in working capital balances. Distributable cash flow and EBITDA are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP.
 
EBITDA and distributable cash flow are non-GAAP supplemental financial measures that management and external users of our combined financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies, may use to assess:
 
  •  our operating performance as compared to other publicly traded partnerships in the midstream energy industry, without regard to historical cost basis or, in the case of EBITDA, financing methods;
 
  •  the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions to our unitholders;
 
  •  our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital expenditures; and
 
  •  the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure projects and the returns on investment of various investment opportunities.
 
We believe that the presentation of EBITDA in this prospectus provides useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to EBITDA are net income and net cash provided by operating activities. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP net income or net cash provided by operating activities. EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect net income and net cash provided by operating activities. You should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Additionally, because EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definition of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.
 
Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Financial Results
 
Our future results of operations may not be comparable to our predecessor’s historical results of operations for the reasons described below:
 
Revenues.   There are differences in the way our predecessor recorded revenues and the way we will record revenues. Our assets have historically been a part of the integrated operations of Tesoro, and our predecessor generally recognized only the costs and did not record revenue associated with the short-haul pipeline, transportation, terminalling, storage or trucking services provided to Tesoro on an intercompany basis. Accordingly, the revenues in our predecessor’s historical combined financial statements relate only to amounts received from third parties for these services and amounts received from Tesoro with respect to transportation regulated by FERC and NDPSC on our High Plains system. Following the closing of this offering, our revenues will be generated by existing third-party contracts and from the commercial agreements that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering under which Tesoro will pay us fees for gathering, transporting and storing crude oil and transporting, storing and terminalling refined products. These contracts contain minimum volume commitments and fees that are indexed for inflation. In addition, we expect to generate revenue from ancillary services such as ethanol blending and additive injection and from tariffs on our High Plains pipeline system for interstate and intrastate volumes in excess of committed amounts under our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement with Tesoro. Furthermore, the tariff rates for intrastate transportation on our High Plains pipeline system were recently adjusted to reflect more uniform


82


Table of Contents

mileage based rates that are comparable to rates for similar pipeline gathering and transportation services in the area. This adjustment has created an overall increase in revenues that we will receive for committed and uncommitted intrastate transportation services on our High Plains pipeline system.
 
General and Administrative Expenses.   Our predecessor’s general and administrative expenses included direct monthly charges for the management and operation of our logistics assets and certain expenses allocated by Tesoro for general corporate services, such as treasury, accounting and legal services. These expenses were charged or allocated to our predecessor based on the nature of the expenses and our predecessor’s proportionate share of employee time and headcount. Following the closing of this offering, Tesoro will continue to charge us a combination of direct monthly charges for the management and operation of our logistics assets, which are projected to be $0.2 million higher than historical charges due to Tesoro’s provision of additional services, and a fixed annual fee for general corporate services, such as treasury, accounting and legal services. For more information about the fixed annual fee and the services covered by it, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138. We also expect to incur an additional $3.2 million of incremental annual general and administrative expenses as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership.
 
Financing.   There are differences in the way we will finance our operations as compared to the way our predecessor financed its operations. Historically, our predecessor’s operations were financed as part of Tesoro’s integrated operations and our predecessor did not record any separate costs associated with financing its operations. Additionally, our predecessor largely relied on internally generated cash flows and capital contributions from Tesoro to satisfy its capital expenditure requirements. Following the closing of this offering, we intend to make cash distributions to our unitholders at an initial distribution rate of $0.3375 per unit per quarter ($1.35 per unit on an annualized basis). Based on the terms of our cash distribution policy, we expect that we will distribute to our unitholders and our general partner most of the cash generated by our operations. As a result, we expect to fund future capital expenditures primarily from external sources, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and future issuances of equity and debt securities.
 
Other Factors That Will Significantly Affect Our Results
 
Supply and Demand for Crude Oil and Refined Products.   We generate the substantial majority of our revenues under fee-based agreements with Tesoro. These contracts should promote cash flow stability and minimize our direct exposure to commodity price fluctuations. Additionally, since we generally do not own any of the crude oil or refined products that we handle and do not engage in the trading of crude oil or refined products, we have minimal direct exposure to risks associated with fluctuating commodity prices, although these risks indirectly influence our activities and results of operations over the long term. Our terminal throughput volumes depend primarily on the volume of refined products produced at Tesoro’s refineries, which, in turn, is ultimately dependent on Tesoro’s refining margins. Refining margins depend on both the price of crude oil or other feedstocks and the price of refined products. These prices are affected by numerous factors beyond our or Tesoro’s control, including the domestic and global supply of and demand for crude oil, gasoline and other refined products. Furthermore, our ability to execute our growth strategy in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area will depend on crude oil production in that area, which is also affected by the supply of and demand for crude oil. Certain measures of commercial activity that are correlated with crude oil and refined products demand showed improvement in 2010. However, we expect the current global economic weakness and high unemployment in the United States to continue to depress demand for refined products. The impact of low demand has been further compounded by excess global refining capacity and historically high inventory levels. We expect these conditions to continue to put significant pressure on Tesoro’s refined product margins until the economy improves and unemployment declines. If the demand for refined products remains depressed or decreases further, or if Tesoro’s crude oil costs exceed the value of the refined products it produces, Tesoro may reduce the volumes of crude oil and refined products that we handle.
 
Acquisition Opportunities.   We may acquire additional logistics assets from Tesoro or third parties. Under our omnibus agreement, subject to certain exceptions, Tesoro has agreed not to own or operate any crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities in the United States that are not directly connected to, substantially dedicated to, or otherwise an integral part of, a Tesoro refinery, with a fair market


83


Table of Contents

value in excess of $5.0 million. We also have a right of first offer on certain logistics assets retained by Tesoro to the extent Tesoro decides to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of those assets. In addition, we plan to pursue strategic asset acquisitions from third parties to the extent such acquisitions complement our or Tesoro’s existing asset base or provide attractive potential returns in new areas within our geographic footprint. We believe that we will be well-positioned to acquire logistics assets from Tesoro and third parties should such opportunities arise, and identifying and executing acquisitions will be a key part of our strategy. However, if we do not make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth will be limited, and the acquisitions we do make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash available for distribution.
 
Third-Party Business.   In the future, we plan to increase third-party volumes to our crude oil gathering assets and our terminalling assets. We believe that the strategic location of these assets will create significant opportunities to capture incremental third-party business and facilitate our growth. Immediately following the closing of this offering, substantially all of our current revenue will be generated under our commercial agreements with, and tariffs paid by, Tesoro. Unless we are successful in attracting third-party customers, our ability to increase volumes will be dependent on Tesoro, who has no obligation to supply our High Plains system or our terminals with additional volumes. If we are unable to increase throughput volumes, future growth may be limited.
 
Results of Operations
 
Combined Overview
 
The following table and discussion is a summary of our combined results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010. The results of operations by segment are discussed in further detail following this combined overview discussion.
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenues
  $ 24,487     $ 22,659     $ 23,300  
Costs and Expenses:
                       
Operating and maintenance expense
    29,741       32,566       32,972  
Depreciation expense
    6,625       8,820       8,006  
General and administrative expense
    2,525       3,141       3,198  
                         
Total Costs and Expenses
    38,891       44,527       44,176  
                         
Net Loss
  $ (14,404 )   $ (21,868 )   $ (20,876 )
                         
EBITDA(1)
  $ (7,779 )   $ (13,048 )   $ (12,870 )
                         
 
 
(1) For a definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please see “Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measure” on page 16.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
Net loss decreased by $1.0 million, or 5%, to $20.9 million in 2010 as compared to $21.9 million in 2009. The terminalling, transportation and storage segment had a $1.6 million decrease in operating losses primarily due to lower depreciation expenses and operating and maintenance expenses. This decrease in net loss was partially offset by an increase in crude oil gathering operating losses of $0.6 million primarily attributable to higher 2010 contract labor costs and truck lease expenses. Total general and administrative expenses were relatively unchanged in 2010.


84


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Net loss increased by $7.5 million, or 52%, to $21.9 million in 2009 as compared to $14.4 million in 2008. The increase in net loss was due to a $1.8 million decrease in revenues in the crude oil gathering segment primarily due to reduced throughput as Tesoro’s Mandan refinery approached the end of its maintenance cycle. In addition, total operating and maintenance expenses increased $2.8 million, primarily attributable to higher trucking costs caused by increased third-party trucking demand, higher repair and maintenance expenses and losses related to certain asset retirements at our Los Angeles terminal in relation to a large capital project. As a result of these asset retirements, we accelerated depreciation on the related assets, which was the primary cause of increased depreciation expense of $2.2 million. In addition, total general and administrative expenses increased by $0.6 million primarily due to higher stock-based compensation costs.
 
Results of Operations — Crude Oil Gathering
 
This segment includes our High Plains pipeline system and our related trucking operations that gather and transport crude oil to Tesoro’s Mandan, North Dakota refinery.
 
                         
    Years Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010  
    (In thousands, except volumes)  
 
Revenues
  $ 21,190     $ 19,422     $ 19,592  
Costs and Expenses:
                       
Operating and maintenance expenses
    17,029       18,962       19,684  
Depreciation expense
    3,066       3,073       3,097  
Allocated general and administrative expense
    471       536       563  
                         
Total Costs and Expenses
  $ 20,566     $ 22,571     $ 23,344  
                         
Segment Operating Income (Loss)
  $ 624     $ (3,149 )   $ (3,752 )
                         
Volumes (bpd):
                       
Pipeline
    54,737       52,806       50,695 (1)
Trucking
    23,752       22,963       23,305  
 
 
(1) Average daily throughput volumes decreased in 2010 due to a scheduled turnaround at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery in April and May of 2010.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
Revenues increased by $0.2 million, or 1%, to $19.6 million in 2010 as compared to $19.4 million in 2009. Although average pipeline throughput decreased by 2,111 bpd due to the turnaround at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery during April and May of 2010, tariff revenue was supported by higher average tariff rates per barrel and an increase in the percentage of total volume consisting of pipeline-gathered barrels, which are charged a higher tariff rate.
 
Operating and maintenance expense increased $0.7 million, or 4%, to $19.7 million in 2010 compared to $19.0 million in 2009 as a result of increased trucking costs for contract labor and truck lease expenses of $2.2 million and approximately $0.8 million, respectively, due to increased demand for trucking services for use of alternative delivery locations during Tesoro’s 2010 Mandan refinery turnaround. The increase was partially offset by higher imbalance settlement gains of $1.7 million during 2010 and a decrease of $0.4 million in nonrecurring environmental expenses.
 
Depreciation expense was unchanged at $3.1 million for 2010 compared to 2009 as minor amounts of assets were placed in service or retired during both years.


85


Table of Contents

 
Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Revenues decreased by approximately $1.8 million, or 8%, to $19.4 million in 2009 as compared to $21.2 million in 2008. Crude oil gathering pipeline throughput decreased by 1,931 bpd as Tesoro’s Mandan refinery approached the end of its maintenance cycle.
 
Operating and maintenance expense increased approximately $2.0 million, or 11%, to $19.0 million in 2009 compared to $17.0 million in 2008. The use of new production gathering locations caused increases of $1.9 million for contract labor costs, truck rental expense and fuel expenses in our High Plains trucking operations. Other increases included $0.5 million in environmental costs related to our High Plains pipeline system and a decrease of $1.6 million in imbalance credits. These amounts were partially offset by decreases in repairs and maintenance expense and utilities costs of $1.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
 
Depreciation expense was unchanged at $3.1 million during 2009 and 2008 as minor amounts of assets were placed in service or retired during both years.
 
Results of Operations — Terminalling, Transportation and Storage
 
                         
    Years Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010  
    (In thousands except volumes)  
 
Revenues(1)
  $ 3,297     $ 3,237     $ 3,708  
Costs and Expenses:
                       
Operating and maintenance expenses
    12,712       13,604       13,288  
Depreciation expense
    3,559       5,747       4,909  
Allocated general and administrative expense
    287       379       406  
                         
Total Costs and Expenses
  $ 16,558     $ 19,730     $ 18,603  
                         
Segment Operating Income (Loss)
  $ (13,261 )   $ (16,493 )   $ (14,895 )
                         
Volumes (bpd)
                       
Terminal throughput
    112,868       113,135       113,950  
Short-haul pipeline throughput(2)
    68,890       62,822       60,666  
 
 
(1) Historically, no affiliate revenue was recognized in the terminalling, transportation and storage segment. Volumes include both affiliate and third-party throughput.
 
(2) Average daily throughput volumes decreased due to a scheduled turnaround at Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery in March and April of 2010.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
Revenues increased $0.5 million, or 15%, to $3.7 million in 2010 as compared to $3.2 million in 2009, primarily due to increases in third-party throughput volumes at our Vancouver and Anchorage terminals.
 
Operating and maintenance expense decreased $0.3 million, or 2%, to $13.3 million in 2010 compared to $13.6 million in 2009 primarily due to a decrease in losses on fixed asset disposals as an additional $0.6 million of losses were recognized in 2009 related to the retirement of certain assets at our Los Angeles terminal. In addition, repairs and maintenance and employee costs decreased by $0.3 million due to initiatives to reduce costs. The decrease was partially offset by an increase of $0.6 million in environmental costs at our Stockton and Anchorage terminals.
 
Depreciation expense decreased $0.8 million, or 15%, to $4.9 million in 2010 compared to $5.7 million in 2009 due to the acceleration of depreciation on a portion of our Los Angeles terminal that was retired in 2009.


86


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Revenues decreased $0.1 million, or 2%, to $3.2 million in 2009 as compared to $3.3 million in 2008, primarily due to a decrease in third-party terminalling throughput of 517 bpd and a corresponding decrease in third-party terminalling revenues.
 
Operating and maintenance expense increased $0.9 million, or 7%, to $13.6 million in 2009 compared to $12.7 million in 2008. The increase was primarily due to higher repair and maintenance expenses of approximately $0.6 million and losses related to fixed asset disposals at our Los Angeles terminal of $0.7 million. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in environmental costs of $0.5 million.
 
Depreciation expense increased $2.2 million, or 61%, to $5.7 million in 2009 as compared to $3.6 million in 2008 due to the acceleration of depreciation related to the retirement of certain assets at our Los Angeles terminal in 2009.
 
Capital Resources and Liquidity
 
Historically, our sources of liquidity included cash generated from operations and funding from Tesoro. Our cash receipts were deposited in Tesoro’s bank accounts and all cash disbursements were made from these accounts. Thus, historically our financial statements have reflected no cash balances. Following this offering, we will have separate bank accounts, but Tesoro will provide treasury services on our general partner’s behalf under our omnibus agreement. Tesoro will retain the working capital of our predecessor, as these balances represent assets and liabilities related to our predecessor’s assets prior to the closing of the offering.
 
In addition to the retention of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for working capital needs, we expect our ongoing sources of liquidity following this offering to include cash generated from operations, borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and issuances of additional debt and equity securities. We believe that cash generated from these sources will be sufficient to meet our short-term working capital requirements and long-term capital expenditure requirements and to make quarterly cash distributions.
 
We intend to pay a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit per quarter, which equates to $10.5 million per quarter, or $42.0 million per year, based on the number of common, subordinated and general partner units to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering. We do not have a legal obligation to pay this distribution. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” beginning on page 49.
 
Revolving Credit Facility
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into a $150.0 million senior secured revolving credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. The credit facility will be available to fund working capital, finance acquisitions and finance other capital expenditures and will allow us to request that the maximum amount of the credit facility be increased up to an aggregate of $300.0 million, subject to receiving increased commitments from the lenders. Our obligations under the credit agreement will be secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of our material assets. The credit facility will mature on the third anniversary of the closing date for the credit facility. Borrowings under the credit facility will bear interest at either a base rate (3.25% as of March 28, 2011), plus an applicable margin, or a Eurodollar rate (0.25% as of March 28, 2011), plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin varies based upon our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as defined in the credit agreement. Upon the closing of this offering, we will borrow $50.0 million under the credit facility in order to fund a cash distribution to Tesoro, leaving $100.0 million available for future borrowings.
 
The credit agreement will contain affirmative and negative covenants customary for transactions of this nature that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability (as well as the ability of our subsidiaries) to:
 
  •  permit the ratio of our consolidated EBITDA to our consolidated interest charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter, for the immediately preceding four quarter period, to be less than 3.00 to 1.00;
 
  •  permit the ratio of our consolidated funded debt to our consolidated EBITDA as of the end of any fiscal quarter, for the immediately preceding four quarter period, to be greater than 4.50 to 1.00 during a temporary period from the date of consummation of certain acquisitions (as described in the credit


87


Table of Contents

  agreement) until the last day of the third consecutive quarter following such acquisitions, and greater than 4.00 to 1.00 at all other times;
 
  •  incur additional debt, subject to customary carve outs for certain permitted additional debt, or incur certain liens on assets, subject to customary carve outs for certain permitted liens;
 
  •  make certain cash distributions, provided that we may make quarterly distributions of available cash so long as no default under the credit agreement then exists or would result therefrom, and provided that no more than $20 million may be drawn on the revolving credit facility to fund such quarterly distributions;
 
  •  dispose of assets in excess of an annual threshold amount;
 
  •  make certain amendments, modifications or supplements to organization documents and material contracts;
 
  •  engage in business activities other than our business as described herein or ancillary thereto;
 
  •  engage in certain mergers or consolidations and transfers of assets; and
 
  •  enter into non arms-length transactions with affiliates.
 
The credit agreement will also contain events of default customary for transactions of this nature, including the failure by Tesoro to own a majority of the equity interests of our general partner, and termination of a material contract if such termination could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default under the credit agreement, the lenders may, among other things, terminate their revolving loan commitments, accelerate and declare the outstanding loans to be immediately due and payable and exercise remedies against us and the collateral as may be available to the lenders under the credit agreement and other loan documents.
 
Cash Flows
 
Net cash from (used in) operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, were as follows :
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2008   2009   2010
    (In thousands)
 
Net cash used in operating activities
  $ (6,045 )   $ (12,324 )   $ (11,426 )
Net cash used in investing activities
    (16,022 )     (12,249 )     (2,561 )
Net cash from financing activities
    22,067       24,573       13,987  
 
Cash Flows Used in Operating Activities.   Cash flows used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $0.9 million, or 7%, to $11.4 million from $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease is due to the change in net loss discussed above under “— Results of Operations,” after excluding the effect of losses on asset disposals and depreciation expense, neither of which had an effect on cash flows used in operating activities, and decreased working capital requirements for 2010 compared to 2009.
 
Cash flows used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased $6.3 million, or 104%, to $12.3 million from $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 due to the increased net loss discussed above under “— Results of Operations,” after excluding the effect of depreciation expense that had no effect on cash, and increased working capital requirements.
 
Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities.   Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $9.6 million, or 79%, to $2.6 million from $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to lower capital expenditures in 2010 as various projects with significant spending in 2009 at our Los Angeles, Boise, Anchorage and Vancouver terminals and Salt Lake City storage facility were substantially complete by December 31, 2009.
 
Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased $3.8 million, or 24%, to $12.2 million from $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 due to lower capital expenditures.


88


Table of Contents

 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities.   Cash flows from financing activities in historical periods were primarily driven by capital contributions from Tesoro. We used these capital contributions to fund our working capital needs and to finance maintenance and expansion capital expenditure projects that are reflected in cash flows used in investing activities.
 
Cash flows provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $10.6 million, or 43%, to $14.0 million from $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to lower capital contributions from Tesoro, due to lower capital expenditures in 2010.
 
Cash flows provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $2.5 million, or 11%, to $24.6 million from $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 due to higher capital contributions from Tesoro needed to fund the increase in net loss.
 
Capital Expenditures
 
Our operations are capital intensive, requiring investments to expand, upgrade or enhance existing operations and to meet environmental and operational regulations. Our capital requirements have consisted of and are expected to continue to consist of maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital expenditures. Maintenance capital expenditures include expenditures required to maintain equipment reliability, tankage, and pipeline integrity and safety and to address environmental regulations. Expansion capital expenditures include expenditures to acquire assets and expand existing facilities that increase throughput capacity on our pipelines and in our terminals or increase storage capacity at our storage facilities. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, our predecessor incurred a total of $8.5 million, $3.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively, in maintenance capital expenditures and expended $10.2 million, $5.9 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for expansion capital expenditures, including the expansion of our Los Angeles terminal truck rack in 2008. Our predecessor’s capital funding requirements were funded by capital contributions from Tesoro.
 
We have budgeted maintenance capital expenditures of approximately $4.6 million and expansion capital expenditures of approximately $10.4 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012. Of the $4.6 million in maintenance capital expenditures, $1.7 million relates to our High Plains pipeline system, $1.4 million relates to short-haul pipeline and terminal integrity projects and the remaining $1.5 million relates primarily to tank maintenance and replacement of rack loading equipment at certain of our terminals. Of the $10.4 million in expansion capital expenditures, $3.6 million relates to additional truck unloading, tankage and pumping capacity on the High Plains System relating to Tesoro’s announced expansion of the Mandan Refinery. The remaining $6.8 million of assumed expansion capital expenditures relates to several projects to expand the services offered and the capacity of our terminals.
 
We anticipate that these capital expenditures will be funded primarily with cash from operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Following this offering, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund any significant future expansion capital expenditures.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
A summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010, is as follows:
 
                                         
    2011     2012-2013     2014-2015     Thereafter     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating lease obligations(1)
  $ 1,770     $ 2,718     $ 974     $ 150     $ 5,612  
Other purchase obligations(2)
    246       24                   270  
Capital expenditure obligations(3)
    202                         202  
                                         
Total
  $ 2,218     $ 2,742     $ 974     $ 150     $ 6,084  
                                         


89


Table of Contents

 
(1) Minimum operating lease payments for operating leases having initial or remaining non-cancellable lease terms in excess of one year primarily related to our truck vehicle leases and, to a lesser extent, leases for terminals and pump stations and property leases.
 
(2) Represents software commitments that have non-cancellable terms less than one year.
 
(3) Minimum contractual spending requirements for certain capital projects.
 
Due to the uncertainty as to the timing of future cash flows for noncurrent environmental liabilities and asset retirement obligations, we excluded the future cash flows of noncurrent liabilities from the table above.
 
Effects of Inflation
 
Inflation in the United States has been relatively low in recent years and did not have a material impact on our predecessor’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.
 
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We have not entered into any transactions, agreements or other contractual arrangements that would result in off-balance sheet liabilities.
 
Regulatory Matters
 
Our interstate common carrier crude oil pipeline operations are subject to rate regulation by the FERC under the Interstate Commerce Act (ICA) and the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPAct 1992). Our pipelines, gathering systems and terminal operations are also subject to safety regulations adopted by the U.S. Department of Transportation. Some of our intrastate pipeline operations are subject to regulation by the NDPSC. For more information on federal and state regulations affecting our business, please read “Business — Rate and Other Regulation” beginning on page 113.
 
Environmental and Other Matters
 
Environmental Regulation.   We are subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. These laws, which change frequently, regulate the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relate to protection of the environment. Compliance with these laws and regulations may require us to remediate environmental damage from any discharge of petroleum or chemical substances from our facilities or require us to install additional pollution control equipment on our equipment and facilities. Our failure to comply with these or any other environmental or safety-related regulations could result in the assessment of administrative, civil, or criminal penalties, the imposition of investigatory and remedial liabilities, and the issuance of injunctions that may subject us to additional operational constraints.
 
Future expenditures may be required to comply with the Clean Air Act and other federal, state and local requirements for our various sites, including our storage facility, pipelines and refined products terminals. The impact of these legislative and regulatory developments, if enacted or adopted, could result in increased compliance costs and additional operating restrictions on our business, each of which could have an adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity. Tesoro will indemnify us for certain of these costs as described in the omnibus agreement. For a further description of this indemnification, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138.
 
Environmental Liabilities.   Tesoro has been party to various litigation and contingent loss matters, including environmental matters, arising in the ordinary course of business. The outcome of these matters cannot always be accurately predicted, but we have recognized historical liabilities for these matters based on our best estimates and applicable accounting guidelines and principles.
 
These liabilities were based on estimates including engineering assessments and it is reasonably possible that the estimates will change and that additional remediation costs could be incurred as more information becomes available.


90


Table of Contents

Accrued liabilities for estimated site remediation costs to be incurred in the future at our facilities and properties have been included in our historical combined financial statements. Liabilities were recorded when site restoration and environmental remediation and cleanup obligations were known or considered probable and could be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, environmental liabilities of $1.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively, were accrued for groundwater and soil remediation projects at our Stockton, Burley and Anchorage terminals.
 
We are currently, and expect to continue, incurring expenses for environmental cleanup at a number of our pipelines, terminals and storage facilities. As part of the omnibus agreement, Tesoro will indemnify us for certain of these expenses. For a further description of the indemnification, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 3 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We prepare our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying footnotes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We consider the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing our financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Depreciation.   We calculate depreciation expense using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of our property, plant and equipment. Because of the expected long useful lives of the property and equipment, we depreciate our property, plant and equipment over periods ranging from 3 years to 30 years. Changes in the estimated useful lives of the property and equipment could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.   We review property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate the net book values of the assets may not be recoverable. Impairment is indicated when the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ net book value. If this occurs, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and net book value. Factors that indicate potential impairment include: a significant decrease in the market value of the asset, operating or cash flow losses associated with the use of the asset, and a significant change in the asset’s physical condition or use. No impairments of long-lived assets were recorded during the periods included in these financial statements.
 
Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.   An asset retirement obligation (ARO) is an estimated liability for the cost to retire a tangible asset. We have recorded AROs at fair value in the period in which we have a legal obligation to incur these costs and can make a reasonable estimate of the fair value of the liability. When the liability was initially recorded, the cost was capitalized by increasing the book value of the related long-lived tangible asset. The liability was accreted to its estimated settlement value and the related capitalized cost was depreciated over the asset’s useful life. Settlement dates were estimated by considering past practice, industry practice, management’s intent and estimated economic lives.
 
Estimates of the fair value for certain AROs could not be made as settlement dates (or range of dates) associated with these assets were not estimable. These AROs include hazardous materials disposal, site restoration, and removal or dismantlement requirements associated with the closure of our terminal facilities or pipelines, including the demolition or removal of tanks, pipelines or other equipment.
 
Environmental Liabilities.   Tesoro has historically capitalized environmental expenditures that extend the life or increase the capacity of facilities as well as expenditures that prevent environmental contamination. Costs that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations and that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation were expensed. Liabilities were recorded when environmental assessments or remedial efforts were probable and could be reasonably estimated. Estimates were based on the expected


91


Table of Contents

timing and the extent of remedial actions required by governing agencies and experience gained from similar sites for which environmental assessments or remediation have been completed. Environmental expenses were recorded primarily in “operating and maintenance expense.” Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138 for further information on Tesoro’s agreement to indemnify us for certain environmental matters.
 
Contingencies.   In the ordinary course of business, we become party to lawsuits, administrative proceedings and governmental investigations, including environmental, regulatory and other matters. Large, and sometimes unspecified, damages or penalties may be sought from us in some matters for which the likelihood of loss may be possible but the amount of loss is not currently estimable. As of December 31, 2010, we did not have any outstanding lawsuits, administrative proceedings or governmental investigations.
 
Imbalances.   We experience volume gains and losses, which we sometimes refer to as imbalances, within our pipelines, terminals and storage facilities due to pressure and temperature changes, evaporation and variances in meter readings and in other measurement methods. Historically, we used quoted market prices of the applicable commodity as of the relevant reporting date to value amounts related to imbalances. At December 31, 2009, we did not have any imbalance liabilities or assets on our combined balance sheet, as any imbalances were settled prior to year end. At December 31, 2010, we had an imbalance asset of approximately $0.2 million included in affiliate receivable on our combined balance sheet. Under the tariffs on our High Plains pipeline system, we will be permitted to retain 0.2% of the crude oil shipped on our High Plains pipeline system, and Tesoro will bear any crude oil volume losses in excess of that amount. Under our master terminalling services agreement, we will be permitted to retain 0.25% of the refined products we handle at our Anchorage, Boise, Burley, Stockton and Vancouver terminals for Tesoro, and we will bear any refined product volume losses in excess of that amount. The value of any crude oil or refined product imbalance gains or losses resulting from these contractual provisions will be determined by reference to the monthly average reference price for the applicable commodity, less a specified discount. For all of our other terminals, and under our other commercial agreements with Tesoro, we will have no obligation to measure volume gains and losses, and will have no liability for physical losses.
 
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. As we do not generally own the refined product or crude oil that is shipped through our pipelines, distributed through our terminals, or held in our storage facilities, and because all of our commercial agreements with Tesoro, other than our master terminalling services agreement, require Tesoro to bear the risk of any volume loss relating to the services we provide, we have minimal direct exposure to risks associated with fluctuating commodity prices. In addition, our commercial agreements with Tesoro are indexed to inflation and contain fuel surcharge provisions that are designed to substantially mitigate our exposure to increases in diesel fuel prices and the cost of other supplies used in our business. We do not intend to hedge our exposure to commodity risk related to imbalance gains and losses or to diesel fuel or other supply costs.
 
Debt that we incur under our revolving credit facility will bear interest at a variable rate and will expose us to interest rate risk. Unless interest rates increase significantly in the future, our exposure to interest rate risk should be minimal. We may use certain derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to variable interest rates. We do not currently have in place any hedges or forward contracts.
 
Seasonality
 
The crude oil and refined product throughput in our pipelines and terminals is directly affected by the level of supply and demand for crude oil and refined products in the markets served directly or indirectly by our assets. However, many effects of seasonality on our revenues will be substantially mitigated through the use of our fee-based commercial agreements with Tesoro that include minimum volume commitments.


92


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
We are a fee-based, growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership recently formed by Tesoro to own, operate, develop and acquire crude oil and refined products logistics assets. Our logistics assets are integral to the success of Tesoro’s refining and marketing operations and are used to gather, transport and store crude oil and to distribute, transport and store refined products. Our initial assets consist of a crude oil gathering system in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area of North Dakota and Montana, eight refined products terminals in the midwestern and western United States and a crude oil and refined products storage facility and five related short-haul pipelines in Utah.
 
We intend to expand our business through organic growth, including constructing new assets and increasing the utilization of our existing assets, and by acquiring assets from Tesoro and third parties. Although Tesoro historically operated its logistics assets primarily to support its refining and marketing business, it has recently announced its intent to grow its logistics operations in order to maximize the integrated value of its assets within the midstream and downstream value chain. In support of this strategy, Tesoro has formed us to be the primary vehicle to grow its logistics operations. In order to provide us with initial acquisition opportunities, Tesoro has granted us a right of first offer on certain logistics assets that it will retain following this offering.
 
We generate revenue by charging fees for gathering, transporting and storing crude oil and for distributing, transporting and storing refined products. Since we generally do not own any of the crude oil or refined products that we handle and do not engage in the trading of crude oil or refined products, we have minimal direct exposure to risks associated with fluctuating commodity prices, although these risks indirectly influence our activities and results of operations over the long term. Following the closing of this offering, substantially all of our revenue will be derived from Tesoro, primarily under various long-term, fee-based commercial agreements that include minimum volume commitments. We believe these commercial agreements will provide us with a stable base of cash flows.
 
Our Assets and Operations
 
Our assets and operations are organized into the following two segments:
 
Crude Oil Gathering.   Our common carrier crude oil gathering system in North Dakota and Montana, which we refer to as our High Plains system, includes an approximate 23,000 bpd truck-based crude oil gathering operation and approximately 700 miles of pipeline and related storage assets with the current capacity to deliver up to 70,000 bpd to Tesoro’s Mandan, North Dakota refinery. This system gathers and transports to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery crude oil produced from the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area.
 
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage.   We own and operate eight refined products terminals with aggregate truck and barge delivery capacity of approximately 229,000 bpd. The terminals provide product distribution primarily for refined products produced at Tesoro’s refineries located in Los Angeles and Martinez, California; Salt Lake City, Utah; Kenai, Alaska; Anacortes, Washington; and Mandan, North Dakota. We also own and operate assets that exclusively support Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery, including a refined products and crude oil storage facility with total shell capacity of approximately 878,000 barrels and three short-haul crude oil supply pipelines and two short-haul refined product delivery pipelines connected to third-party interstate pipelines. Our terminalling, transportation and storage assets serve regions that are expected to experience growth in refined product demand at a rate greater than the national average for the United States over the next 25 years, according to the EIA.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had pro forma EBITDA of approximately $52.9 million and pro forma net income of approximately $42.5 million. Tesoro accounted for 93% of our pro forma EBITDA and 91% of our pro forma net income for that period. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had pro forma revenue of $49.6 million from our crude oil gathering segment and $43.6 million from our terminalling,


93


Table of Contents

transportation and storage segment. Please read “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data” beginning on page 13 for the definition of the term EBITDA and a reconciliation of EBITDA to our most directly comparable financial measures, calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
Our Commercial Agreements with Tesoro
 
In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into various long term, fee-based commercial agreements with Tesoro under which we will provide various pipeline transportation, trucking, terminal distribution and storage services to Tesoro, and Tesoro will commit to provide us with minimum monthly throughput volumes of crude oil and refined products. We believe the terms and conditions of these agreements, as well as our other initial agreements with Tesoro described below under “— Other Agreements with Tesoro,” are generally no less favorable to either party than those that could have been negotiated with unaffiliated parties with respect to similar services. These commercial agreements with Tesoro will include:
 
  •  a 10-year pipeline transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for gathering and transporting crude oil on our High Plains pipeline system;
 
  •  a two-year trucking transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for crude oil trucking and related services and scheduling and dispatching services that we provide through our High Plains truck-based crude oil gathering operation;
 
  •  a 10-year master terminalling services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for providing terminalling services at our eight refined products terminals;
 
  •  a 10-year pipeline transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for transporting crude oil and refined products on our five Salt Lake City short-haul pipelines; and
 
  •  a 10-year storage and transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for storing crude oil and refined products at our Salt Lake City storage facility and transporting crude oil and refined products between the storage facility and Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery through interconnecting pipelines on a dedicated basis.
 
Each of these agreements, other than the storage and transportation services agreement, will contain minimum throughput commitments. Tesoro’s fees under the storage and transportation services agreement will be for the use of the existing capacity at our Salt Lake City storage facility and on our pipelines connecting the storage facility to Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery. The fees under each agreement are indexed for inflation and, except for the trucking transportation services agreement, these agreements give Tesoro the option to renew for two five-year terms. The trucking transportation services agreement will renew automatically for up to four successive two-year terms unless earlier terminated by us or Tesoro no later than three months prior to the expiration of any term. For additional information about the commercial agreements, including Tesoro’s ability to reduce or terminate its obligations in the event of a force majeure that affects us, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Commercial Agreements with Tesoro” beginning on page 143. For additional information regarding certain risks associated with these commercial agreements, please also see each of the following risk factors under “Risk Factors — Risk Related to our Business” beginning on page 17: “— Tesoro accounts for substantially all of our revenues. If Tesoro changes its business strategy, is unable to satisfy its obligations under our commercial agreements for any reason or significantly reduces the volumes transported through our pipelines or handled at our terminals, our revenues would decline and our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to our unitholders would be adversely affected”; “— Tesoro may suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under our commercial agreements in some circumstances, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to make distributions to unitholders”; and “— If Tesoro satisfies only its minimum obligations under, or if we are unable to renew or extend, the various commercial agreements we have with Tesoro, our ability to make distributions to our unitholders will be reduced.”


94


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, assuming Tesoro paid fees for only the minimum volumes under each of these commercial agreements, our total revenue would have been $81.3 million as compared to pro forma revenue for that period of $93.2 million.
 
Other Agreements with Tesoro
 
In addition to the commercial agreements described above, we will also enter into the following agreements with Tesoro:
 
Omnibus Agreement.   Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with Tesoro under which Tesoro will agree not to compete with us under certain circumstances and will grant us a right of first offer to acquire certain of its retained logistics assets, including certain terminals, pipelines, docks, storage facilities and other related assets located in California, Alaska and Washington. The omnibus agreement will also address our payment of a fee to Tesoro for the provision of various centralized corporate services, Tesoro’s reimbursement of us for certain maintenance capital expenditures and Tesoro’s indemnification of us for certain matters, including environmental, title and tax matters. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138 and “Risk Factors — Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us — Our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our common unitholders. Additionally, we have no control over Tesoro’s business decisions and operations, and Tesoro is under no obligation to adopt a business strategy that favors us” on page 32.
 
Operational Services Agreement.   Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into an operational services agreement with Tesoro under which we will reimburse Tesoro for the provision of certain operational services to us in support of our pipelines, terminals and storage facility, and under which we will also pay Tesoro an annual fee for operational services performed by certain of Tesoro’s field-level employees at our Mandan, North Dakota terminal and our Salt Lake City, Utah storage facility. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Operational Services Agreement” beginning on page 142.
 
Contribution Agreement.   At the closing of this offering, we will enter into a contribution agreement with Tesoro under which Tesoro will contribute all of our initial assets to us, including our High Plains system and our terminals, and under which Tesoro will grant us a license to enter, use and operate our Vancouver terminal until the Port of Vancouver consents to Tesoro’s assignment to us of the Vancouver terminal lease. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Contribution Agreement” beginning on page 143.
 
Business Strategies
 
Our primary business objectives are to maintain stable cash flows and to increase our quarterly cash distribution per unit over time. We intend to accomplish these objectives by executing the following strategies:
 
  •  Focus on Stable, Fee-Based Business.   We intend to focus on opportunities to provide committed, fee-based logistics services to Tesoro and third parties. We believe that our long-term fee-based contracts with Tesoro will enhance the stability of our cash flows and minimize our direct exposure to commodity price fluctuations.
 
  •  Pursue Attractive Organic Expansion Opportunities.   We intend to evaluate investment opportunities to make capital investments to expand our existing asset base that may arise from the growth of Tesoro’s refining and marketing business or from increased third-party activity in our areas of operations. We intend to focus on organic growth opportunities that complement our existing asset base or provide attractive returns in new areas within our geographic footprint. Tesoro has recently announced an expansion of its Mandan refinery. To meet Tesoro’s additional requirements, we expect to spend $6.0 to $7.0 million of expansion capital on our High Plains system to add additional pumping, tankage and truck unloading capacity. Additionally, with expected production growth in the Bakken


95


Table of Contents

  Shale/Williston Basin area, we are evaluating opportunities to further expand our High Plains system to provide critical takeaway capacity for crude oil producers. We will also evaluate opportunities to expand our terminal operations to meet rising demand in Tesoro’s core areas of operation. As a result of our strategic relationship with Tesoro, if Tesoro requires expanded logistics infrastructure and capabilities to support its refining and marketing operations, we expect to be favorably positioned to construct and operate the necessary logistics assets.
 
  •  Grow Through Strategic Acquisitions.   We plan to pursue accretive acquisitions of complementary assets from Tesoro as well as from third parties. In order to provide us with initial acquisition opportunities, Tesoro has granted us a right of first offer to acquire certain logistics assets that it will retain following this offering. As Tesoro executes its growth strategy, which may include the acquisition of additional refinery assets, we believe we are well-positioned to acquire any associated logistics assets as those opportunities arise. Our third-party acquisition strategy will be focused on logistics assets in the western half of the United States where we believe our knowledge of the market will provide us with a competitive advantage. We intend to pursue these third-party acquisition opportunities independently as well as jointly with Tesoro.
 
  •  Optimize Existing Asset Base and Pursue Third-Party Volumes.   We will seek to enhance the profitability of our existing assets by pursuing opportunities to add Tesoro and third-party volumes, improve operating efficiencies and increase utilization. Historically, Tesoro has operated its logistics assets primarily in support of its refining and marketing business. As a result, we have available capacity on our High Plains pipeline system and in many of our refined product terminals where we believe we have the ability to increase utilization with minimal capital investment. On the High Plains pipeline system, we are evaluating several opportunities to increase utilization, including receipt and delivery interconnections with third-party pipeline systems. As a result of the strategic locations of many of our refined product terminals, we are also evaluating the potential demand for increased access to our terminals where we have available capacity. We are also exploring various strategic initiatives to improve operating efficiencies at some of our terminals that would increase capacity for additional volumes from Tesoro and potential third parties.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
We believe we are well positioned to achieve our primary business objectives and execute our business strategies based on the following competitive strengths:
 
  •  Long-Term, Fee-Based Contracts.   Initially, we will generate a substantial majority of our revenue under long-term, fee-based contracts with Tesoro. We believe that these contracts will promote cash flow stability and minimize our direct exposure to commodity price fluctuations, although these risks indirectly influence our activities and results of operations over the long term. Under these contracts, Tesoro has committed to ship a minimum volume of crude oil on our High Plains system, to deliver a minimum volume of refined products through our terminals, to transport a minimum volume of crude oil and refined products on our five short-haul pipelines in Salt Lake City and to store crude oil and refined products at our Salt Lake City storage facility and transport crude oil and refined products between the storage facility and Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery on a dedicated basis. These contracts contain fees that are indexed for inflation.
 
  •  Relationship with Tesoro.   We have a strategic relationship with Tesoro, which we believe will provide us with a stable base of cash flows as well as opportunities for growth. All of our logistics assets are directly linked to Tesoro’s refining and marketing operations. Our High Plains system currently delivers all of the crude oil processed by Tesoro’s Mandan, North Dakota refinery and our refined product terminals provide critical storage and distribution infrastructure for six of Tesoro’s seven refineries. We will have a right of first offer to acquire certain logistics assets, with a gross book value of approximately $240.0 million, that will be retained by Tesoro and, following this offering, we are well-positioned to partner with Tesoro in the construction or acquisition of new logistics infrastructure associated with Tesoro’s refining and marketing growth initiatives. We also expect to


96


Table of Contents

  benefit from Tesoro’s extensive operational, commercial and technical expertise, as well as its industry relationships throughout the midstream and downstream value chain, as we look to optimize and expand our existing asset base.
 
  •  Assets Positioned in Areas of High Demand.   Our High Plains system is located in the Williston Basin, one of the most prolific onshore oil producing basins in North America, and gathers and transports production from the Bakken Shale formation. Our terminalling, transportation and storage assets are located in markets that the EIA projects will experience growth in demand for refined products. The Bakken Shale, which is within the Williston Basin, has emerged as one of the most attractive resource plays in North America, with estimated technically recoverable reserves of approximately 3.65 billion barrels (according to United States Geological Survey estimates published in April 2008). We expect producers to invest substantial capital to develop the Bakken Shale and other emerging plays in the Williston Basin. A development of this scale will require substantial investment in pipeline and storage infrastructure, and we believe that our existing footprint will give us a strategic advantage to capitalize on this opportunity. In addition, most of our terminalling assets are located in the Mountain and Pacific regions of the United States, which the EIA expects to see greater growth rate in refined products demand than the U.S. national average over the next 25 years, with the Mountain region expected to have the highest refined products demand growth rate of any U.S. region over the same period. We believe there is an opportunity to capitalize on this increased demand for refined products in our markets by optimizing our existing available capacity and pursuing acquisitions and other growth opportunities.
 
  •  Experienced Management Team.   Our management team has significant experience in the management and operation of logistics assets and the execution of expansion and acquisition strategies. Our management team includes some of the most senior officers of Tesoro, who average over 27 years of experience in the energy industry.
 
  •  Financial Flexibility.   We believe we will have the financial flexibility to execute our growth strategy through the available capacity under our revolving credit facility and our ability to access the debt and equity capital markets. At the close of this offering, we expect to have approximately $100.0 million of borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility.
 
Our Relationship with Tesoro
 
One of our principal strengths is our relationship with Tesoro. Tesoro is currently the second largest independent refiner in the United States by crude capacity and owns and operates seven refineries that serve markets in Alaska, Arizona, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Minnesota, Nevada, North Dakota, Oregon, Utah, Washington and Wyoming. Tesoro also sells transportation fuels and convenience products through a network of nearly 1,200 retail stations, primarily under the Tesoro ® , Shell ® , and USA Gasoline tm brands. For the year ended December 31, 2010, Tesoro had consolidated revenues of approximately $20.6 billion, operating income of $140.0 million, a net loss of $29.0 million and, as of December 31, 2010, had consolidated gross assets of approximately $8.7 billion. Tesoro Corporation’s common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “TSO.”
 
Following the completion of this offering, Tesoro will continue to own and operate substantial crude oil and refined products logistics assets. As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate gross book value of the logistics assets to be contributed to us by Tesoro in connection of the closing of this offering was approximately $193.0 million, and the aggregate gross book value of Tesoro’s retained logistics assets on which we have a right of first offer was approximately $240.0 million. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138. Tesoro will also retain a significant interest in us through its ownership of a 57.8% limited partner interest, a 2.0% general partner interest and all of our incentive distribution rights. Given Tesoro’s significant ownership in us following this offering and its intent to use us as the primary vehicle to grow its logistics operations, we believe Tesoro will be motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our business strategies. In particular, we believe it will be in Tesoro’s best interest for it to contribute additional assets to us over time and to facilitate our organic growth opportunities and accretive acquisitions from third parties.


97


Table of Contents

 
All of our operations are strategically located within Tesoro’s refining and marketing supply chain and, following the closing of this offering, a substantial majority of our revenues will be generated by providing services to Tesoro’s refining and marketing businesses under various commercial agreements that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering and that are described below. For additional information about these commercial agreements, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Commercial Agreements with Tesoro” beginning on page 143.
 
While our relationship with Tesoro and its subsidiaries is a significant strength, it is also a source of potential conflicts. For example, Tesoro has an economic incentive not to cause us to, and in fact may determine not to cause us to, seek higher tariff rates or terminalling fees, even if such higher rates or terminalling fees would reflect rates that could be obtained in arm’s length third-party transactions. Additionally, because of Tesoro’s quality preferences for crude oil refined at the Mandan refinery, Tesoro has an economic incentive to limit the amount of lower-quality crude oil gathered by our High Plains system, which may limit our ability to generate third-party revenue with this asset. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties” beginning on page 156.
 
Our Asset Portfolio
 
Crude Oil Gathering
 
Industry Overview.   Crude oil gathering assets provide the link between crude oil production gathered at the well site or nearby collection points and crude oil terminals and storage facilities, long-haul crude oil pipelines and refineries. Crude oil gathering assets generally consist of a network of smaller diameter pipelines that are connected directly to the well site or central receipt points delivering into larger diameter trunk lines. Pipeline transportation is generally the lowest cost option for transporting crude oil. Trucking operations are often used to supplement pipeline systems by gathering and transporting crude oil production from remote well sites that are not directly connected to pipeline gathering infrastructure. Competition in the crude oil gathering industry is typically regional and based on proximity to crude oil producers, as well as access to viable delivery points. Overall demand for gathering services in a particular area is generally driven by crude oil producer activity in the area.
 
Overview of the Williston Basin and the Bakken Shale Formation.   The Williston Basin is spread across North Dakota, South Dakota, Montana and parts of southern Canada. The basin contains oil and natural gas in numerous producing zones including the Bakken Shale, which the United States Geological Survey classified in April 2008 as the largest “continuous” oil accumulation ever assessed by it in the continental United States, with approximately 3.65 billion barrels of technically recoverable reserves according to United States Geological Survey estimates published in April 2008. Commercial oil production activities began in the Williston Basin in the 1950s with the first well drilled in 1953. Since then, a significant amount of crude oil has been produced from the basin, primarily from conventional oil accumulations. The Williston Basin is now one of the most actively drilled resource plays in North America. The Bakken Shale in particular has recently experienced increased activity, which we believe is driven by relatively attractive economics resulting from modern drilling and completion technologies, its high-quality crude oil and a favorable crude oil price environment. For example, according to the North Dakota Pipeline Authority, the rig count in North Dakota has increased from 91 rigs as of December 2008 to 163 as of January 2011. We believe that this increase was primarily a result of activity in the Bakken Shale, and we also expect more activity in the more speculative Three Forks/Sanish formation within the Williston Basin. Producers continue to invest significant capital in the development of the Williston Basin, with one major oil producer having announced that it plans to spend as much as $1.0 billion per year over the next five years in the Bakken Shale and Three Forks/Sanish formations. As the region continues to develop, we believe there will be an increasing need for additional crude oil gathering and storage infrastructure.


98


Table of Contents

The following map shows the general location of the Williston Basin and the Bakken Shale.
 
(MAP)
 
The following graph shows the historical and forecasted crude oil production from the Bakken Shale:
 
(GRAPH)
 
 
Source: PIRA Energy Group, November 2010


99


Table of Contents

Our High Plains System
 
Overview.   Our High Plains system consists of our crude oil pipelines and trucking operations in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area of Montana and North Dakota. Our High Plains system gathers and transports crude oil from various production locations in this area for transportation to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery. The following table details the average aggregate daily number of barrels of crude oil transported on our High Plains system in each of the periods indicated. Tesoro was the shipper of substantially all of these barrels.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2006   2007   2008   2009   2010
 
Crude oil transported through (bpd):
                                       
Pipelines(1)
                                       
North Dakota
    34,501       41,417       45,947       48,953       46,004  
Montana
    20,138       14,815       8,790       3,853       4,691  
                                         
Total Pipelines
    54,639       56,232       54,737       52,806       50,695  
Trucking
    17,759       18,560       23,752       22,963       23,305  
 
 
(1) Also includes barrels that were delivered onto our High Plains pipeline system by truck.
 
Pipeline Operations.   We own and operate a common carrier crude oil gathering and transportation system consisting of approximately 700 miles of gathering and trunk lines in Montana and North Dakota, which gather and transport crude oil from the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area and deliver it to Tesoro’s refinery in Mandan, North Dakota. We also have the ability to transport crude oil to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery from Canada on this system through third-party pipeline connections. Tesoro is currently the primary shipper on our High Plains pipeline system, supplying all of the crude oil transported and processed at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery. Tesoro acquired the High Plains system in 2001 in connection with Tesoro’s purchase of its Mandan refinery from affiliates of BP. The High Plains pipeline system, which has current capacity to transport up to approximately 70,000 bpd of crude oil to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery, consists of the following assets:
 
  •  approximately 143 miles of up to six-inch gathering and injection lines in western North Dakota and eastern Montana;
 
  •  approximately 474 miles of up to 12-inch trunk lines in Montana and North Dakota that run to our Dunn Center storage facility in North Dakota, the final aggregation point on our system for shipments to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery; and
 
  •  approximately 88 miles of 16-inch trunk lines from our Dunn Center storage facility to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery.
 
The High Plains system utilizes 24 crude oil storage and breakout tanks with a total combined capacity of 482,000 barrels, 13 proprietary and six third-party truck receipt locations, 44 proprietary and eight third-party pipeline gathering receipt stations (also known as collection points) and 11 relay stations to deliver crude oil to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery. The system also has intake connection points with the Bridger pipeline at Richey, Montana, the Enbridge Producers Pipeline at Ramburg, North Dakota and Enbridge’s currently idle pipeline at Portal, North Dakota, at the Canadian border. For more information about Tesoro’s Mandan refinery, please read “— Tesoro’s Refining Operations — Mandan, North Dakota Refinery” beginning on page 111.
 
Trucking Operations.   As part of our High Plains system, we manage a truck-based crude oil gathering operation. This operation uses a combination of proprietary and third-party trucks, all of which we dispatch and schedule. These trucks gather an average of approximately 23,000 bpd of crude oil from well sites or nearby collection points in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area and deliver it onto our High Plains pipeline system through 13 proprietary truck unloading facilities. Tesoro and local producers contact us when they have crude oil to transport from the well site or nearby collection points to a pipeline receiving point. We provide pick-up and delivery services, and also provide accounting and data services that enable producers to receive


100


Table of Contents

payment for their crude oil sales to Tesoro. We charge per-barrel tariffs and service fees for picking up and transporting crude oil and for dispatching and scheduling proprietary and third-party trucks, and for use of our field unloading tanks. The demand for our trucking services is driven by the quantity of crude oil that Tesoro purchases directly at production locations that are not connected to existing gathering lines.
 
Growth Opportunities.   Tesoro has recently announced an expansion of its Mandan refinery from 58,000 to 68,000 barrels per day and their intent to utilize our High Plains system to deliver the incremental crude oil supply. Tesoro expects the refinery expansion to be complete by the second quarter of 2012, at which point we estimate that the incremental crude oil shipped utilizing our High Plains system will generate approximately $7.0 million of additional annual revenue offset by less than $1.0 million of incremental annual operating costs. In order to meet Tesoro’s requirements, we expect to spend approximately $6.0 million to $7.0 million of expansion capital on our High Plains system, of which $3.6 million will be spent during the twelve months ending March 31, 2012, to add additional pumping, tankage and truck unloading capacity. We believe there are a number of potential growth opportunities that capitalize on the strategic position of our High Plains system within the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area, ranging from projects with modest capital requirements to larger greenfield projects that would require a more significant investment to develop. For example, we could increase the volume of third-party crude oil that we ship on our system by making outlet connections to several existing third-party pipelines, including the Enbridge pipeline at the Canada/North Dakota border, the Enbridge Producers Pipeline at Ramburg, North Dakota, the Bridger pipeline at Richey, Montana, the Belle Fourche pipeline at Fritz, North Dakota, and the Little Missouri pipeline at Treetop and Fryburg, North Dakota. These connections would require the negotiation of tariffs with shippers and interconnection agreements with the owners of these other pipelines, but could be accomplished with a relatively small capital investment. We could also increase the throughput capacity of our High Plains system through the addition of pumping capacity, which would also require a relatively small capital investment. We are monitoring producer activity in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area to identify opportunities to construct additional gathering infrastructure. Together with Tesoro, we are also presently engaged in discussions to expand our pipeline gathering network to new and proposed drilling locations where these producers plan to conduct extensive Bakken Shale development operations. While these pipeline expansions may displace volumes we presently gather by truck, pipeline transportation is generally a lower cost, higher margin service and we expect overall volumes on our High Plains pipeline system to increase as a result of these pipeline expansions. We are also evaluating the potential to construct a rail facility at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery that would load crude oil volumes shipped on our High Plains system in excess of the Mandan refinery’s capacity onto rail cars for shipment to other locations in the United States.


101


Table of Contents

 
The following map shows the locations of the pipelines in our High Plains system and related potential connection points to third-party pipelines.
 
(MAP)
 
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage
 
Industry Overview
 
U.S. Refined Products Market.   Refined products, such as jet fuel, gasoline and diesel fuel are all sources of energy derived from crude oil. According to data compiled by the EIA, refined products accounted for approximately 37% of the nation’s total annual energy consumption in 2008. Growth in petroleum consumption is expected to generally keep pace with growth in overall energy consumption over the next 25 years. Growth in petroleum consumption will be driven by increased demand for diesel fuel, but is projected to lag slightly behind overall energy consumption due to increased renewable fuel consumption and new efficiency standards. Additionally, while the EIA expects overall petroleum consumption in the United States to grow annually by 0.5% between 2010 and 2035, the EIA estimates expected growth in our core areas of operation (the midwestern and western United States) will be between 0.7% and 1.0% over the same period.
 
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage.   Terminalling and storage facilities and related short-haul pipelines complement crude oil transportation systems, refinery operations and refined products transportation, and play a key role in moving refined products to the end-user market. Terminals are generally used for distribution, storage, inventory management, and blending to achieve specified grades of gasoline, filtering of jet fuel, injection of additives, including ethanol, and other ancillary services. Typically, refined product terminals are equipped with automated truck loading facilities commonly referred to as “truck racks” that operate 24 hours a day and often include storage tanks. These automated truck loading facilities provide for control of security, allocations, credit and carrier certification by remote input of data by customers. Trucks pick up refined products at the truck racks and transport them to commercial, industrial and retail end-users. Additionally, some terminals use rail cars or barges to deliver refined products from and receive refined products into the terminal. During the loading process, additives may be introduced into refined products by computer-controlled injection systems that enable the refined products being loaded to conform to governmental regulations and individual customer requirements.
 
Our Terminals, Storage Facilities and Related Pipelines
 
Overview.   Our eight refined product terminals receive refined products from pipelines connected to Tesoro’s Los Angeles, Golden Eagle, Salt Lake City, Kenai, Mandan and Anacortes refineries and provide


102


Table of Contents

storage and truck loading services to Tesoro and third parties, who in turn deliver refined products to retail outlets and other end-users. We also own a storage facility that receives and stores refined products and crude oil for Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery and five related crude oil and refined products short-haul pipelines.
 
We generate most of our refined product terminal revenues from fees on committed throughput volumes by customers for transferring refined products from the terminal to trucks and barges. We generate pipeline transportation revenue by transporting crude oil for Tesoro from the terminus points of the Chevron and Plains All American crude oil pipelines to our Salt Lake City storage facility on our three short-haul crude oil pipelines, and by transporting refined products for Tesoro from its Salt Lake City refinery to the origin of Chevron’s Northwest Pipeline on our two short-haul refined products pipelines. In addition to terminalling and transportation fees, we generate revenues by charging our customers fees for ancillary services, including ethanol blending and additive injection, and, at our Vancouver and Anchorage terminals, for barge loading fees. We also generate storage revenue for storing crude oil and refined products for Tesoro in support of Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery. Under the commercial agreements that we will enter into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering, Tesoro will initially account for substantially all of our refined product terminal revenues.
 
Our refined product terminals are supplied by both Tesoro-owned and third-party common carrier pipelines, as well as by pressurized feed directly from Tesoro refineries, and, in some cases, by truck or barge. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the total volume of refined products distributed through our refined product terminals was as follows: gasoline and gasoline blendstocks-72%; diesel fuel-23% and jet fuel-5%.
 
The tables below sets forth the total average throughput for our refined products terminals and our Salt Lake City pipelines in each of the periods presented.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  
 
Refined products terminalled for: (bpd)(1)
                                       
Tesoro
    70,039       91,340       102,670       103,454       104,754  
Third parties
    9,713       11,965       10,198       9,681       9,196  
Refined products terminalled at (bpd):
                                       
Los Angeles, California
          19,702       32,696       33,603       35,286  
Stockton, California
    6,851       7,663       7,053       7,160       8,526  
Salt Lake City, Utah(1)
    24,006       25,236       26,074       26,802       25,457  
Anchorage, Alaska
    16,433       15,358       14,704       14,914       15,132  
Mandan, North Dakota
    7,800       9,244       9,213       9,300       9,963  
Vancouver, Washington(2)
    10,204       12,968       10,824       10,089       8,432  
Boise, Idaho
    9,934       9,039       8,295       7,598       7,677  
Burley, Idaho
    4,524       4,095       4,009       3,669       3,477  
                                         
Total
    79,752       103,305       112,868       113,135       113,950  
                                         
Total (barrels, in thousands)
    29,109       37,706       41,310       41,294       41,592  
                                         
Volumes transported through (bpd):
                                       
Short-haul crude oil pipelines
    52,252       46,776       46,457       42,561       39,389  
Short-haul refined products pipelines
    26,887       22,522       22,433       20,261       21,277  
                                         
Total
    79,139       69,298       68,890       62,822       60,666  
                                         
 
 
(1) Does not include our Salt Lake City storage facility or our interconnecting pipelines between the storage facility and Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery.
 
(2) Average results for 2010 are lower due to the suspension of operations at Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery following a fire at that refinery in April 2010.


103


Table of Contents

 
The following table outlines the locations of our refined products terminals and their storage capacities, supply source, mode of delivery and maximum daily available capacity for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
                             
                    Maximum
        Storage
          Daily Available
        Capacity
      Mode of
  Terminalling
Terminal Location
  Products Handled   (Barrels)(1)   Supply Source   Delivery   Capacity (bpd)
 
Los Angeles, California(2)
  Gasoline; Diesel     6,000     Refinery   Truck     48,000  
Stockton, California
  Gasoline; Diesel     66,000     Refinery   Truck     9,400  
Salt Lake City, Utah(2)(4)
  Gas, Diesel, Jet Fuel     18,000     Refinery   Truck     42,000  
Anchorage, Alaska
  Gasoline, Diesel, Jet Fuel     883,000     Pipeline; Barge   Truck; Barge;     63,000 (3)
                    Pipeline        
Mandan, North Dakota(2)
  Gasoline, Diesel, Jet Fuel         Refinery   Truck     22,500  
Vancouver, Washington
  Gasoline; Diesel     298,000     Pipeline; Barge   Truck; Barge     19,600 (5)
Boise, Idaho
  Gasoline, Diesel, Jet Fuel     254,000     Pipeline   Truck     22,500  
Burley, Idaho
  Gasoline; Diesel     147,000     Pipeline   Truck     12,000  
                             
Total
        1,672,000               239,000  
                             
 
 
(1) Includes storage capacity for refined products and ethanol only; excludes storage for gasoline and diesel additives.
 
(2) Supplied by pressurized pipeline feed from the associated Tesoro refinery.
 
(3) Maximum daily available terminalling capacity represents the maximum amount we are permitted to sell and includes approximately 30,000 bpd by truck, 23,000 bpd by barge and 10,000 bpd by pipeline.
 
(4) Does not include our Salt Lake City storage facility or our short-haul pipelines.
 
(5) Maximum daily available terminalling capacity represents the maximum amount we are permitted to sell and includes approximately 15,000 bpd by truck and 4,600 bpd by barge.


104


Table of Contents

 
The following map shows the locations of our refined product terminals:
 
(MAP)
 
Terminals
 
Los Angeles, California Terminal
 
Our Los Angeles, California terminal is adjacent to Tesoro’s Los Angeles refinery. Tesoro purchased this terminal and its Los Angeles refinery from Shell in May 2007. The terminal receives gasoline and diesel from Tesoro’s Los Angeles refinery through two 12-inch gasoline pipelines, one 12-inch diesel pipeline, and one eight-inch gasoline pipeline. Additives, including ethanol, are received by truck and delivered into tanks at the terminal. Refined products received at this terminal are sold locally by Tesoro through our four bay truck loading rack. This terminal includes approximately 6,000 barrels of ethanol storage capacity. We do not have refined product storage capacity at this terminal.
 
Stockton, California Terminal
 
We lease our Stockton, California terminal from the Port of Stockton under a five-year lease expiring in 2014. We may renew the lease for up to three additional five-year terms. Tesoro initially leased this terminal from the Port of Stockton in 1985. We receive gasoline and diesel at this terminal from Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery, located in Martinez, California, through Kinder Morgan’s SFPP Northern California common carrier pipeline. Additionally, ethanol is supplied directly to our truck loading rack from an adjacent third-party terminal. This terminal has a two-bay truck loading rack. Refined products received at this terminal are sold locally by Tesoro through our truck loading rack. This terminal also has six storage tanks with 20,000 barrels of diesel capacity and 46,000 barrels of gasoline capacity.


105


Table of Contents

Salt Lake City, Utah Terminal
 
Our Salt Lake City, Utah terminal is adjacent to Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery. Tesoro purchased the terminal from BP in 2001 in connection with the purchase of its Salt Lake City refinery. The terminal has the ability to receive refined products, including gasoline, diesel and jet fuel, from Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery through our proprietary interconnecting pipelines that run between the two facilities. Refined products received at this terminal are sold locally and regionally by Tesoro and third parties through our five-bay truck loading rack. The terminal also has two gasoline storage day tanks, with 17,900 barrels of capacity.
 
Anchorage, Alaska Terminal
 
Our Anchorage, Alaska terminal sits on leased property at two adjacent locations within the Port of Anchorage. A portion of the terminal was built by Tesoro in 1969 on land that is leased from Alaska Railroad Corporation through December 31, 2011. We may renew the lease for up to three additional five-year terms. Tesoro purchased the remainder of the terminal from Equilon Enterprises LLC in 1999, and it sits on land leased from the Municipality of Anchorage through June 30, 2014. This terminal has the ability to receive refined products, including gasoline, diesel and jet fuel, from Tesoro’s Kenai refinery through the Tesoro Alaska Pipeline (TAPL), a state-regulated common carrier pipeline owned by Tesoro, and from marine vessels through the Port of Anchorage petroleum docks. The terminal also has a rail rack that can hold and unload ten rail cars, is equipped with two offloading pumps and is connected to an eight-inch pipeline that runs to the neighboring Anchorage Fueling and Service Corporation (AFSC) jet fuel storage facility. Refined products received at the terminal are sold locally by Tesoro and others through two separate two-bay truck loading racks, through third-party barges loaded at a Port of Anchorage dock or through pipelines to the AFSC storage facilities. The terminal also has 25 storage tanks, with 251,500 barrels of gasoline capacity, 99,000 barrels of diesel capacity, 400,200 barrels of jet fuel capacity and 118,300 barrels of AvGas (a high-octane aviation fuel) capacity and 13,800 barrels of transmix tankage.
 
Mandan, North Dakota Terminal
 
We own and operate a terminal located at Tesoro’s Mandan refinery, which is just outside the city limits of Mandan, North Dakota. The terminal consists of a truck loading rack located within the refinery gates. Tesoro purchased this terminal and its Mandan refinery from BP in 2001. The truck loading rack consists of three light product bays and one residual fuel bay, each connected to pipelines that transport product from the refinery tank farm to the terminal. We do not have refined product storage capacity at this terminal.
 
Vancouver, Washington Terminal
 
Our Vancouver, Washington terminal is leased by Tesoro from the Port of Vancouver under a 10-year lease expiring in 2016, with two 10-year renewal options. Tesoro first leased this terminal from the Port of Vancouver in 1985. Tesoro has granted us a license (for the term of the lease) to enter, access, use and operate the terminal. Tesoro has agreed to assign this lease to us, subject to receipt of consent from the Port of Vancouver. Until such time, we only have a license from Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company to enter, access, use and operate the terminal. Please read “— Title to Properties” and “Risk Factors — We do not own all of the land on which our pipelines and terminals are located, which could result in disruptions of our operations.” We receive gasoline and distillates at this terminal from Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery through the Olympic common carrier pipeline. We also have access to a marine dock owned by the Port of Vancouver under a non-preferential berthing agreement. This berthing agreement allows us to receive gasoline and distillates from Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery and third-party sources through barge deliveries and to transport those refined products to the terminal on proprietary interconnecting pipelines. In addition, we receive ethanol at the terminal through railcars and trucks. Refined products received at this terminal are sold locally by Tesoro and others through our two-bay truck loading rack or through barges loaded at the Port of Vancouver dock. We currently share dock maintenance expenses with the Port of Vancouver and other users of the dock. The terminal has a three-car ethanol rail unloading rack. The terminal also includes six storage tanks with 160,000 barrels of diesel capacity, 130,000 barrels of gasoline capacity and 7,400 barrels of ethanol capacity.


106


Table of Contents

Boise and Burley, Idaho Terminals
 
Our Idaho terminals are located in Boise and Burley. Tesoro acquired both of these terminals in 2001 from affiliates of BP in connection with Tesoro’s acquisition of its Salt Lake City refinery. Our Boise terminal is a truck loading facility that receives a variety of refined products from Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery, including gasoline, diesel, and jet fuel through Chevron’s common carrier pipeline, as well as ethanol received by truck from a transloading facility outside Boise. Refined products received at this terminal are sold locally by Tesoro through our truck loading rack. The truck loading rack includes three loading bays for light products and a fourth bay solely for off-loading ethanol. The terminal also includes eight storage tanks, with 144,000 barrels of gasoline capacity, 34,300 barrels of jet fuel capacity, 54,000 barrels of diesel capacity, 21,000 barrels of ethanol capacity and 1,000 barrels of transmix capacity.
 
Our Burley terminal is a truck loading facility that receives gasoline and diesel from Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery through Chevron’s common carrier pipeline. The truck loading system includes a two bay truck loading rack. Refined products received at this terminal are sold locally by Tesoro through our truck loading rack. The Burley terminal also includes five storage tanks, with 65,900 barrels of diesel capacity and 81,000 barrels of gasoline capacity.
 
Storage Facilities and Pipelines
 
Salt Lake City, Utah Storage Facility and Pipelines
 
Our Salt Lake City, Utah crude oil and refined products storage facility consists of 13 tanks with 878,000 barrels of shell tank storage capacity. Tesoro purchased the storage facility and related pipelines from BP in 2001 in connection with the purchase of its Salt Lake City refinery. The storage tanks are connected to Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery through our four interconnecting pipelines that run between the two facilities, but are not directly connected to our Salt Lake City terminal. The storage facility supplies crude oil to Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery and receives refined and intermediate products, including gasoline, diesel and jet fuel, from the refinery. The storage facility does not have any refined products terminalling capabilities.
 
We also own three proprietary eight, 10 and 16-inch short-haul crude oil pipelines, each approximately two miles long, that allow the storage facility to receive crude oil from the terminus points of a Chevron interstate crude oil pipeline and a Plains All American interstate crude oil pipeline. Additionally, we own two proprietary six and eight-inch refined products pipelines, each approximately three miles long, that transport gasoline and diesel from Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery to the origin point for Chevron’s Northwest Pipeline. Refined products delivered through these pipelines are delivered to our terminals in Vancouver, Boise and Burley.
 
Growth Opportunities
 
In our terminals and storage business, we believe our growth will primarily be driven by pursuing opportunities to increase third-party volumes and by identifying and executing organic expansion projects. Because our terminals have historically been operated by Tesoro, primarily to support its refining and marketing operations, our terminalling services have not been actively marketed to third parties. After the closing of this offering, we believe there will be opportunities to capture incremental third-party volumes. In addition, as part of its strategy to optimize the value of its midstream and downstream assets, we believe Tesoro will likely consider transferring to our terminals volumes that it currently distributes through competing terminals, and will be more aggressive in pursuing exchange agreements with other refiners to drive more volumes through our terminals. We are also pursuing and undertaking several organic growth projects to expand the services offered and the capacity of our terminals. For example, we plan to add ethanol receiving and blending facilities at our Salt Lake City and Boise terminals and to provide transmix unloading services at our Los Angeles terminal. Additionally, we are expanding the storage capacity of our Stockton terminal by adding an additional 8,000 barrels per day of capacity, which will allow us to increase throughput. We are in discussions with Tesoro to make investments within Tesoro’s Mandan refinery to increase the volumes we deliver through our Mandan terminal. We believe we will have additional opportunities to expand our business at our existing terminals to handle incremental Tesoro volumes on a more cost-effective basis than competing third-party terminals.


107


Table of Contents

Additionally, under the terms of our omnibus agreement, Tesoro has granted us a right of first offer to acquire the following assets to the extent that Tesoro decides to sell any of them in the 10-year period following the closing of this offering:
 
  •  a refined products terminal located at Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery consisting of a truck loading rack with three loading bays that receives refined products through interconnecting pipelines from the refinery;
 
  •  a marine terminal located in Martinez, California consisting of a dock, five crude oil storage tanks and related pipelines that receives crude oil through third-party marine vessel deliveries for delivery to Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery and a third-party terminal;
 
  •  a wharf facility located in Martinez, California consisting of a dock and related pipelines that receives refined products and intermediate feedstocks from marine vessels for delivery to Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery through interconnecting pipelines, and receives refined products from the Golden Eagle refinery for delivery to marine vessels;
 
  •  a common carrier pipeline consisting of approximately 69 miles of 10-inch pipeline used to transport refined products from Tesoro’s Kenai refinery to Anchorage International Airport, a receiving station at the Port of Anchorage and third-party terminals;
 
  •  a dock and storage facility, located at Tesoro’s Kenai refinery, that includes five crude oil storage tanks, and which receives crude oil from marine vessels and from local production fields via pipeline and truck for delivery to the refinery, and also delivers refined products from the refinery to marine vessels;
 
  •  a refined products terminal located at Tesoro’s Kenai refinery, consisting of a truck loading rack with two loading bays and six above-ground refined products storage tanks, that is supplied by interconnecting pipelines from the refinery;
 
  •  a crude oil and refined products pipeline system consisting of approximately 17 miles of pipelines used to transport crude oil, feedstocks and refined products between Tesoro’s Los Angeles refinery and Tesoro’s Long Beach terminal and to various third-party facilities;
 
  •  a refined products terminal located at Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery, consisting of a truck loading rack with two loading bays, that receives diesel fuel from storage tanks located at the refinery;
 
  •  a marine terminal and storage facility located at Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery, consisting of a crude oil and refined products wharf facility as well as four storage tanks for crude oil and heavy products, that receives crude oil and other feedstocks from marine vessels and third-party pipelines for delivery to the refinery and delivers refined products from the refinery to marine vessels; and
 
  •  a marine terminal leased from the Port of Long Beach, California, consisting of a dock with two vessel berths, that receives crude oil and other feedstocks from marine vessels for delivery to Tesoro’s Los Angeles refinery and other third-party refineries and terminals and delivers refined and intermediate products from the Los Angeles refinery to marine vessels and third-party customers.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate gross book value of these assets was approximately $240.0 million, as compared to approximately $193.0 million for the assets being contributed to us at the closing of this offering. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement — Right of First Offer” on page 140.
 
Competition
 
Crude Oil Gathering
 
As a result of our contractual relationship with Tesoro under our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement and our connection to the Mandan refinery, we believe that our High Plains system will not face significant competition from other pipelines for Tesoro’s own crude oil supply requirements in the


108


Table of Contents

Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area. Please read “— Our Relationship with Tesoro Corporation — Commercial Agreements with Tesoro” beginning on page 143.
 
However, as we execute our growth strategy, our High Plains system will face competition from a number of major oil companies and smaller entities for the gathering and transportation of crude oil production in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin. We may also face competition for opportunities to build gathering lines from producers or other pipeline companies. Existing pipelines owned and operated by Enbridge, Plains All American Pipeline, and the True Oil Companies (owner of the Bridger, Belle Fourche, and Little Missouri pipelines) are available for producers who want to ship crude oil produced in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area. Additionally, EOG Resources owns a rail unit train loading facility in the area with multiple crude oil loading points. Encana, Transcanada, Plains All American Pipeline, Enbridge and the True Oil Companies also continue to (or have announced their intent to) expand their pipeline systems in the area. For example, Enbridge completed the latest phase of its most recent North Dakota system expansion in early 2010 and has announced further phases of its Bakken expansion program to be completed in stages between 2011 and 2013, the True Oil Companies are building new pipelines to connect to existing trunk lines, and Plains All American Pipeline has announced plans to construct a new pipeline from Trenton, North Dakota connecting into its existing Canadian Wascana pipeline system. All of these projects will provide transportation options for crude oil producers in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area.
 
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage
 
We believe that we will face competition from third-party refined products terminals for barrels of refined products in excess of Tesoro’s minimum volume commitments under our commercial agreements with Tesoro. We expect this competition to be primarily with respect to our Los Angeles, Stockton and Vancouver terminals. We will also likely face competition from other terminals and pipelines that may be able to supply Tesoro’s end-user markets with refined products on a more competitive basis, due to terminal location, price, versatility and services provided. Also, to the extent we execute our growth strategy, we may face competition for refined product supply sources. Our competition primarily comes from integrated petroleum companies, refining and marketing companies, independent terminal companies and distribution companies with marketing and trading arms. Additionally, if Tesoro’s wholesale customers reduced their purchases of refined products from Tesoro due to the increased availability of less expensive product from other suppliers or for other reasons, Tesoro may only deliver the minimum volumes through our terminals (or pay the shortfall payment if it does not deliver the minimum volumes), which would cause a decrease in our revenues. Tesoro competes with some of the world’s largest integrated petroleum companies, which have their own crude oil supplies and distribution and marketing systems, as well as with independent refiners. Competition in particular geographic areas is affected primarily by the volumes of refined products produced by refineries located in those areas and by the availability of refined products and the cost of transportation to those areas from refineries located in other areas.
 
We also face competition from trucks that deliver crude oil and refined products in a number of areas we serve. While their costs may not be competitive for longer hauls or large volume shipments, trucks compete effectively for incremental and marginal volumes in many of the areas we serve.
 
Tesoro’s Refining Operations
 
Although we do not own or operate any refining assets, our crude oil gathering assets and our refined products and crude oil terminalling, transportation and storage assets are located within Tesoro’s refining and marketing supply chain. Tesoro Corporation, through its subsidiaries, is principally a petroleum refiner and marketer. Tesoro’s refining and marketing operations include the manufacturing and marketing of a full range of petroleum products, including transportation fuels such as gasoline, gasoline blendstocks, jet fuel and diesel fuel, and other products such as heavy fuel oils, liquefied petroleum gas, petroleum coke and asphalt. Tesoro’s refining operations are conducted principally in the western and midwestern region of the United States. As of December 31, 2010, Tesoro employed approximately 5,300 full-time employees.


109


Table of Contents

Tesoro owns and operates seven petroleum refineries located in Los Angeles and Martinez, California; Salt Lake City, Utah; Kenai, Alaska; Anacortes, Washington; Mandan, North Dakota; and Kapolei, Hawaii. Our pipelines transport crude oil to two of Tesoro’s seven refineries (Mandan and Salt Lake City), and our terminals and truck loading racks store and distribute refined products received from six of Tesoro’s seven refineries. We do not currently service Tesoro’s Kapolei, Hawaii refinery.
 
The following table sets forth the crude oil refining capacity in barrels per day of each of Tesoro’s refineries and, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the percentages of crude oil and other feedstocks and refined products that we transported or terminalled for Tesoro:
 
                             
            Percent of Crude
  Percent of
    Refining
  Commodities
  Oil/Feedstocks
  Refined Products
    Capacity
  Serviced by
  Volumes Handled
  Handled by
Tesoro Refinery
  (bpd)   Our Assets   by Our Assets   Our Assets
 
Los Angeles, California
    97,000     Refined Products     None       33%  
Martinez, California
    166,000     Refined Products     None       6%  
Salt Lake City, Utah
    58,000     Crude Oil/     79%       91%  
            Feedstocks and
Refined Products
               
Kenai, Alaska
    72,000     Refined Products     None       28%  
Mandan, North Dakota
    58,000     Crude Oil/     100%       19%  
            Feedstocks and
Refined Products
               
Anacortes, Washington
    120,000     Refined Products     None       21%  
                             
Total (Refineries We Service)
    571,000                      
                             
Kapolei, Hawaii
    93,500     None     None       None  
                             
Total (All Refineries)
    664,500                      
                             
 
Los Angeles, California Refinery
 
Tesoro’s Los Angeles refinery is located on approximately 300 acres in the southern Los Angeles area. This refinery sources crude oil from producing fields in California as well as from foreign locations, and has a current processing capacity of 97,000 bpd. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the refinery processed an average of approximately 98,800 bpd of crude oil and other feedstock. The Los Angeles refinery also processes intermediate feedstocks. The refinery’s major upgrading units include fluid catalytic cracking, delayed coking, hydrocracking, vacuum distillation, hydrotreating, reforming, butane isomerization and alkylation units. The refinery produces a high proportion of transportation fuels, including California Air Resources Board (CARB) gasoline and CARB diesel fuel, as well as conventional gasoline, diesel fuel and jet fuel. The refinery also produces heavy fuel oils, liquefied petroleum gas and petroleum coke.
 
The Los Angeles refinery leases a marine terminal at the Port of Long Beach that enables Tesoro to receive crude oil and ship refined products. The refinery also receives crude oil from the San Joaquin Valley and the Los Angeles Basin through third-party pipelines and distributes approximately 33% of its refined products through our Los Angeles terminal. The remainder of the refined products produced at the Los Angeles refinery are distributed and sold to customers in Southern California, Arizona, and Nevada utilizing third-party pipelines and terminals, and a small portion of the production is shipped to international markets by vessels loaded at Tesoro’s Long Beach marine dock.
 
Martinez, California (Golden Eagle) Refinery
 
Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery is located in Martinez, California on approximately 2,200 acres approximately 30 miles east of San Francisco. The Golden Eagle refinery processes crude oil from California, Alaska and foreign locations and has a current processing capacity of 166,000 bpd. The Golden Eagle refinery also processes intermediate feedstocks. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the refinery processed an


110


Table of Contents

average of approximately 124,000 bpd of crude oil and other feedstock. The refinery’s major upgrading units include fluid catalytic cracking, delayed coking, hydrocracking, naphtha reforming, vacuum distillation, hydrotreating and alkylation units. The refinery produces a high proportion of transportation fuels, including CARB gasoline and CARB diesel fuel, as well as conventional gasoline and diesel fuel. The refinery also produces heavy fuel oils, liquefied petroleum gas and petroleum coke.
 
The Golden Eagle refinery has two marine terminals with access to the San Francisco Bay that provide Tesoro with water-borne access for shipping and receiving crude oil and refined products. The refinery can also receive crude oil through third-party pipelines and distribute a small percentage of its refined products to our Stockton terminal using third-party pipelines.
 
Salt Lake City, Utah Refinery
 
Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery is located on approximately 150 acres in Salt Lake City, Utah. This refinery sources its crude oil from producing fields in Utah, Colorado, Wyoming and Canada and has a current processing capacity of 58,000 bpd. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the refinery processed an average of approximately 50,100 bpd of crude oil and other feedstock. The refinery’s major upgrading units include fluid catalytic cracking, naphtha reforming, alkylation and hydrotreating units that produce transportation fuels, including gasoline, diesel fuel and jet fuel, as well as other products, including heavy fuel oils and liquefied petroleum gas. Tesoro distributes approximately 50% of this refinery’s production through our terminal in Salt Lake City and approximately 41% is distributed through our short-haul pipelines and a third-party pipeline system to our terminals in Boise and Burley and third-party terminals in Utah, Idaho and eastern Washington. Approximately 79% of the crude oil used by Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery moves through our Salt Lake City short-haul crude oil pipelines and storage facility.
 
Kenai, Alaska Refinery
 
Tesoro’s Kenai refinery is located on the Cook Inlet near Kenai, Alaska on approximately 450 acres approximately 60 miles southwest of Anchorage. The Kenai refinery processes crude oil from producing fields in Alaska and, to a lesser extent, foreign locations, and has a current processing capacity of 72,000 bpd. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the refinery processed an average of approximately 53,400 bpd of crude oil and other feedstock. The refinery’s major upgrading units include vacuum distillation, distillate hydrocracking, hydrotreating, naphtha reforming, diesel desulfurizing and light naphtha isomerization units that produce transportation fuels, including gasoline and gasoline blendstocks, jet fuel and diesel fuel, as well as other products, including heating oil, heavy fuel oils, liquefied petroleum gas and asphalt.
 
This refinery receives crude oil that is delivered by tanker into a marine terminal owned by Tesoro, by a third-party crude oil pipeline, by truck and through Tesoro-owned and operated crude oil pipelines. Tesoro also owns and operates the TAPL common carrier refined products pipeline that runs from the Kenai refinery to our terminal in Anchorage and to the Anchorage International Airport. This 69-mile pipeline has the capacity to transport approximately 48,000 bpd of refined products and allows Tesoro to transport gasoline, diesel fuel and jet fuel. Tesoro’s Alaska refinery delivers approximately 28% of its refined products to our Anchorage terminal.
 
Mandan, North Dakota Refinery
 
Tesoro’s Mandan refinery is located on approximately 950 acres on the Missouri River near Mandan, North Dakota. The refinery is supplied primarily with crude oil gathered and transported on our High Plains system from the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area and adjacent production areas in North Dakota and Montana. The refinery has a current processing capacity of 58,000 bpd. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the refinery processed an average of approximately 50,800 bpd of crude oil and other feedstock. The refinery’s major upgrading units include fluid catalytic cracking, naphtha reforming, hydrotreating and alkylation units that produce transportation fuels, including gasoline, diesel fuel and jet fuel, as well as other products, including heavy fuel oils and liquefied petroleum gas. Generally, turnarounds at the Mandan refinery occur every six years and last for approximately one month. The last turnaround was completed in May 2010.


111


Table of Contents

Tesoro distributes a significant portion of the Mandan refinery’s production through a third-party refined products pipeline system that serves various areas from Jamestown, North Dakota to Minneapolis, Minnesota. Most of the gasoline and distillate products from the Mandan refinery can be shipped through that pipeline system to third-party terminals. Tesoro distributes approximately 19% of the refined products that it produces at Mandan through our terminal located inside the refinery gates.
 
Anacortes, Washington Refinery
 
Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery is located on the Puget Sound in Anacortes, Washington on approximately 900 acres approximately 70 miles north of Seattle. This refinery sources crude oil from producing fields in Alaska as well as from Canada and other foreign locations, and has a current processing capacity of 120,000 bpd. The Anacortes refinery also processes intermediate feedstocks, primarily heavy vacuum gas oil, produced by some of Tesoro’s other refineries and purchased in the spot-market from third parties. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the refinery processed an average of approximately 39,300 bpd of crude oil and other feedstock. These results were lower than prior years due to the suspension of operations at the refinery following a fire in April 2010. The refinery’s major upgrading units include fluid catalytic cracking, butane isomerization, alkylation, hydrotreating, vacuum distillation, deasphalting and naphtha reforming units, which enable Tesoro to produce a high proportion of transportation fuels, such as gasoline including CARB gasoline and components for CARB gasoline, diesel fuel and jet fuel. The refinery also produces heavy fuel oils, liquefied petroleum gas and asphalt.
 
The Anacortes refinery receives Canadian crude oil through a third-party pipeline originating in Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. The refinery also receives other crude oils through a marine terminal located at the refinery. The refinery ships transportation fuels, including gasoline, jet fuel and diesel fuel, through a third-party pipeline system that serves western Washington and Portland, Oregon. The refinery also delivers refined products through its marine terminal to ships and barges and distributes approximately 21% of its refined products through our Vancouver terminal.
 
Safety and Maintenance
 
We perform preventive and normal maintenance on all of our pipeline systems, storage tanks and terminals and make repairs and replacements when necessary or appropriate. We also conduct routine and required inspections of those assets as required by regulation.
 
On our pipelines, we use external coatings and impressed current cathodic protection systems to protect against external corrosion. We conduct all cathodic protection work in accordance with National Association of Corrosion Engineers standards. We continually monitor, test, and record the effectiveness of these corrosion inhibiting systems. We also monitor the structural integrity of selected segments of our pipelines through a program of periodic internal assessments using high resolution internal inspection tools, as well as hydrostatic testing, that conforms to federal standards. We accompany these assessments with a review of the data and mitigate or repair anomalies, as required, to ensure the integrity of the pipeline. We have initiated a risk-based approach to prioritizing the pipeline segments for future integrity assessments to ensure that the highest risk segments receive the highest priority for scheduling internal inspections or pressure tests for integrity.
 
At our terminals, the tanks designed for product storage are equipped with internal or external floating roofs that minimize regulated emissions and prevent potentially flammable vapor accumulation. Our terminal facilities have response plans, spill prevention and control plans, and other programs to respond to emergencies. Our truck loading racks are protected with fire systems, actuated either by sensors or an emergency switch. We continually strive to maintain compliance with applicable air, solid waste, and wastewater regulations.
 
Insurance
 
Pipelines, terminals, storage tanks, and similar facilities may experience damage as a result of an accident or natural disaster. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage and suspension of operations. We will maintain


112


Table of Contents

our own property, business interruption and pollution liability insurance policies separately from Tesoro and at varying levels of coverage that we believe are reasonable and prudent under the circumstances to cover our operations and assets. However, such insurance does not cover every potential risk associated with our operating pipelines, terminals and other facilities, and we cannot ensure that such insurance will be adequate to protect us from all material expenses related to potential future claims for personal and property damage, or that these levels of insurance will be available in the future at commercially reasonable prices. We will also be insured under Tesoro’s liability policies, except for marine charterer’s liability since we do not charter vessels, and subject to Tesoro’s deductibles and limits under those policies. For example, we will have coverage for sudden and accidental pollution events from our operations generally, and liability arising from marine terminal operations under Tesoro’s liability policies. The marine terminal operator’s policy provides coverage of $10.0 million, subject to a $150,000 deductible, and an additional $500.0 million in umbrella coverage, for a total of $510.0 million in coverage for releases from our marine terminal operations into coastal waters. As we continue to grow, we will continue to monitor our policy limits and retentions as they relate to the overall cost and scope of our insurance program.
 
Pipeline and Terminal Control Operations
 
Our High Plains system control and monitoring functions are provided under a ten-year pipeline control center services agreement with a third-party operator that expires in December 2012 and continues year to year thereafter unless terminated upon six months prior written notice. Under the terms of the agreement, the operator controls, monitors, records and reports on the operation of the High Plains system, including the oil flow, valves, pumping units and switches along the pipeline system. The operator also provides flow monitoring, leak detection, data reporting, customer support, SCADA systems support, satellite communication, as well as general technical support of operations, maintenance and emergency response procedure manuals in compliance with Tesoro’s stated regulatory standards.
 
We control the storage tanks at our Salt Lake City storage facility through Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery control center. We also control our Salt Lake City crude oil and refined product short-haul pipelines through this control center.
 
Our refined products terminals are automated and generally unmanned. Our customers’ truck drivers are provided with security badges to access and use the truck loading racks.
 
Rate and Other Regulation
 
General Interstate Regulation
 
Our High Plains pipeline system in Montana and North Dakota is a common carrier subject to regulation by various federal, state and local agencies. FERC regulates interstate transportation on our High Plains system under the ICA, EPAct 1992 and the rules and regulations promulgated under those laws. The ICA and its implementing regulations require that tariff rates for interstate service on oil pipelines, including interstate pipelines that transport crude oil and refined products (collectively referred to as “petroleum pipelines”), be just and reasonable and non-discriminatory and that such rates and terms and conditions of service be filed with FERC. Under the ICA, shippers may challenge new or existing rates or services. FERC is authorized to suspend the effectiveness of a challenged rate for up to seven months, though rates are typically not suspended for the maximum allowable period. A successful rate challenge could result in a petroleum pipeline paying refunds for the period that the rate was in effect and/or reparations for up to two years prior to the filing of a complaint. As discussed below, FERC allows for an annual rate change under its indexing methodology, which is the methodology applicable to FERC-regulated interstate transportation on our High Plains system.
 
Index-Based Rates and other Subsequent Developments
 
EPAct 1992 deemed certain interstate petroleum pipeline rates then in effect to be just and reasonable under the ICA. These rates are commonly referred to as “grandfathered rates.” Our rates for interstate transportation service on the High Plains pipeline system were deemed just and reasonable under EPAct 1992


113


Table of Contents

and therefore are grandfathered. FERC may change grandfathered rates upon complaint only after it is shown that:
 
  •  a substantial change has occurred since enactment in either the economic circumstances or the nature of the services that were a basis for the rate;
 
  •  the complainant was contractually barred from challenging the rate prior to enactment of EPAct 1992 and filed the complaint within 30 days of the expiration of the contractual bar; or
 
  •  a provision of the tariff is unduly discriminatory or preferential.
 
EPAct 1992 further required FERC to establish a simplified and generally applicable ratemaking methodology for interstate petroleum pipelines. As a result, FERC adopted an indexing rate methodology which, as currently in effect, allows petroleum pipelines to change their rates within prescribed ceiling levels that are tied to changes in the Producer Price Index for Finished Goods, plus 1.3 percent. Rate increases made under the index are subject to protest, but the scope of the protest proceeding is limited to an inquiry into whether the portion of the rate increase resulting from application of the index is substantially in excess of the pipeline’s increase in costs. The indexing methodology is applicable to any existing rate, including a grandfathered rate.
 
Indexing includes the requirement that, in any year in which the index is negative, pipelines must file to lower their rates if those rates would otherwise be above the rate ceiling. However, the pipeline is not required to reduce its rates below the level deemed just and reasonable under EPAct 1992. While a petroleum pipeline, as a general rule, must use the indexing methodology to change its rates, FERC also retained or established cost-of-service ratemaking, market-based rates, and settlement rates as alternatives to the indexing approach. A pipeline can follow a cost-of-service approach when seeking to increase its rates above the rate ceiling (or when seeking to avoid lowering rates to the reduced rate ceiling), provided that the pipeline can establish that there is a substantial divergence between the actual costs experienced by the pipeline and the rate resulting from application of the index. A pipeline can charge market-based rates if it establishes that it lacks significant market power in the affected markets. In addition, a pipeline can establish rates under settlement if agreed upon by all current non-affiliated shippers.
 
FERC’s indexing methodology is subject to review every five years; the current methodology will remain in place through June 30, 2011. On December 16, 2010, FERC issued an order continuing the use of the current method of indexing rates for the five-year period beginning July 1, 2011; however, FERC’s order increases the adjustment to the PPI to plus 2.65% (rather than PPI plus 1.3% currently in effect). FERC’s order is subject to rehearing during a period of thirty days or may be appealed without seeking rehearing to the U.S. Court of Appeals for a period of sixty days after issuance of the order.
 
FERC issued a policy statement in May 2005 stating that it would permit interstate oil pipelines, among others, to include an income tax allowance in cost-of-service rates to reflect actual or potential tax liability attributable to a regulated entity’s operating income, regardless of the form of ownership. Under FERC’s policy, a tax pass-through entity seeking such an income tax allowance must establish that its partners or members have an actual or potential income tax liability on the regulated entity’s income. Whether a pipeline’s owners have such actual or potential income tax liability is subject to review by FERC on a case-by-case basis. Although this policy is generally favorable for pipelines that are organized as pass-through entities, it still entails rate risk due to the case-by-case review requirement. We do not currently establish our rates based on the cost of service.
 
Crude Oil and Refined Product Short-Haul Pipelines in Salt Lake City, Utah
 
We own five short-haul pipelines in Salt Lake City, Utah that provide transportation to Tesoro. Three of these pipelines transport crude oil with interstate origins from pipelines operated by Chevron and Plains All-American to our storage facility. Each of these crude oil pipelines is approximately two miles long. Two of the pipelines transport refined products from Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery to a Chevron products terminal from which the refined products are delivered into interstate pipelines. Each of these refined product pipelines is approximately three miles long.


114


Table of Contents

We believe that transportation service for Tesoro on these pipelines will not be subject to FERC regulation, either because FERC will not assert jurisdiction over pipelines that deliver crude oil or refined products for a single user between a terminal and a refinery or storage facility within a single state, or because FERC will exempt the pipelines from regulation because only one affiliated shipper takes service on them. We will file for a FERC ruling disclaiming or exempting from FERC jurisdiction transportation service on these pipelines. If FERC, however, were to deny our request and assert jurisdiction over transportation service on these pipelines, we would be required to file tariffs with FERC for each pipeline that would establish the rates, terms and conditions for service on each pipeline. If this were to occur, our short-haul pipeline transportation services agreement with Tesoro requires that we and Tesoro negotiate appropriate changes to the terms of the agreement to restore to each party the economic benefits expected prior to FERC’s assertion of jurisdiction. While we and Tesoro are required to negotiate in good faith, it is possible that the negotiations will not yield the intended result and that the assertion of FERC jurisdiction could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Intrastate Regulation
 
The intrastate operations of our High Plains pipeline system in North Dakota are subject to regulation by NDPSC. Applicable state law requires that pipelines operate as common carriers, that access to transportation services and pipeline rates be non-discriminatory, that if more crude oil is offered for transportation than can be transported immediately, the crude oil must be apportioned equitably, and that pipeline rates be just and reasonable.
 
Our Pipelines
 
Although we operate the High Plains pipeline system as a common carrier pursuant to tariffs filed with both the FERC and the NDPSC, the High Plains pipeline system is currently used to ship crude oil only to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery, and Tesoro has been the shipper of substantially all of the volumes transported on the High Plains pipeline system. We expect to continue to receive revenues from Tesoro for shipments under these tariffs. For shipments to Mandan from North Dakota intrastate origin points that are within the 49,000 bpd average minimum throughput commitment under our pipeline transportation services agreement with Tesoro, we will receive the NDPSC committed tariff rate, which is $0.10 per barrel higher than the NDPSC uncommitted tariff rate for each North Dakota origin point. We also expect to receive additional revenues from Tesoro for North Dakota intrastate shipments above the minimum throughput commitment, which will be paid at the lower NDPSC uncommitted tariff rate. We will also expect to receive revenue for interstate shipments of crude oil from Montana and other interstate pipeline origin points, to which FERC tariff rates will apply. Although Tesoro is not obligated to ship these excess intrastate and interstate volumes, Tesoro has historically shipped volumes of crude oil above the minimum throughput commitment under such tariffs, and we expect those excess shipments to continue.
 
FERC and state regulatory agencies generally have not investigated rates on their own initiative when those rates, like ours, have not been the subject of a protest or a complaint by a shipper. Tesoro has agreed not to contest our tariff rates for the term of our commercial agreements with Tesoro. However, FERC or NDPSC could investigate our rates on its own initiative or at the urging of a third-party if the third-party is either a current shipper or is able to show that it has a substantial economic interest in our tariff rate level. If an interstate rate for service on the High Plains pipeline system were investigated, we would defend that rate as grandfathered under EPAct 1992. As EPAct 1992 applies to our rates, a person challenging a grandfathered rate must, as a threshold matter, establish a substantial change since the date of enactment of EPAct 1992, in either the economic circumstances or the nature of the service that formed the basis for the rate.
 
If our rate levels were investigated, the inquiry could result in a comparison of our rates to those charged by others or to an investigation of our costs, including:
 
  •  the overall cost of service, including operating costs and overhead;
 
  •  the allocation of overhead and other administrative and general expenses to the regulated entity;


115


Table of Contents

 
  •  the appropriate capital structure to be utilized in calculating rates;
 
  •  the appropriate rate of return on equity and interest rates on debt;
 
  •  the rate base, including the proper starting rate base;
 
  •  the throughput underlying the rate; and
 
  •  the proper allowance for federal and state income taxes.
 
Because our pipelines are common carrier pipelines, we may be required to accept new shippers who wish to transport on our pipelines. It is possible that any new shippers, current shippers, or other interested parties, may decide to challenge our tariffs and any related proration rules. If any challenge were successful, Tesoro’s minimum volume commitment under our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement could be invalidated, and all of the volumes shipped on our High Plains pipeline system would be at the lower uncommitted tariff rate. Successful challenges would reduce our revenues and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
 
Pipeline Safety
 
Our pipelines, gathering systems and terminal operations are subject to increasingly strict safety laws and regulations. The transportation and storage of refined products and crude oil involve a risk that hazardous liquids may be released into the environment, potentially causing harm to the public or the environment. In turn, such incidents may result in substantial expenditures for response actions, significant government penalties, liability to government agencies for natural resources damages, and significant business interruption. The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) has adopted safety regulations with respect to the design, construction, operation, maintenance, inspection and management of our pipeline and storage facilities. These regulations contain requirements for the development and implementation of pipeline integrity management programs, which include the inspection and testing of pipelines and the correction of anomalies. These regulations also require that pipeline operation and maintenance personnel meet certain qualifications and that pipeline operators develop comprehensive spill response plans.
 
We inspect our pipelines internally using currently-available technology to determine their condition and to determine whether they are in need of additional maintenance or replacement. Our inspections utilize internal and external inspection tools supplied by third-party vendors that provide information on the physical condition of our pipelines; these tools are operated, and the resulting data is evaluated, by trained third-party and Tesoro personnel. We also inspect our DOT-regulated pipelines in accordance with DOT requirements (including inspection frequency), and inspect our non-DOT-regulated pipelines in accordance with a risk-based approach to ensure that the highest risk pipeline segments receive the highest priority for inspection.
 
Legislation recently passed by the U.S. House of Representatives increases penalties for pipeline safety violations, reduces reporting periods and provides for review and possibly revocation of exemptions for gathering systems from regulation by the DOT’s Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, among other matters. In addition, members of Congress have introduced other legislation on pipeline safety, and the DOT has announced a review of its safety rules and its intention to strengthen those rules. While we believe that all of our facilities have been constructed and are operated and maintained in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations, we cannot predict the outcome of these or other legislative and regulatory initiatives; however, legislative and regulatory changes could have a material effect on our operations and subject us to more comprehensive and more stringent safety regulation and the imposition of greater penalties for violations of safety rules.
 
Refined Product Quality Standards
 
Refined products that we store and transport are sold by our customers for consumption by the public. Various federal, state and local agencies have the authority to prescribe product quality specifications for refined products. Changes in product quality specifications or blending requirements could reduce our throughput volumes, require us to incur additional handling costs or require capital expenditures. For example,


116


Table of Contents

different product specifications for different markets affect the fungibility of the products in our system and could require the construction of additional storage. If we are unable to recover these costs through increased revenues, our cash flows and ability to pay cash distributions could be adversely affected. In addition, changes in the product quality of the products we receive on our refined products pipeline systems or at our terminals could reduce or eliminate our ability to blend products.
 
Environmental Regulation
 
General
 
Our operation of pipelines, terminals, and associated facilities in connection with the storage and transportation of crude oil and refined products is subject to extensive and frequently-changing federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment. Among other things, these laws and regulations govern the emission or discharge of pollutants into or onto the land, air and water, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and the remediation of contamination. As with the industry generally, compliance with existing and anticipated environmental laws and regulations increases our overall cost of business, including our capital costs to construct, maintain, operate and upgrade equipment and facilities. While these laws and regulations affect our maintenance capital expenditures and net income, we believe they do not affect our competitive position, as the operations of our competitors are similarly affected. We believe our facilities are in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations. However, these laws and regulations are subject to frequent change by regulatory authorities and continued and future compliance with such laws and regulations, or changes in the interpretation of such laws and regulations, may require us to incur significant expenditures. Additionally, the violation of environmental laws, regulations, and permits can result in the imposition of significant administrative, civil and criminal penalties, injunctions limiting our operations, investigatory or remedial liabilities or construction bans or delays in the construction of additional facilities or equipment. Additionally, a discharge of hydrocarbons or hazardous substances into the environment could, to the extent the event is not insured, subject us to substantial expenses, including costs to comply with applicable laws and regulations and to resolve claims made by third parties for personal injury or property damage. These impacts could directly and indirectly affect our business and have an adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, and liquidity. We cannot currently determine the amounts of such future impacts.
 
Under the omnibus agreement, Tesoro, through certain of its subsidiaries, will indemnify us for all known and unknown environmental and toxic tort liabilities associated with the ownership or operation of our assets and arising at or before the closing of this offering. Indemnification for any unknown environmental and toxic tort liabilities will be limited to liabilities arising on or before the closing of this offering and identified prior to the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering and the date that Tesoro no longer controls our general partner (provided that, in any event, such date shall not be earlier than the second anniversary of the closing of this offering), and will be subject to a $250,000 aggregate annual deductible before we are entitled to indemnification in any calendar year. Neither we nor our general partner will have any contractual obligation to investigate or identify any such unknown environmental liabilities after the closing of this offering. We have agreed to indemnify Tesoro for events and conditions associated with the ownership or operation of our assets that occur after the closing of this offering and for environmental and toxic tort liabilities related to our assets to the extent Tesoro is not required to indemnify us for such liabilities.
 
Air Emissions and Climate Change
 
Our operations are subject to the Clean Air Act and comparable state and local statutes. Under these laws, permits may be required before construction can commence on a new source of potentially significant air emissions, and operating permits may be required for sources that are already constructed. Although our facilities are currently minor sources of volatile organic compound and nitrogen oxide emissions, we may become subject to more stringent regulations requiring the installation of additional emission control technologies. Any such future obligations may require us to incur significant additional capital or operating costs.


117


Table of Contents

In addition, Title V of the Clean Air Act (Title V) requires an operating permit for major sources of air pollution. Of our facilities, only the Los Angeles terminal and the Mandan terminal are subject to Title V, and in the case of the Mandan terminal, the permit provisions are incorporated in the Title V permit for Tesoro’s Mandan refinery. None of our facilities are presently subject to the federal greenhouse gas reporting rule or the greenhouse gas “tailoring” rule, which subjects certain facilities to the additional permitting obligations under the New Source Review/Prevention of Significant Deterioration (NSR/PSD) and Title V programs of the Clean Air Act based on a facilities’ greenhouse gas emissions. As such, we do not expect any substantial impacts from the tailoring rule on our facilities. Future expenditures may be required to comply with the Clean Air Act and other federal, state and local requirements for our various sites, including our tank farm, pipelines, and terminals. The impact of these legislative and regulatory developments, if enacted or adopted, could result in increased compliance costs, additional operating restrictions on our business and an increase in the cost of or reduced demand for products we manufacture, all of which could have an adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, and liquidity.
 
These air emissions requirements also affect the Tesoro refineries from which we will receive substantially all of our revenues. Tesoro has been required in the past, and will be required in the future, to incur significant capital expenditures to comply with new legislative and regulatory requirements relating to its operations. For example, regulations issued by California’s South Coast Air Quality Management District require the emission of nitrogen oxides to be reduced through 2011 at Tesoro’s Los Angeles refinery, and Tesoro currently plans to meet this requirement by implementing operational changes and a portfolio of small capital projects. To the extent these capital expenditures have a material effect on Tesoro, they could have a material effect on our business and results of operations.
 
Since the late 1990s, the EPA has undertaken significant regulatory initiatives under authority of the Clean Air Act’s NSR/PSD program in an effort to further reduce annual emissions of volatile organic compounds, nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide, and particulate matter. These regulatory initiatives have been targeted at industries with large manufacturing facilities that are significant sources of emissions, such as refining, paper and pulp, and electric power generating industries. The basic premise of these initiatives is the EPA’s assertion that many of these industrial establishments have modified or expanded their operations over time without complying with NSR/PSD regulations adopted by the EPA that require permits and new emission controls in connection with any significant facility modifications or expansions that can result in emissions increases above certain thresholds.
 
As part of this ongoing NSR/PSD regulatory initiative, the EPA has entered into consent agreements with several refiners, including Tesoro, that require the refiners to make significant capital expenditures to install emissions control equipment at selected facilities. To the extent such regulatory matters or related permitting requirements have a material effect on Tesoro, they could have a material effect on our business and results of operations.
 
In December 2007, the U.S. Congress passed the Energy Independence and Security Act that created a second Renewable Fuels Standard (RFS2). This standard requires the total volume of renewable transportation fuels (including ethanol and advanced biofuels) sold or introduced annually in the U.S. to reach 12.95 billion gallons in 2010 and rise to 36 billion gallons by 2022. The requirements could reduce future demand for petroleum products and thereby have an indirect effect on certain aspects of our business, although it could increase demand for our ethanol blending services at our truck loading racks.
 
Currently, various legislative and regulatory measures to address greenhouse gas emissions (including carbon dioxide, methane and other gases) are in various phases of discussion or implementation. These include requirements effective in January 2010 to report emissions of greenhouse gases to the EPA beginning in 2011 and proposed federal legislation and regulation as well as state actions to develop statewide or regional programs (including AB 32 in California (described below)), each of which require or could require reductions in our greenhouse gas emissions or those of Tesoro. Requiring reductions in greenhouse gas emissions could result in increased costs to (i) operate and maintain our facilities, (ii) install new emission controls at our facilities and (iii) administer and manage any greenhouse gas emissions programs, including acquiring


118


Table of Contents

emission credits or allotments. These requirements may also significantly affect Tesoro’s refinery operations and may have an indirect effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In California, Assembly Bill 32 (AB 32), places a statewide cap on greenhouse gas emissions and requires that the state return to 1990 emission levels by 2020. AB 32 focuses on using market mechanisms, such as a cap-and-trade program and a Low Carbon Fuel Standard (LCFS) to achieve emission reduction targets. The LCFS became effective in January 2010 and requires a 10% reduction in the carbon intensity of gasoline and diesel fuel by 2020. Final regulations for all other aspects of AB 32, including cap and trade requirements, are being developed by CARB, will take effect in 2012, and will be fully implemented by 2020. The implementation and implications of AB 32 will take many years to realize, but we do not expect a material direct impact from AB 32 on our business or results of operations. To the extent such California requirements have a material effect on Tesoro, however, they could have an indirect effect on our business and results of operations.
 
In addition, the EPA has proposed and may adopt further regulations under the Clean Air Act addressing greenhouse gases, to which some of our facilities may become subject, particularly if the United States Congress does not adopt related legislation. At present, Congress is considering legislation seeking to establish a national cap-and-trade program beginning in 2012 to address greenhouse gas emissions and climate change, although the ultimate adoption and form of any federal legislation cannot presently be predicted. The impact of future regulatory and legislative developments, if adopted or enacted, including any cap-and-trade program, is likely to result in increased compliance costs, additional operating restrictions on our business, and an increase in the cost of refined products generally. Such costs may impact our business directly or indirectly by impacting Tesoro’s facilities or operations.
 
Hazardous Substances and Waste
 
To a large extent, the environmental laws and regulations affecting our operations relate to the release of hazardous substances or solid wastes into soils, groundwater, and surface water, and include measures to control pollution of the environment. These laws generally regulate the generation, storage, treatment, transportation, and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. They also require corrective action, including investigation and remediation, at a facility where such waste may have been released or disposed. For instance, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), which is also known as Superfund, and comparable state laws, impose liability, without regard to fault or to the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred and companies that disposed of, or arranged for the disposal of, the hazardous substances found at the site. Under CERCLA, these persons may be subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. CERCLA also authorizes the EPA and, in some instances, third parties to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible classes of persons the costs they incur. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment. In the course of our ordinary operations, we generate waste that falls within CERCLA’s definition of a “hazardous substance” and, as a result, may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites. Costs for these remedial actions, if any, as well as any related claims are all covered by an indemnity from Tesoro to the extent occurring or existing before the closing of this offering.
 
We also generate solid wastes, including hazardous wastes, that are subject to the requirements of the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), and comparable state statutes. From time to time, the EPA considers the adoption of stricter disposal standards for non-hazardous wastes, including crude oil and refined products wastes. We are not currently required to comply with a substantial portion of the RCRA requirements because our operations generate minimal quantities of hazardous wastes. However, it is possible that additional wastes, which could include wastes currently generated during operations, will in the future be designated as “hazardous wastes.” Hazardous wastes are subject to more rigorous and costly disposal


119


Table of Contents

requirements than are non-hazardous wastes. Any changes in the regulations could increase our maintenance capital expenditures and operating expenses.
 
We currently own and lease, and Tesoro has in the past owned and leased, properties where hydrocarbons are being or have been handled for many years. Although we have utilized operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other waste may have been disposed of or released on or under the properties owned or leased by us or on or under other locations where these wastes have been taken for disposal. In addition, many of these properties have been operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal or release of hydrocarbons or other wastes was not under our control. These properties and wastes disposed thereon may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA, and analogous state laws. Under these laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes (including wastes disposed of or released by prior owners or operators), to clean up contaminated property (including contaminated groundwater), or to perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination to the extent we are not indemnified for such matters.
 
Water
 
Our operations can result in the discharge of pollutants, including crude oil and refined products. Our Anchorage and Vancouver facilities and certain tanks included in our High Plains pipeline system operate near environmentally sensitive waters, where tanker, pipeline and other petroleum product transportation operations are regulated by federal, state and local agencies and monitored by environmental interest groups. The transportation and storage of crude oil and refined products over and adjacent to water involves risk and subjects us to the provisions of the Oil Pollution Act and related state requirements. These requirements subject owners of covered facilities to strict, joint, and potentially unlimited liability for removal costs and other consequences of an oil spill where the spill is into navigable waters, along shorelines or in the exclusive economic zone of the United States. In the event of an oil spill into navigable waters, substantial liabilities could be imposed upon us. States in which we operate have also enacted similar and more stringent laws.
 
Regulations under the Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 (Clean Water Act), the Oil Pollution Act and state laws also impose additional regulatory burdens on our operations. Spill prevention control and countermeasure requirements of federal laws and some state laws require containment to mitigate or prevent contamination of navigable waters in the event of an oil overflow, rupture, or leak. For example, the Clean Water Act requires us to maintain spill prevention control and countermeasure plans at many of our facilities. In addition, the Oil Pollution Act requires that most oil transport and storage companies maintain and update various oil spill prevention and oil spill contingency plans. We maintain such plans, and where required have submitted plans and received federal and state approvals necessary to comply with the Oil Pollution Act, the Clean Water Act and related regulations. Our crude oil and refined product spill prevention plans and procedures are frequently reviewed and modified to prevent crude oil and refined product releases and to minimize potential impacts should a release occur.
 
At our facilities adjacent to water, Federally Certified Oil Spill Response Organizations (“OSROs”) are available to respond to a spill on water from above ground storage tanks or pipelines, and we have filed and maintain dock operations manuals as required by the United States Coast Guard at our Anchorage and Vancouver facilities. We have contracted with respective OSROs for spills to inland waters from our Vancouver facility and our facilities in the midwestern region. We contract with Clean Rivers Cooperative, Inc. for our Vancouver terminal and with Bay West, Inc. in the midwestern region. At our Anchorage and Vancouver terminals, Tesoro will provide open water spill response capability for spills from our facilities via Tesoro’s contracts with Cook Inlet Spill Prevention and Response, Incorporated and Marine Spill Response Corporation, respectively. The OSROs are capable of responding to a spill on water equal to the greatest volume of the largest above ground storage tank at our facilities. Those volumes range from 5,000 barrels to 100,000 barrels. The OSROs are rated and certified by the United States Coast Guard and are required to annually demonstrate their response capability to the United States Coast Guard and state agencies. The OSROs rated and certified to respond to open water spills (which include those OSROs with which we contract at our marine terminals) must demonstrate the capability to recover up to 50,000 barrels of oil per day and store up to 100,000 barrels of recovered oil at any given time. The OSROs


120


Table of Contents

rated and certified to respond to inland spills must demonstrate the capability to recover from 1,875 to 7,500 barrels of oil per day and store from 3,750 to 15,000 barrels of recovered oil at any given time.
 
At each of our facilities, we maintain spill-response capability to mitigate the impact of a spill from our facilities until either an OSRO or other contracted service providers can deploy, and Tesoro has entered into contracts with various parties to provide spill response services augmenting that capability, if required. Our spill response capability at our marine terminals meets the United States Coast Guard and state requirements to either deploy on-water containment equipment two times the length of a vessel at our dock or have smaller vessels available to recover 50 barrels of oil per day and store 100 barrels of recovered oil at any given time. Our spill response capabilities at our other facilities meet applicable federal and state requirements. In addition, we contract with various spill-response specialists to ensure appropriate expertise is available for any contingency. We believe these contracts provide the additional services necessary to meet or exceed all regulatory spill-response requirements and support our commitment to environmental stewardship. We also maintain insurance to protect against the risk of spills. Please see “Insurance” beginning on page 112 for a discussion of coverages.
 
The Clean Water Act also imposes restrictions and strict controls regarding the discharge of pollutants into navigable waters. Our Anchorage, Boise and Burley facilities contract with third parties for wastewater disposal. Our remaining facilities may have portions of their wastewater reclaimed by Tesoro’s nearby refineries. Only our Los Angeles terminal has a separate Clean Water Act permit for the discharge of stormwater runoff. In the event regulatory requirements change, or interpretations of current requirements change, and our facilities are required to undertake different wastewater management arrangements, we could incur substantial additional costs. The Water Pollution Control Act imposes substantial potential liability for the violation of permits or permitting requirements and for the costs of removal, remediation, and damages resulting from such discharges. In addition, some states, including California, maintain groundwater protection programs that require permits for discharges or operations that may impact groundwater conditions. We believe that compliance with existing permits and compliance with foreseeable new permit requirements will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
Employee Safety
 
We are subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state, and local government authorities and citizens. We believe that our operations are in compliance with OSHA requirements, including general industry standards, record keeping requirements, and monitoring of occupational exposure to regulated substances.
 
Endangered Species Act
 
The Endangered Species Act restricts activities that may affect endangered species or their habitats. While some of our facilities are in areas that may be designated as habitat for endangered species, we believe that we are in compliance with the Endangered Species Act. However, the discovery of previously unidentified endangered species could cause us to incur additional costs or become subject to operating restrictions or bans in the affected area.
 
Hazardous Materials Transportation Requirements
 
The DOT regulations affecting pipeline safety require pipeline operators to implement measures designed to reduce the environmental impact of crude oil and refined product discharge from onshore crude oil and refined products pipelines. These regulations require operators to maintain comprehensive spill response plans, including extensive spill response training for pipeline personnel. In addition, the DOT regulations contain detailed specifications for pipeline operation and maintenance. We believe our operations are in compliance with these regulations. The DOT also has a pipeline integrity management rule, with which we are in substantial compliance.


121


Table of Contents

Environmental Liabilities
 
Contamination resulting from spills of crude oil and refined products is not unusual within the petroleum refining, terminalling or pipeline industries. Historic spills along our pipelines, gathering systems and terminals as a result of past operations have resulted in contamination of the environment, including soils and groundwater. Site conditions, including soils and groundwater, are being evaluated at a few of our properties where operations may have resulted in releases of hydrocarbons and other wastes. A number of our properties have known hydrocarbon or other hazardous material contamination, particularly our Anchorage, Stockton and Los Angeles terminals.
 
Under the omnibus agreement, Tesoro Corporation, through certain of its subsidiaries, will indemnify us for all known and unknown environmental and toxic tort liabilities associated with the ownership or operation of our assets and arising at or before the closing of this offering. Indemnification for any unknown environmental and toxic tort liabilities will be limited to liabilities occurring on or before the closing of this offering and identified prior to the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering and the date that Tesoro no longer controls our general partner (provided that, in any event, such date shall not be earlier than the second anniversary of the closing of this offering) and will be subject to a $250,000 aggregate annual deductible before we are entitled to indemnification in any calendar year. Tesoro has been indemnified by a third party for pre-existing contamination at our Los Angeles terminal. We will not be indemnified for any future spills or releases of hydrocarbons or hazardous materials at our facilities, or, in addition to any other environmental and toxic tort liabilities, otherwise resulting from our operations. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify Tesoro for events and conditions associated with the ownership or operation of our assets that occur after the closing of this offering and for environmental and toxic tort liabilities related to our assets to the extent Tesoro is not required to indemnify us for such liabilities. As a result, we may incur such expenses in the future, which may be substantial. Tesoro is currently, and expects to continue, incurring expenses for environmental cleanup at a number of our terminal properties. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, we have accrued $1.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively, for these expenses and we believe these accruals are adequate.
 
Title to Properties and Permits
 
Substantially all of our pipelines are constructed on rights-of-way granted by the apparent record owners of the property and in some instances these rights-of-way are revocable at the election of the grantor. In many instances, lands over which rights-of-way have been obtained are subject to prior liens that have not been subordinated to the right-of-way grants. We have obtained permits from public authorities to cross over or under, or to lay facilities in or along, watercourses, county roads, municipal streets, and state highways and, in some instances, these permits are revocable at the election of the grantor. We have also obtained permits from railroad companies to cross over or under lands or rights-of-way, many of which are also revocable at the grantor’s election. In some states and under some circumstances, we have the right of eminent domain to acquire rights-of-way and lands necessary for our common carrier pipelines.
 
Some of the leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits, and licenses that will be transferred to us will require the consent of the grantor to transfer these rights, which in some instances is a governmental entity. Our general partner believes that it has obtained or will obtain sufficient third-party consents, permits, and authorizations for the transfer of the assets necessary for us to operate our business in all material respects as described in this prospectus. With respect to any consents, permits, or authorizations that have not been obtained, our general partner believes that these consents, permits, or authorizations will be obtained after the closing of this offering, or that the failure to obtain these consents, permits, or authorizations will not have a material adverse effect on the operation of our business.
 
The lessee under the Port of Vancouver lease on which our Vancouver, Washington terminal is located is Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company has agreed to assign the lease to us, subject to consent from the Port of Vancouver. Until such time, we only have a license from Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company to enter, access, use and operate the terminal. There is no guarantee the Port of Vancouver will consent to the assignment of the lease. In the event the Port of Vancouver concludes that the license for our Vancouver terminal is a violation of the lease and we are unable to occupy


122


Table of Contents

and use the Vancouver Terminal pursuant to the license, we have agreed with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company to enter into an operating agreement pursuant to which we will operate the Vancouver Terminal on substantially the same economic terms and conditions as would have been the case had the license remained in effect or the lease had been assigned to us.
 
Our general partner believes that we will have satisfactory title to all of the assets that will be contributed to us at the closing of this offering. Under our omnibus agreement, Tesoro Corporation, through certain of its subsidiaries, will indemnify us for certain title defects and for failures to obtain certain consents and permits necessary to conduct our business, in each case, that are identified prior to the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering and the date that Tesoro no longer controls our general partner (provided that, in any event, such date shall not be earlier than the second anniversary of the closing of this offering). This indemnification is subject to a $250,000 aggregate annual deductible before we are entitled to indemnification in any calendar year. Record title to some of our assets may continue to be held by affiliates of Tesoro until we have made the appropriate filings in the jurisdictions in which such assets are located and obtained any consents and approvals that are not obtained prior to transfer. We will make these filings and obtain these consents upon completion of this offering. Although title to these properties is subject to encumbrances in some cases, such as customary interests generally retained in connection with acquisition of real property, liens that can be imposed in some jurisdictions for government-initiated action to clean up environmental contamination, liens for current taxes and other burdens, and easements, restrictions, and other encumbrances to which the underlying properties were subject at the time of acquisition by our predecessor or us, our general partner believes that none of these burdens should materially detract from the value of these properties or from our interest in these properties or should materially interfere with their use in the operation of our business.
 
Employees
 
We are managed and operated by the board of directors and executive officers of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, our general partner. Neither we nor our subsidiaries have any employees. Our general partner has the sole responsibility for providing the employees and other personnel necessary to conduct our operations. All of the employees that conduct our business are employed by our general partner and its affiliates. Immediately after the closing of this offering, we expect that our general partner and its affiliates will have approximately 95 employees performing services for our operations. We believe that our general partner and its affiliates have a satisfactory relationship with those employees. Certain employees of Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company that are covered by existing collective bargaining agreements will be transferred to our general partner on or before December 31, 2011. Under our omnibus agreement, our general partner will indemnify Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for any liabilities incurred by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company in connection with the applicable collective bargaining agreements covering the transferred employees.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
Although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business, we do not believe that we are a party to any litigation that will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations. We are not aware of any significant legal or governmental proceedings against us, or contemplated to be brought against us.


123


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Management of Tesoro Logistics LP
 
Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, as our general partner, will manage our operations and activities on our behalf through its officers and directors. Our general partner is not elected by our unitholders and will not be subject to re-election on a regular basis in the future. Unitholders will not be entitled to elect the directors of our general partner or directly or indirectly participate in our management or operation. However, our general partner owes a fiduciary duty to our unitholders as provided in our partnership agreement. In addition, our general partner will be liable, as general partner, for all of our debts (to the extent not paid from our assets), except for indebtedness or other obligations that are made specifically nonrecourse to it. Whenever possible, our general partner intends to cause us to incur only nonrecourse indebtedness or other obligations.
 
At least one member of the board of directors of our general partner will serve on our conflicts committee to review specific matters that may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of our general partner or directors, officers, or employees of its affiliates, and must meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders. In addition, our general partner will have an audit committee of at least three independent directors that will review our external financial reporting, recommend engagement of our independent auditors, and review procedures for internal auditing and the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. We will not have a compensation committee.
 
In compliance with the rules of the NYSE, the members of the board of directors named below will appoint one additional independent member within three months of the listing of our common units on the NYSE and one additional independent member within 12 months of that listing. The three independent members will serve as the initial members of the audit committee.
 
Neither we nor our subsidiaries have any employees. Our general partner has the sole responsibility for providing the employees and other personnel necessary to conduct our operations. All of the employees that conduct our business are employed by our general partner and its affiliates, but we sometimes refer to these individuals in this prospectus as our employees.
 
Directors and Executive Officers of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC
 
Directors are elected by the sole member of our general partner and hold office until their successors have been elected or qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, removal or disqualification. Executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, the board of directors. The following table shows information for the directors and executive officers of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position with Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC
 
Gregory J. Goff
    54     Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
Phillip M. Anderson
    45     President and Director
G. Scott Spendlove
    47     Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Charles S. Parrish
    53     Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Director
Raymond J. Bromark
    65     Director
Ralph J. Grimmer
    59     Vice President, Operations
 
Gregory J. Goff.   Gregory J. Goff was appointed Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors of our general partner in December 2010. Mr. Goff joined Tesoro Corporation in May 2010 as Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Goff will devote the majority of his time to his roles at Tesoro and he will also spend time, as needed, directly managing our business and affairs. Initially, we expect approximately 15% of his total business time will be devoted to our business and affairs, although this amount may increase


124


Table of Contents

or decrease in future periods as our business develops. Previously he was Senior Vice President, Commercial with ConocoPhillips Corporation, an international, integrated energy company, since 2008. Mr. Goff held various other positions at ConocoPhillips since 1981, including director and Chief Executive Officer of Conoco JET Nordic from 1998 to 2000; Chairman and Managing Director of Conoco Limited, a UK-based refining and marketing affiliate, from 2000 to 2002; President of ConocoPhillips European and Asia Pacific downstream operations from 2002 to 2004; President of ConocoPhillips U.S. Lower 48 and Latin America exploration and production business from 2004 to 2006; and President of ConocoPhillips specialty businesses and business development from 2006 to 2008. Previously, Mr. Goff served on the board of directors of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company, a private company, and was a member of the downstream committee of the American Petroleum Institute. As a former executive of an international energy company, Mr. Goff brings to the board of directors leadership, industry and strategic planning experience. Mr. Goff’s extensive service in various positions with ConocoPhillips also provides him with operations experience. Mr. Goff received a bachelor’s degree in science from the University of Utah and a master’s degree in business administration from the University of Utah. We believe that Mr. Goff’s extensive energy industry background, particularly the leadership skills he developed while serving in several executive positions, brings important experience and skill to the board.
 
Phillip M. Anderson.   Phillip M. Anderson was appointed President and a member of the board of directors of our general partner in December 2010 and will spend substantially all of his time managing our business and affairs. Mr. Anderson has served as Vice President, Strategy for Tesoro since April 2010. Prior to his current role with Tesoro, he served as Vice President, Financial Optimization & Analytics beginning in June 2008 and Vice President, Treasurer beginning in June 2007. Mr. Anderson joined the company in December 1998 as Senior Financial Analyst and worked in a variety of strategic and financial roles. Mr. Anderson has worked extensively on all of Tesoro’s acquisitions and divestitures since 1999, including valuation, negotiating, analysis, diligence, and financing activities. Mr. Anderson began his career in 1991 at Ford Motor Company and worked in a variety of financial roles at that company. Mr. Anderson received a bachelor’s degree in economics from the University of Texas at Austin and received a master’s degree in business administration with a concentration in finance from Southern Methodist University. We believe that Mr. Anderson’s extensive energy industry background, particularly his expertise in corporate strategy and business development, brings important experience and skill to the board.
 
G. Scott Spendlove.   Scott Spendlove was appointed Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a member of the board of directors of our general partner in December 2010. Mr. Spendlove will devote the majority of his time to his roles at Tesoro and he will also spend time, as needed, devoted to our business and affairs. Initially, we expect approximately 20% of his total business time will be devoted to our business and affairs, although this amount may increase or decrease in future periods as our business develops. Mr. Spendlove has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer for Tesoro Corporation since May 2010. Prior to his current role with Tesoro, he served as Tesoro’s Senior Vice President, Risk Management beginning in June 2008, Vice President, Asset Enhancement and Planning beginning in December 2006, Vice President and Controller beginning in March 2006, Vice President, Finance and Treasurer beginning in May 2003 and has held positions in strategic planning and operations. Prior to joining Tesoro in 2002, he served as Vice President, Corporate Planning and Investor Relations for Ultramar Diamond Shamrock Corporation (UDS). He also served as Director, Investor Relations, of UDS and held various positions in accounting, finance, forecasting and planning at both UDS and Unocal Corporation. Mr. Spendlove received a bachelor’s degree in accounting from Brigham Young University and a master’s degree in business administration from California State University-Fresno. We believe that Mr. Spendlove’s extensive energy industry background, particularly his expertise in financial reporting, strategic planning and oversight experience, brings important experience and skill to the board.
 
Charles S. Parrish.   Charles S. Parrish was appointed Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and a member of the board of directors of our general partner in December 2010. Mr. Parrish will devote the majority of his time to his roles at Tesoro and he will also spend time, as needed, devoted to our business and affairs. Initially, we expect approximately 20% of his total business time will be devoted to our business and affairs, although this amount may increase or decrease in future periods as our business develops. Mr. Parrish


125


Table of Contents

has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Tesoro Corporation since April 2009. Prior to his current role with Tesoro, he served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary beginning in May 2006, and Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary beginning in March 2005. Mr. Parrish leads Tesoro’s legal department and contract administration function and government affairs group, as well as the business ethics and compliance office. Mr. Parrish joined Tesoro in 1994 and has since served in numerous roles in the legal department. He works closely with the Tesoro’s finance and financial reporting teams on all matters related to Tesoro’s capital structure and SEC reporting. In addition, Mr. Parrish provides counsel to Tesoro’s management and board of directors on corporate governance issues. Before joining Tesoro, he worked in private practice with law firms in Houston and San Antonio, primarily representing commercial lenders in loan transactions, workouts and real estate matters. Mr. Parrish received a bachelor’s degree in history from the University of Virginia and a juris doctor from the University of Houston Law School. He is a member of the State Bar of Texas and the American Bar Association. We believe that Mr. Parrish’s extensive energy industry background, particularly his expertise in corporate securities and governance matters, brings important experience and skill to the board.
 
Raymond J. Bromark was elected as a member of the board of directors of our general partner in March 2011. Mr. Bromark is a retired Partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP (“PwC”), an international accounting and consulting firm. He joined PwC in 1967 and became a Partner in 1980. He was Partner and Head of the Professional, Technical, Risk and Quality Group of PwC from 2000 to 2006, a Global Audit Partner from 1994 to 2000 and Deputy Vice Chairman, Auditing and Business Advisory Services from 1990 to 1994. In addition, he served as a consultant to PwC from 2006 to 2007. Mr. Bromark has been a director of CA Technologies, a provider of IT management software and solutions, since 2007 and chairs its audit committee. In previous years Mr. Bromark has participated as a member of the University of Delaware’s Weinberg Center for Corporate Governance’s Advisory Board. Mr. Bromark was PwC’s representative on the AICPA’s Center for Public Company Audit Firms’ Executive Committee. He has also been a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Advisory Council, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board’s Standing Advisory Group, the AICPA’s Special Committee on Financial Reporting, the AICPA’s SEC Practice Section Executive Committee and the AICPA’s Ethics Executive Committee. We believe that Mr. Bromark’s extensive experience in accounting, auditing, financial reporting, and compliance and regulatory matters; deep understanding of financial controls and familiarity with large public company audit clients; and extensive experience in leadership positions at PwC bring important and necessary skills to the board.
 
Ralph J. Grimmer.   Ralph J. Grimmer was appointed Vice President, Operations of our general partner in December 2010 and initially will spend approximately 70% of his business time directly on our business and affairs although this amount may increase or decrease in future periods as our business develops. Mr. Grimmer has served as Vice President, Logistics for Tesoro since November 2010. Prior to his current role with Tesoro, he served as Vice President, Competitor Analysis beginning in April 2010, Vice President, Logistics beginning in June 2008, Vice President, Mergers and Acquisitions beginning in December 2006 and Vice President, Strategic Analysis beginning in May 2006. As Vice President, Operations, Mr. Grimmer is responsible for our pipelines and refined product terminals, all crude oil and refined products trucking and all rail operations. Prior to joining Tesoro in 2006, Mr. Grimmer served in a variety of consulting, marketing and logistics positions, including as Senior Consultant for Baker & O’Brien, Inc. and Vice President, Commercial Marketing and Distribution for Motiva Enterprises LLC. Mr. Grimmer began his career with Texaco in 1974 as a process engineer. Mr. Grimmer received a bachelor’s degree in chemical engineering from Texas Tech University.
 
Compensation of Our Officers
 
We and our general partner were formed in December 2010. Accordingly, neither we nor our general partner has accrued any obligations with respect to management compensation or retirement benefits for directors and executive officers for any prior periods.
 
The officers of our general partner will manage the day-to-day affairs of our business. Except for our general partner’s President, the officers of our general partner will have responsibilities for both us and Tesoro and will devote part of their business time to our business and part of their business time to Tesoro’s business. For our executive officers who are also providing services to Tesoro, compensation will be paid by Tesoro and


126


Table of Contents

a portion of that compensation will be reimbursed by us based on the amount of time spent by such officers managing our business and operations. The officers of our general partner, as well as the employees of Tesoro who provide services to us, may participate in employee benefit plans and arrangements sponsored by Tesoro, including plans that may be established in the future. Certain of our general partner’s officers and employees and certain employees of Tesoro who provide services to us currently hold grants under Tesoro’s equity incentive plans and will retain these grants after the closing of the offering. In connection with the closing of this offering, our general partner has adopted a long-term incentive plan. Certain of our general partner’s officers, employees and non-employee directors, and other key employees of Tesoro who make significant contributions to our business will receive awards under our long-term incentive plan. These awards, as well as future awards to executive officers of our general partner, will be recommended by the compensation committee of the board of directors of Tesoro and approved by our general partner. The long-term incentive plan is described in more detail below.
 
Compensation of Our Directors
 
The officers or employees of our general partner or of Tesoro who also serve as directors of our general partner will not receive additional compensation for their service as a director of our general partner. Directors of our general partner who are not officers or employees of our general partner or of Tesoro will receive compensation as “non-employee directors.”
 
In connection with this offering, our general partner has adopted a director compensation program under which our general partner’s non-employee directors will be compensated for their service as directors. Effective as of the closing of this offering, each non-employee director will receive a compensation package consisting of an annual retainer, an additional retainer for service as the chair of a standing committee, meeting attendance fees, and may also receive grants of equity-based awards upon appointment to the board of directors. In addition, each director will be indemnified for his actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.
 
During 2011, we will provide the following annual compensation to non-employee directors:
 
Elements of Non-Employee Director Compensation Program(1)
 
     
Board of Directors Annual Retainer(2)
  $95,000
Annual Retainer for Audit Committee Chair
  $10,000
Board and Committee Meeting Fees(3)
  $1,500 per meeting
 
 
(1) In addition to the retainers set forth above, we will reimburse our non-employee directors for travel and lodging expenses that they incur in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or its committees.
 
(2) The annual retainer of $95,000 will be payable $45,000 in cash and $50,000 in a unit-based award of phantom limited partnership units. Unit-based awards granted to non-employee directors under the annual compensation package or upon first election to the board of directors under our long-term incentive plan, will vest one year from the date of grant, contingent on continued service by the director. Cash distributions may be paid on equity-based awards and distributed at the time such awards vest. We expect that unit-based awards will be granted annually during the first quarter of the year, or on the date a director commences his or her services as a board member, provided that the initial unit-based award for non-employee directors serving at the time of the consummation of this offering will be made upon the consummation of this offering. The number of units granted upon the consummation of this offering will be determined by dividing $50,000 by the per unit offering price in this offering and for annual grants going forward, the number of units will be determined by dividing $50,000 by the average closing price of our common units on the NYSE over a ten business-day period ending on the third business day prior to the grant date and rounding any resulting fractional units to the nearest whole unit.
 
(3) A meeting fee will be paid to a director for attendance in person or by telephone.


127


Table of Contents

 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
We do not directly employ any of the persons responsible for managing our business, and we do not have a compensation committee. Our general partner will manage our operations and activities, and its board of directors and officers will make compensation decisions on our behalf. All of our general partner’s executive officers and other personnel necessary for our business to function will be employed and compensated by our general partner or Tesoro, in each case subject to reimbursement by us in accordance with the terms of the omnibus agreement. For a detailed description of the reimbursement arrangements among us, our general partner and Tesoro relating to the executive officers and employees of our general partner and the employees of Tesoro who provide services to us, please refer to the discussion under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” beginning on page 138.
 
Responsibility and authority for compensation-related decisions for executive officers of our general partner that are employed by Tesoro will reside with the compensation committee of the board of directors of Tesoro. Responsibility and authority for compensation-related decisions for executive officers of our general partner that are employed by our general partner will reside with the board of directors of our general partner, but will be based in large part on the recommendation of the compensation committee of the board of directors of Tesoro. All determinations with respect to awards to be made under the long-term incentive plan to executive officers and other employees of our general partner and of Tesoro will be made by the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof that may be established for such purpose, following the recommendation of the compensation committee of the board of directors of Tesoro.
 
We and our general partner were formed in December 2010. Therefore, we incurred no cost or liability with respect to compensation of our general partner’s executive officers, nor has our general partner accrued any liabilities for management compensation retirement benefits for our executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 or for any prior periods. Accordingly, we are not presenting any compensation information for historical periods. Following the closing of this offering, we expect that the most highly compensated executive officers of our general partner, including our general partner’s principal executive and financial officers, will be Gregory J. Goff, our general partner’s Chief Executive Officer, G. Scott Spendlove, our general partner’s Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Phillip M. Anderson, our general partner’s President, Charles S. Parrish, our general partner’s Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and Ralph J. Grimmer, our general partner’s Vice President, Operations (collectively, our “named executive officers”).
 
Each of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Anderson and Mr. Grimmer, is also a named executive officer of Tesoro and we expect that, with the exception of Mr. Anderson and Mr. Grimmer, our named executive officers will devote less than a majority of their total business time to our general partner and us and will be employed by Tesoro. Compensation paid or awarded by us during our first fiscal year of operation and thereafter with respect to our named executive officers that are employed by Tesoro and our named executive officers that are employed by our general partner will reflect only the portion of compensation expense that is allocated to us pursuant to Tesoro’s allocation methodology and subject to the terms of the omnibus agreement. Tesoro has the ultimate decision-making authority with respect to the total compensation of the named executive officers that are employed by Tesoro and, subject to the terms of the omnibus agreement, with respect to the portion of that compensation that is allocated to us pursuant to Tesoro’s allocation methodology. Any such compensation decisions will not be subject to any approvals by the board of directors of our general partner or any committees thereof.
 
Future compensation of our named executive officers who are employed by Tesoro will continue to be structured in a manner similar to how Tesoro currently compensates its executive officers. Future compensation of our named executive officers who are employed by our general partner will be structured in a manner similar to how Tesoro currently compensates its executive officers. The following discussion reflects Tesoro’s executive compensation philosophy and pay practices as they relate to how officers, directors and employees of our general partner will be compensated. The elements of compensation discussed below, and any decisions with respect to future changes to the levels of such compensation, are subject to the discretion


128


Table of Contents

of the compensation committee of Tesoro’s board of directors, or, with respect to executive officers employed by our general partner, our general partner’s board of directors.
 
Tesoro’s Compensation Philosophy
 
Tesoro’s compensation philosophy is to offer competitive compensation and benefit programs that will attract and retain the talented executives and employees who are critical to executing Tesoro’s strategic priorities and committed to increasing stockholder value while adhering to Tesoro’s core values.
 
Tesoro’s executive compensation program is designed around the following principles:
 
  •  Rewarding leaders for superior execution and delivery of outstanding business results and driving a performance-oriented culture;
 
  •  Promoting and sustaining exceptional performance over time to generate long-term growth in stockholder value; and
 
  •  Inspiring teamwork and motivating superior individual performance.
 
Tesoro’s executive compensation program is comprised of a mix of fixed and variable cash and equity-based pay with a significant portion of actual total compensation dependent on meeting financial and operational objectives.
 
Elements of Executive Compensation
 
Tesoro’s executive compensation program is designed to reflect the philosophy and objectives described above. The elements of Tesoro’s executive pay are presented in the table below and discussed in more detail in the following paragraphs.
 
         
Component
 
Type of Payment/Benefit
 
Purpose
 
Base Salary
  Fixed annual cash payments with each executive eligible for annual increase.   Attract and retain talent. Designed to be competitive with those of comparable companies.
Annual Cash Incentives
  Performance-based annual cash payment.   Pay for performance. Focus on corporate, team/business unit and individual goals.
Long-term Incentives
  Stock options, restricted stock, and performance units.   Designed to align executive compensation with the long-term interests of our stockholders by rewarding our executives for excellent performance as it is reflected in our stock price.
Other Executive Benefits
  Retirement benefits.   Provide competitive level of benefits.
Health and Welfare Benefits
  Fixed compensation component, generally available to all employees.   Attract and retain talent.
 
Tesoro determines the appropriate level for each compensation component based in part, but not exclusively, on comparative analysis against a peer group of industrial companies (and other companies that Tesoro believes compensate its executives in a manner similar to mainstream industrial companies), its view of internal pay equity and consistency, and other considerations it deems relevant. The benefits provided to Tesoro’s executives and employees are designed to be consistent in value and, to a lesser degree, aligned with benefits offered by companies with whom Tesoro competes for talent. In addition to determining the appropriate level for each compensation component, the compensation committee of Tesoro’s board of directors reviews total compensation for alignment with its philosophy and policies and for alignment with its peer group. However, Tesoro believes that each compensation component should be considered separately and


129


Table of Contents

that payments or awards derived from one component should not negate or reduce payments or awards derived from other components.
 
Tesoro has not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and annual compensation (base salary and annual performance incentives), between cash and non-cash compensation, or among different forms of non-cash compensation.
 
Base Salaries.   Base salaries for Tesoro’s named executive officers are reviewed each year. When making base salary determinations, Tesoro considers market-based salary rates at the 50th percentile of its peer group, as well as individual roles, experience, performance, the relative importance of the position to Tesoro, the past salary history of the individual and the competitive landscape for the position (with no particular goals or weightings assigned to these factors).
 
Annual Performance Incentives.   Tesoro believes that annual cash based incentives promote management’s efforts to drive the achievement of annual performance goals and objectives which in turn help create additional shareholder value.
 
2011 Incentive Compensation Program
 
On February 1, 2011, Tesoro’s compensation committee of the board of directors approved the terms of the 2011 Incentive Compensation Program (the “ICP” or the “Program”) for Tesoro’s named executive officers and other senior executives. The Program consists of two equally weighted components: Corporate and Business Unit performance outlined below. Tesoro’s compensation committee has discretion to adjust individual awards upward or downward by up to 25% based on their assessment of an individual executive’s performance relative to successful achievement of goals, business plan execution, and other leadership attributes.
 
Component 1  — Tesoro’s Corporate Performance  — weighted as 50% of total bonus opportunity measured against target with the range of outcomes between 0% to 200%. Corporate performance metrics include the following:
 
  •  Achievement of Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) measured on a margin neutral basis
 
  •  Safety — Targeted improvement in recordable incidents
 
  •  Process Safety Management — Targeted improvement in the number of process safety incidents
 
  •  Environmental — Targeted improvement in the number of environmental incidents
 
  •  Cost Management — Measurement of non-capital cash expenditure versus budget
 
Component 2  — Business Unit Performance  — weighted as 50% of total bonus opportunity measured against target with the range of outcomes between 0% to 200%. Business Unit performance is measured through balanced scorecards with performance metrics including, but not limited to:
 
  •  Safety and Environmental
 
  •  Cost Management
 
  •  Improvements in EBITDA
 
  •  Business improvement and value creation initiatives
 
Under the Program, Tesoro’s compensation committee has the right to exercise its discretionary authority to pay bonuses under the Program at any level, regardless of performance attained against the targets established under the ICP. The employees of our general partner will be eligible to participate in Tesoro’s 2011 ICP. The portion of the ICP related to business unit performance will be tied to the success of achieving performance metrics related to Tesoro’s logistics assets.


130


Table of Contents

Long-Term Incentives.   Tesoro believes that its senior executives, including its named executive officers, should have an ongoing stake in Tesoro’s success and that the executives’ interests should be aligned with those of Tesoro’s stockholders. Accordingly, Tesoro believes that its executives should have a considerable portion of their total compensation provided in the form of equity-based incentives.
 
In addition, our general partner has adopted the Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Long-term Incentive Plan (“2011 LTIP”) primarily for the benefit of eligible officers, employees and directors of our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, who perform services for us. In connection with the closing of this offering, as well as annually thereafter to reward service or performance, the board of directors of our general partner will grant awards to our general partner’s outside directors and its executive officers and key employees pursuant to the 2011 LTIP. Tesoro will determine the overall amount of all long-term equity incentive compensation to be granted annually for the officers and employees of our general partner. The portion of such compensation to be delivered from the 2011 LTIP will be granted by our general partner’s board of directors, following the recommendation of Tesoro’s Compensation Committee. Awards under the 2011 LTIP for executive officers of our general partner that are employed by Tesoro will be recommended to our general partner’s board of directors by the compensation committee of the board of directors of Tesoro and are subject to reimbursement under the terms of the omnibus agreement. We expect that awards to our executive officers under our 2011 LTIP will generally be made on an annual basis in the form of phantom units that vest based on the achievement of total unitholder return goals over a specified period as compared to a peer group of companies to be determined by our board. The description set forth below is a summary of the material features of the 2011 LTIP.
 
The 2011 LTIP provides for the grant of unit awards, restricted units, phantom units, unit options, unit appreciation rights, distribution equivalent rights and other unit-based awards. Subject to adjustment in the event of certain transactions or changes in capitalization, an aggregate of 750,000 common units may be delivered pursuant to awards under the 2011 LTIP. Units that are cancelled or forfeited will be available for delivery pursuant to other awards. Units that are withheld to satisfy our general partner’s tax withholding obligations or payment of an award’s exercise price will not be available for future awards. The 2011 LTIP will be administered by our general partner’s board of directors. The 2011 LTIP is designed to promote our interests, as well as the interests of our unitholders, by rewarding the officers, employees and directors of our general partner for delivering desired performance results, as well as by strengthening our general partner’s ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified individuals to serve as directors, consultants and employees.
 
Unit Awards
 
Our general partner’s board of directors may grant unit awards to eligible individuals under the 2011 LTIP. A unit award is an award of common units that are fully vested upon grant and are not subject to forfeiture. Unit awards may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, cash that would otherwise be payable to a participant with respect to a bonus or an incentive compensation award. The unit award may be wholly discretionary in amount or it may be paid with respect to a bonus or an incentive compensation award the amount of which is determined based on the achievement of performance criteria or other factors.
 
Restricted Units and Phantom Units
 
A restricted unit is a common unit that is subject to forfeiture. Upon vesting, the forfeiture restrictions lapse and the recipient holds a common unit that is not subject to forfeiture. A phantom unit is a notional unit that entitles the grantee to receive a common unit upon the vesting of the phantom unit or on a deferred basis upon specified future dates or events or, at the discretion of our general partner’s board of directors, cash equal to the fair market value of a common unit. Our general partner’s board of directors may make grants of restricted and phantom units under the 2011 LTIP that contain such terms, consistent with the 2011 LTIP, as the board of directors may determine are appropriate, including the period over which restricted or phantom units will vest.


131


Table of Contents

The board of directors may, in its discretion, base vesting on the grantee’s completion of a period of service or upon the achievement of specified financial objectives or other criteria or upon a change of control (as defined in the 2011 LTIP) or as otherwise described in an award agreement.
 
Distributions made by us with respect to awards of restricted units may, in the discretion of the board of directors, be subject to the same vesting requirements as the restricted units. The board of directors, in its discretion, may also grant tandem distribution equivalent rights with respect to phantom units. Distribution equivalent rights are rights to receive an amount equal to all or a portion of the cash distributions made on units during the period a phantom unit remains outstanding.
 
Unit Options and Unit Appreciation Rights
 
The 2011 LTIP also permits the grant of options and unit appreciation rights covering common units. Unit options represent the right to purchase a number of common units at a specified exercise price. Unit appreciation rights represent the right to receive the appreciation in the value of a number of common units over a specified exercise price, either in cash or in common units as determined by the board of directors.
 
Unit options and unit appreciation rights may be granted to such eligible individuals and with such terms as the board of directors may determine, consistent with the 2011 LTIP; however, a unit option or unit appreciation right must have an exercise price equal to at least the fair market value of a common unit on the date of grant.
 
Other Unit-Based Awards
 
The 2011 LTIP also permits the grant of “other unit-based awards,” which are awards that, in whole or in part, are valued or based on or related to the value of a unit. The vesting of an other unit-based award may be based on a participant’s continued service, the achievement of performance criteria or other measures. On vesting or on a deferred basis upon specified future dates or events, an other unit-based award may be paid in cash and/or in units (including restricted units), as the board of directors of our general partner may determine.
 
Source of Common Units; Cost
 
Common units to be delivered with respect to awards may be newly-issued units, common units acquired by our general partner in the open market, common units already owned by our general partner or us, common units acquired by our general partner directly from us or any other person or any combination of the foregoing. Our general partner will be entitled to reimbursement by us for the cost incurred in acquiring such common units. With respect to unit options, our general partner will be entitled to reimbursement from us for the difference between the cost it incurs in acquiring these common units and the proceeds it receives from an optionee at the time of exercise of an option. Thus, we will bear the cost of the unit options. If we issue new common units with respect to these awards, the total number of common units outstanding will increase, and our general partner will remit the proceeds it receives from a participant, if any, upon exercise of an award to us. With respect to any awards settled in cash, our general partner will be entitled to reimbursement by us for its allocated portion of the amount of the cash settlement.
 
Amendment or Termination of 2011 LTIP
 
The board of directors, at its discretion, may terminate the 2011 LTIP at any time with respect to the common units for which a grant has not previously been made. The 2011 LTIP will automatically terminate on the 10th anniversary of the date it was initially adopted by our general partner. The board of directors will also have the right to alter or amend the 2011 LTIP or any part of it from time to time or to amend any outstanding award made under the 2011 LTIP, provided that no change in any outstanding award may be made that would materially impair the vested rights of the participant without the consent of the affected participant, and/or result in taxation to the participant under Section 409A of the Code.


132


Table of Contents

 
Equity Awards to be Granted in Connection with this Offering
 
In connection with the consummation of this offering, we expect that our general partner will make grants of equity awards to certain of our named executive officers. These awards are expected to consist of time vesting phantom units that will vest over a period of three years in equal annual installments, subject to accelerated vesting in the event of certain terminations of employment as set forth in the applicable award agreement. The named executive officers that will receive such awards and the number of phantom units to be granted will be determined following a recommendation to be made by the compensation committee of the board of directors of Tesoro at its next meeting after the closing of this offering.
 
Retirement Plans.   Tesoro maintains non-contributory qualified and non-qualified retirement plans that cover officers and other eligible employees of Tesoro. Following the closing of this offering, our named executive officers and other eligible employees of our general partner, as well as employees of Tesoro who provide services to us, are expected to continue to be eligible to participate in Tesoro’s retirement plans in accordance with their terms.
 
Additional Compensation Components.   In the future, as Tesoro and our general partner formulate and implement the compensation programs for our named executive officers, Tesoro and our general partner may provide different and/or additional compensation components, benefits and/or perquisites to our named executive officers, to ensure that they are provided with a balanced, comprehensive and competitive compensation structure. We, Tesoro and our general partner believe that it is important to maintain flexibility to adapt compensation structures at this time to properly attract, motivate and retain the top executive talent for which Tesoro and our general partner compete.
 
Employment Agreements With Named Executive Officers
 
Tesoro has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Goff and Parrish in order to ensure continued stability, continuity and productivity among members of its management team. These employment agreements contain severance and change in control provisions, as described in more detail below, which Tesoro provides to help attract and retain talented individuals for these important positions. Our general partner will generally be required, pursuant to the terms of the omnibus agreement, to reimburse Tesoro for a portion of the costs and expenses of the amounts provided to our named executive officers under their employment agreements.
 
Employment Agreement with Gregory J. Goff
 
Effective May 1, 2010, Tesoro entered into an employment agreement with Gregory J. Goff that has a three-year term commencing on May 1, 2010. At the end of fiscal year 2010, Mr. Goff’s base salary was $900,000, and he currently participates in Tesoro’s annual incentive compensation plan with a target incentive bonus of at least 100% of his annual base salary, with payments to be determined based upon the achievement of performance goals established by the compensation committee of Tesoro’s board of directors under such plan. Mr. Goff received certain cash and equity awards as an inducement to entering into his employment agreement, and, in addition, Mr. Goff will receive a cash payment of $250,000 on May 1, 2011, subject to his continued employment with Tesoro on such date. In addition to the foregoing, Mr. Goff received long-term incentive awards for fiscal year 2010 with a target value of $3,000,000. The target awards for fiscal years after 2010 will be at the discretion of the compensation committee of Tesoro’s board of directors.
 
If Mr. Goff’s employment with Tesoro is terminated without cause or with good reason, as defined in his employment agreement, he will receive a cash payment equal to two times the sum of his base salary (as then in effect) plus the greater of his highest annual bonus earned under the applicable annual incentive compensation plan of Tesoro during the preceding three years or $450,000, plus a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination, as well as continued participation in Tesoro’s group health benefit plans until the earliest occurs of two and one-half years following termination, his death, or if he becomes covered by a comparable benefit by a subsequent employer. If Mr. Goff is terminated without cause or with good reason, as defined in his employment agreement, within two years following a change in control, his cash payment would equal three times the sum of his salary plus his target bonus (in each case as then in effect), plus a pro-rated bonus


133


Table of Contents

for the year of termination. Mr. Goff’s payments would be reduced as necessary to avoid incurring excise taxes under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code unless not reducing the payments would result in greater net after-tax proceeds to Mr. Goff. If Mr. Goff’s employment with Tesoro is terminated due to his death or disability, Mr. Goff will receive a cash payment equal to one times his annual base salary (less payments received under a Tesoro-paid long-term disability plan in the event of termination due to disability), plus a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination.
 
Employment Agreement with Charles S. Parrish
 
Mr. Parrish’s employment agreement has an initial term ending May 7, 2012 and renews thereafter for an additional year on each annual anniversary date of the agreement (May 7), unless Tesoro terminates the agreement in accordance with its terms. At the end of fiscal year 2010, Mr. Parrish’s base salary was $500,000, and he is entitled to participate in Tesoro’s annual incentive compensation plan with a target incentive bonus of at least 70% of his annual base salary, with payments to be determined based upon the achievement of performance goals established by the compensation committee of Tesoro’s board of directors under such plan.
 
If Mr. Parrish’s employment with Tesoro is terminated without cause or with good reason, as defined in his employment agreement, he will receive a cash payment equal to two times the sum of his base salary and target annual bonus and a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination. If Mr. Parrish is terminated without cause or with good reason prior to his 55th birthday, Tesoro will provide him, his spouse and his dependents, at Tesoro’s expense, continuing health coverage, but only to the extent such arrangements are available to Tesoro’s retirees, until the earliest to occur of Mr. Parrish’s death or the date he becomes covered for a comparable benefit by a subsequent employer. If such termination is on or after his 55th birthday, he is entitled to participate in Tesoro’s post-retirement benefit programs on the same basis as other retirement eligible employees of Tesoro. In addition, Mr. Parrish would continue to vest in any unvested stock options or restricted stock awards for a period of two years following the date of his termination of employment. Mr. Parrish would also receive additional years of service and age credit under Tesoro’s applicable retirement benefit plan to the extent necessary to determine his benefit thereunder as if he had attained age 55 with 20 years of service. If Mr. Parrish is terminated without cause or with good reason within two years following a change in control, his cash payment would equal three times the sum of his current base salary plus his current base salary multiplied by his target annual bonus percentage for the year in which his employment terminates, plus a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination. In addition, Mr. Parrish will receive three years of additional service credit under the current nonqualified supplemental pension plan applicable to him at the date of termination and all of his unvested equity awards will become vested. Mr. Parrish is entitled to a Section 280G tax gross-up payment if his termination-related payments become subject to excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code. If Mr. Parrish’s employment with Tesoro is terminated due to his death, Mr. Parrish’s estate or beneficiary will receive a cash payment equal to one times his annual base salary, plus a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination, and will become fully vested in all outstanding and unvested stock option and restricted stock awards. If Mr. Parrish’s employment with Tesoro is terminated due to his disability, Mr. Parrish will receive a cash payment equal to two times his annual base salary (less payments received under a Tesoro-paid long-term disability plan in the event of termination due to disability).
 
Management Stability Agreements With and Severance Benefits of Other Named Executive Officers
 
Tesoro has entered into management stability agreements with Messrs. Anderson, Spendlove and Grimmer in order to ensure continued stability, continuity and productivity among members of its management team. These management stability agreements contain change in control provisions, as described in more detail below, which Tesoro provides to help it to attract and retain talented individuals for these important positions. In addition, each of these named executive officers participates in one of the severance policies maintained for Tesoro’s employees, as described in more detail below. We will be required to reimburse Tesoro for any amounts provided to our named executive officers under their management stability agreements in proportion to the percentage of their total compensation allocated to us.


134


Table of Contents

Management Stability Agreement With and Severance Benefits of Phillip M. Anderson
 
In the event of a change in control of Tesoro Corporation and Mr. Anderson’s employment with Tesoro is terminated without cause or with good reason, as defined in his management stability agreement, he will receive a cash payment equal to two times the sum of his base salary (as then in effect) plus target annual bonus as well as a prorated bonus for the year of termination if termination occurs during the fourth quarter of a calendar year. Mr. Anderson will also receive continued coverage and benefits comparable to Tesoro’s group health and welfare benefits for a period of two years following termination. In addition, Mr. Anderson will receive two years of additional service credit under the current non-qualified supplemental pension plan applicable to him at the date of termination.
 
In addition to the terms set forth in his management stability agreement, Mr. Anderson is eligible to receive severance benefits in the event of certain involuntary terminations of employment in accordance with Tesoro’s employee severance policy which is calculated based on the employee years of service and base salary but limited to one year of base pay plus an additional two weeks of base pay.
 
Management Stability Agreement With and Severance Benefits of G. Scott Spendlove
 
In the event of a change in control of Tesoro Corporation and Mr. Spendlove’s employment with Tesoro is terminated without cause or with good reason, as defined in his management stability agreement, he will receive a cash payment equal to two and one-half times the sum of his base salary (as then in effect) plus target annual bonus as well as a prorated bonus for the year of termination if termination occurs during the fourth quarter of a calendar year. Mr. Spendlove will also receive continued coverage and benefits comparable to Tesoro’s group health and welfare benefits for a period of thirty months following termination. In addition, Mr. Spendlove will receive two and one-half years of additional service credit under the current non-qualified supplemental pension plan applicable to him at the date of termination.
 
In addition to the terms set forth in his management stability agreement, if Mr. Spendlove’s employment with Tesoro is involuntarily terminated without cause, in accordance with the terms of the Tesoro Corporation Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan, he will receive a cash payment equal to one and one-half times the sum of his base salary (as then in effect) plus target annual bonus. Mr. Spendlove will also receive medical benefits for a period of eighteen months from the date of his termination and outplacement services for up to twelve months commencing after the date of his termination.
 
Management Stability Agreement With and Severance Benefits of Ralph J. Grimmer
 
In the event of a change in control of Tesoro Corporation and the termination of Mr. Grimmer’s employment with Tesoro without cause or with good reason, as defined in his management stability agreement, he will receive a cash payment equal to two times the sum of his base salary (as then in effect) plus target annual bonus as well as a prorated bonus for the year of termination if termination occurs during the fourth quarter of a calendar year. Mr. Grimmer will also receive continued coverage and benefits comparable to Tesoro’s group health and welfare benefits for a period of two years following termination. In addition, Mr. Grimmer will receive two years of additional service credit under the current non-qualified supplemental pension plan applicable to him at the date of termination.
 
In addition to the terms set forth in his management stability agreement, Mr. Grimmer is eligible to receive severance benefits in the event of certain involuntary terminations of employment in accordance with Tesoro’s employee severance policy which is calculated based on the employee years of service and base salary but limited to one year of base pay plus an additional two weeks of base pay.


135


Table of Contents

 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of units of Tesoro Logistics LP that will be issued upon the consummation of this offering and the related transactions and held by beneficial owners of 5% or more of the units, by directors of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, our general partner, by each named executive officer and by all directors and officers of our general partner as a group and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
 
                                         
        Percentage of
      Percentage of
  Percentage of
    Common
  Common
  Subordinated
  Subordinated
  Total
    Units to be
  Units to be
  Units to be
  Units to be
  Units to be
    Beneficially
  Beneficially
  Beneficially
  Beneficially
  Beneficially
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
  Owned   Owned   Owned   Owned   Owned
 
Tesoro Corporation
    2,754,891       18.1 %     15,254,891       100.0 %     59.0 %
Gregory J. Goff
                             
Phillip M. Anderson
                             
G. Scott Spendlove
                             
Charles S. Parrish
                             
Raymond J. Bromark(2)
                             
Ralph J. Grimmer
                             
All directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons)
                             
 
 
(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial owners in this table is 19100 Ridgewood Parkway, San Antonio, Texas 78259-1828.
 
(2) Does not include phantom units that we will grant to Mr. Bromark at the close of this offering pursuant to our long-term incentive plan valued at $50,000. These phantom units will vest one year from the date of grant, contingent on Mr. Bromark’s continued service.
 
The following table sets forth, as of March 24, 2011, the number of shares of common stock of Tesoro Corporation owned by each of the directors and executive officers of our general partner and all directors and executive officers of our general partner as a group.
 
                                 
                      Percentage of
 
          Shares
    Total
    Total
 
    Shares of
    Underlying
    Shares of
    Shares of
 
    Common
    Options
    Common
    Common
 
    Stock Owned
    Exercisable
    Stock
    Stock
 
    Directly or
    Within 60
    Beneficially
    Beneficially
 
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
  Indirectly(2)     Days     Owned     Owned  
 
Gregory J. Goff(3)
    94,190       49,387       143,577             *
Phillip M. Anderson(4)
    16,720       18,766       35,486       *
G. Scott Spendlove
    50,188       132,099       182,287       *
Charles S. Parrish
    62,332       213,366       275,698       *
Raymond J. Bromark
                      *
Ralph J. Grimmer(5)
    15,109       17,166       32,275       *
                                 
All directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons)
    238,539       430,784       669,323       *
 
 
Less than 1%.
 
(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial owners in this table is 19100 Ridgewood Parkway, San Antonio, Texas 78259-1828.
 
(2) Includes common stock issued under Tesoro Corporation’s Thrift Plan.
 
(3) Does not include 256,223 Restricted Stock Units granted as part of an inducement grant.
 
(4) Does not include 20,887 SARs (Stock Appreciation Rights) granted under the Tesoro Corporation 2006 Long-Term Stock Appreciation Rights Plan.
 
(5) Does not include 39,840 SARs (Stock Appreciation Rights) granted under the Tesoro Corporation 2006 Long-Term Stock Appreciation Rights Plan.


136


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
After this offering, the general partner and its affiliates will own 2,754,891 common units and 15,254,891 subordinated units representing a 57.8% limited partner interest in us. In addition, the general partner will own 622,649 general partner units representing a 2.0% general partner interest in us.
 
Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates
 
The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in connection with the formation, ongoing operation, and liquidation of Tesoro Logistics LP. These distributions and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of arm’s-length negotiations.
 
Formation Stage
 
The consideration received by our general partner and its affiliates for the contribution of the assets and liabilities
• 2,754,891 common units;
 
• 15,254,891 subordinated units;
 
• 622,649 general partner units;
 
• the incentive distribution rights;
 
• $220.0 million cash distribution of the net proceeds of the offering, in part to reimburse them for certain capital expenditures; and
 
• an additional $50.0 million cash distribution funded with borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
 
Operational Stage
 
Distributions of available cash to our general partner and its affiliates We will generally make cash distributions of 98.0% to the unitholders, including Tesoro, as holder of an aggregate of 2,754,891 common units and 15,254,891 subordinated units, and 2.0% to the general partner. In addition, if distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target distribution levels, our general partner will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 50.0% of the distributions above the highest target distribution level.
 
Assuming we have sufficient available cash to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for four quarters, our general partner and its affiliates would receive an annual distribution of approximately $0.8 million on the 2.0% general partner interest and $24.3 million on their common units and subordinated units.
 
Payments to our general partner and its affiliates Under our partnership agreement, we are required to reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all costs and expenses that they incur on our behalf for managing and controlling our business and operations. Except to the extent specified under our omnibus agreement or our operational services agreement, our general partner determines the amount of these expenses and such determinations must be made in good faith under the terms of our partnership agreement. The expenses of non-executive employees will be allocated to us based on weighted average headcount and the ratio of time spent by those employees on our business and operations. Executive officer expenses will be allocated based on


137


Table of Contents

the amount of time spent managing our business and operations. These reimbursable expenses also include an allocable portion of the compensation and benefits of employees of Tesoro and employees and executive officers of our general partner who provide services to us. We will also pay Tesoro an annual corporate services fee, initially in the amount of $2.5 million, for the provision by Tesoro of certain centralized corporate services. Please read “— Agreements Governing the Transactions — Omnibus Agreement” below and “Management — Compensation Discussion and Analysis” beginning on page 128.
 
In addition, we will pay Tesoro an annual service fee, initially in the amount of $0.3 million, for services performed by certain of Tesoro’s field-level employees at our Mandan terminal and Salt Lake City storage facility. We will also reimburse Tesoro for any direct costs actually incurred by Tesoro in providing our pipelines, terminals and storage facilities with certain operational services, such as communications, electricity, software services, security, fire and safety, maintenance and certain environmental services (such as permitting and wastewater management). Please read “— Agreements Governing the Transactions — Operational Services Agreement” beginning on page 142.
 
Withdrawal or removal of our general partner If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner” beginning on page 172.
 
Liquidation Stage
 
Liquidation Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our general partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their respective capital account balances.
 
Agreements Governing the Transactions
 
We and other parties have entered into or will enter into the various agreements that will effect the transactions, including the vesting of assets in, and the assumption of liabilities by, us and our subsidiaries, and the application of the proceeds of this offering. While we believe our agreements with Tesoro are on terms no less favorable to either party than those that could have been negotiated with an unaffiliated party, these agreements will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions, including the expenses associated with transferring assets into our subsidiaries, will be paid for with the proceeds of this offering.
 
Omnibus Agreement
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with Tesoro, Tesoro Refining and Marketing, certain of Tesoro’s other subsidiaries, and our general partner that will address the following matters:
 
  •  our obligation to pay our general partner an annual corporate services fee, initially in the amount of $2.5 million, for the provision by Tesoro of certain centralized corporate services (which fee is in addition to certain expenses of our general partner and its affiliates that are reimbursed under our partnership agreement);


138


Table of Contents

 
  •  our agreement to reimburse Tesoro for all other direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred by Tesoro on our behalf;
 
  •  Tesoro’s agreement not to compete with us under certain circumstances;
 
  •  our right of first offer to acquire certain of Tesoro’s logistics assets;
 
  •  an indemnity by Tesoro Alaska Company and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for certain environmental, toxic tort and other liabilities, and our obligation to indemnify Tesoro for events and conditions associated with the operation of our assets that occur after the closing of this offering and for environmental and toxic tort liabilities related to our assets to the extent Tesoro is not required to indemnify us;
 
  •  Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s obligation to reimburse us for certain costs in excess of agreed thresholds incurred in connection with renewing our current control center services agreement, entering into a new similar agreement with another third party or providing replacement services; and
 
  •  the granting of a license from Tesoro to us with respect to use of the Tesoro name and trademark.
 
So long as Tesoro controls our general partner, the omnibus agreement will remain in full force and effect unless mutually terminated by the parties. If Tesoro ceases to control our general partner, either party may terminate the omnibus agreement, provided that the indemnification obligations of Tesoro Alaska Company and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company made under the omnibus agreement will remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.
 
Payment of Administrative Fee.   We will pay Tesoro an annual corporate services fee, payable in equal monthly installments, initially in the amount of $2.5 million (prorated for the first year of services), for the provision of various centralized corporate services for our benefit. This fee will be in addition to reimbursement of our general partner and its affiliates for certain costs and expenses incurred on our behalf for managing and controlling our business and operations as required by our partnership agreement. The agreement provides that the annual corporate services fee will be adjusted annually, commencing on the second year following this offering by a percentage equal to the change in the consumer price index or to reflect any increase in the cost of providing centralized corporate services to us due to changes in any law, rule or regulation applicable to us or Tesoro. Please read “Risk Factors — Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us” beginning on page 32 and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities — Conflicts of Interest — We will reimburse the general partner and its affiliates for expenses” on page 159.
 
Noncompetition.   Tesoro will agree, and will cause its affiliates to agree not to engage in, whether by acquisition or otherwise, the business of owning and/or operating crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities in the United States that are not within, directly connected to, substantially dedicated to, or otherwise an integral part of, any refinery owned, acquired or constructed by Tesoro. This restriction will not apply to:
 
  •  any assets owned by Tesoro at the closing of this offering (including replacements or expansions of those assets);
 
  •  any assets acquired or constructed by Tesoro to replace one of our assets that no longer provides services to Tesoro due to the occurrence of a force majeure event under one of our commercial agreements with Tesoro (notwithstanding any cure period relating thereto in such agreement);
 
  •  any asset or business that Tesoro acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of less than $5.0 million; and
 
  •  any asset or business that Tesoro acquires or constructs that has a fair market value of $5.0 million or more, if we have been offered the opportunity to purchase the asset or business for fair market value not later than six months after completion of such acquisition or construction, and we decline to do so.


139


Table of Contents

 
Right of First Offer.   Under the omnibus agreement, if Tesoro decides to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the assets listed below, Tesoro will provide us with the opportunity to make the first offer on them, in each case for a 10-year period following the closing of this offering:
 
  •  Golden Eagle Refined Products Terminal (Martinez, California).   This terminal is located at Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery and consists of a truck loading rack with three loading bays supplied by pipeline from storage tanks located at Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery. This terminal does not have refined product storage capacity. Total throughput capacity for the terminal is estimated to be approximately 38,000 bpd. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 14,100 bpd of refined products were throughput at this terminal.
 
  •  Golden Eagle Marine Terminal (Martinez, California).   This marine terminal is located on the Sacramento River near Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery and consists of a single-berth dock, five crude oil storage tanks with a combined 425,000 barrels of capacity and related pipelines. This terminal receives crude oil through marine vessel deliveries for delivery to Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery and Martinez terminal. Total throughput capacity for the terminal is estimated to be approximately 145,000 bpd. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 49,800 bpd of crude oil were throughput at this terminal.
 
  •  Golden Eagle Wharf Facility (Martinez, California).   This wharf facility is located on the Sacramento River near Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery and consists of a single-berth dock and related pipelines. This facility does not have crude oil or refined products storage capacity and receives refined products from Tesoro’s Golden Eagle refinery through interconnecting pipelines for delivery to marine vessels. The facility can also receive refined products and intermediate feedstocks from marine vessels for delivery to the refinery. This facility will require substantial capital improvements, which may be in excess of $100.0 million, in order to maintain compliance with various governmental regulations after 2011. Total throughput capacity for the facility is estimated to be approximately 50,000 bpd. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 29,900 bpd of refined products and intermediate feedstocks were throughput at this terminal.
 
  •  Tesoro Alaska Pipeline (Nikiski, Alaska).   This common carrier pipeline consists of approximately 69 miles of 10-inch pipeline with capacity to transport approximately 48,000 bpd of refined products from Tesoro’s Kenai refinery to Anchorage International Airport and to a receiving station at the Port of Anchorage that is connected to our Anchorage terminal. From the receiving station, refined products are delivered to our Anchorage terminal and other third-party terminals. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 36,000 bpd of refined products were transported through this pipeline.
 
  •  Nikiski Dock and Storage Facility (Nikiski, Alaska).   This single-berth dock and storage facility is located at Tesoro’s Kenai refinery and includes five crude oil storage tanks with a combined capacity of approximately 930,000 barrels, a ballast water treatment facility and associated pipelines, pumps and metering stations. The dock and storage facility receives crude oil from marine tankers and from local production fields via pipeline and truck, and also delivers refined products from the refinery to marine vessels. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 61,600 bpd of crude oil and 20,700 bpd of refined products were transported through this facility.
 
  •  Nikiski Refined Products Terminal (Nikiski, Alaska).   This terminal is located at Tesoro’s Kenai refinery and consists of a truck loading rack with two loading bays supplied by pipeline from Tesoro’s Kenai refinery and six refined product storage tanks with a combined capacity of 211,000 barrels. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 2,600 bpd of refined products were throughput at this terminal.
 
  •  Los Angeles Crude Oil and Refined Products Pipeline System (Los Angeles, California).   This pipeline system, located in the Los Angeles, California metropolitan area, consists of nine separate DOT-regulated pipelines totaling approximately 17 miles in length that transport crude oil, feedstocks and refined products between Tesoro’s Los Angeles refinery and Long Beach terminal and to various


140


Table of Contents

  third party facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 33,100 bpd of crude oil and 9,100 bpd of refined products were transported through this pipeline system.
 
  •  Anacortes Refined Products Terminal (Anacortes, Washington).   This terminal is located at Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery and consists of a truck loading rack with two loading bays that receive diesel fuel from storage tanks located at Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery. This terminal does not have refined product storage capacity. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 1,700 bpd of diesel fuel were throughput at this terminal.
 
  •  Anacortes Marine Terminal and Storage Facility (Anacortes, Washington).   This marine terminal and storage facility is located at Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery and consists of a crude oil and refined products wharf facility, as well as four storage tanks for crude oil and heavy products (one of which is currently out of service) with a combined storage capacity of 1.4 million barrels. The marine terminal and storage facility receives crude oil and other feedstocks from marine vessels and third-party pipelines for delivery to Tesoro’s Anacortes refinery. The facility also delivers refined products from the refinery to marine vessels. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 30,800 bpd of crude oil and refined products were throughput at this terminal.
 
  •  Long Beach Marine Terminal (Long Beach, California).   This marine terminal is leased from the Port of Long Beach, California and consists of a dock with two vessel berths. This terminal receives crude oil and other feedstocks from marine vessels for delivery to Tesoro’s Los Angeles refinery and other third-party refineries and terminals, and receives refined and intermediate products from the Los Angeles refinery for delivery to marine vessels. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 98,800 bpd of crude oil and refined and intermediate products were throughput at this terminal.
 
The consummation and timing of any acquisition by us of the assets covered by our right of first offer will depend upon, among other things, Tesoro’s decision to sell an asset covered by the right of first offer, our ability to reach an agreement with Tesoro on price and other terms and our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms. Accordingly, we can provide no assurance whether, when or on what terms we will be able to successfully consummate any future acquisitions pursuant to our right of first offer, and Tesoro is under no obligation to accept any offer that we may choose to make.
 
Indemnification.   Under the omnibus agreement, Tesoro Alaska Company and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, each of which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tesoro Corporation, will indemnify us for all known and unknown environmental and toxic tort liabilities associated with the operation of our assets and occurring before the closing of this offering. Tesoro Alaska Company’s indemnification obligations will cover only those liabilities relating to our Alaska assets and operations, while Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s indemnification obligations will extend to the rest of our assets and operations. Indemnification for unknown environmental and toxic tort liabilities will be limited to liabilities occurring on or before the closing of this offering and identified prior to the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering and the date that Tesoro no longer controls our general partner (provided that, in any event, such date shall not be earlier than the second anniversary of the closing of this offering), and will be subject to a $250,000 aggregate annual deductible before we are entitled to indemnification for losses incurred in any calendar year. Tesoro Alaska Company and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will also indemnify us for certain defects in title to the assets contributed to us and failure to obtain certain consents and permits necessary to conduct our business, in each case that are identified prior to the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering and the date that Tesoro no longer controls our general partner (provided that, in any event, such date shall not be earlier than the second anniversary of the closing of this offering), subject to a $250,000 aggregate annual deductible before we are entitled to indemnification for losses incurred in any calendar year.
 
In addition, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will indemnify us for certain costs incurred in excess of agreed thresholds, up to a maximum amount of $2.5 million, in connection with renewing our current control services agreement with respect to the central control room for our High Plains Pipeline system, entering into a new similar arrangement with another third party or providing replacement services.


141


Table of Contents

 
Tesoro Alaska Company and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will also indemnify us for liabilities relating to:
 
  •  the assets contributed to us, other than environmental and toxic tort liabilities, that arise out of the ownership or operation of the assets prior to the closing of this offering and that are asserted during the period ending on the tenth anniversary of the closing of this offering;
 
  •  legal actions related to the assets contributed to us that are currently pending against Tesoro; and
 
  •  events and conditions associated with any assets retained by Tesoro.
 
We have agreed to indemnify Tesoro for events and conditions associated with the operation of our assets that occur after the closing of this offering and for environmental and toxic tort liabilities related to our assets to the extent Tesoro is not required to indemnify us as described above.
 
In addition, our general partner will indemnify Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for any liabilities incurred by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company in connection with the transfer of certain employees covered by existing collective bargaining agreements from Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company to our general partner.
 
Reimbursement of Expenses and Completion of Certain Projects by Tesoro.   Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Tesoro Corporation, will reimburse us for any operating expenses and capital expenditures related to certain repairs and maintenance on our High Plains system and our terminals. We will be reimbursed, for five years after the closing of this offering, for expenses we incur in order to comply with vapor recovery or combustion and spill containment requirements associated with the assets contributed to us by Tesoro. We will also be reimbursed for existing ethanol blending projects at our Burley and Salt Lake City terminals, the installation of certain vapor emissions monitoring equipment at our Stockton terminal, and various projects at our Mandan terminal including upgrades to additive and blending equipment and the truck rack sprinkler system at the terminal, as well as for repairs and maintenance resulting from our first routine inspections occurring after the closing of this offering on all tankage on our High Plains system and at all of our refined product terminals. These inspections are necessary in order to comply with DOT pipeline integrity management rules and certain American Petroleum Institute storage tank standards.
 
License of Name and Trademark.   Tesoro will grant us a nontransferable, nonexclusive, royalty free right and license to use the name “Tesoro,” and any other trademarks owned by Tesoro that contain the name “Tesoro,” for as long as Tesoro controls our general partner.
 
Operational Services Agreement
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into an operational services agreement with Tesoro under which Tesoro will provide our pipelines, terminals and storage facilities with certain operational services, such as communications, electricity, software services, security, fire and safety, maintenance and certain environmental services (such as permitting and wastewater management). We will reimburse Tesoro for any direct costs actually incurred by Tesoro in providing these services, except to the extent that Tesoro otherwise provides such services in support of its own assets. In addition, we will pay Tesoro an annual service fee, initially in the amount of $0.3 million (prorated for the first year of services), for services performed by certain of Tesoro’s field-level employees at our Mandan terminal and Salt Lake City storage facility. We and Tesoro will review this service fee annually to determine whether an increase or decrease to this fee is appropriate. If no such adjustment is made, the service fee shall be automatically adjusted at a rate equal to the percentage change in the consumer price index.
 
We may terminate any of the services provided by Tesoro upon 90 days’ prior written notice. The operational services agreement will have an initial term of 10 years and may be renewed for two additional five-year terms at Tesoro’s option. Tesoro may terminate the agreement if Tesoro no longer controls our general partner. If a force majeure event prevents a party from performing required services, either party may suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under the agreement with respect to such services. These force majeure events include acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, wars, riots, fires, floods, storms, orders of courts or governmental authorities, explosions, terrorist acts, breakage, accident to machinery, storage tanks or


142


Table of Contents

lines of pipe and inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment and similar events or circumstances, so long as such events or circumstances are beyond the service provider’s reasonable control and could not have been prevented by the service provider’s due diligence. If a force majeure event continues for 12 months or more, either party may terminate any of the affected services under the agreement.
 
Under the agreement, each party will indemnify the other party from any losses or liabilities incurred by the other party as a result of the indemnifying party’s willful and material breach of the agreement, or for any third-party claims relating to the indemnifying party’s willful and material breach of the agreement or gross negligence and willful misconduct in connection with performance of the services. Neither party is liable for any consequential, incidental or punitive damages under the agreement. Neither party may assign its rights or obligations under the agreement, except that Tesoro will be permitted to subcontract any of the services provided to us under the agreement, provided the services continue to be performed in a manner consistent with the better of past practices or industry standards. We may collaterally assign this agreement solely to secure working capital financing.
 
Contribution Agreement
 
At the closing of this offering, we will enter into a contribution, conveyance and assignment agreement, which we refer to as our contribution agreement, with Tesoro, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, Tesoro Alaska Company and our general partner under which Tesoro, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company and Tesoro Alaska Company will contribute all of our initial assets to us, including our High Plains system and our terminals. Under our contribution agreement, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company has agreed to assign to us the lease on which our Vancouver, Washington terminal is located, subject to the consent of the Port of Vancouver. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company has granted us a license under the agreement to enter, access, use and operate the terminal. We will pay Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company a license fee equal to $13,000 per month during the term of the license and will also reimburse Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for any actual and reasonable costs incurred by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company related to or arising out of our use of the terminal. Our license will terminate when the Port of Vancouver consents to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s assignment of the lease to us. Under the agreement, in addition to any indemnification we or Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company are entitled to under the omnibus agreement, we will indemnify Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for any losses incurred by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company by reason of or arising out of any of our acts or omissions in contravention of the Port of Vancouver lease.
 
In the event the Port of Vancouver concludes that the license for our Vancouver terminal is a violation of the lease and we are unable to occupy and use the Vancouver Terminal pursuant to the license, we have agreed with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company to enter into an operating agreement pursuant to which we will operate the Vancouver Terminal on substantially the same economic terms and conditions as would have been the case had the license remained in effect or the lease had been assigned to us.
 
Commercial Agreements with Tesoro
 
Under our various commercial agreements with certain Tesoro parties (the applicable party or parties, the “Tesoro Party”), we will provide various pipeline transportation, trucking, terminal distribution and storage services to the Tesoro Party, and the Tesoro Party will commit to provide us with minimum monthly throughput volumes of crude oil and refined products. We believe the terms and conditions under these agreements are generally no less favorable to either party than those that could have been negotiated with unaffiliated parties with respect to similar services. The Tesoro Party’s obligations under these commercial agreements will not terminate if Tesoro Corporation no longer controls our general partner. Our commercial agreements include provisions that permit the Tesoro Party to suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under the applicable agreement if certain events occur. These events include the Tesoro Party deciding to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at one or more of its refineries, as well as our being subject to certain force majeure events that would prevent us from performing required services under the applicable agreement. These force majeure events include acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, wars, riots, fires, floods, storms, orders of courts or governmental authorities, explosions, terrorist


143


Table of Contents

acts, breakage, accident to machinery, storage tanks or lines of pipe and inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment and similar events or circumstances, so long as such events or circumstances are beyond our reasonable control and could not have been prevented by our due diligence.
 
High Plains Pipeline Transportation Services Agreement
 
We will enter into a pipeline transportation services agreement with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under which we will agree to transport crude oil on our High Plains pipeline system to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery. Under the agreement, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be obligated to transport an average of at least 49,000 bpd of crude oil per month at the NDPSC committed rates from North Dakota origin points to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery. Based on this minimum throughput commitment and the pro forma weighted average committed NDPSC tariff rates on the trunk line segments of our High Plains pipeline system for the year ended December 31, 2010, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company would have paid us approximately $1.7 million per month under this agreement. We will charge Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company fees at the lower NDPSC uncommitted tariff rates for any volumes shipped from North Dakota origin points in excess of the minimum throughput commitment, and we will charge Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company at the FERC tariff rates for any volumes shipped from Montana and other interstate origin points to the Mandan refinery. We will also charge Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company an uncommitted pumpover services fee of approximately $0.15 per barrel on each barrel that we inject into our High Plains pipeline system from adjacent tanks, as well as uncommitted gathering fees that vary by gathering pipeline segment for each barrel of crude oil gathered by our collector pipelines feeding our main pipeline system.
 
Each month, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company is obligated to pre-pay an estimated amount representing Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s aggregate estimated committed transportation fee for that month. The estimated prepayment is calculated by multiplying Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s minimum throughput commitment for such month by the weighted average committed tariff rate paid by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for the total volumes it shipped from North Dakota origin points on our High Plains pipeline system during the full month prior to the month in which the prepayment is made. The weighted average committed tariff rate is derived from the published committed tariff rates for each of the North Dakota origin points on our High Plains pipeline system and the actual volumes shipped from each origin point in the applicable period. Any volumes shipped by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company from North Dakota origin points in excess of its minimum volume commitment will be charged at the applicable published uncommitted NDPSC tariff rate and will not be factored into weighted average committed tariff rates used to calculate future prepayments or shortfall payments.
 
If Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company fails to transport aggregate volumes from North Dakota origin points equal to its minimum throughput commitment during any calendar month, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will pay us a shortfall payment equal to the volume of the shortfall multiplied by the weighted average committed tariff rate paid by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for that month. The amount of any shortfall payment paid by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be credited against any amounts owed by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for the transportation of volumes from North Dakota origin points in excess of its minimum throughput commitment during any of the succeeding three months. Following such three-month period, any remaining portion of that shortfall credit will expire.
 
Following the end of each month, we will add any shortfall payment owed by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company to, or deduct any applicable shortfall credit from, the actual aggregate intrastate tariffs owed by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for that month in order to determine the total intrastate shipment fees owed by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company. If total intrastate fees owed by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for that month are greater than the amount prepaid by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for that month, then Tesoro will pay us the difference. If, however, the total amount prepaid by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for that month is greater than the total intrastate fees owed by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for the month, then we will refund Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company the difference. Any fees incurred by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for interstate shipments, pumpover fees and gathering fees will be in addition to the intrastate shipment fees and will be paid by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company separately.


144


Table of Contents

 
We will file with FERC and NDPSC to adjust our tariff rates annually at a rate equal to the percentage change in any inflationary index promulgated by FERC, in accordance with FERC’s indexing methodology. If FERC terminates its indexing methodology, we will file to adjust our tariff rates annually by a percentage equal to the change in the consumer price index. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company has agreed not to challenge, or to cause others to challenge or assist others in challenging, our tariffs for the term of the agreement. However, this agreement does not prevent future shippers from challenging our tariffs and any related proration rules and, if any challenge were successful, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s minimum volume commitment under our High Plains pipeline transportation services agreement could be invalidated, and all of the volumes shipped on our High Plains pipeline system would be at the lower uncommitted tariff rate.
 
If we agree to make any capital expenditures at Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s request, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will reimburse us for, or we will have the right in certain circumstances to file for an increased tariff rate to recover, the actual cost of such capital expenditures. In addition, if new laws or regulations that affect the services that we provide to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under this agreement are enacted or promulgated that require us to make substantial and unanticipated capital expenditures, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will reimburse us for, or we will have the right to file for an increased tariff rate to cover, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s proportionate share of the cost of complying with these laws or regulations, after we have made efforts to mitigate their effect. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will also reimburse us for, or we will also have the right to file for an increased tariff rate to recover, the amounts of any taxes (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) we incur on Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s behalf for the services we provide to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under the agreement to the extent permitted by law. We and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will negotiate in good faith to agree on the level of the increased tariff rate. In addition, under the agreement, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will reimburse us for any costs or expenses associated with or related to any pipeline hydrotest commenced during the 2011 calendar year on the trunk line segment of our High Plains pipeline system extending from Ramburg, North Dakota to Tesoro’s Mandan refinery, including any necessary repairs to, or replacement of, the trunk line in order to maintain capacity of at least 70,000 bpd.
 
In order to enable Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company to transport its minimum throughput commitment each month, we are obligated to provide Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company with 70% of the available capacity on each of our High Plains pipeline system segments and to maintain the overall current capacity of the pipeline system. In addition, if we propose the construction or acquisition of any new pipeline with a North Dakota origin point that connects to our pipeline system, the return to service of any pipeline segment with a North Dakota origin point that is inactive as of the date of the agreement, or any expansion or enhancement of capacity on any existing segment of the pipeline system, then we are required to give prior written notice to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will have the option to reserve up to 70% of the additional capacity provided by such new or expanded pipeline or segment. If Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company exercises its option to reserve additional capacity on the new or expanded pipeline or segment, its minimum throughput commitment will be increased proportionately. We will not take any action to subject Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company to any prorationing or similar reduction of its minimum throughput commitment under the agreement.
 
If Tesoro no longer controls our general partner or sells its Mandan refinery, and in the event that capacity on any segment of the pipeline system falls below the minimum required levels and we fail to restore capacity to the minimum required levels, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company or its successor has the right to require us to restore capacity on the applicable segment at Tesoro Refinery and Marketing Company’s or its successor’s sole cost.
 
If we intend to offer any of our storage tanks on the High Plains pipeline system to third parties for use on a dedicated storage basis, we must first provide Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company with written notice of and the general terms of our intended transaction. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will have a right of first refusal to enter into a storage contract with us on commercial terms that are equal to or more favorable to us than any commercial terms offered to us by a third party.


145


Table of Contents

 
Under the agreement, in accordance with the loss allowance provisions of our tariffs, we are permitted to retain 0.2% of the crude oil shipped on our High Plains pipeline system and, in addition, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will bear any crude oil volume losses in excess of that amount. To the extent that actual losses are less than 0.2% during any month, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will repurchase from us the difference between the actual losses and the 0.2% allowance at a price equal to 85% of that calendar month’s average for light sweet crude oil, as quoted on the New York Mercantile Exchange.
 
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company is not permitted to suspend or reduce its obligations under the agreement in connection with the shutdown of its Mandan refinery for scheduled turnarounds or other regular servicing or maintenance. If, however, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at the Mandan refinery for a period that will continue for at least 12 consecutive months, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company may terminate the agreement on no less than 12 months’ prior written notice to us, unless Tesoro has publicly announced its intent to resume operations at the Mandan refinery more than two months prior to the expiration of the 12-month notice period. During the 12-month notice period, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will continue to owe shortfall payments for any calendar month in which it does not transport aggregate volumes equal to its minimum throughput commitment. The amount of the shortfall payment for any month in which Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company does not transport any volumes will be based on Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s minimum throughput commitment for that month multiplied by the weighted average committed tariff rate paid by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company during the 12 months prior to Tesoro’s announcement of the suspension of refining operations at the Mandan refinery. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company may deduct from such shortfall payment the aggregate amount of any amounts paid by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company during that month for transportation of crude oil on our High Plains pipeline system.
 
If a force majeure event occurs, we must provide Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company with written notice of the force majeure event and identify the approximate length of time we believe that force majeure event will continue. If we believe that a force majeure event will continue for 12 consecutive months or more, we and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will each have the right to terminate the agreement with respect to the affected asset on no less than 12 months’ prior written notice to the other party. However, if we receive a termination notice from Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company and notify Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company within 30 days that we reasonably believe in good faith that we will be able to provide the suspended services under the agreement within a reasonable period of time, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s termination notice will be deemed revoked and the agreement will continue in full force and effect as if the termination notice had never been given.
 
This agreement will have an initial term of 10 years and may be renewed for two additional five-year terms at Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s option. This agreement is terminable by either party in the event of a material breach of any provision thereof by the other party that remains uncured for 15 business days or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such other party. Upon any termination of the agreement, in certain circumstances Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will have a limited right of first refusal to enter into a new agreement with us on commercial terms that are, in the aggregate, equal to or more favorable to us than fair market value terms as would be agreed by similarly-situated parties negotiating at arm’s length, so long as such right of first refusal does not violate any law or regulatory policy then in effect.
 
If this agreement is terminated for any reason other than by us for a default by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, or by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for a force majeure event or suspension of refinery operations at the Mandan refinery, and we propose to enter into a transportation services agreement with a third party, we must first provide Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company with written notice of and the general terms of our intended transaction. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will have a right of first refusal to enter into a new transportation services agreement with us on commercial terms that are no less favorable than the commercial terms offered to us by such third party.
 
This agreement may be assigned by us or Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company only with the other party’s prior written consent, except that we or Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company may assign this


146


Table of Contents

agreement without the other party’s prior written consent in connection with our sale of our High Plains pipeline system or Tesoro’s sale of the Mandan refinery, respectively, and only if the transferee agrees to assume all of the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement and is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement. We may also collaterally assign this agreement solely to secure working capital financing. In addition, we may not assign this agreement to one of Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s competitors.
 
High Plains Trucking Transportation Services Agreement
 
We will enter into a trucking transportation services agreement with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under which we will coordinate the collection, transportation and delivery of crude oil acquired by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company in Montana and North Dakota and intended for delivery by truck into our High Plains pipeline system or other delivery points as mutually agreed upon. We will also provide Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company with related accounting and data services under the agreement. For these services, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be obligated to pay us an initial $2.72 per-barrel transportation fee. In addition, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be obligated to use our trucking services for a minimum volume of crude oil equal to an average of 22,000 bpd per month. Based on the minimum volume commitment and the initial per-barrel transportation fee, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company would have paid us approximately $1.8 million per month under this agreement.
 
We will charge Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company separate uncommitted tank usage fees of approximately $0.15 per barrel on each barrel that is delivered by truck to our proprietary tanks located adjacent to injection points along our High Plains pipeline system. The per-barrel fees that we will charge Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be increased annually by a percentage equal to the change in the consumer price index. We will also have the right to adjust the transportation fee to take into account changes in fuel prices (based on the applicable average monthly price for diesel fuel as posted by EIA’s On-Highway Diesel Prices for the Rocky Mountain Region), as well as a mileage-based adjustment to the extent that the average number of miles driven by trucks we dispatch in connection with providing services under the agreement increases or decreases in any month by more than 5.0% over the average miles driven during the immediately preceding three-month period. However, no adjustment will ever reduce the transportation fee below $2.72 per barrel.
 
If Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company fails to use us to gather, transport and deliver an amount of crude oil equal to its minimum throughput commitment during any calendar month, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will pay us a shortfall payment for the volume of any shortfall. The shortfall payment will be equal to the volume of the shortfall multiplied by the per-barrel transportation fee. The amount of any shortfall payment paid by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be credited against any amounts owed by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for volumes we gather, transport and deliver in excess of its minimum throughput commitment during any of the succeeding three months. Following such three-month period, any remaining portion of that shortfall credit will expire. Any volumes we gather, transport and deliver in excess of Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s minimum throughput commitment will be charged at the same per-barrel rate.
 
If we expand or extend our High Plains pipeline system to any production location for volumes of crude oil that Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company is at that time paying us to gather by truck, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be entitled to a proportionate reduction in Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s minimum throughput commitment to account for those volumes.
 
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will reimburse us for the actual cost of any capital expenditures we agree to make at Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s request, as well as all taxes (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) that we incur on Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s behalf for the services we provide to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under the agreement. Furthermore, if new laws or regulations that affect the services that we provide to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under this agreement are enacted or promulgated that require us to make substantial and unanticipated capital expenditures, the agreement will provide us with the right to impose a monthly


147


Table of Contents

surcharge to cover Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s proportionate share of the cost of complying with these laws or regulations, after we have made efforts to mitigate their effect. We and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will negotiate in good faith to agree on the level of the monthly surcharge. Under this agreement, we will have no obligation to measure volume gains and losses, and will have no liability for physical losses that may result from the transportation of Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s crude oil through trucks we dispatch except if such losses are caused by our gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of the agreement.
 
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company is not permitted to suspend or reduce its obligations under the agreement in connection with the shutdown of its Mandan refinery for scheduled turnarounds or other regular servicing or maintenance. If, however, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at the Mandan refinery for a period that will continue for at least 12 consecutive months, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company may terminate the agreement on no less than 12 months’ prior written notice to us, unless Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company has publicly announced its intent to resume operations at the Mandan refinery more than two months prior to the expiration of the 12-month notice period. During the 12-month notice period, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will continue to owe shortfall payments for any calendar month in which it does not transport aggregate volumes equal to its minimum throughput commitment.
 
If a force majeure event occurs, we must provide Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company with written notice of the force majeure event and identify the approximate length of time we believe that force majeure event will continue. If we are prevented from performing services because of a force majeure, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s obligation to use us to gather, transport and deliver its minimum volume commitment will be proportionately reduced to the extent and for the period that we are prevented from performing services under the agreement.
 
We will indemnify Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for any losses or liabilities (including damage to property and injury to or death of any person) Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company incurs that are caused by or result from our acts or omissions in connection with our ownership and operation of the truck gathering operation and the services we provide under the agreement and for breach of the agreement. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will indemnify us for any losses or liabilities (including damage to property and injury to or death of any person) we incur that are caused by or result from Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s acts or omissions in connection with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s use of our services and for breach of the agreement. Neither party will be obligated to indemnify the other party for the other party’s breach of the agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither party is liable for any consequential, incidental or punitive damages under the agreement.
 
This agreement will have an initial term of two years and will automatically be extended for up to four successive two-year terms. Either party may terminate the agreement by delivering written notice to the other party no later than three months prior to the expiration of any term, provided that the agreement will not terminate until six months following expiration of the three-month notice period. This agreement is terminable by either party in the event of a material breach of any provision thereof by the other party that remains uncured for 15 business days or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such other party. Upon the termination of the agreement, in certain circumstances Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will have a limited right of first refusal to enter into a new agreement with us on commercial terms that are, in the aggregate, equal to or more favorable to us than fair market value terms as would be agreed by similarly-situated parties negotiating at arm’s length.
 
This agreement may be assigned by us or Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company only with the other party’s prior written consent, except that we or Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company may assign this agreement without the other party’s prior written consent in connection with our sale of our truck gathering operation or Tesoro’s sale of the Mandan refinery, respectively, and only if the transferee agrees to assume all of the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement and is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement. We may also collaterally assign this agreement


148


Table of Contents

solely to secure working capital financing. In addition, we may not assign this agreement to one of Tesoro’s competitors.
 
Master Terminalling Services Agreement
 
We will enter into a master terminalling services agreement with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company and Tesoro Alaska Company (collectively referred to in this “— Master Terminalling Services Agreement” section as “Tesoro”) under which Tesoro will be obligated to throughput minimum volumes of refined products equal to an aggregate average of 100,000 bpd per month at our eight refined products terminals. We and Tesoro have agreed to assign a minimum stipulated volume to each terminal (the sum of which equals 100,000 bpd for our eight terminals), and we will be obligated to make available to Tesoro sufficient storage and throughput capacity at each terminal to allow Tesoro to throughput a stipulated volume of refined products at that terminal. We will charge throughput fees for each barrel distributed through our terminals. We will also charge Tesoro separate fees, ranging from $0.07 to $1.05 per barrel, for providing ancillary services such as ethanol blending and additive injection. Based on Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitment and the pro forma weighted average per barrel terminalling fee (which includes throughput fees and related ancillary services fees) for the year ended December 31, 2010, Tesoro would have paid us approximately $2.4 million per month under this agreement.
 
The fees we will charge Tesoro will be increased annually by a percentage equal to the change in the consumer price index. Tesoro will reimburse us for any cleaning, degassing or other preparation of storage tanks requested by Tesoro.
 
If Tesoro fails to throughput an amount of refined products equal to its minimum throughput commitment during any calendar month, then Tesoro will pay us a shortfall payment equal to the volume of the shortfall multiplied by the weighted average throughput fee (including any ancillary services fees) incurred by Tesoro during that month. The amount of any shortfall payment paid by Tesoro will be credited against any payments owed by Tesoro during any of the following three months to the extent that Tesoro’s throughput exceeds its minimum throughput commitment for that month. Following such three-month period, any remaining portion of that shortfall credit will expire. If any of our equipment at a terminal is removed from service for reasons other than routine repair or maintenance and Tesoro is unable to throughput at the terminal a volume of refined products equal to the stipulated volume for such terminal, Tesoro will be entitled to reduce its minimum volume commitment to the extent that it is unable to throughput such volumes, but only until such equipment is restored to service.
 
Tesoro will pay (or reimburse us for) all taxes (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) and regulatory and third party fees that we incur on Tesoro’s behalf for the services we provide to Tesoro under the agreement. In addition, Tesoro will reimburse us for the actual cost of any capital expenditures we make at Tesoro’s request. Furthermore, if new laws or regulations that affect the services that we provide to Tesoro under this agreement are enacted or promulgated that require us to make substantial and unanticipated capital expenditures, the agreement will provide us with the right to impose a monthly surcharge to cover Tesoro’s proportionate share of the cost of complying with these laws or regulations, after we have made efforts to mitigate their effect. We and Tesoro will negotiate in good faith to agree on the level of the monthly surcharge.
 
If Tesoro no longer controls our general partner or sells a refinery associated with one of our terminals, and in the event that capacity at any applicable terminal falls below the minimum level required to permit Tesoro or its successor to throughput a volume of refined products equal to the stipulated volume for that terminal and we fail to restore capacity to the minimum required level, Tesoro or its successor has the right to require us to restore capacity at the terminal at Tesoro’s (or its successor’s) sole cost. In such a case, Tesoro will be permitted to offset the actual cost of the restoration against any payments due to us from Tesoro under the agreement.
 
If we intend to offer any of our storage tanks at our terminals to third parties for use on a dedicated storage basis, we must first provide Tesoro with written notice of and the general terms of our intended transaction. Tesoro will have a right of first refusal to enter into a storage contract with us on commercial terms that are no less favorable to us than any commercial terms offered to us by such third party.


149


Table of Contents

Under the agreement, we are responsible for refined product volume losses at all of our terminals caused by our gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of the agreement. In addition, we are permitted to retain 0.25% of the refined products we handle for Tesoro at our Anchorage, Boise, Burley, Stockton and Vancouver terminals, and we will bear any refined product volume losses in excess of that amount. To the extent that actual losses are less than 0.25% during any month, Tesoro will repurchase from us the difference between the actual losses and the 0.25% allowance at a price equal to the average unbranded contract rack price for the applicable commodity for that month, as posted by the Oil Price Information Service. For all of our other terminals, we will have no obligation to measure volume gains and losses, and will have no liability for or benefit from physical losses or gains (except for physical losses caused by our gross negligence or willful misconduct).
 
Tesoro is not permitted to suspend or reduce its obligations under the agreement in connection with the shutdown of a refinery for scheduled turnarounds or other regular servicing or maintenance. If, however, Tesoro decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at any of its refineries for a period that will continue for at least 12 consecutive months, then Tesoro may terminate its rights and obligations relating to the affected terminals under the agreement on no less than 12 months’ prior written notice to us, unless Tesoro has publicly announced its intent to resume operations at the applicable refinery more than two months prior to the expiration of the 12-month notice period. During the 12-month notice period, for any month in which Tesoro does not throughput any volumes of refined products at an affected terminal, Tesoro’s minimum volume commitment will be reduced by a stipulated proportionate volume for the affected terminal, provided that Tesoro will pay us a monthly curtailment fee calculated by multiplying the number of days in the month times the stipulated volume for the affected terminal times the weighted average throughput fee (including any ancillary services fees) incurred by Tesoro at the affected terminal during the 12 calendar months prior to Tesoro’s announcement of the suspension of refinery operations. A separate shortfall fee calculation will be made for each applicable month based on Tesoro’s reduced minimum volume commitment and Tesoro’s throughput volumes at the unaffected terminals. Upon the expiration of the 12-month notice period, Tesoro will no longer owe us any curtailment fees and will have no throughput obligation with respect to the affected terminal, and Tesoro’s adjusted minimum volume commitment will apply only to our unaffected terminals.
 
If a force majeure event occurs, we must provide Tesoro with written notice of the force majeure event and identify the approximate length of time we believe that force majeure event will continue. If we believe that a force majeure event will continue for 12 consecutive months or more, we and Tesoro will each have the right to terminate the services under the agreement on no less than 12 months’ prior written notice to the other party, but only with respect to the affected terminal. However, if we receive a termination notice from Tesoro and notify Tesoro within 30 days that we reasonably believe in good faith that we will be able to resume the suspended services under the agreement within a reasonable period of time, then Tesoro’s termination notice will be deemed revoked and the agreement will continue in full force and effect as if the termination notice had never been given. If services relating to any terminal are reduced or terminated because of a force majeure or because of unavailability of equipment for reasons other than routine repair or maintenance, Tesoro will be entitled to receive a proportionate reduction in its minimum throughput commitment up to an amount equal to a stipulated proportionate volume for the affected terminal.
 
We will indemnify Tesoro for any losses or liabilities (including damage to property and injury to or death of any person) Tesoro incurs that are caused by or result from our acts or omissions in connection with our ownership and operation of our terminals and the services we provide under the agreement and for breaches of the agreement. Tesoro will indemnify us for any losses or liabilities (including damage to property and injury to or death of any person) we incur that are caused by or result from Tesoro’s acts or omissions in connection with Tesoro’s use of our services and for breaches of the agreement. Neither party will be obligated to indemnify the other party for the other party’s breach of the agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither party is liable for any consequential, incidental or punitive damages under the agreement.
 
This agreement will have an initial term of 10 years and may be renewed for two additional five-year terms at Tesoro’s option. This agreement is terminable by either party in the event of a material breach of any provision thereof by the other party that remains uncured for 15 business days or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such other party. Upon the termination of the agreement, Tesoro will have a limited right of first


150


Table of Contents

refusal to enter into a new agreement with us on commercial terms that are, in the aggregate, equal to or more favorable to us than fair market value terms as would be agreed by similarly-situated parties negotiating at arm’s length.
 
This agreement may be assigned by us or Tesoro only with the other party’s prior written consent, except that we or Tesoro may assign this agreement, in whole or in party, without the other party’s prior written consent in connection with our sale of one or more of our terminals or Tesoro’s sale of a refinery associated with one of our terminals, respectively, and only if the transferee agrees to assume all of the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement with respect to the terminal(s) and rights assigned and is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement. We may also collaterally assign this agreement solely to secure working capital financing. In addition, we may not assign all or part of the agreement to one of Tesoro’s competitors. If either we or Tesoro assign rights and obligations under the agreement relating to a specific terminal, then Tesoro’s minimum volume commitment will be reduced by the amount of the stipulated volume for that terminal, and both our and Tesoro’s obligations will continue with respect to the remaining terminals and Tesoro’s adjusted minimum volume commitment. In such a case, the rights and obligations relating to any applicable terminal, and its stipulated volume, would be novated into an agreement with the assignee, and that assignee would then become responsible for performance of the obligations relating to that terminal.
 
Short-Haul Pipeline Transportation Service Agreement
 
We will enter into short-haul pipeline transportation services agreement with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under which Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be obligated to pay us a $0.25 per-barrel transportation fee for transporting minimum volumes of crude oil and refined products equal to an average of 54,000 bpd per month on our five Salt Lake City short-haul pipelines. Based on Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s minimum throughput commitment and the initial per-barrel transportation fee, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company would have paid us approximately $0.4 million per month under this agreement.
 
If Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company fails to ship an amount of crude oil and refined products equal to its full minimum throughput commitment during any calendar month, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will pay us a shortfall payment equal to the volume of the shortfall multiplied by the per-barrel transportation fee. The amount of any shortfall payment paid by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be credited against any amounts owed by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for the transportation of volumes in excess of its minimum throughput commitment on our five Salt Lake City short-haul pipelines during any of the succeeding three months. Following such three-month period, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will no longer be permitted to credit any part of the shortfall payment against any amounts owed by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company. Any volumes we transport in excess of Tesoro’s minimum throughput commitment will be charged at the same per-barrel rate.
 
We will increase the $0.25 per-barrel transportation fee annually by a percentage equal to the change in the consumer price index. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company has agreed not to challenge, or to cause others to challenge or assist others in challenging, our requested exemption from FERC regulation for our short-haul pipelines for the term of the agreement. If FERC denies our requested exemption and asserts jurisdiction over transportation service on our short-haul pipelines, then we would be required to provide services under a tariff, in which case the agreement and the per-barrel transportation fee may be adjusted to conform to FERC requirements. In such a case, we and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company would be required to negotiate appropriate changes to the terms of the agreement to restore to each party the economic benefits expected prior to FERC’s assertion of jurisdiction, provided that the rates charged under any tariff will not cause an increase in Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s aggregate fees for shipping its minimum throughput commitment under the agreement. Please read “Business — Rate and Other Regulation” beginning on page 113 for information regarding our plans to request an exemption from FERC regulation for our short-haul pipelines.


151


Table of Contents

 
We are obligated to maintain the average throughput capacity of each of our short haul pipelines at no less than the volume of Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s minimum throughput commitment. If Tesoro no longer controls our general partner or sells its Salt Lake City refinery, and in the event that capacity on any of our pipelines falls below the minimum required level and we fail to restore capacity to the minimum required level, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company (or its successor) has the right to require us to restore capacity on the applicable pipeline at Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s (or its successor’s) sole cost. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will have the exclusive right to use our short haul pipelines.
 
Under this agreement, we will have no obligation to measure volume gains and losses, and will have no liability for physical losses that may result from the transportation of Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s crude oil and refined products our through our crude oil and refined product short-haul pipelines except for losses caused by our gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of the agreement. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will pay (or we will have the right to impose a monthly surcharge for) the actual cost of any capital expenditures we make at Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s request, as well as all taxes (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) that we incur on Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s behalf for the services we provide to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under the agreement. If new laws or regulations that affect the services that we provide to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under this agreement are enacted or promulgated that require us to make substantial and unanticipated capital expenditures, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will pay, or we will have the right to impose a monthly surcharge to cover, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s proportionate share of the cost of complying with these laws or regulations, after we have made efforts to mitigate their effect. We and Tesoro will negotiate in good faith to agree on the level of the monthly surcharge.
 
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company is not permitted to suspend or reduce its obligations under the agreement in connection with the shutdown of its Salt Lake City refinery for scheduled turnarounds or other regular servicing or maintenance. If, however, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at the Salt Lake City refinery for a period that will continue for at least 12 consecutive months, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company may terminate the agreement on no less than 12 months’ prior written notice to us, unless Tesoro has publicly announced its intent to resume operations at the Salt Lake City refinery more than two months prior to the expiration of the 12-month notice period. During the 12-month notice period, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will continue to owe shortfall payments for any calendar month in which it does not transport aggregate volumes equal to its minimum throughput commitment.
 
If a force majeure event occurs, we must provide Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company with written notice of the force majeure event and identify the approximate length of time we believe that force majeure event will continue. If we believe that a force majeure event will continue for 12 consecutive months or more, we and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will each have the right to terminate the agreement with respect to the affected asset on no less than 12 months’ prior written notice to the other party. However, if we receive a termination notice from Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company and notify Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company within 30 days that we reasonably believe in good faith that we will be able to transport Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s minimum throughput commitment within a reasonable period of time, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s termination notice will be deemed revoked and the agreement will continue in full force and effect as if the termination notice had never been given. Any inability of a third party pipeline connected to our short haul pipelines to supply or accept crude oil will be deemed a force majeure under the agreement.
 
We will indemnify Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for any losses or liabilities (including damage to property and injury to or death of any person) Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company incurs that are caused by or result from our acts or omissions in connection with our ownership and operation of our short haul pipelines and the services we provide under the agreement and for breaches of the agreement. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will indemnify us for any losses or liabilities (including damage to property and injury to or death of any person) we incur that are caused by or result from Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s acts or omissions in connection with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s use of


152


Table of Contents

our services or our short haul pipelines and for breaches of the agreement. Neither party will be obligated to indemnify the other party for the other party’s breach of the agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
This agreement will have an initial term of 10 years and may be renewed for two additional five-year terms at Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s option. This agreement is terminable by either party in the event of a material breach of any provision thereof by the other party that remains uncured for 15 business days or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such other party. Upon the termination or expiration of the agreement, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will have a limited right of first refusal to enter into a new agreement with us on commercial terms that are, in the aggregate, equal to or more favorable to us than fair market value terms as would be agreed by similarly-situated parties negotiating at arm’s length.
 
This agreement may be assigned by us or Tesoro only with the other party’s prior written consent, except that we or Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company may assign this agreement without the other party’s prior written consent in connection with our sale of all of our short-haul pipelines or Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s sale of its Salt Lake City refinery, respectively, and only if the transferee agrees to assume all of the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement and is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement. We may also collaterally assign this agreement solely to secure working capital financing. In addition, we may not assign this agreement to a competitor of Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company.
 
Salt Lake City Storage and Transportation Services Agreement
 
We will also enter into a storage and transportation services agreement with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under which Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be obligated to pay us a $0.50 per-barrel fee per month for storing crude oil and refined products at our Salt Lake City storage facility and transporting crude oil and refined products between the storage facility and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s Salt Lake City refinery through our four interconnecting pipelines. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s fees under this agreement will be for the exclusive use of the existing shell capacity of our storage facility (currently 878,000 barrels) and the existing capacity on our four interconnecting pipelines, regardless of whether Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company fully utilizes all of its contracted capacity. We will have the right to increase Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s per-barrel fee annually by a percentage equal to the change in the consumer price index.
 
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s obligation to pay the monthly fees will apply through the term of the agreement, regardless of the actual volumes of crude oil and refined products that we store and transport for Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company. However, we and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will negotiate an appropriate adjustment to the monthly fees if at any time Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company requires the full operating capacity of the tanks at our storage facility, the full operating capacity of our tanks is not available to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company (other than for any action or inaction on the party of Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company) and we are unable to accommodate the actual volumes required to be stored and/or transported by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company. At the end of the term or as otherwise requested by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will also reimburse us for any cleaning, degassing or other preparation of storage tanks. In addition, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will reimburse us for the actual cost of any capital expenditures we make at Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s request, as well as all taxes (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) that we incur on Tesoro’s behalf for the services we provide to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under the agreement. Furthermore, if new laws or regulations that affect the services that we provide to Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company under this agreement are enacted or promulgated that require us to make substantial and unanticipated capital expenditures, the agreement will provide us with the right to impose a monthly surcharge to cover Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s proportionate share of the cost of complying with these laws or regulations, after we have made efforts to mitigate their effect. We and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will negotiate in good faith to agree on the level of the monthly surcharge.


153


Table of Contents

 
Under this agreement, we will have no obligation to measure volume gains and losses, and will have no liability for physical losses that may result from the storage or transportation of Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s crude oil and refined products at our storage facility or on our interconnecting pipelines, respectively, except for any losses caused by our gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this agreement.
 
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company is not permitted to suspend or reduce its obligations under the agreement in connection with the shutdown of its Salt Lake City refinery for scheduled turnarounds or other regular servicing or maintenance. If, however, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at the Salt Lake City refinery for a period that will continue for at least 12 consecutive months, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company may terminate the agreement on no less than 12 months’ prior written notice to us, unless Tesoro has publicly announced its intent to resume operations at the Salt Lake City refinery more than two months prior to the expiration of the 12-month notice period. During the 12-month period, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be obligated to pay the full amount of any monthly fees due under the agreement.
 
If a force majeure event occurs, we must provide Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company with written notice of the force majeure event and identify the approximate length of time we believe that force majeure event will continue. If we believe that a force majeure event will continue for 12 consecutive months or more, we and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will each have the right to terminate the agreement with respect to the affected asset on no less than 12 months’ prior written notice to the other party. However, if we receive a termination notice from Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company and notify Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company within 30 days that we reasonably believe in good faith that we will be able to resume the suspended services under the agreement within a reasonable period of time, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s termination notice will be deemed revoked and the agreement will continue in full force and effect as if the termination notice had never been given.
 
We are obligated to maintain the current operating capacities of our interconnecting pipelines and storage tanks. If Tesoro no longer controls our general partner or sells its Salt Lake City refinery, and in the event that the operating capacity of any of our interconnecting pipelines or storage tanks falls below the minimum required level and we fail to restore capacity to the minimum required level, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company (or its successor) has the right to require us to restore capacity on the applicable interconnecting pipeline or storage tank at Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s (or its successor’s) sole cost. In addition, if all or part of the actual operating capacity of any of our storage tanks is unavailable for Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s use, then Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will be entitled to receive a reduction in its monthly fees to account for such reduced operating capacity.
 
We will indemnify Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for any losses or liabilities (including damage to property and injury to or death of any person) Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company incurs that are caused by or result from our acts or omissions in connection with our ownership and operation of our interconnecting pipelines or storage facility and the services we provide under the agreement and for breaches of the agreement. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will indemnify us for any losses or liabilities (including damage to property and injury to or death of any person) we incur that are caused by or result from Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s acts or omissions in connection with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s use of our services or our interconnecting pipelines or storage facility and for breaches of the agreement. Neither party will be obligated to indemnify the other party for the other party’s breach of the agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
This agreement will have an initial term of 10 years and may be renewed for two additional five-year terms at Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s option. This agreement is terminable by either party in the event of a material breach of any provision thereof by the other party that remains uncured for 15 business days or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such other party. Upon the termination or expiration of the agreement, in certain circumstances, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will have a limited right of first refusal to enter into a new agreement with us on commercial terms that are, in the aggregate, equal to or more


154


Table of Contents

favorable to us than fair market value terms as would be agreed by similarly-situated parties negotiating at arm’s length.
 
If this agreement is terminated for any reason other than by us for a default by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, or by Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company for a force majeure event or suspension of refinery operations at the Salt Lake City refinery, and we propose to enter into a storage and transportation services agreement with a third party, we must first provide Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company with written notice of and the general terms of our intended transaction. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company will have a right of first refusal to enter into a new storage and transportation services agreement with us on commercial terms that are no less favorable than the commercial terms offered to us by such third party.
 
This agreement may be assigned by us or Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company only with the other party’s prior written consent, except that we or Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company may assign this agreement without the other party’s prior written consent in connection with our sale of our Salt Lake City storage facility or Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s sale of its Salt Lake City refinery, respectively, and only if the transferee agrees to assume all of the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement and is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the assigning party’s obligations under the agreement. We may also collaterally assign this agreement solely to secure working capital financing. However, we may not assign this agreement to one of Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company’s competitors.
 
Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Related Person Transactions
 
The board of directors of our general partner will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics in connection with the closing of this offering that will provide that the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee will periodically review all related person transactions that are required to be disclosed under SEC rules and, when appropriate, initially authorize or ratify all such transactions. In the event that the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee considers ratification of a related person transaction and determines not to so ratify, the code of business conduct and ethics will provide that our management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction.
 
The code of business conduct and ethics will provide that, in determining whether or not to recommend the initial approval or ratification of a related person transaction, the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee should consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available, including (if applicable) but not limited to: (i) whether there is an appropriate business justification for the transaction; (ii) the benefits that accrue to us as a result of the transaction; (iii) the terms available to unrelated third parties entering into similar transactions; (iv) the impact of the transaction on a director’s independence (in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director or an immediately family member of a director is a partner, shareholder, member or executive officer); (v) the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; (vi) whether it is a single transaction or a series of ongoing, related transactions; and (vii) whether entering into the transaction would be consistent with the code of business conduct and ethics.
 
The code of business conduct and ethics described above will be adopted in connection with the closing of this offering, and as a result the transactions described above were not reviewed under such policy.


155


Table of Contents

 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES
 
Conflicts of Interest
 
Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, on the one hand, and us and our unaffiliated limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and executive officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners. At the same time, our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage us in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders.
 
Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our limited partners, on the other hand, our general partner will resolve that conflict. Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and limit our general partner’s fiduciary duties to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of its fiduciary duty.
 
Our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or our unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is:
 
  •  approved by our conflicts committee, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval;
 
  •  approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner and any of its affiliates;
 
  •  on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
 
  •  fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.
 
Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolution from our conflicts committee. In connection with a situation involving a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner involving the resolution of the conflict of interest must be made in good faith, provided that, if our general partner does not seek approval from our conflicts committee and its board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, our general partner or our conflicts committee may consider any factors it determines in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. When our partnership agreement requires someone to act in good faith, it requires that person to believe that he is acting in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the partnership.
 
Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others.
 
Affiliates of our general partner, including Tesoro, may compete with us.
 
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will be restricted from engaging in any business activities other than acting as our general partner (or as general partner of another company of which we are a partner or member) or those activities incidental to its ownership of interests in us. However, except as provided in the omnibus agreement, certain affiliates of our general partner, including Tesoro, are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might compete with us.
 
Pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, will not apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including its executive officers, directors and Tesoro. Any such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us will not have any duty to


156


Table of Contents

communicate or offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate such opportunity or information to us. Therefore, except as provided in the omnibus agreement, Tesoro may compete with us for acquisition opportunities and may own an interest in entities that compete with us.
 
Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as Tesoro, in resolving conflicts.
 
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples include the exercise of our general partner’s limited call right, its voting rights with respect to the units it owns, its registration rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership.
 
Our partnership agreement limits the liability and reduces the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner, and also restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of its fiduciary duty.
 
In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of our general partner’s fiduciary duty. For example, our partnership agreement:
 
  •  provides that our general partner shall not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as general partner so long as such decisions are made in good faith, which requires that our general partner believes that the decision was in, or not opposed to, our best interest;
 
  •  provides generally that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not approved by our conflicts committee and not involving a vote of unitholders must either be (1) on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (2) “fair and reasonable” to us, as determined by our general partner in good faith, provided that, in determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our general partner may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us; and
 
  •  provides that our general partner and its executive officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its executive officers or directors acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that their conduct was criminal.
 
Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.
 
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full power and authority to do all things, other than those items that require unitholder approval or with respect to which our general partner has sought conflicts committee approval, on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including, but not limited to, the following:
 
  •  the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into our securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;


157


Table of Contents

 
  •  the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of our securities, or the issuance of additional options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to our securities;
 
  •  the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of our assets;
 
  •  the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments;
 
  •  the distribution of our cash;
 
  •  the selection and dismissal of employees and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;
 
  •  the maintenance of insurance for our benefit and the benefit of our partners;
 
  •  the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, the contribution of property to, and the making of loans to, any limited or general partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company or other entity;
 
  •  the control of any matters affecting our rights and obligations, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity, otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense, the settlement of claims and litigation;
 
  •  the indemnification of any person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
 
  •  the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or the rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over our business or assets; and
 
  •  the entering into of agreements with any of its affiliates to render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its duties as our general partner.
 
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner must act in “good faith” when making decisions on our behalf, and our partnership agreement further provides that in order for a determination to be made in “good faith,” our general partner must believe that the determination is in, or not opposed to, our best interests. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Voting Rights” beginning on page 166 for information regarding matters that require unitholder approval.
 
Actions taken by our general partner may affect the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders or accelerate the right to convert subordinated units.
 
The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:
 
  •  the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;
 
  •  cash expenditures;
 
  •  borrowings;
 
  •  the issuance of additional units; and
 
  •  the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.
 
Our general partner determines the amount and timing of many of our cash expenditures and whether a cash expenditure is classified as an expansion capital expenditure, which does not reduce operating surplus. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to our general partner and the ability of the subordinated units to convert into common units.
 
In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially equal to $30.0 million, which would not otherwise constitute available cash from operating surplus, in order to permit the payment of cash distributions on its units and incentive distribution rights. All of these actions may affect the amount of cash distributed to our unitholders and our general partner and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into common


158


Table of Contents

units. Please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions” beginning on page 61.
 
In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:
 
  •  enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or
 
  •  accelerating the expiration of the subordination period.
 
For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make this distribution on all outstanding units. Please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period” beginning on page 64.
 
Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates. Our general partner and its affiliates may not borrow funds from us, or our operating company and its operating subsidiaries.
 
We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for expenses.
 
We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including Tesoro, for costs incurred in managing and operating our business and affairs. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to us, and it will charge on a fully allocated cost basis for services provided to us. The fully allocated basis charged by our general partner does not include a profit component. We will also enter into an omnibus agreement and an operational services agreement with Tesoro that will address our reimbursement of our general partner and its affiliates for these costs and services. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” beginning on page 137.
 
Contracts between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other hand, will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.
 
Our partnership agreement allows our general partner to determine, in good faith, any amounts to pay itself or its affiliates for any services rendered to us. Our general partner may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf. While we believe the terms and conditions under our agreements with Tesoro are generally no less favorable to either party than those that could have been negotiated with unaffiliated parties with respect to similar services, neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts, and arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Similarly, agreements, contracts or arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates that are entered into following the closing of this offering will not be required to be negotiated on an arm’s-length basis, although our general partner may determine that our conflicts committee should make a determination on our behalf with respect to such arrangements.
 
Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of any agreements, contracts or arrangement that we enter into after the close of this offering.
 
Our general partner and its affiliates will have no obligation to permit us to use any facilities or assets of our general partner and its affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into specifically for such use. There is no obligation of our general partner and its affiliates to enter into any contracts of this kind.
 
Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.
 
Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that counterparties to such agreements have recourse only against our assets and not against our general partner or its assets or any affiliate of our general partner or its assets. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our


159


Table of Contents

general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our general partner’s fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained terms that are more favorable without the limitation on liability.
 
Common units are subject to our general partner’s limited call right.
 
Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units, as provided in our partnership agreement, or may assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general partner may use its own discretion, free of fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a common unitholder may have to sell his common units at an undesirable time or price. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Limited Call Right” beginning on page 174.
 
Common unitholders will have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.
 
Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other hand, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.
 
Our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.
 
The attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our general partner or our conflicts committee and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of common units in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.
 
Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights without the approval of our conflicts committee or our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.
 
Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received distributions on its incentive distribution rights at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%, in addition to distributions paid on its 2.0% general partner interest) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on our distributions at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Furthermore, our general partner has the right to transfer our incentive distribution rights at any time, and such transferee shall have the same rights as the general partner relative to resetting target distributions if our general partner concurs that the tests for resetting target distributions have been fulfilled. Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.
 
We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion; however, it is possible that our general partner could exercise this reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when our general partner expects that we will experience declines in our aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such situations, our general partner may be experiencing, or may expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are entitled to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for the general partner to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved in the then current business environment. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the


160


Table of Contents

amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our general partner in connection with resetting the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights. Please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Distributions of Available Cash — General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights” beginning on page 67.
 
Fiduciary Duties
 
Our general partner is accountable to us and our unitholders as a fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and the partnership agreement. The Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, modify or eliminate, except for the contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing, the fiduciary duties owed by the general partner to limited partners and the partnership.
 
Our partnership agreement contains various provisions restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these provisions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that would otherwise be prohibited by state-law fiduciary standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. Without such modifications, such transactions could result in violations of our general partner’s state-law fiduciary duty standards. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because the board of directors of our general partner has fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial both to its owners as well as to our unitholders. Without these modifications, our general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interest would be restricted. The modifications to the fiduciary standards enable our general partner to take into consideration the interests of all parties involved, so long as the resolution is fair and reasonable to us. These modifications also enable our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. These modifications disadvantage the common unitholders because they restrict the rights and remedies that would otherwise be available to unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permit our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. The following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner to the limited partners:
 
State law fiduciary duty standards Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally prohibit a general partner of a Delaware limited partnership from taking any action or engaging in any transaction where a conflict of interest is present.
 
Partnership agreement modified standards Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or our


161


Table of Contents

limited partners whatsoever. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.
 
Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not involving a vote of unitholders or that are not approved by our conflicts committee must be:
 
• on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
 
• “fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).
 
If our general partner does not seek approval from our conflicts committee and its board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.
 
In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement further provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was unlawful.
 
Rights and remedies of unitholders The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include actions against a general partner for breach of its fiduciary duties or of the partnership agreement. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partners.
 
By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of


162


Table of Contents

partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.
 
Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general partner and its officers, directors and managers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was unlawful. We also must provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings when our general partner or these other persons acted with no knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it met the requirements set forth above. To the extent that these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and therefore unenforceable. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Indemnification” on page 176.


163


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS
 
The Units
 
The common units and the subordinated units represent limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, please read this section and “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.” For a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read “The Partnership Agreement” beginning on page 166.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
Duties
 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as registrar and transfer agent for our common units. We pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units, except the following that must be paid by unitholders:
 
  •  surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;
 
  •  special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit; and
 
  •  other similar fees or charges.
 
There is no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.
 
Resignation or Removal
 
The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor has been appointed and has accepted the appointment within 30 days after notice of the resignation or removal, the general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.
 
Transfer of Common Units
 
Upon the transfer of a common unit in accordance with our partnership agreement, the transferee of the common unit shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:
 
  •  represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;
 
  •  automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of, and is deemed to have executed, our partnership agreement; and
 
  •  gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements that we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.
 
Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.


164


Table of Contents

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.
 
Common units are securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing the transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.
 
Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the common unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.


165


Table of Contents

 
THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement, a form of which is included as Appendix A to this prospectus. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of this agreement upon request at no charge.
 
We summarize the following provisions of the partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:
 
  •  with regard to distributions of available cash, please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” beginning on page 49;
 
  •  with regard to the transfer of common units, please read “Description of the Common Units — Transfer of Common Units” beginning on page 164; and
 
  •  with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences” beginning on page 179.
 
Organization and Duration
 
We were organized on December 3, 2010 and have a perpetual existence.
 
Purpose
 
Our purpose under the partnership agreement is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law, provided that our general partner shall not cause us to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the general partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.
 
Although our general partner has the ability to cause us, our principal operating subsidiary or its subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the gathering, transportation and storage of crude oil and the terminalling, transportation and storage of refined products, our general partner has no current plans to do so. The general partner is authorized in general to perform all acts deemed necessary to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.
 
Capital Contributions
 
Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under ‘‘— Limited Liability.”
 
Voting Rights
 
The following matters require the unitholder vote specified below. Matters requiring the approval of a “unit majority” require:
 
  •  during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of our common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and
 
  •  after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of our common units.
 
     
     
Issuance of additional common units or units senior, equal to or junior in rank to our common units   No approval rights.
     
Amendment of the partnership agreement   Certain amendments may be made by the general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. See “— Amendment of the Partnership Agreement” beginning on page 169.


166


Table of Contents

     
     
Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets   Unit majority. See “— Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets” on page 171.
     
Dissolution of our partnership   Unit majority. See “— Termination and Dissolution” on page 171.
     
Reconstitution of our partnership upon dissolution   Unit majority. See “— Termination and Dissolution” on page 171.
     
Withdrawal of the general partner   Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of our common units, excluding common units held by the general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of the general partner prior to June 30, 2021 in a manner which would cause a dissolution of our partnership. See “— Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner” beginning on page 172.
     
Removal of the general partner   Not less than 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. See “— Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner” beginning on page 172.
     
Transfer of the general partner interest   Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us without a vote of our unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to such person. The approval of a majority of our common units, excluding common units held by the general partner and its affiliates, is required in other circumstances for a transfer of the general partner interest to a third party prior to June 30, 2021. See “— Transfer of General Partner Interests” on page 173.
     
Transfer of incentive distribution rights   Our general partner or its affiliates or a subsequent holder may transfer any or all of its incentive distribution rights without unitholder approval.
     
Transfer of ownership interests in the general partner   No approval required at any time. See “— Transfer of Ownership Interests in General Partner” on page 174.
 
Limited Liability
 
Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. If it were determined, however, that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:
 
  •  to remove or replace the general partner;
 
  •  to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement; or
 
  •  to take other action under the partnership agreement;
 
constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as the general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us who reasonably

167


Table of Contents

believe that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither the partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against the general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of the general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.
 
Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Delaware Act, an assignee who becomes a substituted limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except the assignee is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a limited partner and that could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.
 
Our subsidiaries conduct business in nine states. Maintenance of our limited liability as the sole member of our principal operating subsidiary may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which our principal operating subsidiary conducts business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there.
 
Limitations on the liability of limited partners for the obligations of a limited partner have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our membership interest in the operating company or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any state without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement, or to take other action under the partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as the general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that the general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.
 
Issuance of Additional Securities
 
Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership securities for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.
 
It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other partnership securities. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership securities may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.
 
In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership securities that, as determined by our general partner, may have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit our subsidiaries from issuing equity securities, which may effectively rank senior to the common units.
 
Upon issuance of additional partnership securities (other than the issuance of partnership securities issued in connection with a reset of the incentive distribution target levels relating to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights, the issuance of partnership securities upon conversion of outstanding partnership securities or the issuance of partnership securities pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common


168


Table of Contents

units), our general partner will be entitled, but not required, to make additional capital contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in us. Our general partner’s 2.0% interest in us will be reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Moreover, our general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership securities whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue those securities to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of the general partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented by common and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The holders of common units will not have preemptive rights to acquire additional common units or other partnership securities.
 
Amendment of the Partnership Agreement
 
General
 
Amendments to the partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of the general partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion, except as discussed below. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, the general partner must seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as we describe below, an amendment must be approved:
 
  •  during the subordination period, by a majority of our common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and
 
  •  after the subordination period, by a majority of our common units.
 
We refer to the voting provisions described above as a “unit majority.”
 
Prohibited Amendments
 
No amendment may be made that would:
 
(1) enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or
 
(2) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to the general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of the general partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.
 
The provision of the partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in clauses (1) and (2) above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting together as a single class. Upon completion of this offering, Tesoro will own 59.0% of the outstanding common and subordinated units.
 
No Unitholder Approval
 
The general partner may generally make amendments to the partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee to reflect:
 
(1) a change in our name, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or our registered office;
 
(2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal, or removal of partners in accordance with the partnership agreement;


169


Table of Contents

 
(3) a change that the general partner determines is necessary or appropriate for us to qualify or to continue our qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we, our principal operating subsidiary, nor its subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes;
 
(4) an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers, agents, or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or plan asset regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;
 
(5) an amendment that the general partner determines is necessary or appropriate for the authorization or issuance of additional partnership securities or rights to acquire partnership securities;
 
(6) any amendment expressly permitted in the partnership agreement to be made by the general partner acting alone;
 
(7) an amendment effected, necessitated, or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of the partnership agreement;
 
(8) any amendment that the general partner determines is necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership, or other entity, as otherwise permitted by the partnership agreement;
 
(9) a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes; or
 
(10) any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in (1) through (9) above.
 
In addition, the general partner may make amendments to the partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee if the general partner determines that those amendments:
 
(1) do not adversely affect the limited partners (or any particular class of limited partner as compared to other classes of limited partners) in any material respect;
 
(2) are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions, or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling, or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;
 
(3) are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline, or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;
 
(4) are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by the general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of the partnership agreement; or
 
(5) are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of the partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by the partnership agreement.
 
Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval
 
Any amendment that our general partner determines adversely affects in any material respect one or more particular classes of limited partners will require the approval of at least a majority of the class or classes so affected, but no vote will be required by any class or classes of limited partners that our general partner determines are not adversely affected in any material respect. Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of limited partners in relation to other classes of limited partners will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action, other than to remove the general partner or call a meeting, is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose


170


Table of Contents

aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. Any amendment that increases the voting percentage required to remove the general partner or call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be increased. For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will neither result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners nor result in our being treated as a taxable entity for federal income tax purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.
 
Merger, Sale, or Other Disposition of Assets
 
A merger or consolidation of us requires the consent of the general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.
 
In addition, the partnership agreement generally prohibits the general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of units representing a unit majority, from causing us to, among other things, sell, exchange, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation, or other combination, or approving on our behalf the sale, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our subsidiaries. The general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without that approval. The general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without that approval. In addition, our general partner may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement (other than an amendment that the general partner could adopt without the consent of the limited partners), each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction and the partnership interests to be issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership interests (other than the incentive distribution rights) immediately prior to the transaction.
 
If conditions specified in the partnership agreement are satisfied, the general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to change our legal form into another limited liability entity. The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under the partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets, or any other transaction or event.
 
Termination and Dissolution
 
We will continue as a limited partnership until terminated under the partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:
 
(1) the election of the general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;
 
(2) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of Tesoro Logistics LP; or
 
(3) the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be the general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with the partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal following approval and admission of a successor.


171


Table of Contents

Upon a dissolution under clause (3), the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, may also elect, within specific time limitations, to reconstitute us and continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in the partnership agreement by forming a new limited partnership on terms identical to those in the partnership agreement and having as general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:
 
(1) the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of any limited partner; and
 
(2) neither Tesoro Logistics LP nor any of its subsidiaries would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue (to the extent not previously taxed as such).
 
Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds
 
Upon our dissolution, unless we are reconstituted and continued as a new limited partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of the general partner that the liquidator deems necessary or desirable in its judgment, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as provided in “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation” beginning on page 72. The liquidator may defer liquidation of our assets for a reasonable period or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the partners.
 
Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner
 
Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to June 30, 2021 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by the general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after June 30, 2021, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of the partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates other than the general partner and its affiliates. In addition, the partnership agreement permits our general partner in some instances to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please read “— Transfer of General Partner Interest” on page 173 and “— Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights” on page 174.
 
Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by the general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up, and liquidated, unless within 90 days after that withdrawal, the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read “— Termination and Dissolution” on page 171.
 
Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, voting together as a single class, including units held by the general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes. The ownership of more than 33 1 / 3 % of the outstanding common units and subordinated units by our general partner and its affiliates would give it the practical ability to prevent its removal. At the closing of this offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own 59.0% of the outstanding common units and subordinated units.


172


Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement also provides that if Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by the general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:
 
  •  the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;
 
  •  any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units will be extinguished; and
 
  •  the general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests.
 
In the event of removal of the general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of the general partner where that withdrawal violates the partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where the general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest of the departing general partner and its incentive distribution rights for the fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.
 
If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner’s general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.
 
In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred for the termination of any employees employed by the departing general partner or its affiliates for our benefit.
 
Transfer of General Partner Interest
 
Except for transfer by our general partner of all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us to:
 
  •  an affiliate of the general partner (other than an individual), or
 
  •  another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of the general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by the general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity, our general partner may not transfer all or any part of its general partner interest in us to another person prior to June 30, 2021 without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by the general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the rights and duties of the general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of the partnership agreement, and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.
 
Our general partner and its affiliates may at any time transfer units to one or more persons, without unitholder approval, except that they may not transfer subordinated units to us.


173


Table of Contents

 
Transfer of Ownership Interests in General Partner
 
At any time, the members of our general partner may sell or transfer all or part of their respective membership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or a third party without unitholder approval.
 
Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights
 
Our general partner or its affiliates or a subsequent holder may transfer any or all of its incentive distribution rights without unitholder approval.
 
Change of Management Provisions
 
The partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC as our general partner or otherwise change management. If any person or group other than the general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by our general partner or to any person or group who acquires the units with the prior approval of the board of directors.
 
The partnership agreement also provides that if the general partner is removed under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by the general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:
 
  •  the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;
 
  •  any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units will be extinguished; and
 
  •  the general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests.
 
Limited Call Right
 
If at any time the general partner and its affiliates hold more than 75% of the then-issued and outstanding partnership securities of any class, the general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining partnership securities of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by the general partner, on at least 10 but not more than 60 days notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of: (1) the highest cash price paid by either of the general partner or any of its affiliates for any partnership securities of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which the general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those partnership securities; and (2) the current market price as of the date three days before the date the notice is mailed.
 
As a result of the general partner’s right to purchase outstanding partnership securities, a holder of partnership securities may have his partnership securities purchased at an undesirable time or price. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — Disposition of Common Units” beginning on page 188.
 
Meetings; Voting
 
Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, unitholders who are record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited. In the case of common units held by the general partner on behalf of non-citizen assignees, the general partner will


174


Table of Contents

distribute the votes on those common units in the same ratios as the votes of limited partners on other units are cast.
 
The general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by the general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.
 
Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “— Issuance of Additional Securities” beginning on page 168. However, if at any time any person or group, other than the general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of the general partner or its affiliates, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum, or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as the partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units as a single class.
 
Any notice, demand, request, report, or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common units under the partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.
 
Status as Limited Partner
 
By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and records. Except as described above under “— Limited Liability” beginning on page 167, the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.”
 
Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption
 
If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines we are subject to U.S. federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:
 
  •  obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of our member (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and.
 
  •  permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose nationality, citizenship or other related status creates substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.


175


Table of Contents

 
A non-citizen assignee will not have the right to direct the voting of his units and may not receive distributions in kind upon our liquidation.
 
Non-Taxpaying Assignees; Redemption
 
To avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us under Federal Energy Regulatory Commission regulations, or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has occurred regarding such maximum applicable rate, our partnership agreement provides our general partner the power to amend the agreement. If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines that our not being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:
 
  •  obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of our member (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and
 
  •  permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status. The redemption price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.
 
A non-taxpaying assignee will not have the right to direct the voting of his units and may not receive distributions in kind upon our liquidation.
 
Indemnification
 
Under the partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages, or similar events:
 
(1) the general partner;
 
(2) any departing general partner;
 
(3) any person who is or was an affiliate of the general partner of our general partner or any departing general partner;
 
(4) any person who is or was a manager, managing member, officer, director, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of any entity described in (1), (2) or (3) above; or
 
(5) any person designated by the general partner.
 
Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless it otherwise agrees in its sole discretion, the general partner will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or loan funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under the partnership agreement.
 
Books and Reports
 
The general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.
 
We will furnish or make available to record holders of common units, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited financial statements and a report on those financial


176


Table of Contents

statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 45 days after the close of each quarter.
 
We will furnish each record holder of a unit with information reasonably required for tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to unitholders will depend on the cooperation of unitholders in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with information.
 
Right to Inspect Our Books and Records
 
The partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:
 
(1) a current list of the name and last known address of each partner;
 
(2) a copy of our tax returns;
 
(3) information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each became a partner;
 
(4) copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited partnership, related amendments, and powers of attorney under which they have been executed;
 
(5) information regarding the status of our business and financial condition, to the extent set forth in our most recent filings on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K; and
 
(6) any other information regarding our affairs as is just and reasonable.
 
The general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.
 
Registration Rights
 
Under the partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units, or other partnership securities proposed to be sold by the general partner or any of its affiliates (excluding affiliates who are officers, directors or employees of the general partner) or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC as our general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale” beginning on page 178.


177


Table of Contents

 
UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus, the general partner and its affiliates will hold an aggregate of 2,754,891 common units and 15,254,891 subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period. The sale of these common and subordinated units could have an adverse impact on the price of our common units or on any trading market that may develop.
 
The common units sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any common units held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the total number of the securities outstanding; or
 
  •  the average weekly reported trading volume of the common units for the four weeks prior to the sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned our common units for at least six months (provided we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), or one year (regardless of whether we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), would be entitled to sell those common units under Rule 144, subject only to the current public information requirement. After beneficially owning Rule 144 restricted units for at least one year, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale would be entitled to freely sell those common units without regard to the public information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule 144.
 
Our partnership agreement provides that, after the subordination period, we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without a vote of the unitholders at any time. The partnership agreement does not restrict our ability to issue equity securities ranking junior to our common units at any time. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common units then outstanding. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Issuance of Additional Securities” beginning on page 168.
 
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner and its affiliates (excluding affiliates who are officers, directors or employees of the general partner) will have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any units that they hold. Subject to the terms and conditions of the partnership agreement, these registration rights allow our general partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any units to require registration of any of these units and to include any of these units in a registration by us of other units, including units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner and its affiliates will continue to have these registration rights for two years following its withdrawal or removal as our general partner. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors, and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discount. Except as described below, our general partner and its affiliates may sell their units in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.
 
Tesoro, Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, our general partner, and the directors and executive officers of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC have agreed not to sell any common units they beneficially own for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Please read “Underwriting” beginning on page 198 for a description of these lock-up provisions.


178


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
This section is a summary of the material tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the U.S. and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel to our general partner and us, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law. This section is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Treasury Regulations”) and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “us” or “we” are references to Tesoro Logistics LP and our operating subsidiaries.
 
The following discussion does not comment on all federal income tax matters affecting us or our unitholders. Moreover, the discussion focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the U.S. and has only limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, nonresident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons, IRAs, real estate investment trusts (REITs) or mutual funds. In addition, the discussion only comments, to a limited extent, on state, local, and foreign tax consequences. Accordingly, we encourage each prospective unitholder to consult his own tax advisor in analyzing the state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to him of the ownership or disposition of common units.
 
No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or prospective unitholders. Instead, we will rely on opinions of Latham & Watkins LLP. Unlike a ruling, an opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the common units and the prices at which common units trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution to our unitholders and our general partner and thus will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner. Furthermore, the tax treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be retroactively applied.
 
All statements as to matters of federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect thereto, but not as to factual matters, contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP and are based on the accuracy of the representations made by us.
 
For the reasons described below, Latham & Watkins LLP has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following specific federal income tax issues: (i) the treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units (please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Treatment of Short Sales” on page 185); (ii) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees” on page 189); and (iii) whether our method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election” beginning on page 186 and “— Uniformity of Units” beginning on page 190).
 
Partnership Status
 
A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is required to take into account his share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash distributions are made to him by the partnership. Distributions by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable to the partnership or the partner unless the amount of cash distributed to him is in excess of the partner’s adjusted basis in his partnership interest. Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that publicly traded partnerships will,


179


Table of Contents

as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception, referred to as the “Qualifying Income Exception,” exists with respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of “qualifying income.” Qualifying income includes income and gains derived from the transportation, processing, storage and marketing of crude oil, natural gas and products thereof. Other types of qualifying income include interest (other than from a financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less than 7.0% of our current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time. Based upon and subject to this estimate, the factual representations made by us and our general partner and a review of the applicable legal authorities, Latham & Watkins LLP is of the opinion that at least 90% of our current gross income constitutes qualifying income. The portion of our income that is qualifying income may change from time to time.
 
No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS and the IRS has made no determination as to our status or the status of our operating subsidiaries for federal income tax purposes or whether our operations generate “qualifying income” under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. Instead, we will rely on the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP on such matters. It is the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP that, based upon the Internal Revenue Code, its regulations, published revenue rulings and court decisions and the representations described below that:
 
  •  We will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes; and
 
  •  Each of our operating subsidiaries will be disregarded as an entity separate from us for federal income tax purposes.
 
In rendering its opinion, Latham & Watkins LLP has relied on factual representations made by us and our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Latham & Watkins LLP has relied include:
 
  •  Neither we nor the operating subsidiaries has elected or will elect to be treated as a corporation;
 
  •  For each taxable year, more than 90% of our gross income has been and will be income of the type that Latham & Watkins LLP has opined or will opine is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Internal Revenue Code; and
 
  •  We believe that these representations have been true in the past and expect that these representations will continue to be true in the future.
 
If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as if we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock to the unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This deemed contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
 
If we were taxed as a corporation in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax return rather than being passed through to our unitholders, and our net income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated as taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in his common units, or taxable capital gain, after the unitholder’s tax basis in his common units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation as a corporation would result in a material reduction in a unitholder’s cash flow and after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial reduction of the value of the units.


180


Table of Contents

The discussion below is based on Latham & Watkins LLP’s opinion that we will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
 
Limited Partner Status
 
Unitholders of Tesoro Logistics LP will be treated as partners of Tesoro Logistics LP for federal income tax purposes. Also, unitholders whose common units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their common units will be treated as partners of Tesoro Logistics LP for federal income tax purposes.
 
A beneficial owner of common units whose units have been transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose his status as a partner with respect to those units for federal income tax purposes. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Treatment of Short Sales” on page 185.
 
Income, gain, deductions or losses would not appear to be reportable by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes would therefore appear to be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to their tax consequences of holding common units in Tesoro Logistics LP. The references to “unitholders” in the discussion that follows are to persons who are treated as partners in Tesoro Logistics LP for federal income tax purposes.
 
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
 
Flow-Through of Taxable Income
 
Subject to the discussion below under “— Entity-Level Collections” beginning on page 183, we will not pay any federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder will be required to report on his income tax return his share of our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether we make cash distributions to him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if he has not received a cash distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his allocable share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year ending with or within his taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.
 
Treatment of Distributions
 
Distributions by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder for federal income tax purposes, except to the extent the amount of any such cash distribution exceeds his tax basis in his common units immediately before the distribution. Our cash distributions in excess of a unitholder’s tax basis generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the common units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under “— Disposition of Common Units” beginning on page 185. Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our liabilities for which no partner, including the general partner, bears the economic risk of loss, known as “nonrecourse liabilities,” will be treated as a distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. To the extent our distributions cause a unitholder’s “at-risk” amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he must recapture any losses deducted in previous years. Please read “— Limitations on Deductibility of Losses” beginning on page 182.
 
A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional common units will decrease his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and thus will result in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash. This deemed distribution may constitute a non-pro rata distribution. A non-pro rata distribution of money or property may result in ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless of his tax basis in his common units, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation recapture, depletion recapture and/or substantially appreciated “inventory items,” each as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, and collectively, “Section 751 Assets.” To that extent, the unitholder will be treated as having been distributed his proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and then having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed exchange will generally result in the unitholder’s realization of ordinary income, which will


181


Table of Contents

equal the excess of (i) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (ii) the unitholder’s tax basis (generally zero) for the share of Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.
 
Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions
 
We estimate that a purchaser of common units in this offering who owns those common units from the date of closing of this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2013, will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be 20.0% or less of the cash distributed with respect to that period. Thereafter, we anticipate that the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to the unitholders will increase. These estimates are based upon the assumption that gross income from operations will approximate the amount required to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all units and other assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital and anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, legislative, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these estimates will prove to be correct. The actual percentage of distributions that will constitute taxable income could be higher or lower than expected, and any differences could be material and could materially affect the value of the common units. For example, the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser of common units in this offering will be greater, and perhaps substantially greater, than our estimate with respect to the period described above if:
 
  •  gross income from operations exceeds the amount required to make minimum quarterly distributions on all units, yet we only distribute the minimum quarterly distributions on all units; or
 
  •  we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds of the offering in a manner that does not produce- substantial additional deductions during the period described above, such as to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.
 
Basis of Common Units
 
A unitholder’s initial tax basis for his common units will be the amount he paid for the common units plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be increased by his share of our income and by any increases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be decreased, but not below zero, by distributions from us, by the unitholder’s share of our losses, by any decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and by his share of our expenditures that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not required to be capitalized. A unitholder will have no share of our debt that is recourse to our general partner to the extent of the general partner’s “net value” as defined in regulations under Section 752 of the Internal Revenue Code, but will have a share, generally based on his share of profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss” beginning on page 188.
 
Limitations on Deductibility of Losses
 
The deduction by a unitholder of his share of our losses will be limited to the tax basis in his units and, in the case of an individual unitholder, estate, trust, or corporate unitholder (if more than 50% of the value of the corporate unitholder’s stock is owned directly or indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt organizations) to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities, if that is less than his tax basis. A common unitholder subject to these limitations must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause his at-risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction to the extent that his at-risk amount is subsequently increased, provided such losses do not exceed such common unitholder’s tax basis in his common units. Upon


182


Table of Contents

the taxable disposition of a unit, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at-risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at-risk limitation in excess of that gain would no longer be utilizable.
 
In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of the tax basis of his units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable to his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by (i) any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or other similar arrangement and (ii) any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold his units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to the unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment. A unitholder’s at-risk amount will increase or decrease as the tax basis of the unitholder’s units increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities.
 
In addition to the basis and at-risk limitations on the deductibility of losses, the passive loss limitations generally provide that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations can deduct losses from passive activities, which are generally trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate, only to the extent of the taxpayer’s income from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will only be available to offset our passive income generated in the future and will not be available to offset income from other passive activities or investments, including our investments or a unitholder’s investments in other publicly traded partnerships, or salary or active business income. Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a unitholder’s share of income we generate may be deducted in full when he disposes of his entire investment in us in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss limitations are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at-risk rules and the basis limitation.
 
A unitholder’s share of our net income may be offset by any of our suspended passive losses, but it may not be offset by any other current or carryover losses from other passive activities, including those attributable to other publicly traded partnerships.
 
Limitations on Interest Deductions
 
The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:
 
  •  interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment;
 
  •  our interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and
 
  •  the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income.
 
The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment or (if applicable) qualified dividend income. The IRS has indicated that the net passive income earned by a publicly traded partnership will be treated as investment income to its unitholders. In addition, the unitholder’s share of our portfolio income will be treated as investment income.
 
Entity-Level Collections
 
If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state, local or foreign income tax on behalf of any unitholder or our general partner or any former unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the unitholder on whose


183


Table of Contents

behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a person whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual unitholder in which event the unitholder would be required to file a claim in order to obtain a credit or refund.
 
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction
 
In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among our general partner and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. At any time that distributions are made to the common units in excess of distributions to the subordinated units, or incentive distributions are made to our general partner, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of these distributions. If we have a net loss, that loss will be allocated first to our general partner and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts and, second, to our general partner.
 
Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated to account for (i) any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time of an offering and (ii) any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of any property contributed to us by the general partner and its affiliates that exists at the time of such contribution, together referred to in this discussion as the “Contributed Property.” The effect of these allocations, referred to as Section 704(c) Allocations, to a unitholder purchasing common units from us in this offering will be essentially the same as if the tax bases of our assets were equal to their fair market values at the time of this offering. In the event we issue additional common units or engage in certain other transactions in the future, “reverse Section 704(c) Allocations,” similar to the Section 704(c) Allocations described above, will be made to the general partner and all of our unitholders immediately prior to such issuance or other transactions to account for the difference between the “book” basis for purposes of maintaining capital accounts and the fair market value of all property held by us at the time of such issuance or future transaction. In addition, items of recapture income will be allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to the treatment of that gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by some unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that our operations will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if negative capital accounts nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will be allocated in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the negative balance as quickly as possible.
 
An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by the Internal Revenue Code to eliminate the difference between a partner’s “book” capital account, credited with the fair market value of Contributed Property, and “tax” capital account, credited with the tax basis of Contributed Property, referred to in this discussion as the “Book-Tax Disparity,” will generally be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has “substantial economic effect.” In any other case, a partner’s share of an item will be determined on the basis of his interest in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances, including:
 
  •  his relative contributions to us;
 
  •  the interests of all the partners in profits and losses;
 
  •  the interest of all the partners in cash flow; and
 
  •  the rights of all the partners to distributions of capital upon liquidation.
 
Latham & Watkins LLP is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in “— Section 754 Election” beginning on page 186 and “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees” on page 189, allocations under our partnership agreement will be given


184


Table of Contents

effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.
 
Treatment of Short Sales
 
A unitholder whose units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units may be considered as having disposed of those units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.
 
As a result, during this period:
 
  •  any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those units would not be reportable by the unitholder;
 
  •  any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units would be fully taxable; and
 
  •  all of these distributions would appear to be ordinary income.
 
Because there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on the issue relating to partnership interests, Latham & Watkins LLP has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units; therefore, unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and loaning their units. The IRS has previously announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please also read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss” beginning on page 188.
 
Alternative Minimum Tax
 
Each unitholder will be required to take into account his distributive share of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. The current minimum tax rate for noncorporate taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of alternative minimum taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any additional alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors as to the impact of an investment in units on their liability for the alternative minimum tax.
 
Tax Rates
 
Under current law, the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income of individuals is 35% and the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains (generally, capital gains on certain assets held for more than twelve months) of individuals is 15%. These rates are scheduled to sunset after December 31, 2012, and, further, are subject to change by new legislation at any time.
 
The recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 is scheduled to impose a 3.8% Medicare tax on certain net investment income earned by individuals, estates and trusts for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For these purposes, net investment income generally includes a unitholder’s allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder from a sale of units. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s net investment income or (ii) the amount by which the unitholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins.


185


Table of Contents

Section 754 Election
 
We will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS unless there is a constructive termination of the partnership. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Constructive Termination” on page 190. The election will generally permit us to adjust a common unit purchaser’s tax basis in our assets (“inside basis”) under Section 743(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to reflect his purchase price. This election does not apply with respect to a person who purchases common units directly from us. The Section 743(b) adjustment belongs to the purchaser and not to other unitholders. For purposes of this discussion, the inside basis in our assets with respect to a unitholder will be considered to have two components: (i) his share of our tax basis in our assets (“common basis”) and (ii) his Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.
 
We will adopt the remedial allocation method as to all our properties. Where the remedial allocation method is adopted, the Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code require a portion of the Section 743(b) adjustment that is attributable to recovery property that is subject to depreciation under Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code and whose book basis is in excess of its tax basis to be depreciated over the remaining cost recovery period for the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity. Under Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code, rather than cost recovery deductions under Section 168, is generally required to be depreciated using either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance method. Under our partnership agreement, our general partner is authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of units even if that position is not consistent with these and any other Treasury Regulations. Please read “— Uniformity of Units” beginning on page 190.
 
We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion as non-amortizable to the extent attributable to property which is not amortizable. This method is consistent with the methods employed by other publicly traded partnerships but is arguably inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets. To the extent this Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may take a depreciation or amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation or amortization, whether attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our assets. This kind of aggregate approach may result in lower annual depreciation or amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders. Please read “— Uniformity of Units” beginning on page 190. A unitholder’s tax basis for his common units is reduced by his share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual’s income tax return) so that any position we take that understates deductions will overstate the common unitholder’s basis in his common units, which may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss” beginning on page 188. Latham & Watkins LLP is unable to opine as to whether our method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable for property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code or if we use an aggregate approach as described above, as there is no direct or indirect controlling authority addressing the validity of these positions. Moreover, the IRS may challenge our position with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to preserve the uniformity of the units. If such a challenge were sustained, the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.
 
A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is higher than the units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a greater amount of depreciation deductions and his share of any gain or loss on a sale of our assets would be less. Conversely, a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is lower than those units’ share of the aggregate tax


186


Table of Contents

basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value of the units may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by the election. A basis adjustment is required regardless of whether a Section 754 election is made in the case of a transfer of an interest in us if we have a substantial built-in loss immediately after the transfer, or if we distribute property and have a substantial basis reduction. Generally, a built-in loss or a basis reduction is substantial if it exceeds $250,000.
 
The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. For example, the allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our assets must be made in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment allocated by us to our tangible assets to goodwill instead. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.
 
Tax Treatment of Operations
 
Accounting Method and Taxable Year
 
We use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending within or with his taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of his units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must include his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for his taxable year, with the result that he will be required to include in income for his taxable year his share of more than twelve months of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees” on page 189.
 
Initial Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization
 
The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to (i) this offering will be borne by our general partner and its affiliates, and (ii) any other offering will be borne by our general partner and all of our unitholders as of that time. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” on page 184.
 
To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation and cost recovery methods, including bonus depreciation to the extent available, that will result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets subject to these allowances are placed in service. Please read “— Uniformity of Units” beginning on page 190. Property we subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.
 
If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of his interest in us. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” on page 184 and “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss” beginning on page 188.


187


Table of Contents

The costs we incur in selling our units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. There are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us. The underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.
 
Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties
 
The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values, and the initial tax bases, of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deductions previously reported by unitholders might change, and unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.
 
Disposition of Common Units
 
Recognition of Gain or Loss
 
Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of units equal to the difference between the amount realized and the unitholder’s tax basis for the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property received by him plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.
 
Prior distributions from us that in the aggregate were in excess of cumulative net taxable income for a common unit and, therefore, decreased a unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit will, in effect, become taxable income if the common unit is sold at a price greater than the unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit, even if the price received is less than his original cost.
 
Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder, other than a “dealer” in units, on the sale or exchange of a unit will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of units held for more than twelve months will generally be taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%. However, a portion of this gain or loss, which will likely be substantial, will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation recapture or other “unrealized receivables” or to “inventory items” we own. The term “unrealized receivables” includes potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables, inventory items and depreciation recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Capital losses may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000 of ordinary income, in the case of individuals, and may only be used to offset capital gains in the case of corporations.
 
The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s tax basis in his entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Internal Revenue Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify common units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the common units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed above, a common unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis common units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, he may designate specific common units sold for purposes of


188


Table of Contents

determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of common units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of common units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of common units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult his tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the Treasury Regulations.
 
Specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” partnership interest, one in which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:
 
  •  a short sale;
 
  •  an offsetting notional principal contract; or
 
  •  a futures or forward contract;
 
in each case, with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.
 
Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.
 
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees
 
In general, our taxable income and losses will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Allocation Date.” However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.
 
Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Internal Revenue Code and most publicly traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations as there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on this issue. Recently, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Existing publicly traded partnerships are entitled to rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations; however, they are not binding on the IRS and are subject to change until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Accordingly, Latham & Watkins LLP is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferor and transferee unitholders because the issue has not been finally resolved by the IRS or the courts. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferor and transferee unitholders, as well as unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.
 
A unitholder who owns units at any time during a quarter and who disposes of them prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to that quarter but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution.


189


Table of Contents

Notification Requirements
 
A unitholder who sells any of his units is generally required to notify us in writing of that sale within 30 days after the sale (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the sale). A purchaser of units who purchases units from another unitholder is also generally required to notify us in writing of that purchase within 30 days after the purchase. Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a purchase may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the U.S. and who effects the sale or exchange through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.
 
Constructive Termination
 
We will be considered to have been terminated for tax purposes if there are sales or exchanges which, in the aggregate, constitute 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of measuring whether the 50% threshold is reached, multiple sales of the same interest are counted only once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 will result in us filing two tax returns (and unitholders could receive two Schedules K-1 if the relief discussed below is not available) for one fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all common unitholders. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, and a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination. The IRS has recently announced a publicly traded partnership technical termination relief procedure whereby if a publicly traded partnership that has technically terminated requests publicly traded partnership technical termination relief and the IRS grants such relief, among other things, the partnership will only have to provide one Schedule K-1 to unitholders for the year notwithstanding two partnership tax years.
 
Uniformity of Units
 
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal application of Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6). Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election” beginning on page 186.
 
We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not amortizable, consistent with the regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code, even though that position may be inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election” beginning on page 186. To the extent that the Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may adopt a depreciation and amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, whether attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our assets. If this position is adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation and amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some


190


Table of Contents

unitholders and risk the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions not taken in the year that these deductions are otherwise allowable. This position will not be adopted if we determine that the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions will have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. If we choose not to utilize this aggregate method, we may use any other reasonable depreciation and amortization method to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any units that would not have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. In either case, and as stated above under “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election” beginning on page 186, Latham & Watkins LLP has not rendered an opinion with respect to these methods. Moreover, the IRS may challenge any method of depreciating the Section 743(b) adjustment described in this paragraph. If this challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be affected, and the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss” beginning on page 188.
 
Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors
 
Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below to a limited extent, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units. Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to it.
 
Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in the U.S. because of the ownership of units. As a consequence, they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, our quarterly distribution to foreign unitholders will be subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Each foreign unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.
 
In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our earnings and profits, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the U.S. and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
A foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a common unit will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the foreign unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS, interpreting the scope of “effectively connected income,” a foreign unitholder would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. by virtue of the U.S. activities of the partnership, and part or all of that unitholder’s gain would be effectively connected with that unitholder’s indirect U.S. trade or business. Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a foreign common unitholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a common unit if (i) he owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of our common units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period during which such unitholder held the common units or the five-year period ending on the date of disposition. Currently, more than 50% of our assets consist of U.S. real property interests and we do not expect that to change in the


191


Table of Contents

foreseeable future. Therefore, foreign unitholders may be subject to federal income tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.
 
Administrative Matters
 
Information Returns and Audit Procedures
 
We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each calendar year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure you that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor Latham & Watkins LLP can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively affect the value of the units.
 
The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability, and possibly may result in an audit of his return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.
 
Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners. The Internal Revenue Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes. Our partnership agreement names Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC as our Tax Matters Partner.
 
The Tax Matters Partner has made and will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate.
 
A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.
 
Nominee Reporting
 
Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:
 
  •  the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;
 
  •  whether the beneficial owner is:
 
(1) a person that is not a U.S. person;
 
(2) a foreign government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or


192


Table of Contents

(3) a tax-exempt entity;
 
  •  the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and
 
  •  specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from dispositions.
 
Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1,500,000 per calendar year, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.
 
Accuracy-Related Penalties
 
An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding that portion.
 
For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:
 
  •  for which there is, or was, “substantial authority”; or
 
  •  as to which there is a reasonable basis and the pertinent facts of that position are disclosed on the return.
 
If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of an “understatement” of income for which no “substantial authority” exists, we must disclose the pertinent facts on our return. In addition, we will make a reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply to “tax shelters,” which we do not believe includes us, or any of our investments, plans or arrangements.
 
A substantial valuation misstatement exists if (a) the value of any property, or the adjusted basis of any property, claimed on a tax return is 150% or more of the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation or adjusted basis, (b) the price for any property or services (or for the use of property) claimed on any such return with respect to any transaction between persons described in Internal Revenue Code Section 482 is 200% or more (or 50% or less) of the amount determined under Section 482 to be the correct amount of such price, or (c) the net Internal Revenue Code Section 482 transfer price adjustment for the taxable year exceeds the lesser of $5 million or 10% of the taxpayer’s gross receipts.
 
No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). If the valuation claimed on a return is 200% or more than the correct valuation or certain other thresholds are met, the penalty imposed increases to 40%. We do not anticipate making any valuation misstatements.
 
In addition, the 20% accuracy-related penalty also applies to any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to transactions lacking economic substance. To the extent that such transactions are not disclosed, the penalty imposed is increased to 40%. Additionally, there is no reasonable cause defense to the imposition of this penalty to such transactions.


193


Table of Contents

 
Reportable Transactions
 
If we were to engage in a “reportable transaction,” we (and possibly you and others) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a “listed transaction” or that it produces certain kinds of losses for partnerships, individuals, S corporations, and trusts in excess of $2 million in any single year, or $4 million in any combination of six successive tax years. Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the likelihood that our federal income tax information return (and possibly your tax return) would be audited by the IRS. Please read “— Information Returns and Audit Procedures” on page 192.
 
Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any listed transaction, you may be subject to the following additional consequences:
 
  •  accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than described above at “— Accuracy-Related Penalties” on page 193;
 
  •  for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any resulting tax liability; and
 
  •  in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of limitations.
 
We do not expect to engage in any “reportable transactions.”
 
Recent Legislative Developments
 
The present federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time. For example, the U.S. House of Representatives recently passed legislation that would provide for substantive changes to the definition of qualifying income and the treatment of certain types of income earned from profits interests in partnerships. It is possible that these legislative efforts could result in changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships. As previously and currently proposed, we do not believe any such legislation would affect our tax treatment as a partnership. However, the proposed legislation could be modified in a way that could affect us. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals, will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our units.
 
State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations
 
In addition to federal income taxes, you likely will be subject to other taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property or in which you are a resident. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on his investment in us. We will initially own property or do business in Alaska, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, North Dakota, Texas, Utah and Washington. Many of these states impose a personal income tax on individuals; certain of these states also impose an income tax on corporations and other entities. We may also own property or do business in other jurisdictions in the future. Although you may not be required to file a return and pay taxes in some jurisdictions because your income from that jurisdiction falls below the filing and payment requirement, you will be required to file income tax returns and to pay income taxes in many of these jurisdictions in which we do business or own property and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. In some jurisdictions, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some of the jurisdictions may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the jurisdiction. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholder’s income tax liability to the jurisdiction, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld will be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by


194


Table of Contents

us. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Entity-Level Collections” beginning on page 183. Based on current law and our estimate of our future operations, our general partner anticipates that any amounts required to be withheld will not be material.
 
It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent states, localities and foreign jurisdictions, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective unitholder is urged to consult his own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all state, local and foreign, as well as U.S. federal tax returns, that may be required of him. Latham & Watkins LLP has not rendered an opinion on the state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in us.


195


Table of Contents

 
INVESTMENT IN TESORO LOGISTICS LP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, and provisions under any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA (collectively, “Similar Laws”). For these purposes, the term “employee benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or individual requirement accounts or annuities (“IRAs”) established or maintained by an employer or employee organization, and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” if such plans, accounts and arrangements. Among other things, consideration should be given to:
 
  •  whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;
 
  •  whether in making the investment, that plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(l)(C) of ERISA; and
 
  •  whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment return. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences — Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors” beginning on page 191; and
 
  •  whether making such an investment will comply with the delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.
 
The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for the plan.
 
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans, and IRAs that are not considered part of an employee benefit plan, from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with parties that with respect to the plan, are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Internal Revenue Code unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code.
 
In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that general partner would be a fiduciary of such plan and our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Internal Revenue Code, ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws.
 
The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether, in certain circumstances, the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets”. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:
 
(a) the equity interests acquired by the employee benefit plan are publicly offered securities — i.e., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, are freely transferable and are registered under certain provisions of the federal securities laws;
 
(b) the entity is an “operating company,” — i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service, other than the investment of capital, either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or


196


Table of Contents

(c) there is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interest is held by the employee benefit plans referred to above that are subject to ERISA and IRAs and other similar vehicles that are subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Our assets should not be considered “plan assets” under these regulations because it is expected that the investment will satisfy the requirements in (a) and (b) above.
 
In light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or other violations, plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and other Similar Laws.


197


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of common units set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriter
  Common Units  
 
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
       
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
       
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
       
Barclays Capital Inc. 
       
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
       
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
       
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 
       
RBC Capital Markets, LLC 
       
         
Total
    12,500,000  
         
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the common units included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the common units (other than those covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units described below) if they purchase any of the common units.
 
Common units sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common units sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $      per common unit. If all the common units are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed     % of the total number of common units offered by them.
 
If the underwriters sell more common units than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,875,000 additional common units at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional common units approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment. Any common units issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other common units that are the subject of this offering.
 
We, our general partner, certain of our general partner’s officers and directors, certain of our affiliates, including Tesoro, and certain of their officers and directors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common units or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common units, whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common units or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.


198


Table of Contents

Citigroup Global Markets Inc., in its sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. does not have any present intention or any understandings, implicit or explicit, to release any of the common units or other securities subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period described above.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the common units was determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our results of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the common units will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common units will develop and continue after this offering.
 
We have applied to list our common units on the NYSE under the symbol “TLLP.” The underwriters have undertaken to sell the minimum number of common units to the minimum number of beneficial owners necessary to meet the NYSE distribution requirements for trading.
 
The following table shows the underwriting discount that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
 
                 
    Paid by Tesoro Logistics LP
    No Exercise   Full Exercise
 
Per common unit
  $           $        
Total
  $       $  
 
We will pay Citigroup Global Markets Inc. a structuring fee equal to 0.25% of the gross proceeds of this offering for the evaluation, analysis and structuring of our partnership. Additionally, we will pay a third party advisor an advisory fee of $2.0 million for advice rendered to us in connection with our formation, structuring and this offering. We will pay this third party advisor a quarterly fee equal to $125,000, payable at the beginning of each quarter, commencing as of October 1, 2010. This fee will be fully creditable against the advisory fee. Furthermore, we have agreed to reimburse the advisor for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including the fees and expenses of its legal counsel, resulting from or arising out of its engagement and the performance of its obligations thereunder.
 
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell common units in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, and stabilizing purchases.
 
  •  Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of common units than they are required to purchase in this offering.
 
  •  “Covered” short sales are sales of common units in an amount up to the number of common units represented by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
 
  •  “Naked” short sales are sales of common units in an amount in excess of the number of common units represented by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.


199


Table of Contents

 
  •  Covering transactions involve purchases of common units either pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units or in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions.
 
  •  To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase common units in the open market after the distribution has been completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.
 
  •  To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase common units in the open market after the distribution has been completed or must exercise the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. In determining the source of common units to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common units through the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
 
  •  Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase common units so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common units. They may also cause the price of the common units to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of common units to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate common units to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, common units may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell common units to online brokerage account holders.
 
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.
 
We estimate that the expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, structuring fee and advisory fee, will be approximately $7.3 million, all of which will be paid by us. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for a portion of the estimated expenses in an amount equal to 0.25% of the gross proceeds of the offering.
 
If you purchase common units offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in commercial banking, investment banking and advisory services for us, Tesoro and our respective affiliates from time to time in the ordinary course of their business for which they have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In addition, affiliates of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are lenders under Tesoro’s revolving credit facility and affiliates of each of the underwriters will be lenders under our revolving credit facility. None of the underwriters has provided or will provide financing, investment or advisory services to the Partnership during the 180-day period prior to or the 90-day period following the date of this prospectus.


200


Table of Contents

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of the issuer.
 
Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, views the common units offered hereby as interests in a direct participation program, there is no conflict of interest between us and the underwriters under Rule 5121 of the FINRA Rules and the offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2310 of the FINRA Rules. Investor suitability with respect to the common units should be judged similarly to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange.
 
We, our general partner and certain of our affiliates have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
 
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:
 
  •  to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  •  to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  •  to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or
 
  •  in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive,
 
provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.
 
We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.


201


Table of Contents

 
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
 
We may constitute a “collective investment scheme” as defined by section 235 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) that is not a “recognised collective investment scheme” for the purposes of FSMA (“CIS”) and that has not been authorised or otherwise approved. As an unregulated scheme, it cannot be marketed in the United Kingdom to the general public, except in accordance with FSMA. This prospectus is only being distributed in the United Kingdom to, and is only directed at:
 
(i) if we are a CIS and are marketed by a person who is an authorised person under FSMA, (a) investment professionals falling within Article 14(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Promotion of Collective Investment Schemes) Order 2001, as amended (the “CIS Promotion Order”) or (b) high net worth companies and other persons falling within Article 22(2)(a) to (d) of the CIS Promotion Order; or
 
(ii) otherwise, if marketed by a person who is not an authorised person under FSMA, (a) persons who fall within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Financial Promotion Order”) or (b) Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Financial Promotion Order; and
 
(iii) in both cases (i) and (ii) to any other person to whom it may otherwise lawfully be made, (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The common units are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common units will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.
 
An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any common units which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in Germany
 
This prospectus has not been prepared in accordance with the requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz) , the German Sales Prospectus Act (Verkaufsprospektgesetz) , or the German Investment Act (Investmentgesetz) . Neither the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht  — BaFin) nor any other German authority has been notified of the intention to distribute the common units in Germany. Consequently, the common units may not be distributed in Germany by way of public offering, public advertisement or in any similar manner and this prospectus and any other document relating to this offering, as well as information or statements contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of the common units to the public in Germany or any other means of public marketing. The common units are being offered and sold in Germany only to qualified investors which are referred to in Section 3, paragraph 2 no. 1, in connection with Section 2, no. 6, of the German Securities Prospectus Act, Section 8f paragraph 2 no. 4 of the German Sales Prospectus Act, and in Section 2 paragraph 11 sentence 2 no. 1 of the German Investment Act. This prospectus is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.
 
This offering of our common units does not constitute an offer to buy or the solicitation or an offer to sell the common units in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Netherlands
 
The common units may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Netherlands, other than to qualified investors (gekwalificeerde beleggers) within the meaning of Article 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht) .


202


Table of Contents

 
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
 
This prospectus is being communicated in Switzerland to a small number of selected investors only. Each copy of this prospectus is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to third parties. The common units are not being offered to the public in Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering materials relating to the common units may be distributed in connection with any such public offering.
 
We have not been registered with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 120 of the Collective Investment Schemes Act of June 23, 2006 (“CISA”). Accordingly, the common units may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering materials relating to the common units may be made available through a public offering in or from Switzerland. The common units may only be offered and this prospectus may only be distributed in or from Switzerland by way of private placement exclusively to qualified investors (as this term is defined in the CISA and its implementing ordinance).


203


Table of Contents

 
VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS
 
The validity of our common units will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with our common units offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas.
 
EXPERTS
 
The combined financial statements of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
The balance sheet of Tesoro Logistics LP at December 13, 2010 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and is included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-l regarding our common units. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common units offered by this prospectus, you may desire to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, filed under the Securities Act. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may also be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates by writing to the public reference room maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.
 
The SEC maintains a website on the internet at http://www.sec.gov. Our registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, can be downloaded from the SEC’s website and can also be inspected and copied at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
We intend to furnish our unitholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements and furnish or make available quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each of our fiscal years.
 
Tesoro Corporation is subject to the information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the SEC. You may read Tesoro’s filings on the SEC’s website and at the public reference room described above. Tesoro Corporation’s common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “TSO.”
 
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology including “may,” “believe,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” or other similar words. These statements discuss future expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or state other “forward-looking” information. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. The risk factors and other factors noted throughout this prospectus could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.


204


Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
       
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
       
HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       
    F-9  
    F-10  
    F-11  
    F-12  
    F-13  
    F-14  
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
       
HISTORICAL BALANCE SHEET
       
    F-25  
    F-26  
    F-27  


F-1


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Introduction
 
Set forth below are the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet of Tesoro Logistics LP (“the Partnership”) as of December 31, 2010 and the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations of the Partnership for the year ended December 31, 2010. References to “we,” “us” and “our” mean the Partnership and its combined subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires. References to “Tesoro” mean Tesoro Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries other than us and our combined subsidiaries and our general partner. The pro forma combined financial statements for the Partnership have been derived from the historical combined financial statements of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor, our predecessor for accounting purposes (the “Predecessor”), set forth elsewhere in this prospectus and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such historical combined financial statements and related notes contained therein. The pro forma combined financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Partnership will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes and with the historical combined financial statements and related notes set forth elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
The Partnership will own and operate the businesses of the Predecessor effective with the closing of this offering. The contribution of the Predecessor’s business to us will be recorded at historical cost as it is considered to be a reorganization of entities under common control. The pro forma combined financial statements give pro forma effect to the matters set forth in the notes to these unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.
 
The pro forma balance sheet and the pro forma statements of operations were derived by adjusting the historical combined financial statements of the Predecessor. The adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions; therefore, actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the contemplated transactions and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the pro forma combined financial information.
 
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements may not be indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the Partnership had assumed the operations of the Predecessor on the dates indicated or that would be obtained in the future.


F-2


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2010
 
                         
    Predecessor
    Transaction
    Partnership
 
    Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
                       
Cash
  $     $ 250,000  (a)   $ 3,000  
              50,000  (b)        
              (15,625 )(c)        
              (9,349 )(d)        
              (2,000 )(e)        
              (220,026 )(f)        
              (50,000 )(g)        
Accounts receivable
                       
Trade
    233       (233 )(h)      
Affiliate
    3,738       (3,738 )(h)      
                         
Total Current Assets
    3,971       (971 )     3,000  
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
    131,606             131,606  
OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
                       
Deferred charges
          2,000  (e)     2,000  
                         
Total Assets
  $ 135,577     $ 1,029     $ 136,606  
                         
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
                       
Accounts payable
                       
Trade
    1,619       (1,619 )(h)      
Affiliate
    299       (299 )(h)      
Accrued liabilities
    3,238       (3,238 )(h)      
                         
Total current liabilities
    5,156       (5,156 )      
OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
    1,594       (1,594 )(h)      
DEBT
          50,000  (b)     50,000  
EQUITY
                       
Division equity
    128,827       (128,827 )(i)      
Common unitholders — public
          250,000  (a)     225,026  
              (15,625 )(c)        
              (9,349 )(d)        
Common unitholders — Tesoro
          417  (h)     (21,439 )
              11,801  (i)        
              (33,657 )(f)        
Subordinated unitholders — Tesoro
          2,307  (h)     (118,713 )
              65,349  (i)        
              (186,369 )(f)        
General partner
          55  (h)     1,732  
              51,677  (i)        
              (50,000 )(g)        
                         
Total Equity
    128,827       (42,221 )     86,606  
                         
Total Liabilities and Equity
  $ 135,577     $ 1,029     $ 136,606  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2010  
    Predecessor
    Transaction
    Partnership
 
    Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (In thousands, except unit and
 
    per unit amounts)  
 
REVENUES:
                       
Crude oil gathering
  $ 19,592     $ 29,974 (j)   $ 49,566  
Terminalling, transportation and storage
    3,708       39,880 (j)     43,588  
                         
Total Revenues
    23,300       69,854       93,154  
                         
COST AND EXPENSES:
                       
Operating and maintenance expense
    32,972       3,852 (k)     36,824  
Depreciation expense
    8,006             8,006  
General and administrative expense
    3,198       244 (l)     3,442  
                         
Total Costs and Expenses
    44,176       4,096       48,272  
                         
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    (20,876 )     65,758       44,882  
Interest expense, net
          2,410 (m)     2,410  
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (20,876 )   $ 63,348     $ 42,472  
                         
General partner’s interest in net income
                  $ 850  
Limited partners’ interest in net income
                  $ 41,622  
Net income per limited partner unit:
                       
Common units
                  $ 2.73  
Subordinated units
                  $ 2.73  
Weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding:
                       
Common units (basic and diluted)
                    15,254,891  
Subordinated units (basic and diluted)
                    15,254,891  
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1.   Basis of Presentation, the Offering and Other Transactions
 
The historical combined financial information is derived from the historical combined financial statements of the Predecessor. The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if the transactions to be effected at the closing of this offering had taken place as of December 31, 2010, in the case of the pro forma balance sheet, and as of January 1, 2010, in the case of the pro forma statements of operations.
 
The pro forma combined financial statements give pro forma effect to:
 
  •  Tesoro’s contribution of all of our predecessor’s assets and operations to us (excluding working capital and other noncurrent liabilities as described in note 2(h) below);
 
  •  our execution of multiple long-term commercial agreements with Tesoro and the recognition of incremental revenues under those agreements that were not recognized by our predecessor;
 
  •  certain intrastate tariff increases on our High Plains pipeline system;
 
  •  our execution of an omnibus agreement and an operational services agreement with Tesoro;
 
  •  the consummation of this offering and our issuance of 12,500,000 common units to the public, 622,649 general partner units and the incentive distribution rights to our general partner and 2,754,891 common units and 15,254,891 subordinated units to Tesoro;
 
  •  the application of the net proceeds of this offering, together with the proceeds from borrowings under our revolving credit facility, as described in “Use of Proceeds” on page 46; and
 
  •  the effect of the transactions on certain of our historical general and administrative expenses, resulting in total pro forma general and administrative expenses of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This amount includes:
 
  •  a fixed fee, initially in the amount of $2.5 million per year that we will pay to Tesoro under the omnibus agreement for the provision of treasury, accounting, legal and other centralized corporate services to us following the closing of this offering;
 
  •  costs of $0.9 million for estimated employee-related expenses that we expect to incur related to the management of our logistics assets; and
 
Upon completion of this offering, Tesoro Logistics LP anticipates incurring incremental annual general and administrative expense of approximately $3.2 million per year as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership, including costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, financial statement audit, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance premiums, independent director compensation and incremental employee benefit costs. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements do not reflect these incremental general and administrative expenses.
 
Note 2.   Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions
 
(a) Reflects the assumed gross offering proceeds to the Partnership of $250.0 million from the issuance and sale of 12,500,000 common units at an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per common unit.
 
(b) Reflects the borrowing of $50.0 million under our revolving credit facility.
 
(c) Reflects the payment of estimated underwriter discounts and a structuring fee totaling $15.6 million, which will be allocated to the public common units.


F-5


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
(d) Reflects $7.3 million for estimated expenses associated with the offering relating to legal and consulting services, audit expenses, printing charges, filing fees and other costs and also includes a $2.0 million advisory fee associated with the offering.
 
(e) Represents $2.0 million of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with entering into our revolving credit facility.
 
(f) Reflects the distribution to Tesoro of $220.0 million in proceeds from the public offering of common units, in part to reimburse it for certain capital expenditures.
 
(g) Reflects an additional cash distribution of $50.0 million to the general partner funded with a borrowing under our revolving credit facility.
 
(h) Tesoro will retain the working capital and other noncurrent liabilities of the Predecessor, as these balances represent assets and liabilities related to the Predecessor’s operations prior to the closing of the offering.
 
(i) Represents the conversion of the adjusted equity of the Predecessor of $128.8 million from division equity to common and subordinated limited partner equity of the Partnership and the general partner’s interest in the Partnership. The conversion is as follows:
 
  •  $11.8 million for 2,754,891 common units;
 
  •  $65.3 million for 15,254,891 subordinated units; and
 
  •  $51.7 million for the general partner interest.
 
(j) The pro forma revenues reflect recognition of affiliate revenues for pipelines and terminals contributed to us that have not been previously recorded in the historical financial records of the Predecessor. Product volumes used in the calculations are historical volumes transported on or terminalled in facilities included in the Predecessor’s financial statements. Tariff rates and service fees were calculated using the rates and fees in the commercial agreements to be entered into with Tesoro at the closing of this offering and increased intrastate tariff rates on our High Plains pipeline in effect at the time of closing of this offering.
 
(k) The pro forma operating and maintenance expenses primarily reflect $1.4 million for purchased additives based on historical levels of such purchases that have not previously been allocated to the Predecessor but will be charged to the Partnership after the closing of this offering, as well as $1.1 million for business interruption, property and pollution liability insurance premiums that the Partnership expects to incur based on estimates from the Partnership’s insurance broker, $0.8 million for employee-related expenses which have not been previously recorded in the historical financial records of the Predecessor, and $0.3 million for an annual service fee that we will pay Tesoro under the terms of our operational services agreement.
 
(l) Reflects higher employee-related expenses of $0.2 million, for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to Tesoro personnel who have been identified to be assigned to manage the Partnership’s day-to-day operations after the closing of this offering.
 
(m) Reflects interest expense at 2.8% on the $50.0 million borrowing under our $150.0 million revolving credit facility and an estimated 0.50% commitment fee for the unutilized portion of the facility, as well as the related amortization of debt issuance costs incurred with entering into the facility. A 1.0% change in the interest rate associated with this borrowing would result in a $0.5 million increase in interest expense.
 
Note 3.   Pro Forma Net Income Per Unit
 
The Partnership computes income per unit using the two-class method. Net income available to common and subordinated unitholders for purposes of the basic income per unit computation is allocated between the common and subordinated unitholders by applying the provisions of the partnership agreement as if all net


F-6


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
income for the period had been distributed as cash. Under the two-class method, any excess of distributions declared over net income shall be allocated to the partners based on their respective sharing of income specified in partnership agreement. For purposes of pro forma calculation we have assumed that distributions were declared for each common and subordinated unit equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for each quarter during 2010.
 
Pro forma basic net income per unit is determined by dividing the pro forma net income available to common and subordinated unitholders of the Partnership by the number of common and subordinated units expected to be outstanding at the closing of the offering. For purposes of this calculation, the number of common and subordinated units outstanding was assumed to be 15,254,891 units and 15,254,891 units, respectively. All units were assumed to have been outstanding since January 1, 2010.
 
Pursuant to the partnership agreement, the general partner is entitled to receive certain incentive distributions that, when applying the provisions of the partnership agreement as if all net income for the period had been distributed as cash, will result in less net income allocable to common and subordinated unitholders provided that the net income exceed certain targets. The incentive distribution rights are a separate equity interest and represent participating securities. No cash distributions would have been declared to the incentive distribution rights during any of the periods, based upon the assumption that distributions were declared equal to the minimum quarterly distribution.
 
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per unit are the same because (1) there would be no dilutive impact, applying the if-converted method, had the subordinated units been converted to common units at the beginning of the respective reporting unit as pro forma net income allocated to common and subordinated unitholders was the same on a per unit basis, and (2) as there are no other potentially dilutive units expected to be outstanding at the closing of the offering.
 
Note 4.   Commercial Agreements with Tesoro
 
In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into various long term, fee-based commercial agreements with Tesoro under which we will provide various pipeline transportation, trucking, terminal distribution and storage services to Tesoro, and Tesoro will commit to provide us with minimum monthly throughput volumes of crude oil and refined products. We believe the terms and conditions under these agreements are generally no less favorable to either party than those that could have been negotiated with unaffiliated parties with respect to similar services. These commercial agreements with Tesoro will include:
 
  •  a 10-year pipeline transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for gathering and transporting crude oil on our High Plains pipeline system;
 
  •  a two-year trucking transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for crude oil trucking and related services and scheduling and dispatching services that we provide through our High Plains truck-based crude oil gathering operation;
 
  •  a 10-year master terminalling services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for providing terminalling services at our eight refined products terminals;
 
  •  a 10-year pipeline transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for transporting crude oil and refined products on our five Salt Lake City short-haul pipelines; and
 
  •  a 10-year storage and transportation services agreement under which Tesoro will pay us fees for storing crude oil and refined products at our Salt Lake City storage facility and transporting crude oil and refined products between the storage facility and Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery through interconnecting pipelines on a dedicated basis.


F-7


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Each of these agreements, other than the storage and transportation services agreement, will contain minimum throughput commitments. Tesoro’s fees under the storage and transportation services agreement will be for the use of the existing capacity at our Salt Lake City storage facility and on our pipelines connecting the storage facility to Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery. The fees under each agreement are indexed for inflation and, except for the trucking transportation services agreement, these agreements give Tesoro the option to renew for two five-year terms. The trucking transportation services agreement will renew automatically for up to four successive two-year terms. Additionally, these agreements include provisions that permit Tesoro to suspend, reduce or terminate its obligations under the applicable agreement if certain events occur. These events include Tesoro deciding to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at one or more of its refineries as well as our being subject to certain force majeure events that would prevent us from performing required services under the applicable agreement.


F-8


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors of
Tesoro Corporation
 
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor (Predecessor) as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the related combined statements of operations, division equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Predecessor’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Predecessor’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Predecessor’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the combined results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
San Antonio, Texas
March 11, 2011


F-9


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)
 
                         
                Supplemental
 
                Pro Forma
 
    December 31,     December 31,
 
    2009     2010     2010  
                (Unaudited)  
 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
                       
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
                       
Trade
  $ 14     $ 233     $ 233  
Affiliate
    3,146       3,738       3,738  
                         
Total Current Assets
    3,160       3,971       3,971  
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
    138,055       131,606       131,606  
                         
Total Assets
  $ 141,215     $ 135,577     $ 135,577  
                         
 
LIABILITIES AND DIVISION EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
                       
Accounts payable
                       
Trade
  $ 1,834     $ 1,619     $ 1,619  
Affiliate
    323       299       299  
Accrued liabilities
    2,430       3,238       3,238  
Distribution Payable to Affiliates
                270,026  
                         
Total Current Liabilities
    4,587       5,156       275,182  
OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
    912       1,594       1,594  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 11)
                       
DIVISION EQUITY (DEFICIT)
    135,716       128,827       (141,199 )
                         
Total Liabilities and Division Equity
  $ 141,215     $ 135,577     $ 135,577  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.


F-10


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands except for supplemental pro forma information)
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010  
 
REVENUES:
                       
Crude oil gathering:
                       
Affiliate
  $ 21,029     $ 19,297     $ 19,477  
Third-party
    161       125       115  
Terminalling, transportation and storage:
                       
Third-party
    3,297       3,237       3,708  
                         
Total Revenues
    24,487       22,659       23,300  
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
                       
Operating and maintenance expense
    29,741       32,566       32,972  
Depreciation expense
    6,625       8,820       8,006  
General and administrative expense
    2,525       3,141       3,198  
                         
Total Costs and Expenses
    38,891       44,527       44,176  
                         
NET LOSS
  $ (14,404 )   $ (21,868 )   $ (20,876 )
                         
 
                         
                (Unaudited)  
 
Supplemental pro forma net loss per limited partner unit
                  $ (1.40 )
Units used to calculate supplemental pro forma net loss per limited partner unit
                    14,900,000  
 
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.


F-11


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF DIVISION EQUITY
(In thousands)
 
         
Balance, January 1, 2008
    125,348  
Net Loss—2008
    (14,404 )
Contributions
    22,067  
         
Balance, December 31, 2008
    133,011  
Net Loss—2009
    (21,868 )
Contributions
    24,573  
         
Balance, December 31, 2009
    135,716  
Net Loss—2010
    (20,876 )
Contributions
    13,987  
         
Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ 128,827  
         
 
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.


F-12


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net loss
  $ (14,404 )   $ (21,868 )   $ (20,876 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
                       
Depreciation
    6,625       8,820       8,006  
Loss on asset disposals
    476       1,114       512  
Changes in current assets:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (28 )     68       (218 )
Accounts receivable—affiliates
    625              
Changes in current liabilities:
                       
Accounts payable
    414       (16 )     223  
Accounts payable—affiliates
          (323 )     (616 )
Accrued liabilities
    202       (492 )     861  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    45       373       682  
                         
Net cash used in operating activities
    (6,045 )     (12,324 )     (11,426 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Additions to property, plant and equipment
    (16,022 )     (12,249 )     (2,561 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (16,022 )     (12,249 )     (2,561 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Parent contribution
    22,067       24,573       13,987  
                         
Net cash from financing activities
    22,067       24,573       13,987  
                         
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR
                 
                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR
  $     $     $  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Capital Expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued expenses at year end
  $ 3,700     $ 685     $ 194  
 
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.


F-13


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1.  Description of Business
 
Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor, our predecessor for accounting purposes (the “Predecessor”), include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of certain crude oil gathering and refined products terminalling, transportation and storage assets of Tesoro Corporation (as described below, the “Contributed Assets”) operated and held by Tesoro Alaska Company, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company and Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC prior to their contribution to Tesoro Logistics LP (the “Partnership”) in connection with the Partnership’s proposed initial public offering. The Partnership was formed in December 2010 as a Delaware limited partnership. As used in this report, the terms “Tesoro Logistics LP,” “our partnership,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or like terms refer to the Predecessor. References in this report to “Tesoro” refer collectively to Tesoro Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, other than Tesoro Logistics LP, its combined subsidiaries and its general partner.
 
Our initial assets consist of a crude oil gathering system in the Bakken Shale/Williston Basin area of North Dakota and Montana, eight refined products terminals in the midwestern and western United States and a crude oil and refined products storage facility and five related short-haul pipelines in Utah.
 
Our assets and operations are organized into the following two segments:
 
Crude Oil Gathering.   Our common carrier crude oil gathering system in North Dakota and Montana, which we refer to as our High Plains system, includes an approximate 23,000 barrels per day (bpd) truck-based crude oil gathering operation and approximately 700 miles of pipeline and related storage assets with the current capacity to deliver up to 70,000 bpd to Tesoro’s Mandan, North Dakota refinery. This system gathers and transports crude oil produced from the Williston Basin, including production from the Bakken Shale formation.
 
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage.   We own and operate eight refined products terminals with aggregate truck and barge delivery capacity of approximately 229,000 bpd. The terminals provide distribution primarily for refined products produced at Tesoro’s refineries located in Los Angeles and Martinez, California; Salt Lake City, Utah; Kenai, Alaska; Anacortes, Washington; and Mandan, North Dakota. We also own and operate assets that exclusively support Tesoro’s Salt Lake City refinery, including a refined products and crude oil storage facility with total shell capacity of approximately 878,000 barrels and three short-haul crude oil supply pipelines and two short-haul refined product delivery pipelines connected to third-party interstate pipelines.
 
We generate revenue by charging fees for gathering, transporting and storing crude oil and for terminalling, transporting and storing refined products. Since we do not own any of the crude oil or refined products that we handle and do not engage in the trading of crude oil or refined products, we have minimal direct exposure to risks associated with fluctuating commodity prices, although these risks indirectly influence our activities and results of operations over the long term.
 
Note 2.  Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying financial statements and related notes present the combined financial position, results of operations, cash flows and division equity of the Predecessor. The combined financial statements include financial data at historical cost as the contribution of assets is considered to be a reorganization of entities under common control.
 
We have evaluated subsequent events through March 11, 2011. Any material subsequent events that occurred during this time have been properly recognized or disclosed in our financial statements.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 3.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Use of Estimates
 
We prepare our combined financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates and actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
The majority of the accounts receivable are due from Tesoro. Credit for non-affiliated customers is extended based on an evaluation of each customer’s financial condition and in certain circumstances, collateral, such as letters of credit or guarantees, is required. Our allowance for doubtful accounts is based on various factors including current sales amounts, historical charge-offs and specific accounts identified as high risk. Uncollectible accounts receivable are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when all reasonable efforts to collect the amounts due have been exhausted.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
During the periods presented, we were wholly owned by Tesoro. Accordingly, we have not calculated earnings per share.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at the lower of historical cost less accumulated depreciation or fair value, if impaired. We capitalize all construction-related direct labor and material costs, as well as indirect construction costs. Indirect construction costs include general engineering, taxes and the cost of funds used during construction. Costs, including complete asset replacements and enhancements or upgrades that increase the original efficiency, productivity or capacity of property, plant and equipment, are also capitalized. The costs of repairs, minor replacements and maintenance projects, which do not increase the original efficiency, productivity or capacity of property, plant and equipment, are expensed as incurred.
 
We compute depreciation of property, plant and equipment using the straight-line method, based on the estimated useful life (primarily 15 to 28 years) and salvage value of each asset. We depreciate leasehold improvements over the lesser of the lease term or the economic life of the asset.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Revenues are recognized as crude oil and refined products are shipped through, delivered by or stored in our pipelines, terminals and storage facility assets, as applicable. All revenues are based on regulated tariff rates or contractual rates. The only historic revenues reflected in the financial statements are from third party use of our pipelines and terminals and Tesoro’s use of our High Plains system. Tesoro was not charged fees for services rendered with respect to any trucking, terminal, storage or short haul pipeline transportation services, as they were operated as a component of Tesoro’s petroleum refining and marketing businesses.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
We review property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate the net book values of the assets may not be recoverable. Impairment is indicated when the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less


F-15


Table of Contents

 
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
than the assets’ net book value. If this occurs, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and net book value. Factors that indicate potential impairment include: a significant decrease in the market value of the asset, operating or cash flow losses associated with the use of the asset, and a significant change in the asset’s physical condition or use. No impairments of long-lived assets were recorded during the periods included in these financial statements.
 
Income Taxes
 
Our operations are currently included in Tesoro’s consolidated federal income tax return. Following the initial public offering of the Partnership, our operations will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, with each partner being separately taxed on its share of the taxable income. Therefore, we have excluded income taxes from these combined financial statements.
 
Environmental and Asset Retirement Obligations
 
Tesoro has historically capitalized environmental expenditures that extend the life or increase the capacity of facilities as well as expenditures that prevent environmental contamination. We expensed costs that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation. We have recorded liabilities when environmental assessments and/or remedial efforts are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Cost estimates were based on the expected timing and the extent of remedial actions required by governing agencies, experience gained from similar sites for which environmental assessments or remediation have been completed, and the amount of our anticipated liability, considering the proportional liability and financial abilities of other responsible parties. Estimated liabilities were not discounted to present value. Environmental expenses are recorded primarily as operating and maintenance expenses.
 
An asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) is an estimated liability for the cost to retire a tangible asset. We have recorded AROs at fair value in the period in which we have a legal obligation to incur this liability and can make a reasonable estimate of the fair value of the liability. When the liability was initially recorded, the cost was capitalized by increasing the book value of the related long-lived tangible asset. The liability was accreted to its estimated settlement value and the related capitalized cost was depreciated over the asset’s useful life. Settlement dates were estimated by considering our past practice, industry practice, management’s intent and estimated economic lives.
 
Estimates of the fair value for certain AROs could not be made as settlement dates (or range of dates) associated with these assets were not estimable because we intend to operate and maintain our assets as long as supply and demand for petroleum products exists. These AROs include hazardous materials disposal, site restoration, and removal or dismantlement requirements associated with the closure of our terminal facilities or pipelines, including the demolition or removal of tanks, pipelines or other equipment.
 
Imbalances
 
Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor does not purchase or produce crude oil or refined product inventories. We experience imbalances as a result of variances in meter readings and in other measurement methods, and volume fluctuations within our crude oil gathering system due to pressure and temperature changes. We record revenues related to imbalances and value those revenues using quoted market prices of the applicable commodities. At December 31, 2009, we did not have any imbalance liabilities or assets on the combined balance sheet as imbalances were settled prior to year end. At December 31, 2010, we had an imbalance asset of approximately $0.2 million included in affiliate receivable on our combined balance sheet.
 
Related Party Transactions
 
Substantially all of the related party transactions discussed below were settled immediately through division equity. The balance in accounts receivable and payable from affiliated companies represents the


F-16


Table of Contents

 
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
amount owed from or to Tesoro related to the remaining affiliate transactions. Revenues from affiliates in the combined statements of operations consist of revenues from gathering and transportation services to Tesoro and its affiliates based on regulated tariff rates for the FERC-regulated portions of our High Plains pipeline system.
 
General and administrative expenses in the combined statements of operations include affiliate costs totaling $1.8 million, $2.2 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. In addition, operating and maintenance expenses in the combined statements of operations include affiliate costs totaling $3.7 million, $3.5 million and $3.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. These expenses were incurred by Tesoro to cover costs of corporate functions such as legal, accounting, treasury, human resources, engineering, information technology, insurance, administration, and other corporate services and include related stock-based compensation, retirement and pension benefit plan expenses. These allocations were based on an approximate weighted average headcount and time ratio of Tesoro employees who contributed services to us. In management’s estimation, the allocation methodologies used are reasonable and result in an allocation to us of our actual costs of doing business.
 
The employees supporting our operations are employees of Tesoro and its affiliates. Their payroll costs and thrift plan costs are charged to us by Tesoro. Tesoro carries employee-related liabilities in its financial statements, including the liabilities related to the employee pension, postretirement medical and life plans, stock-based compensation and other incentive compensation.
 
Historically, we participated in Tesoro’s centralized cash management program under which cash receipts and cash disbursements were processed through Tesoro’s cash accounts with a corresponding credit or charge to an affiliate account. The affiliate account is included in division equity. Following its initial public offering, the Partnership will maintain separate cash accounts.
 
Depreciation Expense
 
We calculate depreciation using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives and salvage values of our assets. When assets are placed into service, we make estimates with respect to their useful lives that we believe are reasonable. However, factors such as maintenance levels, economic conditions impacting the demand for these assets, and regulatory or environmental requirements could cause us to change our estimates, thus impacting the future calculation of depreciation.
 
Contingencies
 
In the ordinary course of business, we become party to lawsuits, administrative proceedings and governmental investigations, including environmental, regulatory and other matters. Damages or penalties may be sought from us in some matters for which the likelihood of loss may be possible but the amount of loss is not currently estimable. As a result, we have not established accruals for such matters. On the basis of existing information, we believe that the resolution of any such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
Fair Value Option
 
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a standard which permits entities to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified election dates that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected should be reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The


F-17


Table of Contents

 
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
provisions of this standard were effective for us as of January 1, 2008. We elected not to adopt the fair value option under this standard.
 
FASB Accounting Standards Codification
 
In June 2009, the FASB established the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) as the exclusive authoritative source for nongovernmental U.S. GAAP, except for SEC rules and interpretive releases. The Codification is a compilation of U.S. GAAP previously issued by several standard setters. Future FASB accounting standards will update the Codification and will be referred to as “Accounting Standards Updates.” The Codification became effective for us in 2009, and did not impact our financial position or results of operations.
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued a standard which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and does not require any new fair value measurements. The standard establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the use of inputs used in valuation techniques into the following three levels: level 1—quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; level 2—observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; and level 3—unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. The standard’s provisions for financial assets and financial liabilities, which became effective as of January 1, 2008, had no material impact on our financial position or results of operations as we currently do not hold any financial instruments.
 
We adopted a standard on January 1, 2009, that expanded the framework and disclosures for measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, including:
 
  •  acquired or impaired goodwill;
 
  •  the initial recognition of asset retirement obligations; and
 
  •  impaired property, plant and equipment.
 
The adoption of this standard did not impact our financial position or results of operations.
 
In January 2010, the FASB amended the standard covering fair value measurements to require additional disclosures, including transfers in and out of levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements, the gross basis presentation of the reconciliation of level 3 fair value measurements, and fair value measurement disclosure at the class level, as opposed to category level, as previously required. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for disclosures related to level 3 fair value measurements, which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 (including interim periods). The adoption of the amendment did not impact our financial position or results of operations.
 
Note 4.  Related Party Transactions
 
Tesoro and its affiliates provide certain services including legal, accounting, treasury, human resources, engineering, information technology, insurance, administration, and other corporate services. It is Tesoro’s policy to charge these expenses, first on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated to us on the basis of headcount and estimated time allocated to the Contributed Assets. The allocated expenses also include stock-based compensation for employees providing these services. In addition, the allocated expenses include incentive compensation, and retirement and pension benefit plan expenses related


F-18


Table of Contents

 
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
to the employees providing these services, including those employees that oversee operational aspects of the business. See further discussion regarding the allocation of such expenses in Notes 8 and 9 below.
 
A summary of expenses directly charged and allocated to us by Tesoro are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010  
 
Operating and maintenance expenses:
                       
Affiliate
  $ 3,683     $ 3,505     $ 3,120  
Direct
    26,058       29,061       29,852  
                         
Total
  $ 29,741     $ 32,566     $ 32,972  
                         
General and administrative expenses:
                       
Affiliate
  $ 1,767     $ 2,226     $ 2,229  
Direct
    758       915       969  
                         
Total
  $ 2,525     $ 3,141     $ 3,198  
                         
 
Note 5.  Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, Plant and Equipment, at cost, is as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2010  
 
Crude Oil Gathering—Pipelines
  $ 94,292     $ 94,482  
Terminalling, Transportation and Storage:
               
Terminals
    79,103       79,304  
Salt Lake City storage facility
    8,563       8,563  
Salt Lake City pipelines
    10,486       11,021  
                 
Total Terminalling, Transportation and Storage
    98,152       98,888  
                 
Total Property, Plant and Equipment
    192,444       193,370  
Accumulated Depreciation
    (54,389 )     (61,764 )
                 
Net Property, Plant and Equipment
  $ 138,055     $ 131,606  
                 


F-19


Table of Contents

 
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 6.  Accrued Liabilities
 
Accrued liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2010  
 
Employee costs—affiliate
  $ 285     $ 895  
Accrued vacation
    513       519  
Property tax
    571       607  
Capital expenditures
    217       164  
Environmental liabilities
    434       526  
Other
    410       527  
                 
Total accrued liabilities
  $ 2,430     $ 3,238  
                 
 
Note 7.  Other Noncurrent Liabilities
 
Other noncurrent liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2010  
 
Environmental remediation
  $ 869     $ 1,553  
Asset retirement obligations
    43       41  
                 
Total other noncurrent liabilities
  $ 912     $ 1,594  
                 
 
Note 8.  Stock-Based Compensation
 
Tesoro’s stock-based compensation programs consist of stock options, restricted common stock, and stock appreciation rights issued to certain officers and other key employees. The fair value of each stock option issued is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and is amortized over the vesting period using the straight-line method. These awards generally will become exercisable after one year in 33% annual increments and expire ten years from the date of grant. The fair value of restricted common stock on the grant date is equal to the market value of a share of Tesoro stock on that date. The fair value of a stock appreciation right is estimated at the end of each reporting period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. These awards generally vest ratably over three years following the date of grant and expire seven years from the grant date.
 
Certain Tesoro employees supporting our operations were historically granted these types of awards. We have allocated expenses for stock-based compensation costs to the Contributed Assets. These costs (benefits) totaled $(0.1) million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. All stock-based compensation expense is included in our general and administrative expense.
 
Note 9.  Retirement and Pension Benefit Plans
 
Employees supporting our operations participate in the retirement and pension benefit plans of Tesoro. We have been allocated expenses for costs associated with such retirement and pension benefit plans based on employee headcount and estimated time allocated to the Contributed Assets. Our share of such costs for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively. In addition, employees supporting our operations participate in an employee thrift 401(k) plan. Our share of such costs


F-20


Table of Contents

 
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, was $0.4 million. Retirement and pension benefit plan expenses are included in our general and administrative expense and operating and maintenance expense.
 
Note 10.  Major Customers and Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
In 2008, 2009 and 2010, one affiliated customer, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, accounted for approximately 86%, 85% and 84%, respectively, of our total revenues. Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company is a customer of our crude oil gathering segment. No revenues were recorded with Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company in the terminalling, transportation and storage segment.
 
Note 11.  Commitments and Contingencies
 
Operating Leases
 
We have various cancellable and noncancellable operating leases related to land, trucks, terminals, right of way permits and other operating facilities. In general, these leases have remaining primary terms up to 10 years and typically contain multiple renewal options. Total lease expense for all operating leases, including leases with a term of one month or less, was $1.8 million, $1.9 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
 
Our minimum annual lease payments as of December 31, 2010, for operating leases having initial or remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of one year were (in thousands):
 
         
2011
    1,770  
2012
    1,496  
2013
    1,222  
2014
    759  
2015
    215  
Thereafter
    150  
         
         
Total
  $ 5,612  
         
 
Environmental Matters
 
We have historically recorded expenses for environmental remediation at a number of operated pipeline, terminal and storage properties. Environmental liabilities are based on estimates including engineering assessments and it is reasonably possible that our estimates will change and that additional remediation costs will be incurred as more information becomes available. Changes in our environmental liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    2009     2010  
 
Balance, January 1
  $ 1,316     $ 1,303  
Additions
    800       1,015  
Expenditures
    (813 )     (239 )
                 
Balance, December 31
  $ 1,303     $ 2,079  
                 
 
Note 12.  Asset Retirement Obligations
 
We have recorded asset retirement obligations for requirements imposed by certain regulations pertaining to hazardous materials disposal and other cleanup obligations. Our asset retirement obligations primarily


F-21


Table of Contents

 
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
include environmental remediation obligations related to site restorations. Changes in asset retirement obligations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    2009     2010  
 
Balance, January 1
  $ 67     $ 43  
Accretion expense
    6       (2 )
Changes in amount of estimated cash flows
    (30 )      
                 
Balance, December 31
  $ 43     $ 41  
                 
 
The decrease in asset retirement obligations during 2009 was due to changes in the estimated cash flows for certain retirement obligations at our Vancouver terminal. The retirement obligations were reduced because it was determined that the estimated cost to complete the retirement obligations was less than the previous estimate.
 
Note 13.  Segment Disclosures
 
Our reportable segments consist of (1) crude oil gathering and (2) terminalling, transportation and storage. Our reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different services. The segments are managed separately because each segment requires different industry knowledge, technology and marketing strategies. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. We evaluate the performance of each segment based on its respective operating income, before affiliate general and administrative expense. Affiliate general and administrative expenses are not allocated to the operating segments since the expenses relate primarily to the overall management at the entity level. Segment information as of and for the periods ended is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
          Terminalling,
       
          Transportation and
       
    Crude Oil Gathering     Storage     Total  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008
                       
Segment revenues:
                       
Affiliate
  $ 21,029     $     $ 21,029  
Third-party
    161       3,297       3,458  
                         
Total segment revenues
    21,190       3,297       24,487  
Operating and maintenance expense
    (17,029 )     (12,712 )     (29,741 )
Depreciation expense
    (3,066 )     (3,559 )     (6,625 )
Allocated general and administrative expense
    (471 )     (287 )     (758 )
                         
Segment operating income (loss)
    624       (13,261 )     (12,637 )
                         
Affiliate general and administrative expense
                    (1,767 )
                         
Net Loss
                  $ (14,404 )
                         
 


F-22


Table of Contents

 
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
          Terminalling,
       
          Transportation and
       
    Crude Oil Gathering     Storage     Total  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009
                       
Segment revenues:
                       
Affiliate
  $ 19,297     $     $ 19,297  
Third-party
    125       3,237       3,362  
                         
Total segment revenues
    19,422       3,237       22,659  
Operating and maintenance expense
    (18,962 )     (13,604 )     (32,566 )
Depreciation expense
    (3,073 )     (5,747 )     (8,820 )
Allocated general and administrative expense
    (536 )     (379 )     (915 )
                         
Segment operating loss
    (3,149 )     (16,493 )     (19,642 )
                         
Affiliate general and administrative expense
                    (2,226 )
                         
Net Loss
                  $ (21,868 )
                         
Year ended December 31, 2010
                       
Segment revenues:
                       
Affiliate
  $ 19,477     $     $ 19,477  
Third-party
    115       3,708       3,823  
                         
Total segment revenues
    19,592       3,708       23,300  
Operating and maintenance expense
    (19,684 )     (13,288 )     (32,972 )
Depreciation expense
    (3,097 )     (4,909 )     (8,006 )
Allocated general and administrative expense
    (563 )     (406 )     (969 )
                         
Segment operating loss
    (3,752 )     (14,895 )     (18,647 )
                         
                         
Affiliate general and administrative expense
                    (2,229 )
                         
Net Loss
                  $ (20,876 )
                         
 
Accrual-based capital expenditures by reportable segment were as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010  
 
Capital Expenditures
                       
Crude oil gathering
  $ 945     $ 92     $ 271  
Terminalling, transportation and storage
    17,716       9,142       1,799  
                         
Total Capital Expenditures
  $ 18,661     $ 9,234     $ 2,070  
                         

F-23


Table of Contents

 
TESORO LOGISTICS LP PREDECESSOR
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Total assets by reportable segment were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2010  
 
Total Assets
               
Crude oil gathering
  $ 71,207     $ 68,902  
Terminalling, transportation and storage
    70,008       66,675  
                 
Total Assets
  $ 141,215     $ 135,577  
                 
 
Note 14.   Supplemental Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)
 
Unaudited supplemental pro forma balance sheet and net loss per unit have been presented in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.B.3. The supplemental pro forma balance sheet gives effect to the distribution of approximately $270.0 million to a subsidiary of Tesoro to be paid upon completion of the initial public offering. The distribution is comprised of $220.0 million from the proceeds of the initial public offering of common units and $50.0 million to be funded with a planned borrowing under a revolving credit facility. The Predecessor had a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2010. Accordingly, the Predecessor is deemed to have used $270.0 million of net proceeds to pay the distribution, which is evidenced by a distribution payable to affiliate reflected in the supplemental pro forma balance sheet.
 
Supplemental pro forma net loss per limited partner units includes 14,900,000 additional units for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing the number of units deemed for accounting purposes to have been sold in this offering in order to raise $270.0 million to pay the distribution. To compute the number of units, we utilized the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per unit (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses.


F-24


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Partners of
Tesoro Logistics LP
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Tesoro Logistics LP (the Partnership) as of December 13, 2010. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free from material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tesoro Logistics LP at December 13, 2010 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
San Antonio, Texas
January 3, 2011


F-25


Table of Contents

TESORO LOGISTICS LP
BALANCE SHEET

December 13, 2010
 
         
ASSETS
       
Cash
  $ 1,000  
         
Total Assets
  $ 1,000  
         
PARTNER’S CAPITAL
       
Limited Partner
  $ 980  
General Partner
    20  
         
Total Partners’ Equity
  $ 1,000  
         
 
See accompanying notes to balance sheet.


F-26


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET
 
Note 1.  Nature of Operations
 
Tesoro Logistics LP (the “Partnership”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed on December 3, 2010. Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC (the “General Partner”) is a limited liability company formed on December 3, 2010 to become the general partner of the Partnership.
 
On December 13, 2010, Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation, contributed $980 to the Partnership in exchange for a 98.0% limited partner interest and the General Partner contributed $20 to the Partnership in exchange for a 2.0% general partner interest. There have been no other transactions involving the Partnership as of December 13, 2010.
 
Note 2.  Subsequent Events
 
We have evaluated subsequent events through January 3, 2011. Any material subsequent events that have occurred during this time have been properly recognized or disclosed in our Balance Sheet or Notes to the Balance Sheet.


F-27


Table of Contents

 
APPENDIX A
 
Form of
First Amended and Restated Agreement
of
Limited Partnership of Tesoro Logistics LP


A-1


Table of Contents

                 
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1
    Definitions     A-6  
 
Section 1.2
    Construction     A-23  
 
ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION
 
Section 2.1
    Formation     A-23  
 
Section 2.2
    Name     A-23  
 
Section 2.3
    Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices     A-23  
 
Section 2.4
    Purpose and Business     A-24  
 
Section 2.5
    Powers     A-24  
 
Section 2.6
    Term     A-24  
 
Section 2.7
    Title to Partnership Assets     A-24  
 
ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
 
Section 3.1
    Limitation of Liability     A-25  
 
Section 3.2
    Management of Business     A-25  
 
Section 3.3
    Outside Activities of the Limited Partners     A-25  
 
Section 3.4
    Rights of Limited Partners     A-25  
 
ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP
INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 4.1
    Certificates     A-26  
 
Section 4.2
    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates     A-26  
 
Section 4.3
    Record Holders     A-27  
 
Section 4.4
    Transfer Generally     A-27  
 
Section 4.5
    Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests     A-28  
 
Section 4.6
    Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest     A-28  
 
Section 4.7
    Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights     A-29  
 
Section 4.8
    Restrictions on Transfers     A-29  
 
Section 4.9
    Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders     A-30  
 
Section 4.10
    Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders     A-31  


A-2


Table of Contents

                 
ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 5.1
    Organizational Contributions     A-32  
 
Section 5.2
    Contributions by the General Partner     A-32  
 
Section 5.3
    Contributions by Limited Partners     A-33  
 
Section 5.4
    Interest and Withdrawal     A-33  
 
Section 5.5
    Capital Accounts     A-33  
 
Section 5.6
    Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities     A-36  
 
Section 5.7
    Conversion of Subordinated Units     A-36  
 
Section 5.8
    Limited Preemptive Right     A-37  
 
Section 5.9
    Splits and Combinations     A-37  
 
Section 5.10
    Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests     A-37  
 
Section 5.11
    Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights     A-37  
 
ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 6.1
    Allocations for Capital Account Purposes     A-39  
 
Section 6.2
    Allocations for Tax Purposes     A-46  
 
Section 6.3
    Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders     A-47  
 
Section 6.4
    Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus     A-48  
 
Section 6.5
    Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus     A-49  
 
Section 6.6
    Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels     A-49  
 
Section 6.7
    Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units     A-50  
 
Section 6.8
    Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights     A-50  
 
Section 6.9
    Entity-Level Taxation     A-50  
 
ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
 
Section 7.1
    Management     A-51  
 
Section 7.2
    Certificate of Limited Partnership     A-53  
 
Section 7.3
    Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority     A-53  
 
Section 7.4
    Reimbursement of the General Partner     A-53  
 
Section 7.5
    Outside Activities     A-54  
 
Section 7.6
    Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members     A-55  
 
Section 7.7
    Indemnification     A-55  
 
Section 7.8
    Liability of Indemnitees     A-57  
 
Section 7.9
    Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties     A-57  
 
Section 7.10
    Other Matters Concerning the General Partner     A-59  
 
Section 7.11
    Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities     A-59  
 
Section 7.12
    Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates     A-59  
 
Section 7.13
    Reliance by Third Parties     A-61  


A-3


Table of Contents

                 
ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
 
Section 8.1
    Records and Accounting     A-61  
 
Section 8.2
    Fiscal Year     A-62  
 
Section 8.3
    Reports     A-62  
 
ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS
 
Section 9.1
    Tax Returns and Information     A-62  
 
Section 9.2
    Tax Elections     A-62  
 
Section 9.3
    Tax Controversies     A-63  
 
Section 9.4
    Withholding     A-63  
 
ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
 
Section 10.1
    Admission of Limited Partners     A-63  
 
Section 10.2
    Admission of Successor General Partner     A-64  
 
Section 10.3
    Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership     A-64  
 
ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
 
Section 11.1
    Withdrawal of the General Partner     A-64  
 
Section 11.2
    Removal of the General Partner     A-66  
 
Section 11.3
    Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner     A-66  
 
Section 11.4
    Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages     A-67  
 
Section 11.5
    Withdrawal of Limited Partners     A-67  
 
ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
 
Section 12.1
    Dissolution     A-68  
 
Section 12.2
    Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution     A-68  
 
Section 12.3
    Liquidator     A-69  
 
Section 12.4
    Liquidation     A-69  
 
Section 12.5
    Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership     A-70  
 
Section 12.6
    Return of Contributions     A-70  
 
Section 12.7
    Waiver of Partition     A-70  
 
Section 12.8
    Capital Account Restoration     A-70  


A-4


Table of Contents

                 
ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
 
Section 13.1
    Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner     A-70  
 
Section 13.2
    Amendment Procedures     A-71  
 
Section 13.3
    Amendment Requirements     A-71  
 
Section 13.4
    Special Meetings     A-72  
 
Section 13.5
    Notice of a Meeting     A-72  
 
Section 13.6
    Record Date     A-73  
 
Section 13.7
    Adjournment     A-73  
 
Section 13.8
    Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting     A-73  
 
Section 13.9
    Quorum and Voting     A-73  
 
Section 13.10
    Conduct of a Meeting     A-74  
 
Section 13.11
    Action Without a Meeting     A-74  
 
Section 13.12
    Right to Vote and Related Matters     A-74  
 
ARTICLE XIV

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION
 
Section 14.1
    Authority     A-75  
 
Section 14.2
    Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion     A-75  
 
Section 14.3
    Approval by Limited Partners     A-76  
 
Section 14.4
    Certificate of Merger or Articles of Conversion     A-77  
 
Section 14.5
    Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion     A-77  
 
ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
 
Section 15.1
    Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests     A-78  
 
ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 16.1
    Addresses and Notices; Written Communications     A-80  
 
Section 16.2
    Further Action     A-80  
 
Section 16.3
    Binding Effect     A-80  
 
Section 16.4
    Integration     A-80  
 
Section 16.5
    Creditors     A-80  
 
Section 16.6
    Waiver     A-80  
 
Section 16.7
    Third-Party Beneficiaries     A-81  
 
Section 16.8
    Counterparts     A-81  
 
Section 16.9
    Applicable Law     A-81  
 
Section 16.10
    Invalidity of Provisions     A-82  
 
Section 16.11
    Consent of Partners     A-82  
 
Section 16.12
    Facsimile and Email Signatures     A-82  


A-5


Table of Contents

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP OF TESORO LOGISTICS LP
 
THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF TESORO LOGISTICS LP dated as of          , 2011, is entered into by and between Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the Organizational Limited Partner, Tesoro Alaska Company, a Delaware corporation, and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1   Definitions.
 
The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
 
“Acquisition” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing over the long-term the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months.
 
“Additional Book Basis” means the portion of any remaining Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:
 
(a) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event; and
 
(b) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided , that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).
 
“Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “ Excess Additional Book Basis” ), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period. With respect to a Disposed of Adjusted Property, the Additional Book Basis Derivative items shall be the amount of Additional Book Basis taken into account in computing gain or loss from the disposition of such Disposed of Adjusted Property.


A-6


Table of Contents

“Adjusted Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each taxable period of the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the taxable period in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.
 
“Adjusted Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period, (a) Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period (b) less (i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to such period and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period, and (c) plus (i) the amount of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to such period, (ii) the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above and (iii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus.
 
“Adjusted Property” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
 
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
“Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.
 
“Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(a).
 
“Agreed Allocation” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).
 
“Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution and in the case of an Adjusted Property, the fair market value of such


A-7


Table of Contents

Adjusted Property on the date of the revaluation event as described in Section 5.5(d), in both cases as determined by the General Partner. The General Partner shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each Contributed Property.
 
“Agreement” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Tesoro Logistics LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Associate” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, member, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest, (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.
 
“Available Cash” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:
 
(a) the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter, and (ii) if the General Partner so determines, all or any portion of additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter, less
 
(b) the amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject or (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters; provided, however , that the General Partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to subclause (iii) above if the effect of such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and, provided further , that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Available Cash” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.
 
“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the General Partner, its board of directors or board of managers, if the General Partner is a corporation or limited liability company, or the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of the General Partner, if the General Partner is a limited partnership, as applicable.
 
“Book Basis Derivative Items” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).
 
“Book-Down Event” means an event that triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).


A-8


Table of Contents

“Book-Tax Disparity” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.
 
“Book-Up Event” means an event that triggers a positive adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
 
“Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of Texas shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
 
“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.
 
“Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting discounts or commissions).
 
“Capital Improvement” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition of existing, or the construction of new or the improvement or replacement of existing, capital assets (including pipelines, terminals, tankage, tanker trucks, docks, truck racks and other storage, distribution or transportation facilities and related or similar midstream or logistics assets) or (c) capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary in which a Group Member has an equity interest, or after such capital contribution will have an equity interest, to fund such Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the addition or improvement to, the acquisition of existing, the construction of new or the improvement or replacement of existing capital assets (including pipelines, terminals, tankage, tanker trucks, docks, truck racks and other storage, distribution or transportation facilities and related or similar midstream or logistics assets) by such Person, in each case if such addition, improvement, replacement, acquisition or construction is made to increase over the long-term the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, replacement, acquisition or construction. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months.
 
“Capital Surplus” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3(a).
 
“Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such property and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination; provided that the Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Sections 5.5(d)(i) and 5.5(d)(ii) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.
 
“Cause” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner liable for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.


A-9


Table of Contents

“Certificate” means (a) a certificate (i) substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, (ii) issued in global form in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Depositary or (iii) in such other form as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Common Units or (b) a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more other Partnership Securities.
 
“Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 7.2, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Citizenship Certification” means a properly completed certificate in such form as may be specified by the General Partner by which a Limited Partner certifies that he (and if he is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, that to the best of his knowledge such other Person) is an Eligible Holder.
 
“Citizenship Eligibility Trigger” is defined in Section 4.9(a)(ii).
 
“claim” (as used in Section 7.12(c)) has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(c).
 
“Closing Date” means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.
 
“Closing Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).
 
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.
 
“Combined Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.3(a).
 
“Commences Commercial Service” means the date upon which a Capital Improvement is first put into commercial service by a Group Member following completion of construction development and testing, as applicable.
 
“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
“Common Unit” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not include a Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.
 
“Common Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i).
 
“Conflicts Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors of the General Partner composed of one or more directors, each of whom (a) is not an officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) is not an officer, director or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner (other than Group Members), (c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the General Partner or its Affiliates or the Partnership Group other than Common Units and other awards that are granted to such director under the LTIP and (d) meets the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading.
 
“Contributed Property” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property or other assets shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.


A-10


Table of Contents

“Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of          , 2011, among the Partnership, the General Partner, Tesoro, Tesoro Alaska, Tesoro R&M and Tesoro High Plains, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum resulting from adding together the Common Unit Arrearages as to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.5 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).
 
“Curative Allocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).
 
“Current Market Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).
 
“Curtailment Fees” means (A) (i) any Shortfall Payments (as defined therein) attributable to Section 14(b) of that certain Transportation Services Agreement (High Plains Pipeline System), dated          , 2011, by and between Tesoro High Plains and Tesoro R&M; (ii) any Curtailment Fees (as defined therein) attributable to Section 30(b) of that certain Master Terminalling Services Agreement, dated          , 2011, by and among Tesoro R&M, Tesoro Alaska and the Operating Company; (iii) any Shortfall Payments (as defined therein) attributable to Section 14(b) of that certain Transportation Services Agreement (SLC Short Haul Pipelines), dated          , 2011, by and between the Operating Company and Tesoro R&M; (iv) any payments attributable to Section 21(b) of that certain Salt Lake City Storage and Transportation Services Agreement, dated          , 2011, by and between Tesoro R&M and the Operating Company; and (v) any Shortfall Payments (as defined therein) attributable to Section 16(b) of that certain Trucking Transportation Services Agreement, dated          , 2011, by and between the Operating Company and Tesoro R&M, in each case as such agreements may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and (B) any similar fees that would be paid by Tesoro or its Affiliates under commercial contracts upon the suspension or reduction of operations of Tesoro or its Affiliates.
 
“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.
 
“Departing General Partner” means a former general partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former general partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2.
 
“Depositary” means, with respect to any Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.
 
“Disposed of Adjusted Property” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B).
 
“Economic Risk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).
 
“Eligibility Certificate” is defined in Section 4.9(b).
 
“Eligible Holder” means a Limited Partner whose (a) federal income tax status would not, in the determination of the General Partner, have the material adverse effect described in Section 4.9(a)(i) or (b) nationality, citizenship or other related status would not, in the determination of the General Partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture as described in Section 4.9(a)(ii).
 
“Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.9.
 
“Event of Withdrawal” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(a).
 
“Excess Additional Book Basis” is defined in the definition of “Additional Book Basis Derivative Items.”
 
“Excess Distribution” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).
 
“Excess Distribution Unit” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).


A-11


Table of Contents

“Expansion Capital Expenditures” means cash expenditures for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance the construction or development of a Capital Improvement and paid during the period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a binding commitment to commence the construction or development of such Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the date that such Capital Improvement is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to fund such construction or development period interest payments (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements) paid during such period or to fund distributions on equity issued (including incremental Incentive Distributions related thereto) to fund the construction or development of a Capital Improvement as described in clause (a)(iv) of the definition of Operating Surplus shall also be deemed to be debt incurred to finance the construction or development of a Capital Improvement. Where cash expenditures are made in part for Expansion Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.
 
“Final Subordinated Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(d)(x)(A).
 
“First Liquidation Target Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).
 
“First Target Distribution” means $0.338125 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2011, it means the product of $0.338125 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and of which the denominator is 91), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.
 
“Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis” means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period, a basis that includes (a) the weighted average number of Outstanding Units plus (b) all Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants, phantom units and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership (i) that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or for which Units are issuable, in each case that are senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (ii) whose conversion, exercise or exchange price is less than the Current Market Price on the date of such calculation, (iii) that may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange and (iv) that were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for which the calculation is being made; provided, however , that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis when calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended or Subordinated Units are entitled to convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, such Partnership Securities, options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights shall be deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period; provided, further , that if consideration will be paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (x) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (y) the number of Units that such consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.
 
“General Partner” means Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).
 
“General Partner Interest” means the ownership interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it), which is evidenced by General Partner Units, and includes any and all benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
 
“General Partner Unit” means a fractional part of the General Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the General Partner Interest. A General Partner Unit is not a Unit.


A-12


Table of Contents

“Gross Liability Value” means, with respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i), the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arm’s-length transaction.
 
“Group” means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.
 
“Group Member” means a member of the Partnership Group.
 
“Group Member Agreement” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Hedge Contract” means any exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar, option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of reducing the exposure of the Partnership Group to fluctuations in interest rates or the price of hydrocarbons, other than for speculative purposes.
 
“Holder” as used in Section 7.12, has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(a).
 
“IDR Reset Common Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(a).
 
“IDR Reset Election” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(a).
 
“Incentive Distribution Right” means a non-voting Limited Partner Interest issued to the General Partner, which Limited Partner Interest will confer upon the holder thereof only the rights and obligations specifically provided in this Agreement with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights (and no other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of a Partnership Interest). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the holder of an Incentive Distribution Right shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Right on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law.
 
“Incentive Distributions” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii) and 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v).
 
“Incremental Income Taxes” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.9.
 
“Indemnified Persons” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(c).
 
“Indemnitee” means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a manager, managing member, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner as a manager, managing member, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person owing a fiduciary duty to any Group Member; provided that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, and (f) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement.
 
“Ineligible Holder” is defined in Section 4.9(c).
 
“Initial Common Units” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.


A-13


Table of Contents

“Initial Limited Partners” means the Organizational Limited Partner, the General Partner (with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights received by it pursuant to Section 5.2) and the Underwriters upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units as described in Section 5.3(a) in connection with the Initial Offering.
 
“Initial Offering” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement.
 
“Initial Unit Price” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Common Units were first offered to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.
 
“Interim Capital Transactions” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) issuances of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option); and (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements.
 
“Liability” means any liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise.
 
“Limited Partner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Organizational Limited Partner prior to its withdrawal from the Partnership, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership; provided , however , that when the term “Limited Partner” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of an Incentive Distribution Right (solely with respect to its Incentive Distribution Rights and not with respect to any other Limited Partner Interest held by such Person) except as may otherwise be required by law.
 
“Limited Partner Interest” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Securities or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that when the term “Limited Partner Interest” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any Incentive Distribution Right except as may otherwise be required by law.
 
“Liquidation Date” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.
 
“Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.
 
“Merger Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1.


A-14


Table of Contents

“Minimum Quarterly Distribution” means $0.3375 per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2011, it means the product of $0.3375 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 91), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.
 
“National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act (or any successor to such Section) and any other securities exchange (whether or not registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) (or successor to such Section) of the Securities Exchange Act) that the General Partner shall designate as a National Securities Exchange for purposes of this Agreement.
 
“Net Agreed Value” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property or other consideration reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property or other consideration is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any Liability either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution, in either case as determined and required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code.
 
“Net Income” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided , that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).
 
“Net Loss” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided , that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).
 
“Net Positive Adjustments” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.
 
“Net Termination Gain” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided, however , the items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).
 
“Net Termination Loss” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant


A-15


Table of Contents

to Section 5.5(b); provided, however , items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).
 
“Non-citizen Assignee” means a Person whom the General Partner has determined does not constitute an Eligible Holder and as to whose Partnership Interest the General Partner has become the substituted limited partner, pursuant to Section 4.9.
 
“Nonrecourse Built-in Gain” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Sections 6.2(b) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.
 
“Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.
 
“Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
 
“Notice of Election to Purchase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(b).
 
“Omnibus Agreement” means that certain Omnibus Agreement, dated as of , 2011, among Tesoro, Tesoro R&M, Tesoro Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tesoro Alaska, the General Partner and the Partnership, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Operating Company” means Tesoro Logistics Operations, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successors thereto.
 
“Operating Expenditures” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned), including taxes, compensation of employees and directors of the General Partner, reimbursement of expenses of the General Partner, debt service payments, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts (provided that (i) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of a Hedge Contract, such amounts shall be amortized over the life of such Hedge Contract and (ii) payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its scheduled settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract), subject to the following:
 
(a) repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of Operating Surplus shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;
 
(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures; and
 
(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, (ii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions, (iii) distributions to Partners (including any distributions made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)), (iv) repurchases of Partnership Interests, other than repurchases of Partnership Interests by the Partnership to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans or reimbursement of expenses of the General Partner for purchases of Partnership Interests by the General Partner to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans, or (v) any other payments made in connection with the Initial Offering that are described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement.
 
“Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,
 
(a) the sum of (i) $30 million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, but excluding cash receipts


A-16


Table of Contents

from Interim Capital Transactions and the termination of Hedge Contracts (provided that cash receipts from the termination of a Hedge Contract prior to its scheduled settlement or termination date shall be included in Operating Surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract), (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings and (iv) the amount of cash distributions paid (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on equity issued, other than equity issued on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, to finance all or a portion of the construction or development of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding commitment to commence the construction or development of such Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of (equity issued, other than equity issued on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, to fund interest payments on debt incurred or distributions on equity issued, in each case during the period described above in this clause (iv), to finance the construction or development of a Capital Improvement shall also be deemed to be equity issued to finance the construction or development of such Capital Improvement for purposes of this clause (iv)), less
 
(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, (ii) the amount of cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) established by the General Partner to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures, and (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such 12-month period with the proceeds of additional Working Capital Borrowings; provided, however , that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Operating Surplus” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.
 
“Operational Services Agreement” means that certain Operational Services Agreement, dated as of          , 2011, among Tesoro, the Partnership, Tesoro Companies Inc., Tesoro R&M, Tesoro Alaska, Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC, Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC and the General Partner as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner.
 
“Option Closing Date” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
 
“Organizational Limited Partner” means Tesoro in its capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.
 
“Outstanding” means, with respect to Partnership Securities, all Partnership Securities that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however , that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding, all Partnership Securities owned by such Person or Group shall not be entitled to be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Partnership Securities so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Partnership Securities shall not,


A-17


Table of Contents

however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Securities for purposes of this Agreement or the Delaware Act); provided, further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than the Partnership), (ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (i) provided that, upon or prior to such acquisition, the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, or (iii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Securities issued by the Partnership with the prior approval of the Board of Directors of the General Partner.
 
“Over-Allotment Option” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
 
“Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
 
“Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
 
“Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.
 
Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
 
Partnership” means Tesoro Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
 
“Partnership Group” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries treated as a single consolidated entity.
 
“Partnership Interest” means an interest in the Partnership, which shall include the General Partner Interest and Limited Partner Interests.
 
“Partnership Minimum Gain” means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).
 
“Partnership Security” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership), including Common Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
“Per Unit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.
 
“Percentage Interest” means as of any date of determination (a) as to the General Partner with respect to General Partner Units and as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, as the case may be, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of General Partner Units held by the General Partner or the number of Units held by such Unitholder, as the case may be, by (B) the total number of Outstanding Units and General Partner Units, and (b) as to the holders of other Partnership Securities issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as a part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall at all times be zero.
 
“Person” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
 
“Plan of Conversion” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1.
 
“Pro Rata” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their


A-18


Table of Contents

relative Percentage Interests and (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder.
 
“Purchase Date” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.
 
“Quarter” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the fiscal quarter of the Partnership which includes the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.
 
“Rate Eligibility Trigger” is defined in Section 4.9(a)(i).
 
“Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.
 
“Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.
 
“Record Holder” means (a) with respect to Partnership Securities of any class for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Person in whose name a Partnership Security of such class is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the opening of business on a particular Business Day or (b) with respect to other classes of Partnership Securities, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Security is registered on the books that the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the opening of business on such Business Day.
 
“Redeemable Interests” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.10.
 
“Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-171525) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.
 
“Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means as of the end of any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the General Partner as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the General Partner’s Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to the General Partner Units for each prior taxable period, and (iii) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.
 
“Required Allocations” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(v), Section 6.1(d)(vi), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).
 
“Reset MQD” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(e).
 
“Reset Notice” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(b).


A-19


Table of Contents

“Retained Converted Subordinated Unit” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.5(c)(ii).
 
“Second Liquidation Target Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).
 
“Second Target Distribution” means $0.421875 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2011, it means the product of $0.421875 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 91), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
 
“Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
 
“Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the General Partner’s Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustment as of that time, and (iii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.
 
“Special Approval” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee acting in good faith.
 
“Subordinated Unit” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “Subordinated Unit” does not include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.
 
“Subordination Period” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and expiring on the first to occur of the following dates:
 
(a) the first Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter beginning with the Quarter ending June 30, 2014 in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case in respect of such periods and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis, plus the related distributions on the General Partner Interest and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages; provided, however , that in the case of this paragraph (a), the Subordination Period will not terminate unless the Conflicts Committee, or the Board of Directors, based on the recommendation of the Conflicts Committee, reasonably expects that the tests set forth in subclauses (i)(A) and (i)(B) of this paragraph (a) will be met with respect to the four-Quarter period


A-20


Table of Contents

immediately succeeding the period referred to in this paragraph (a), in each case, without regard to any Curtailment Fees expected to be received during such period.
 
(b) the first Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter beginning with the Quarter ending June 30, 2012 in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case with respect to the four-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case in respect of such period, and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for the four-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding during such period on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis, plus the related distributions on the General Partner Interests and the corresponding Incentive Distributions and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages; provided, however , that in the case of this paragraph (b), the Subordination Period will not terminate unless the Conflicts Committee, or the Board of Directors, based on the recommendation of the Conflicts Committee, reasonably expects that the tests set forth in subclauses (i)(A) and (i)(B) of this paragraph (b) will be met with respect to the four-Quarter period immediately succeeding the last period referred to in this paragraph, in each case, without regard to any Curtailment Fees expected to be received during such four-Quarter period.
 
(c) the date on which the General Partner is removed in a manner described in Section 11.4.
 
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.
 
“Surviving Business Entity” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.2(b).
 
“Target Distributions” means, collectively, the First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.
 
“Taxation Certification” means a properly completed certificate in such form as may be specified by the General Partner by which a Limited Partner certifies that he (and if he is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, that to the best of his knowledge such other Person) is an Eligible Holder.
 
“Tesoro” means Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
 
“Tesoro Alaska” means Tesoro Alaska Company, a Delaware corporation.
 
“Tesoro High Plains” means Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
 
“Tesoro R&M” means Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation.


A-21


Table of Contents

“Third Target Distribution” means $0.506250 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2011, it means the product of $0. 506250 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 91), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.
 
“Trading Day” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).
 
“Transaction Documents” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.1(b).
 
“transfer” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a).
 
“Transfer Agent” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as may be appointed from time to time by the General Partner to act as registrar and transfer agent for any class of Partnership Securities; provided , that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any class of Partnership Securities, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.
 
“Underwriter” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.
 
“Underwriting Agreement” means that certain Underwriting Agreement dated as of          , 2011 among the Underwriters, Tesoro, the Partnership, the General Partner, Tesoro R&M and Tesoro Alaska Company providing for the purchase of Common Units by the Underwriters.
 
“Unit” means a Partnership Security that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
“Unit Majority” means (i) during the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a class, and at least a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a class, and (ii) after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.
 
“Unitholders” means the holders of Units.
 
“Unpaid MQD” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).
 
“Unrealized Gain” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).
 
“Unrealized Loss” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).
 
“Unrecovered Initial Unit Price” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units.
 
“Unrestricted Person” means (a) each Indemnitee, (b) each Partner, (c) each Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, employee or agent of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner and (d) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Unrestricted Person” for purposes of this Agreement.


A-22


Table of Contents

“U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.
 
“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(b).
 
“Working Capital Borrowings” means borrowings incurred pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement that are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to the Partners; provided that when such borrowings are incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from the date of such borrowings other than from additional Working Capital Borrowings.
 
Section 1.2   Construction.
 
Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include,” “includes,” “including” or words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof,” “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE II
 
ORGANIZATION
 
Section 2.1   Formation.
 
The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner have previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act and hereby amend and restate the original Agreement of Limited Partnership of Tesoro Logistics LP in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes.
 
Section 2.2   Name.
 
The name of the Partnership shall be “Tesoro Logistics LP”. Subject to applicable law, the Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.
 
Section 2.3   Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices.
 
Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be Corporation Service Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at 19100 Ridgeway Parkway, San Antonio, Texas 78259, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be 19100 Ridgeway Parkway, San Antonio,


A-23


Table of Contents

Texas 78259, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.
 
Section 2.4   Purpose and Business.
 
The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided, however , that the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve the conduct by the Partnership of any business and may decline to so propose or approve free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to so propose or approve, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.
 
Section 2.5   Powers.
 
The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary or appropriate for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.
 
Section 2.6   Term.
 
The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.
 
Section 2.7   Title to Partnership Assets.
 
Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership or one or more of the Partnership’s designated Affiliates as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, further , that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.


A-24


Table of Contents

ARTICLE III
 
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
 
Section 3.1   Limitation of Liability.
 
The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.
 
Section 3.2   Management of Business.
 
No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.
 
Section 3.3   Outside Activities of the Limited Partners.
 
Subject to the provisions of Section 7.5, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.
 
Section 3.4   Rights of Limited Partners.
 
(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law (other than Section 17-305 of the Delaware Act, which is restricted to the extent set forth below), and except as limited by Section 3.4(b), each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand, and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:
 
(i) to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership; provided, however , that the requirements of this Section 3.4(a)(i) shall be satisfied by furnishing to a Limited Partner upon its demand pursuant to this Section 3.4(a)(i) either (A) the Partnership’s most recent filings with the Commission on Form 10-K and any subsequent filings on Form 10-Q and 8-K or (B) if the Partnership is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the information specified in, and meeting the requirements of, Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act;
 
(ii) promptly after its becoming available, to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;
 
(iii) to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;
 
(iv) to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with copies of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been executed;


A-25


Table of Contents

(v) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other Capital Contribution by each Partner and that each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner; and
 
(vi) to obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.
 
(b) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).
 
ARTICLE IV
 
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP
INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 4.1   Certificates.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by physical certificates. Certificates that may be issued, if any, shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President and the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or other authorized officer or director of the General Partner. If a Transfer Agent has been appointed for a class of Partnership Interests, no Certificate for such class of Partnership Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however , that, if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c), if Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.7, the Record Holders of such Subordinated Units (i) if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by Certificates, may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units, or (ii) if the Subordinated Units are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates evidencing Common Units. With respect to any Units outstanding prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement that are represented by physical certificates, the General Partner may determine that such Units will no longer be represented by physical certificates and may, upon written notice to the holders of such Units and subject to applicable law, take whatever actions it deems necessary or appropriate to cause such Units to be registered in book entry or global form and may cause such physical certificates to be cancelled or deemed cancelled.
 
Section 4.2   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.
 
(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Securities as the Certificate so surrendered.
 
(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued, if the Record Holder of the Certificate:
 
(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;


A-26


Table of Contents

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;
 
(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and
 
(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the General Partner.
 
If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period of time after such Limited Partner has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.
 
(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.
 
Section 4.3   Record Holders.
 
The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be (a) the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest and (b) bound by this Agreement and shall have the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein.
 
Section 4.4   Transfer Generally.
 
(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Units to another Person and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, excluding a pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage but including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.
 
(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void.
 
(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of the General Partner or any Limited Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in the General Partner or Limited Partner and the term “transfer” shall not mean any such disposition.


A-27


Table of Contents

Section 4.5   Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.
 
(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests. The Partnership shall not recognize transfers of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests unless such transfers are effected in the manner described in this Section 4.5.
 
(b) The General Partner shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided , that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of this Section 4.5(b), the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.
 
(c) Upon the receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated Common Units, such uncertificated Common Units shall be cancelled, issuance of new equivalent uncertificated Common Units or Certificates shall be made to the holder of Common Units entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the Partnership’s register.
 
(d) By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with this Section 4.5 and except as provided in Section 4.9, each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.
 
(e) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.8, (iv) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or an amendment to this Agreement establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.
 
(f) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units and Common Units (whether issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or otherwise) to one or more Persons.
 
Section 4.6   Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest.
 
(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to June 30, 2021 the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with the merger or consolidation


A-28


Table of Contents

of the General Partner with or into such other Person or the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person.
 
(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after June 30, 2021 the General Partner may transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval.
 
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest of the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.2, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.
 
Section 4.7   Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
The General Partner or any other holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive Distribution Rights without Unitholder approval.
 
Section 4.8   Restrictions on Transfers.
 
(a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(d), notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).
 
(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Interests if it receives an Opinion of Counsel that such restrictions are necessary to (i) avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes or (ii) preserve the uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided, however , that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.
 
(c) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c).
 
(d) Nothing contained in this Article IV, or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.
 
(e) Each certificate evidencing Partnership Interests shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:
 
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF TESORO LOGISTICS LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED


A-29


Table of Contents

OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF TESORO LOGISTICS LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE TESORO LOGISTICS LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF TESORO LOGISTICS LP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF TESORO LOGISTICS LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.
 
Section 4.9   Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders.
 
(a) If at any time the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that
 
(i) the Partnership’s status other than as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or the failure of the Partnership otherwise to be subject to an entity-level tax for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof of the federal income tax status) of one or more Limited Partners, has or will reasonably likely have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rate that can be charged to customers by Subsidiaries of the Partnership (a “ Rate Eligibility Trigger” ); or
 
(ii) any Group Member is subject to any federal, state or local law or regulation that would create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of a Limited Partner (a “Citizenship Eligibility Trigger” );
 
then, the General Partner may adopt such amendments to this Agreement as it determines to be necessary or advisable to (x) in the case of a Rate Eligibility Trigger, obtain such proof of the federal income tax status of the Limited Partners and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners, as the General Partner determines to be necessary or advisable to establish those Limited Partners whose federal income tax status does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rate that can be charged to customers by Subsidiaries of the Partnership or (y) in the case of a Citizenship Eligibility Trigger, obtain such proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status (or, if the General Partner is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status of such Person) of the Limited Partner as the General Partner determines to be necessary or advisable to establish and those Limited Partners whose status as a Limited Partner does not or would not subject any Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or interests therein.
 
(b) Such amendments may include provisions requiring all Limited Partners to certify as to their (and their beneficial owners’) status as Eligible Holders upon demand and on a regular basis, as determined by the General Partner, and may require transferees of Units to so certify prior to being admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner (any such required certificate, an “Eligibility Certificate” ).
 
(c) Such amendments may provide that with respect to any Limited Partner (and its beneficial owners) who fails to furnish to the General Partner within a reasonable period requested an Eligibility Certificate and any other information, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Holder (such a Limited Partner an


A-30


Table of Contents

“Ineligible Holder” ), the Limited Partner Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10. In addition, the General Partner shall be substituted for any Limited Partner that is an Ineligible Holder as the Limited Partner in respect of the Ineligible Holder’s Limited Partner Interests.
 
(d) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Ineligible Holders, distribute the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Limited Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Ineligible Holders are cast, either for, against or abstaining as to the matter.
 
(e) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, an Ineligible Holder shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Ineligible Holder’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the Ineligible Holder of its Limited Partner Interest (representing the right to receive its share of such distribution in kind).
 
(f) At any time after a holder can and does certify that it has become an Eligible Holder, an Ineligible Holder may, upon application to the General Partner, request that with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Ineligible Holder not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.10, such Ineligible Holder upon approval of the General Partner, shall no longer constitute an Ineligible Holder and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of such Limited Partner Interests.
 
Section 4.10   Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders.
 
(a) If at any time a Limited Partner fails to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or any other information requested within a reasonable period of time specified in amendments adopted pursuant to Section 4.9, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is an Ineligible Holder, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner is not an Ineligible Holder or has transferred his Limited Partner Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Holder and who furnishes an Eligibility Certificate to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Limited Partner Interest of such Limited Partner as follows:
 
(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner, at his last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon redemption of the Redeemable Interests (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests) and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.
 
(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 5% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.
 
(iii) The Limited Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable Interests at the place of payment specified in the notice of redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon


A-31


Table of Contents

surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner or Transferee at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank).
 
(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.
 
(b) The provisions of this Section 4.10 shall also be applicable to Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner as nominee of a Person determined to be other than an Eligible Holder.
 
(c) Nothing in this Section 4.10 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner that he is an Eligible Holder. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.
 
ARTICLE V
 
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 5.1   Organizational Contributions.
 
In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Delaware Act, the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $20.00, for a 2% General Partner Interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership, and the Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $980.00 for a 98% Limited Partner Interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership. On          , 2011, pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, the interest of the Organizational Limited Partner was partially redeemed in exchange for the return of the initial Capital Contribution of the Organizational Limited Partner. Ninety-eight percent of any interest or other profit that may have resulted from the investment or other use of such initial Capital Contributions shall be allocated and distributed to the Organizational Limited Partner, and the balance thereof shall be allocated and distributed to the General Partner.
 
Section 5.2   Contributions by the General Partner.
 
(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, the General Partner contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the HP Interest (as defined in the Contribution Agreement), in exchange for (i) 622,649 General Partner Units representing a continuation of its 2% General Partner Interest, subject to all of the rights, privileges and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and (ii) the Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
(b) Upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership (other than (i) the Common Units issued pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option, (ii) the Common Units and Subordinated Units issued pursuant to Section 5.3(a), (iii) any Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11 and (iv) any Common Units issued upon the conversion of any Partnership Securities), the General Partner may, in exchange for a proportionate number of General Partner Units with rights to allocations and distributions that correspond to those applicable to such additional Limited Partner Interests, make additional Capital Contributions in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest immediately prior to the issuance of such additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership by (y) 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest immediately prior to the issuance of such additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership times (B) the amount contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. Except as set forth in Article XII, the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.


A-32


Table of Contents

Section 5.3   Contributions by Limited Partners.
 
(a) On the Closing Date, pursuant to and as described in the Contribution Agreement: (i) Tesoro contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the Tesoro HP Interest (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) in exchange for           Common Units and           Subordinated Units; (ii) Tesoro R&M contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the Operating Company Interest (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) in exchange for           Common Units and Subordinated Units; and (iii) Tesoro Alaska contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the TAL Interest (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) in exchange for           Common Units and Subordinated Units.
 
(b) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
 
(c) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the Partnership on the Option Closing Date in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
 
(d) No Limited Partner Interests will be issued or issuable as of or at the Closing Date other than (i) the Common Units and Subordinated Units issued to Tesoro, Tesoro R&M and Tesoro Alaska pursuant to subparagraph (a) hereof, (ii) the Common Units issued to the Underwriters as described in subparagraphs (b) and (c) hereof and (iii) the Incentive Distribution Rights issued to the General Partner.
 
(e) No Limited Partner will be required to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.
 
Section 5.4   Interest and Withdrawal.
 
No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners agree within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.
 
Section 5.5   Capital Accounts.
 
(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The initial Capital Account balance attributable to the General Partner Units issued to the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.2(a) shall equal the Net Agreed Value of the Capital Contribution specified in Section 5.2(a), which shall be deemed to equal the product of the number of General Partner Units issued to the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.2(a) and the Initial Unit Price for each Common Unit (and the initial Capital Account balance attributable to each General Partner Unit shall equal the Initial Unit Price for each Common Unit). The initial Capital Account balance attributable to the Common Units and Subordinated Units issued to each of Tesoro, Tesoro R&M and Tesoro Alaska, respectively, pursuant to Section 5.3(a) shall equal the respective Net Agreed Value of the Capital Contributions specified in Section 5.3(a), which shall be deemed to equal the product of the number of Common Units and Subordinated Units issued to each of Tesoro, Tesoro R&M and Tesoro Alaska, respectively, pursuant to Section 5.3(a) and the Initial Unit Price for each such Common Unit and Subordinated Unit (and the initial Capital Account balance attributable to each such Common Unit and Subordinated Unit shall equal its Initial Unit Price). The initial Capital Account balance attributable to the Common Units issued to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5.3(b) shall equal the product of the number of


A-33


Table of Contents

Common Units so issued to the Underwriters and the Initial Unit Price for each such Common Unit (and the initial Capital Account balance attributable to each such Common Unit shall equal its Initial Unit Price). The initial Capital Account attributable to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall be zero. Thereafter, the Capital Account shall in respect of each such Partnership Interest be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided , that:
 
(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement or governing, organizational or similar documents) of all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner, member or other equity holder.
 
(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.
 
(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.
 
(v) An item of income of the Partnership that is described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) of the Code (with respect to items of income that are exempt from tax) shall be treated as an item of income for the purpose of this Section 5.5(b), and an item of expense of the Partnership that is described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (with respect to expenditures that are not deductible and not chargeable to capital accounts), shall be treated as an item of deduction for the purpose of this Section 5.5(b).
 
(vi) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)(2) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment.


A-34


Table of Contents

(vii) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i) shall be adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership).
 
(c) (i) A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.
 
(ii) Subject to Section 6.7(c), immediately prior to the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will (A) first, be allocated to the Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units (“ Retained Converted Subordinated Units” ). Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.
 
(d) (i) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, or the conversion of the General Partner’s Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Capital Account of each Partner and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property for an amount equal to its fair market value immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated among the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1(c) and Section 6.1(d) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated; provided, however , that in the event of an issuance of Partnership Interests for a de minimis amount of cash or Contributed Property, or in the event of an issuance of a de minimis amount of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the General Partner may determine that such adjustments are unnecessary for the proper administration of the Partnership. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may adopt. In making its determination of the fair market values of individual properties, the General Partner may determine that it is appropriate to first determine an aggregate value for the Partnership, derived from the current trading price of the Common Units, and taking fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time, and then allocate such aggregate value among the individual properties of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines appropriate).
 
(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property(other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount


A-35


Table of Contents

equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated among the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1(c)and Section 6.1(d) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution that is not made pursuant to Section 12.4 or in the case of a deemed distribution, be determined in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.
 
Section 5.6   Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities.
 
(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Securities for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.
 
(b) Each additional Partnership Security authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Securities), as shall be fixed by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Security; (v) whether such Partnership Security is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Security will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Security; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Security to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Security.
 
(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) reflecting admission of such additional Limited Partners in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holders of such Limited Partner Interests and (iv) all additional issuances of Partnership Securities. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Securities being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Securities or in connection with the conversion of the General Partner Interest or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Securities are listed or admitted to trading.
 
(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.
 
Section 5.7   Conversion of Subordinated Units.
 
(a) All of the Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the expiration of the Subordination Period.
 
(b) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.7.


A-36


Table of Contents

Section 5.8   Limited Preemptive Right.
 
Except as provided in this Section 5.8 and in Section 5.2 and Section 5.11, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Security, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Securities from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Securities to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Securities.
 
Section 5.9   Splits and Combinations.
 
(a) Subject to Section 5.9(d), Section 6.6 and Section 6.9 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Securities to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted.
 
(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Securities to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.
 
(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates or uncertificated Partnership Securities to the Record Holders of Partnership Securities as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Securities held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Securities Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.
 
(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 5.6(d) and this Section 5.9(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (with fractional Units equal to or greater than a 0.5 Unit being rounded to the next higher Unit).
 
Section 5.10   Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests.
 
All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Sections 17-607 or 17-804 of the Delaware Act.
 
Section 5.11   Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.11, the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when there are no Subordinated Units outstanding and the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(v) for each of the four most


A-37


Table of Contents

recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “IDR Reset Election” ) to cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share of a number of Common Units (the “IDR Reset Common Units” ) derived by dividing (i) the average amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (as defined in Section 5.11(b)) in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “ Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units” ). If at the time of any IDR Reset Election the General Partner and its Affiliates are not the holders of a majority interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights, then the IDR Reset Election shall be subject to the prior written concurrence of the General Partner that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. Upon the issuance of such IDR Reset Common Units, the Partnership will issue to the General Partner that number of additional General Partner Units equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner immediately prior to such issuance by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less such Percentage Interest by (y) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units, and the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership in exchange for such issuance. The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in this Section 5.11 shall cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive Common Units and the General Partner will become entitled to receive General Partner Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders other than as set forth in this Section 5.11(a), at the time specified in Section 5.11(c) unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.11(d).
 
(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.11(a), the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “ Reset Notice” ) to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the aggregate number of Common Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.
 
(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will be entitled to receive the related additional General Partner Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice; provided, however , that the issuance of Common Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of such Common Units by the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.
 
(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.11 on or before the 30th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Securities having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion of


A-38


Table of Contents

such Partnership Securities into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).
 
(e) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 5.11 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal the average cash distribution amount per Common Unit for the two Quarters immediately prior to the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice (the “Reset MQD” ), (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal to 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.
 
(f) Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11(a), the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights will (i) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units in an amount equal to the product of (A) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit, and (ii) second, as to any remaining balance in such Capital Account, will be retained by the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights. If there is not sufficient capital associated with the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit to the IDR Reset Common Units in accordance with clause (i) of this Section 5.11(f), the IDR Reset Common Units shall be subject to Sections 6.1(d)(x)(B) and (C).
 
ARTICLE VI
 
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 6.1   Allocations for Capital Account Purposes.
 
For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) for each taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners as provided herein below.
 
(a)  Net Income.   After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Income for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:
 
(i) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) and the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) or Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods and the Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D) or Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) for the current and all previous taxable periods; and
 
(ii) The balance, if any, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, and (y) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x).
 
(b)  Net Loss.   After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Loss for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:
 
(i) First, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided, that Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account); and
 
(ii) The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.


A-39


Table of Contents

(c)  Net Termination Gains and Losses.   After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period shall be allocated in the manner set forth in this Section 6.1(c). All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.
 
(i) Except as provided in Section 6.1(c)(iv), Net Termination Gain (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain) shall be allocated:
 
(A) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) or Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) and the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods and the Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D) or Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) for all previous taxable periods;
 
(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or Section 6.4(b)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter defined as the “Unpaid MQD” ) and (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;
 
(C) Third, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit into a Common Unit, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, determined for the taxable period (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) with respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;
 
(D) Fourth, 100% to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD, (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, and (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv) and Section 6.4(b)(ii) (the sum of (1), (2), (3) and (4) is hereinafter referred to as the “First Liquidation Target Amount” );
 
(E) Fifth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (E), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be


A-40


Table of Contents

Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) and Section 6.4(b)(iii) (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “Second Liquidation Target Amount” );
 
(F) Sixth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (F), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(vi) and Section 6.4(b)(iv); and
 
(G) Finally, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (G).
 
(ii) Except as otherwise provided by Section 6.1(c)(iii), Net Termination Loss (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Loss) shall be allocated:
 
(A) First, if Subordinated Units remain Outstanding, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
 
(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
 
(C) Third, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and
 
(D) Fourth, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.
 
(iii) Any Net Termination Loss deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d) prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:
 
(A) First, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and
 
(B) The balance, if any, to the General Partner.
 
(iv) If a Net Termination Loss has been allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii), subsequent Net Termination Gain deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d) prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:
 
(A) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) is equal to the aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B);
 
(B) Second, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iv)(B) is equal to the aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A); and


A-41


Table of Contents

(C) The balance, if any, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(c)(i).
 
(d)  Special Allocations.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:
 
(i)  Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704- 2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(ii)  Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii) with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(iii)  Priority Allocations .
 
(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) with respect to a Unit exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed with respect to another Unit (the amount of the excess, an “Excess Distribution” and the Unit with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an “Excess Distribution Unit”), then (1) there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each Unitholder receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the amount of the Excess Distribution; and (2) the General Partner shall be allocated gross income and gain with respect to each such Excess Distribution in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (aa) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs by (y) a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs, times (bb) the total amount allocated in clause (1) above with respect to such Excess Distribution.
 
(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), all or any portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated (1) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable period; and (2) to the General Partner an amount equal to the product of (aa) an amount equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General


A-42


Table of Contents

Partner’s Percentage Interest by (y) the sum of 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest times (bb) the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1) above.
 
(iv)  Qualified Income Offset . In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership gross income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement.
 
(v)  Gross Income Allocation.   In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if Section 6.1(d)(iv) and this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not in this Agreement.
 
(vi)  Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners Pro Rata. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.
 
(vii)  Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.
 
(viii)  Nonrecourse Liabilities . For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners Pro Rata.
 
(ix)  Code Section 754 Adjustments . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.
 
(x)  Economic Uniformity; Changes in Law .
 
(A) At the election of the General Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be allocated 100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units


A-43


Table of Contents

that are Outstanding as of the termination of the Subordination Period (“Final Subordinated Units”) in the proportion of the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such Final Subordinated Units to an amount that after taking into account the other allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction to be made with respect to such taxable period will equal the product of (A) the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity will be available to the General Partner only if the method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final Subordinated Units.
 
(B) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, after the application of Section 6.1(d)(x)(A), any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to such IDR Reset Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11 equaling the product of (A) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.
 
(C) With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR Reset Common Unit is transferred to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit until such transferor Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit to an amount equal to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.
 
(D) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(D) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.
 
(xi)  Curative Allocation .
 
(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not


A-44


Table of Contents

otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to (1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. In exercising its discretion under this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A), the General Partner may take into account future Required Allocations that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Required Allocations previously made. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners. Further, allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall be deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) hereof to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required Allocations.
 
(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.
 
(xii)  Corrective and Other Allocations . In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:
 
(A) Except as provided in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B), in the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof), the General Partner shall allocate such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to (1) the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner to the same extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to them pursuant to Section 5.5(d) and (2) all Unitholders, Pro Rata, to the extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to any Unitholders pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
 
(B) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof or an allocation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof) as a result of a sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset that is an Adjusted Property (“Disposed of Adjusted Property”), the General Partner shall allocate (1) additional items of gross income and gain (aa) away from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and (bb) to the Unitholders, or (2) additional items of deduction and loss (aa) away from the Unitholders and (bb) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B) shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.
 
(C) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account balances of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.


A-45


Table of Contents

(D) For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under this Agreement. In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii). Without limiting the foregoing, if an Adjusted Property is contributed by the Partnership to another entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (the “lower tier partnership”), the General Partner may make allocations similar to those described in Sections 6.1(d)(xii)(A)-(C) to the extent the General Partner determines such allocations are necessary to account for the Partnership’s allocable share of income, gain, loss and deduction of the lower tier partnership that relate to the contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is consistent with the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).
 
(xiii)  Special Curative Allocation in Event of Liquidation Prior to End of Subordination Period . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than the Required Allocations), if the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction for the taxable period that includes the Liquidation Date (and, if necessary, items arising in previous taxable periods to the extent the General Partner determines such items may be so allocated), shall be specially allocated among the Partners in the manner determined appropriate by the General Partner so as to cause, to the maximum extent possible, the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable.
 
Section 6.2   Allocations for Tax Purposes.
 
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code, as determined appropriate by the General Partner (taking into account the General Partner’s discretion under Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)); provided, that the General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) in all events.
 
(c) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.
 
(d) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as


A-46


Table of Contents

Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.
 
(e) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership; provided, however , that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.
 
(f) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction, for federal income tax purposes, shall be determined for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however , such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the last Option Closing Date or the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option occurs shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month; and provided, further , that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income or loss realized and recognized other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the month in which such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.
 
(g) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the General Partner.
 
Section 6.3   Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.
 
(a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on June 30, 2011, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. The Record Date for the first distribution of Available Cash shall not be prior to the final closing of the Over-Allotment Option. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be “Capital Surplus.” Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Partnership shall not make a distribution to any Partner on account of its interest in the Partnership if such distribution would violate the Delaware Act or any other applicable law. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be made subject to Sections 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware Act.
 
(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all cash received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.
 
(c) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners, as determined appropriate under the circumstances by the General Partner.


A-47


Table of Contents

(d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.
 
Section 6.4   Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.
 
(a)  During Subordination Period.   Available Cash with respect to any Quarter within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required in respect of additional Partnership Securities issued pursuant to Section 5.6(b):
 
(i) First, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(ii) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;
 
(iii) Third, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(iv) Fourth, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(v) Fifth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(vi) Sixth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vi), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and
 
(vii) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vii);
 
provided, however , if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vii).
 
(b)  After Subordination Period.   Available Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5 shall be


A-48


Table of Contents

distributed as follows, except as otherwise required in respect of additional Partnership Securities issued pursuant to Section 5.6(b):
 
(i) First, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(ii) Second, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(iii) Third, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iii), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;
 
(iv) Fourth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iv), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and
 
(v) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v);
 
provided, however , if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(v).
 
Section 6.5   Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus.
 
Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until a hypothetical holder of a Common Unit acquired on the Closing Date has received with respect to such Common Unit, during the period since the Closing Date through such date, distributions of Available Cash that are deemed to be Capital Surplus in an aggregate amount equal to the Initial Unit Price. Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (B) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4.
 
Section 6.6   Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.
 
(a) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution, Third Target Distribution, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Securities in accordance with Section 5.9. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution shall be adjusted proportionately downward to equal the product obtained by multiplying the otherwise applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, as the case may be, by a fraction of which the numerator is the


A-49


Table of Contents

Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units immediately after giving effect to such distribution and of which the denominator is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units immediately prior to giving effect to such distribution.
 
(b) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.11 and Section 6.9.
 
Section 6.7   Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units.
 
(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided , however , that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder with respect to such converted Subordinated Units, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however , that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x)(A), 6.7(b) and 6.7(c).
 
(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a Subordinated Unit or a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted Subordinated Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii)(B).
 
(c) The holder of a Common Unit that has resulted from the conversion of a Subordinated Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1 (if the Common Units are represented by Certificates) and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common Units, including the application of Sections 5.5(c)(ii) and 6.1(d)(x); provided, however , that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.
 
Section 6.8   Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (a) shall (i) possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Article III and Article VII and (ii) have a Capital Account as a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5 and all other provisions related thereto and (b) shall not (i) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, (ii) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in Sections 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii), Sections 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v), and Section 12.4 or (iii) be allocated items of income, gain, loss or deduction other than as specified in this Article VI.
 
Section 6.9   Entity-Level Taxation.
 
If legislation is enacted or the official interpretation of existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority, which after giving effect to such enactment or modification, results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state or local or non-U.S. income or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate of such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the General Partner


A-50


Table of Contents

may, at its option, reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution by the amount of income or withholding taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or interpretation (the “ Incremental Income Taxes” ), or any portion thereof selected by the General Partner, in the manner provided in this Section 6.9. If the General Partner elects to reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution for any Quarter with respect to all or a portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount” ) for all (or the relevant portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes; provided that any difference between such estimate and the actual liability for Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof) for such Quarter may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.9 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) Available Cash with respect to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, Available Cash with respect to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
 
Section 7.1   Management.
 
(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:
 
(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into Partnership Securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;
 
(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;
 
(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3 and Article XIV);
 
(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; subject to Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of obligations of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;


A-51


Table of Contents

(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if the same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);
 
(vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;
 
(vii) the selection and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, internal and outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;
 
(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group, the Partners and Indemnitees;
 
(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other entities or relationships (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;
 
(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;
 
(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
 
(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under Section 4.8);
 
(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Securities, or the issuance of options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights and tracking and phantom interests relating to Partnership Securities;
 
(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s participation in any Group Member; and
 
(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.
 
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement and the Group Member Agreement of each other Group Member, the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Operational Services Agreement, and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents” )(in each case other than this Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or restatements thereof entered into after the date such Person becomes bound by the provisions of this Agreement); (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own or on behalf of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any


A-52


Table of Contents

agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise.
 
Section 7.2   Certificate of Limited Partnership.
 
The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.
 
Section 7.3   Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority.
 
Except as provided in Article XII and Article XIV, the General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, other combination or sale of ownership interests of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries) without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority; provided, however , that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.
 
Section 7.4   Reimbursement of the General Partner.
 
(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as a general partner or managing member of any Group Member.
 
(b) Subject to the Omnibus Agreement, the General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the General Partner to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General Partner in connection with managing and operating the Partnership Group’s business and affairs (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7.
 
(c) The General Partner, without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Securities or options to purchase or rights, warrants or appreciation rights or phantom or tracking interests relating to Partnership Securities), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Securities in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice


A-53


Table of Contents

maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates in each case for the benefit of employees and directors of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Securities that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees and directors pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Securities purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates from the Partnership to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6.
 
(d) The General Partner and its Affiliates may charge any member of the Partnership Group a management fee to the extent necessary to allow the Partnership Group to reduce the amount of any state franchise or income tax or any tax based upon the revenues or gross margin of any member of the Partnership Group if the tax benefit produced by the payment of such management fee or fees exceeds the amount of such fee or fees.
 
Section 7.5   Outside Activities.
 
(a) The General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt securities or equity interests in any Group Member, (C) the guarantee of, and mortgage, pledge, or encumbrance of any or all of its assets in connection with, any indebtedness of any Affiliate of the General Partner or (D) subject to the limitations contained in the Omnibus Agreement, the performance of its obligations under the Omnibus Agreement.
 
(b) Except as provided in the Omnibus Agreement, each Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to any Group Member or any Partner. None of any Group Member, any Limited Partner or any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any Unrestricted Person.
 
(c) Subject to the terms of Sections 7.5(a) and (b), but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the engaging in competitive activities by any Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any fiduciary duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the General Partner or any other Unrestricted Person for the Unrestricted Persons (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership and (iii) the Unrestricted Persons shall have no obligation hereunder or as a result of any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to present business opportunities to the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity,


A-54


Table of Contents

or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner). Except as provided in the Omnibus Agreement, no Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership, shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any other Person bound by this Agreement for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership; provided such Unrestricted Person does not engage in such business or activity as a result of or using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Unrestricted Person.
 
(d) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units and/or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “Affiliates” when used in this Section 7.5(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.
 
Section 7.6   Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members.
 
(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine; provided , however , that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arm’s-length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees), all as determined by the General Partner. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and Section 7.6(b), the term “Group Member” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member.
 
(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the General Partner. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).
 
(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty, expressed or implied, of the General Partner or its Affiliates to the Partnership or the Limited Partners existing hereunder, or existing at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partner’s Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all partners or (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units.
 
Section 7.7   Indemnification.
 
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in such capacity on behalf of or for the benefit of the Partnership; provided, that


A-55


Table of Contents

the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless pursuant to this Agreement if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided, further, no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be available to any Affiliate of the General Partner (other than a Group Member), or to any other Indemnitee, with respect to any such Affiliate’s obligations pursuant to the Transaction Documents. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.
 
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 7.7.
 
(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.
 
(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.
 
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.
 
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
 
(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
 
(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the


A-56


Table of Contents

Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
 
Section 7.8   Liability of Indemnitees.
 
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Partnership Securities, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.
 
(b) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 7.1(a), the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.
 
(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
 
Section 7.9   Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.
 
(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval or Unitholder approval of such resolution, and the General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval or Unitholder approval. If Special Approval is sought, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if neither Special Approval nor Unitholder approval is sought and the Board of Directors of the General Partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Board of Directors of the General Partner acted in good faith, and in either case, in any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging such approval, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of


A-57


Table of Contents

overcoming such presumption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.
 
(b) Whenever the General Partner or the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee), makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any Affiliate of the General Partner causes the General Partner to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, the Board of Directors or such committee or such Affiliates causing the General Partner to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards (including fiduciary standards) imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must believe that the determination or other action is in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership Group.
 
(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrase, “at the option of the General Partner,” or some variation of that phrase, is used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be acting in its individual capacity.
 
(d) The General Partner’s organizational documents may provide that determinations to take or decline to take any action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity may or shall be determined by its members, if the General Partner is a limited liability company, stockholders, if the General Partner is a corporation, or the members or stockholders of the General Partner’s general partner, if the General Partner is a partnership.
 
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be at its option.
 
(f) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or required by the Delaware Act, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.
 
(g) The Unitholders hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.


A-58


Table of Contents

Section 7.10   Other Matters Concerning the General Partner.
 
(a) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
 
(b) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.
 
(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership or any Group Member.
 
Section 7.11   Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities.
 
The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Securities; provided that , except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.10, the General Partner may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership Securities are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Securities shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Securities for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.
 
Section 7.12   Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.
 
(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.12, any Person that is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner, but excluding individual Affiliates who are officers, directors or employees of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) holds Partnership Securities that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Securities (the “Holder” ) to dispose of the number of Partnership Securities it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Securities specified by the Holder; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations pursuant to this Section 7.12(a); and provided further, however , that if the Conflicts Committee determines in good faith that the requested registration would be materially detrimental to the Partnership and its Partners because such registration would (x) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) render the Partnership unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws, then the Partnership shall have the right to postpone such requested registration for a period of not more than six months after receipt of the Holder’s request, such right pursuant to this Section 7.12(a) not to be utilized more than once in any twelve-month period. In connection with any registration pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 7.12(a), the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably


A-59


Table of Contents

request; provided, however , that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration, and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Securities subject to such registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Securities in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(d), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
 
(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of Partnership Securities for cash (other than an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan), the Partnership shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of Partnership Securities held by any Holder in such registration statement as the Holder shall request; provided , that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take any action to so include the Partnership Securities of the Holder once the registration statement is declared effective by the Commission or otherwise becomes effective, including any registration statement providing for the offering from time to time of Partnership Securities pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.12(b) shall be an underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Securities would adversely and materially affect the timing or success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of Partnership Securities held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
 
(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration referred to in this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters. Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “Indemnified Persons” ) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(c) as a “claim” and in the plural as “claims” ) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Securities were registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary or final prospectus or any free writing prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary or final prospectus or any free writing prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.
 
(d) The provisions of Section 7.12(a) and Section 7.12(b) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and any of the General Partner’s Affiliates) after it ceases to be a general partner of the


A-60


Table of Contents

Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the Partnership Securities with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Securities for which registration was demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of Section 7.12(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.
 
(e) The rights to cause the Partnership to register Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 7.12 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Securities, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7.12.
 
(f) Any request to register Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall (i) specify the Partnership Securities intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such Partnership Securities for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Securities, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Securities.
 
Section 7.13   Reliance by Third Parties.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
 
Section 8.1   Records and Accounting.
 
The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Securities, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards,


A-61


Table of Contents

magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided , that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership shall not be required to keep books maintained on a cash basis and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate cash-based measures, including Operating Surplus and Adjusted Operating Surplus, by making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
 
Section 8.2   Fiscal Year.
 
The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.
 
Section 8.3   Reports.
 
(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the SEC’s website) to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.
 
(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the SEC’s website) to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
TAX MATTERS
 
Section 9.1   Tax Returns and Information.
 
The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable period or year that it is required by law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to use a taxable period other than a year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the taxable period of the Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal and state income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable period shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable period ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.
 
Section 9.2   Tax Elections.
 
(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited


A-62


Table of Contents

Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(f) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.
 
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.
 
Section 9.3   Tax Controversies.
 
Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.
 
Section 9.4   Withholding.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code, or established under any foreign law. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 or Section 12.4(c) in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.
 
ARTICLE X
 
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
 
Section 10.1   Admission of Limited Partners.
 
(a) Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner, Tesoro, Tesoro R&M, Tesoro Alaska and the Underwriters as described in Article V, such parties shall, by acceptance of such Partnership Interests, and upon being reflected in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holders of such Partnership Interests, be admitted to the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them and be bound by this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement.
 
(b) By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with Article IV or the acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger or consolidation pursuant to Article XIV, and except as provided in Section 4.9, each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when any such transfer, issuance or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, and (iv) makes any consents, acknowledgements or waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited Partner or Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and until


A-63


Table of Contents

such Person is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is an Ineligible Holder shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.9.
 
(c) The name and mailing address of each Limited Partner shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1.
 
(d) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.1(b).
 
Section 10.2   Admission of Successor General Partner.
 
A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6, provided , however , that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor is hereby authorized to and shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.
 
Section 10.3   Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership.
 
To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Delaware Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
 
Section 11.1   Withdrawal of the General Partner.
 
(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “ Event of Withdrawal” );
 
(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;
 
(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its rights as General Partner pursuant to Section 4.6;
 
(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;
 
(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses


A-64


Table of Contents

(A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor- in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;
 
(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or
 
(vi) (A) if the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) if the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) if the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) if the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise upon the termination of the General Partner.
 
If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.
 
(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, Central Time, on June 30, 2021 the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided , that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“ Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” ) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, Central Time, on June 30, 2021 the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1 unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.


A-65


Table of Contents

Section 11.2   Removal of the General Partner.
 
The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66  2 / 3 % of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Common Units voting as a class and Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Subordinated Units (if any Subordinated Units are then Outstanding) voting as a class (including, in each case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.2. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.2, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.
 
Section 11.3   Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner.
 
(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and its general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all of its or its Affiliates’ Incentive Distribution Rights (collectively, the “Combined Interest” ) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.
 
For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s withdrawal or removal, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such withdrawal or removal, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent


A-66


Table of Contents

expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner, the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and other factors it may deem relevant.
 
(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.
 
(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and (y) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.
 
Section 11.4   Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages.
 
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal, (i) the Subordination Period will end and all Outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis, (ii) all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished and (iii) the General Partner will have the right to convert its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and its Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor in accordance with Section 11.3.
 
Section 11.5   Withdrawal of Limited Partners.
 
No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided , however , that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.


A-67


Table of Contents

ARTICLE XII
 
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
 
Section 12.1   Dissolution.
 
The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:
 
(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or 11.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.2;
 
(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;
 
(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or
 
(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.
 
Section 12.2   Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution.
 
Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:
 
(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;
 
(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and
 
(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement;
 
provided , that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner under the Delaware Act and (y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).


A-68


Table of Contents

Section 12.3   Liquidator.
 
Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.3) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.
 
Section 12.4   Liquidation.
 
The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:
 
(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.
 
(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.
 
(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable period of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).


A-69


Table of Contents

Section 12.5   Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership.
 
Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
 
Section 12.6   Return of Contributions.
 
The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.
 
Section 12.7   Waiver of Partition.
 
To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.
 
Section 12.8   Capital Account Restoration.
 
No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable year of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.
 
ARTICLE XIII
 
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
 
Section 13.1   Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner.
 
Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:
 
(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;
 
(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;
 
(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for federal income tax purposes;
 
(d) a change that the General Partner determines, (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.9 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;


A-70


Table of Contents

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;
 
(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;
 
(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6;
 
(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;
 
(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;
 
(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4;
 
(k) a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or
 
(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.
 
Section 13.2   Amendment Procedures.
 
Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so in its sole discretion, and, in declining to propose or approve an amendment to this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. An amendment to this Agreement shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and, except as otherwise provided by Section 13.1 or Section 13.3, the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage of Outstanding Units is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any amendments. The General Partner shall be deemed to have notified all Record Holders as required by this Section 13.2 if it has either (i) filed such amendment with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and such amendment is publicly available on such system or (ii) made such amendment available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.
 
Section 13.3   Amendment Requirements.
 
(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of (i) in the case of any provision of this Agreement other than Section 11.2 or Section 13.4,


A-71


Table of Contents

reducing such percentage or (ii) in the case of Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, increasing such percentages, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute (x) in the case of a reduction as described in subclause (a)(i) hereof, not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced, (y) in the case of an increase in the percentage in Section 11.2, not less than 90% of the Outstanding Units, or (z) in the case of an increase in the percentage in Section 13.4, not less than a majority of the Outstanding Units.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c) or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.
 
(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3, and without limitation of the General Partner’s authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement without the approval of any Partners as contemplated in Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership law of the state under whose laws the Partnership is organized.
 
(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.
 
Section 13.4   Special Meetings.
 
All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of the meeting is given as provided in Section 16.1. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.
 
Section 13.5   Notice of a Meeting.
 
Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.


A-72


Table of Contents

Section 13.6   Record Date.
 
For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading or U.S. federal securities laws, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange or U.S. federal securities laws shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals. If the General Partner does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner in accordance with Section 13.11.
 
Section 13.7   Adjournment.
 
When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.
 
Section 13.8   Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting.
 
The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.
 
Section 13.9   Quorum and Voting.
 
The holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote and be present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner). In the absence of a quorum any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting (including Outstanding Units deemed


A-73


Table of Contents

owned by the General Partner) that are represented at such meeting either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.
 
Section 13.10   Conduct of a Meeting.
 
The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.
 
Section 13.11   Action Without a Meeting.
 
If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.
 
Section 13.12   Right to Vote and Related Matters.
 
(a) Only those Record Holders of the Outstanding Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.
 
(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter,


A-74


Table of Contents

and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.
 
ARTICLE XIV
 
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION
 
Section 14.1   Authority.
 
The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity, whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written plan of merger or consolidation ( “Merger Agreement” ) or a written plan of conversion ( “Plan of Conversion” ), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIV.
 
Section 14.2   Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.
 
(a) Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner, provided, however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or conversion, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.
 
(b) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:
 
(i) name and state of domicile of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;
 
(ii) the name and state of domicile of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “ Surviving Business Entity” );
 
(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;
 
(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any general or limited partner interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (ii) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;
 
(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, operating agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;


A-75


Table of Contents

(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement ( provided , that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein); and
 
(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
 
(c) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the conversion, the General Partner shall approve the Plan of Conversion, which shall set forth:
 
(i) the name of the converting entity and the converted entity;
 
(ii) a statement that the Partnership is continuing its existence in the organizational form of the converted entity;
 
(iii) a statement as to the type of entity that the converted entity is to be and the state or country under the laws of which the converted entity is to be incorporated, formed or organized;
 
(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the converted entity;
 
(v) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership; and
 
(vi) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, or other organizational documents of the converted entity;
 
(vii) the effective time of the conversion, which may be the date of the filing of the articles of conversion or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Plan of Conversion ( provided , that if the effective time of the conversion is to be later than the date of the filing of such articles of conversion, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such articles of conversion and stated therein); and
 
(viii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed conversion that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
 
Section 14.3   Approval by Limited Partners.
 
(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.
 
(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, effects an amendment to any provision of this Agreement that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement adopted pursuant to Article XIII, would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.
 
(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or articles of conversion pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.


A-76


Table of Contents

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity that shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner as compared to its limited liability under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger, or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the General Partner determines that the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.
 
(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if (A) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner as compared to its limited liability under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (B) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (C) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (D) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (E) the number of Partnership Securities to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Securities (other than Incentive Distribution Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.
 
(f) Pursuant to Section 17-211(g) of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.
 
Section 14.4   Certificate of Merger or Articles of Conversion.
 
Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or certificate of conversion, as applicable, shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.
 
Section 14.5   Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.
 
(a) At the effective time of the merger:
 
(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;
 
(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;


A-77


Table of Contents

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and
 
(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.
 
(b) At the effective time of the conversion:
 
(i) the Partnership shall continue to exist, without interruption, but in the organizational form of the converted entity rather than in its prior organizational form;
 
(ii) all rights, title, and interests to all real estate and other property owned by the Partnership shall continue to be owned by the converted entity in its new organizational form without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon;
 
(iii) all liabilities and obligations of the Partnership shall continue to be liabilities and obligations of the converted entity in its new organizational form without impairment or diminution by reason of the conversion;
 
(iv) all rights of creditors or other parties with respect to or against the prior interest holders or other owners of the Partnership in their capacities as such in existence as of the effective time of the conversion will continue in existence as to those liabilities and obligations and may be pursued by such creditors and obligees as if the conversion did not occur;
 
(v) a proceeding pending by or against the Partnership or by or against any of Partners in their capacities as such may be continued by or against the converted entity in its new organizational form and by or against the prior partners without any need for substitution of parties; and
 
(vi) the Partnership Units that are to be converted into partnership interests, shares, evidences of ownership, or other securities in the converted entity as provided in the plan of conversion shall be so converted, and Partners shall be entitled only to the rights provided in the Plan of Conversion.
 
ARTICLE XV
 
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
 
Section 15.1   Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.
 
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 75% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable at its option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed. As used in this Agreement, (i)  “Current Market Price” as of any date of any class of Limited Partner Interests means the average of the daily Closing Prices (as hereinafter defined) per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; (ii)  “Closing Price” for any day means the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal National Securities Exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market) on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange (other than


A-78


Table of Contents

the Nasdaq Stock Market), the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market or such other system then in use, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the General Partner; and (iii)  “Trading Day” means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests of any class are listed or admitted for trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed or admitted for trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.
 
(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “Notice of Election to Purchase” ) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI, and Article XII) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI and Article XII).
 
(c) At any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon.


A-79


Table of Contents

ARTICLE XVI
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 16.1   Addresses and Notices; Written Communications.
 
(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Securities at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Securities by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Transfer Agent or the Partnership is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.
 
(b) The terms “in writing”, “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication.
 
Section 16.2   Further Action.
 
The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
 
Section 16.3   Binding Effect.
 
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
 
Section 16.4   Integration.
 
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.
 
Section 16.5   Creditors.
 
None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.
 
Section 16.6   Waiver.
 
No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.


A-80


Table of Contents

Section 16.7   Third-Party Beneficiaries.
 
Each Partner agrees that (a) any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee and (b) any Unrestricted Person shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Unrestricted Person.
 
Section 16.8   Counterparts.
 
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or (b) without execution hereof.
 
Section 16.9   Applicable Law.
 
(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.
 
(b) Each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):
 
(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act or (E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;
 
(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;
 
(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;
 
(iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and
 
(v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided , nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.


A-81


Table of Contents

Section 16.10   Invalidity of Provisions.
 
If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and/or parts thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provisions and/or part shall be reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.
 
Section 16.11   Consent of Partners
 
Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.
 
Section 16.12   Facsimile and Email Signatures.
 
The use of facsimile signatures and signatures delivered by email in portable document format (.pdf) affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on certificates representing Common Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.
 
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]


A-82


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
GENERAL PARTNER:
 
TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC
 
  By: 
     
[Name]
[Title]
 
ORGANIZATIONAL LIMITED PARTNER:
 
TESORO CORPORATION
 
  By: 
     
[Name]
[Title]
 
LIMITED PARTNERS:
 
TESORO ALASKA COMPANY
 
  By: 
     
[Name]
[Title]
 
TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY
 
  By: 
     
[Name]
[Title]


A-83


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A
to the First Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of
Tesoro Logistics LP

Certificate Evidencing Common Units
Representing Limited Partner Interests in
Tesoro Logistics LP
 
No.  ­ ­ ­ ­  Common Units
 
In accordance with Section 4.1 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Tesoro Logistics LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “Partnership Agreement” ), Tesoro Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership” ), hereby certifies that (the “Holder” ) is the registered owner of Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “Common Units” ) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at 19100 Ridgewood Parkway, San Antonio, Texas 78259. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.
 
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF TESORO LOGISTICS LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF TESORO LOGISTICS LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE TESORO LOGISTICS LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF TESORO LOGISTICS LP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF TESORO LOGISTICS LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.
 
The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement, (iii) granted the powers of attorney provided for in the Partnership Agreement and (iv) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.


A-84


Table of Contents

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
 
     
Dated: ­ ­
 
Tesoro Logistics LP

By: Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC

By: 
     

Chief Executive Officer

By: 
     

Secretary
     
Countersigned and Registered by:

[ ]
as Transfer Agent and Registrar

By: 
Authorized Signature
   


A-85


Table of Contents

[Reverse of Certificate]
 
ABBREVIATIONS
 
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:
 
     
TEN COM — as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT
     
TEN ENT — as tenants by the entireties
  Custodian
    (Cust) (Minor)
     
JT TEN — as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common   under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)
 
Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.


A-86


Table of Contents

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS OF
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto
 
     
   
     
   
     
(Please print or typewrite name and address of assignee)
 
(Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)
 
           Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint            as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of Tesoro Logistics LP.
 
         
Date:  ­ ­
  NOTE:   The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.
         
       
(Signature)
         
       
(Signature)
         
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15
       
 
No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.


A-87


Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
12,500,000 Common Units
 
 
 
 
Representing Limited Partner Interests
 
 
 
 
 
(TESORO LOGISTICS)
 
Tesoro Logistics LP
 
 
 
 
 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
 
          , 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Citi
Wells Fargo Securities
BofA Merrill Lynch
Credit Suisse
Barclays Capital
Deutsche Bank Securities
J.P. Morgan
Raymond James
RBC Capital Markets
 
 


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
Item 13.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE filing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 35,048  
FINRA filing fee
    30,688  
NYSE listing fee
    156,032  
Advisory fee
    2,020,000  
Printing and engraving expenses
    725,000  
Fees and expenses of legal counsel
    5,173,596  
Accounting fees and expenses
    1,015,000  
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    4,800  
Miscellaneous
    189,167  
         
Total
  $ 9,349,331  
         
 
Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
The section of the prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement — Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify officers, directors and affiliates of the general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference. Reference is also made to Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement to be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement in which Tesoro Logistics LP and certain of its affiliates will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to contribute to payments that may be required to be made in respect of these liabilities. Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other persons from and against all claims and demands whatsoever.
 
Item 15.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
On December 13, 2010, in connection with the formation of the partnership, Tesoro Logistics LP issued to (i) Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC the 2.0% general partner interest in the partnership for $20 and (ii) to Tesoro Corporation the 98.0% limited partner interest in the partnership for $980 in an offering exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.
 
Item 16.   Exhibits
 
The following documents are filed as exhibits to this registration statement:
 


II-1


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  1 .1     Form of Underwriting Agreement (including form of Lock-up Agreement)
  3 .1*     Certificate of Limited Partnership of Tesoro Logistics LP
  3 .2     Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Tesoro Logistics LP (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)
  3 .3*     Certificate of Formation of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC
  3 .4     Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC
  5 .1     Opinion of Latham & Watkins, LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered
  8 .1     Opinion of Latham & Watkins, LLP relating to tax matters
  10 .1     Form of Credit Agreement
  10 .2     Form of Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement
  10 .3#     Form of Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .4     Form of Omnibus Agreement
  10 .5     Form of Operational Services Agreement
  10 .6     Form of Transportation Services Agreement (High Plains Pipeline System)
  10 .7     Form of Trucking Transportation Services Agreement
  10 .8†     Form of Master Terminalling Services Agreement
  10 .9     Form of Transportation Services Agreement (SLC Short Haul Pipelines)
  10 .10     Form of Salt Lake City Storage and Transportation Services Agreement
  10 .11     Employment Agreement of Gregory J. Goff
  10 .12     Employment Agreement of Charles S. Parrish
  10 .13     Management Stability Agreement of Phillip M. Anderson
  10 .14     Management Stability Agreement of G. Scott Spendlove
  10 .15     Management Stability Agreement of Ralph J. Grimmer
  10 .16#     Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan
  10 .17#     Form of Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Phantom Unit Award (Employee time-vesting award)
  10 .18#     Form of Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Phantom Unit Award (Non-employee director award)
  21 .1     List of Subsidiaries of Tesoro Logistics LP
  23 .1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23 .2     Consent of Latham & Watkins, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  23 .3     Consent of Latham & Watkins, LLP (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
  24 .1*     Powers of Attorney (contained on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
 
 
* Previously filed.
 
# Compensatory plan or arrangement
 
Confidential status has been requested for certain portions thereof pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Request. Such provisions have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Item 17.   Undertakings
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-2


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) The undersigned registrant undertakes to send to each common unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of any transactions with Tesoro or its subsidiaries (including the registrant’s general partner) and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to Tesoro or its subsidiaries (including the registrant’s general partner) for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.
 
(4) The registrant undertakes to provide to the common unitholders the financial statements required by Form 10-K for the first full fiscal year of operations of the company.


II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement (No. 333-171525) to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio, State of Texas, on April 1, 2011.
 
Tesoro Logistics LP
 
  By:  Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC
its General Partner
 
  By: 
/s/  Gregory J. Goff
Gregory J. Goff
Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement (No. 333-171525) has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on April 1, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Gregory J. Goff

Gregory J. Goff
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive
Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  G. Scott Spendlove

G. Scott Spendlove
  Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/  Phillip M. Anderson

Phillip M. Anderson
  Director and President
     
/s/  Charles S. Parrish

Charles S. Parrish
  Director, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
     
    

Raymond J. Bromark
  Director


II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  1 .1     Form of Underwriting Agreement (including form of Lock-up Agreement)
  3 .1*     Certificate of Limited Partnership of Tesoro Logistics LP
  3 .2     Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Tesoro Logistics LP (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)
  3 .3*     Certificate of Formation of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC
  3 .4     Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC
  5 .1     Opinion of Latham & Watkins, LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered
  8 .1     Opinion of Latham & Watkins, LLP relating to tax matters
  10 .1     Form of Credit Agreement
  10 .2     Form of Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement
  10 .3#     Form of Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .4     Form of Omnibus Agreement
  10 .5     Form of Operational Services Agreement
  10 .6     Form of Transportation Services Agreement (High Plains Pipeline System)
  10 .7     Form of Trucking Transportation Services Agreement
  10 .8†     Form of Master Terminalling Services Agreement
  10 .9     Form of Transportation Services Agreement (SLC Short Haul Pipelines)
  10 .10     Form of Salt Lake City Storage and Transportation Services Agreement
  10 .11     Employment Agreement of Gregory J. Goff
  10 .12     Employment Agreement of Charles D. Parrish
  10 .13     Management Stability Agreement of Phillip M. Anderson
  10 .14     Management Stability Agreement of G. Scott Spendlove
  10 .15     Management Stability Agreement of Ralph J. Grimmer
  10 .16#     Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan
  10 .17#     Form of Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Phantom Unit Award (Employee time-vesting award)
  10 .18#     Form of Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Phantom Unit Award (Non-employee director award)
  21 .1     List of Subsidiaries of Tesoro Logistics LP
  23 .1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23 .2     Consent of Latham & Watkins, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  23 .3     Consent of Latham & Watkins, LLP (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
  24 .1*     Powers of Attorney (contained on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
 
 
* Previously filed.
 
# Compensatory plan or arrangement
 
Confidential status has been requested for certain portions thereof pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Request. Such provisions have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 1.1
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
[    ] Common Units
Representing Limited Partner Interests
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
New York, New York
[    ], 2011
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
As Representatives of the several Underwriters,
c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Tesoro Logistics LP, a limited partnership organized under the laws of Delaware (the “ Partnership ”), proposes to sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), for whom you (the “ Representatives ”) are acting as representatives, [    ] common units (the “ Firm Units ”), each representing a limited partner interest in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”). The Partnership also proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [    ] additional Common Units to cover over-allotments, if any (the “ Option Units ;” the Option Units, together with the Firm Units, being hereinafter called the “ Units ”). Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 20 hereof.
          It is understood and agreed to by all parties that the Partnership was formed by Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Tesoro ”), to own, operate, develop and acquire crude oil and refined products logistics assets that were previously owned and operated directly or indirectly by Tesoro (the “ Tesoro Logistics LP Business ”), as described more particularly in the Preliminary Prospectus.
          It is further understood and agreed to by all parties that as of the date hereof:
     (a) Tesoro directly owns a 100% membership interest in Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the sole general partner of the Partnership with a 2.0% general partner interest in the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”);
     (b) Tesoro directly owns a 100% membership interest in Tesoro Alaska Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Tesoro Alaska ”);
     (c) Tesoro directly owns a 100% membership interest in Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TRMC ”);

 


 

     (d) Tesoro directly owns a 100% membership interest in Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ THPPLLC ”);
     (e) Tesoro directly owns a 98% limited partner interest in the Partnership;
     (f) TRMC directly owns a 100% membership interest in Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation (the “ Operating Company ”);
     (g) Tesoro Alaska directly owns a 100% membership interest in Tesoro Alaska Logistics MLP LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation (“ TAL ”);
     (h) THPPLLC directly owns a 100% membership interest in Tesoro Trucking Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation (“ Tesoro Trucking ”);
     (i) Tesoro Alaska has conveyed 100% of its Partnership-bound assets to TAL as a capital contribution;
     (j) THPPLLC has contributed certain logistics assets to Tesoro Trucking;
     (k) TRMC has conveyed its Partnership-bound assets to the Operating Company as a capital contribution;
     (l) THPPLLC has filed certain tariffs with the North Dakota Public Service Commission, namely Supplement No.5 to Tariff #63 and Tariff #83 and with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, namely Tariff #3.1.0 and Tariff #8; and
          The transactions contemplated in subsections (i) through (l) above are referred to herein as the “ Pre-Offering Transactions .”
          Immediately prior to or on the Closing Date (as defined herein), the following transactions will occur:
     (a) Tesoro, the General Partner, the Partnership, Tesoro Alaska, TRMC and THPPLLC will enter into a Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement (including the other documents referred to therein, the “ Contribution Agreement ”) pursuant to which:
     (i) Tesoro will contribute (a) an interest in THPPLLC (the “ THPPLLC Interest ”) with a value equal to 2.0% of the equity value of the Partnership immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement to the General Partner as a capital contribution and (b) $50 million, which constitutes the amount of cash to be distributed to the General Partner by the Partnership on the Closing Date;
     (ii) the General Partner will contribute to the Partnership its THPPLLC Interest in exchange for (a) [    ] general partner units representing an aggregate 2% general partner interest in the Partnership (the “ General Partner Units ”), (b) all of the incentive distribution rights (the “ IDRs ”) of the Partnership and (c) the right to receive a $50 million distribution from borrowings under the Partnership’s Credit Agreement (as defined herein); and

2


 

     (iii) Tesoro will contribute its remaining interest in THPPLLC to the Partnership in exchange for (a) [    ] subordinated units, each representing a limited partner interest in the Partnership (the “ Subordinated Units ”), representing an aggregate [    ]% ownership interest in the Partnership, (b) [    ] Common Units representing an aggregate [    ]% ownership interest in the Partnership and (c) the right to receive $[    ] million in proceeds of the offering contemplated hereby, of which $[    ] million is to reimburse Tesoro for certain capital expenditures incurred by Tesoro with respect to THPPLLC;
     (iv) TRMC will contribute to the Partnership its 100% interest in the Operating Company in exchange for (a) [    ] Subordinated Units, representing a [    ]% limited partner interest in the Partnership, (b) [    ] Common Units representing a [    ]% limited partner interest in the Partnership and (c) the rights to receive $[    ] in proceeds, of which $[    ] million is to reimburse TRMC for certain capital expenditures incurred by TRMC with respect to the Partnership-bound assets owned by the Operating Company;
     (v) Tesoro Alaska will contribute to the Partnership its 100% interest in TAL in exchange for (a) [    ] Subordinated Units, representing an aggregate [    ]% ownership interest in the Partnership, (b) [    ] Common Units representing an aggregate [    ]% ownership interest in the Partnership and (c) the rights to receive $[    ] in proceeds, of which $[    ] million is to reimburse Tesoro Alaska for certain capital expenditures incurred by Tesoro Alaska with respect to the Partnership-bound assets owned by TAL;
     The assets contributed to the Partnership as contemplated in subsections (ii) through (iv) above are collectively referred to herein as the “ Partnership Contribution Assets .”
     (b) The Operating Company, as borrower, and the Partnership, as Guarantor, will enter into a $150 million senior secured credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (the “ Credit Agreement ”);
     (c) the Partnership will contribute its interests in THPPLLC and TAL to the Operating Company as a capital contribution;
     (d) THPPLLC will contribute its interests in Tesoro Trucking to the Operating Company;
     (e) The Operating Company will enter into an agreement and plan of merger (the “ Agreement and Plan of Merger ”) with Tesoro Trucking and TAL, pursuant to which such parties will participate in a merger (the “ Merger ”) pursuant to which:
     (i) Tesoro Trucking and TAL will merge with and into the Operating Company;

3


 

     (ii) The Operating Company will survive and will retain all of its assets and liabilities; and
     (iii) Tesoro Trucking and TAL will cease to exist.
     (f) The General Partner, the Partnership, Tesoro Refining and Marketing, Tesoro Alaska and Tesoro Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TCI ”) will enter into an omnibus agreement (the “ Omnibus Agreement ”), which addresses the provision by Tesoro and certain of its affiliates of personnel and general and administrative services to the Partnership and certain indemnification matters;
     (g) TCI, Tesoro Refining and Marketing, Tesoro Alaska, the Operating Company, THPPLLC and the General Partner will enter into an operational services agreement (the “ Operational Services Agreement ”), which addresses the provision by affiliates of Tesoro of operational services to the General Partner and certain subsidiaries of the Partnership;
     (h) Tesoro Refining and Marketing and THPPLLC will enter into a pipeline transportation services agreement (the “ High Plains Pipeline Transportation Services Agreement ”), pursuant to which Tesoro Refining and Marketing will pay THPPLLC fees for gathering and transporting crude oil on the Partnership’s High Plains pipeline system;
     (i) Tesoro Refining and Marketing and the Operating Company will enter into a trucking transportation services agreement (the “ Trucking Pipeline Transportation Services Agreement ”), pursuant to which Tesoro Refining and Marketing will pay the Operating Company fees for crude oil trucking and related services and scheduling and dispatching services that the Operating Company will provide through its High Plains truck-based crude oil gathering operation;
     (j) Tesoro Refining and Marketing, Tesoro Alaska and the Operating Company will enter into a master terminalling services agreement (the “ Master Terminalling Services Agreement ”), pursuant to which Tesoro Refining and Marketing and Tesoro Alaska will pay the Operating Company fees for providing terminalling services at its eight refined products terminals;
     (k) Tesoro Refining and Marketing and the Operating Company will enter into a pipeline transportation services agreement (the “ Short-Haul Pipeline Transportation Services Agreement ”), pursuant to which Tesoro Refining and Marketing will pay the Operating Company fees for transporting crude oil and refined products on its five Salt Lake City short-haul pipelines;
     (l) Tesoro Refining and Marketing and the Operating Company will enter into a storage and transportation services agreement (the “ Storage and Transportation Services Agreement ”), pursuant to which Tesoro Refining and Marketing will pay the Operating Company fees for storing crude oil and refined products at its Salt Lake City storage facility and transporting crude oil and refined products between the storage facility and the Operating Company’s Salt Lake City refinery through interconnecting pipelines on a dedicated basis;

4


 

     (m) The public offering of the Firm Units contemplated hereby will be consummated;
     (n) The Partnership will use the net proceeds received from the sale of the Units as provided in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the Registration Statement;
     (o) The Partnership will redeem Tesoro’s 98% limited partner interest in the Partnership and refund and distribute to Tesoro the initial contribution, in the amount of $980; and
     (p) The Operating Company will borrow $50.0 million under the Credit Agreement to fund an additional cash distribution to the Partnership and then to the General Partner and the General Partner will loan such amount to Tesoro, and such loan will be evidenced by a promissory note.
The Pre-Offering Transactions together with the transactions contemplated in subsections (a) through (o) above are collectively referred to herein as the “ Transactions .” In connection with the consummation of the Merger, the parties to these Transactions entered into, as applicable, merger agreements and certificates and articles of merger (the “ Merger Documents ”). In connection with the Transactions, the parties to the Transactions have entered or will enter into various transfer agreements, conveyances, contribution agreements and related documents (collectively, and together with the Merger Documents and the Contribution Agreement, the “ Contribution Documents ”). The Contribution Documents, the Omnibus Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the Operational Services Agreement, the High Plains Pipeline Transportation Services Agreement, the Trucking Transportation Services Agreement, the Master Terminalling Services Agreement, the Short-Haul Pipeline Transportation Services Agreement and the Storage and Transportation Services Agreement shall be collectively referred to as the “ Transaction Documents .” Tesoro, the Partnership, the General Partner, TRMC and Tesoro Alaska are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Tesoro Parties .” The Partnership, the General Partner, the Operating Company, TAL, Tesoro Trucking and THPPLLC are herein collectively referred to as the “ Partnership Entities ,” and, together with the Tesoro Parties and TCI, the “ Tesoro Entities .”
          This is to confirm the agreement among the Tesoro Parties and the Underwriters concerning the purchase by the Underwriters of the Firm Units and of the Option Units, if any, from the Partnership by the Underwriters.
          1. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Tesoro Parties, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter as set forth below in this Section 1 .
     (a) The Partnership has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (file number 333-171525) on Form S-1, including a related preliminary prospectus, for registration under the Act of the offering and sale of the Units. Such Registration Statement, including all amendments thereto filed prior to the Execution Time, has become effective. The Partnership may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus, each of which has previously been

5


 

furnished to you. The Partnership will file with the Commission a final prospectus in accordance with Rule 424(b). As filed, such final prospectus shall contain all information required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the Execution Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest Preliminary Prospectus) as the Partnership has advised you, prior to the Execution Time, will be included or made therein.
     (b) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the knowledge of any of the Tesoro Parties, threatened by the Commission. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Tesoro Parties, threatened by the Commission.
     (c) Each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did, and when the Prospectus is first filed in accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date and on any date on which Option Units are purchased, if such date is not the Closing Date (a “ settlement date ”), the Prospectus (and any supplement thereto) will, comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; on the Effective Date and at the Execution Time, the Registration Statement did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and on the date of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date and any settlement date, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Partnership makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Partnership by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.
     (d) As of the Execution Time and each settlement date, (i) the Disclosure Package and the price to the public, the number of Firm Units and the number of Option Units to be included on the cover page of the Prospectus, when taken together as a whole,

6


 

and (ii) each electronic road show, when taken together as a whole with the Disclosure Package, and the price to the public, the number of Firm Units and the number of Option Units to be included on the cover page of the Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from the Disclosure Package based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.
     (e) Each of the statements made by the Partnership in the Registration Statement and the Disclosure Package and to be made in the Prospectus (and any supplements thereto) within the coverage of Rule 175(b) under the Securities Act, including (but not limited to) any statements with respect to projected results of operations, estimated available cash and future cash distributions of the Partnership, and any statements made in support thereof or related thereto under the heading “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” or the anticipated ratio of taxable income to distributions, was made or will be made with a reasonable basis and in good faith.
     (f) The Partnership has made available a “bona fide electronic road show” (as defined in Rule 433) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Units.
     (g) (i) At the time of filing the Registration Statement and (ii) as of the Execution Time (with such date being used as the determination date for purposes of this clause (ii)), the Partnership was not and is not an Ineligible Issuer (as defined in Rule 405), without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Partnership be considered an Ineligible Issuer.
     (h) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus does not include any information that conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified. The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.
     (i) Each of the Tesoro Entities has been duly formed or incorporated and is validly existing as a limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization with full power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to own or lease and to operate its properties currently

7


 

owned or leased or to be owned or leased on the Closing Date and each settlement date and conduct its business as currently conducted or as to be conducted on the Closing Date and each settlement date, in each case as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. Each of the Partnership Entities is, or at the Closing Date and each settlement date will be, duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited partnership or limited liability company (other than TAL and Tesoro Trucking, which will merge out of existence pursuant to the Merger), as applicable, and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires, or at the Closing Date and each settlement date will require, such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or registered would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Partnership Entities (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”), or subject the limited partners of the Partnership to any material liability or disability.
     (j) The General Partner has, and, on the Closing Date and each settlement date, will have, full power and authority to act as general partner of the Partnership in all material respects as described in the Disclosure Package and Prospectus.
     (k) Tesoro owns, and on the Closing Date and each settlement date, will own, all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the General Partner; such membership interests have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of the General Partner (as the same may be amended or restated at or prior to the Closing Date, the “ GP LLC Agreement ”), and are fully paid (to the extent required by the GP LLC Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Delaware LLC Act ”)); and, with the exception of restrictions on transferability in the GP LLC Agreement or as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, Tesoro owns the such membership interests free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, charges or other claims (“ Liens ”).
     (l) The General Partner is, and on the Closing Date and each settlement date, will be, the sole general partner of the Partnership with a 2.0% general partner interest in the Partnership; such general partner interest has been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the agreement of limited partnership of the Partnership (as the same may be amended and/or restated at or prior to the Closing Date, the “ Partnership Agreement ”); and the General Partner will own such general partner interest free and clear of all Liens (except restrictions on transferability as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus).
     (m) On the Closing Date and each settlement date, after giving effect to the Transactions, Tesoro will own [    ] Common Units and [    ] Subordinated Units (the “ Tesoro Units ”), TRMC will own [    ] Common Units and [    ] Subordinated Units (the “ TRMC Units ”) and Tesoro Alaska will own [    ] Common Units and [    ] Subordinated Units (the “ Tesoro Alaska Units ”; and together with the Tesoro Units and the TRMC Units, the “ Sponsor Units ”) and the General Partner will own 100% of the IDRs; all of such Sponsor Units and IDRs and the limited partner interests represented thereby will be

8


 

duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the Partnership Agreement, and will be fully paid (to the extent required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware Limited Partnership Act (the “ Delaware LP Act ”)); and Tesoro will own the Tesoro Units, TRMC will own the TRMC Units and Tesoro Alaska will own the Tesoro Alaska Units and the General Partner will own the IDRs, in each case free and clear of all Liens.
     (n) On the Closing Date and each settlement date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Partnership will own all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Operating Company; such membership interests will be duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of the Operating Company (as the same may be amended or restated at or prior to the Closing Date, the “ Operating Company LLC Agreement ”), and will be fully paid (to the extent required by the Operating Company LLC Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware LLC Act); and, with the exception of the pledge of membership interests as collateral under the Credit Agreement and related security documents, restrictions on transferability in the Operating Company LLC Agreement or as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Partnership will own such membership interests free and clear of all Liens.
     (o) On the Closing Date and each settlement date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Operating Company will own all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of THPPLLC; such membership interests will be duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of the THPPLLC (as the same may be amended or restated at or prior to the Closing Date, the “ THPPLLC LLC Agreement ”), and will be fully paid (to the extent required by the THPPLLC LLC Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware LLC Act); and , with the exception of the pledge of membership interests as collateral under the Credit Agreement, restrictions on transferability in the THPPLLC LLC Agreement or as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus the Operating Company will own such membership interests free and clear of all Liens.
     (p) The Units to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Partnership have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid (to the extent required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by matters described in Sections 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware LP Act).
     (q) At the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions and the offering of the Firm Units as contemplated by this Agreement, the issued and outstanding partnership interests of the Partnership will consist of [    ] Common Units, [    ] Subordinated Units and [    ] General Partner Units. Other than the Sponsor Units and the IDRs, the Units will be the only limited partner interests of the Partnership issued and outstanding on the Closing Date and each settlement date.

9


 

     (r) Other than its ownership of its 2% general partner interest in the Partnership and the IDRs, the General Partner will not, on the Closing Date and each settlement date, own, directly or indirectly, any equity or long-term debt securities of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association or other entity. Other than (i) the Partnership’s ownership of a 100% membership interest in the Operating Company and (ii) the Operating Company’s ownership of a 100% membership interest in THPPLLC, none of the Partnership, the Operating Company or THPPLLC will, on the Closing Date and each settlement date, own, directly or indirectly, any equity or long-term debt securities of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association or other entity.
     (s) Except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no (i) preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, nor any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any equity securities of the Partnership Entities or TAL or (ii) outstanding options or warrants to purchase any securities of the Partnership Entities or TAL. Neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Units as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any Units or other securities of the Partnership.
     (t) All Merger Documents relating to the Merger required to be filed will be filed on or before the Closing Date. The Merger will become effective under the Delaware General Corporation Law on or before the Closing Date.
     (u) Each of the Tesoro Parties has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform its respective obligations hereunder. The Partnership has all requisite partnership power and authority to issue, sell and deliver (i) the Units, in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) the Sponsor Units and IDRs, in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Partnership Agreement and the Contribution Agreement. On the Closing Date and each settlement date, all corporate, partnership and limited liability company action, as the case may be, required to be taken by the Tesoro Parties or any of their stockholders, members or partners for the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Units, the Sponsor Units and the IDRs, the execution and delivery by the Tesoro Parties of the Operative Agreements (as defined herein) and the consummation of the transactions (including the Transactions) contemplated by this Agreement and the Operative Agreements, shall have been validly taken.
     (v) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Tesoro Parties.
     (w) At or before the Closing Date:

10


 

     (i) the Partnership Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the General Partner, Tesoro, Tesoro Alaska and Tesoro Refining and Marketing and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of the General Partner and Tesoro, Tesoro Alaska and Tesoro Refining and Marketing, enforceable against the General Partner and Tesoro, Tesoro Alaska and Tesoro Refining and Marketing in accordance with its terms;
     (ii) the GP LLC Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Tesoro and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of Tesoro, enforceable against Tesoro in accordance with its terms;
     (iii) the Operating Company LLC Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Partnership and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of the Partnership, enforceable against the Partnership in accordance with its terms;
     (iv) [the THPPLLC LLC Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Operating Company and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of the Operating Company, enforceable against the Operating Company in accordance with its terms][TBU for contribution];
     (v) the Omnibus Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of each of them, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms;
     (vi) the Credit Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Partnership and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of the Partnership, enforceable against the Partnership, in accordance with its terms;
     (vii) each of the High Plains Pipeline Transportation Services Agreement, the Trucking Transportation Services Agreement, the Master Terminalling Services Agreement the Short-Haul Pipeline Transportation Agreement and the Storage and Transportation Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of each respective party thereto, enforceable against such respective parties, in accordance with its terms;
     (viii) the Contribution Documents will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Tesoro Entities party thereto and will be valid and legally binding agreements of the Tesoro Entities party thereto, enforceable against such Tesoro Entities party thereto in accordance with their respective terms;
provided , that, with respect to each agreement described in this Section 1(w) , the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is

11


 

considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); provided further ; that the indemnity, contribution and exoneration provisions contained in any of such agreements may be limited by applicable laws and public policy.
     The Partnership Agreement, the GP LLC Agreement, the Operating Company LLC Agreement, the THPPLLC LLC Agreement and the Transaction Documents are herein collectively referred to as the “ Operative Agreements .”
     (x) None of (i) the offering, issuance or sale by the Partnership of the Units, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements by the Tesoro Entities that are parties hereto or thereto, as the case may be, (iii) the consummation of the Transactions and any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Operative Agreements or (iv) the application of the proceeds as described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conflict or will conflict with, or result or will result in, a breach or violation of or a default under (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such an event), or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of any of the Partnership Entities pursuant to, (i) the partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement, certificate of limited partnership, certificate of formation or conversion, certificate of articles of incorporation, bylaws or other constituent document (collectively, the “ Organizational Documents ”) of any of the Tesoro Entities, (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which any Tesoro Entity is a party or bound or to which its property is subject, or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to any Tesoro Entity of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over any Tesoro Entity or any of their properties in a proceeding to which any of them or their property is a party, except in the case of clause (ii), Liens arising under the security documents for the collateral pledged under the Credit Agreement and except in the case of clause (iii), where such breach or violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (y) No permit, consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, filing or qualification of or with any court, governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over any of the Tesoro Entities or any of their properties or assets is required in connection with the offering, issuance or sale by the Partnership of the Units, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Tesoro Parties, the execution, delivery and performance by the Tesoro Entities that are parties thereto of their respective obligations under the Operative Agreements or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Operative Agreements other than (i) registration of the Units under the Act, which has been effected (or, with respect to any registration statement to be filed hereunder pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act, will be effected in accordance herewith), (ii) any necessary qualification under the securities or blue sky laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Units are being offered by the Underwriters, (iii) under the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) and (iv) consents that have been, or prior to the Closing Date will be, obtained, except in the case of clause (iv) where the failure to obtain such consent would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

12


 

     (z) None of the Tesoro Entities is in violation, breach or default (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in violation, breach or default) of (i) any provision of its Organizational Documents, (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument relating to the Tesoro Logistics LP Business or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court, governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the any of the Tesoro Parties or any of its properties, as applicable, or (iv) the Operative Agreements, except in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii) where such violation, breach or default would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (aa) The Units, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement and this Agreement against payment therefor as provided therein and herein, will conform, and the Sponsor Units, the General Partner Units and the IDRs conform, or when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement will conform, in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (bb) No labor problem or dispute with the employees of any of the Tesoro Entities who are engaged in the Tesoro Logistics LP Business exists or is threatened or imminent, and the Tesoro Parties are not aware of any existing or threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of the Tesoro Entities’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that could have a Material Adverse Effect.The Transaction Documents will be legally sufficient to transfer or convey to the Partnership and its subsidiaries satisfactory title to, or valid rights to use or manage all properties not already held by it that are, individually or in the aggregate, required to enable the Partnership and its subsidiaries to conduct their operations in all material respects as contemplated by the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Partnership and it subsidiaries, upon execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, will succeed in all material respects to the business, assets, properties, liabilities and operations reflected by the pro forma combined financial statements of the Partnership.
     (cc) The historical combined financial statements and schedules of the predecessor to the Partnership and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the predecessor to the Partnership as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein). The pro forma combined financial statements of the Partnership and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma

13


 

adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect an appropriate application of those adjustments to the historical combined financial statement amounts in the pro forma combined financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus. The pro forma combined financial statements of the Partnership and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act (including, without limitation, Regulations S-X and G of the Act), the Exchange Act, Item 10 under Regulation S-K and Financial Interpretation No. 46 and the pro forma adjustments have been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of those statements. The summary historical and pro forma financial and operating information set forth in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data” and the selected historical and pro forma financial and operating information set forth under the caption “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data” in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus is accurately presented in all material respects and prepared on a basis consistent with the audited and unaudited historical financial statements and pro forma financial statements, as applicable, from which it has been derived, unless expressly noted otherwise. The assumptions and forecasts underlying the pro forma information set forth under the caption “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Estimated EBITDA for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2012,” “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Unaudited Pro Forma Available Cash for the Year Ended December 31, 2010” and the related notes in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectuses and the Prospectus (and any similar information, if any, contained in any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus (as defined herein)) are, in the informed judgment of management of the Partnership Entities, reasonable and with respect to the pro forma information set forth under the caption “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions— Unaudited Pro Forma Available Cash for the Year Ended December 31, 2010” and the related notes, the pro forma adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions or circumstances described therein and the pro forma adjustments have been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of those statements and data; there are no financial statements (historical or pro forma) that are required to be included in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus that are not so included as required; the Partnership Entities do not have any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent (including any off-balance sheet obligations), not described in the Registration Statement (excluding the exhibits thereto), each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and all disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectuses, the Prospectus and each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus (as defined herein) regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Act, to the extent applicable
     (dd) Ernst & Young LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the predecessor to the Partnership and its consolidated subsidiaries, the Partnership and its consolidated subsidiaries and the General Partner and delivered its report with respect to

14


 

the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Partnership within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.
     (ee) Except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation by or before any court or governmental or other regulatory or administrative agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the Tesoro Entities or its or their property is pending or, to the knowledge of the Tesoro Parties, threatened or contemplated that (i) would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement or any of the Operative Agreements or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein or therein (including the Transactions); (ii) would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) that are required to be described in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus            but are not described as required.
     (ff) Following consummation of the Transactions and on the Closing Date and each settlement date, the Partnership Entities will have indefeasible title to all real property and good title to all personal property described in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus as owned by the Partnership Entities, free and clear of all Liens except as do not materially interfere with the use of such properties taken as a whole as they have been used in the past and are proposed to be used in the future as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that, with respect to any real property and buildings held under lease by the Partnership Entities, such real property and buildings are held under valid and subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as do not materially interfere with the use of the properties of the Partnership Entities taken as a whole as they have been used in the past as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are proposed to be used in the future as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (gg) On the Closing Date and each settlement date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Partnership Entities will have such easements or rights-of-way from each person (collectively, “ rights-of-way ”) as are necessary to conduct their business in the manner described, and subject to the limitations contained, in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except for (i) qualifications, reservations and encumbrances that would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) such rights-of-way that, if not obtained, would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; the Partnership Entities have, or following consummation of the Transactions will have, fulfilled and performed all their material obligations with respect to such rights-of-way and no event has occurred that allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or would result in any impairment of the rights of the holder of any such rights-of-way, except for such revocations, terminations and impairments that would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and, except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of such rights-of-way contains any restriction that is materially burdensome to the Partnership Entities, taken as a whole.

15


 

     (hh) There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under federal law or the laws of any state, or any political subdivision thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance by the Partnership or sale by the Partnership of the Units.
     (ii) Each of the Partnership Entities has filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof, except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (jj) The Tesoro Entities carry or are entitled to the benefits of, insurance relating to the Tesoro Logistics LP Business, with reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is commercially reasonable, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Tesoro Parties have received no notice from such insurers that the Tesoro Entities will not be able to (i) renew their existing insurance coverage relating to the Tesoro Logistics LP Business as and when such policies expire or (ii) obtain comparable coverage relating to the Tesoro Logistics LP Business as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct such business as now conducted and at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (kk) On the Closing Date and each settlement date, after giving effect to the Transactions, no direct or indirect subsidiary of the Partnership will be prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any distributions to the Partnership, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s equity interests, from repaying to the Partnership any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Partnership or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s property or assets to the Partnership or any other subsidiary of the Partnership, except as described in or contemplated by the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (ll) The Tesoro Entities possess all such valid and current licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate foreign, federal, state or local regulatory authorities as are necessary to own or lease their respective properties and to conduct the Tesoro Logistics LP Business, except to the extent that failure to possess any of the foregoing, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the Tesoro Entities has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or noncompliance with, any such license, certificate, permit or authorization which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (mm) To the extent applicable to the Tesoro Logistics LP Business or the Partnership Contribution Assets, the Tesoro Parties are (i) in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes,

16


 

pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under any environmental law, except where such non-compliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals, or liability would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the extent applicable to the Tesoro Logistics LP Business or the Partnership Contribution Assets, except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Tesoro Parties has been named as a “potentially responsible party” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.
     (nn) In the ordinary course of its business, the Tesoro Parties periodically review the effect of Environmental Laws on their business, operations and properties, in the course of which they identify and evaluates associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws, or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties). On the basis of such review, the Tesoro Parties have concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (oo) The Tesoro Entities own, possess, license or have other rights to use, on reasonable terms, all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”) necessary for the conduct of the Tesoro Logistics LP Business as now conducted or as proposed in the Prospectus to be conducted.
     (pp) No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any Partnership Entity, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, affiliates, customers or suppliers of any Partnership Entity, on the other hand, that is required to be described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus and is not so described.
     (qq) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Tesoro Parties are in compliance in all material respects with all presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published governmental interpretations thereunder (“ ERISA ”); (ii) no “reportable event” (as defined in Section 4043(c) ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) for which any Tesoro Party would have any liability, excluding any reportable event for which a waiver could apply; (iii) neither the Partnership nor any member of the Tesoro Parties has incurred, nor does any such entity expect to incur, liability under (a) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “pension plan” or (b) Sections 412 or 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published governmental interpretations thereunder (the “ Code ”) with

17


 

respect to any “pension plan”; (iv) each “pension plan” for which the any Tesoro Party would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is the subject of a favorable determination or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that it is so qualified and, to the knowledge of the Tesoro Parties, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification; and (v) no Tesoro Party has incurred any unpaid liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (other than for payment of premiums in the ordinary course of business).
     (rr) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Partnership Contribution Assets have not sustained any loss or interference from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, investigation, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and other than as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, in each case excluding any amendments or supplements to the foregoing made after the execution of this Agreement, there has not been (i) any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Partnership Entities taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto) or (ii) any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on the security interests of any of the Partnership Contribution Assets, in each case other than as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (ss) The Contribution Documents will be legally sufficient to transfer or convey to the Partnership Entities all properties not already held by them that are, individually or in the aggregate, required to enable the Partnership Entities to conduct their operations in all material respects as contemplated by the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package. Upon execution and delivery of the Contribution Documents, the Partnership Entities will succeed in all material respects to the business, assets, properties, liabilities and operations reflected by the pro forma financial statements of the Partnership.
     (tt) There is no franchise, contract or other document of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, that is not described or filed as required (and the Preliminary Prospectus contains in all material respects the same description of the foregoing matters contained in the Prospectus).

18


 

     (uu) At the Effective Date, the Partnership Entities and, to the knowledge of the Parties, the officers and directors of the General Partner, in their capacities as such were, and on the Closing Date, will be, in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) and the rules and regulations of the Commission and New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”) promulgated thereunder.
     (vv) None of the Partnership Entities is now, and immediately following the sale of the Units to be sold by the Partnership hereunder and application of the net proceeds from such sale as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds” will be an “investment company” or a company “controlled by” an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”).
     (ww) The Partnership Entities maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Partnership Entities’ internal controls over financial reporting are effective and none of the Tesoro Parties are aware of any material weaknesses in their internal control over financial reporting.
     (xx) The Partnership has established and maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” (as is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act); and (i) such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Partnership in the reports it files or will file or submit under the Exchange Act, as applicable, is accumulated and communicated to management of the General Partner and each other Partnership Entity, including their respective principal executive officers and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure to be made and (ii) such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established to the extent required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act.
     (yy) None of the Tesoro Entities has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Partnership to facilitate the sale or resale of the Units.
     (zz) The Partnership Entities have not extended credit in the form of a personal loan made, directly or indirectly, by any of the Partnership Entities to any director or executive officer of any of the Partnership Entities or to any family member or affiliate of any director or executive officer of any of the Partnership Entities.

19


 

     (aaa) No Tesoro Entity nor, to the knowledge of any of the Tesoro Parties, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of any Partnership Entity, has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, and the Tesoro Entities and, to the knowledge of any of the Tesoro Parties, their affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
     (bbb) The operations of each of the Tesoro Entities are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the Tesoro Entities with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of each of the Tesoro Parties, threatened.
     (ccc) No Tesoro Entity nor, to the knowledge of any of the Tesoro Parties, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of any Tesoro Party, is currently subject to any sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Partnership Entities will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
     (ddd) Except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no Tesoro Entity (i) has any material lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of any of the Underwriters and (ii) intends to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Units hereunder to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of the Underwriters.
     (eee) The sale and issuance of the Sponsor Units to Tesoro, TRMC and Tesoro Alaska, the General Partner Units to the General Partner and the IDRs to the General Partner are exempt from the registration requirements of the Act, the rules and regulations and the securities laws of any state having jurisdiction with respect thereto, and none of the Tesoro Parties has taken or will take any action that would cause the loss of such exemption.

20


 

     (fff) All statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Partnership believes to be reliable and accurate, and the Partnership has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources to the extent required.
     (ggg) None of the Tesoro Entities has distributed and, prior to the later to occur of the Closing Date or any settlement date and completion of the distribution of the Units, will distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Units other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to which the Representatives have consented in accordance with this Agreement, any other materials, if any, permitted by the Act, including Rule 134.
     (hhh) The Units have been approved to be listed on the NYSE, subject only to official notice of issuance.
     (iii) To the knowledge of the Tesoro Parties, there are no affiliations or associations between any member of FINRA and any of the General Partner’s officers or directors or the Partnership’s 5% or greater security holders, except as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (jjj) The Operating Company and THPPLLC are the only significant subsidiaries of the Partnership as defined by Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X.
          Any certificate signed by any officer of any of the Tesoro Parties and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Units shall be deemed a representation and warranty by each of the Tesoro Parties, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.
          2. Purchase and Sale .
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Partnership agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Partnership, at a purchase price of $[    ] per unit, the amount of the Firm Units set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto.
     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Partnership hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [    ] Option Units at the same purchase price per unit as the Underwriters shall pay for the Firm Units, less and amount per unit equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Partnership and payable on the Firm Units but not payable on the Option Units. Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Firm Units by the Underwriters. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time on or before the 30th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or telegraphic notice by the Representatives to the Partnership setting forth the number of Option Units as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date. The number of Option

21


 

Units to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of Option Units to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Firm Units, subject to such adjustments as the Representatives in their absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional Units.
          3. Delivery and Payment . Delivery of and payment for the Firm Units and the Option Units (if the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall have been exercised on or before the third Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date) shall be made at [    ] AM, Houston, Texas time, on [    ], 2011, or at such time on such later date not more than three Business Days after the foregoing date as the Representatives shall designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Partnership or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Units being herein called the “ Closing Date ”). Delivery of the Units shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Partnership by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Partnership. Delivery of the Firm Units and the Option Units shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Partnership (“ DTC ”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.
          If the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof is exercised after the third Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, the Partnership will deliver the Option Units (at the expense of the Partnership) to the Representatives, at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, on the date specified by the Representatives (which shall be within three Business Days after exercise of said option) for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Partnership by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Partnership. If settlement for the Option Units occurs after the Closing Date, the Partnership will deliver to the Representatives on the settlement date for the Option Units, and the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the Option Units shall be conditioned upon receipt of, supplemental opinions, certificates and letters confirming as of such date the opinions, certificates and letters delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6 hereof.
          4. Offering by Underwriters . It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Units for sale to the public at the price as set forth in the Prospectus.
          5. Agreements . Each of the Tesoro Parties, jointly and severally, agrees with the several Underwriters that:
     (a) Prior to the termination of the offering of the Units, the Partnership will not file any amendment of the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement unless the Partnership has furnished the Representatives a copy for their review prior to filing and will not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object. The Partnership will cause the Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement thereto to be filed in a form approved by the Representatives with the Commission pursuant to the applicable paragraph of Rule 424(b) within the time period prescribed and will provide

22


 

evidence satisfactory to the Representatives of such timely filing. The Partnership will promptly advise the Representatives (i) when the Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed (if required) with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or when any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission, (ii) when, prior to termination of the offering of the Units, any amendment to the Registration Statement shall have been filed or become effective, (iii) of any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment of the Registration Statement, or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or for any supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any notice objecting to its use or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and (v) of the receipt by the Partnership of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Units for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. The Partnership will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the occurrence of any such suspension or objection to the use of the Registration Statement and, upon such issuance, occurrence or notice of objection, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal of such stop order or relief from such occurrence or objection, including, if necessary, by filing an amendment to the Registration Statement or a new registration statement and using its best efforts to have such amendment or new registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable.
     (b) If, at any time prior to the filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b), any event occurs as a result of which (i) the Disclosure Package or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made at such time not misleading or (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Partnership will (A) notify promptly the Representatives so that any use of the Disclosure Package or the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, may cease until it is amended or supplemented; (B) amend or supplement the Disclosure Package or the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such statement, omission or conflict; and (C) supply any amendment or supplement to the Representatives in such quantities as it may reasonably request.
     (c) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Units is required to be delivered under the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made or the circumstances then prevailing not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the rules thereunder, the Partnership promptly will (i) notify the Representatives of any such event; (ii) prepare and file with the Commission, subject to the second sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 5 , an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) supply any supplemented Prospectus to the Representatives in such quantities as they may reasonably request.

23


 

     (d) As soon as practicable, the Partnership will make generally available to its unitholders and to the Representatives an earnings statement or statements of the Partnership and its subsidiaries which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 under the Act.
     (e) The Partnership will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and to each other Underwriter a copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or dealer may be required by the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any supplement thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request. The Partnership will pay the expenses of printing or other production of all documents relating to the offering.
     (f) The Partnership will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Units for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Units; provided , that in no event shall the Partnership be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Units, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.
     (g) The Partnership will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Partnership, Tesoro, TRMC, Tesoro Alaska and each officer and director of the General Partner) directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other Common Units or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Common Units; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period of 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement, provided , however , that the Partnership may issue and sell Common Units pursuant to any employee benefit plan of the Partnership in effect at the Execution Time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, the Partnership issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event relating to the Partnership occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Partnership announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, then the restrictions imposed in this clause shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event. The Partnership will provide the Representatives and any co-managers and each individual subject to the restricted period pursuant to the lock-up letters described in Section 6(h) with prior notice of any such announcement or occurrence that gives rise to an extension of the restricted period.

24


 

     (h) The Tesoro Entities will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Partnership to facilitate the sale or resale of the Units.
     (i) The Partnership agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters: (i) the preparation, printing or reproduction and filing with the Commission of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits thereto), each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement to any of them; (ii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all amendments or supplements to any of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Units; (iii) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Units, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Units; (iv) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Units; (v) the registration of the Units under the Exchange Act and the listing of the Units on the NYSE; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Units for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the several states (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters relating to such registration and qualification); (vii) any filings required to be made with FINRA; (viii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Partnership and the Representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Units; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Partnership’s accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Partnership; and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Partnership of its obligations hereunder, provided that except as provided in this Section 5 and in Section 7 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including the costs and expenses of their counsel, any transfer taxes on the Units that they may sell and the expenses of advertising any offering of the Units made by the Underwriters.
     (j) The Partnership agrees that, unless it has or shall have obtained the prior written consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees with the Partnership that, unless it has or shall have obtained, as the case may be, the prior written consent of the Partnership, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Units that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405) required to be filed by the Partnership with the Commission or retained by the Partnership under Rule 433; provided , that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses included in

25


 

Schedule II hereto and any electronic road show. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Representatives or the Partnership is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus .” The Partnership agrees that (i) it has treated and will treat, as the case may be, each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and (ii) it has complied and will comply, as the case may be, with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including in respect of timely filing with the Commission, legending and record keeping.
     (k) The Partnership will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Units in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”
     (l) The Partnership will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Units on the New York Stock Exchange.
          6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Firm Units and the Option Units, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Tesoro Parties contained herein as of the Execution Time, the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Tesoro Parties made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Tesoro Parties of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
     (a) The Prospectus and any supplement thereto have been filed in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); any material required to be filed by the Partnership pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time periods prescribed for such filings by Rule 433; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened.
     (b) The Partnership shall have requested and caused Latham & Watkins LLP, McGuireWoods LLP, Richards, Layton & Finger, special counsel for the Partnership, and Charles S. Parrish, general counsel to the Partnership, to have furnished to the Representatives their respective legal opinions, dated the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, and addressed to the Representatives, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, substantially in the form set forth on Exhibits B-1, B-2, B-3 and B-4. In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware, the State of New York, the State of Texas or the federal laws of the United States, the DGCL, the Delaware LP Act or the Delaware LLC Act, to the extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the General Partner and public officials. References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (b) shall also include any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.

26


 

     (c) The Representatives shall have received from Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Units, the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Partnership shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
     (d) The Partnership shall have furnished to the Representatives certificates of the officers of the General Partner, dated the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, to the effect that the signers of each such certificate have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as well as each electronic roadshow used in connection with the offering of the Units, and this Agreement and that:
     (i) the representations and warranties of the Tesoro Parties in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, and the Tesoro Parties have complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at the date hereof;
     (ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Tesoro Parties, threatened; and
     (iii) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there has been no Material Adverse Effect except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).
     (e) The Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP customary comfort letters dated the date of this Agreement, the Closing Date and any settlement date, and addressed to the Underwriters (with executed copies for each of the Underwriters) in the forms satisfactory to the Representatives, which letters shall cover, without limitation, the various financial disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectuses, the Prospectus and each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.
     References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (e) include any supplement thereto at the date of the letter.

27


 

     (f) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (e) of this Section 6 or (ii) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Partnership Entities taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto) the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Units as contemplated by the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof), the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).
     (g) The Units shall have been approved for listing and admitted and authorized for trading on the NYSE, and satisfactory evidence of such actions shall have been provided to the Representatives.
     (h) At the Execution Time, the Partnership shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto from Tesoro, TRMC, Tesoro Alaska and each officer of and director of the General Partner and addressed to the Representatives.
     (i) The Tesoro Parties shall have furnished to the Representatives evidence satisfactory to the Representatives that each of the Transactions shall have occurred or will occur as of the Closing Date, including the closing of the new credit facility pursuant to the Credit Agreement, in each case as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus without modification, change or waiver (excluding the waiver of any condition precedent to initial funding by the administrative agent and/or lenders under the Credit Agreement), except for such modifications, changes or waivers as have been specifically identified to the Representatives and which, in the judgment of the Representatives, do not make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering and delivery of the Units on the Closing Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (j) The Representatives shall have received from the Tesoro Parties such additional documents and certificates as the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters may reasonably request.
          If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance

28


 

to the Representatives and Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Partnership in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.
          The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall be delivered at the office of, counsel for the Underwriters, at Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., 1001 Fannin St., Suite 2500, Houston, Texas 77002, on the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof.
          7. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses. If the sale of the Units provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to [ Section 9 or] Section 10(i) hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Tesoro Parties to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Underwriters, the Tesoro Parties will reimburse the Underwriters severally through Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on demand for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Units.
          8. Indemnification and Contribution .
     (a) The Tesoro Parties jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates of each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement for the registration of the Units as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Tesoro Parties will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Tesoro Parties may otherwise have.

29


 

     (b) Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Tesoro Parties, each of the General Partner’s directors and officers who sign the Registration Statement, and each person who controls the Tesoro Parties within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Tesoro Parties to each Underwriter, but only with reference to written information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have. The Tesoro Parties acknowledge that the statements set forth (i) in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding delivery of the Units and, under the heading “Underwriting”, (ii) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Units, (iii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances and (iv) the paragraph related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.
     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8 , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding

30


 

in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) , (b) or (c) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Tesoro Parties and the Underwriters severally agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending the same) (collectively “ Losses ”) to which the Tesoro Parties and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Tesoro Parties on the one hand and by the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Units; provided , however , that in no case shall any Underwriter (except as may be provided in any agreement among underwriters relating to the offering of the Units) be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Units purchased by such Underwriter hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Tesoro Parties and the Underwriters severally shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Tesoro Parties on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Tesoro Parties shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses and applicable structuring and advisory fees) received by the Partnership, and benefits received by the Underwriters shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, in each case as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the Tesoro Parties on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Tesoro Parties and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d) , no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8(d) , each person who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person who controls the Partnership within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Partnership who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Partnership shall have the same rights to contribution as the Tesoro Parties, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d) .

31


 

          9. Default by an Underwriter. If any one or more Underwriters shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Units agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the amount of Units set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount of Units set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Underwriters) the Units which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase; provided , however , that in the event that the aggregate amount of Units that the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Units set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Units, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not purchase all the Units, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Underwriter or the Partnership. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in this Section 9 , the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the Partnership and any nondefaulting Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.
          10. Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Partnership prior to delivery of and payment for the Units, if at any time prior to such time (i) trading in the Partnership’s Common Units shall have been suspended by the Commission or the NYSE or trading in securities generally on the NYSE shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on such Exchange, (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by federal or New York State authorities, (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Units as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto) or (iv) there has occurred any material adverse effect in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Units.
          11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Tesoro Parties or any of their officers and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Tesoro Parties or any of the officers, directors, managers, employees, agents or controlling

32


 

persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Units. The provisions of Section 7 and Section 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.
          12. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Citigroup Global Markets Inc. General Counsel (fax no.: (212) 816-7912) and confirmed to the General Counsel, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, 10013, Attention: General Counsel; Merrill Lynch at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, attention of Syndicate Department, with a copy to ECM Legal; Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010-3629, Attention: LCD- and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152, Attention: Equity Syndicate; or, if sent to the Tesoro Parties, will be mailed, delivered to Charles S. Parrish, 19100 Ridgewood Parkway, San Antonio, Texas 78259, with a copy by email to charles.s.parrish@tsocorp.com.
          13. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, affiliates, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.
          14. No fiduciary duty . Each of the Tesoro Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the purchase and sale of the Units pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Tesoro Parties and the Underwriters and any affiliate through which it may be acting, on the other, (b) the Underwriters are acting as principal and not as an agent or fiduciary of the Tesoro Parties and (c) the engagement of the Underwriters in connection with            the offering and the process leading up to the offering is as independent contractors and not in any other capacity. Furthermore, each of the Tesoro Parties agree that it is solely responsible for making their own judgments in connection with the offering (irrespective of whether any of the Underwriters has advised or is currently advising the Tesoro Parties on related or other matters). Each of the Tesoro Parties agree that it will not claim that the Underwriters have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe an agency, fiduciary or similar duty to any of the Tesoro Parties in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
          15. Integration . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Tesoro Parties and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          16. Applicable Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.
          17. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the Tesoro Parties hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

33


 

          18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          19. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          20. Definitions. The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.
          “ Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.
          “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Disclosure Package ” shall mean (i) the Preliminary Prospectus that is generally distributed to investors and used to offer the Units, (ii) the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto and (iii) any other Free Writing Prospectus that the parties hereto shall hereafter expressly agree in writing to treat as part of the Disclosure Package.
          “ Effective Date ” shall mean each date and time that the Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment or amendments thereto and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement became or becomes effective.
          “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “ Execution Time ” shall mean the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
          “ FCPA ” means Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
          “ Free Writing Prospectus ” shall mean a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.
          “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” shall mean an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433.
          “ Preliminary Prospectus ” shall mean any preliminary prospectus referred to in Section 1(a) above and any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date that omits Rule 430A Information.

34


 

          “ Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus relating to the Units that is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time.
          “ Registration Statement ” shall mean the registration statement referred to in Section 1(a) above, including exhibits and financial statements and any prospectus supplement relating to the Units that is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and deemed part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A, as amended at the Execution Time and, in the event any post-effective amendment thereto or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement becomes effective prior to the Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so amended or such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, as the case may be.
          “ Rule 158 ”, “ Rule 163 ”, “ Rule 164 ”, “ Rule 172 ”, “ Rule 405 ”, “ Rule 415 ”, “ Rule 424 ”, “ Rule 430A ” and “ Rule 433 ” refer to such rules under the Act.
          “ Rule 430A Information ” shall mean information with respect to the Units and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A.
          “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” shall mean a registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) relating to the offering covered by the registration statement referred to in Section 1(a) hereof.

35


 

          If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Tesoro Parties and the several Underwriters.
         
  Very truly yours,

Tesoro Corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Tesoro Logistics LP
 
 
  By:   Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC,   
    its general partner  
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[ Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement ]
         

 


 

         
  Tesoro Alaska Company
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[ Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement ]
         

 


 

     
The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
 
   
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
   
By:
   
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
   
 
   
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
 
   
By:
   
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
   
 
   
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
 
  Incorporated
 
   
By:
   
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
   
 
   
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
   
By:
   
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
   
 
   
For themselves and the other several Underwriters named in Schedule I to the foregoing Agreement.
[ Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement ]

 


 

SCHEDULE I
         
    Number of Firm Units
Underwriters   to be Purchased
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
    [    ]  
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
    [    ]  
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
    [    ]  
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
    [    ]  
Barclays Capital Inc.
    [    ]  
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
    [    ]  
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
    [    ]  
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
    [    ]  
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
    [    ]  
 
   
Total
    [            ]  
 
   

I-1


 

SCHEDULE II
Schedule of Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses included in the Disclosure Package
[list all FWPs included in the Disclosure Package]

II-2


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER
[_], 2011
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
As Representatives of the several Underwriters,
c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), among Tesoro Corporation., Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, Tesoro Logistics LP (the “ Partnership ”), Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, Tesoro Alaska Company and you as Representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of a group of Underwriters named therein, relating to an underwritten public offering of common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (“ Common Units ”).
     In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the undersigned or any affiliate of the undersigned or any person in privity with the undersigned or any affiliate of the undersigned), directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to, any Common Units of the Partnership or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Units, or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period of 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Lock-up Period ”), except for transfers of Common Units or any security convertible into Common Units as a bona fide gift; provided that in the case of any such transfer (i) each donee or distribute shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Units, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period referred to above.

A-1


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, if (i) during the last 17 days of the Lock-up Period, the Partnership issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event relating to the Partnership occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, the Partnership announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-up Period, then the restrictions imposed in the preceding paragraph shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. waives, in writing, such extension. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Partnership has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to provide written notice of any event that would result in an extension of the Lock-up Period and agrees that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have given to, and received by, the undersigned.
     If for any reason the Underwriting Agreement shall be terminated prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), the agreement set forth above shall likewise be terminated.
     
 
  Yours very truly,

A-2


 

EXHIBIT B-1
FORM OF LATHAM & WATKINS LLP OPINION
[To come.]

B-1-1


 

EXHIBIT B-2
FORM OF MCGUIREWOODS LLP OPINION
[To come.]

B-2-1


 

EXHIBIT B-3
FORM OF RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER OPINION
[To come.]

B-3-1


 

EXHIBIT B-4
GENERAL COUNSEL OPINION
[To come.]

B-4-1

Exhibit 3.4
 
FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC
A Delaware Limited Liability Company
Dated as of
[ l ], 2011
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
         
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
Section 1.1 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.2 Construction
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION
    6  
 
Section 2.1 Formation
    6  
Section 2.2 Name
    6  
Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices
    6  
Section 2.4 Purposes
    6  
Section 2.5 Term
    6  
Section 2.6 No State Law Partnership
    7  
Section 2.7 Certain Undertakings Relating to Separateness
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE III MEMBERSHIP
    8  
 
Section 3.1 Membership Interests; Additional Members
    8  
Section 3.2 Access to Information
    9  
Section 3.3 Liability
    9  
Section 3.4 Withdrawal
    9  
Section 3.5 Meetings
    9  
Section 3.6 Action by Consent of Members
    9  
Section 3.7 Conference Telephone Meetings
    10  
Section 3.8 Quorum
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE IV ADMISSION OF MEMBERS; DISPOSITION OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS
    10  
 
Section 4.1 Assignment; Admission of Assignee as a Member
    10  
Section 4.2 Requirements Applicable to All Dispositions and Admissions
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE V CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
    11  
 
Section 5.1 Initial Capital Contributions
    11  
Section 5.2 Loans
    11  
Section 5.3 Return of Contributions
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
    11  
 
Section 6.1 Distributions
    11  
Section 6.2 Allocations of Profits and Losses
    11  
Section 6.3 Limitations on Distributions
    12  

i


 

Page
         
ARTICLE VII MANAGEMENT
    12  
 
Section 7.1 Management by Board of Directors
    12  
Section 7.2 Number; Qualification; Tenure
    12  
Section 7.3 Regular Meetings
    13  
Section 7.4 Special Meetings
    13  
Section 7.5 Notice
    13  
Section 7.6 Action by Consent of Board
    13  
Section 7.7 Conference Telephone Meetings
    13  
Section 7.8 Quorum and Action
    13  
Section 7.9 Vacancies; Increases in the Number of Directors
    14  
Section 7.10 Committees
    14  
Section 7.11 Removal
    15  
Section 7.12 Compensation of Directors
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII OFFICERS
    15  
 
Section 8.1 Officers
    15  
Section 8.2 Election and Term of Office
    16  
Section 8.3 Chairman of the Board
    16  
Section 8.4 Chief Executive Officer
    16  
Section 8.5 President
    16  
Section 8.6 Vice Presidents
    16  
Section 8.7 Chief Financial Officer
    17  
Section 8.8 General Counsel
    17  
Section 8.9 Secretary
    17  
Section 8.10 Removal
    17  
Section 8.11 Vacancies
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE IX INDEMNITY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
    18  
 
Section 9.1 Indemnification
    18  
Section 9.2 Liability of Indemnitees
    20  
 
       
ARTICLE X TAXES
    20  
 
Section 10.1 Taxes
    20  
 
       
ARTICLE XI BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS
    21  
 
Section 11.1 Maintenance of Books
    21  
Section 11.2 Reports
    21  
Section 11.3 Bank Accounts
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE XII DISSOLUTION, WINDING-UP, TERMINATION AND CONVERSION
    21  
 
Section 12.1 Dissolution
    21  
Section 12.2 Winding-Up and Termination
    22  

ii


 

Page
         
Section 12.3 Deficit Capital Accounts
    23  
Section 12.4 Certificate of Cancellation
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION
    23  
 
Section 13.1 Authority
    23  
Section 13.2 Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion
    23  
Section 13.3 Approval by Members of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion
    24  
Section 13.4 Certificate of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion
    25  
 
       
ARTICLE XIV GENERAL PROVISIONS
    25  
 
Section 14.1 Offset
    25  
Section 14.2 Notices
    25  
Section 14.3 Entire Agreement; Superseding Effect
    26  
Section 14.4 Effect of Waiver or Consent
    26  
Section 14.5 Amendment or Restatement
    26  
Section 14.6 Binding Effect
    26  
Section 14.7 Governing Law; Severability
    27  
Section 14.8 Venue
    27  
Section 14.9 Further Assurances
    27  
Section 14.10 Waiver of Certain Rights
    27  
Section 14.11 Counterparts
    27  
 
       
Exhibit A Members
       
 
       
Exhibit B Directors
       
 
       
Exhibit C Officers
       

iii


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF

TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC
     This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of [ l ] , 2011, is adopted, executed and agreed to by Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Tesoro ”), as the sole member of the Company.
RECITALS:
     WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on December 3, 2010;
     WHEREAS, Tesoro, as the sole member of the Company, executed the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, dated to be effective as of December 3, 2010 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated to be effective as of December 29, 2010, the “ Original Limited Liability Company Agreement ”); and
     WHEREAS, Tesoro, as the sole member of the Company, deems it advisable to amend and restate the Original Limited Liability Company Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein.
     NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, the covenants and agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Tesoro, as the sole member of the Company, hereby amends and restates the Original Limited Liability Company Agreement in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Section 1.1 Definitions.
          (a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Sections referred to below:
     “ Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq .), as it may be amended from time to time. All references in this Agreement to provisions of the Act shall be deemed to refer, if applicable, to their successor statutory provisions to the extent appropriate in light of the context herein in which such references are used.
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

1


 

     “ Agreement ” is defined in the introductory paragraph, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.
     “ Applicable Law ” means (a) any United States federal, state or local law, statute or ordinance or any rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or permit of any Governmental Authority and (b) any rule or listing requirement of any national securities exchange or trading market recognized by the Commission on which securities issued by the Partnership are listed or quoted.
     “ Assignee ” means any Person that acquires a Member’s share of the income, gain, loss, deduction and credits of, and the right to receive distributions from, the Company or any portion thereof through a Disposition; provided, however, that an Assignee shall have no right to be admitted to the Company as a Member except in accordance with Article IV . The Assignee of a dissolved Member shall be the shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner or owners of the dissolved Member or such other Persons to whom such Member’s Membership Interest is assigned by the Person conducting the liquidation or winding up of such Member.
     “ Audit Committee ” is defined in Section 7.10(b) .
     “ Audit Committee Independent Director ” is defined in Section 7.10(b) .
     “ Bankruptcy ” or “ Bankrupt ” means, with respect to any Person, that (a) such Person (i) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition; (iii) becomes the subject of an order for relief or is declared insolvent in any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for such Person a reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any Applicable Law; (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against such Person in a proceeding of the type described in subclauses (i) through (iv) of this clause (a) ; or (vi) seeks, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of such Person’s properties or (b) a proceeding seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any Applicable Law has been commenced against such Person and 120 days have expired without dismissal thereof or with respect to which, without such Person’s consent or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of such Person’s properties has been appointed and 90 days have expired without the appointment having been vacated or stayed, or 90 days have expired after the date of expiration of a stay, if the appointment has not previously been vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supercede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in the Act.
     “ Board ” is defined in Section 7.1(c) .
     “ Business Day ” means (a) any day on which the national securities exchange upon which securities of the Partnership are listed is open for trading or (b) in the event that no Partnership securities are listed on a national securities exchange, any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

2


 

     “ Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the net agreed value of any property (other than money) contributed to the Company by such Member. Any reference in this Agreement to the Capital Contribution of a Member shall include any Capital Contribution of its predecessors in interest.
     “ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Common Units ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
     “ Company ” is defined in the introductory paragraph.
     “ Conflicts Committee ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
     “ Conflicts Committee Independent Director ” means a Director who meets the independence standards set forth in the definition of “Conflicts Committee” in the Partnership Agreement.
     “ Delaware Certificate ” is defined in Section 2.1 .
     “ Director ” or “ Directors ” means a member or members of the Board.
     “ Dispose ,” “ Disposing ” or “ Disposition ” means with respect to any asset (including a Membership Interest or any portion thereof), a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, gift, exchange or other disposition of such asset, whether such disposition be voluntary, involuntary or by operation of Applicable Law.
     “ Disposing Member ” is defined in Section 4.1 .
     “ Dissolution Event ” is defined in Section 12.1(a) .
     “ Governmental Authority ” or “ Governmental ” means any federal, state or local court or governmental or regulatory agency or authority or any arbitration board, tribunal or mediator having jurisdiction over the Company or its assets or Members.
     “ Group Member ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
     “ Indemnitee ” means any of (a) the Members, (b) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the Company (other than any Group Member), (c) any Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (other than any Group Member), (d) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company as an officer, director, member, manager, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person; provided, however, that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, and (e) any Person the Board designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement.
     “ Limited Partner ” and “ Limited Partners ” are defined in the Partnership Agreement.

3


 

     “ Majority Interest ” means Membership Interests in the Company entitled to more than 50% of the Sharing Ratios.
     “ Member ” means Tesoro, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person hereafter admitted to the Company as a member as provided in this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company, but such term does not include any Person who has ceased to be a member of the Company.
     “ Membership Interest ” means, with respect to any Member, that Member’s limited liability company interests in the Company, including its share of the income, gain, loss, deduction and credits of, and the right to receive distributions from, the Company.
     “ Merger Agreement ” is defined in Section 13.1 .
     “ Notices ” is defined in Section 14.2 .
     “ Omnibus Agreement ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
     “ Operational Services Agreement ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
     “ Original Limited Liability Company Agreement ” is defined in the Recitals.
     “ Partnership ” means Tesoro Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
     “ Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of [ l ] , 2011, as it may be further amended and restated, or any successor agreement.
     “ Partnership Group ” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries treated as a single consolidated entity.
     “ Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
     “ Plan of Conversion ” is defined in Section 13.1 .
     “ Sharing Ratio ” means, subject in each case to adjustments in accordance with this Agreement or in connection with Dispositions of Membership Interests, (a) in the case of a Member executing this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement or a Person acquiring such Member’s Membership Interest, the percentage specified for that Member as its Sharing Ratio on Exhibit A and (b) in the case of Membership Interests issued pursuant to Section 3.1 , the Sharing Ratio established pursuant thereto; provided, however, that the total of all Sharing Ratios shall always equal 100%.
     “ Special Approval ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

4


 

     “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.
     “ Surviving Business Entity ” is defined in Section 13.1 .
     “ Tax Matters Member ” is defined in Section 10.1(a) .
     “ Tesoro ” is defined in the introductory paragraph.
     “ Tesoro Entities ” means Tesoro and its Affiliates (other than the Company and the Partnership Group).
     “ Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations (including temporary regulations) promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. All references herein to sections of the Treasury Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar or substitute, temporary or final Treasury Regulations.
     “ Withdraw ,” “ Withdrawing ” or “ Withdrawal ” means the resignation of a Member from the Company as a Member. Such terms shall not include any Dispositions of Membership Interests (which are governed by Article IV ), even though the Member making a Disposition may cease to be a Member as a result of such Disposition.
          (b) Other terms defined herein have the meanings so given them.
     Section 1.2 Construction.
     Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include,” “includes,” “including” or words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof,” “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

5


 

ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
     Section 2.1 Formation.
     The Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “ Delaware Certificate ”) on December 3, 2010 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under and pursuant to the Act and by the entering into of the Original Limited Liability Company Agreement.
     Section 2.2 Name.
     The name of the Company is “Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC” and all Company business must be conducted in that name or such other names that comply with Applicable Law as the Board or the Members may select.
     Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices.
     The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent for service of process named in the Delaware Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Board may designate in the manner provided by Applicable Law. The registered agent for service of process of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered agent for service of process named in the Delaware Certificate or such other Person or Persons as the Board may designate in the manner provided by Applicable Law. The principal office of the Company in the United States shall be at such a place as the Board may from time to time designate, which need not be in the State of Delaware, and the Company shall maintain records there. The Company may have such other offices as the Board of Directors may designate.
     Section 2.4 Purposes.
     The purpose of the Company is to own, acquire, hold, sell, transfer, assign, dispose of or otherwise deal with partnership interests in, and act as the general partner of, the Partnership as described in the Partnership Agreement and to engage in any lawful business or activity ancillary or related thereto. The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act, by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, including such powers and privileges as are necessary or appropriate to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.
     Section 2.5 Term.
     The period of existence of the Company commenced on December 3, 2010 and shall end at such time as a certificate of cancellation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with Section 12.4 .

6


 

     Section 2.6 No State Law Partnership.
     The Members intend that the Company shall not be a partnership (whether general, limited or other) or joint venture, and that no Member shall be a partner or joint venturer with any other Member, for any purposes other than (if the Company has more than one Member) federal and state income tax purposes, and this Agreement may not be construed or interpreted to the contrary.
     Section 2.7 Certain Undertakings Relating to Separateness.
          (a)  Separateness Generally . The Company shall, and shall cause the members of the Partnership Group to, conduct their respective businesses and operations separate and apart from those of any other Person (including the Tesoro Entities), except as provided in this Section 2.7 .
          (b)  Separate Records . The Company shall, and shall cause the Partnership to, (i) maintain their respective books and records and their respective accounts separate from those of any other Person, (ii) maintain their respective financial records, which will be used by them in their ordinary course of business, showing their respective assets and liabilities separate and apart from those of any other Person, except their consolidated Subsidiaries, and (iii) file their respective own tax returns separate from those of any other Person, except (A) to the extent that the Partnership or the Company (1) is treated as a “disregarded entity” for tax purposes or (2) is not otherwise required to file tax returns under Applicable Law or (B) as may otherwise be required by Applicable Law.
          (c)  Separate Assets . The Company shall not, and shall cause the Partnership to not, commingle or pool its funds or other assets with those of any other Person, except its consolidated Subsidiaries, and shall maintain its assets in a manner in which it is not costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or otherwise identify its assets as separate from those of any other Person.
          (d)  Separate Name . The Company shall, and shall cause the members of the Partnership Group to, (i) conduct their respective businesses in their respective own names or in the names of their respective Subsidiaries or the Partnership, (ii) use their or the Partnership’s separate stationery, invoices, and checks, (iii) correct any known misunderstanding regarding their respective separate identities as members of the Partnership Group from that of any other Person (including the Tesoro Entities), and (iv) generally hold themselves and the Partnership Group out as entities separate from any other Person (including the Tesoro Entities).
          (e)  Separate Credit . The Company shall not (i) pay its own liabilities from a source other than its own funds, (ii) guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person, except its Subsidiaries and the Partnership, (iii) hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person, except its Subsidiaries or the Partnership, (iv) acquire obligations or debt securities of its Affiliates (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries or the Partnership), or (v) pledge its assets for the benefit of any Person or make loans or advances to any Person, except its Subsidiaries or the Partnership; provided, however, that the Company may engage in any transaction described in clauses (ii) through (v) of this Section 2.7(e) if prior

7


 

Special Approval has been obtained for such transaction and either (A) the Conflicts Committee has determined, or has obtained reasonable written assurance from a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking or valuation firm, that the borrower or recipient of the credit extension is not then insolvent and will not be rendered insolvent as a result of such transaction or (B) in the case of transactions described in clause (iv) , such transaction is completed through a public auction or a national securities exchange.
          (f)  Separate Formalities . The Company shall, and shall cause the Partnership to, (i) observe all limited liability company or limited partnership formalities, as the case may be, and other formalities required by its organizational documents, the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and other Applicable Laws, (ii) engage in transactions with any of the Tesoro Entities or their respective members, shareholders or partners, as applicable, in conformity with the requirements of Section 7.9(c) of the Partnership Agreement and (iii) subject to the terms of the Omnibus Agreement and the Operational Services Agreement, promptly pay, from its own funds, and on a current basis, its allocable share of general and administrative services and costs for services performed, and capital expenditures made, by any of the Tesoro Entities or their respective members, shareholders or partners, as applicable. Each material contract between the Company or the Partnership, on the one hand, and any of the Tesoro Entities or their respective members, shareholders or partners, as applicable, on the other hand, shall be in writing.
          (g)  No Effect . Failure by the Company to comply with any of the obligations set forth above shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity, with its separate assets and separate liabilities, or restrict or limit the Company from engaging or contracting with the Tesoro Entities for the provision of services or the purchase or sale of products, whether under the Omnibus Agreement, Operational Services Agreement or otherwise.
ARTICLE III
MEMBERSHIP
     Section 3.1 Membership Interests; Additional Members.
     Tesoro is the sole initial Member of the Company as reflected in Exhibit A attached hereto. Additional Persons may be admitted to the Company as Members, and Membership Interests may be issued, on such terms and conditions as the existing Members, voting as a single class, may determine at the time of admission. The terms of admission or issuance must specify the Sharing Ratios applicable thereto and may provide for the creation of different classes or groups of Members or Membership Interests having different (including senior) rights, powers and duties. The Members may reflect the creation of any new class or group in an amendment to this Agreement, indicating the different rights, powers and duties, and such an amendment shall be approved and executed by the Members in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any such admission shall be effective only after such new Member has executed and delivered to the Members and the Company an instrument containing the notice address of the new Member, the new Member’s ratification of this Agreement and agreement to be bound by it.

8


 

     Section 3.2 Access to Information.
     Each Member shall be entitled to receive any information that it may request concerning the Company; provided, however, that this Section 3.2 shall not obligate the Company to create any information that does not already exist at the time of such request (other than to convert existing information from one medium to another, such as providing a printout of information that is stored in a computer database). Each Member shall also have the right, upon reasonable notice, and at all reasonable times during usual business hours to inspect the properties of the Company and to audit, examine and make copies of the books of account and other records of the Company. Such right may be exercised through any agent or employee of such Member designated in writing by it or by an independent public accountant, engineer, attorney or other consultant so designated. All costs and expenses incurred in any inspection, examination or audit made on such Member’s behalf shall be borne by such Member.
     Section 3.3 Liability.
          (a) Except as otherwise provided by the Act, no Member shall be liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.
          (b) The Company and the Members agree that the rights, duties and obligations of the Members in their capacities as members of the Company are only as set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise arise under the Act. Furthermore, the Members agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the existence of any rights of a Member, or the exercise or forbearance from exercise of any such rights, shall not create any duties or obligations of the Member in its capacity as a member of the Company, nor shall such rights be construed to enlarge or otherwise to alter in any manner the duties and obligations of such Member.
     Section 3.4 Withdrawal.
     A Member does not have the right or power to Withdraw.
     Section 3.5 Meetings.
     A meeting of the Members may be called at any time at the request of any Member.
     Section 3.6 Action by Consent of Members.
     Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or otherwise provided in this Agreement, all decisions of the Members shall require the affirmative vote of the Members owning a majority of Sharing Ratios present at a meeting at which a quorum is present in accordance with Section 3.8 . To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Members may act without a meeting and without notice so long as the number of Members who own the percentage of Sharing Ratios that would be required to take such action at a duly held meeting shall have executed a written consent with respect to any such action taken in lieu of a meeting.

9


 

     Section 3.7 Conference Telephone Meetings.
     Any Member may participate in a meeting of the Members by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment or by such other means by which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.8 Quorum.
     The Members owning a majority of Sharing Ratios, present in person or participating in accordance with Section 3.7 , shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that, if at any meeting of the Members there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the Members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The Members present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Members to leave less than a quorum.
ARTICLE IV
ADMISSION OF MEMBERS; DISPOSITION OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS
     Section 4.1 Assignment; Admission of Assignee as a Member.
     Subject to this Article IV , a Member may assign in whole or in part its Membership Interests. An Assignee has the right to be admitted to the Company as a Member, with the Membership Interests (and attendant Sharing Ratio) so transferred to such Assignee, only if (a) the Member making the Disposition (a “ Disposing Member ”) has granted the Assignee either (i) all, but not less than all, of such Disposing Member’s Membership Interests or (ii) the express right to be so admitted and (b) such Disposition is effected in strict compliance with this Article IV . If a Member transfers all of its Membership Interest in the Company pursuant to this Article IV , such admission shall be deemed effective immediately upon the transfer and, immediately upon such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.
     Section 4.2 Requirements Applicable to All Dispositions and Admissions.
     Any Disposition of Membership Interests and any admission of an Assignee as a Member shall also be subject to the following requirements, and such Disposition (and admission, if applicable) shall not be effective unless such requirements are complied with:
          (a)  Payment of Expenses . The Disposing Member and its Assignee shall pay, or reimburse the Company for, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the Disposition and admission of the Assignee as a Member.
          (b)  No Release . No Disposition of Membership Interests shall effect a release of the Disposing Member from any liabilities to the Company or the other Members arising from events occurring prior to the Disposition, except as otherwise may be provided in any instrument or agreement pursuant to which a Disposition of Membership Interests is effected.

10


 

          (c)  Agreement to be Bound . The Assignee shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement or other instrument by which such Assignee agrees to be bound by this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
     Section 5.1 Initial Capital Contributions.
     At the time of the formation of the Company, Tesoro, as the initial or organizational Member of the Company, made the Capital Contribution as set forth next to its name on Exhibit A .
     Section 5.2 Loans.
     If the Company does not have sufficient cash to pay its obligations, any Member(s) that may agree to do so may advance all or part of the needed funds to or on behalf of the Company. Any advance described in this Section 5.2 will constitute a loan from the Member to the Company, will bear interest at a lawful rate determined by the Members from the date of the advance until the date of payment and will not be a Capital Contribution.
     Section 5.3 Return of Contributions.
     Except as expressly provided herein, no Member is entitled to the return of any part of its Capital Contributions or to be paid interest in respect of either its Capital Account or its Capital Contributions. An unreturned Capital Contribution is not a liability of the Company or of any Member. A Member is not required to contribute or to lend any cash or property to the Company to enable the Company to return any Member’s Capital Contributions.
ARTICLE VI
DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
     Section 6.1 Distributions.
     Distributions to the Members shall be made only to all Members simultaneously in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios (at the time the amounts of such distributions are determined) and in such aggregate amounts and at such times as shall be determined by the Board; provided, however, that any loans from Members pursuant to Section 5.2 shall be repaid prior to any distributions to Members pursuant to this Section 6.1 .
     Section 6.2 Allocations of Profits and Losses.
     The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios.

11


 

     Section 6.3 Limitations on Distributions.
     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to any Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or other Applicable Law.
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT
     Section 7.1 Management by Board of Directors.
          (a) The management of the Company is fully reserved to the Members, and the Company shall not have “managers” as that term is used in the Act. The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of, the Members, who, except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, shall make all decisions and take all actions for the Company.
          (b) The Members shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other persons the Members’ rights and power to manage and control the business and affairs, or any portion thereof, of the Company, including to delegate to agents, officers and employees of a Member or the Company, and to delegate by a management agreement with or otherwise to other Persons.
          (c) The Members hereby delegate to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), to the fullest extent permitted under this Agreement and Delaware law and subject to Section 7.1(d) , all power and authority related to the Company’s management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership.
          (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, without obtaining approval of Members representing a Majority Interest, the Company shall not, and shall not take any action to cause the Partnership to, (i) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Partnership, (ii) merge or consolidate, (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, dissolve or liquidate, (iv) make or consent to a general assignment for the benefit of its respective creditors; (v) file or consent to the filing of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization petition for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code naming the Company or the Partnership, as applicable, or otherwise seek, with respect to the Company or the Partnership, such relief from debtors or protection from creditors generally; or (vi) take various actions similar to those described in any of clauses (i) through (v) of this Section 7.1(d) .
     Section 7.2 Number; Qualification; Tenure.
          (a) The number of Directors constituting the Board shall be at least two and no more than nine, and may be fixed from time to time pursuant to a resolution adopted by Members representing a Majority Interest. A Director need not be a Member. Each Director shall be elected or approved by Members representing a Majority Interest at an annual meeting of the Members and shall serve as a Director of the Company for a term of one year (or their earlier death or removal from office) or until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

12


 

          (b) The initial Directors of the Company in office at the date of this Agreement are set forth on Exhibit B hereto.
     Section 7.3 Regular Meetings.
     Regular quarterly and annual meetings of the Board shall be held at such time and place as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board. Notice of such regular quarterly and annual meetings shall not be required.
     Section 7.4 Special Meetings.
     A special meeting of the Board may be called at any time at the request of (a) the Chairman of the Board or (b) a majority of the Directors then in office.
     Section 7.5 Notice.
     Written notice of all special meetings of the Board must be given to all Directors at least two Business Days prior to any special meeting of the Board. All notices and other communications to be given to Directors shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder if in writing and delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service or three days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or when received in the form of an e-mail or facsimile, and shall be directed to the address, e-mail address or facsimile number as such Director shall designate by notice to the Company. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to this Agreement, as provided herein. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the Directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting either before or after such meeting.
     Section 7.6 Action by Consent of Board.
     To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board, or any committee of the Board, may act without a meeting so long as a majority of the members of the Board or committee shall have executed a written consent with respect to any action taken in lieu of a meeting.
     Section 7.7 Conference Telephone Meetings.
     Directors or members of any committee of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment or by such other means by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 7.8 Quorum and Action.
     A majority of all Directors, present in person or participating in accordance with Section 7.7 , shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. Except as otherwise required by

13


 

Applicable Law, all decisions of the Board, or any committee of the Board, shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of all Directors of the Board, or any committee of the Board, respectively. The Directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Directors to leave less than a quorum.
     Section 7.9 Vacancies; Increases in the Number of Directors.
     Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of Directors shall be filled by the appointment of individuals approved by Members representing a Majority Interest. Any Director so appointed shall hold office until the next annual election and until his successor shall be duly elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced.
     Section 7.10 Committees.
          (a) The Board may establish committees of the Board and may delegate any of its responsibilities to such committees, except as prohibited by Applicable Law.
          (b) The Board shall have an audit committee (the “ Audit Committee ”) comprised of directors who meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the New York Stock Exchange or any national securities exchange on which the Common Units are listed (each, an “ Audit Committee Independent Director ”). The Audit Committee shall establish a written audit committee charter in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission and the New York Stock Exchange or any national securities exchange on which the Common Units are listed from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time. Each member of the Audit Committee shall satisfy the rules and regulations of the Commission and the New York Stock Exchange or any national securities exchange on which the Common Units are listed from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time, pertaining to qualification for service on an audit committee.
          (c) The Board may, from time to time, establish a Conflicts Committee. The Conflicts Committee shall be composed of one Conflicts Committee Independent Director at any time where there is only one Conflicts Committee Independent Director on the Board and shall be composed of two or more Conflicts Committee Independent Directors if there is more than one Conflicts Committee Independent Director on the Board. The Conflicts Committee shall function in the manner described in the Partnership Agreement. Notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, any matter approved by the Conflicts Committee in accordance with the provisions, and subject to the limitations, of the Partnership Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a breach of any fiduciary or other duties owed by the Board or any Director to the Company or the Members.
          (d) A majority of any committee, present in person or participating in accordance with Section 7.7 , shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business of such committee.

14


 

          (e) A majority of any committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings unless the Board shall otherwise provide. Notice of such meetings shall be given to each member of the committee in the manner provided for in Section 7.5 . The Board shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee.
     Section 7.11 Removal.
     Any Director or the entire Board may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by Members representing a Majority Interest.
     Section 7.12 Compensation of Directors.
     Except as expressly provided in any written agreement between the Company and a Director or by resolution of the Board, no Director shall receive any compensation from the Company for services provided to the Company in its capacity as a Director, except that each Director shall be compensated for attendance at Board meetings at rates of compensation as from time to time established by the Board or a committee thereof; provided, however, that Directors who are also employees of the Company or any Affiliate thereof shall receive no compensation for their services as Directors or committee members. In addition, the Directors who are not employees of the Company or any Affiliate thereof shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board or committees thereof.
ARTICLE VIII
OFFICERS
     Section 8.1 Officers.
          (a) The Board shall elect one or more persons to be officers of the Company to assist in carrying out the Board’s decisions and the day-to-day activities of the Company in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership. Officers are not “managers” as that term is used in the Act. Any individuals who are elected as officers of the Company shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall have such titles and the authority and duties specified in this Agreement or otherwise delegated to each of them, respectively, by the Board from time to time. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers of the Company shall be fixed by the Board.
          (b) The officers of the Company may consist of a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a General Counsel, a Secretary and such other officers as the Board from time to time may deem proper. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be chosen from among the Directors. All officers elected by the Board shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article VIII . The Board may from time to time elect such other officers or appoint such agents as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Company. Such other officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as shall be provided in this Agreement or as may be prescribed by the Board, as the case may be from time to time.

15


 

     Section 8.2 Election and Term of Office.
     The names and titles of the officers of the Company in office as of the date of this Agreement are set forth on Exhibit C hereto. Thereafter, the officers of the Company shall be elected from time to time by the Board. Each officer shall hold office until such person’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such person’s death or until he or she shall resign or be removed pursuant to Section 8.10 .
     Section 8.3 Chairman of the Board.
     The Chairman of the Board shall preside, if present, at all meetings of the Board and of the Limited Partners of the Partnership and shall perform such additional functions and duties as the Board may prescribe from time to time. The Directors also may elect a Vice Chairman of the Board to act in the place of the Chairman of the Board upon his or her absence or inability to act.
     Section 8.4 Chief Executive Officer.
     The Chief Executive Officer, who may be the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board and/or the President, shall have general and active management authority over the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer may sign deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by this Agreement to some other officer or agent of the Company, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed and executed. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform all duties and have all powers incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer and perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may be assigned by this Agreement or prescribed by the Board from time to time.
     Section 8.5 President.
     The President shall, subject to the control of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, in general, supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Company. The President shall preside at all meetings of the Members. The President may sign any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by this Agreement to some other officer or agent of the Company, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed and executed. The President shall perform all duties and have all powers incident to the office of President and perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.
     Section 8.6 Vice Presidents.
     Any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, in the order of seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. They shall also perform the usual and customary duties and have the powers that pertain to such office and generally assist the President by executing contracts and agreements and exercising such other powers and

16


 

performing such other duties as are delegated to them by the Chief Executive Officer or President or as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.
     Section 8.7 Chief Financial Officer.
     The Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers incident to the office of the Chief Financial Officer and in general have overall supervision of the financial operations of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall receive and deposit all moneys and other valuables belonging to the Company in the name and to the credit of the Company and shall disburse the same and only in such manner as the Board or the appropriate officer of the Company may from time to time determine. The Chief Financial Officer shall render to the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and the President, whenever any of them request it, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Company, and shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President or as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the same power as the President and Chief Executive Officer to execute documents on behalf of the Company.
     Section 8.8 General Counsel
     The General Counsel shall be the principal legal officer of the Company. The General Counsel shall have general direction of and supervision over the legal affairs of the Company and shall advise the Board and the officers of the Company on all legal matters. The General Counsel shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President or as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.
     Section 8.9 Secretary.
     The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, in one or more books provided for that purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board, the committees of the Board and the Members and of the Limited Partners. The Secretary shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as required by Applicable Law; shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Company (if any) and affix and attest the seal (if any) to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Company under its seal; and shall see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by Applicable Law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and in general, shall perform all duties and have all powers incident to the office of Secretary and perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may be delegated by the Chief Executive Officer or President or as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.
     Section 8.10 Removal.
     Any officer elected, or agent appointed, by the Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board whenever, in such majority’s judgment, the best interests of the Company would be served thereby. No officer shall have any contractual rights against the Company for compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the election of such person’s successor, such person’s death, such person’s resignation or such

17


 

person’s removal, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise provided in an employment contract or under an employee deferred compensation plan.
     Section 8.11 Vacancies.
     A newly created elected office and a vacancy in any elected office because of death, resignation or removal may be filled by the Board for the unexpired portion of the term at any meeting of the Board.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNITY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
     Section 9.1 Indemnification.
          (a) To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in such capacity on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company; provided, however , that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided further, that no indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be made available to any of the Company’s Affiliates (other than a Group Member), or to any other Indemnitee, with respect to any such Affiliate’s obligations pursuant to the Transaction Documents. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be made only out of the assets of the Company, it being agreed that the Members shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Company to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.
          (b) To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 9.1(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.1 , the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Company of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 9.1 .

18


 

          (c) The indemnification provided by this Section 9.1 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.
          (d) The Company may purchase and maintain (or reimburse its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance on behalf of the Indemnitees, the Company and its Affiliates and such other Persons as the Company shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Company’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Company, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
          (e) For purposes of this Section 9.1 , the Company shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Company also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 9.1 ; and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Company.
          (f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Members to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.
          (g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 9.1 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
          (h) The provisions of this Section 9.1 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
          (i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 9.1 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, nor the obligations of the Company to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.1 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
          (j) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 9.1(a) , THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDEMNIFICATION

19


 

PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 9.1 ARE INTENDED BY THE PARTIES TO APPLY EVEN IF SUCH PROVISIONS HAVE THE EFFECT OF EXCULPATING THE INDEMNITEE FROM LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PERSON’S NEGLIGENCE, FAULT OR OTHER CONDUCT.
     Section 9.2 Liability of Indemnitees.
          (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or the Partnership Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Company, the Partnership, the Members or any other Person bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, with respect to the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.
          (b) Subject to its obligations and duties as set forth in Article VII , the Board and any committee thereof may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through the Company’s officers or agents, and neither the Board nor any committee thereof shall be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such officer or agent appointed by the Board or any committee thereof in good faith.
          (c) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, no Member or any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Company or any other Member and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the Members or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Members to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Members and such other Indemnitee.
          (d) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 9.2 or any provision hereof shall in any manner affect the limitations on the liability of any Indemnitee under this Section 9.2 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
ARTICLE X
TAXES
     Section 10.1 Taxes.
          (a) The Board shall from time to time designate a Member to act as the “tax matters partner” under Section 6231 of the Internal Revenue Code, subject to replacement by the Board (such Member, the “ Tax Matters Member ”). The initial Tax Matters Member will be Tesoro. The Tax Matters Member shall prepare and timely file (on behalf of the Company) all state and local tax returns, if any, required to be filed by the Company. The Company shall bear the costs of the preparation and filing of its returns.

20


 

          (b) The Company and the Members acknowledge that for federal income tax purposes, the Company will be disregarded as an entity separate from the Members pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 301.7701-3 as long as all of the Membership Interests in the Company are owned by a sole Member.
ARTICLE XI
BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS
     Section 11.1 Maintenance of Books.
          (a) The Board shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other location approved by the Board complete and accurate books and records of the Company, supporting documentation of the transactions with respect to the conduct of the Company’s business and minutes of the proceedings of the Board and any other books and records that are required to be maintained by Applicable Law.
          (b) The books of account of the Company shall be maintained on the basis of a fiscal year that is the calendar year and on an accrual basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.
     Section 11.2 Reports.
     The Board shall cause to be prepared and delivered to each Member such reports, forecasts, studies, budgets and other information as the Members may reasonably request from time to time.
     Section 11.3 Bank Accounts.
     Funds of the Company shall be deposited in such banks or other depositories as shall be designated from time to time by the Board. All withdrawals from any such depository shall be made only as authorized by the Board and shall be made only by check, wire transfer, debit memorandum or other written instruction.
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION, WINDING-UP, TERMINATION AND CONVERSION
     Section 12.1 Dissolution.
          (a) The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following events (each a “ Dissolution Event ”):
               (i) the unanimous consent of the Members;
               (ii) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act; and
               (iii) at any time there are no Members of the Company, unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Act or this Agreement.

21


 

          (b) No other event shall cause a dissolution of the Company.
          (c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes there to be no Members of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the personal representative of the last remaining Member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such Member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute Member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such Member in the Company.
          (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and, upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.
     Section 12.2 Winding-Up and Termination.
          (a) On the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, the Members shall act as, or alternatively appoint, a liquidator. The liquidator shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act. The costs of winding up shall be borne as a Company expense. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidator are as follows:
               (i) as promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final winding up, the liquidator shall cause a proper accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public accountants of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last day of the month in which the dissolution occurs or the final winding up is completed, as applicable;
               (ii) subject to the Act, the liquidator shall discharge from Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in winding up or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including the establishment of a cash escrow fund for contingent, conditional and unmatured liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidator may reasonably determine)); and
               (iii) all remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with Section 6.1 .
          (b) The distribution of cash or property to a Member in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.2 constitutes a complete return to the Member of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Member of its Membership Interest and all the Company’s property and constitutes a compromise to which all Members have consented pursuant to Section 18-502(b) of the Act. To the extent that a Member returns funds to the Company, such Member shall have no claim against any other Member for those funds.

22


 

     Section 12.3 Deficit Capital Accounts.
     No Member will be required to pay to the Company, to any other Member or to any third party any deficit balance that may exist from time to time in the Member’s Capital Account.
     Section 12.4 Certificate of Cancellation.
     On completion of the winding up of the Company as provided herein and under the Act, the Members (or such other Person or Persons as the Act may require or permit) shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the existence of the Company. Upon the filing of such certificate of cancellation, the existence of the Company shall terminate, except as may be otherwise provided by the Act or by Applicable Law.
ARTICLE XIII
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION
     Section 13.1 Authority.
     Subject to compliance with Section 7.1(d) , the Company may merge or consolidate with one or more domestic corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)), or convert into any such domestic entity, pursuant to a written agreement of merger or consolidation (“ Merger Agreement ”) or a written plan of conversion (“ Plan of Conversion ”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article 13 . The surviving entity to any such merger, consolidation or conversion is referred to herein as the “ Surviving Business Entity .”
     Section 13.2 Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.
          (a) The merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company pursuant to this Article 13 requires the prior approval of a majority of the Board and compliance with Section 13.3.
          (b) If the Board shall determine to consent to a merger or consolidation, the Board shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:
               (i) the names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;
               (ii) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the Surviving Business Entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation;
               (iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;
               (iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (A) if any general or limited

23


 

partner interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (B) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;
               (v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;
               (vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 13.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement; provided, however, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein; and
               (vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board.
          (c) If the Board shall determine to consent to a conversion of the Company, the Board shall approve and adopt a Plan of Conversion containing such terms and conditions that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate.
     Section 13.3 Approval by Members of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.
          (a) The Board, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of the Members, whether at a meeting or by written consent. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.
          (b) The Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of Members representing a Majority Interest.
          (c) After such approval by vote or consent of the Members, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger, consolidation or conversion pursuant to

24


 

Section 13.4 , the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.
     Section 13.4 Certificate of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.
          (a) Upon the required approval by the Board and the Members of a Merger Agreement or a Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger, consolidation or conversion, as applicable, shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Act and shall have such effect as provided under the Act or other Applicable Law.
          (b) A merger, consolidation or conversion effected pursuant to this Article 13 shall not (i) to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, be deemed to result in a transfer or assignment of assets or liabilities from one entity to another having occurred or (ii) require the Company (if it is not the Surviving Business Entity) to wind up its affairs, pay its liabilities or distribute its assets as required under Article 12 of this Agreement or under the applicable provisions of the Act.
ARTICLE XIV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     Section 14.1 Offset.
     Whenever the Company is to pay any sum to any Member, any amounts that Member owes the Company may be deducted from that sum before payment.
     Section 14.2 Notices.
     All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Notice shall be deemed given on the date of service or transmission if personally served or transmitted by facsimile. Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given upon delivery of such notice:
     To the Company:
Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259-1828
[Attn: President
Telephone: (210) 626-6000
Fax: (210) [_________]]

25


 

     To Tesoro:
Tesoro Corporation
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259-1828
[Attn: President
Telephone: (210) 626-6000
Fax: (210) [_________]]
     Section 14.3 Entire Agreement; Superseding Effect.
     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Members relating to the Company and the transactions contemplated hereby, and supersedes all provisions and concepts contained in all prior contracts or agreements between the Members with respect to the Company, whether oral or written.
     Section 14.4 Effect of Waiver or Consent.
     Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a waiver or consent, express or implied, to or of any breach or default by any Member in the performance by that Member of its obligations with respect to the Company is not a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Member of the same or any other obligations of that Member with respect to the Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, failure on the part of a Member to complain of any act of any Member or to declare any Member in default with respect to the Company, irrespective of how long that failure continues, does not constitute a waiver by that Member of its rights with respect to that default until the applicable statute-of-limitations period has run.
     Section 14.5 Amendment or Restatement.
     This Agreement may be amended or restated only by a written instrument executed by all Members; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, each Member agrees that the Board, without the approval of any Member, may amend any provision of the Delaware Certificate and this Agreement, and may authorize any officer to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record any such amendment and whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect any change that does not require consent or approval (or for which such consent or approval has been obtained) under this Agreement or does not materially adversely affect the rights of the Members.
     Section 14.6 Binding Effect.
     Subject to the restrictions on Dispositions set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

26


 

     Section 14.7 Governing Law; Severability.
     THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and (a) any mandatory, non-waivable provision of the Act, such provision of the Act shall control. If any provision of the Act may be varied or superseded in a limited liability company agreement (or otherwise by agreement of the members or managers of a limited liability company), such provision shall be deemed superseded and waived in its entirety if this Agreement contains a provision addressing the same issue or subject matter. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Member or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (x) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that provision to other Members or circumstances is not affected thereby, and (y) the Members shall negotiate in good faith to replace that provision with a new provision that is valid and enforceable and that puts the Members in substantially the same economic, business and legal position as they would have been in if the original provision had been valid and enforceable.
     Section 14.8 Venue. Any and all claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising out of, in connection with or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. Each party hereto unconditionally and irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware with respect to any such claim, suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection that such party may have to the laying of venue of any claim, suit, action or proceeding in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.
     Section 14.9 Further Assurances.
     In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Member shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.
     Section 14.10 Waiver of Certain Rights.
     Each Member, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, irrevocably waives any right it may have to maintain any action for dissolution of the Company or for partition of the property of the Company.
     Section 14.11 Counterparts.
     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument. The use of facsimile signatures and signatures delivered by email in portable document format (.pdf) affixed in the name and on behalf of a party is expressly permitted by this Agreement.
[ Signature Page Follows ]

27


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Member has executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
         
  MEMBER:

TESORO CORPORATION

 
 
  By:      
    [Name]   
    [Title]   
 
[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
MEMBERS
         
        Capital
Member   Sharing Ratio   Contribution
Tesoro Corporation
  100%   $1,000.00

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B
DIRECTORS
     
Gregory J. Goff
  Chairman of the Board
 
   
Phillip M. Anderson
  Director
 
   
G. Scott Spendlove
  Director
 
   
Charles S. Parrish
  Director
 
   
Raymond J. Bromark
  Director

B-1


 

EXHIBIT C
OFFICERS
     
Gregory J. Goff
  Chief Executive Officer
 
   
Phillip M. Anderson
  President
 
   
G. Scott Spendlove
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
   
Charles S. Parrish
  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
   
Ralph J. Grimmer
  Vice President, Operations

C-1

Exhibit 5.1

(LATHAM & WATKINS LLP LOGO)
717 Texas Avenue, 16th floor
Houston, TX 77002
Tel: +1.713.546.5400 Fax: +1.713.546.5401
www.lw.com
FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
     
Abu Dhabi
  Moscow
Barcelona
  Munich
Beijing
  New Jersey
Boston
  New York
Brussels
  Orange County
Chicago
  Paris
Doha
  Riyadh
Dubai
  Rome
Frankfurt
  San Diego
Hamburg
  San Francisco
Hong Kong
  Shanghai
Houston
  Silicon Valley
London
  Singapore
Los Angeles
  Tokyo
Madrid
  Washington, D.C.
Milan
   


April 1, 2011
Tesoro Logistics LP
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
     Re: Initial Public Offering of Common Units of Tesoro Logistics LP
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as special counsel to Tesoro Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to 14,375,000 common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”). The Common Units are included in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on January 4, 2011 (Registration No. 333-171525), (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”). The term “Common Units” shall include any additional common units registered by the Partnership pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related Prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Common Units.
     As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the general partner of the Partnership and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “ Delaware Act ”) and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.
     Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Common Units shall have been issued by the Partnership against payment therefor in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Common Units

 


 

Tesoro Logistics LP
April 1, 2011
Page 2
(LATHAM & WATKINS LLP LOGO)
will have been duly authorized by all necessary limited partnership action of the Partnership, and the Common Units will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
     This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Validity of the Common Units.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Common Units. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

 

Exhibit 8.1

(LATHAM & WATKINS LLP LOGO)
717 Texas Avenue, 16th floor
Houston, TX 77002
Tel: +1.713.546.5400 Fax: +1.713.546.5401
www.lw.com
FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
     
Abu Dhabi
  Moscow
Barcelona
  Munich
Beijing
  New Jersey
Boston
  New York
Brussels
  Orange County
Chicago
  Paris
Doha
  Riyadh
Dubai
  Rome
Frankfurt
  San Diego
Hamburg
  San Francisco
Hong Kong
  Shanghai
Houston
  Silicon Valley
London
  Singapore
Los Angeles
  Tokyo
Madrid
  Washington, D.C.
Milan
   


April 1, 2011
Tesoro Logistics LP
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, TX 78529-1828
     Re: Tesoro Logistics LP
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as counsel to Tesoro Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the offering and sale of up to an aggregate of 14,375,000 common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “Common Units”).
     This opinion is based on various facts and assumptions, and is conditioned upon certain representations made by the Partnership as to factual matters through a certificate of an officer of the Partnership (the “Officer’s Certificate”). In addition, this opinion is based upon the factual representations of the Partnership concerning its business, properties and governing documents as set forth in the Partnership’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-171525), as amended as of the effective date thereof, to which this opinion is an exhibit and relating to the Common Units (the “Registration Statement”), the Partnership’s prospectus dated April [ ], 2011 relating to the Common Units (the “Prospectus”) and the Partnership’s responses to our examinations and inquiries.
     In our capacity as counsel to the Partnership, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records and other instruments, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures thereon, the legal capacity of natural persons executing such documents and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. For the purpose of our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation or audit of the facts set forth in the above-referenced documents or in the Officer’s Certificate. In addition, in rendering this opinion we have assumed the truth and accuracy of all representations and statements made to us which are qualified as to knowledge or belief, without regard to such qualification.

 


 

April 1, 2011
Page 2
(LATHAM & WATKINS LLP LOGO)
     We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transaction only of the federal income tax laws of the United States and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of other federal laws, foreign laws, the laws of any state or any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state.
     Based on such facts, assumptions and representations and subject to the limitations set forth herein and in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Officer’s Certificate, the statements in the Prospectus under the caption “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences,” insofar as such statements purport to constitute summaries of United States federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, constitute the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the matters described therein.
     No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed herein.
     This opinion is rendered to you as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, and we undertake no obligation to update this opinion subsequent to the date hereof. This opinion is based on various statutory provisions, regulations promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts having jurisdiction over such matters, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Also, any variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the representations described above, including in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Officer’s Certificate may affect the conclusions stated herein.
     This opinion is furnished to you, and is for your use in connection with the transactions set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or furnished to, assigned to, quoted to or relied upon by any other person, firm or other entity, for any purpose, without our prior written consent, except that this opinion may be relied upon by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities law, including purchasers of the Common Units in this offering.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Prospectus and to the use of our name under the caption “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences” in the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ Latham & Watkins LLP    
     
     
 

 

Exhibit 10.1
[ Published CUSIP Number: ____ ]
FORM OF
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of [__________] [__], 2011
among
TESORO LOGISTICS LP,
as the Borrower
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent and
L/C Issuer,
and
The Other Lenders Party Hereto
MERRILL, LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,
as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page  
       
 
       
ARTICLE I  
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
    1  
       
 
       
  1.01    
Defined Terms
    1  
  1.02    
Other Interpretive Provisions
    28  
  1.03    
Accounting Terms
    28  
  1.04    
Rounding
    29  
  1.05    
Times of Day
    29  
  1.06    
Letter of Credit Amounts
    29  
  1.07    
Currency Equivalents Generally
    29  
       
 
       
ARTICLE II  
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    30  
       
 
       
  2.01    
The Loans
    30  
  2.02    
Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans
    30  
  2.03    
Letters of Credit
    31  
  2.04    
Prepayments
    40  
  2.05    
Termination or Reduction of Commitments
    40  
  2.06    
Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans
    41  
  2.07    
Interest
    41  
  2.08    
Fees
    41  
  2.09    
Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate
    42  
  2.10    
Evidence of Debt
    43  
  2.11    
Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback
    43  
  2.12    
Sharing of Payments by Lenders
    45  
  2.13    
Increase in Commitments
    46  
  2.14    
Cash Collateral
    47  
  2.15    
Defaulting Lenders
    48  
       
 
       
ARTICLE III  
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
    50  
       
 
       
  3.01    
Taxes
    50  
  3.02    
Illegality
    54  
  3.03    
Inability to Determine Rates
    54  
  3.04    
Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans
    55  

-i-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
                 
            Page  
  3.05    
Compensation for Losses
    57  
  3.06    
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
    57  
  3.07    
Survival
    58  
       
 
       
ARTICLE IV  
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    58  
       
 
       
  4.01    
Conditions of Initial Credit Extension
    58  
  4.02    
Conditions to all Credit Extensions
    62  
       
 
       
ARTICLE V  
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    63  
       
 
       
  5.01    
Existence, Qualification and Power
    63  
  5.02    
Authorization; No Contravention
    63  
  5.03    
Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
    63  
  5.04    
Binding Effect
    64  
  5.05    
Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
    64  
  5.06    
Litigation
    64  
  5.07    
No Default
    65  
  5.08    
Title; Etc.
    65  
  5.09    
Environmental Compliance; Permits
    67  
  5.10    
Insurance
    68  
  5.11    
Taxes
    68  
  5.12    
ERISA Compliance
    68  
  5.13    
Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties
    69  
  5.14    
Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
    69  
  5.15    
Disclosure
    69  
  5.16    
Compliance with Laws
    70  
  5.17    
Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.
    70  
  5.18    
Solvency
    70  
  5.19    
[Intentionally Omitted]
    70  
  5.20    
Labor Matters
    70  
  5.21    
Collateral Documents
    70  
  5.22    
State and Federal Regulation
    71  
  5.23    
Title to Crude Oil and Refined Products
    73  

-ii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
                 
            Page  
ARTICLE VI  
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    73  
       
 
       
  6.01    
Financial Statements
    74  
  6.02    
Certificates; Other Information
    74  
  6.03    
Notices
    77  
  6.04    
Payment of Obligations
    77  
  6.05    
Preservation of Existence, Etc.
    78  
  6.06    
Maintenance of Properties
    78  
  6.07    
Maintenance of Insurance; Insurance Proceeds
    79  
  6.08    
Compliance with Laws
    79  
  6.09    
Books and Records
    80  
  6.10    
Inspection Rights
    80  
  6.11    
Use of Proceeds
    80  
  6.12    
Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security
    80  
  6.13    
Compliance with Environmental Laws
    83  
  6.14    
Further Assurances
    83  
  6.15    
Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds
    84  
  6.16    
Material Contracts
    84  
  6.17    
Utah FERC Jurisdictional Requirement
    84  
  6.18    
Post Closing Agreement
    85  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VII  
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    85  
       
 
       
  7.01    
Liens
    85  
  7.02    
Indebtedness
    86  
  7.03    
Investments
    88  
  7.04    
Fundamental Changes
    89  
  7.05    
Dispositions
    89  
  7.06    
Restricted Payments
    90  
  7.07    
Change in Nature of Business
    91  
  7.08    
Transactions with Affiliates
    91  
  7.09    
Burdensome Agreements
    91  
  7.10    
Use of Proceeds
    91  

-iii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
                 
            Page  
  7.11    
Financial Covenants
    91  
  7.12    
[Intentionally Omitted]
    92  
  7.13    
Amendments of Organization Documents
    92  
  7.14    
Accounting Changes
    92  
  7.15    
Prepayments, Etc.
    92  
  7.16    
Amendment, Etc.
    92  
  7.17    
Limitation on Speculative Hedging
    92  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VIII  
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    92  
       
 
       
  8.01    
Events of Default
    92  
  8.02    
Remedies upon Event of Default
    95  
  8.03    
Application of Funds
    95  
       
 
       
ARTICLE IX  
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
    97  
       
 
       
  9.01    
Appointment and Authority
    97  
  9.02    
Rights as a Lender
    97  
  9.03    
Exculpatory Provisions
    97  
  9.04    
Reliance by Administrative Agent
    98  
  9.05    
Delegation of Duties
    99  
  9.06    
Resignation of Administrative Agent
    99  
  9.07    
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
    100  
  9.08    
No Other Duties, Etc.
    100  
  9.09    
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
    100  
  9.10    
Collateral and Guaranty Matters
    101  
  9.11    
Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements
    102  
       
 
       
ARTICLE X  
MISCELLANEOUS
    102  
       
 
       
  10.01    
Amendments, Etc.
    102  
  10.02    
Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications
    104  
  10.03    
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement
    106  
  10.04    
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
    106  
  10.05    
Payments Set Aside
    108  
  10.06    
Successors and Assigns
    108  

-iv-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
                 
            Page  
  10.07    
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality
    113  
  10.08    
Right of Setoff
    113  
  10.09    
Interest Rate Limitation
    114  
  10.10    
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
    114  
  10.11    
Survival of Representations and Warranties
    115  
  10.12    
Severability
    115  
  10.13    
Replacement of Lenders
    115  
  10.14    
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
    116  
  10.15    
Waiver of Jury Trial
    117  
  10.16    
No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
    117  
  10.17    
Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents
    117  
  10.18    
USA PATRIOT Act
    118  
  10.19    
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
    118  

-v-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
SCHEDULES  
 
       
 
  2.01    
Commitments and Applicable Percentages
  4.01(a)(iv)  
Leased Real Properties
  5.06    
Litigation
  5.09    
Environmental Matters
  5.11    
Certain Tax Information
  5.13    
Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments; Loan Parties
  5.22(a)    
Federal Regulation Matters
  6.12    
Subsidiary Guarantors
  7.01    
Existing Liens
  7.02    
Existing Indebtedness
  7.03    
Existing Investments
  7.09    
Burdensome Agreements
  10.02    
Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
       
 
EXHIBITS  
 
       
 
  Form of  
 
  A    
Revolving Credit Loan Notice
  B    
Note
  C    
Compliance Certificate
  D-1    
Assignment and Assumption
  D-2    
Administrative Questionnaire
  E    
Uniform System of Accounts

-vi-


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [_________] [__], 2011, among TESORO LOGISTICS LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and the L/C Issuer has indicated its willingness to issue letters of credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
      1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ Acquisition ” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any Person of (a) a majority of the Equity Interests of another Person, (b) all or substantially all of the assets of another Person or (c) all or substantially all of a line of business or division of another Person, in each case (i) whether or not involving a merger or a consolidation with such other Person and (ii) whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions.
     “ Acquisition Consideration ” means, in connection with any Acquisition, the total cash and noncash consideration (including the fair market value of all Equity Interests issued or transferred to the sellers thereof, earnouts and other contingent payment obligations to, and all assumptions of debt, liabilities and other obligations in connection therewith) paid by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Acquisition; provided , that any contingent future payment shall be considered Acquisition Consideration only to the extent of the reserve, if any, required under GAAP at the time of such sale to be established in respect thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
     “ Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
     “ Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.
     “ Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit D-2 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 


 

     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
     “ Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.
     “ Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.
     “ Applicable Fee Rate ” means, at any time, 0.50% per annum.
     “ Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.15 . If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 , or if the Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of the Aggregate Commitments shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender in respect of the Aggregate Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
     “ Applicable Rate ” means (i) from the Closing Date to the date on which the Administrative Agent receives a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b) for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2011, 1.50% per annum for Base Rate Loans and 2.50% per annum for Eurodollar Rate Loans and Letter of Credit Fees and (ii) thereafter, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below determined by reference to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(b) :
Applicable Rate
                     
        Eurodollar Rate    
Pricing Level   Consolidated Leverage Ratio   (Letters of Credit)   Base Rate
1
  < 2.25:1     2.50 %     1.50 %
2
  ³ 2.25:1 but < 3.00:1     2.75 %     1.75 %
3
  ³ 3.00:1 but < 3.75:1     3.00 %     2.00 %
4
  ³ 3.75:1     3.25 %     2.25 %
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the third Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) ; provided , however , that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Level 4 shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and in each case shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered.

-2-


 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.09(b) .
     “ Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
     “ Arranger ” means Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole book manager.
     “ Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
     “ Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit D-1 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
     “ Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable agreement or instrument that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement or instrument were accounted for as a Capitalized Lease and (c) all Synthetic Debt of such Person.
     “ Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited combined balance sheet of Borrower’s Predecessor and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and the related combined statements of income or operations, partners’ capital, retained earnings and cash flows for such fiscal year of Borrower’s Predecessor and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.
     “ Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date of termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05 , and (iii) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02 .
     “ Available Cash ” has the meaning set forth in the Borrower Partnership Agreement.
     “ Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
     “ Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “ prime rate ”, and (c) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. The “ prime rate ” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall

-3-


 

take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
     “ Base Rate Loan ” means a Revolving Credit Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
     “ Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “ Borrower Partnership Agreement ” means that certain First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Tesoro Logistics LP dated as of [_________] [__], 2011, among the General Partner, Tesoro, Tesoro Alaska, TRMC and the other limited partners party thereto.
     “ Borrower’s Predecessor ” means Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor, the Borrower’s predecessor for accounting purposes as set forth in the Registration Statement.
     “ Business ” means the ownership, operation, development and acquisition of Crude Oil and Refined Products logistics assets.
     “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day.
     “ Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.
     “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer (as applicable) and the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if the applicable L/C Issuer shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) the applicable L/C Issuer. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
     “ Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Collateral Documents and other Liens permitted hereunder):
     (a) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof;
     (b) Dollar-denominated time deposits with, or Dollar-denominated insured certificates of deposit or Dollar-denominated bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender, or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding

-4-


 

company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System; (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) of this definition; and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
     (c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America and rated at least “ Prime-1 ” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “ A-1 ” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of not more than 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof; and
     (d) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and the portfolios of which are limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition.
     “ Cash Management Agreement ” means any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.
     “ Cash Management Bank ” means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.
     “ CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.
     “ CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
     “ CFC ” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code.
     “ Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
     “ Change of Control ” means any of the following events or conditions: (a) the General Partner shall cease to be the sole general partner of the Borrower; (b) Tesoro shall cease, directly or indirectly, to own and control legally and beneficially more than 50% of the Equity Interests

-5-


 

in the General Partner; or (c) the Borrower shall cease, directly or indirectly, to own and control legally and beneficially all of the Equity Interests of Opco, Tesoro High Plains or any other Subsidiary Guarantor.
     “ Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01 .
     “ Closing Date Distribution ” means (a) the $50,000,000 distribution from the Borrower to the General Partner on the date of the initial Revolving Credit Borrowing under this Agreement and (b) the distributions of the net proceeds of the Common Units offering (after certain deductions) from the Borrower to Tesoro and certain of its Affiliates on the date of the initial Revolving Credit Borrowing under this Agreement, as further described in the Registration Statement.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
     “ Collateral ” means all of the “ Collateral ” and “ Mortgaged Property ” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     “ Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Mortgages, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.12 , and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     “ Collateral Loss ” means any loss, damage, destruction or other casualty to, or any condemnation of, any Collateral.
     “ Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 and (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “ Commitment ” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
     “ Common Units ” means the common units and subordinated units representing limited partner interests in the Borrower.
     “ Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C .
     “ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, at any date of determination, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed Measurement Period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges, (ii) the provision

-6-


 

for Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iv) any charges or expenses (other than depreciation or amortization expense) directly incurred in connection with any Acquisition or Disposition permitted by this Agreement, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (as shown on the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 6.01 but without giving effect to this clause (iv) in such calculation) for any Measurement Period, and (v) other expenses reducing such Consolidated Net Income which do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period (in each case of or by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period) and minus (b) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits and (ii) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (in each case of or by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period). Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated for each Measurement Period, on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to, without duplication, any Acquisition, Disposition or Uncovered Collateral Loss occurring during each period commencing on the first day of such period to and including the date of such transaction (the “ Reference Period ”) as if such Acquisition, Disposition or Uncovered Collateral Loss and any related incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness occurred on the first day of the Reference Period. In making the calculation contemplated by the preceding sentence, Consolidated EBITDA generated or to be generated by such acquired, divested or damaged or condemned property or Person shall be determined in good faith by the Borrower based on reasonable assumptions; provided , however, that (A) such pro forma calculations shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent if such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA exceed the lesser of (x) $20,000,000 for any one Acquisition or Disposition or Uncovered Collateral Loss, as applicable, and (y) thirty percent (30%) of the Consolidated EBITDA for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prior to such adjustment and (B) no such pro forma adjustments shall be allowed unless, not less than thirty (30) days after the end of such period, the Administrative Agent shall have received such written documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, supporting such pro forma adjustments.
     “ Consolidated Funded Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including Obligations hereunder) and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (b) all purchase money Indebtedness, (c) all direct obligations arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments, (d) all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Attributable Indebtedness, (f) without duplication, all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (e) above of Persons other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (g) all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

-7-


 

     “ Consolidated Interest Charges ” means, for any Measurement Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent (i) paid in cash or required to have been paid in cash and (ii) treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, (b) all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations and (c) the portion of rent expense under Capitalized Leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, in each case, of or by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed Measurement Period.
     “ Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Charges, in each case, of or by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed Measurement Period.
     “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed Measurement Period.
     “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, at any date of determination, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed Measurement Period; provided that Consolidated Net Income shall exclude (a) extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses for such Measurement Period, (b) the net income of any Subsidiary during such Measurement Period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of such income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its Organization Documents or any agreement, instrument or Law applicable to such Subsidiary during such Measurement Period, except that the Borrower’s equity in any net loss of any such Subsidiary for such Measurement Period shall be included in determining Consolidated Net Income, and (c) any income (or loss) for such Measurement Period of any Person if such Person is not a Subsidiary, except that the Borrower’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such Measurement Period shall be included in Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such Measurement Period to the Borrower or a Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (and in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not precluded from further distributing such amount to the Borrower as described in clause (b) of this proviso).
     “ Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
     “ Contributed Assets ” means the assets contributed or otherwise transferred by the applicable Contributing Affiliate to any Loan Party, whether prior to or after the Closing Date, including without limitation the assets contributed by certain Contributing Affiliates to the Loan Parties on or prior to the Closing Date as described in the Registration Statement.

-8-


 

     “ Contributing Affiliates ” means Tesoro, TRMC, Tesoro Alaska and any other Affiliate of Tesoro that contributes or otherwise transfers assets to any Loan Party, whether prior to or after the Closing Date.
     “ Contribution Agreement ” means the Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of [________] [__], 2011 among the Borrower, the General Partner, OpCo, Tesoro, Tesoro Alaska, TRMC and Tesoro High Plains.
     “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.
     “ Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Revolving Credit Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
     “ Crude Oil ” means the unrefined mixture of liquid hydrocarbons, of any grade or specific gravity, commonly known as petroleum or oil.
     “ Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
     “ Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would, unless cured or waived during any applicable grace or cure period, be an Event of Default.
     “ Default Rate ” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided , however , that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.
     “ Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.15(b) , any Lender that, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans or participations in respect of Letters of Credit, within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable Default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm in writing to

-9-


 

the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority.
     “ Disclosed Litigation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 .
     “ Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.
     “ Distribution Payments ” means any cash distribution or dividend by the Borrower on, or in respect of any retirement, purchase, redemption, or other acquisition of, any Equity Interests.
     “ Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.
     “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.
     “ Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.06(b)(iii) and (v) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.06(b)(iii) ).
     “ Energy Policy Act ” means the Energy Policy Act of 1992, Pub. L. No. 102-486, 106 Stat. 2776 (codified as amended in scattered sections of 15, 16, 25, 20, 42 U.S.C.).
     “ Environmental Laws ” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.
     “ Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Contributing Affiliate directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

-10-


 

     “ Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.
     “ Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination ( provided , however, that debt securities that are or by their terms may be convertible or exchangeable into or for Equity Interests shall not constitute Equity Interests prior to conversion or exchange thereof).
     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
     “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Sections 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).
     “ ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (f) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (g) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.
     “ Eurodollar Rate ” means:
     (a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to

-11-


 

such Interest Period or, (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and
     (b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) BBA LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two London Banking Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.
     “ Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Revolving Credit Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of the definition of “ Eurodollar Rate ”.
     “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     “ Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income, profits, or capital (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of or in addition to net income, profits, or capital taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located; (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located; (c) any backup withholding tax that is required by the Code to be withheld from amounts payable to a Lender that has failed to comply with clause (A) of Section 3.01(e)(ii) ; (d) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 10.13 ), any United States withholding tax that is required to be imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender pursuant to the Laws in force at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with clause (B) of Section 3.01(e)(ii) , except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii) ; (e) any United States Federal taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA; and (f) interest and penalties with respect to taxes referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of this definition.

-12-


 

     “ FASB ASC ” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
     “ FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and United States Treasury Regulations or other published guidance with respect thereto.
     “ Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
     “ Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement, dated February 9, 2011 among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger.
     “ FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or any of its successors.
     “ Financial Officer ” means the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of a Loan Party.
     “ Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes (including such a Lender when acting in the capacity of an L/C Issuer). For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
     “ FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
     “ Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.
     “ Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

-13-


 

     “ General Partner ” means Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
     “ Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, any (a) obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “ Guarantee ” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
     “ Hazardous Materials ” means all substances, wastes or other pollutants identified as hazardous or toxic pursuant to any Environmental Law, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes.
     “ Hedge Bank ” means any Person that, at the time it enters into an interest rate Swap Contract that such Person reasonably believes is permitted under Article VII , is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Swap Contract.
     “ High Plains Trunkline ” means (a) the Crude Oil pipelines located in North Dakota and Montana owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent such pipelines are accounted for, or if such pipelines were subject to the requirements of the Uniform System of Accounts, would be accounted for, under account numbers 151-166, Trunk Lines, under the General Instructions for Carrier Property Accounts of such Uniform System of Accounts, which

-14-


 

are set forth on Exhibit E hereto and (b) all gathering receipt, relay and pump stations connected or relating to such pipelines.
     “ Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
     (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
     (b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
     (c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
     (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business that are (i) not unpaid for more than 90 days after the date on which such trade account payable was created or (ii) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the applicable Person);
     (e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
     (f) all Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person and all Synthetic Debt of such Person;
     (g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person or any warrant, right or option to acquire such Equity Interest, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and
     (h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.
     “ Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
     “ Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b) .

-15-


 

     “ Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07 .
     “ Initial Terminals ” means the ten Refined Products terminals and/or storage facilities owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date that are used to provide distribution primarily for Refined Products produced at refineries owned by Tesoro and its Subsidiaries located in (i) Los Angeles, California; (ii) Stockton, California; (iii) Salt Lake City, Utah; (iv) Anchorage, Alaska; (v) Vancouver, Washington; (vi) Mandan, North Dakota; (vii) Boise, Idaho; and (viii) Burley, Idaho.
     “ Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided , however , that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.
     “ Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Revolving Credit Loan Notice; provided that:
     (a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
     (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
     (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
     “ Interstate Commerce Act ” means the body of law commonly known as the Interstate Commerce Act (codified at 49 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq. (1988)).
     “ Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, or (c) an Acquisition. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
     “ IP Security Agreement Supplements ” means any Patent Security Agreement Supplement, Trademark Security Agreement Supplement and Copyright Security Agreement Supplement (as such terms are defined in the Security Agreement) executed by any Loan Party.

-16-


 

     “ IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
     “ ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “ International Standby Practices 1998 ” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
     “ Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by an L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.
     “ Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
     “ L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.
     “ L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing.
     “ L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
     “ L/C Issuer ” means each of Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and any other Lenders selected by the Borrower that agree to become an L/C Issuer hereunder, or any successor issuer or issuers of Letters of Credit hereunder.
     “ L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “ outstanding ” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
     “ Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “ Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

-17-


 

     “ Letter of Credit ” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder.
     “ Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the applicable L/C Issuer.
     “ Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
     “ Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(h) .
     “ Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the Aggregate Commitments. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.
     “ Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
     “ Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Revolving Credit Loan.
     “ Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) the Subsidiary Guaranty, (d) the Collateral Documents, (e) the Fee Letter, (f) each Issuer Document, (g) any arrangements entered into by an L/C Issuer and the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(iii) , (h) any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 of this Agreement, (i) the Post Closing Agreement, (j) each Secured Hedge Agreement and (k) each Secured Cash Management Agreement; provided that for purposes of the definition of “Material Adverse Effect” and Articles IV through X (other than Section 8.03 , Section 10.04 , and Section 10.16 ), “Loan Documents” shall not include Secured Hedge Agreements or Secured Cash Management Agreements.
     “ Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor.
     “ London Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
     “ Master Terminalling Services Agreement ” means that certain Master Terminalling Services Agreement dated as of [____________], 2011, between TRMC, Tesoro Alaska, and Opco.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a

-18-


 

party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
     “ Material Contract ” means (a) the Operational Services Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement, the Pipeline Transportation Services Agreements, the Trucking Transportation Services Agreement, the Master Terminalling Services Agreement, the Storage and Transportation Services Agreement, the Short Haul Pipeline Agreement, and any similar type of agreement relating to any future Contributed Assets, (b) any other agreement or instrument entered into on or after the date of this Agreement to which any Loan Party is a party and which otherwise constitutes a material agreement or material instrument relating to the acquisition of, or establishment of, material assets (which assets would constitute 10% or more of the consolidated assets of the Loan Parties after giving effect to such acquisition or establishment) or material operations (which operations would constitute 10% or more of the anticipated revenues of the Loan Parties after giving effect to such acquisition or establishment) by any Loan Party, and (c) any other material documents, agreements or instruments related to any of the foregoing (i) to which any Loan Party is a party, and (ii) which, if terminated or cancelled, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     “ Material Pipeline Systems ” means, collectively, (a) the High Plains Trunkline, (b) the Utah Pipelines, and (c) any other pipelines owned by any Loan Party that are used in the Business and that (i) are subject to any Material Contract or (ii) are accounted for, or if such pipelines were subject to the requirements of the Uniform System of Accounts, would be accounted for, under account numbers 151-166, Trunk Lines, under the General Instructions for Carrier Property Accounts of such Uniform System of Accounts, which are set forth on Exhibit E hereto, and, in each case, all gathering receipt, relay and pump stations connected or relating to such pipelines.
     “ Material Real Property ” means, as of any applicable date of determination, (a) the real property owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an easement or other real property interest on which any Terminal or Material Pipeline System is located; (b) any other contiguous parcels of real property owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an easement or other real property interest in, that collectively have a fair market value of $2,500,000 or more; and (c) if the aggregate fair market value of the real property Collateral at any time is less than 80% of the aggregate fair market value of all of the real property owned or leased by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, then such other real property owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as would, after giving effect to a Mortgage thereon and such real property’s becoming Collateral, cause the aggregate fair market value of the real property Collateral to be at least 80% of the aggregate fair market value of all of the real property owned or leased by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. As used herein, “real property” includes, without limitation, all rights of way, servitudes, easements and other real property interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
     “ Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .
     “ Maturity Date ” means [________] [__], 2014; provided , however , that if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

-19-


 

     “ Measurement Period ” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of the Borrower or, if fewer than four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower have been completed since the Closing Date, the fiscal quarters of the Borrower that have been completed since the Closing Date; provided that: (a) for purposes of determining the amount of Consolidated EBITDA to be included in the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011, such amount for the Measurement Period then ended shall equal Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarter multiplied by four; (b) for purposes of determining the amount of Consolidated EBITDA to be included in the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011, such amount for the Measurement Period then ended shall equal Consolidated EBITDA for the two fiscal quarters then ended multiplied by two; and (c) for purposes of determining the amount of Consolidated EBITDA to be included in the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011, such amount for the Measurement Period then ended shall equal Consolidated EBITDA for the three fiscal quarters then ended multiplied by 4/3.
     “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
     “ Mortgage ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iv) .
     “ Mortgage Policy ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iv)(B) .
     “ Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
     “ Multiple Employer Plan ” means a Plan which has two or more contributing sponsors (including the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.
     “ NDPSC ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.22(b) .
     “ North Dakota Intrastate Pipeline Services ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.22(b) .
     “ Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .
     “ NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.
     “ Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, Letter of Credit, Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

-20-


 

     “ Omnibus Agreement ” means that certain Omnibus Agreement dated as of [________] [__], 2011, between Tesoro (on behalf of itself and certain of its Affiliates), TRMC, Tesoro Companies, Tesoro Alaska, the Borrower, and the General Partner.
     “ Opco ” means Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
     “ Operational Services Agreement ” means that certain Operational Services Agreement dated as of [________] [__], 2011, by and among Tesoro Companies, TRMC, Tesoro Alaska, Opco, and Tesoro High Plains.
     “ Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
     “ Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
     “ Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Credit Loans occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.
     “ Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d) .
     “ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
     “ Pension Act ” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.
     “ Pension Funding Rules ” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.
     “ Pension Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (including a Multiple Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by the Borrower and any

-21-


 

ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.
     “ Permitted Encumbrances ” has the meaning specified in the Mortgages.
     “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
     “ Pipeline Systems ” means, collectively, (a) the approximately 700 miles of Crude Oil pipelines located in North Dakota and Montana owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including without limitation the High Plains Trunkline), (b) the Utah Pipelines, and (c) any other gathering systems or pipelines owned by any Loan Party that are used in the Business, including in each case any gathering receipt, relay, and pump stations connected or relating to any of the foregoing.
     “ Pipeline Transportation Services Agreements ” means (a) that certain Transportation Services Agreement (High Plains Pipeline System) dated as of [_______________], 2011, between Tesoro High Plains and TRMC; and (b) that certain Transportation Services Agreement (SLC Short Haul Pipelines) dated as of [_______________], 2011, between Opco and TRMC.
     “ Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including a Pension Plan), maintained for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or any such Plan to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees.
     “ Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .
     “ Pledged Equity ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.3 of the Security Agreement.
     “ Post Closing Agreement ” means the Post Closing Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent.
     “ Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .
     “ Refined Products ” means gasoline, diesel fuel, jet fuel, liquid petroleum gases, asphalt and asphalt products, and other refined petroleum products.
     “ Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c) .
     “ Registration Statement ” means that certain Form S-1 Registration Statement dated January 4, 2011, as amended from time to time through April 8, 2011, in each case, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Common Units.
     “ Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

-22-


 

     “ Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.
     “ Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Revolving Credit Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Revolving Credit Loans, a Revolving Credit Loan Notice and (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application.
     “ Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations being deemed “ held ” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused Commitments; provided that the unused Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
     “ Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of a Loan Party or the General Partner acting on behalf of a Loan Party, and solely for purposes of the delivery of incumbency certificates pursuant to Section 4.01 , the secretary or any assistant secretary of a Loan Party or the General Partner acting on behalf of a Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II , any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party or the General Partner acting on behalf of such Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party or the General Partner acting on behalf of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
     “ Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to any Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof), or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such dividend or other distribution or payment.
     “ Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01 .
     “ Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 .
     “ Revolving Credit Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

-23-


 

     “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.
     “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
     “ Secured Cash Management Agreement ” means any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Cash Management Bank.
     “ Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any interest rate Swap Contract permitted under Article VII that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.
     “ Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05 , and the other Persons the Obligations owing to which are or are purported to be secured by the Collateral under the terms of the Collateral Documents.
     “ Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(iii) .
     “ Security Agreement Supplement ” means a Supplement to the Security Agreement in the form attached as Annex I to the Security Agreement.
     “ Short Haul Pipeline Agreement ” means the Transportation Services Agreement (SLC Short Haul Pipelines) dated as of [________] [__], 2011, between TRMC and Opco.
     “ Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
     “ Specified Acquisition ” means any Acquisition made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Acquisition Consideration therefor exceeds $40,000,000.
     “ Specified Acquisition Period ” means, upon Borrower’s election pursuant to Section 6.02(l) , (a) the fiscal quarter during which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries consummates a Specified Acquisition and (b) the two fiscal quarters immediately following the fiscal quarter described in clause (a); provided , however, that (i) no more than one Specified Acquisition Period may be in effect at any one time, (ii) no Specified Acquisition Period may become

-24-


 

effective if the Borrower fails to timely elect such Specified Acquisition Period pursuant to the terms of Section 6.02(l) and (iii) no more than one Specified Acquisition Period may be elected with respect to any particular Specified Acquisition.
     “ State Pipeline Regulatory Agencies ” means, collectively, the North Dakota Public Service Commission, the Montana Public Service Commission, the Public Service Commission of Utah, any similar Governmental Authorities in other jurisdictions, and any successor Governmental Authorities of any of the foregoing.
     “ Storage and Transportation Services Agreement ” means that certain Salt Lake City Storage and Transportation Services Agreement dated as of [_____________], 2011, between TRMC and Opco.
     “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
     “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” means the Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule 6.12 and each other Subsidiary of the Borrower that shall be required to execute and deliver a guaranty or guaranty supplement pursuant to Section 6.12 .
     “ Subsidiary Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Secured Parties, together with each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 .
     “ Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

-25-


 

     “ Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
     “ Synthetic Debt ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination thereof, all obligations of such Person in respect of transactions entered into by such Person that are intended to function primarily as a borrowing of funds (including any minority interest transactions that function primarily as a borrowing) but are not otherwise included in the definition of “ Indebtedness ” or as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
     “ Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
     “ Terminals ” means, collectively (a) the Initial Terminals; and (b) any other terminals, storage facilities, wharfage, tankage and loading racks owned or leased by any Loan Party that are used in the Business.
     “ Tesoro ” means Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
     “ Tesoro Alaska ” means Tesoro Alaska Company, a Delaware corporation.
     “ Tesoro Companies ” means Tesoro Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “ Tesoro Consent ” means the Consent and Agreement dated as of [________] [__], 2011 among the Borrower, Tesoro, Tesoro Companies, Tesoro Alaska, TRMC, the General Partner, Opco, Tesoro High Plains and the Administrative Agent.
     “ Tesoro High Plains ” means Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
     “ Threshold Amount ” means $10,000,000.
     “ Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

-26-


 

     “ Transaction ” means, collectively, the contribution of Contributed Assets on or prior to the Closing Date and the issuance of Common Units as described in the Registration Statement on the Closing Date.
     “ Transfer Documents ” means, collectively, the Contribution Agreement and any other material documents, agreements and instruments executed by a Loan Party or any Contributing Affiliate in connection with the transfer of the Contributed Assets to the Loan Parties whether on, prior to or after the Closing Date.
     “ TRMC ” means Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation.
     “ Trucking Transportation Services Agreement ” means that certain Trucking and Transportation Services Agreement dated as of [____________], 2011, between Opco and TRMC.
     “ Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
     “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
     “ Uncovered Collateral Loss ” means a Collateral Loss to the extent that it is not offset (on a dollar-for-dollar basis) by independent third-party business interruption insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “ A ” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage.
     “ Uniform System of Accounts ” means, under Part 352 of FERC’s regulations, the Uniform Systems of Accounts Prescribed For Oil Pipeline Companies Subject to the Provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act.
     “ United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.
     “ Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i) .
     “ U.S. Loan Party ” means any Loan Party that is organized under the laws of one of the states of the United States of America and that is not a CFC.
     “ Utah FERC Jurisdictional Requirement ” means, with respect to the Utah Pipelines, any order or other requirement by the FERC, imposed at any time after the Closing Date, that requires the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to take any action with respect to or as a result of a finding that the Utah Pipelines are subject to FERC jurisdiction, including but not limited to any requirement for the filing of reports and/or tariffs at the FERC with respect to the Utah Pipelines, or any other FERC order or requirement that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries comply with the regulations of the FERC with respect to the Utah Pipelines.

-27-


 

     “ Utah Pipelines ” means, collectively, (a) the three short-haul Crude Oil supply pipelines located in Utah owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (b) the two short-haul Refined Product delivery pipelines located in Utah owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
      1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
     (a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation .” The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
     (b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”
     (c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
      1.03 Accounting Terms . (a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the financial statements from which the Audited Financial Statements were prepared, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining

-28-


 

compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 and FASB ASC 470-20 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.
     (b)  Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
     (c)  Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . All references herein to consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or to the determination of any amount for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or any similar reference shall, in each case, be deemed to include each variable interest entity that the Borrower is required to consolidate pursuant to FASB ASC 810 as if such variable interest entity were a Subsidiary as defined herein.
      1.04 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
      1.05 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
      1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts . Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
      1.07 Currency Equivalents Generally . Any amount specified in this Agreement (other than in Articles II and IX ) or any of the other Loan Documents to be in Dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than Dollars, such equivalent amount thereof in the applicable currency to be determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (as defined below) for the purchase of such currency with Dollars. For purposes of this Section 1.07 , the “ Spot Rate ” for a currency means the rate

-29-


 

determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 10:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date of such determination; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.
ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
      2.01 The Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Revolving Credit Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01 , prepay under Section 2.04 , and reborrow under this Section 2.01 . Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
      2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans . (a) Each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than noon (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Revolving Credit Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Revolving Credit Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Revolving Credit Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.03(c) , each Revolving Credit Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Revolving Credit Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Revolving Credit Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Revolving Credit Loan

-30-


 

Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Revolving Credit Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Revolving Credit Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.
     (b) Following receipt of a Revolving Credit Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the Revolving Credit Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in Section 2.02(a) . In the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Revolving Credit Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Revolving Credit Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date a Revolving Credit Loan Notice with respect to a Revolving Credit Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Borrowing, first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second , shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.
     (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.
     (d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
     (e) After giving effect to all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten (10) Interest Periods in effect with respect to Revolving Credit Loans.
      2.03 Letters of Credit . (a) The Letter of Credit Commitment . (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each L/C Issuer severally agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue

-31-


 

Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b) , and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit issued by it; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.
     (ii) No L/C Issuer shall issue any Letter of Credit if:
     (A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii) , the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
     (B) the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.
     (iii) No L/C Issuer shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
     (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
     (B) the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

-32-


 

     (C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000;
     (D) the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;
     (E) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless such L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv )) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which such L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion; or
     (F) the Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder.
     (iv) No L/C Issuer shall amend any Letter of Credit if such L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.
     (v) No L/C Issuer shall be under any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.
     (vi) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “ Administrative Agent ” as used in Article IX included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuers.
     (b)  Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit . (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the applicable L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than noon at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail

-33-


 

satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as such L/C Issuer may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as such L/C Issuer may reasonably require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as such L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.
     (ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the applicable L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with such L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the applicable L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.
     (iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the applicable L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that such L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) such L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no

-34-


 

obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing such L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.
     (iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
     (c)  Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations . (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 10:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Revolving Credit Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
     (ii) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 12:00 noon on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the applicable L/C Issuer.
     (iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the

-35-


 

Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03 .
     (iv) Until each Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of such L/C Issuer.
     (v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the respective L/C Issuers for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against any L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Revolving Credit Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit issued by it, together with interest as provided herein.
     (vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii) , then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by such L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan included in the relevant Revolving Credit Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the applicable L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (d)  Repayment of Participations . (i) At any time after the applicable L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C

-36-


 

Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c) , if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
     (ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the applicable L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
     (e)  Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
     (ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), such L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
     (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
     (iv) any payment by such L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by such L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

-37-


 

     (v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the applicable L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the applicable L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
     (f)  Role of L/C Issuer . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of any L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of an L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of any L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of an L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e) ; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the applicable L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit issued by it after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, an L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the applicable L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
     (g)  Applicability of ISP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit.

-38-


 

     (h)  Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit; provided , however, any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, to the other Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective Applicable Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.15(a)(iv) , with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the applicable L/C Issuer for its own account. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
     (i)  Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer . The Borrower shall pay directly to the applicable L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, at the rate per annum specified in the Fee Letter, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the applicable L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
     (j)  Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.
     (k)  Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower,

-39-


 

and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.
      2.04 Prepayments . (a) Optional . The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than noon (1) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (B) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (C) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 . Subject to Section 2.15 , each such prepayment shall be applied to the Revolving Credit Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.
     (b)  Mandatory .
     (i) If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Aggregate Commitments at such time, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Borrowings and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (other than the L/C Borrowings) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.
     (ii) The Borrower shall make prepayments as required by Section 6.07(b)(i) .
      2.05 Termination or Reduction of Commitments . The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments or the Letter of Credit Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments or the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than noon five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce (A) the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, or (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Aggregate Commitments under this Section 2.05 . Upon any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees accrued until the

-40-


 

effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
      2.06 Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.
      2.07 Interest . (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07(b) , (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.
     (b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
     (c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
      2.08 Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(h) and (i) :
     (a)  Commitment Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Fee Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.15 . The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time

-41-


 

during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Fee Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Fee Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Fee Rate was in effect.
     (b)  Other Fees . (i) The Borrower shall pay to the Arranger and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
     (ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
      2.09 Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate .
     (a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans (including Base Rate Loans determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate) shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.11(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
     (b) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, the Borrower or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in different pricing for such period, then (A) if the proper pricing for such period would have been higher, then the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuers, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period, and (B) if the proper pricing for such period would have been lower, the amount of any overpayment of interest and fees actually made shall, upon delivery of a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent demonstrating the amount of such overpayment, be applied as a credit to all subsequent payments due from any Loan Party

-42-


 

under any Loan Document to the Lenders that were party to this Agreement at the time of such overpayment, in accordance with each such Lender’s ratable share at the time of such overpayment, until the amount of such overpayment is eliminated. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under Sections 2.03(c)(iii) , 2.03(h) or 2.07(b) or under Article VIII . The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
      2.10 Evidence of Debt . (a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
     (b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.10(a) , each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
      2.11 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback . (a) General . All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 1:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected on computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

-43-


 

     (b) (i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Revolving Credit Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 1:00 p.m. on the date of such Revolving Credit Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Revolving Credit Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02 ) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Revolving Credit Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Revolving Credit Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Revolving Credit Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
     (ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or an L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

-44-


 

     (c)  Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
     (d)  Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Revolving Credit Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c) .
     (e)  Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
     (f)  Insufficient Funds . If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second , toward payment of principal and L/C Borrowings then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and L/C Borrowings then due to such parties.
      2.12 Sharing of Payments by Lenders . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations in respect of any Revolving Credit Loan or Letter of Credit due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations in respect of Revolving Credit Loans and Letters of Credit due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations in respect of Revolving Credit Loans and Letters of Credit due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) Obligations in respect of any Revolving Credit Loan or Letter of Credit owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations in respect of Revolving Credit Loans and Letters of Credit owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Parties at such time) of payment on account of the Obligations in respect of Revolving Credit Loans and Letters of Credit owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by

-45-


 

all of the Lenders at such time then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Credit Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Obligations in respect of Revolving Credit Loans and Letters of Credit then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be, provided that:
     (i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
     (ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (B) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.14 , or (C) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
      2.13 Increase in Commitments . (a) Request for Increase . Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $150,000,000; provided that any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $30,000,000. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).
     (b)  Lender Elections to Increase . Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.
     (c)  Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase, and subject to the approval of the

-46-


 

Administrative Agent and each L/C Issuer (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
     (d)  Effective Date and Allocations . If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “ Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date.
     (e)  Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase . As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party or the General Partner acting on behalf of such Loan Party (x) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (y) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.13 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 , and (B) no Default exists or would result from such increase. The Borrower shall prepay any Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on the Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 ) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.
     (f)  Conflicting Provisions . This Section shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.12 or 10.01 to the contrary.
      2.14 Cash Collateral .
     (a)  Certain Credit Support Events . Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer (i) if such L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, immediately upon the request of the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover all Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

-47-


 

     (b)  Grant of Security Interest . All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America. The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.14(c) . If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the applicable Fronting Exposure and other obligations secured thereby, the Borrower or the relevant Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.
     (c)  Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.14 or Sections 2.03 , 2.04 , 2.05 , 2.15 or 8.02 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.
     (d)  Release . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 10.06(b)(vi) )) or (ii) the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided , however, (x) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default (and following application as provided in this Section 2.14 may be otherwise applied in accordance with Section 8.03 ), and (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the applicable L/C Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.
      2.15 Defaulting Lenders . (a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:
     (i) Waivers and Amendments . That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 10.01 .
     (ii) Reallocation of Payments . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that

-48-


 

Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.08 ), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuers hereunder; third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent or requested by an L/C Issuer, to be held as Cash Collateral for future funding obligations of that Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Letter of Credit; fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or the L/C Issuers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or any L/C Issuer against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans or L/C Borrowings were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Borrowings owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Borrowings owed to, that Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.15(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
     (iii) Certain Fees . That Defaulting Lender (x) shall not be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.08(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender) and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 2.03(h) .
     (iv) Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure . During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 2.03 , the “ Applicable Percentage ” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided , that, (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit shall

-49-


 

not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of that Lender.
     (b)  Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Credit Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv) ), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
      3.01 Taxes . (a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes . (i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Law be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes. If, however, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent is required by applicable Law to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such Law as determined by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.
     (ii) If the Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall be required by applicable Law to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States Federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, then (A) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to be required, (B) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

-50-


 

     (b)  Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law.
     (c)  Tax Indemnifications . (i) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, the Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) withheld or deducted by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent or paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The Borrower shall also, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender or an L/C Issuer for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required by clause (ii) of this subsection. A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or an L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (ii) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, each Lender and each L/C Issuer shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities, penalties, interest and expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Borrower or the Administrative Agent by any Governmental Authority as a result of the failure by such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation required to be delivered by such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (e). Each Lender and each L/C Issuer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii). The agreements in this clause (ii) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.
     (d)  Evidence of Payments . Upon request by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01 , the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Law to report such payment or other

-51-


 

evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.
     (e)  Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation . (i) Each Lender and each L/C Issuer shall deliver to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable Law or when reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Law or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender or such L/C Issuer by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction.
     (ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
     (A) any Lender or L/C Issuer that is a “ United States person ” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent properly completed and executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and
     (B) each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
     (1) properly completed and executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,
     (2) properly completed and executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,
     (3) properly completed and executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY and all required supporting documentation,

-52-


 

     (4) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “ bank ” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “ 10 percent shareholder ” of the Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code or (C) a “ controlled foreign corporation ” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) properly completed and executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or
     (5) properly completed and executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.
     (iii) Each Lender shall promptly (A) notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (B) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any jurisdiction that the Borrower or the Administrative Agent make any withholding or deduction for taxes from amounts payable to such Lender.
     (iv) If a payment made to a Lender or L/C Issuer hereunder or under any Loan Document would be subject to United States Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender or L/C Issuer were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (e.g., because the Revolving Credit Loans are not treated as grandfathered obligations under FATCA), such Lender or L/C Issuer shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender or L/C Issuer has complied with its obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.
     (f)  Treatment of Certain Refunds . Unless required by applicable Law, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or any L/C Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be. If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such

-53-


 

refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer in the event the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.
      3.02 Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
      3.03 Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London

-54-


 

interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Revolving Credit Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
      3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . (a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:
     (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) ) or any L/C Issuer;
     (ii) subject any Lender or any L/C Issuer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or such L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or such L/C Issuer); or
     (iii) impose on any Lender or any L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or such L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

-55-


 

     (b)  Capital Requirements . If any Lender or any L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or such L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
     (c)  Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or an L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
     (d)  Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
     (e)  Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “ Eurocurrency liabilities ”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice.

-56-


 

      3.05 Compensation for Losses . Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
     (a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);
     (b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or
     (c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13 ;
including any loss or expense (but not including loss of anticipated profits) and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.
      3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders . (a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, any L/C Issuer, or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then such Lender or such L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Sections 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or any L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.
     (b)  Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 .

-57-


 

      3.07 Survival . All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, and resignation of the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
      4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of each L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
     (a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party or the General Partner acting on behalf of such Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:
     (i) executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;
     (ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;
     (iii) a pledge and security agreement (together with each other pledge and security agreement and pledge and security agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 , in each case as amended, the “ Security Agreement ”), duly executed by the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, together with:
     (A) certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank or registered in the name of such nominee or nominees as the Administrative Agent shall specify and instruments, if any, evidencing any Indebtedness pledged by the Loan Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement indorsed in blank,
     (B) proper Financing Statements in form appropriate for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Agreement, covering the Collateral described in the Security Agreement,
     (C) completed requests for information, dated on or before the date of the initial Credit Extension, listing all effective financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (B) above that name the Borrower or any Subsidiary as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements,
     (D) evidence of the completion of all other actions, recordings and filings of or with respect to the Security Agreement that the Administrative Agent

-58-


 

may deem necessary or reasonably desirable in order to perfect the Liens created thereby,
     (E) the account control agreements referred to in the Security Agreement and duly executed by the appropriate parties,
     (F) the Tesoro Consent, duly executed by each party thereto, and
     (G) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Agreement has been taken (including receipt of duly executed payoff letters, UCC-3 termination statements and landlords’ and bailees’ waiver and consent agreements);
     (iv) subject to the provisions of the Post Closing Agreement, deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, leasehold mortgages and leasehold deeds of trust, covering the fee and recorded leasehold estates and recorded easement interests owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the land on which the Initial Terminals, the High Plains Trunkline, and the Utah Pipelines are located, (together with the Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein and each other mortgage delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 , in each case as amended, the “ Mortgages ”), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party, together with:
     (A) evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or reasonably desirable in order to create a valid first and subsisting Lien on the property described therein in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing, documentary, stamp, intangible and recording taxes and fees have been paid (or arrangements therefor satisfactory to the Administrative Agent have been made),
     (B) with respect to the Initial Terminals, fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policies (the “ Mortgage Policies ”), with endorsements and in amounts acceptable to the Administrative Agent, issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insuring the Mortgages to be valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Permitted Encumbrances and other Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents, for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens and for zoning of the applicable property to the extent available in the jurisdiction in which such property is located) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable,

-59-


 

     (C) estoppel and consent agreements executed by each of the lessors of the leased real properties listed on Schedule 4.01(a)(iv) , and, if applicable, any such lessor’s mortgagee, along with (1) a memorandum of lease in recordable form with respect to such leasehold interest, executed and acknowledged by the owner of the affected real property, as lessor, or (2) evidence that the applicable lease with respect to such leasehold interest or a memorandum thereof has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice to third-party purchasers of such leasehold interest, or (3) if such leasehold interest was acquired or subleased from the holder of a recorded leasehold interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,
     (D) evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the Mortgages, and
     (E) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken;
     (v) the Post Closing Agreement duly executed by each of the parties thereto;
     (vi) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party or the General Partner acting on behalf of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party;
     (vii) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (viii) a favorable opinion of McGuireWoods LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to the matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Required Lenders may reasonably request;
     (ix) a favorable opinion of local counsel to the Loan Parties in each of Alaska, California, Idaho, Montana, North Dakota, Utah and Washington addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to the matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Required Lenders may reasonably request;

-60-


 

     (x) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the General Partner on behalf of all Loan Parties either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the consummation by such Loan Party or Loan Parties of the Transaction and the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party or Loan Parties and the validity against such Loan Party or Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;
     (xi) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
     (xii) a business plan and budget of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower, of consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a monthly basis for the first year following the Closing Date;
     (xiii) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis before and after giving effect to the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, any Credit Extension to be made on the Closing Date and the consummation of the Transaction, from the chief financial officer of the Borrower;
     (xiv) all existing Phase I environmental assessments and other audits, assessments, or reports relating to environmental conditions or compliance with Environmental Laws which have been previously conducted or other reports, in each case to the extent in the possession of the Borrower or to the extent existing and otherwise obtainable by the Borrower, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require and the Administrative Agent shall be satisfied in its reasonable discretion with the condition of the properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ (or their respective predecessors’) compliance with Environmental Laws; and
     (xv) evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect, together with the certificates of insurance, naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, under all insurance policies maintained with respect to the assets and properties of the Loan Parties that constitutes Collateral.
     (b) (i) All fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid and (ii) all fees required to be paid to the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.
     (c) Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if

-61-


 

requested by the Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings ( provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
     (d) The Loan Parties shall have provided true, correct, and complete copies of all Material Contracts to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to the extent not previously provided (and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree that any Material Contracts filed with the SEC in connection with the Transaction shall be deemed delivered), and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be satisfied in their reasonable discretion with their review thereof. None of the material terms or conditions to closing of any party set forth in the Material Contracts shall have been amended, modified or supplemented without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, and all conditions stated therein shall have been satisfied or, with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, waived.
     (e) The Transaction shall have been completed in accordance with the terms of the Transfer Documents and applicable Law.
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.03(e) , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
      4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender and each L/C Issuer to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Revolving Credit Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Revolving Credit Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:
     (a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that have a materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualification, which shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that have a materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualification, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.05(a) and (b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) and (b) , respectively.
     (b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

-62-


 

     (c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the applicable L/C Issuer shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Revolving Credit Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Revolving Credit Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
      5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power . Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals (i) to own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and Transfer Documents to which it is a party and consummate the Transaction, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.02 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document and Transfer Document to which such Person is or is to be a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) violate any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) result in the creation of any Lien not permitted by the Loan Documents or violate (i) any material Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law.
      5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or Transfer Document or for the consummation of the Transaction, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01 and Permitted Encumbrances) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except (i) for the authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) to the extent that

-63-


 

the failure of any approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person to have been duly obtained, taken, given, or made or to be in full force and effect, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.04 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.
      5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect . (a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the predecessor business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness that would be required to be disclosed in consolidated financial statements of the Borrower or the footnotes thereto prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     (b) The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet of Borrower’s Predecessor and its Subsidiaries for the three fiscal quarter period ending September 30, 2010 and the related pro forma combined statements of income or operations, partners’ capital, retained earning and cash flows for the three fiscal quarter period ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.
     (c) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (d) The consolidated forecasted balance sheet, statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 4.01 or Section 6.01(c) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Borrower’s best estimate of its future financial condition and performance.
      5.06 Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, at law, in equity, or in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, FERC or any equivalent state regulatory

-64-


 

authority), by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Transfer Document or the consummation of the Transaction, or (b) except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.06 (the “ Disclosed Litigation ”), either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there has been no materially adverse change in the status, or financial effect on any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, of the matters described in Schedule 5.06 .
      5.07 No Default . Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is in default under any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
      5.08 Title; Etc . (a) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has indefeasible title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold or easement interests in, all of their respective real property, and good title to all of their respective personal property, including, without limitation, the real and personal property described in each of the Mortgages, as is necessary to operate the Business except for defects that, individually or in the aggregate, (i) do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of Business and (ii) do not have a Material Adverse Effect. None of such property is subject to any Lien, except for Liens permitted by Section 7.01 .
     (b) The Pipeline Systems are covered by recorded fee deeds, rights of way, easements, leases, servitudes, permits, licenses, or other instruments (collectively, “ Pipeline Rights ”) in favor of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, except where the failure of the Pipeline Systems to be so covered, individually or in the aggregate, (i) does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of Business and (ii) do not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Pipeline Rights establish a contiguous and continuous right of way for the Pipeline Systems and grant the Borrower or its Subsidiaries the right to construct, operate, and maintain the Pipeline Systems in, over, under, or across the land covered thereby in the same way that a prudent owner and operator would inspect, operate, repair, and maintain similar assets and in the same way as the Borrower or its Subsidiaries have inspected, operated, repaired, and maintained the Pipeline Systems as reflected in the Audited Financial Statements; provided , however, (A) some of the Pipeline Rights granted to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries by private parties and Governmental Authorities are revocable at the right of the applicable grantor or its successors-in-interest, (B) some of the rights of way may cross properties that are subject to Liens, covenants, conditions, and restrictions in favor of third parties that have not been subordinated to the Pipeline Rights; and (C) some rights of way are subject to certain defects, limitations and restrictions; provided , further , that none of the limitations, defects, and restrictions described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) above, individually or in the aggregate, (x) materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of Business or (y) have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) The Terminals are covered by fee deeds, real property leases, or other instruments (collectively “ Terminal Deeds ”) in favor of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries. The Terminal Deeds grant the Borrower or its Subsidiaries the right to construct, operate, and maintain the Terminals in, over, under, and across the land covered thereby in the same way that a prudent owner and operator would inspect, operate, repair, and maintain similar assets and in the same

-65-


 

way as the Borrower or its Subsidiaries have inspected, operated, repaired, and maintained the Terminals as reflected in the Audited Financial Statements, subject to Permitted Encumbrances.
     (d) There has been no and there is not presently any occurrence of any (i) breach or event of default on the part of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any Pipeline Right or Terminal Deed, (ii) to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, breach or event of default on the part of any other party to any Pipeline Right or Terminal Deed, and (iii) event that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such breach or event of default on the part of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any Pipeline Right or Terminal Deed or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, on the part of any other party thereto, in each case, to the extent any such breach or default, individually or in the aggregate, (A) materially interferes with the ordinary conduct of Business or (B) has a Material Adverse Effect. The Pipeline Rights and Terminal Deeds (to the extent applicable) are in full force and effect in all material respects and are valid and enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with their terms (subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws effecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability to the effect of general principles of equity) and all rental and other payments due thereunder by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, and their predecessors in interest have been duly paid in accordance with the terms of the Pipeline Rights and Terminal Deeds, except to the extent that a failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, (x) does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of Business and (y) does not have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (e) The Pipeline Systems are located within the confines of the land covered by the Pipeline Rights and do not encroach upon any adjoining property, except where the failure of any portion of any of the Pipeline Systems to be so located, individually or in the aggregate, (i) does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of Business and (ii) does not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Terminals are located within the boundaries of the property affected by the Terminal Deeds and do not encroach upon any adjoining property, except where the failure of the Terminal Deeds to be so located, individually or in the aggregate, (i) does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of Business and (ii) does not have a Material Adverse Effect. The buildings and improvements owned or leased by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the operation and maintenance thereof, do not (i) contravene any applicable zoning or building law or ordinance or other administrative regulation or (ii) violate any applicable restrictive covenant or any applicable Law, the contravention or violation of which would materially affect the use of such buildings and improvements.
     (f) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice that any eminent domain proceeding or taking has been commenced with respect to all or any portion of the Pipeline Systems or the Terminals, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, no such proceeding or taking is contemplated except for that which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (g) No portion of the Pipeline Systems or the Terminals has, since the Closing Date, suffered any material damage by fire or other casualty loss that has not heretofore been repaired and restored. No portion of the Terminals is located in a special flood hazard area as designated

-66-


 

by any Governmental Authority, except to the extent flood insurance is in force with respect to such portion.
      5.09 Environmental Compliance; Permits . (a) The Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries conduct in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of existing and proposed Environmental Laws and known or suspected Environmental Liabilities on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof the Borrower has reasonably concluded that, except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09 , such Environmental Liabilities could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Prior to contributing the applicable Contributed Assets, the Contributing Affiliates conducted in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of existing and proposed Environmental Laws and known or suspected Environmental Liabilities on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof the Borrower has concluded that, except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09 , such Environmental Laws and Environmental Liabilities could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) Except for matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are and have been in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and are not subject to any pending or threatened claim or proceeding relating to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Materials, and (ii) prior to contributing the applicable Contributed Assets and with respect to the Contributed Assets only, the Contributing Affiliates were in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and were not subject to any pending or threatened claim or proceeding relating to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Materials.
     (c) Except for matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, none of the properties currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list.
     (d) Except for matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual, threatened, or suspected release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law; and all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in any Environmental Liability to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and (ii) prior to contributing the applicable Contributed Assets, and with respect to the Contributed Assets only, neither any Contributing Affiliate nor any of its Subsidiaries had undertaken, and had not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual, threatened, or suspected release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority

-67-


 

or the requirements of any Environmental Law; and all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property owned or operated at or prior to the time of the contribution of the applicable Contributed Assets by any Contributing Affiliate or any of its Subsidiaries were disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in any Environmental Liability to any Contributing Affiliate or any of its Subsidiaries.
     (e) Except for matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (A) have obtained all Environmental Permits necessary for the ownership and operation of its real properties and the conduct of its Business, which are in full force and effect; (B) have been and are in compliance with all terms and conditions of such Environmental Permits; and (C) have not received written notice of any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Permit, and (ii) prior to contributing the applicable Contributed Assets, each of the Contributing Affiliates (A) had obtained all Environmental Permits necessary for the ownership and operation of the Contributed Assets, which were in full force and effect at such time; (B) were in compliance with all terms and conditions of such Environmental Permits; and (C) had not received written notice of any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Permit.
      5.10 Insurance . The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.
      5.11 Taxes . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP and (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that would, individually or in the aggregate, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is party to any tax sharing agreement except as set forth on Schedule 5.11 .
      5.12 ERISA Compliance . (a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state laws. Each Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from Federal income tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the Internal Revenue Service. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.
     (b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan

-68-


 

that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred, and neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to constitute or result in an ERISA Event with respect to any Pension Plan; (ii) the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate has met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained; (iii) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is 60% or higher and neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of the most recent valuation date; (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which have become due that are unpaid; (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; and (vi) no Pension Plan has been terminated by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan.
      5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties . As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by a Loan Party in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 free and clear of all Liens except those created under the Collateral Documents. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 . Set forth on Part (c) of Schedule 5.13 is a complete and accurate list of all Loan Parties, showing as of the Closing Date (as to each Loan Party) the jurisdiction of its incorporation, the address of its principal place of business and its U.S. taxpayer identification number or, in the case of any non-U.S. Loan Party that does not have a U.S. taxpayer identification number, its unique identification number issued to it by the jurisdiction of its incorporation.
      5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act . (a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.
     (b) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “ investment company ” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
      5.15 Disclosure . The Borrower has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments, and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate,

-69-


 

could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.
      5.16 Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.17 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person, except, in each case, where the failure of the same, either individually or in the aggregate, could not be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries infringes upon any rights held by any other Person, which infringements, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be excepted to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.18 Solvency . The Loan Parties are, on a consolidated basis, Solvent.
      5.19 [Intentionally Omitted] .
      5.20 Labor Matters . There are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, or controversies pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which could have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.21 Collateral Documents . Tesoro High Plains is a “transmitting utility” within the meaning of Section 9.501(b) of each of the North Dakota Uniform Commercial Code and the Montana Uniform Commercial Code. Opco is a “transmitting utility” within the meaning of Section 9.501(b) of the Utah Uniform Commercial Code. The provisions of the Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 ) on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings completed prior to the Closing Date and as contemplated

-70-


 

hereby and by the Collateral Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect such Liens.
      5.22 State and Federal Regulation .
     (a) In order to comply with the Interstate Commerce Act, the Energy Policy Act, and regulations promulgated by the FERC to implement those statutes, Borrower or Borrower’s Affiliates, as applicable, have on file with the FERC tariffs that govern the interstate transportation of Crude Oil on the Pipeline Systems, except for any Utah FERC Jurisdictional Requirement that has been ordered or imposed but for which time period for compliance therewith has not expired. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.22(a) , neither the Borrower, any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, nor any other Person that now owns an interest in any of the Pipeline Systems has been within the past three (3) years or is the subject of a complaint, investigation or other proceeding at the FERC regarding their respective rates or practices with respect to the Pipeline Systems. No complaint or investigation is currently pending before the FERC, nor to the knowledge of any Loan Party is any such complaint or investigation currently contemplated, that could result in, if adversely determined to the position or interest of the Borrower or its applicable Subsidiaries, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) With respect to the intrastate common carrier pipeline services and operations that are provided by the Pipeline Systems in the State of North Dakota (the “ North Dakota Intrastate Pipeline Services ”), each Subsidiary of the Borrower which owns pipelines and conducts pipeline operations in the State of North Dakota has filed with the North Dakota Public Service Commission (“ NDPSC ”) tariffs applicable to such services that comply with Chapter 49-19 of the North Dakota Century Code and regulations issued thereunder by the NDPSC. Except to the extent that any of the following could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the rates charged by the Borrower’s Subsidiaries with respect to the North Dakota Intrastate Pipeline Services have not been challenged, protested or subject to complaint in writing by the NDPSC or by any shipper or potential shipper as being unreasonable, excessive or unlawfully discriminatory, or otherwise unlawful and (ii) none of the NDPSC or any shipper or potential shipper has threatened in writing to challenge, protest or complain that such rates are unreasonable, excessive or unlawfully discriminatory, or otherwise unlawful. Neither the Borrower nor any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries has been within the past three (3) years or is presently the subject of a written complaint, investigation or other proceeding regarding their respective rates or practices with respect to such services except to the extent the same could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) With respect to those certain common carrier pipeline services and operations that are provided by the Pipeline Systems in the State of Montana, each Subsidiary of the Borrower which owns pipelines and conducts pipeline operations in the State of Montana has determined that no tariff filing with any regulatory agency of the State of Montana is necessary because all pipeline services within the State of Montana are interstate common carrier services that are governed exclusively by the FERC. Except to the extent that any of the following could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower which owns pipelines and conducts pipeline services and operations in the State of Montana has been subject to any written challenge, protest or complaint by any

-71-


 

party, including any agency of the State of Montana, with respect to (i) the jurisdiction of the State of Montana or any agency thereof over such pipelines and pipeline services and operations in the State of Montana, or (ii) the lack of a tariff filing with any regulatory agency of the State of Montana regarding such pipeline services and operations.
     (d) With respect to pipeline services and operations that are situated or conducted in the State of Utah, each Subsidiary of the Borrower which owns such pipelines and conducts such pipeline operations has determined that the rates and terms and conditions of shipment are not subject to regulation by the State of Utah, any administrative agency of the State of Utah, or the FERC. Except to the extent that any Utah FERC Jurisdictional Requirement has been ordered or imposed, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have determined that no tariff filing is required with respect to pipeline services and operations within the State of Utah. Except to the extent that any of the following could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower which owns pipelines and conducts pipeline services and operations in the State of Utah has been subject to any written challenge, protest or complaint by any party, including any agency of the State of Utah or FERC, with respect to (i) the jurisdiction of the State of Utah or any agency thereof over such pipelines and pipeline services and operations in the State of Utah, (ii) the jurisdiction of FERC over such pipelines and pipeline services and operations in the State of Utah, or (iii) with respect to the lack of a tariff filing with any regulatory agency of the State of Utah or the FERC regarding such pipeline services and operations.
     (e) With respect to those pipeline services and operations that are situated or conducted in any State other than the States of North Dakota, Montana and Utah, except to the extent that any of the following could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) (A) each Loan Party which owns such pipelines and conducts such pipeline operations has determined that the rates and terms and conditions of shipment thereon are not subject to regulation by any State Pipeline Regulatory Agency, any other administrative agency of the such State, or the FERC, and (B) none of such Loan Parties has been subject to any written challenge, protest or complaint by any party, including any agency of such State or FERC, with respect to (1) the jurisdiction of such State or any agency thereof over such pipelines and pipeline services and operations, (2) the jurisdiction of FERC over such pipelines and pipeline services and operations, or (3) with respect to the lack of a tariff filing with any regulatory agency of the such State or the FERC regarding such pipeline services and operations, or (ii) each Loan Party which owns such pipelines and conducts such pipeline operations has filed with the applicable State Pipeline Regulatory Agency or the FERC tariffs applicable to such services that comply with applicable Law and any regulations issued thereunder by the State Pipeline Regulatory Agency or the FERC.
     (f) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all rules, regulations and orders of the FERC and all State Pipeline Regulatory Agencies applicable to the Pipeline Systems, except for any Utah FERC Jurisdictional Requirement that has been ordered or imposed but for which time period for compliance therewith has not expired, and except to the extent that any noncompliance, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-72-


 

     (g) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, is in compliance with all Department of Transportation, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“ PHMSA ”) regulations applicable to the Pipeline Systems, including but not limited to all such regulations pertaining to pipeline safety and integrity, control room management, personnel management and qualification, and annual and specific incident reports, except to the extent that any noncompliance, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, none of the Contributing Affiliates has been subject to any material enforcement or remedial action by or involving PHMSA within the past three (3) years. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, has been subject to any material enforcement or remedial action by or involving PHMSA within the past three (3) years, except to the extent that any such enforcement or remedial action, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (h) As of the Closing Date, none of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries is liable for any material refunds or interest thereon as a result of an order from the FERC or any other Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Pipeline Systems.
     (i) The Borrower’s and any applicable Subsidiary’s annual FERC Form No. 6 with respect to the Pipeline Systems filed with the FERC since 2005 has been filed on a timely basis, except to the extent that the time for filing any such annual form has been extended by the FERC.
     (j) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.03 of this Agreement, and except as to tariffs on file at the FERC and at applicable State Pipeline Regulatory Agencies, no material certificate, license, permit, consent, authorization or order (to the extent not otherwise obtained) is required by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from any Governmental Authority to construct, own, operate and maintain the Pipeline Systems, or to transport and/or distribute Crude Oil or Refined Products under existing contracts, agreements and tariffs as the Pipeline Systems are presently owned, operated and maintained.
      5.23 Title to Crude Oil and Refined Products . None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries have title to any material portion of the Crude Oil, Refined Products or other petroleum products that are stored or handled at any Terminal or that are transported through the Pipeline Systems. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries require that each shipper whose Crude Oil, Refined Products or other petroleum products are transported through the Pipeline Systems warrant that such shipper has title, free and clear of all Liens, to all such Crude Oil, Refined Products or other petroleum products tendered to the Pipeline System for transportation.
ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (other than those as to which arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer shall have been made in accordance with Section 9.10 ), the Borrower shall,

-73-


 

and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , 6.03 and 6.11 ) cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
      6.01 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:
     (a) as soon as available, but in any event within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, 15 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC (without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC)), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in partners’ capital, retained earnings and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “ going concern ” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;
     (b) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, 5 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC (without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC)) (commencing with the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending June 30, 2011), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in partners’ capital, retained earnings and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, such consolidated statements to be certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, partners’ capital, retained earnings and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
     (c) as soon as available, but in any event at least 30 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, an annual business plan and budget of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, of consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a quarterly basis for the such fiscal year (including the fiscal year in which the Maturity Date occurs).
      6.02 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent:
     (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) , a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge

-74-


 

was obtained of any Default under the financial covenants set forth herein or, if any such Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event;
     (b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) , a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower (which delivery may, unless the Administrative Agent, or a Lender requests executed originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes);
     (c) promptly after any reasonable request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any audit of any of them;
     (d) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof) of any Loan Party, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
     (e) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement regarding or related to any breach or default by any party thereto or any other event that could materially impair the value of the interests or the rights of any Loan Party or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or any other clause of this Section 6.02 ;
     (f) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after each annual renewal of the applicable insurance policies, a certificate summarizing the insurance coverage (specifying type, amount and carrier) in effect for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and such additional information regarding such insurance coverage as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably specify;
     (g) promptly, and in any event within 15 days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or other material inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof;
     (h) [intentionally omitted];
     (i) promptly after the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any action or proceeding against or of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit or any action, investigation or proceeding

-75-


 

relating to Hazardous Materials that could (i) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) cause any property described in the Mortgages to be subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law that would materially interfere with or adversely impact the use of the affected property in the Business;
     (j) as soon as available but in any event at least prior to the closing of any material Acquisition (including any Specified Acquisition), copies of the definitive documents regarding the acquired assets, including any schedules reflecting litigation liabilities, environmental liabilities, and other assumed liabilities and any other information regarding the acquired assets as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;
     (k) promptly and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, a copy of any material notice, summons, citation, proceeding or order received from the FERC or any other Governmental Authority concerning the regulation of any material portion of the Pipeline Systems;
     (l) if the Borrower elects to have a Specified Acquisition Period apply with respect to a Specified Acquisition, written notice of such election within 30 days of the consummation of the Specified Acquisition; and
     (m) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial, legal or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(c) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of any Compliance Certificate to the Administrative Agent upon its request to the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower, as applicable, with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Materials ”) by posting the Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with

-76-


 

respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “ PUBLIC ” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “ PUBLIC ” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Materials “ PUBLIC ,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders to treat such Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.07 ); (y) all Materials marked “ PUBLIC ” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “ Public Side Information ;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Materials that are not marked “ PUBLIC ” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “ Public Side Information .” The Administrative Agent and the Borrower acknowledge that no Materials will be marked “ PUBLIC ” other than publicly available information filed by the Loan Parties with the SEC.
      6.03 Notices . Promptly notify the Administrative Agent:
     (a) of the occurrence of any Default;
     (b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation, proceeding, or legal requirement or regulation affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;
     (c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;
     (d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, including any determination by the Borrower referred to in Section 2.09(b) ; and
     (e) of any material Collateral Loss, including all Collateral Losses where the aggregate damage to the Collateral and/or lost revenues of the Loan Parties could reasonably be expected to exceed $10,000,000.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.
      6.04 Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets; (b) all lawful claims which, if

-77-


 

unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness; unless, with respect to any obligation or liability described in clause (a), (b), or (c) above, such obligation or liability is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower and each applicable Subsidiary, as applicable.
      6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05 ; and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses (including intellectual property licenses) and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      6.06 Maintenance of Properties .
     (a) (i) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (ii) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.
     (b) Without limiting Section 6.06(a) , (i) maintain or cause the maintenance of the interests and rights which are necessary to maintain the Pipeline Systems and the Terminals, which individually or in the aggregate, could, if not maintained, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) subject to Permitted Encumbrances, maintain the Pipeline Systems within the confines of the Pipeline Rights without encroachment upon any adjoining property and maintain the Terminals within the boundaries of the Terminal Deeds and without encroachment upon any adjoining property, except where the failure of the Pipeline Systems and Terminals to be so maintained, individually or in the aggregate, (A) does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of Business, (B) does not materially detract from the use of any of such Pipeline Systems or Terminals and (C) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) maintain such rights of ingress and egress necessary to permit the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to inspect, operate, repair, and maintain the Pipeline Systems and the Terminals to the extent that failure to maintain such rights, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and provided that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may hire third parties to perform these functions; and (iv) maintain all material agreements, licenses, permits, and other rights required for any of the foregoing described in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of this Section 6.06(b ) in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, timely make any payments due thereunder, and prevent any default thereunder which could result in a termination or loss thereof, except any such failure to maintain or pay or any such default that could not reasonably, individually or in the aggregate, be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

-78-


 

      6.07 Maintenance of Insurance; Insurance Proceeds .
     (a) Maintain with insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing for not less than 30 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance.
     (b) If the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives any condemnation proceeds or insurance proceeds (other than business interruption insurance proceeds) on account of any Collateral Loss, then the following provisions shall apply:
     (i) The Borrower shall, promptly upon receipt thereof, apply (or cause the applicable Subsidiary to apply) such proceeds first , as a mandatory prepayment of the then outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, and (A) if an Event of Default is continuing or (B) until the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a Compliance Certificate or a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower demonstrating that, after giving effect to such Collateral Loss on a pro forma basis, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have been in compliance with Sections 7.11(a) and 7.11(b) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter, second to Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations in an amount equal to 100% of the amount thereof, and third, any remaining amounts may be retained by the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary.
     (ii) Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 , the Borrower may request a Revolving Credit Borrowing to finance the rebuilding, restoration or replacement of such Collateral or to invest in another capital project that, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower, would be more useful to the Business. If the Borrower elects to do any of the foregoing, then the Borrower shall (A) promptly after making such election, give written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, (B) take all actions required by Section 6.12 with respect to such Collateral or other capital project, and (C) work diligently to complete such rebuilding, restoration, or replacement or such other capital project, as applicable.
     (iii) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Borrower or any such Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any additional assignments and other documents as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to directly collect any condemnation proceeds or insurance proceeds.
      6.08 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-79-


 

      6.09 Books and Records . (a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.
      6.10 Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and an independent contractor of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties once per calendar year, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided , however , that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower, at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice and as many times during any calendar year as such Administrative Agent or Lender shall so request. The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall conduct any such inspection or examination (i) in reasonable accordance with the Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary’s safety policies and procedures and (ii) so as not to unreasonably materially interfere with the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ operations.
      6.11 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions for working capital and general corporate purposes, including, without limitation, the making of the Closing Date Distribution, in each case, not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.
      6.12 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security . (a) Upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than any CFC or a Subsidiary that is held directly or indirectly by a CFC) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, then the Borrower shall, at the Borrower’s expense:
     (i) within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) after such formation or acquisition, cause such Subsidiary, and cause each direct and indirect parent of such Subsidiary (if it has not already done so), to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty or guaranty supplement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, guaranteeing the other Loan Parties’ obligations under the Loan Documents,
     (ii) within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) after such formation or acquisition, furnish to the Administrative Agent a description of the Material Real Properties and personal properties of such Subsidiary, in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,
     (iii) within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) after such formation or acquisition, cause such Subsidiary and each direct and indirect parent of such Subsidiary (if it has not already

-80-


 

done so) to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, leasehold mortgages and leasehold deeds of trust with respect to any Material Real Property owned or leased by such Subsidiary, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements and other security and pledge agreements, as specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (including delivery of all Pledged Equity in and of such Subsidiary, and other instruments of the type specified in Section 4.01(a)(iii) ), securing payment of all the Obligations of such Subsidiary or such parent, as the case may be, under the Loan Documents and constituting Liens on all such personal properties and Material Real Properties,
     (iv) within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) after such formation or acquisition, cause such Subsidiary and each direct and indirect parent of such Subsidiary (if it has not already done so) to take whatever action (including the recording of mortgages with respect to any Material Real Property and the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements) may be necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, leasehold mortgages and leasehold deeds of trust with respect to any Material Real Property, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements and security and pledge agreements delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12 , enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms,
     (v) within 60 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) after such formation or acquisition, deliver to the Administrative Agent, upon the request of the Administrative Agent in its sole but reasonable discretion, a signed copy of a favorable opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the matters contained in clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) above, and as to such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and
     (vi) as promptly as practicable after such formation or acquisition of a Subsidiary that owns or leases Material Real Property, deliver, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent in its sole but reasonable discretion, to the Administrative Agent with respect to any Material Real Property owned or leased by such Subsidiary (A) with respect to any Terminals or other Material Real Property (other than any Pipeline System and any real property used solely in connection with any Pipeline System), documentation of the type set forth in Section 4.01(a)(iv)(B) , and (B) the existing and most current title reports, surveys and engineering, soils and other reports, and environmental assessment reports obtained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the formation or acquisition of that Subsidiary.
     (b) Upon the acquisition of any personal property (other than a CFC or a Subsidiary that is held directly or indirectly by a CFC) or Material Real Property by the Borrower or any

-81-


 

Subsidiary, if such property, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, shall not already be subject to a perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, then the Borrower shall, at the Borrower’s expense:
     (i) within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) after such acquisition, furnish to the Administrative Agent a description of the property so acquired in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,
     (ii) within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) after such acquisition, cause the applicable Loan Party to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, leasehold mortgages and leasehold deeds of trust with respect to any such property that constitutes Material Real Property, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements and other security and pledge agreements, as specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, securing payment of all the Obligations of the applicable Loan Party under the Loan Documents and constituting Liens on all such personal properties and Material Real Properties,
     (iii) within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) after such acquisition, cause the applicable Loan Party to take whatever action (including the recording of mortgages, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, the giving of notices and the endorsement of notices on title documents) may be necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on such personal property and Material Real Property, enforceable against all third parties,
     (iv) within 60 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) after such acquisition, deliver to the Administrative Agent, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent in its sole but reasonable discretion, a signed copy of a favorable opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the matters contained in clauses (ii) and (iii) above and as to such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and
     (v) as promptly as practicable after such acquisition of Material Real Property, deliver, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent in its sole but reasonable discretion, to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Material Real Property (A) with respect to any Terminals or other Material Real Property (other than any Pipeline System and any real property used solely in connection with any Pipeline System), documentation of the type set forth in Section 4.01(a)(iv)(B) , and (B) the existing and most current title reports, surveys and engineering, soils and other reports, and environmental assessment reports obtained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of that Material Real Property.

-82-


 

     (c) Upon the formation or acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date of any Subsidiary that is a CFC, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof within 30 days after such acquisition or formation and promptly (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such Security Agreement Supplements or such other documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or reasonably desirable and requests in order to grant to the Administrative Agent a perfected first priority security interest (subject only to applicable Permitted Liens) in the Equity Interests of such CFC Subsidiary that is owned by the applicable Loan Party (provided that in no event shall more than 66% of the total voting power of the total outstanding Equity Interests of any such CFC Subsidiary be required to be so pledged), and (B) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates (if any) representing such Equity Interests, together with undated stock powers or share transfer forms, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the applicable Loan Party, and take such other action as may be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to perfect the Lien of the Administrative Agent thereon, (C) take such other actions as necessary under applicable law (including foreign law) or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure the granting, perfection, and priority of such security interest, and (D) for any CFC Subsidiary that, together with its Subsidiaries, generates more than $2,000,000 in consolidated net income (measured as of the quarter most recently ended on an annualized basis) or that holds consolidated assets with an aggregate fair market value greater than $2,000,000 upon such formation or acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case within a reasonable time following the applicable requests of the Administrative Agent and the receipt of any applicable documents.
      6.13 Compliance with Environmental Laws .
     (a) Comply, and cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, and obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties.
     (b) To the extent required by Governmental Authority, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in material compliance with the requirements of such Governmental Authority; provided , however , that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.
      6.14 Further Assurances .
     (a) Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, (a) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any

-83-


 

and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject any Loan Party’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties, assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (iv) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to be a party, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so.
     (b) Within 30 days after a request by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders to cure any title defects or exceptions which are not Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and which, individually or in the aggregate, (i) materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of Business, (ii) materially detract from the value or the use of the portion of the Pipeline Systems affected thereby, or (iii) could reasonably have a Material Adverse Effect, cure such title defects or exceptions or substitute such Collateral with acceptable property of an equivalent value with no title defects or exceptions and deliver to the Administrative Agent satisfactory title evidence in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable business judgment as to the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ title in such property and the Administrative Agent’s Liens and security interests therein.
      6.15 Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds . Make all payments and otherwise perform all obligations in respect of all leases of real property to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, keep such leases in full force and effect and not allow such leases to lapse or be terminated or any rights to renew such leases to be forfeited or cancelled, notify the Administrative Agent of any default by any party with respect to such leases and cooperate with the Administrative Agent in all respects to cure any such default, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so, except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      6.16 Material Contracts . Perform and observe all the terms and provisions of each Material Contract to be performed or observed by it, maintain each such Material Contract in full force and effect, enforce each such Material Contract in accordance with its terms, take all action to such end as may be from time to time requested by the Administrative Agent and, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, make to each other party to each such Material Contract such demands and requests for information and reports or for action as any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled to make under such Material Contract, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so, except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      6.17 Utah FERC Jurisdictional Requirement . In the event that the FERC orders or imposes any Utah FERC Jurisdictional Requirement against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall promptly comply in all respects with all terms of such Utah FERC Jurisdictional Requirement within the time period required thereby.

-84-


 

      6.18 Post Closing Agreement . The Borrower and, to the extent applicable, each of the other Loan Parties party thereto shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on or before the applicable date set forth in the Post Closing Agreement all items required by such Post Closing Agreement.
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (other than those as to which arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer shall have been made in accordance with Section 9.10 ), the Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
      7.01 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign any accounts or other right to receive income, other than the following:
     (a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
     (b) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by Section 7.02(d) , (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.02(d) ;
     (c) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;
     (e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;
     (f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than leases constituting Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (g) Liens comprised of minor defects, irregularities, and deficiencies in title to, and easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar restrictions, charges or encumbrances, defects and irregularities in the physical placement and location of pipelines within the areas covered by the easements, leases, licenses and other rights in real property in

-85-


 

favor of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which, individually and in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the Business and do not materially detract from the use of the property which they affect, and Permitted Encumbrances;
     (h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) ;
     (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02(f) ; provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;
     (j) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or Investment and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or such Subsidiary or acquired by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, and the applicable Indebtedness secured by such Lien is permitted under Section 7.02(g) ;
     (k) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies, or under general depositary agreements, and burdening only deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution;
     (l) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business covering only the assets so leased; and
     (m) other Liens securing Indebtedness outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000, provided that no such Lien shall extend to or cover any Collateral.
      7.02 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
     (a) obligations (contingent or otherwise) existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodity prices and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;
     (b) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to a Subsidiary, or of a Subsidiary of the Borrower owed to the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, which Indebtedness shall (i) in the case of Indebtedness owed to a Loan Party, be pledged under the Security Agreement, (ii) be on subordination terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (iii) be otherwise permitted under the provisions of Section 7.03 ;
     (c) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

-86-


 

     (d) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.02 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, as a result of or in connection with such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension; and provided , still further , that the terms relating to principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole, of any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness, and of any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued in connection therewith, are no less favorable in any material respect to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and the interest rate applicable to any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness does not exceed the then applicable market interest rate;
     (e) Guarantees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Indebtedness incurred by joint ventures constituting Investments otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that with respect to Guarantees of Indebtedness of joint ventures, the aggregate amount of Indebtedness guaranteed pursuant to such Guarantees shall not exceed $25,000,000;
     (f) Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 7.01(i) ; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $30,000,000;
     (g) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower after the date hereof in accordance with the terms of Section 7.03(g) , which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than Indebtedness incurred solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower);
     (h) unsecured Indebtedness issued by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that (i) immediately prior to and after giving effect to the issuance of such Indebtedness, there would be no Default under this Agreement, (ii) such Indebtedness’ scheduled maturity is no earlier than twelve (12) months after the Maturity Date, (iii) such Indebtedness does not require any scheduled repayments, defeasance or redemption (or sinking fund therefor) of any principal amount thereof prior to maturity, and (iv) the indenture or other agreement governing such Indebtedness shall not contain (A) maintenance financial covenants or (B) other terms and conditions that are materially more restrictive on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries than then available market terms and conditions for comparable issuers and issuances, and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the terms of such refinancing, refunding, renewing, or extending Indebtedness satisfy the requirements of Section 7.02(h) ;
     (i) Indebtedness in respect of insurance premium financing for insurance being acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary under customary terms and conditions; and

-87-


 

     (j) other unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.02 , in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.
      7.03 Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except:
     (a) Investments held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the form of Cash Equivalents;
     (b) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding, for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes;
     (c) (i) Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof, (ii) additional Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in Loan Parties, and (iii) additional Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;
     (d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors;
     (e) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.02 ;
     (f) Investments existing on the date hereof (other than those referred to in Section 7.03(c)(i) ) and set forth on Schedule 7.03 ;
     (g) Acquisitions (by purchase or merger) provided that (i) the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor is the acquiring or surviving entity; (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists and the Acquisition could not reasonably be expected to cause a Default or Event of Default; (iii) after giving effect to such Acquisition on a pro forma basis, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have been in compliance with all of the covenants contained in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7.11(a) and 7.11(b) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter; (iv) the requirements of Sections 6.12 and 7.07 are satisfied and the target is not hostile; (v) if such Acquisition is of Equity Interests, the issuer of such Equity Interests shall be an entity organized under the laws of the United States; and (vi) the Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which any such Acquisition is to be consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this Section 7.03(g) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the date on which such Acquisition is consummated;
     (h) Investments consisting of debt securities as partial consideration for the Disposition of assets to the extent permitted by Section 7.05(f) ;
     (i) Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in joint ventures not exceeding $25,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that any Equity Interests in any such joint venture shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties under the

-88-


 

Security Agreement and the Administrative Agent shall have received such other items in connection therewith as may be required by Section 6.12(b) ; and
     (j) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such Investment, other Investments not exceeding $20,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of the Borrower.
      7.04 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom:
     (a) any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries may merge with any of its other Subsidiaries provided that if any of such Subsidiaries is a Subsidiary Guarantor, a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the surviving Person;
     (b) any Subsidiary Guarantor may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (c) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may dispose of all or substantially all its assets (including any Disposition that is in the nature of a liquidation) to (i) another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (ii) to the Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party; and
     (d) the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor may merge or consolidate with any Person in accordance with Section 7.03(g) .
      7.05 Dispositions . Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:
     (a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;
     (b) ordinary-course-of-business Dispositions of (i) inventory; (ii) Cash Equivalents; (iii) overdue accounts receivable in connection with the compromise or collection thereof (and not in connection with any financing transaction); and (iv) leases, subleases, rights of way, easements, licenses, and sublicenses that, individually and in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and do not materially detract from the value or the use of the property which they affect;
     (c) Dispositions of equipment to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;
     (d) Dispositions of property by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Subsidiary Guarantor, the transferee thereof must either be the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (e) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.04 ;

-89-


 

     (f) Dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05 , subject to the following conditions:
     (i) that no Default exists at the time of such Disposition or would result from such Disposition;
     (ii) that the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (f) in any fiscal year shall not exceed $20,000,000; and
     (iii) that at least 75% of the purchase price for such asset shall be paid to the Borrower or such Subsidiary in cash;
     (g) Dispositions of property (i) resulting from the condemnation thereof or (ii) that has suffered a casualty (constituting a total loss or constructive total loss of such property), in each case upon or after receipt of the condemnation proceeds or insurance proceeds of such condemnation or casualty, as applicable, provided that the cash proceeds therefrom are applied in accordance with Section 2.04(b)(ii) ; and
     (h) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the grant of any option or other right to purchase any asset in a transaction that would be permitted under the provisions of Section 7.05(f) ,
provided , however , that any Disposition pursuant to Section 7.05(a) , (b) , (c) , (f) , and (g) shall be for fair market value.
      7.06 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that:
     (a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower, any Subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors and any other Person that owns a direct Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;
     (b) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in common or subordinated Equity Interests of such Person and the Borrower may issue common Equity Interests upon the conversion of subordinated Equity Interests;
     (c) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its Equity Interests with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new common or subordinated Equity Interests;
     (d) the Borrower may make the Closing Date Distribution; and
     (e) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments with respect to any fiscal quarter in an aggregate amount not to exceed Available Cash with respect to such fiscal quarter, so long as (i) the

-90-


 

Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance (after giving pro forma effect to the making of such Restricted Payment) with all of the covenants contained in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7.11(a) and 7.11(b) and (ii) the Borrower shall not use more than $20,000,000 from the proceeds of Revolving Credit Borrowings during any fiscal quarter to make Distribution Payments.
      7.07 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.
      7.08 Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) transactions between or among the Loan Parties and (ii) transactions pursuant to the Material Contracts as in effect on the date of this Agreement or, if applicable, to the extent modified as permitted under this Agreement.
      7.09 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, except for any agreement in effect (A) on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.09 or (B) at the time any Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) of any Subsidiary to Guarantee the Obligations of the Borrower or (iii) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person to secure the Obligations; provided , however , that this clause (iii) shall not prohibit (A) any negative pledge incurred or provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.02(f) or (g) solely to the extent any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness or (B) customary non-assignment provisions in purchase and sale or exchange agreements or similar operational agreements, or provisions in licenses, easements or leases, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, which restrict the transfer, assignment or encumbrance thereof; or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted to secure the Obligations.
      7.10 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
      7.11 Financial Covenants . (a) Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be less than 3.00 to 1.00.

-91-


 

     (b)  Consolidated Leverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at any time during any period of four fiscal quarters of the Borrower to be greater than (i) during a Specified Acquisition Period, 4.50 to 1.00, and (ii) at all other times, 4.00 to 1.00.
      7.12 [Intentionally Omitted] .
      7.13 Amendments of Organization Documents . Amend any of its Organization Documents, unless such amendments, modifications, or supplements could not reasonably be expected (i) to be materially adverse to the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or (ii) to materially decrease the economic benefit or other rights that any Loan Party would have otherwise received pursuant to such agreements.
      7.14 Accounting Changes . Make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except to the extent consistent with GAAP, or (b) the fiscal year-end of any Loan Party.
      7.15 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness . Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of, any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(h) , except for refinancings, refundings, extensions or renewals of such Indebtedness to the extent such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal is permitted by Section 7.02(h) .
      7.16 Amendment, Etc. of Material Contracts . Amend, modify, or supplement any of the Material Contracts unless such amendments, modifications, or supplements, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected (i) to be materially adverse to the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or (ii) to materially decrease the economic benefit or other rights that any Loan Party would have otherwise received pursuant to such agreements.
      7.17 Limitation on Speculative Hedging . (a) Enter into any Swap Contract for speculative purposes, or (b) be party to or otherwise enter into any Swap Contract which is entered into for reasons other than as a part of its normal business operations as a risk management strategy and/or hedge against changes resulting from market conditions related to the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ operations.
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
      8.01 Events of Default . Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
     (a)  Non-Payment . The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to (i) pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation or deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, or (ii) pay within three days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) pay within five days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
     (b)  Specific Covenants . The Borrower or any Loan Party (i) fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , and 6.10 and

-92-


 

such failure continues for 5 days after the earlier to occur of (A) receipt of written notice thereof from Administrative Agent or Required Lenders to the Borrower, or (B) a Responsible Officer otherwise has actual knowledge of any such failure; or (ii) fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.03 , 6.05 (only with respect to the Loan Parties), 6.07 , 6.11 , 6.12 , 6.16 , 6.18 or Article VII ; or
     (c)  Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Sections 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after the earlier to occur of (i) receipt of written notice thereof from Administrative Agent or Required Lenders to the Borrower, or (ii) a Responsible Officer otherwise has actual knowledge of any such failure; or
     (d)  Representations and Warranties . (i) Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith that does not have a materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualification shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made or (ii) any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith that has a materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualification shall be incorrect or misleading in any respect when made or deemed made; or
     (e)  Cross-Default . (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise, but after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure periods) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

-93-


 

     (f)  Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
     (g)  Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or
     (h)  Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “ A ” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or
     (i)  ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
     (j)  Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or
     (k)  Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

-94-


 

     (l)  Collateral Documents . Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Sections 4.01 or 6.12 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 ) on the Collateral purported to be covered thereby; or
     (m)  Material Contracts . (i) Any default or event of default shall have occurred under any of the Material Contracts which has not been cured within any applicable grace period and which default or event of default could, individually or in the aggregate with any other defaults or events of default under the Material Contracts, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) any of the Material Contracts shall have terminated, which termination, individually or in the aggregate with any other terminations of Material Contracts, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      8.02 Remedies upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
     (a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
     (b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;
     (c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and
     (d) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under the Loan Documents;
provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
      8.03 Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.14 and 2.15 , be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

-95-


 

      First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
      Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuers (including fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of any Lender or any L/C Issuer) arising under the Loan Documents and amounts payable under Article III , ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
      Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
      Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, L/C Borrowings and Obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
      Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 2.03 and 2.14 , ratably among the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them; and
      Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Sections 2.03(c) and 2.14 , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to the Credit Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the

-96-


 

appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article IX hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if a “ Lender ” party hereto.
ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
      9.01 Appointment and Authority . (a) Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
     (b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “ collateral agent ” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Hedge Bank and a potential Cash Management Bank) and the L/C Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and such L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “ collateral agent ” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article X (including Section 10.04(c) , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “ collateral agent ” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
      9.02 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “ Lender ” or “ Lenders ” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
      9.03 Exculpatory Provisions . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
     (a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

-97-


 

     (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and
     (c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
     (d) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the applicable L/C Issuer.
     (e) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
      9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary

-98-


 

from such Lender or such L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
      9.05 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
      9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the applicable L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

-99-


 

Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer, (ii) the retiring L/C Issuer shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.
      9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender and each L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
      9.08 No Other Duties, Etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookrunners or Arrangers listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder.
      9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
     (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(h) and (i) , 2.08 and 10.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
     (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each L/C Issuer to make

-100-


 

such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.08 and 10.04 .
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or any L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or any L/C Issuer or in any such proceeding.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrative Agent shall not be entitled or empowered to, and shall have no obligation to, absent a written agreement between the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank and the Administrative Agent, take any of the actions described in this Section 9.09 with respect to Obligations on account of any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide to the Cash Management Banks and the Hedge Banks that have given notice in accordance with Section 8.03 , a copy of any proof of claim filed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.09 .
      9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank) and the L/C Issuers irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
     (a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer shall have been made), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 10.01 ;
     (b) to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and
     (c) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i) .
Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the

-101-


 

Subsidiary Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10 . In each case as specified in this Section 9.10 , the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate the Administrative Agent’s interest in such item, or to release such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10 .
      9.11 Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements . No Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.03 , the Subsidiary Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of the Subsidiary Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
      10.01 Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
     (a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01 (other than Section 4.01(b)(i) or (c) ), or, in the case of the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.02 , without the written consent of each Lender;
     (b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 ) without the written consent of such Lender;
     (c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to any Lender without the written consent of such Lender;
     (d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent

-102-


 

of each Lender entitled to such amount; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “ Default Rate ” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;
     (e) change Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;
     (f) change any provision of this Section 10.01 or the definition of “ Required Lenders ” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender;
     (g) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender; or
     (h) release all or substantially all of the value of the Subsidiary Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Subsidiary from the Subsidiary Guaranty is permitted pursuant to Section 9.10 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone);
and provided , further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the applicable L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of such L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iii) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended or any amount owing to such Lender reduced (except in accordance with Section 2.15 ) or the final maturity thereof extended, in each case, without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of each Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may replace such non-consenting Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 ; provided that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

-103-


 

      10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications . (a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
     (i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 ; and
     (ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).
Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).
     (b)  Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “ return receipt requested ” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

-104-


 

     (c)  The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “ AS IS ” AND “ AS AVAILABLE .” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).
     (d)  Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each L/C Issuer may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each other L/C Issuer. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “ Private Side Information ” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Materials that are not made available through the “ Public Side Information ” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.
     (e)  Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuers and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Revolving Credit Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices

-105-


 

to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
      10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement . No failure by any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuers; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any L/C Issuer from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.12 ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.12 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
      10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver . (a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer), and shall pay all fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights

-106-


 

under this Section, or (B) in connection with Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
     (b)  Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and each L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OR THE STRICT LIABILITY OF THE INDEMNITEE ; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
     (c)  Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), any L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such L/C Issuer in its

-107-


 

capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.11(d) .
     (d)  Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
     (e)  Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.
     (f)  Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
      10.05 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and each L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
      10.06 Successors and Assigns . (a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or

-108-


 

otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(b) , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(d) , or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.06(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
     (b)  Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.06(b) , participations in L/C Obligations) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
     (i) Minimum Amounts .
     (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
     (B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “ Trade Date ” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.
     (ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned.

-109-


 

     (iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
     (A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof;
     (B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender; and
     (C) the consent of the L/C Issuers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding).
     (iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
     (v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) to a natural person.
     (vi) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit in

-110-


 

accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.06(d) . Any assignee under an Assignment and Assumption shall not be so entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to its rights and obligations under this Agreement had such Assignment and Assumption not been entered into, unless such Lender’s inability to receive a greater payment was on account of its failure to comply with Section 3.01(e)(ii) of this Agreement and the assignee complies with the requirements of such Section.
     (c)  Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
     (d)  Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s

-111-


 

obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) such Lender, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower (and such agency being solely for tax purposes) shall maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Commitments, and (iv) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.06(b) . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.12 as though it were a Lender.
     (e)  Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01(e) as though it were a Lender.
     (f)  Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
     (g)  Resignation as L/C Issuer after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 10.06(b) , Bank of America may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as an L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer. If Bank of America resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c) ). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer, (a) such

-112-


 

successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, issued by such retiring L/C Issuer and outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to such retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of such retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.
      10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Eligible Assignee invited to be a Lender pursuant to Section 2.13(c) or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.
      10.08 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, each L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any

-113-


 

time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, such L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or such L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.15 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, each L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, such L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
      10.09 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
      10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic

-114-


 

imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
      10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.
      10.12 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.12 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
      10.13 Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:
     (a) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b) ;
     (b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

-115-


 

     (c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and
     (d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
      10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc . (a) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     (b)  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
     (c)  WAIVER OF VENUE . THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
     (d)  SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN

-116-


 

SECTION 10.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW
      10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
      10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and the Arranger, are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Arranger, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger, each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and the Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
      10.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents . The words “ execution ,” “ signed ,” “ signature ,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form,

-117-


 

each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
      10.18 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “ know your customer ” an anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.
      10.19 ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

-118-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
         
  TESORO LOGISTICS LP
 
 
  By:   TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC , its    
    general partner   
       
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as
Administrative Agent

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender and
L/C Issuer

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  CITIBANK, N.A.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS
BRANCH

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  SUNTRUST BANK
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  RAYMOND JAMES BANK, FSB
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  BARCLAYS BANK PLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  AMEGY BANK, N.A.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  REGIONS BANK
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.2
FORM OF
CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION
AGREEMENT
by and among
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC
TESORO LOGISTICS OPERATIONS LLC
TESORO CORPORATION
TESORO ALASKA COMPANY
TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY
and
TESORO HIGH PLAINS PIPELINE COMPANY LLC
Dated as of [ ], 2011

 


 

CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION
AGREEMENT
     This Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and among Tesoro Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”), Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Operating Company ”), Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Tesoro ”), Tesoro Alaska Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Tesoro Alaska ”), Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TRMC ”), and Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ High Plains ”). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .” Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Article I .
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , the General Partner and Tesoro have formed the Partnership, pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “ Delaware Partnership Act ”), for the purpose of owning and operating crude oil and refined products logistics assets and providing related logistics services, as well as engaging in any other business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under the Delaware Partnership Act.
      WHEREAS , in order to accomplish the objectives and purposes in the preceding recital, each of the following actions has been taken prior to the date hereof:
1.   Tesoro formed the General Partner under the terms of the Delaware Limited Liability Act (the “ Delaware LLC Act ”) and contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the member interests in the General Partner;
2.   Tesoro and the General Partner formed the Partnership under the terms of the Delaware Partnership Act and contributed $980 and $20, respectively, in exchange for a 98% limited partner interest (the “ Initial LP Interest ”) and a 2% general partner interest, respectively, in the Partnership;
3.   TRMC formed the Operating Company under the Delaware LLC Act and contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the member interests in the Operating Company;
4.   Tesoro Alaska formed Tesoro Alaska Logistics LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TAL ”), under the Delaware LLC Act and contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the member interests in TAL;
5.   Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company, a Delaware corporation and the predecessor to High Plains (“ THPPC ”), formed Tesoro Trucking Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tesoro Trucking ”), under the Delaware

1


 

    LLC Act and contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the member interests in Tesoro Trucking;
6.   THPPC filed articles of conversion under the Delaware LLC Act and converted from a Delaware corporation to a Delaware limited liability company;
7.   Pursuant to that certain Bill of Sale and Assignment, dated as of December 7, 2010, High Plains contributed certain logistics assets to Tesoro Trucking;
8.   Pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2011, by and between Tesoro Alaska and TAL, Tesoro Alaska contributed certain logistics assets (the “ Tesoro Alaska Assets ”) to TAL;
9.   Pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2011, by and between TRMC and the Operating Company, TRMC conveyed certain logistics assets (the “ TRMC Assets ”) to the Operating Company;
10.   Pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April [ ], 2011, by and between TRMC and the Operating Company, TRMC agreed to assign, subject to the consent of the Port Authority, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Vancouver Lease to the Operating Company;
      WHEREAS , immediately prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”), Tesoro will convey a portion of its member interest in High Plains (the “ HP Interest ”) to the General Partner as a capital contribution with a value equal to (a) 2% of the equity value of the Partnership immediately after the Closing plus (b) $50 million;
      WHEREAS, concurrently with the Closing, each of the matters provided for in Article II will occur in accordance with its respective terms;
      WHEREAS, if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised, each of the matters provided for in Article III will occur in accordance with its respective terms; and
      WHEREAS , the stockholders, members or partners of the Parties have taken all corporate, limited liability company and partnership action, as the case may be, required to approve the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
      NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms below:
     “ Common Unit ” means a common unit representing a limited partner interest in the Partnership having the rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

2


 

     “ Effective Time ” means 8:00 a.m. Central Time on the date of the Closing.
     “ Master Terminalling Agreement ” means that certain Master Terminalling Agreement, dated as of April [ ], 2011, among TRMC, Tesoro Alaska and the Operating Company, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
     “ Offering ” means the initial public offering of the Partnership’s Common Units.
     “ Omnibus Agreement ” means that certain Omnibus Agreement, dated as of April [ ], 2011, among Tesoro, TRMC, Tesoro Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tesoro Alaska, the General Partner and the Partnership, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
     “ Option Units ” means the Common Units that the Partnership will agree to issue upon an exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
     “ Original Partnership Agreement ” means that certain Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of December 3, 2010.
     “ Over-Allotment Option ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Partnership Agreement.
     “ Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of the date of this Agreement.
     “ Partnership Group ” has the meaning set forth in the Omnibus Agreement.
     “ Port Authority ” means the Port of Vancouver, U.S.A.
     “ Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (Registration No. 333-171525), as amended.
     “ Subordinated Units ” means a subordinated unit representing a limited partner interest in the Partnership having the rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement.
     “ Underwriters ” means the underwriting syndicate listed in the Underwriting Agreement.
     “ Underwriting Agreement ” means a firm commitment underwriting agreement to be entered into between the Partnership and the underwriters named in the Registration Statement.
     “ Vancouver Lease ” means that certain Lease Agreement dated October 22, 1996 by and between the Port of Vancouver, U.S.A., and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company (successor-in-interest to Tesoro Alaska Petroleum Company), as amended.
     “ Vancouver Property ” means the real property and personal property, if any, leased by TRMC pursuant to the Vancouver Lease.

3


 

ARTICLE II
CONTRIBUTIONS, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
     The following shall be completed immediately following the Effective Time in the order set forth herein:
      Section 2.1 Execution of the Partnership Agreement . The Partnership, the General Partner and Tesoro shall amend and restate the Original Partnership Agreement by executing the Partnership Agreement in substantially the form included in Appendix A to the Registration Statement, with such changes as the Partnership, the General Partner and Tesoro may agree.
      Section 2.2 Conveyance of the HP Interest to the General Partner . Tesoro hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the General Partner, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the HP Interest, and the General Partner hereby accepts the HP Interest as a contribution to the capital of the General Partner.
      Section 2.3 Conveyance of the HP Interest by the General Partner to the Partnership . The General Partner hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Partnership, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the HP Interest in exchange for (a) a continuation of the General Partner’s 2% general partner interest in the Partnership, (b) the issuance to the General Partner of all of the equity interests in the Partnership classified as “Incentive Distribution Rights” under the Partnership Agreement and (c) the right to receive a $50.0 million distribution from borrowings under the Partnership’s new credit facility (the “ Borrowed Funds ”), and the Partnership hereby accepts the HP Interest as a contribution to the capital of the Partnership.
      Section 2.4 Conveyance of the Tesoro HP Interest by Tesoro to the Partnership . Tesoro hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Partnership, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to Tesoro’s remaining member interest in High Plains (the “ Tesoro HP Interest ”) in exchange for (a) [ ] Common Units representing a [ ]% limited partner interest in the Partnership, (b) [ ] Subordinated Units representing a [ ]% limited partner interest in the Partnership, and (c) the right to receive $[ ] million in proceeds from the Offering, of which $[ ] million is to reimburse Tesoro for certain capital expenditures incurred by Tesoro with respect to High Plains, and the Partnership hereby accepts the Tesoro HP Interest as a contribution to the capital of the Partnership.
      Section 2.5 Conveyance of the Operating Company Interest by TRMC to the Partnership . TRMC hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Partnership, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to all of the member interests in the Operating Company (the “ Operating Company Interest ”) in exchange for (a) [ ] Common Units representing a [ ]% limited partner interest in the Partnership, (b) [ ] Subordinated Units representing a [ ]% limited partner interest in the Partnership, and (c) the right to receive $[ ] million in proceeds from the Offering, of which $[ ] million is to reimburse TRMC for certain capital expenditures incurred

4


 

by TRMC with respect to the TRMC Assets, and the Partnership hereby accepts the Operating Company Interest as a contribution to the capital of the Partnership.
      Section 2.6 Conveyance of the TAL Interest by Tesoro Alaska to the Partnership . Tesoro Alaska hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Partnership, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to all of the member interests in TAL (the “ TAL Interest ”) in exchange for (a) [ ] Common Units representing a [ ]% limited partner interest in the Partnership, (b) [ ] Subordinated Units representing a [ ]% limited partner interest in the Partnership, and (c) the right to receive $[ ] million in proceeds from the Offering, of which $[ ] million is to reimburse Tesoro Alaska for certain capital expenditures incurred by Tesoro Alaska with respect to the Tesoro Alaska Assets, and the Partnership hereby accepts the TAL Interest as a contribution to the capital of the Partnership.
      Section 2.7 Public Cash Contribution . The Parties acknowledge that, in connection with the Offering, the public, through the Underwriters, has made a capital contribution to the Partnership of $[ ] in cash in exchange for [ ] Common Units (the “ Firm Units ”) representing a [ ]% limited partner interest in the Partnership.
      Section 2.8 Payment of Transaction Expenses and Contribution of Proceeds by the Partnership . The Parties acknowledge (a) the payment by the Partnership, in connection with the Closing, of transaction expenses in the amount of approximately $[ ] million, excluding underwriting discounts of $[ ] in the aggregate but including a structuring fee of 0.25% of the gross proceeds of the Offering payable to one of the Underwriters (the “ Structuring Fee ”) and an advisory fee of $2.0 million payable to a third party advisor, (b) the distribution of approximately $[ ] million to Tesoro, in part as a reimbursement of qualified capital expenditures, (c) the distribution of approximately $[ ] million to TRMC, in part as a reimbursement of qualified capital expenditures, (d) the distribution of approximately $[ ] million to Tesoro Alaska, in part as a reimbursement of qualified capital expenditures, and (e) the contribution by the Partnership of approximately $[ ] million to the Operating Company to be used for working capital purposes.
      Section 2.9 Contribution of Member Interests in High Plains and TAL to the Operating Company . The Partnership hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Operating Company, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to the Partnership’s member interests

5


 

in each of High Plains and TAL, as a capital contribution, and the Operating Company hereby accepts such member interests. The Parties acknowledge that, after such contribution, the Operating Company will own all of the member interests in High Plains and TAL.
      Section 2.10 Distribution of Member Interest in Tesoro Trucking to the Operating Company . High Plains hereby grants, distributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Operating Company, its successors and its assigns, for its and their own use forever, all right, title and interest in and to all of the member interest in Tesoro Trucking, and the Operating Company hereby accepts such member interest.
      Section 2.11 Merger of TAL and Tesoro Trucking with the Operating Company . The Parties acknowledge that TAL and Tesoro Trucking will merge with and into the Operating Company in accordance with Delaware law, with the Operating Company continuing as the surviving company.
      Section 2.12 Delivery of 10-Year Note by Tesoro . The Parties acknowledge that (a) the Partnership (i) has entered into a $150.0 million credit facility guaranteed by the Operating Company and High Plains, (ii) will use $2.0 million of proceeds from the Offering to pay debt finance costs associated with the credit facility and (iii) has distributed the Borrowed Funds to the General Partner, and (b) the General Partner has loaned the Borrowed Funds to Tesoro pursuant to a 10-year note in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement.
      Section 2.13 Redemption of the Initial LP Interest from Tesoro and Return of Initial Capital Contribution . The Partnership hereby redeems the Initial LP Interest held by Tesoro and hereby refunds and distributes to Tesoro the initial contribution, in the amount of $980, made by Tesoro in connection with the formation of the Partnership, along with any interest or other profit that resulted from the investment or other use of such initial contribution.
ARTICLE III
EXERCISE OF OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION
     If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in whole or in part, the Underwriters will contribute additional cash to the Partnership in exchange for Option Units on the basis of the Offering price per Common Unit set forth in the Registration Statement, net of underwriting discounts and the Structuring Fee. The Partnership hereby agrees to redeem a number of Common Units from Tesoro, TRMC and Tesoro Alaska, in a proportionate amount to their respective ownership percentages of Common Units immediately prior to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, equal to the number of Option Units sold by the Partnership pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option on the basis of the Offering price per Common Unit set forth in the Registration Statement, net of underwriting discounts and the Structuring Fee.
ARTICLE IV
FURTHER ASSURANCES
     From time to time after the Effective Time, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and to do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (b) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended to be so and (c) more fully and effectively to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
ORDER OF COMPLETION AND EFFECTIVE TIME
      Section 5.1 Order of Completion of Transactions . The transactions provided for in Article II and Article III of this Agreement shall be completed immediately following the

6


 

Effective Time in the following order: first, the transactions provided for in Article II shall be completed in the order set forth therein; and second, following the completion of the transactions provided for in Article II , the transactions provided for in Article III , if they occur, shall be completed.
      Section 5.2 Effective Time . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, none of the provisions of Article II , Article III or Article IV shall be operative or have any effect until the Effective Time, at which time all such provisions shall be effective and operative in accordance with Section 5.1 without further action by any Party.
ARTICLE VI
LICENSE TO USE LEASED PROPERTY
      Section 6.1 License .
          (a) To the extent that the Port Authority has not consented to the assignment of the Vancouver Lease to the Operating Company by the Closing, subject to Section 6.2 , TRMC hereby grants a license (the “ License ”) to the Operating Company to enter upon, access, use, expand, maintain, alter, repair, replace and/or operate (“ Operate ”) the Vancouver Property for the purpose of operating the Partnership Group’s business as described in the Registration Statement.
          (b) The Operating Company hereby agrees to operate the Vancouver Property with the same standard of care as used by TRMC in the use and operation of the Vancouver Property as of the Closing, and agrees to comply with all applicable legal, regulatory and permit requirements in conducting its operations.
          (c) Each of the Operating Company and TRMC shall cooperate with the other Party in connection with the Operating Company’s use of the Vancouver Property so as to avoid unreasonable interference with the use and enjoyment of the Vancouver Property by the other Party. From and after the Closing, the Operating Company shall exclusively Operate the Vancouver Property and the Operating Company’s use of the Vancouver Property shall be subject to the terms of the Master Terminalling Agreement.
          (d) The Operating Company shall pay TRMC a license fee equal to thirteen thousand dollars ($13,000.00) per month during the term of the License. The Operating Company shall also reimburse TRMC for any actual and reasonable costs incurred by TRMC related to or arising out of Operating Company’s use of the Vancouver Property subject to the Vancouver Lease, excluding rent payable under the Vancouver Lease. For any partial month during the term of the License, the license fee shall be prorated.
      Section 6.2 Termination . The License granted pursuant to Section 6.1(a) will terminate upon the earlier of (a) the effective date of the Port Authority’s consent to, and the assignment of, the Vancouver Lease and (b) the termination or expiration of the Vancouver Lease (as such may be extended from time to time) in accordance with its terms. TRMC shall not have any obligation to preserve and maintain the Operating Company’s right to Operate the Vancouver Property following the termination or expiration of the Vancouver Lease.

7


 

      Section 6.3 Indemnification .
          (a) The Operating Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless TRMC from and against any losses suffered or incurred by TRMC by reason of or arising out of any act or omission of the Operating Company, as applicable, in contravention of the Vancouver Lease and occurring after the Closing. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing indemnification is intended to be in addition to and not in limitation of any indemnification to which TRMC is entitled under Sections 3.1(b) or 3.5(b) of the Omnibus Agreement.
          (b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Operating Company, as a member of the Partnership Group, is entitled to certain indemnification with respect to the Vancouver Property under the terms of the Omnibus Agreement and nothing in this Section 6.3 shall be construed to limit such indemnification.
      Section 6.4 Cooperation on Assignment . The Parties shall cooperate and use commercially reasonable efforts to have the assignment of the Vancouver Lease approved by the Port Authority at the earliest practicable time. In this regard, the Operating Company shall provide such forms of financial security and meet other requirements as may be reasonably required by the Port Authority, consistent with the terms of the Vancouver Lease.
      Section 6.5 Operating Agreement . In the event that each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) The Port Authority concludes that the License or the Operating Company’s occupancy of the Vancouver Property pursuant thereto is a breach of the Vancouver Lease and (ii) the Port Authority has not granted its consent for the assignment of the Lease, and the Lease has not been assigned, to the Operating Company, then the Operating Company shall vacate the Vancouver Property promptly upon receipt of a written revocation of the License from TRMC, and TRMC hereby agree to enter into an operating agreement upon the following terms:
          (a) TRMC will appoint the Operating Company as its agent and operator of the Vancouver Property, and the Operating Company will agree to Operate the Vancouver Property;
          (b) As operator of the Vancouver Property, the Operating Company will Operate the Vancouver Property and will exercise exclusive supervision and control over the Operation of the Vancouver Assets; and
          (c) As consideration for the Operating Company’s agreement to Operate the Vancouver Property, TRMC will pay the Operating Company an amount equal to (i) the sum of (A) the same consideration and fees the Operating Company would have been entitled to under the Master Terminalling Agreement with respect to the Vancouver Property as would otherwise have been due and payable to the Operating Company had the Lease been assigned to the Operating Company pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, and (B) any revenues due and payable to TRMC under any third party terminalling services (or similar) agreements with respect to the Vancouver Property, less (ii) any reasonable costs and expenses (including capital costs) incurred by TRMC in connection with its continued performance under the Lease with respect to the Vancouver Property.

8


 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
      Section 7.1 Costs . Except for the transaction expenses set forth in Section 2.8 , the Operating Company shall pay all expenses, fees and costs, including, but not limited to, all sales, use and similar taxes arising out of the contributions, conveyances and deliveries to be made under Article II and shall pay all documentary, filing, recording, transfer, deed and conveyance taxes and fees required in connection therewith. In addition, the Operating Company shall be responsible for all costs, liabilities and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the implementation of any conveyance or delivery pursuant to Article IV (to the extent related to any of the contributions, conveyances and deliveries to be made under Article II ).
      Section 7.2 Headings; References; Interpretation . All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, including, without limitation, all Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits shall, unless the context requires a different construction, be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, and all such Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. The use herein of the word “including” following any general statement, term or matter shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation,” “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.
      Section 7.3 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.
      Section 7.4 No Third Party Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies, and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
      Section 7.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all Parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      Section 7.6 Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law. Each of the Parties (a) irrevocably agrees that any

9


 

claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be exclusively brought in any federal court of competent jurisdiction situated in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, or if such federal court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in the district court of Bexar County, Texas, in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims; (b) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, or if such federal court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, of the district court of Bexar County, Texas in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding; (c) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (i) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, or the district court of Bexar County, Texas, or of any other court to which proceedings in such courts may be appealed, (ii) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (iii) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper; (d) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and (e) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder or by personal service within or without the State of Texas, and agrees that service in such forms shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided , however, that nothing in clause (e) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
      Section 7.7 Severability . If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any political body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.
      Section 7.8 Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face as an amendment to this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, any amendment executed by the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries shall not be effective unless and until the execution of such amendment has been approved by the conflicts committee of the General Partner’s board of directors.
      Section 7.9 Integration . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE INSTRUMENTS REFERENCED HEREIN SUPERSEDE ALL PREVIOUS UNDERSTANDINGS OR AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT AND SUCH INSTRUMENTS. THIS AGREEMENT AND SUCH INSTRUMENTS CONTAIN THE ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING OF THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL

10


 

AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. NO UNDERSTANDING, REPRESENTATION, PROMISE OR AGREEMENT, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, IS INTENDED TO BE OR SHALL BE INCLUDED IN OR FORM PART OF THIS AGREEMENT UNLESS IT IS CONTAINED IN A WRITTEN AMENDMENT HERETO EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES HERETO AFTER THE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT.
      Section 7.10 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment . To the extent required and permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall also constitute a “deed,” “bill of sale” or “assignment” of the assets and interests referenced herein.
[Signature Page Follows]

11


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have caused it to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
     
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
  TESORO CORPORATION
 
   
By: Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, its general partner
   
         
By:
    By:  
 
 
     
 
Name:
    Name:
 
Title:
    Title:
     
TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC
  TESORO ALASKA COMPANY
 
   
By: Tesoro Corporation, its sole member
   
         
By:
    By:  
 
 
     
 
Name:
    Name:
 
Title:
    Title:
     
TESORO LOGISTICS OPERATIONS LLC
  TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY
         
By:
    By:  
 
 
     
 
Name:
    Name:
 
Title:
    Title:
     
 
  TESORO HIGH PLAINS PIPELINE COMPANY LLC
         
 
           By:  
 
 
     
 
 
    Name:
 
 
    Title:
Signature Page to Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement


 

EXHIBIT A
Form of 10-Year Note
INTERCOMPANY NOTE
$50,000,000   San Antonio, Texas
    [________________] , 2011
    (the “Note Date”)
      FOR VALUE RECEIVED , TESORO CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, having an address at 19100 Ridgewood Pkwy, San Antonio, Texas 78259 (“ Maker ”) promises to pay to the order of TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an address at 19100 Ridgewood Pkwy, San Antonio, Texas 78259 (“ Payee ”) the principal sum of FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($50,000,000). Maker also promises to pay to Payee interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Note, from time to time, at the rate equal to the greater of (i) 4.19% and (ii) the short-term “Applicable Federal Rate” (as defined in and determined under Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in effect on the date hereof. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 (or 366) days and shall be due and payable in arrears on a quarterly basis within five business days of the last day of each fiscal quarter.
     Maker shall pay all obligations in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds, free and clear of, and without deduction or offset for, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, charges, withholdings, or liabilities with respect thereto; or any other defenses, offsets, set-offs, claims, counterclaims, credits, or deductions of any kind. Maker’s obligations under this Note are completely independent of all circumstances whatsoever other than as this Note expressly states.
     1. Maturity ; Prepayment. The principal and accrued but unpaid interest on this Note shall be due and payable on demand, and if no demand has been made prior thereto, on [___], 2021. Maker may prepay this Note at any time, in whole or in part, without notice, penalty, or premium, provided only that Maker simultaneously pays interest to the date of such prepayment.
     2. Post-Maturity Interest ; Etc. Any amount of principal or interest which is not paid when due, whether at maturity or otherwise, shall bear interest from the date when due until said principal or interest amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at the per annum rate of six percent (6.0%).
     3.  Waivers. Maker and any endorsers and guarantors of this Note, and all others who may become liable for all or any part of the obligations evidenced by this Note, severally waive presentment for payment, protest, notice of protest, dishonor, notice of dishonor, demand, notice of non-payment, and the benefit of all statutes, ordinances, judicial rulings, and other legal principles of any kind, now or hereafter enacted or in force, affording any right of cure or any right to a stay of execution or extension of time for payment or exempting any property of such person from levy and sale upon execution of any judgment obtained by the holder in respect of this Note. THE PARTIES WAIVE JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE OR INTERPRET, OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM, THIS NOTE.

 


 

     4. GOVERNING LAW . THIS NOTE AND THE PARTIES’ RIGHTS UNDER THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.
     5. Severability . If any provision of this Note is invalid or unenforceable, then the other provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall be liberally construed in favor of Payee. Maker has executed and delivered this Note as of the Note Date.
         
  TESORO CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

Exhibit 10.3
FORM OF
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
2011 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
     SECTION 1. Purpose of the Plan .
     This Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) has been adopted by Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), the general partner of Tesoro Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”). The Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Partnership and the Company by providing to Employees, Consultants and Directors incentive compensation awards based on Units to encourage superior performance. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the Partnership, the Company and their Affiliates to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advancing the business of the Company, the Partnership and their Affiliates.
     SECTION 2. Definitions .
     As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “ ASC Topic 718 ” means Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation , or any successor accounting standard.
     “ Award ” means an Option, Restricted Unit, Phantom Unit, DER, Substitute Award, Unit Appreciation Right or Unit Award granted under the Plan.
     “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement by which an Award shall be evidenced.
     “ Board ” means the board of directors or board of managers, as the case may be, of the Company.
     “ Cause ” means, unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Company and the applicable Participant, a finding by the Committee that a Participant, before or after his termination of Service (i) committed fraud, embezzlement, theft, felony or an act of dishonesty in the course of his employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company which conduct damaged the Company or an Affiliate of the Company or (ii) disclosed trade secrets of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. The findings and decision of the Committee with respect to such matter, including those regarding

 


 

the acts of the Participant and the damage done to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, will be final for all purposes. No decision of the Committee, however, will affect the finality of the discharge of the individual by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
     “ Change in Control ” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon one or more of the following events:
     (i) any “person” or “group” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company (as determined immediately prior to such event), shall become the beneficial owner, by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the equity interests in the Company or the Partnership;
     (ii) the limited partners of the Partnership approve, in one or a series of transactions, a plan of complete liquidation of the Partnership;
     (iii) the sale or other disposition by either the Company or the Partnership of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more transactions to any Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company or the Partnership; or
     (iv) a transaction resulting in a Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company (as determined immediately prior to such event) being the sole general partner of the Partnership.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award which provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in subsection (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above with respect to such Award must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5), and as relates to the holder of such Award, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A of the Code.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     “ Committee ” means the Board or such committee as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.
     “ Consultant ” means an individual who renders consulting services to the Company, the Partnership or an Affiliate of either.
     “ DER ” means a distribution equivalent right, representing a contingent right to receive an amount in cash, Units, Restricted Units and/or Phantom Units equal in value to the distributions made by the Partnership with respect to a Unit during the period such Award is outstanding.
     “ Director ” means a member of the board of directors or board of managers, as the case may be, of the Company, the Partnership or an Affiliate who is not an Employee or a Consultant (other than in that individual’s capacity as a Director).

-2-


 

     “ Disability ” means as determined by the Committee in its discretion exercised in good faith, a physical or mental condition of a Participant that would entitle him or her to payment of disability income payments under the Company’s or Tesoro’s long-term disability insurance policy or plan for employees as then in effect; or in the event that a Participant is not covered, for whatever reason under the Company’s or Tesoro’s long-term disability insurance policy or plan for employees or in the event the Company or Tesoro does not maintain such a long-term disability insurance policy, “Disability” means a total and permanent disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; provided, however, that if a Disability constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award which provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, then, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A of the Code, the Participant must also be considered “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code. A determination of Disability may be made by a physician selected or approved by the Committee and, in this respect, Participants shall submit to an examination by such physician upon request by the Committee.
     “ Employee ” means an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any given date, the closing sales price on such date during normal trading hours (or, if there are no reported sales on such date, on the last date prior to such date on which there were sales) of the Units on the New York Stock Exchange or, if not listed on such exchange, on any other national securities exchange on which the Units are listed or on an inter-dealer quotation system, in any case, as reported in such source as the Committee shall select. If there is no regular public trading market for the Units, the Fair Market Value of the Units shall be determined by the Committee in good faith and in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
     “ Option ” means an option to purchase Units.
     “ Other Unit-Based Award ” means an award granted pursuant to Section 6(e) of the Plan.
     “ Participant ” means an Employee, Consultant or Director granted an Award under the Plan and any authorized transferee of such individual.
     “ Partnership Agreement ” means the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as it may be amended or amended and restated from time to time.
     “ Person ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)..
     “ Phantom Unit ” means a notional interest granted under the Plan that, to the extent vested, entitles the Participant to receive a Unit or an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a Unit, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
     “ Profits Interest Unit ” means to the extent authorized by the Partnership Agreement, an interest in the Partnership that is intended to constitute a “profits interest” within the meaning of

-3-


 

the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and any published guidance by the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto.
     “ Restricted Period ” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture and is either not exercisable by or payable to the Participant, as the case may be.
     “ Restricted Unit ” means a Unit granted under the Plan that is subject to a Restricted Period.
     “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.
     “ Service ” means service as an Employee, Consultant or Director. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to terminations of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether and when a termination of Service occurred and/or resulted from a discharge for cause, and all questions of whether particular changes in status or leaves of absence constitute a termination of Service, provided that a termination of Service shall not be deemed to occur in the event of (a) a termination where there is simultaneous commencement by the Participant of a relationship with the Partnership or the Company or an Affiliate of the Partnership or the Company as an Employee, Director or Consultant or (b) at the discretion of the Committee, a termination which results in a temporary severance of the service relationship.
     “ Substitute Award ” means an award granted pursuant to Section 6(f) of the Plan.
     “ Tesoro ” means Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
     “ Unit ” means a Common Unit of the Partnership.
     “ Unit Appreciation Right ” or “ UAR ” means a contingent right that entitles the holder to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the exercise date of the UAR over the exercise price of the UAR.
     “ Unit Award ” means an award granted pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Plan.
     SECTION 3. Administration.
     (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, subject to subsections (b) and (c) below; provided, however, that, in the event that the Board is not also serving as the Committee, the Board, in its sole discretion, may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan. The governance of the Committee shall be subject to the charter, if any, of the Committee as approved by the Board. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations

-4-


 

conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Units to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or an Award Agreement in such manner and to such extent as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, the Partnership, any Affiliate, any Participant, and any beneficiary of any Participant.
     (b) To the extent permitted by applicable law and the rules of any securities exchange on which the Units are listed, quoted or traded, the Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to Section 3(a); provided, however, that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant awards to, or amend awards held by, the following individuals: (i) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (ii) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder, or (iii) to the extent that Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to the Company or the Partnership, any Employee who is, or could be, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; provided, further, that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent that it is permissible under applicable provisions of the Code and applicable securities laws and the rules of any securities exchange on which the Units are listed, quoted or traded. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to such restrictions and limitations as the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 3(b) shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board and the Committee.
     (c) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, for so long as the Company is an Affiliate of Tesoro, any Award to be granted under the plan to a Participant that is an executive officer of Tesoro shall only be granted following a recommendation made by the board of directors or Compensation Committee of Tesoro.
     SECTION 4. Units .
     (a)  Limits on Units Deliverable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), the number of Units that may be delivered with respect to Awards under the Plan is Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (750,000). Units withheld from an Award to either satisfy the Company’s or an Affiliate’s tax withholding obligations with respect to the Award or pay the

-5-


 

exercise price of an Award shall be counted against the number of Units that may be delivered under the Plan and shall not be available for future grants of Awards. If any Award is forfeited, cancelled, exercised, paid, or otherwise terminates or expires without the actual delivery of Units pursuant to such Award (for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of Restricted Units is not a delivery of Units for this purpose), the Units subject to such Award shall again be available for Awards under the Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law and exchange rule, Substitute Awards and Units issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Partnership or any Affiliate shall not be counted against the Units available for issuance pursuant to the Plan. There shall not be any limitation on the number of Awards that may be paid in cash.
     (b)  Sources of Units Deliverable Under Awards . Any Units delivered pursuant to an Award shall consist, in whole or in part, of Units acquired in the open market, from any Affiliate, the Partnership or any other Person, or Units otherwise issuable by the Partnership, or any combination of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
     (c)  Anti-dilution Adjustments .
          (i) Equity Restructuring . With respect to any “equity restructuring” event that could result in an additional compensation expense to the Company or the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of ASC Topic 718 if adjustments to Awards with respect to such event were discretionary, the Committee shall equitably adjust the number and type of Units covered by each outstanding Award and the terms and conditions, including the exercise price and performance criteria (if any), of such Award to equitably reflect such event and shall adjust the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan after such event. With respect to any other similar event that would not result in an ASC Topic 718 accounting charge if the adjustment to Awards with respect to such event were subject to discretionary action, the Committee shall have complete discretion to adjust Awards and the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan in such manner as it deems appropriate with respect to such other event.
          (ii) Other Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any non-cash distribution, Unit split, combination or exchange of Units, merger, consolidation or distribution (other than normal cash distributions) of Partnership assets to unitholders, or any other change affecting the units of the Partnership, other than an “equity restructuring,” the Committee may make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (A) the aggregate number and kind of Units that may be issued under the Plan; (B) the number and kind of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (iv) the grant or exercise price per Unit for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.
     SECTION 5. Eligibility .
     Any Employee, Consultant or Director shall be eligible to be designated a Participant and receive an Award under the Plan.

-6-


 

     SECTION 6. Awards .
     (a)  Options and UARs . Subject to Section 3(c), the Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Options and/or UARs shall be granted, the number of Units to be covered by each Option or UAR, the exercise price therefor, the Restricted Period and other conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option or UAR, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan. Options which are intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) and Unit Appreciation Rights which are intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B) or any successor regulation may be granted only if the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii), or any successor regulation, are satisfied. Options and UARs that are otherwise exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code may be granted to any eligible Employee, Consultant or Director.
     (i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Unit purchasable under an Option or subject to a UAR shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option or UAR is granted but, except with respect to a Substitute Award, may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit as of the date of grant of the Option or UAR.
     (ii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the exercise terms and the Restricted Period with respect to an Option or UAR, which may include, without limitation, a provision for accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals or other events, and the method or methods by which payment of the exercise price with respect to an Option or UAR may be made or deemed to have been made, which may include, without limitation, cash, check acceptable to the Company, withholding Units from the Award, a “cashless” exercise through procedures approved by the Company, or any combination of the above methods, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price.
     (iii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Option or UAR grant, upon termination of a Participant’s Service for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all unvested Options and UARs shall be forfeited by the Participant. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Options and/or UARs; provided that the waiver contemplated under this Section shall be effective only to the extent that such waiver will not cause the Participant’s Options and UARs that are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to fail to satisfy such requirements.
     (iv) Exercise of Options and UARs on Termination of Service . Each Option and UAR shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option or UAR following a termination of the Participant’s Service. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for cause, the Participant’s right to exercise the Option or UAR shall terminate immediately on the effective date of the Participant’s termination. To the extent the Option or UAR was not vested and exercisable as of the termination of Service, the Option or UAR shall terminate when the Participant’s Service terminates. Subject to the foregoing, such

-7-


 

provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Options and UARs issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.
     (v) Term of Options and UARs . The term of each Option and UAR shall be stated in the Award Agreement, provided , that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.
     (vi) Prohibition on Repricing . Subject to Section 4(c) and Section 7(c), the Committee shall not, without the approval of the unitholders of the Partnership, (i) reduce the per Unit exercise price of any outstanding Option or UAR, (ii) cancel any Option or UAR in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or UAR price per Unit exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Units, or (iii) otherwise reprice any Option or UAR. Subject to Section 4(c), Section 7 and Section 8(e), the Committee shall have the authority, without the approval of the unitholders of the Partnership, to amend any outstanding Award to increase the exercise price per Unit or to cancel and replace an Award with the grant of an Award having an exercise price per Unit that is greater than or equal to the exercise price per Unit of the original Award.
     (b)  Restricted Units and Phantom Units . Subject to Section 3(c), the Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Restricted Units and Phantom Units shall be granted, the number of Restricted Units or Phantom Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the conditions under which the Restricted Units or Phantom Units may become vested or forfeited and such other terms and conditions, including, without limitation, restrictions on transferability, as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards.
     (i) DERs . Subject to Section 3(c), the Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom DERs are granted, whether such DERs are tandem or separate Awards, whether the DERs shall be paid directly to the Participant, be credited to a bookkeeping account (with or without interest in the discretion of the Committee) the vesting restrictions and payment provisions applicable to the Award, and such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion all of which shall be specified in the Award Agreements. DERs may be granted by the Committee based on distributions made with respect to Units, to be credited as of the distribution dates during the period between the date an Award is granted to a Participant and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the Committee. Such DERs shall be converted to cash, Units, Restricted Units and/or Phantom Units by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Committee. Tandem DERs may be subject to the same or different vesting restrictions as the tandem Award, or be subject to such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, DERs shall only be paid in a manner that is either exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
     (ii) Forfeitures . Except as otherwise provided in the terms of an Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s Service for any reason during the

-8-


 

applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding, unvested Restricted Units and Phantom Units awarded the Participant shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Restricted Units and/or Phantom Units; provided, that the waiver contemplated under this Section shall be effective only to the extent that such waiver will not cause the Participant’s Restricted Units and/or Phantom Units that are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to fail to satisfy such requirements.
(iii) Payment; Lapse of Restrictions .
     (A) Phantom Units . The Committee shall specify, or permit the Participant to elect in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the conditions and dates or events upon which the cash or Units underlying an award of Phantom Units shall be issued, which dates or events shall not be earlier than the date as of which the Phantom Units vest and become nonforfeitable and which conditions and dates or events shall be subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code (unless the Phantom Units are exempt therefrom).
     (B) Restricted Units . Upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each Restricted Unit, subject to satisfying the tax withholding obligations of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to have the restrictions removed from his or her Unit certificate (or book-entry account, as applicable) so that the Participant then holds an unrestricted Unit.
     (c)  Unit Awards . Unit Awards may be granted under the Plan (i) to such Employees, Consultants and/or Directors and in such amounts as the Committee, in its discretion, may select, subject to Section 3(c), and (ii) subject to such other terms and conditions, including, without limitation, restrictions on transferability, as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards.
     (d)  Profits Interest Units . Any Restricted Unit award or Unit Award consisting of Profits Interest Units may only be issued to a Participant for the performance of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership (i) in the Participant’s capacity as a partner of the Partnership, (ii) in anticipation of the Participant becoming a partner of the Partnership, or (iii) as otherwise determined by the Committee, provided that the Profits Interest Units would constitute “profits interests” within the meaning of the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and any published guidance by the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the date or dates on which the Profits Interest Units shall vest and become nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate. Profits Interest Units shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Committee may impose.
     (e)  Other Unit-Based Awards . Other Unit-Based Awards may be granted under the Plan to such Employees, Consultants and/or Directors as the Committee, in its discretion, may select, subject to Section 3(c). An Other Unit-Based Award shall be an award denominated or payable in, valued in or otherwise based on or related to Units, in whole or in part. The

-9-


 

Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any Other Unit-Based Award. Upon vesting, an Other Unit-Based Award may be paid in cash, Units (including Restricted Units) or any combination thereof as provided in the Award Agreement.
     (f)  Substitute Awards . Awards may be granted under the Plan in substitution of similar awards held by individuals who become Employees, Consultants or Directors as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition by the Partnership or an Affiliate of another entity or the assets of another entity. Such Substitute Awards that are Options or UARs may have exercise prices less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the date of the substitution if such substitution complies with Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and other applicable laws and exchange rules.
     (g)  General .
     (i) Awards May Be Granted Separately or Together . Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.
     (ii) Limits on Transfer of Awards .
     (A) Except as provided in Paragraph (C) below, each Option and UAR shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
     (B) Except as provided in Paragraph (C) below, no Award and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate.
     (C) The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that an Award may, on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish, be transferred by a Participant without consideration to any “family member” of the Participant, as defined in the instructions to use of the Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, as applicable, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Committee after taking into account any state, federal, local or foreign tax and securities laws applicable to transferable Awards. In addition, vested Units may be transferred to the extent permitted by the Partnership Agreement and not otherwise prohibited by the Award Agreement or any other agreement restricting the transfer of such Units.

-10-


 

     (iii) Term of Awards . Subject to Section 6(a)(v) above, the term of each Award, if any, shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee.
     (iv) Unit Certificates . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, neither the Company nor the Partnership shall deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Units issued in connection with any Award and instead such Units shall be recorded in the books of the Partnership (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or equity plan administrator). All certificates for Units or other securities of the Partnership delivered under the Plan and all Units issued pursuant to book entry procedures pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any securities exchange upon which such Units or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be inscribed on any such certificates or book entry to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
     (v) Consideration for Grants . To the extent permitted by applicable Law, Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee shall determine.
     (vi) Delivery of Units or other Securities and Payment by Participant of Consideration . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Units pursuant to the exercise or vesting of any Award, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Units is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the Units are listed or traded, and the Units are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board or the Committee may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the delivery of Units pursuant to the exercise or vesting of an Award may be deferred for any period during which, in the good faith determination of the Committee, the Company is not reasonably able to obtain or deliver Units pursuant to such Award without violating applicable law or the applicable rules or regulations of any governmental agency or authority or securities exchange. No Units or other securities shall be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award grant agreement (including, without limitation, any exercise price or tax withholding) is received by the Company.
     SECTION 7. Amendment and Termination .
     Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law:

-11-


 

     (a)  Amendments to the Plan . Except as required by applicable law or the rules of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Units are traded and subject to Section 7(b) below, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan in any manner without the consent of any partner, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or any other Person. The Board shall obtain securityholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or securities exchange listing standards or rules.
     (b)  Amendments to Awards . Subject to Section 7(a), the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, provided that no change, other than pursuant to Section 7(c), in any Award shall materially reduce the rights or benefits of a Participant with respect to an Award without the consent of such Participant.
     (c)  Actions Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events . Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, any transaction or event described in Section 4(c), any change in applicable law or regulation affecting the Plan or Awards thereunder, or any change in accounting principles affecting the financial statements of the Company or the Partnership, the Committee, in its sole discretion, without the consent of any Participant or holder of the Award, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, may take any one or more of the following actions:
     (i) provide for either (A) the termination of any Award in exchange for a payment in an amount, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under such Award (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of such transaction or event the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion having an aggregate value not exceeding the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested;
     (ii) provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or be exchanged for similar options, rights or awards covering the equity of the successor or survivor, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of equity interests and prices;
     (iii) make adjustments in the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Awards or in the terms and conditions of (including the exercise price), and the vesting and performance criteria included in, outstanding Awards, or both;
     (iv) provide that such Award shall vest or become exercisable or payable, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and

-12-


 

     (v) provide that the Award cannot be exercised or become payable after such event, i.e. , shall terminate upon such event.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) with respect to an above event that is an “equity restructuring” event that would be subject to a compensation expense pursuant ASC Topic 718, the provisions in Section 4(c) shall control to the extent they are in conflict with the discretionary provisions of this Section 7, provided, however , that nothing in Section 7(c) or Section 4(c) shall be construed as providing any Participant or any beneficiary any rights with respect to the “time value”, “economic opportunity” or “intrinsic value” of an Award or limiting in any manner the Committee’s actions that may be taken with respect to an Award as set forth above or in Section 4(c); and (ii) no action shall be taken under this Section 7 which shall cause an Award to fail to comply with Section 409A of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder, to the extent applicable to such Award.
     SECTION 8. General Provisions .
     (a)  No Rights to Award . No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
     (b)  Tax Withholding . Unless other arrangements have been made that are acceptable to the Company, the Company or any Affiliate is authorized to deduct or withhold, or cause to be deducted or withheld, from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Units, Units that would otherwise be issued pursuant to such Award or other property) of any applicable taxes payable in respect of an Award, including its grant, its exercise, the lapse of restrictions thereon, or any payment or transfer thereunder or under the Plan, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy its withholding obligations for the payment of such taxes. In the event that Units that would otherwise be issued pursuant to an Award are used to satisfy such withholding obligations, the number of Units which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Units which have a fair market value (which, in the case of a broker-assisted transaction, shall be determined by the Committee, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code) on the date of withholding equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.
     (c)  No Right to Employment or Services . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate, continue consulting services or to remain on the Board, as applicable. Furthermore, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or consulting free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, any Award Agreement or other written agreement.
     (d)  No Rights as Unitholder . Except as otherwise provided herein, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a unitholder with respect to Units covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record owner of such Units.

-13-


 

     (e)  Section 409A . To the extent that the Committee determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the effective date of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the effective date of the Plan the Committee determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the effective date of the Plan), the Committee may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under such Section; provided, however, that nothing herein shall create any obligation on the part of the Committee, the Company or any of its Affiliates to adopt any such amendment, policy or procedure or take any such other action, nor shall the Committee, the Company or any of its Affiliates have any liability for failing to do so. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the time of payment with respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code shall not be accelerated, except as permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4).
     (f)  Lock-Up Agreement . Each Participant shall agree, if so requested by the Company or the Partnership and any underwriter in connection with any public offering of securities of the Partnership or any Affiliate, not to directly or indirectly offer, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any Units held by it for such period, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the relevant registration statement filed under the Securities Act in connection with such public offering, as such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith. The Company or the Partnership may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such 180-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 180-day period may be extended for up to such number of additional days as is deemed necessary by such underwriter or the Company or Partnership to continue coverage by research analysts in accordance with FINRA Rule 2711 or any successor rule.
     (g)  Compliance with Laws . The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Units and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Units are listed, quoted or traded, and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall,

-14-


 

if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. In the event an Award is granted to or held by a Participant who is employed or providing services outside the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan or of such Award as they pertain to such individual to comply with applicable foreign law or to recognize differences in local law, currency or tax policy. The Committee may also impose conditions on the grant, issuance, exercise, vesting, settlement or retention of Awards in order to comply with such foreign law and/or to minimize the Company’s or the Partnership’s obligations with respect to tax equalization for Participants employed outside their home country
     (h)  Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.
     (i)  Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable law or, if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
     (j)  Other Laws . The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Units or other consideration under an Award if, in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Units or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation, the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are then traded, or entitle the Partnership or an Affiliate to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary.
     (k)  No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any participating Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any participating Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Company or any participating Affiliate.
     (l)  No Fractional Units . No fractional Units shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Units or whether such fractional Units or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

-15-


 

     (m)  Headings . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.
     (n)  No Guarantee of Tax Consequences . None of the Board, the Committee, the Company nor the Partnership makes any commitment or guarantee that any federal, state or local tax treatment will (or will not) apply or be available to any Participant.
     (o)  Clawback; Misconduct . To the extent required by applicable law or any applicable securities exchange listing standards, Awards and amounts paid or payable pursuant to or with respect to Awards shall be subject to clawback as determined by the Committee, which clawback may include forfeiture, repurchase and/or recoupment of Awards and amounts paid or payable pursuant to or with respect to Awards. In addition, and without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided by the Committee, if at any time (including after a notice of exercise has been delivered or an award has vested) the Committee or any person designated by the Committee (each such person, an “Authorized Officer”) reasonably believes that a Participant may have committed an Act of Misconduct as described in this Section 8(o), the Authorized Officer, the Committee or the Board may suspend the Participant’s rights to exercise or to vest in an Award, and/or to receive payment for or receive Units in settlement of an Award pending a determination of whether an Act of Misconduct has been committed.
     If the Committee or an Authorized Officer determines a Participant has committed an act of embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty, nonpayment of any obligation owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, breach of fiduciary duty, violation of ethics policy or code of conduct, or deliberate disregard of the Company’s or Affiliate of the Company’s rules resulting in loss, damage or injury to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or if a Participant makes an unauthorized disclosure of any trade secret or confidential information, solicits any employee or service provider to leave the employ or cease providing services to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, breaches any intellectual property or assignment of inventions covenant, engages in any conduct constituting unfair competition, breaches any non-competition agreement, induces any customer to breach a contract with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or to cease doing business with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or induces any principal for whom the Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as agent to terminate such agency relationship (any of the foregoing acts, an “Act of Misconduct”), then except as otherwise provided by the Committee, (i) neither the Participant nor his or her estate nor transferee shall be entitled to exercise any Option or Unit Appreciation Right whatsoever, vest in or have the restrictions on an Award lapse, or otherwise receive payment of an Award, (ii) the Participant will forfeit all outstanding Awards and (iii) the Participant may be required, at the Committee’s sole discretion, to return and/or repay to the Company or the Partnership any then unvested Units previously granted under the Plan. In making such determination, the Committee or an Authorized Officer shall give the Participant an opportunity to appear and present evidence on his or her behalf at a hearing before the Committee or its designee or an opportunity to submit written comments, documents, information and arguments to be considered by the Committee.

-16-


 

     (p)  Facility Payment . Any amounts payable hereunder to any person under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to manage properly his financial affairs, may be paid to the legal representative of such person, or may be applied for the benefit of such person in any manner that the Committee may select, and the Partnership, the Company and all of their Affiliates shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.
     SECTION 9. Term of the Plan .
     The Plan shall be effective on the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board and shall continue until the earliest of (i) the date terminated by the Board, or (ii) the 10th anniversary of the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board. However, any Award granted prior to such termination, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award, shall extend beyond such termination date. The Plan shall, within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan, be submitted for approval by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Partnership entitled to vote.

-17-

Exhibit 10.4
 
 
FORM OF
OMNIBUS AGREEMENT
among
TESORO CORPORATION,
TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY,
TESORO COMPANIES, INC.,
TESORO ALASKA COMPANY,
TESORO LOGISTICS LP,
and
TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC
 
 

 


 

OMNIBUS AGREEMENT
          This OMNIBUS AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into on, and effective as of, the Closing Date (as defined herein) among Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Tesoro ”), on behalf of itself and the other Tesoro Entities (as defined herein), Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Tesoro Refining and Marketing ”), Tesoro Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tesoro Companies ”), Tesoro Alaska Company, a Delaware company (“ Tesoro Alaska ”), Tesoro Logistics LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), and Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”
R E C I T A L S :
     1. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article II , with respect to certain business opportunities that the Tesoro Entities (as defined herein) will not engage in for so long as the Partnership is an Affiliate of Tesoro.
     2. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article III , with respect to certain indemnification obligations of the Parties to each other.
     3. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article IV , with respect to the amount to be paid by the Partnership for the centralized corporate services to be performed by the General Partner and its Affiliates (as defined herein) for and on behalf of the Partnership Group (as defined herein).
     4. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article V , with respect to certain maintenance capital and other expenditures to be reimbursed by Tesoro Refining and Marketing to the Partnership Group.
     5. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article VI , with respect to the Partnership Group’s right of first offer with respect to the ROFO Assets (as defined herein).
     6. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article VII , with respect to the granting of a license from Tesoro to the Partnership Group and the General Partner.
     7. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article VIII , with respect to the transfer of the Represented Employees (as defined herein) from Tesoro Refining and Marketing to the General Partner and the Partnership Group’s right to use certain vehicles leased by the General Partner.

 


 

          In consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
     1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:
          “ Administrative Fee ” is defined in Section 4.1 .
          “ Affiliate ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
          “ Annual Environmental Deductible ” is defined in Section 3.7 .
          “ Annual ROW Deductible ” is defined in Section 3.7 .
          “ Assets ” means all gathering pipelines, transportation pipelines, storage tanks, trucks, truck racks, terminal facilities, offices and related equipment, real estate and other assets, or portions thereof, conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred or intended to be conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to any member of the Partnership Group, or owned by, leased by or necessary for the operation of the business, properties or assets of any member of the Partnership Group, prior to or as of the Closing Date.
          “ Closing Date ” means [_____], 2011.
          “ Common Units ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
          “ Conflicts Committee ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
          “ Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the General Partner, the Partnership, Tesoro Logistics LLC, Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC and certain other Tesoro Entities, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder.
          “ control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
          “ Covered Environmental Losses ” is defined in Section 3.1 .
          “ Environmental Laws ” means all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, judgments, ordinances, codes, injunctions, decrees, Environmental Permits and other legally enforceable requirements and rules of common law now or hereafter in effect, relating to pollution or protection of human health and the environment including, without limitation, the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability

2


 

Act, the Superfund Amendments Reauthorization Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Oil Pollution Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, and other environmental conservation and protection laws, each as amended from time to time.
          “ Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license, registration, consent, exemption, variance or other authorization required under or issued pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          “ Hazardous Substance ” means (a) any substance that is designated, defined or classified as a hazardous waste, solid waste, hazardous material, pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous substance, or terms of similar meaning, or that is otherwise regulated under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, any hazardous substance as defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, and (b) petroleum, oil, gasoline, natural gas, fuel oil, motor oil, waste oil, diesel fuel, jet fuel, and other refined petroleum hydrocarbons.
          “ Identification Deadline ” means the later of (a) [_______], 2013 [Note: Two years after the Closing Date] and (b) the earlier of (i) [_______], 2016 [Note: Five years after the Closing Date] and (ii) the occurrence of a Partnership Change of Control.
          “ Indemnified Party ” means the Partnership Group or the Tesoro Entities, as the case may be, in its capacity as the party entitled to indemnification in accordance with Article III .
          “ Indemnifying Party ” means either the Partnership Group, Tesoro Refining and Marketing or Tesoro Alaska, as the case may be, in its capacity as the party from whom indemnification may be sought in accordance with Article III .
          “ License ” is defined in Section 7.1 .
          “ Limited Partner ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
          “ Losses ” means any losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorney’s and expert’s fees) of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent.
          “ Marks ” is defined in Section 7.1 .
          “ Name ” is defined in Section 7.1 .
          “ NuStar Agreement ” means that certain Pipeline Control Center Services Agreement dated December 24, 2002 between Kaneb Pipe Line Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company, a Delaware corporation.

3


 

          “ Offer ” is defined in Section 2.3 .
          “ Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Tesoro Logistics LP, dated as of the Closing Date, as such agreement is in effect on the Closing Date, to which reference is hereby made for all purposes of this Agreement.
          “ Partnership Change of Control ” means Tesoro ceases to control the general partner of the Partnership.
          “ Partnership Group ” means the Partnership and any of its Subsidiaries, treated as a single consolidated entity.
          “ Partnership Group Member ” means any member of the Partnership Group.
          “ Partnership Security ” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.
          “ Party ” and “ Parties ” are defined in the introduction to this Agreement.
          “ Permitted Exceptions ” is defined in Section 2.2 .
          “ Person ” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
          “ Proposed Transaction ” is defined in Section 6.2(a) .
          “ Prudent Industry Practice ” means such practices, methods, acts, techniques, and standards as are in effect at the time in question that are consistent with the higher of (a) the standards generally followed by the United States pipeline and terminalling industries and (b) the standards applied or followed by Tesoro or its Affiliates in the performance of similar tasks or projects, or by the Partnership Group or its Affiliates in the performance of similar tasks or projects.
          “ Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Partnership with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (Registration No. 333-171525), as amended.
          “ Represented Employees ” is defined in Section 8.1(a) .
          “ Restricted Activities ” is defined in Section 2.1 .
          “ Retained Assets ” means all gathering pipelines, transportation pipelines, storage tanks, trucks, truck racks, terminal facilities, offices and related equipment, real estate and other related assets, or portions thereof owned by any of the Tesoro Entities that were not directly or indirectly conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred to the Partnership Group pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or the other documents referred to in the Contribution Agreement, including, for the avoidance of doubt, all gathering pipelines, transportation pipelines, storage

4


 

tanks, trucks, truck racks, terminal facilities, offices and related equipment, real estate and other related assets, or portions thereof owned by any of the Tesoro Entities and located in Hawaii.
          “ ROFO Asset Owner ” means, with respect to a ROFO Asset, the applicable Tesoro Entity set forth opposite such ROFO Asset on Schedule V to this Agreement.
          “ ROFO Assets ” means the assets listed on Schedule V to this Agreement.
          “ ROFO Notice ” is defined in Section 6.2(a) .
          “ ROFO Period ” is defined in Section 6.1(a) .
          “ ROFO Response ” is defined in Section 6.2(a) .
          “ Subject Assets ” is defined in Section 2.2(c) .
          “ Tesoro Entities ” means Tesoro and any Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by Tesoro other than the General Partner or a member of the Partnership Group; and “ Tesoro Entity ” means any of the Tesoro Entities.
          “ Transfer ” means to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of, whether in one or a series of transactions.
          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors, managers or other governing body of such Person.
          “ Voting Stock ” means securities of any class of a Person entitling the holders thereof to vote on a regular basis in the election of members of the board of directors or other governing body of such Person.
ARTICLE II
Business Opportunities
     2.1 Restricted Activities . Except as permitted by Section 2.2 , the General Partner and each of the Tesoro Entities shall be prohibited from owning, operating, engaging in, acquiring, or

5


 

investing in any business that owns or operates crude oil or refined products pipelines, terminals or storage facilities in the United States (“ Restricted Activities ”).
     2.2 Permitted Exceptions . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 2.1 to the contrary, the Tesoro Entities may engage in the following activities under the following circumstances (collectively, the “ Permitted Exceptions ”):
          (a) the ownership and/or operation of any of the Retained Assets (including replacements or expansions of the Retained Assets);
          (b) the acquisition, ownership or operation of any logistics asset, including, without limitation, any crude oil or refined products pipeline, terminal or storage facility, that is acquired or constructed by a Tesoro Entity and that is (i) within, directly connected to, substantially dedicated to, or an integral part of, any refinery owned, acquired or constructed by a Tesoro Entity or (ii) acquired or constructed by a Tesoro Entity to replace an Asset of the Partnership Group that no longer provides services to any Tesoro Entity due to the occurrence of a force majeure event under a commercial contract between one or more Tesoro Entities and one or more members of the Partnership Group that prevents the Partnership Group from providing services under such commercial contract;
          (c) the acquisition, ownership or operation of any asset or group of related assets used in the activities described in Section 2.1 that are acquired or constructed by a Tesoro Entity after the date of this Agreement (the “ Subject Assets ”) if:
               (i) the fair market value of the Subject Assets (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, or other governing body, of the Tesoro Entity that will own the Subject Assets) is less than $5 million at the time of such acquisition by the Tesoro Entity or completion of construction, as the case may be; or
               (ii) in the case of an acquisition or the construction of Subject Assets with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, or other governing body, of the Tesoro Entity that will own the Subject Assets) equal to or greater than $5 million at the time of such acquisition by a Tesoro Entity or the completion of construction, as applicable, the Partnership has been offered the opportunity to purchase the Subject Assets in accordance with Section 2.3 and the Partnership has elected not to purchase the Subject Assets; and
          (d) the ownership of equity interests in the General Partner and the Partnership Group.
     2.3 Procedures .
          (a) If a Tesoro Entity acquires or constructs Subject Assets as described in Section 2.2(c)(ii) , then not later than six months after the consummation of the acquisition or the completion of construction by such Tesoro Entity of the Subject Assets, as the case may be, the Tesoro Entity shall notify the General Partner in writing of such acquisition or construction and offer the Partnership Group the opportunity to purchase such Subject Assets in accordance with this Section 2.3 (the “ Offer ”). The Offer shall set forth the terms relating to the purchase of the

6


 

Subject Assets and, if any Tesoro Entity desires to utilize the Subject Assets, the Offer will also include the terms on which the Partnership Group will provide services to the Tesoro Entity to enable the Tesoro Entity to utilize the Subject Assets. As soon as practicable, but in any event within 60 days after receipt of such written notification, the General Partner shall notify the Tesoro Entity in writing that either (i) the General Partner has elected not to cause a Partnership Group Member to purchase the Subject Assets, in which event the Tesoro Entity shall be forever free to continue to own or operate such Subject Assets, or (ii) the General Partner has elected to cause a Partnership Group Member to purchase the Subject Assets, in which event the procedures outlined in the remainder of this Section 2.3 shall apply.
          (b) If the Tesoro Entity and the General Partner are able to agree on the fair market value of the Subject Assets that are subject to the Offer and the other terms of the Offer including, without limitation, the terms, if any, on which the Partnership Group will provide services to the Tesoro Entity to enable the Tesoro Entity to utilize the Subject Assets, within 60 days after receipt by the General Partner of the Offer, a Partnership Group Member shall purchase the Subject Assets for the agreed upon fair market value as soon as commercially practicable after such agreement has been reached and, if applicable, enter into an agreement with the Tesoro Entity to provide services in a manner consistent with the Offer.
          (c) If the Tesoro Entity and the General Partner are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Subject Assets that are subject to the Offer or the other terms of the Offer including, if applicable, the terms on which the Partnership Group will provide services to the Tesoro Entity to enable the Tesoro Entity to utilize the Subject Assets, within 60 days after receipt by the General Partner of the Offer, the Tesoro Entity and the General Partner will engage a mutually agreed upon, nationally recognized investment banking firm to determine the fair market value of the Subject Assets and any other terms on which the Partnership Group and the Tesoro Entity are unable to agree. The investment banking firm will determine the fair market value of the Subject Assets and any other terms on which the Partnership Group and the Tesoro Entity are unable to agree within 30 days of its engagement and furnish the Tesoro Entity and the General Partner its determination. The fees of the investment banking firm will be split equally between the Tesoro Entity and the Partnership Group. Once the investment banking firm has submitted its determination of the fair market value of the Subject Assets and any other terms on which the Partnership Group and the Tesoro Entity are unable to agree, the General Partner will have the right, but not the obligation to cause a Partnership Group Member to purchase the Subject Assets pursuant to the Offer, as modified by the determination of the investment banking firm. If the General Partner elects to cause a Partnership Group Member to purchase the Subject Assets, then the Partnership Group Member shall purchase the Subject Assets under the terms of the Offer, as modified by the determination of the investment banking firm as soon as commercially practicable after such determination and, if applicable, enter into an agreement with the Tesoro Entity to provide services in a manner consistent with the Offer, as modified by the determination of the investment banking firm.
     2.4 Scope of Prohibition . Except as provided in this Article II and the Partnership Agreement, each Tesoro Entity shall be free to engage in any business activity, including those that may be in direct competition with any Partnership Group Member.

7


 

     2.5 Enforcement . The Tesoro Entities agree and acknowledge that the Partnership Group does not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach by the Tesoro Entities of the covenants and agreements set forth in this Article II , and that any breach by the Tesoro Entities of the covenants and agreements set forth in this Article II would result in irreparable injury to the Partnership Group. The Tesoro Entities further agree and acknowledge that any Partnership Group Member may, in addition to the other remedies which may be available to the Partnership Group, file a suit in equity to enjoin the Tesoro Entities from such breach, and consent to the issuance of injunctive relief under this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
Indemnification
     3.1 Environmental Indemnification .
          (a) Subject to Section 3.2 and Section 3.7 , each of Tesoro Refining and Marketing and Tesoro Alaska, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group, directly or indirectly, or as a result of any claim by a third party, by reason of or arising out of:
               (i) any violation or correction of violation of Environmental Laws;
               (ii) any event, condition or environmental matter associated with or arising from the ownership or operation of the Assets (including, without limitation, the presence of Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating to or from the Assets or the disposal or release of Hazardous Substances generated by operation of the Assets at non-Asset locations) including, without limitation, (A) the cost and expense of any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation, or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws, (B) the cost or expense of the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial, corrective action, or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws, and (C) the cost and expense of any environmental or toxic tort pre-trial, trial, or appellate legal or litigation support work;
               (iii) any event, condition or environmental matter or currently pending legal action against the Tesoro Entities, a true and correct summary of which is described on Schedule I attached hereto; and
               (iv) any event, condition or environmental matter associated with or arising from the Retained Assets, whether occurring before or after the Closing Date;
provided, however, that with respect to any violation under Section 3.1(a)(i) or any event, condition or environmental matter included under Section 3.1(a)(ii) that is associated with the ownership or operation of the Assets, Tesoro Refining and Marketing and Tesoro Alaska will be obligated to indemnify the Partnership Group only to the extent that such violation, event, condition or environmental matter (x) occurred before the Closing Date under then-applicable Environmental Laws and (y)(i) such violation, event, condition or environmental matter is set forth on Schedule II attached hereto or (ii) Tesoro is notified in writing of such violation, event,

8


 

condition or environmental matter prior to the Identification Deadline ( clauses (i) through (iv) collectively, “ Covered Environmental Losses ”).
          (b) The Partnership Group shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Tesoro Entities from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by the Tesoro Entities, directly or indirectly, or as a result of any claim by a third party, by reason of or arising out of:
               (i) any violation or correction of violation of Environmental Laws associated with or arising from the ownership or operation of the Assets; and
               (ii) any event, condition or environmental matter associated with or arising from the ownership or operation of the Assets (including, but not limited to, the presence of Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating to or from the Assets or the disposal or release of Hazardous Substances generated by operation of the Assets at non-Asset locations) including, without limitation, (A) the cost and expense of any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation, or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws, (B) the cost or expense of the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial, corrective action, or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws, and (C) the cost and expense for any environmental or toxic tort pre-trial, trial, or appellate legal or litigation support work;
and regardless of whether such violation under Section 3.1(b)(i) or such event, condition or environmental matter included under Section 3.1(b)(ii) occurred before or after the Closing Date, in each case, to the extent that any of the foregoing are not Covered Environmental Losses for which the Partnership Group is entitled to indemnification from Tesoro under this Article III without giving effect to the Annual Environmental Deductible.
     3.2 Right of Way Indemnification . Subject to Section 3.7 , each of Tesoro Refining and Marketing and Tesoro Alaska, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group by reason of or arising out of (a) the failure of the applicable Partnership Group Member to be the owner of such valid and indefeasible easement rights or fee ownership or leasehold interests in and to the lands on which any crude oil or refined products pipeline or related pump station, storage tank, terminal or truck rack or any related facility or equipment conveyed or contributed to the applicable Partnership Group Member on the Closing Date is located as of the Closing Date, and such failure renders the Partnership Group liable to a third party or unable to use or operate the Assets in substantially the same manner that the Assets were used and operated by the applicable Tesoro Entity immediately prior to the Closing Date as described in the Registration Statement; (b) the failure of the applicable Partnership Group Member to have the consents, licenses and permits necessary to allow any such pipeline referred to in clause (a) of this Section 3.2 to cross the roads, waterways, railroads and other areas upon which any such pipeline is located as of the Closing Date, and such failure renders the Partnership Group liable to a third party or unable to use or operate the Assets in substantially the same manner that the Assets were used and operated by the applicable Tesoro Entity immediately prior to the Closing Date as described in the Registration Statement; and (c) the cost of curing any condition set forth in clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.2 that does not allow any

9


 

Asset to be operated in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice, in each case to the extent that Tesoro is notified in writing of any of the foregoing prior to the Identification Deadline.
     3.3 Pipeline Control Center Services Indemnification and Related Matters . Tesoro Refining and Marketing shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on [_____], 2016 [Note: Five years after the Closing Date] , in excess of $15,000 per month as a result of (a) the non-renewal or failure to extend the terms of the NuStar Agreement beyond December 31, 2012, (b) an increase in the service fee described in Section 2.1 of the Nustar Agreement or (c) the cost and expense of any third-party service provider or operator or any Tesoro Entity providing control and monitoring functions (including, but not limited to pipeline scheduling, leak detection, reconciliation of oil transfer tickets, data reporting, customer support, SCADA systems support, satellite communication, compliance and regulatory services, general technical support and operations, maintenance and emergency response manuals) on or for the High Plains pipeline system, provided, however , that Tesoro Refining and Marketing shall not be required to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group pursuant to this Section 3.3 in excess of $2,500,000. If the Partnership Group fails to extend the term of the NuStar Agreement beyond December 31, 2012 or is unable to procure the services of a third-party service provider or operator or any Tesoro Entity to provide control and monitoring services, the Partnership Group may request in writing that Tesoro Refining and Marketing construct a control room that is adequate to enable the Partnership Group to control and monitor the High Plains pipeline system in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice for the sole purposes of providing such services. In the event of such request, Tesoro Refining and Marketing shall, within 30 days of receipt of such request, notify the Partnership Group of (i) its intent to, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, promptly construct or (ii) its intent to, and shall, bear the cost of constructing, a control room, subject to a maximum amount of $2,500,000 less any amounts previously paid to the Partnership Group under this Section 3.3.
     3.4 Represented Employees . The General Partner shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tesoro Refining and Marketing from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by Tesoro Refining and Marketing by reason of or arising out of the transfer of the Represented Employees to the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.1 and the employment of the Represented Employees by the General Partner, including any Losses suffered or incurred resulting from actions taken, or liabilities incurred by Tesoro Refining and Marketing with respect to the Represented Employees in connection with applicable collective bargaining agreements covering such Represented Employees.
     3.5 Additional Indemnification .
          (a) In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification provided under Sections 3.1(a) , 3.2 , and 3.3 , each of Tesoro Refining and Marketing and Tesoro Alaska, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Partnership Group from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group by reason of or arising out of (i) events and conditions associated with the ownership or operation of the Assets and occurring before the Closing Date (other than Covered Environmental Losses, which are

10


 

provided for under Sections 3.1 , and those Losses provided for under Section 3.2 ) to the extent that Tesoro is notified in writing of any of the foregoing prior to [______], 2021 [Note: Ten years after the Closing Date] , (ii) any currently pending legal actions against the Tesoro Entities set forth on Schedule III attached hereto, (iii) events and conditions associated with the Retained Assets and whether occurring before or after the Closing Date, (iv) the failure to obtain any necessary consent from the North Dakota Public Service Commission or the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission for the conveyance to the Partnership Group of any pipelines located in North Dakota, Montana and Utah, if applicable, and (v) all federal, state and local income tax liabilities attributable to the ownership or operation of the Assets prior to the Closing Date, including under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state or local law), and any such income tax liabilities of the Tesoro Entities that may result from the consummation of the formation transactions for the Partnership Group and the General Partner occurring on or prior to the Closing Date.
          (b) In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification provided under Section 3.1(b) or 3.4 or the Partnership Agreement, the Partnership Group shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Tesoro Entities from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by the Tesoro Entities by reason of or arising out of events and conditions associated with the ownership or operation of the Assets and occurring after the Closing Date (other than Covered Environmental Losses which are provided for under Section 3.1 ), unless such indemnification would not be permitted under the Partnership Agreement by reason of one of the provisos contained in Section 7.7(a) of the Partnership Agreement.
     3.6 Indemnification Procedures .
          (a) The Indemnified Party agrees that within a reasonable period of time after it becomes aware of facts giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Article III , it will provide notice thereof in writing to the Indemnifying Party, specifying the nature of and specific basis for such claim.
          (b) The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of (and any counterclaims with respect to) any claims brought against the Indemnified Party that are covered by the indemnification under this Article III , including, without limitation, the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such claim or any matter or any issues relating thereto; provided, however , that no such settlement shall be entered into without the consent of the Indemnified Party unless it includes a full release of the Indemnified Party from such claim.
          (c) The Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner with the Indemnifying Party, with respect to all aspects of the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification under this Article III , including, without limitation, the prompt furnishing to the Indemnifying Party of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the Indemnified Party may receive, permitting the name of the Indemnified Party to be utilized in connection with such defense, the making available to the Indemnifying Party of any files, records or other information of the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party considers relevant to such defense, the making available to the Indemnifying Party of any employees of the Indemnified Party and the granting to the Indemnifying Party of

11


 

reasonable access rights to the properties and facilities of the Indemnified Party; provided, however , that in connection therewith the Indemnifying Party agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of the Indemnified Party and further agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all files, records, and other information furnished by the Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 3.6 . In no event shall the obligation of the Indemnified Party to cooperate with the Indemnifying Party as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence be construed as imposing upon the Indemnified Party an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in this Article III ; provided, however , that the Indemnified Party may, at its own option, cost and expense, hire and pay for counsel in connection with any such defense. The Indemnifying Party agrees to keep any such counsel hired by the Indemnified Party informed as to the status of any such defense, but the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to retain sole control over such defense.
          (d) In determining the amount of any loss, cost, damage or expense for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the gross amount of the indemnification will be reduced by (i) any insurance proceeds realized by the Indemnified Party, and such correlative insurance benefit shall be net of any incremental insurance premium that becomes due and payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such claim and (ii) all amounts recovered by the Indemnified Party under contractual indemnities from third Persons.
     3.7 Limitations Regarding Indemnification .
          (a) Neither Tesoro Refining and Marketing nor Tesoro Alaska shall, in any calendar year, be obligated to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group for a Covered Environmental Loss under Section 3.1(a)(ii) until such time as the aggregate amount of all Covered Environmental Losses in such calendar year exceeds $250,000 (the “ Annual Environmental Deductible ”), at which time Tesoro Refining and Marketing and Tesoro Alaska shall be obligated to indemnify the Partnership Group for the amount of Covered Environmental Losses under Section 3.1(a)(ii) that are in excess of the Annual Environmental Deductible that are incurred by the Partnership Group in such calendar year. Neither Tesoro Refining and Marketing nor Tesoro Alaska shall, in any calendar year, be obligated to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group for any individual Loss under Section 3.2 until such time as the aggregate amount of all Losses under Section 3.2 that are in such calendar year exceeds $250,000 (the “ Annual ROW Deductible ”), at which time Tesoro Refining and Marketing and Tesoro Alaska shall be obligated to indemnify the Partnership Group for all Losses under Section 3.2 in excess of the Annual ROW Deductible that are incurred by the Partnership Group in such calendar year.
          (b) With respect to Sections 3.1 , 3.2 and 3.5(a) , Tesoro Alaska shall only be required to indemnify the Partnership Group for Covered Environmental Losses under Section 3.1 , Losses under Section 3.2 or Losses under Section 3.5(a) incurred in connection with or related to Assets conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred to the Partnership Group by Tesoro Alaska, and Tesoro Refining and Marketing shall be required to indemnify the Partnership Group for all other Covered Environmental Losses under Section 3.1 or Losses under Section 3.2 and Section 3.5(a) .

12


 

          (c) For the avoidance of doubt, there is no monetary cap on the amount of indemnity coverage provided by any Indemnifying Party under this Article III .
          (d) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION HEREUNDER COVER OR INCLUDE CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS SUFFERED BY ANY OTHER PARTY ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.
ARTICLE IV
Corporate Services
     4.1 General .
          (a) Tesoro agrees to provide, and agrees to cause its Affiliates to provide, on behalf of the General Partner, for the Partnership Group’s benefit of all the centralized corporate services that Tesoro and its Affiliates have traditionally provided in connection with the Assets including, without limitation, the general and administrative services listed on Schedule IV to this Agreement. As consideration for such services, the Partnership will pay Tesoro an administrative fee (the “ Administrative Fee ”) of $2.5 million per year, payable in equal monthly installments on or before the tenth business day of each month, commencing in the first month following the Closing Date. The Administrative Fee for the 2011 fiscal year will be prorated based on the number of days from the Closing Date to December 31, 2011. Tesoro may increase or decrease the Administrative Fee on each anniversary of the Closing Date, commencing on the second anniversary date of the Closing Date, by a percentage equal to the change in the Consumer Price Index — All Urban Consumers, U.S. City Average, Not Seasonally Adjusted over the previous 12 calendar months or to reflect any increase in the cost of providing centralized corporate services to the Partnership Group due to changes in any law, rule or regulation applicable to Tesoro or the Partnership Group, including any interpretation of such laws, rules or regulations.
          (b) At the end of each calendar year, the Partnership will have the right to submit to Tesoro a proposal to reduce the amount of the Administrative Fee for that year if the Partnership believes, in good faith, that the centralized corporate services performed by Tesoro and its Affiliates for the benefit of the Partnership Group for the year in question do not justify payment of the full Administrative Fee for that year. If the Partnership submits such a proposal to Tesoro, Tesoro agrees that it will negotiate in good faith with the Partnership to determine if the Administrative Fee for that year should be reduced and, if so, the amount of such reduction. If the Parties agree that the Administrative Fee for that year should be reduced, then Tesoro shall promptly pay to the Partnership the amount of any reduction for that year.
          (c) The Partnership Group shall reimburse Tesoro for all other direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred by Tesoro and its Affiliates on behalf of the Partnership Group including, but not limited to:
               (i) salaries of employees of the General Partner, Tesoro or its Affiliates, to the extent, but only to the extent, such employees perform services for the

13


 

Partnership Group, provided that for employees that do not devote all of their business time to the Partnership Group, such expenses shall be based on the annual weighted average of time spent and number of employees devoting services to the Partnership Group;
               (ii) the cost of employee benefits relating to employees of the General Partner, Tesoro or its Affiliates, including 401(k), pension, bonuses and health insurance benefits (but excluding Tesoro stock-based compensation expense), to the extent, but only to the extent, such employees perform services for the Partnership Group, provided that for employees that do not devote all of their business time to the Partnership Group, such expenses shall be based on the annual weighted average of time spent and number of employees devoting their services to the Partnership Group;
               (iii) any expenses incurred or payments made by Tesoro or its Affiliates for insurance coverage with respect to the Assets or the business of the Partnership Group;
               (iv) all expenses and expenditures incurred by Tesoro or its Affiliates as a result of the Partnership becoming and continuing as a publicly traded entity, including, but not limited to, costs associated with annual and quarterly reports, independent auditor fees, partnership governance and compliance, registrar and transfer agent fees, tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, legal fees and independent director compensation; and
               (v) all sales, use, excise, value added or similar taxes, if any, that may be applicable from time to time with respect to the services provided by Tesoro and its Affiliates to the Partnership Group pursuant to Section 4.1(a) .
     Such reimbursements shall be made on or before the tenth business day of the month following the month such costs and expenses are incurred, other than reimbursements solely related to bonuses for employees of the General Partner, which shall be reimbursed on or prior to the last business day of the month that such bonuses are paid. For the avoidance of doubt, the costs and expenses set forth in Section 4.1(c) shall be paid by the Partnership Group in addition to, and not as a part of or included in, the Administrative Fee.
ARTICLE V
Capital and Other Expenditures
     5.1 Reimbursement of Maintenance Capital and Other Expenditures . Tesoro Refining and Marketing will reimburse the Partnership Group on a dollar-for-dollar basis, without duplication, for each of the following:
          (a) during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on [_____], 2016 [Note: Five years after the Closing Date] , expenses incurred by the Partnership Group solely in order to comply with vapor recovery or combustion and spill containment requirements associated with the Assets;
          (b) expenses incurred by the Partnership Group for repairs and maintenance to storage tanks included as part of the Assets and expenses that are made solely in order to comply with current minimum standards under (i) the U.S. Department of Transportation’s Pipeline

14


 

Integrity Management Rule 49 CFR 195.452 and (ii) American Petroleum Institute (API) Standard 653 for Aboveground Storage Tanks, but only if and to the extent that such repairs and maintenance are identified before, during or as a result of the first scheduled API 653 inspections that occur after the Closing Date; and
          (c) those certain capital projects related to the Assets and described on Schedule VI attached hereto.
ARTICLE VI
Right of First Offer
     6.1 Right of First Offer to Purchase Certain Assets retained by Tesoro Entities .
          (a) Each ROFO Asset Owner hereby grants to the Partnership Group a right of first offer for a period of 10 years from the Closing Date (the “ ROFO Period ”) on any ROFO Asset set forth next to such ROFO Asset Owner’s name on Schedule V to the extent that such ROFO Asset Owner proposes to Transfer any ROFO Asset (other than to an Affiliate who agrees in writing that such ROFO Asset remains subject to the provisions of this Article VI and such Affiliate assumes the obligations under this Article VI with respect to such ROFO Asset) or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing during the ROFO Period.
          (b) The Parties acknowledge that any Transfer of ROFO Assets pursuant to the Partnership Group’s right of first offer is subject to the terms of all existing agreements with respect to the ROFO Assets; provided, however , that Tesoro represents and warrants that, to its knowledge after reasonable investigation, there are no terms in such agreements that would materially impair the rights granted to the Partnership Group pursuant to this Article VI with respect to any ROFO Asset.
     6.2 Procedures.
          (a) In the event a ROFO Asset Owner proposes to Transfer any applicable ROFO Asset (other than to an Affiliate) during the ROFO Period (a “ Proposed Transaction ”), such ROFO Asset Owner shall, prior to entering into any such Proposed Transaction, first give notice in writing to the Partnership Group (the “ ROFO Notice ”) of its intention to enter into such Proposed Transaction. The ROFO Notice shall include any material terms, conditions and details as would be necessary for a Partnership Group Member to make a responsive offer to enter into the Proposed Transaction with the applicable ROFO Asset Owner, which terms, conditions and details shall at a minimum include any terms, condition or details that such ROFO Asset Owner would propose to provide to non-Affiliates in connection with the Proposed Transaction. The Partnership Group shall have 60 days following receipt of the ROFO Notice to propose an offer to enter into the Proposed Transaction with such ROFO Asset Owner (the “ ROFO Response ”). The ROFO Response shall set forth the terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the purchase price the applicable Partnership Group Member proposes to pay for the ROFO Asset and the other terms of the purchase including, if requested by a Tesoro Entity, the terms on which the Partnership Group Member will provide services to the Tesoro Entity to enable the Tesoro Entity to utilize the applicable ROFO Asset) pursuant to which the Partnership Group would be willing to enter into a binding agreement for the Proposed Transaction. The decision

15


 

to issue the ROFO Response and the terms of the ROFO Response shall be subject to approval by the Conflicts Committee. If no ROFO Response is delivered by the Partnership Group within such 60-day period, then the Partnership Group shall be deemed to have waived its right of first offer with respect to such ROFO Asset.
          (b) Unless the ROFO Response is rejected pursuant to written notice delivered by the applicable ROFO Asset Owner to the applicable Partnership Group Member within 60 days of the delivery of the ROFO Response, such ROFO Response shall be deemed to have been accepted by the applicable ROFO Asset Owner and such ROFO Asset Owner shall enter into an agreement with the applicable Partnership Group Member providing for the consummation of the Proposed Transaction upon the terms set forth in the ROFO Response and, if applicable, the Partnership Group Member will enter into an agreement with the Tesoro Entity setting forth the terms on which the Partnership Group Member will provide services to the Tesoro Entity to enable the Tesoro Entity to utilize the ROFO Asset. Unless otherwise agreed between the applicable Tesoro Entity and Partnership Group Member, the terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:
               (i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver the agreed purchase price (in cash, Partnership Securities, an interest-bearing promissory note, or any combination thereof);
               (ii) the applicable ROFO Asset Owner will represent that it has title to the ROFO Assets that is sufficient to operate the ROFO Assets in accordance with their intended and historical use, subject to all recorded matters and all physical conditions in existence on the closing date for the purchase of the applicable ROFO Asset, plus any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve. If the Partnership Group Member desires to obtain any title insurance with respect to the ROFO Asset, the full cost and expense of obtaining the same (including but not limited to the cost of title examination, document duplication and policy premium) shall be borne by the Partnership Group Member;
               (iii) the applicable ROFO Asset Owner will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense prior to the delivery of the ROFO Response, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the ROFO Asset as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the ROFO Asset or interfere with the activities of the applicable ROFO Asset Owner;
               (iv) the closing date for the purchase of the ROFO Asset shall occur no later than 180 days following receipt by Tesoro of the ROFO Response pursuant to Section 6.2(a) ;
               (v) the applicable ROFO Asset Owner and Partnership Group Member shall use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to effectuate the consummation of any transactions contemplated by this Section 6.2(b) , including causing its respective Affiliates to execute, deliver and perform all documents, notices, amendments, certificates, instruments and consents required in connection therewith; and

16


 

               (vi) neither the applicable ROFO Asset Owner nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the applicable ROFO Asset if any of the consents referred to in Section 6.1(b) has not been obtained.
          (c) If the Partnership Group has not timely delivered a ROFO Response as specified above with respect to a Proposed Transaction that is subject to a ROFO Notice, the applicable ROFO Asset Owner shall be free to enter into a Proposed Transaction with any third party on terms and conditions no more favorable to such third party than those set forth in the ROFO Notice. If a ROFO Response with respect to any Proposed Transaction is rejected by the applicable ROFO Asset Owner, such ROFO Asset Owner shall be free to enter into a Proposed Transaction with any third party (i) on terms and conditions (excluding those relating to price) that are not more favorable in the aggregate to such third party than those proposed in respect of the Partnership Group in the ROFO Response and (ii) at a price equal to no less than 100% of the price offered by the applicable Partnership Group Member in the ROFO Response to such ROFO Asset Owner.
ARTICLE VII
License of Name and Mark
     7.1 Grant of License . Upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Article VII , Tesoro hereby grants and conveys to each of the entities currently or hereafter comprising a part of the Partnership Group a nontransferable, nonexclusive, royalty-free right and license (“ License ”) to use the name “Tesoro” (the “ Name ”) and any other trademarks owned by Tesoro which contain the Name (collectively, the “ Marks ”).
     7.2 Ownership and Quality . The Partnership agrees that ownership of the Name and the Marks and the goodwill relating thereto shall remain vested in Tesoro both during the term of this License and thereafter, and the Partnership further agrees, and agrees to cause the other members of the Partnership Group, never to challenge, contest or question the validity of Tesoro’s ownership of the Name and Marks or any registration thereto by Tesoro. In connection with the use of the Name and the Mark, the Partnership and any other member of the Partnership Group shall not in any manner represent that they have any ownership in the Name and the Marks or registration thereof except as set forth herein, and the Partnership, on behalf of itself and the other members of the Partnership Group, acknowledge that the use of the Name and the Marks shall not create any right, title or interest in or to the Name and the Mark, and all use of the Name and the Marks by the Partnership or any other member of the Partnership Group, shall inure to the benefit of Tesoro. The Partnership agrees, and agrees to cause the other members of the Partnership Group, to use the Name and Marks in accordance with such quality standards established by Tesoro and communicated to the Partnership from time to time, it being understood that the products and services offered by the members of the Partnership Group immediately before the Closing Date are of a quality that is acceptable to Tesoro and justifies the License.
     7.3 Termination . The License shall terminate upon a termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.4 .

17


 

ARTICLE VIII
Represented Employees; Vehicle Leases
     8.1 Transfer of Represented Employees . The Parties acknowledge and agree that certain Tesoro Refining and Marketing employees currently covered by existing collective bargaining agreements with Tesoro Refining and Marketing (the “ Represented Employees ”) have been or will be transferred to and become employees of the General Partner on or before December 31, 2011. The Parties agree to cooperate and shall take all action necessary to effectuate such transfer and shall comply with the terms of the applicable collective bargaining agreements with respect to the Represented Employees.
     8.2 Vehicle Leases . The Parties acknowledge and agree that the members of the Partnership Group shall have the right to use any vehicles leased by the General Partner for use in the operation of the Partnership Group’s business.
ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous
     9.1 Choice of Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state. Each Party hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Texas and to venue in San Antonio, Texas.
     9.2 Notice . All notices or requests or consents provided for by, or permitted to be given pursuant to, this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by depositing same in the United States mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by facsimile to such Party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by facsimile shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below such Party’s signature to this Agreement or at such other address as such Party may stipulate to the other Parties in the manner provided in this Section 9.2 .
     If to the Tesoro Entities:
Tesoro Corporation
1900 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259-1828
Attn: [______]
Facsimile: [______]
     If to the Partnership Group:

18


 

Tesoro Logistics LP
c/o Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, its General Partner
1900 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259-1828
Attn: [______]
Facsimile: [______]
     9.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.
     9.4 Termination of Agreement . This Agreement, other than the provisions set forth in Article III hereof, may be terminated by Tesoro or the Partnership upon a Partnership Change of Control. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties’ indemnification obligations under Article III shall survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with their respective terms.
     9.5 Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties hereto. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face an “Amendment” or an “Addendum” to this Agreement.
     9.6 Assignment . No Party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other Parties hereto; provided, however, that the Partnership may make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure working capital financing for the Partnership.
     9.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or in portable document format (.pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
     9.8 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court or regulatory body of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
     9.9 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.
     9.10 Rights of Limited Partners . The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the Parties to this Agreement, and no Limited Partner of the Partnership shall have the right, separate and apart from the Partnership, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any Party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

19


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Agreement on, and effective as of, the Closing Date.
         
  TESORO CORPORATION.
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  TESORO COMPANIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  TESORO ALASKA COMPANY
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  TESORO LOGISTICS LP

By: Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, its general partner

 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
[Signature page to Omnibus Agreement]

 


 

Schedule I
Pending Environmental Litigation
None.

 


 

Schedule II
Environmental Matters
1. Anchorage #1 Terminal soil and groundwater have been impacted by gasoline and diesel releases from previously buried pipelines. The site is considered characterized and is currently undergoing removal of product from the water table, groundwater treatment, and long-term monitoring.
2. Anchorage #2 Terminal soil and groundwater have been impacted by gasoline releases occurring prior to Tesoro’s purchase of the facility. The site is considered characterized and is currently undergoing groundwater monitoring and treatment. Off-site groundwater investigations are scheduled for 2012.
3. Stockton Terminal soil and groundwater have been impacted by gasoline and diesel releases from pipelines and/or product storage tanks. The site is considered substantially characterized and is undergoing groundwater treatment and groundwater monitoring. Off-site groundwater impacts are commingled with neighboring petroleum storage terminals.
4. Burley Terminal groundwater was impacted by gasoline releases occurring prior to Tesoro’s purchase of the facility. Groundwater impacts were commingled with neighboring petroleum storage terminals. Hydrocarbon concentrations in groundwater samples do not exceed previously established target levels for groundwater and surface water protection. Regulatory closure is pending.
5. Wilmington Sales Terminal soil and groundwater have been impacted by gasoline releases occurring prior to Tesoro’s purchase of the facility. Groundwater investigation and monitoring is on-going. Tesoro is indemnified by the previous owner for Investigation and remediation obligations.
6. Salt Lake City Terminal soil and groundwater have been impacted by gasoline and diesel releases from pipelines and/or product storage tanks occurring prior to Tesoro’s purchase of the facility. The site is considered characterized and is currently undergoing removal of product from the water table and long-term monitoring. There are no known soil or groundwater impacts at the Northwest Crude Oil tank farm.
7. The Stockton Terminal emits volatile organic compounds (VOCs) below “major source” emission criteria. In 2010, the San Joaquin Air Quality Management District announced it is reducing its major source threshold. When the Stockton Terminal expands its operations or increases throughput, the potential to emit VOC will increase and the Stockton terminal will become subject to regulation as a major source. This will require a Title V Air Operating Permit. In addition, the Stockton facility will be required to install an automated continuous emission monitor at a cost of approximately $75,000.

 


 

Schedule III
Pending Litigation
None.

 


 

Schedule IV
General and Administrative Services
(1)   Executive management services of Tesoro employees who devote less than 50% of their business time to the business and affairs of the Partnership, including stock based compensation expense
 
(2)   Financial and administrative services (including, but not limited to, treasury and accounting)
 
(3)   Information technology services
 
(4)   Legal services
 
(5)   Health, safety and environmental services
 
(6)   Human resources services
 
(7)   Insurance coverage under Tesoro insurance policies

 


 

Schedule V
ROFO Assets
     
Asset   Owner
 
   
Golden Eagle Refined Products Terminal (Martinez, California). A terminal located at the Golden Eagle Refinery consisting of a truck loading rack with three loading bays supplied by pipeline from storage tanks located at the Golden Eagle Refinery. The terminal does not have refined product storage capacity.
  Tesoro Refining and Marketing
 
   
Golden Eagle Marine Terminal (Martinez, California). A marine terminal located on the Sacramento River near the Golden Eagle Refinery consisting of a single-berth dock, five crude oil storage tanks with a combined 425,000 barrels of capacity and related pipelines. The terminal receives crude oil through marine vessel deliveries for delivery to the Golden Eagle Refinery and Tesoro Refining and Marketing’s Martinez terminal.
  Tesoro Refining and Marketing
 
   
Golden Eagle Wharf Facility (Martinez, California). A wharf facility located on the Sacramento River near the Golden Eagle Refinery consisting of a single-berth dock and related pipelines. The facility does not have crude oil or refined products storage capacity and receives refined products from the Golden Eagle Refinery through interconnecting pipelines for delivery into marine vessels. The facility can also receive refined products and intermediate feedstocks from marine vessels for delivery to the Golden Eagle Refinery.
  Tesoro Refining and Marketing
 
   
Tesoro Alaska Pipeline (Nikiski, Alaska). A common carrier pipeline consisting of approximately 69 miles of 10-inch pipeline with capacity to transport approximately 48,000 bpd of refined products from the Kenai Refinery to Anchorage International Airport and to a receiving station at the Port of Anchorage that is connected to the Partnership Group’s Anchorage terminal as well as third party terminals.
  Tesoro Alaska
 
   
Nikiski Dock and Storage Facility (Nikiski, Alaska). A single-berth dock and storage facility located at the Kenai Refinery that includes five crude oil storage tanks with a combined capacity of approximately 930,000 barrels, ballast water treatment capability and associated pipelines, pumps and metering stations. The dock and storage facility receives crude oil from marine tankers and from local production fields via pipeline and truck, and also delivers refined products from the refinery to marine vessels.
  Tesoro Alaska

 


 

     
Nikiski Refined Products Terminal (Nikiski, Alaska). A terminal located at the Kenai Refinery consisting of a truck loading rack with two loading bays supplied by pipeline from the Kenai Refinery and six refined product storage tanks with a combined capacity of 211,000 barrels.
  Tesoro Alaska
 
   
Los Angeles Crude Oil and Refined Products Pipeline System (Los Angeles, California). A pipeline system located in the Los Angeles, California metropolitan area consisting of nine separate U.S. Department of Transportation-regulated pipelines totaling approximately 17 miles in length that transport crude oil, feedstocks and refined products between Tesoro Refining and Marketing’s Los Angeles Refinery and Long Beach terminal and various third party facilities.
  Tesoro Refining and Marketing
 
   
Anacortes Refined Products Terminal (Anacortes, Washington). A terminal located at the Anacortes Refinery consisting of a truck loading rack with two loading bays that receive diesel fuel from storage tanks located at the Anacortes Refinery. The terminal does not have refined product storage capacity
  Tesoro Refining and Marketing
 
   
Anacortes Marine Terminal and Storage Facility (Anacortes, Washington). A marine terminal and storage facility located at the Anacortes Refinery consisting of a crude oil and refined products wharf facility and four storage tanks for crude oil and heavy products with a combined storage capacity of 1.4 million barrels. The marine terminal and storage facility receive crude oil and other feedstocks from marine vessels and third-party pipelines for delivery to the Anacortes Refinery. The facility also delivers refined products from the Anacortes Refinery to marine vessels.
  Tesoro Refining and Marketing
 
   
Long Beach Marine Terminal (Long Beach, California). A marine terminal leased from the Port of Long Beach, California consisting of a dock with two vessel berths. The terminal receives crude oil and other feedstocks from marine vessels for delivery to the Los Angeles Refinery and other third-party refineries and terminals, and receives refined and intermediate products from the Los Angeles Refinery for delivery to marine vessels.
  Tesoro Refining and Marketing

 


 

Schedule VI
Existing Capital Projects
Capital Projects
That certain project related to AFE # 102120001, which provides for side stream ethanol blending into all gasoline at the Salt Lake City terminal by adding truck ethanol unloading capability, utilizing the existing premium day tank for ethanol and delivering premium direct from the Salt Lake City refinery tankage. New ethanol truck unloading facilities will be installed. New Pumps will also be installed for delivering higher volumes of premium gasoline from the Salt Lake City refinery to the Salt Lake City terminal. An ethanol injection skid will be installed along with piping changing to the existing Salt Lake City terminal to allow the ethanol to be injected in the gasoline stream.
That certain project number 2010113058 at the Mandan refinery, to update additive equipment to allow the offering of Shell additized gasoline.
That certain project related to AFE # 107120005, which provides for ratio ethanol blending into gasoline on the rack at the Burley, Idaho Terminal by adding truck ethanol unloading capability, adding tankage for ethanol storage and installing new ethanol meters associated with each gasoline loading arm. New ethanol truck unloading facilities will also be installed.
That certain project number 2007000263 at the Mandan refinery, to update the truck rack sprinkler system.
That certain project number 2010113017 at the Mandan refinery, to upgrade the rack blending hydraulic system to reduce/eliminate inaccurate blends at the load rack.
That certain project number 2011433001 at the Mandan refinery, to move the JP8 to new bay and have three bays for loading product across the rack.
That certain project number 2011432602 at the Stockton terminal, install a continuous vapor emission monitor on the vapor recovery unit for compliance with air quality regulations.

 

Exhibit 10.5
FORM OF
OPERATIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
     THIS OPERATIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of _______ __, 2011, is made and entered into by and among Tesoro Companies Inc. (“ TCI ”), Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TRMC ”), Tesoro Alaska Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TAK ” and, together with TCI and TRMC, the “ Tesoro Group ”), Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”), Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TLO ”) and Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ THPPC ” and together with the General Partner and TLO, the “ Logistics Group ”). Each of TRMC, TAK, the General Partner, TLO and THPPC is referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”
RECITALS:
      WHEREAS , in connection with the initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests in Tesoro Logistics LP (the “ Partnership ”), the ownership interests in THPPC shall be contributed to the Partnership;
      WHEREAS , as of the effective date of such equity contribution to the Partnership (the “ Commencement Date ”), the Logistics Group desires for the Tesoro Group to provide to the Logistics Group certain services necessary to operate, manage, maintain and report the operating results of the Logistics Group’s assets, including gathering pipelines, transportation pipelines, storage tanks, trucks, truck racks, terminal facilities, offices and related equipment, real estate and other assets or portions thereof of the Logistics Group, on the terms and conditions described herein; and
      WHEREAS , there may be certain circumstances during the Term of this Agreement in which the Tesoro Group will desire for the Logistics Group to provide it with various services.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below:
     “ AFE ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person or (b) any Person owning or controlling fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting interests of such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “controls,” “is controlled by” or “is under common control with” shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “ Annual Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d).

 


 

     “ Applicable Law ” means any applicable statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, determination, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, requirement, or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit, license or other operating authorization issued by any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect.
     “ Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York, New York are open for the general transaction of business.
     “ Claim ” means any existing or threatened future claim, including third-party claims, demand, suit, action, investigation, proceeding, governmental action or cause of action of any kind or character (in each case, whether civil, criminal, investigative or administrative), known or unknown, under any theory, including those based on theories of contract, tort, statutory liability, strict liability, employer liability, premises liability, products liability, breach of warranty or malpractice.
     “ Commencement Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Confidential Information ” means all confidential, proprietary or non-public information of a Party, whether set forth in writing, orally or in any other manner, including all non-public information and material of such Party (and of companies with which such Party has entered into confidentiality agreements) that another Party obtains knowledge of or access to, including non-public information regarding products, processes, business strategies and plans, customer lists, research and development programs, computer programs, hardware configuration information, technical drawings, algorithms, know-how, formulas, processes, ideas, inventions (whether patentable or not), trade secrets, schematics and other technical, business, marketing and product development plans, revenues, expenses, earnings projections, forecasts, strategies, and other non-public business, technological, and financial information.
     “ Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement by and among Tesoro Logistics LP, Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, Tesoro Corporation, Tesoro Alaska Company, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company and Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC, dated as of the date hereof.
     “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
     “ Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.
     “ Facilities ” means Mandan Rack, North Dakota; Anchorage Terminal, Alaska; Salt Lake City Rack, Utah; Salt Lake City Storage Facility, Utah; Vancouver Terminal, Washington; Boise Terminal, Idaho; Burley Terminal, Idaho; Stockton Terminal, California; Wilmington Terminal, California; Salt Lake City Pipelines, Utah; and High Plains Pipeline System, North Dakota and Montana.
     “ Force Majeure ” means circumstances not reasonably within the control of the Service Provider and which, by the exercise of due diligence, the Service Provider is unable to prevent or overcome that prevent performance of the Service Provider’s obligations, including: acts of God, strikes, work stoppages, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, wars, riots, fires, floods, storms, orders of courts or Governmental Authorities, explosions, terrorist acts, breakage, accident to machinery, storage tanks or lines of pipe and inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment and similar events.

2


 

     “ Force Majeure Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).
     “ General Partner ” means Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC, and its successors and assigns, who is the general partner of the Partnership.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.
     “ Logistics Assets ” means the gathering pipelines, transportation pipelines, storage tanks, trucks, truck racks, terminal facilities, offices and related equipment, real estate and other assets, or portions thereof, conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred or intended to be conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, to any member of the Logistics Group, or owned by, leased by or necessary for the operation of the business, properties or assets of any member of the Logistics Group, prior to or as of the Commencement Date.
     “ Logistics Group ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Logistics Group Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a).
     “ Loss ” and “ Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10(a).
     “ Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Partnership Change of Control ” means Tesoro Corporation ceases to Control the general partner of the Partnership.
     “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or any department or agency thereof.
     “ Receiving Party Personnel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(d).
     “ Service Coordinator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
     “ Service Provider ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
     “ Service Recipient ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
     “ Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
     “ Service Schedules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
     “ TAK ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ TCI ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Term ” and “ Initial Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

3


 

     “ Terminated Service ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).
     “ Tesoro Group ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Tesoro Group Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(b).
     “ Tesoro Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).
     “ THPPC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ TLO ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ TRMC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
2. SERVICES; FEES
     (a) The Tesoro Group shall provide to the Logistics Group the services set forth below (the “ Services ,” at the Facilities, as more particularly described in the Schedule for each Facility attached to this Agreement (the “ Service Schedules ”). The Services provided by the Tesoro Group shall include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) communications; (ii) electricity; (iii) environmental permitting and maintenance and related services (including permitting and wastewater management); (iv) Facility maintenance; (v) fire and safety; (vi) natural gas; (vii) plant air; (viii) security; (ix) steam; (x) personnel support; and (xi) software services. In addition, the Parties acknowledge and agree that there may be certain future matters, from time to time, for which the Tesoro Group will need to provide assistance to the Logistics Group. These items will be negotiated in good faith by the Parties and the Services will be revised in writing by the Parties from time to time.
     (b) The Parties may from time to time, by mutual agreement, agree on various services to be provided by TLO or the General Partner to TRMC (the “ Tesoro Services ”). The Tesoro Services shall be provided at fees to be agreed upon by the Parties. The Tesoro Services shall be exclusive of the primary services being provided by TLO to the Tesoro Group under the commercial agreements and that certain Omnibus Agreement between the Parties dated as of the date hereof.
     (c) Reimbursement
     (i) The Logistics Group shall reimburse the Tesoro Group for any direct costs actually incurred by the Tesoro Group in providing the Services, provided that TLO shall not be required to pay or reimburse TRMC for Services that TRMC otherwise provides to support its own assets or the assets of its Affiliates (other than the Logistics Group). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that TLO requests TRMC to provide a Service (or acquire equipment or inventory in connection with such Service), specifically for a Logistics Asset, TRMC shall prepare a work order for such Service (or related equipment or inventory) or a capital or expense approval for expenditure (“ AFE ”), and TLO shall pay and reimburse TRMC for such Service (or related equipment or inventory), at TRMC’s actual cost, without additional markup.
     (ii) The Tesoro Group shall reimburse the Logistics Group for any direct costs actually incurred by the Logistics Group in providing the Tesoro Services, provided that TRMC shall not be required to pay or reimburse the Logistics Group for Tesoro Services that TLO otherwise provides to support its own assets or the assets of its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that TRMC requests the Logistics Group to provide a Tesoro Service (or acquire equipment or inventory in connection with such Tesoro Service), the Logistics Group

4


 

shall prepare a work order for such Tesoro Service (or related equipment or inventory) or a capital or expense AFE, and TRMC shall pay and reimburse the Logistics Group for such Tesoro Service (or related equipment or inventory), at TLO or the General Partner’s actual cost, without additional markup.
     (d) TLO shall pay to TRMC an annual fee, initially in the amount of $343,000 (the “ Annual Fee ”) for certain Services performed by certain of TRMC’s field-level employees at the Mandan Rack and Salt Lake City Storage Facility, as set forth on Schedule A , which Services, the Parties agree, shall be performed under the direction and control of TLO.
     (e) TRMC and TLO shall review the Annual Fee each year to determine whether an increase or decrease is appropriate with respect to the Services provided hereunder. If the Annual Fee is not otherwise adjusted, the Annual Fee shall be increased on July 1 of each year of the Term (as defined below), on an annual basis by a percentage equal to the greater of zero or the positive change in the Consumer Price Index — All Urban Consumers, U.S. City Average, Not Seasonally Adjusted over the previous 12 calendar months or to reflect any increase in the cost of providing Services to TLO due to changes in Applicable Law, including any interpretation of such Applicable Laws.
3. PAYMENTS; AUDIT
     (a) The Party providing the Services or the Tesoro Services (the “ Service Provider ”), as the case may be, shall invoice the recipient of Services or the Tesoro Services (the “ Service Recipient ”) on a monthly basis and the Service Recipient shall pay all amounts due no later than ten (10) calendar days after its receipt of the Service Provider’s invoices. Any past due payments owed by the Service Recipient to the Service Provider shall accrue interest, payable on demand, at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum from the due date of the payment through the actual date of payment.
     (b) The Parties shall keep books of account and other records, in reasonable detail and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and industry standards, consistently applied, with respect to the provision of the Services or the Tesoro Services and the fees charged, including time logs (or similar time allocation materials), receipts, and other related back-up materials. Such books of account and other records shall be open for the Service Recipient’s inspection during normal business hours upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice for twelve (12) months following the end of the calendar year in which such Services or Tesoro Services were rendered. This inspection right will include the right of the Service Recipient to have its accountants or auditors review such books and records. If an audit reveals that the Service Recipient paid more than the applicable fees for any applicable audited period or service, the Service Provider shall reimburse the Service Recipient for any amounts overpaid together with interest at a rate equal to the prime rate of interest on the original due date published by The Wall Street Journal , accruing from the date paid by the Service Recipient to the date reimbursed by the Service Provider.

5


 

4. COMMENCEMENT DATE
     The Parties anticipate that the Commencement Date will be _______ __, 2011. The actual Commencement Date shall be the date specified by TLO in a written notice to TRMC. The Parties agree that there are a number of factors that may affect the actual Commencement Date. Consequently, neither Party shall have any right or remedy against the other Party if the actual Commencement Date is earlier or later than the anticipated Commencement Date.
5. TERM; RENEWAL
     This Agreement shall have a term beginning on the Commencement Date and shall terminate on April 30, 2021 (the “ Initial Term ”). This Agreement may be extended by the Tesoro Group for up to two (2) renewal terms of five (5) years each (each, an “ Extension Period ,” and together with the Initial Term, the “ Term ”). To commence an Extension Period, the Tesoro Group shall provide written notice of its intent to the Logistics Group no less than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or the then-current Extension Period.
6. COVENANTS
     (a)  Service Coordinators . The Logistics Group and the Tesoro Group shall each appoint a contact person (each, a “ Service Coordinator ”) who shall serve as the primary point of contact for communications among the Parties relating to the day-to-day operations of the Services or the Tesoro Services, have overall responsibility for managing and coordinating the performance of the Parties’ obligations under this Agreement, and be authorized to act for and on behalf of the appointing Parties concerning all matters relating to this Agreement. Either of the Logistics Group and the Tesoro Group may appoint a new Service Coordinator upon written notice to the other’s Service Coordinator. If a Service Coordinator is reassigned or removed by the Party that appointed it, such Party shall promptly appoint a new Service Coordinator and provide notice to the other Parties of the new Service Coordinator so appointed.
     (b)  Access to Premises . Each Party shall give the other Parties reasonable access to its premises as may be required for the other Parties to provide or receive the Services or the Tesoro Services, as applicable, hereunder. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties, each Party shall: (i) use the premises of the other Parties solely for the purpose of providing or receiving the Services or the Tesoro Services and not to provide goods or services to or for the benefit of any third party or for any unlawful purpose; (ii) comply with all policies and procedures governing access to and use of such premises made known to such Party in advance, including all reasonable security requirements applicable to accessing the premises and any systems, technologies, or assets of the other Parties; (iii) instruct its employees and personnel, when visiting the premises, not to photograph or record, duplicate, remove, disclose, or transmit to a third party any of the other Parties’ Confidential Information, except as necessary to perform or receive the Services and/or the Tesoro Services; and (iv) return such space to the other Parties in the same condition it was in prior to such Party’s use of such space, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
     (c)  Access to Systems . If any Party has access (either on-site or remotely) to any other Party’s computer systems and/or information stores in connection with the Services and/or the Tesoro Services, such Party shall limit such access solely to the use of such systems for purposes of the provision or receipt of the Services or the Tesoro Services and shall not access, or attempt to access, the other Party’s computer systems, files, or software other than those agreed to by the Parties as being required for the Services or the Tesoro Services, or those that are publicly available (e.g., public websites). Each Party shall limit such access to those of its employees, agents, and representatives with a bona fide need to have

6


 

such access in connection with the Services or the Tesoro Services. Each Party shall follow, and shall cause all of its applicable employees, agents, and representatives to follow, all of the other Parties’ security rules and procedures when accessing the other Parties’ systems. All user identification numbers and passwords disclosed by any Party to another Party and any information obtained by any Party as a result of such Party’s access to and use of any other Party’s computer systems shall be deemed to be, and treated as, Confidential Information of the other Party. The Tesoro Group and the Logistics Group shall cooperate in the investigation of any apparent unauthorized access to any computer system and/or information stores of any Party.
     (d)  Data Back Up and Security . The Parties shall maintain industry standard data back up and recovery procedures, as well as an industry standard disaster avoidance and recovery plan, in connection with all of its systems used in performing the Services and the Tesoro Services. The Parties shall maintain and enforce physical, technical and logical security procedures with respect to the access and maintenance of any Confidential Information of the other Parties that is in the Service Provider’s possession, which procedures shall: (i) be at least equal to industry standards; (ii) be in full compliance with Applicable Law; and (iii) provide reasonably appropriate physical, technical and organizational safeguards against accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorized disclosure, theft or misuse.
     (e)  Use of Resources . In the provision of Services and Tesoro Services hereunder, the Parties shall have the right to use contractors, subcontractors, vendors or other third parties to assist the Service Provider in the provision of the Services or Tesoro Services, provided that such contractors, subcontractors, vendors or other third parties were providing services similar to the Services or the Tesoro Services, as applicable, during the twelve months prior to the Commencement Date. The Service Provider shall be responsible for the Services or the Tesoro Services performed by its subcontractors and the Service Provider shall be the Service Recipient’s primary point of contact regarding the Services or the Tesoro Services performed hereunder including with respect to payment. No subcontractor will be provided access to any Confidential Information of the other Party without first agreeing to protect the Confidential Information.
     (f)  Taxes . The Service Recipient shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes, levies, royalties, assessments, licenses, fees, charges, surcharges and sums due of any nature whatsoever (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) imposed by any federal, state or local government that the Service Provider incurs on its behalf for the services provided by the Service Provider under this Agreement. If the Service Provider is required to pay any of the foregoing, the Service Recipient shall promptly reimburse the Service Provider in accordance with the payment terms set forth in this Agreement.
7. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE
     The Parties shall perform the Services and the Tesoro Services, as applicable, using at least the same level of care, quality, timeliness, skill and adherence to applicable industry standards, in providing the Services and Tesoro Services, as applicable, as such Parties do in providing the Services and the Tesoro Services to such Party’s subsidiaries and Affiliates.
8. TERMINATION
     (a)  Termination for Convenience . Any specific service from the Service Schedules may be terminated by TLO (each such specific Service that has been terminated by TLO, a “ Terminated Service ”) upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to TRMC.

7


 

     (b)  Termination for Default .
     A Party shall be in default under this Agreement if:
     (i) the Party materially breaches any provision of this Agreement and such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) Business Days after notice thereof (which notice shall describe such breach in reasonable detail) is received by such Party;
     (ii) the Party (A) files a petition or otherwise commences, authorizes or acquiesces in the commencement of a proceeding or cause of action under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar Applicable Law, or has any such petition filed or commenced against it, (B) makes an assignment or any general arrangement for the benefit of creditors, (C) otherwise becomes bankrupt or insolvent (however evidenced) or (D) has a liquidator, administrator, receiver, trustee, conservator or similar official appointed with respect to it or any substantial portion of its property or assets; or
     (iii) If any of the Parties is in default as described above, then (i) if any member of the Tesoro Group is in default, the Logistics Group may or (ii) if any member of the Logistics Group is in default, any of the Tesoro Group may: (1) terminate this Agreement upon notice to the defaulting Parties; (2) withhold any payments due to the defaulting Parties under this Agreement; and/or (3) pursue any other remedy at law or in equity.
     (c)  Effect of Termination . Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, all rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however , that such termination shall not affect or excuse the performance of any Party (i) for any breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such termination or (ii) under any of the following provisions of this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement indefinitely: Section 5; Section 10; Section 14; and Section 15. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement or any Service, the each Party shall return to the other Party any equipment or other property or materials of such other Party (including but not limited to any materials containing Confidential Information) that are in the possession or control of such Party or any of its contractors (except to the extent they are required for use in connection with any non-terminated Services).
9. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES
     This Agreement does not form a partnership or joint venture between the Parties. This Agreement does not make any member of the Tesoro Group an agent or a legal representative of any member of the Logistics Group. No member of the Tesoro Group shall assume or create any obligation, liability, or responsibility, expressed or implied, on behalf of or in the name of any member of the Logistics Group.
10. INDEMNIFICATION
     (a)  Indemnification by the Tesoro Group . The Tesoro Group, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Logistics Group, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives of each member of the Logistics Group (collectively, the “ Logistics Group Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all Claims, and upon demand by the Logistics Group, shall protect and defend the Logistics Group Indemnified Parties from the same, alleged, asserted or suffered by or arising in favor of any Person, and shall pay any and all judgments or settlements of any kind or nature (to include interest) as well as court costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and any expenses incurred in

8


 

enforcing this indemnity provision (each a “ Loss ” and collectively, “ Losses ”), incurred by, imposed upon or rendered against one or more of the Logistics Group Indemnified Parties, whether based on contract, or tort, or pursuant to any statute, rule or regulation, and regardless of whether the Claims are foreseeable or unforeseeable, all to the extent that such Losses are in respect of or arise from (i) willful and material breaches by the Tesoro Group of this Agreement, or (ii) Claims by a third-party relating to (A) willful and material breaches by the Tesoro Group of this Agreement or (B) the Tesoro Group’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of the Services, PROVIDED THAT THE TESORO GROUP SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY OR HOLD HARMLESS THE LOGISTICS GROUP INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS TO THE EXTENT THEY RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF CONTRACT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF ANY LOGISTICS GROUP INDEMNIFIED PARTY.
     (b)  Indemnification by the Logistics Group . The Logistics Group shall indemnify and hold harmless the Tesoro Group, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives of the Tesoro Group (collectively, the “ Tesoro Group Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all Claims, and upon demand by the Tesoro Group, shall protect and defend the Tesoro Group Indemnified Parties from the same, alleged, asserted or suffered by or arising in favor of any Person, and shall pay any and all Losses incurred by, imposed upon or rendered against one or more of the Tesoro Group Indemnified Parties, whether based on contract, or tort, or pursuant to any statute, rule or regulation, and regardless of whether the Claims are foreseeable or unforeseeable, all to the extent that such Losses are in respect of or arise from (i) willful and material breaches by the Logistics Group of this Agreement or (ii) Claims by a third-party relating to (A) willful and material breaches by the Logistics Group of this Agreement or (B) the Logistics Group’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of the Tesoro Services, PROVIDED THAT THE LOGISTICS GROUP SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY OR HOLD HARMLESS THE TESORO GROUP INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS TO THE EXTENT THEY RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF CONTRACT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE, OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF ANY TESORO GROUP INDEMNIFIED PARTY.
     (c)  Indemnification Procedure . The indemnified Party agrees that within a reasonable period of time after it becomes aware of facts giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Section 10, it will provide notice thereof in writing to the indemnifying Party, specifying the nature of and specific basis for such Claim.
     (i) The indemnifying Party shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of (and any counterclaims with respect to) any Claims brought against the indemnified Party that are covered by the indemnification under this Section 10, including, without limitation, the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such claim or any matter or any issues relating thereto; provided, however , that no such settlement shall be entered into without the consent of the indemnified Party unless it includes a full release of the Indemnified Party from such Claim.
     (ii) The indemnified Party agrees to cooperate fully with the indemnifying Party, with respect to all aspects of the defense of any Claims covered by the indemnification under this Section 10, including, without limitation, the prompt furnishing to the indemnifying Party of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the indemnified Party may receive, permitting the name of the indemnified Party to be utilized in connection with such defense, the making available to the indemnifying Party of any files, records or other information of the indemnified Party that the indemnifying Party considers relevant to such defense and the making available

9


 

to the indemnifying Party of any employees of the indemnified Party; provided, however , that in connection therewith the indemnifying Party agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of the indemnified Party and further agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all files, records, and other information furnished by the indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 10(c). In no event shall the obligation of the indemnified Party to cooperate with the indemnifying Party as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence be construed as imposing upon the indemnified Party an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in this Section 10; provided, however , that the indemnified Party may, at its own option, cost and expense, hire and pay for counsel in connection with any such defense. The indemnifying Party agrees to keep any such counsel hired by the indemnified Party informed as to the status of any such defense, but the indemnifying Party shall have the right to retain sole control over such defense.
     (iii) In determining the amount of any loss, cost, damage or expense for which the indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the gross amount of the indemnification will be reduced by (i) any insurance proceeds realized by the indemnified Party, and such correlative insurance benefit shall be net of any incremental insurance premium that becomes due and payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such claim and (ii) all amounts recovered by the indemnified Party under contractual indemnities from third Persons.
     (d)  Limitation on Liability . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither Party shall be liable or responsible to the other Party or such other Party’s Affiliates for any consequential, incidental, or punitive damages, or for loss of profits or revenues (collectively referred to as “special damages”) incurred by such Party or its Affiliates that arise out of or relate to this Agreement, regardless of whether any such Claim arises under or results from contract, tort, or strict liability; provided that the foregoing limitation is not intended and shall not affect special damages imposed in favor of unaffiliated Persons that are not Parties to this Agreement.
11. FORCE MAJEURE
     (a) The Service Provider’s obligations under this Agreement may be temporarily suspended during the occurrence of, and for the entire duration of, a Force Majeure. As soon as possible upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure, the Service Provider shall provide the Service Recipient with written notice of the occurrence of such Force Majeure (a “ Force Majeure Notice ”). The Service Provider shall identify in such Force Majeure Notice the approximate length of time that it reasonably believes in good faith such Force Majeure shall continue. During the period of the Force Majeure event, the Service Provider shall be excused from the performance with respect to its obligations related to the provision of the applicable Service(s) or Tesoro Service(s) hereunder. The Service Recipient shall not be required to pay fees for any affected Service(s) or Tesoro Service(s), as the case may be, during the Force Majeure. The Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate and to overcome the effects of such event or circumstances and shall resume performance of its obligations as soon as practicable.
     (b) If a Force Majeure preventing performance of any of the Services or any of the Tesoro Services hereunder continues for twelve (12) consecutive months or more, either Party shall have the right to terminate its obligations under this Agreement with respect to the applicable Service or the applicable Tesoro Service suspended by such Force Majeure.

10


 

12. ASSIGNMENT; PARTNERSHIP CHANGE OF CONTROL
     (a) Neither the Logistics Group nor the Tesoro Group may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that either Party may subcontract any of the Services or Tesoro Services provided hereunder so long as such Services or Tesoro Services continue to be provided in a manner consistent with past practices and industry standards and in accordance with Section 6(e) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Logistics Group shall be permitted to make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure working capital financing for TLO. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     (b) The Tesoro Group may terminate this Agreement upon a Partnership Change of Control. The Logistics Group shall provide the Tesoro Group with notice of any Partnership Change of Control at least sixty (60) days prior to the effective date thereof.
13. NOTICE
     All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (i) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (ii) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) Business Days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (iii) if mailed by an internationally recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (iv) if by e-mail, one Business Day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices will be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:
If to TRMC, to:
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Attention:
phone:
email:
If to TLO or the General Partner, to:
Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Attention:
phone:
email:
or to such other address or to such other person as either Party will have last designated by notice to the other Party.
14. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
     (a)  Obligations . Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to retain the other Parties’ Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose the same to any third party nor use the same,

11


 

except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as expressly permitted in this Section 14. Each Party further agrees to take the same care with the other Party’s Confidential Information as it does with its own, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care. Excepted from these obligations of confidence and non-use is that information which:
          (i) is available, or becomes available, to the general public without fault of the receiving Party;
          (ii) was in the possession of the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis prior to receipt of the same from the disclosing Party (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that this exception shall not apply to information of the Logistics Group that was in the possession of the Tesoro Group or any of its Affiliates as a result of their ownership or operation of the Logistics Assets prior to the Commencement Date);
          (iii) is obtained by the receiving Party without an obligation of confidence from a third party who is rightfully in possession of such information and, to the receiving Party’s knowledge, is under no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; or
          (iv) is independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to or use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.
For the purpose of this Section 14, a specific item of Confidential Information shall not be deemed to be within the foregoing exceptions merely because it is embraced by, or underlies, more general information in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party.
     (b)  Required Disclosure . Notwithstanding Section 14(a) above, if the receiving Party becomes legally compelled to disclose the Confidential Information by a court, Governmental Authority or Applicable Law, or is required to disclose by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, any of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, the receiving Party shall promptly advise the disclosing Party of such requirement to disclose Confidential Information as soon as the receiving Party becomes aware that such a requirement to disclose might become effective, in order that, where possible, the disclosing Party may seek a protective order or such other remedy as the disclosing Party may consider appropriate in the circumstances. The receiving Party shall disclose only that portion of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that it is required to disclose and shall cooperate with the disclosing Party in allowing the disclosing Party to obtain such protective order or other relief.
     (c)  Return of Information . Upon written request by the disclosing Party, all of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in whatever form shall be returned to the disclosing Party upon termination of this Agreement or destroyed with destruction certified by the receiving Party, without the receiving Party retaining copies thereof except that one copy of all such Confidential Information may be retained by a Party’s legal department solely to the extent that such Party is required to keep a copy of such Confidential Information pursuant to Applicable Law and the receiving Party shall be entitled to retain any Confidential Information in the electronic form or stored on automatic computer back-up archiving systems during the period such backup or archived materials are retained under such Party’s customary procedures and policies; provided , however , that any Confidential Information retained by the receiving Party shall be maintained subject to confidentiality pursuant to the terms of this Section 14, and such archived or back-up Confidential Information shall not be accessed except as required by Applicable Law.
     (d)  Receiving Party Personnel . The receiving Party will limit access to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party to those of its employees, attorneys and contractors that have a need to

12


 

know such information in order for the receiving Party to exercise or perform its rights and obligations under this Agreement (the “ Receiving Party Personnel ”). The Receiving Party Personnel who have access to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party will be made aware of the confidentiality provision of this Agreement, and will be required to abide by the terms thereof. Any third party contractors that are given access to Confidential Information of a disclosing Party pursuant to the terms hereof shall be required to sign a written agreement pursuant to which such Receiving Party Personnel agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, which written agreement will expressly state that it is enforceable against such Receiving Party Personnel by the disclosing Party.
     (e)  Survival . The obligation of confidentiality under this Section 14 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years.
15. MISCELLANEOUS
     (a)  Modification; Waiver . This Agreement may be terminated, amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by the Parties. Any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived in writing at any time by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof. No waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or any breach thereof, will be effective unless in writing signed by a duly authorized individual on behalf of the Party against which the waiver is sought to be enforced. No waiver of any term or condition or of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed or will constitute a waiver of any other term or condition or of any later breach (whether or not similar), nor will such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
     (b)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Schedules, constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the Parties in connection therewith.
     (c)  Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles. Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal court of competent jurisdiction situated in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, or if such federal court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in the district court of Bexar County, Texas. The Parties expressly and irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of said Courts and irrevocably waive any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in such Courts, irrevocably waive any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably waive the right to object, with respect to such claim, action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court, that such Court does not have jurisdiction over such Party. The Parties hereby irrevocably consent to the service of process by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by personal service within or without the State of Texas. Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the Parties hereto, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.
     (e)  Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under Applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance will be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or

13


 

unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     (f)  No Third Party Beneficiaries . It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a Party or successor or permitted assignee of a Party.
     (g)  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM OF ANY OBLIGATION HEREUNDER.
     (h)  Schedules . Each of the Schedules attached hereto and referred to herein is hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.
[Signatures of the Parties follow on the next page.]

14


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Operational Services Agreement on _____ ___, 2011, to be effective as of the Commencement Date.
         
  TESORO COMPANIES INC.
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  TESORO ALASKA COMPANY
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  TESORO LOGISTICS OPERATIONS LLC
 
 
  By:        
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
  TESORO HIGH PLAINS PIPELINE COMPANY LLC
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 

 


 

Schedule A
Mandan Rack, North Dakota
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service   Amounts
Communications
       
Electricity
  $ 30,000  
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Natural Gas
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       
Personnel Support – Operations, Supply & Trading, Marketing, Security and Maintenance
  $ 213,000  

 


 

Schedule B
Anchorage Terminal, Alaska
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service        
Communications
       
Electricity
       
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Natural Gas
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       

 


 

Schedule C
Salt Lake City Rack, Utah
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service        
Communications
       
Electricity
       
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Natural Gas
       
Plant Air
       
Steam
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       

 


 

Schedule D

Salt Lake City Storage Facility, Utah
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service   Amounts
Communications
       
Electricity
       
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       
Personnel Support – Maintenance and Operations
  $ 100,000  

 


 

Schedule E
Vancouver Terminal, Washington
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service        
Communications
       
Electricity
       
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       

 


 

Schedule F
Boise Terminal, Idaho
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service        
Communications
       
Electricity
       
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Natural Gas
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       

 


 

Schedule G
Burley Terminal, Idaho
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service        
Communications
       
Electricity
       
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Natural Gas
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       

 


 

Schedule H
Stockton Terminal, California
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service        
Communications
       
Electricity
       
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       

 


 

Schedule I
Wilmington Terminal, California
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service        
Communications
       
Electricity
       
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Natural Gas
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       

 


 

Schedule J
Salt Lake City Pipelines, Utah
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service        
Communications
       
Electricity
       
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       

 


 

Schedule K
High Plains Pipeline System, North Dakota and Montana
Unless otherwise noted below, TRMC will provide the following Services to TLO in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement:
         
Service        
Communications
       
Electricity
       
Environmental Permitting and Maintenance
       
Facility Maintenance
       
Fire and Safety
       
Water
       
Wastewater
       

 

Exhibit 10.6
FORM OF
TRANSPORTATION SERVICES AGREEMENT
(High Plains Pipeline System)
     This TRANSPORTATION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of ______ __, 2011, by and between Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ THPP ”) and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TRMC ”), collectively referred to as “ Parties .”
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , THPP intends to provide transportation services with respect to crude petroleum owned by TRMC on the intrastate portions of the Pipeline System from various points in North Dakota to Mandan, North Dakota, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and
      WHEREAS , THPP will agree to operate and maintain the Pipeline System in good working order and ship crude petroleum for TRMC in North Dakota intrastate commerce on the Pipeline System, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and obligations contained herein, the Parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used throughout this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below, unless otherwise specifically defined herein.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Actual Costs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).
     “ Actual Shipments ” means crude petroleum that is physically delivered on the Pipeline System under NDPSC tariffs from North Dakota intrastate origin points on the Pipeline System to the Mandan Refinery, or such other North Dakota destinations as may be incorporated into the terms and conditions of this Agreement pursuant to Section 2(b).
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Applicable Law ” means any applicable statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, determination, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, requirement, or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit, license or other operating authorization issued by any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect.
     “ Available Capacity ” means the capacity usable for transportation of crude petroleum on each Segment of the Pipeline System, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2(b).
     “ Barrel ” means a volume equal to 42 U.S. gallons of 231 cubic inches each, at 60 degrees Fahrenheit under one atmosphere of pressure.
     “ bpd ” means Barrels per day.

 


 

     “ Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York, New York are open for the general transaction of business.
     “ Capacity Expansion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).
     “ Capacity Expansion Completion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).
     “ Capacity Resolution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(c).
     “ Commencement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
     “ Committed Tariff Rate ” means, for each separate Tariff Section of the Pipeline, the Firm Committed Rate specified on Schedule A for shipping crude petroleum from the origin set forth on Schedule A to the Mandan Refinery, as may be supplemented and revised from time to time, as provided herein.
     “ Confidential Information ” means all confidential, proprietary or non-public information of a Party, whether set forth in a writing, orally or in any other manner, including all non-public information and material of such Party (and of companies with which such Party has entered into confidentiality agreements) that another Party obtains knowledge of or access to, including non-public information regarding products, processes, business strategies and plans, customer lists, research and development programs, computer programs, hardware configuration information, technical drawings, algorithms, know-how, formulas, processes, ideas, inventions (whether patentable or not), trade secrets, schematics and other technical, business, marketing and product development plans, revenues, expenses, earnings projections, forecasts, strategies, and other non-public business, technological, and financial information, and specifically including without limitation all shipper information of TRMC that THPP is required by Applicable Law to protect as confidential.
     “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
     “ Credit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).
     “ Excess Barrels ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).
     “ Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.
     “ First Offer Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).
     “ Force Majeure ” means circumstances not reasonably within the control of THPP and which, by the exercise of due diligence, THPP is unable to prevent or overcome that prevent performance of THPP’s obligations, including: acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, wars, riots, fires, floods, storms, orders of courts or Governmental Authorities, explosions, terrorist acts, breakage, accident to machinery, storage tanks or lines of pipe and inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment and similar events.
     “ Force Majeure Notice ” and “ Force Majeure Period ” each have the meaning set forth in Section 12.
     “ FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

- 2 -


 

     “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.
     “ Mandan Refinery ” means the petroleum refinery owned by TRMC located in Mandan, North Dakota.
     “ Minimum Required Gathering Line Capacity ” means the average daily capacity of each portion of the gathering lines, tanks and associated lateral pipelines of the Pipeline System in 2010; provided, however, that THPP shall not be required to maintain a gathering pipeline in operation if the volume of crude petroleum being shipped on such gathering pipeline declines to a level where continued operation of the gathering line is uneconomic as determined by THPP.
     “ Minimum Required Terminal Capacity ” means, for each Terminal, the average daily terminalling capacity in 2010.
     “ Minimum Throughput Commitment ” means an average of 49,000 bpd per Month shipped on the Pipeline System in intrastate commerce in North Dakota, subject to adjustment for Capacity Expansions pursuant to Section 2; provided however, that the Minimum Throughput Commitment during the Month in which the Commencement Date or a Capacity Expansion Completion Date occurs shall be prorated in accordance with ratio of the number of days in such Month during which the Commencement Date or Capacity Expansion Completion Date (as to the additional bpd reserved by TRMC pursuant to Section 2) occurs bears to the total number of days in such Month.
     “ Month ” means the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the calendar month in which service begins and each successive calendar month thereafter.
     “ NDPSC ” means the North Dakota Public Service Commission.
     “ Notice Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(a).
     “ Offer Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d).
     “ Partnership Change of Control ” means Tesoro Corporation ceases to Control the general partner of Tesoro Logistics LP.
     “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or any department or agency thereof.
     “ Payment Month ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
     “ Pipeline System ” means the combined THPP pipeline in North Dakota, comprised of the Segments and associated lateral pipelines, gathering lines and tanks.
     “ Prepaid Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
     “ Rate Tariff ” means the tariff THPP currently has on file with the NDPSC, or any amended, replacement or supplemental tariff that THPP files in the future with the NDPSC, specifying rates for

- 3 -


 

intrastate transportation from North Dakota origins on the Pipeline System to the Mandan Refinery or other North Dakota intrastate destinations.
     “ Receiving Party Personnel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17(g).
     “ Reference Month ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
     “ Reserved Capacity ” means 70% of the Available Capacity of each Segment of the Pipeline System existing as of the Commencement Date, along with any portion of any Capacity Expansion reserved by TRMC pursuant to Section 2.
     “ Restoration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(b)(ii).
     “ Right of First Refusal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d).
     “ Rules Tariff ” means the tariff THPP currently has on file with the NDPSC which specifies rules and regulations for transporting crude petroleum from North Dakota origins on the Pipeline System to the Mandan Refinery, and any amended, replacement or supplemental tariff that THPP files in the future with the NDPSC for the transportation of crude petroleum from North Dakota origin points to North Dakota destinations.
     “ Segment ” means a portion of the Pipeline System extending between any two of the North Dakota hubs described in Schedule B.
     “ Shipping Month ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
     “ Shortfall Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).
     “ Storage Contract ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d).
     “ Subject Tank ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d).
     “ Suspension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(a).
     “ Tariff Section ” means any contiguous portion of the Pipeline System extending between a North Dakota intrastate origin and destination pair for transportation that is specified in a Rate Tariff on file with the NDPSC. A Tariff Section may consist of multiple Segments.
     “ Term ” and “ Initial Term ” each have the meaning set forth in Section 4.
     “ Terminal ” means the facilities at each origin of the Pipeline System for the receipt of crude petroleum and breakout tanks in use on the Pipeline System on the Commencement Date, including associated racks, pumps, piping tanks, valves, control equipment, and related fixtures and equipment.
     “ Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(a).
     “ THPP ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Transportation Right of First Refusal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).
     “ TRMC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

- 4 -


 

     “ TRMC Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b).
     “ Uncommitted Tariff Rate ” means, for each respective Tariff Section, the Uncommitted Rate specified on Schedule A for shipping crude petroleum from the origin set forth on Schedule A to the Mandan Refinery, as may be supplemented and revised from time to time, as provided herein.
     “ Weighted Average Committed Tariff Rate ” means, with respect to any period, the result of (i) the aggregate amount incurred under Section 6(c)(i) by TRMC for such period divided by (ii) the total volume shipped by TRMC on such Tariff Sections for such period at such Committed Tariff Rates.
2. VOLUME COMMITMENT; RESERVED CAPACITY
     (a)  Minimum Throughput and Reserved Capacity .
     (i)  Ship or Pay Arrangement . TRMC commits that from the Commencement Date through the end of the Term, TRMC shall ship, from North Dakota origin points on the Pipeline System to the Mandan Refinery (or other North Dakota intrastate destination points on terms negotiated pursuant to the terms of Section 2(b) below), the Minimum Throughput Commitment each Month, or, in the event it fails to do so, shall remit to THPP the Shortfall Payment pursuant to Section 6 below. THPP, in turn, commits to TRMC that it shall make available to TRMC the Reserved Capacity on each Segment of the Pipeline System. THPP shall inform TRMC in writing prior to the Commencement Date of the Available Capacity of each Segment of the intrastate portion of the Pipeline System. THPP shall also make available to TRMC sufficient capacity on each gathering pipeline connected to the Pipeline System that is being operated or is capable of being operated by THPP on the Commencement Date to allow TRMC to ship the Minimum Throughput Commitment and to utilize the Reserved Capacity; provided, however, that THPP shall not be required to maintain a gathering pipeline in operation if the volume of crude petroleum being shipped on such gathering pipeline declines to a level where continued operation of the gathering line is uneconomic as determined by THPP.
     (ii)  Minimum Throughput Capacity to Mandan Refinery . At all times, except by reason of Force Majeure or temporary shutdown for pipeline testing and maintenance, THPP shall maintain and operate the Pipeline System so that the actual operating capacity of individual Segments shall not be materially reduced and the total capacity of the Pipeline System that is actually available for shipment of crude petroleum to the Mandan Refinery (including any capacity reserved or dedicated to any other shipper) always equals or exceeds 70,000 bpd.
     (b)  Pipeline System Modification or Expansion .
     (i)  New North Dakota Destinations and Origins; Modifications . In the event that THPP proposes the construction of any new North Dakota origin or destination point on the Pipeline System, then the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine an appropriate adjustment to the Reserved Capacity for any particular affected Segments (and only such affected Segments) and an appropriate credit to the Minimum Throughput Commitment for shipments by TRMC to any new intrastate destination points. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the terms of Section 2(a)(ii) above, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by TRMC, no such new construction shall (A) reduce or restrict the right and ability of TRMC to ship at least the Minimum Throughput Commitment in the aggregate across all Segments from North Dakota origin points nominated by TRMC to the Pipeline System hub at Dunn Center for further delivery to the Mandan Refinery, (B) reduce the Available Capacity on the Dunn Center-to-Mandan Segment below 70,000 bpd or TRMC’s Reserved Capacity on such Segment or (C) reverse the flow of any Segment on the Pipeline System.

- 5 -


 

     (ii)  Capacity Expansion . In the event that THPP proposes the construction or acquisition of any new pipeline with an intrastate North Dakota origin point which connects to the Pipeline System, the return to service of any pipeline with an intrastate North Dakota origin which connects to the Pipeline System inactive on the Commencement Date or the expansion or enhancement of the Available Capacity on any currently existing Segment (any of the foregoing, a “ Capacity Expansion ”), then: (A) THPP shall provide written notice to TRMC at least 180 days prior to the projected date of completion and first usable service for such Capacity Expansion (“ Capacity Expansion Completion Date ”), describing in reasonable detail the proposed Capacity Expansion and the projected timetable for such Capacity Expansion, including the projected Capacity Expansion Completion Date; (B) TRMC shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to THPP within 60 days after TRMC’s receipt of a Capacity Expansion Notice, to reserve up to 70% of such Capacity Expansion; and (C) in the event that TRMC so elects to reserve a portion of such Capacity Expansion, then (1) THPP shall provide TRMC with such periodic updates and information with respect to the Capacity Expansion as TRMC shall reasonably request and (2) on the actual Capacity Expansion Completion Date, the Minimum Throughput Commitment and Reserved Capacity for the affected Segments shall be increased by the number of bpd of the Capacity Expansion TRMC has elected to reserve. For any Capacity Expansion requiring the filing of any new tariff with the NDPSC, the provisions of Section 5(e)(ii) shall apply to the determination of the Committed Tariff Rate applicable to TRMC’s reserved portion of such Capacity Expansion. The proration provisions of the Rules Tariff shall apply so as to provide TRMC with priority for the adjusted Reserved Capacity as a shipper under a Committed Tariff, and TRMC shall be subject to proration as a shipper under an Uncommitted Tariff with respect to any portion of a Capacity Expansion not reserved by TRMC pursuant to this Section 2(b)(ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the terms of Section 2(a)(ii) above, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by TRMC, no Capacity Expansion shall (Y) reduce or restrict the right and ability of TRMC to ship at least the Minimum Throughput Commitment in the aggregate across all Segments from North Dakota origin points nominated by TRMC to the Pipeline System hub at Dunn Center for further delivery to the Mandan Refinery or (Z) reduce the Available Capacity on the Dunn Center-to-Mandan Segment below 70,000 bpd, or TRMC’s Reserved Capacity on such Segment. Nothing contained herein shall require THPP to divulge any information concerning any other shipper that is confidential shipper information or otherwise Confidential Information of THPP or any third party. The provisions of Section 17 shall apply to all such Confidential Information.
     (iii)  Determination of Minimum Throughput Commitment . TRMC shall be deemed to have shipped its Minimum Throughput Commitment if the average quantity of crude petroleum that TRMC ships to the Mandan Refinery on the Pipeline System in any Month under NDPSC tariffs equals at least the Minimum Throughput Commitment, regardless of the particular Segments on which those shipments are made. Shipments to or from new destinations or origins added pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) above or included as part of a Capacity Expansion pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) shall only be included in the calculation of Minimum Throughput Commitment upon adjustment to the Reserved Capacity and Minimum Throughput Commitment as required by each such respective subsection.
     (c)  Testing and Repair; Capacity Expansion Requested by TRMC .
     (i)  Segment Testing . As further consideration for THPP’s obligation to make available to TRMC the Reserved Capacity on each Segment, TRMC shall reimburse THPP for any costs or expenses associated with or related to the pipeline test and/or inspection scheduled to commence during the 2011 calendar year on the Tariff Section of the Pipeline System between Ramberg and Mandan and the cost of any capital expenditures necessary, as a result of such tests, to maintain the capacity of the Ramberg-to-Mandan Tariff Section at 70,000 bpd. If THPP determines based on such pipeline tests or inspections that the Available Capacity of such Tariff Section exceeds 70,000 bpd, then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(b)(ii), the amount of such excess shall be included in the calculation of Reserved Capacity for

- 6 -


 

the Segments included in such Tariff Section without any adjustment to the Minimum Throughput Commitment.
     (ii)  Capacity Expansion Requested by TRMC . TRMC may at any time make a written request to THPP for a Capacity Expansion on any Segment existing as of the Commencement Date, and shall include in such written request the parameters and specifications of the requested Capacity Expansion. Upon the receiving such a request, THPP shall promptly evaluate the relevant factors related to such request, including, without limitation: engineering and design criteria, limitations affecting the expansion of such Segment and any related tankage, cost and financing factors and the effect of such Capacity Expansion on the overall operation of the Pipeline System. If THPP determines that such a Capacity Expansion is operationally and commercially feasible, THPP shall present a proposal to TRMC concerning the design of such Capacity Expansion, its projected costs and how such costs might be funded by or recovered from TRMC. If THPP determines that such a Capacity Expansion is not commercially or operationally feasible, it shall provide TRMC with an explanation of and justification for why it made such determination. If THPP notifies TRMC that the Capacity Expansion may be commercially and operationally feasible, the Parties shall negotiate reasonably and in good faith to determine appropriate terms and conditions for the Capacity Expansion, which shall include, without limitation, the scope of the Capacity Expansion, the appropriate timing for constructing the Capacity Expansion, the increase in Reserved Capacity and a mechanism for THPP to recover its costs, plus a reasonable return on capital associated with such Capacity Expansion, which may include, without limitation, direct funding of all or part of the costs by TRMC, an increase in tariff rates and/or an increase in the Minimum Throughput Commitment.
     (d)  Excess Tank Capacity . In the event that THPP reasonably determines that any storage tanks which are part of the Pipeline System are not then required, and will not during the term of any Storage Contract be required, for THPP’s delivery of the Reserved Capacity to TRMC (any such storage tank, a “ Subject Tank ”), then THPP may take such Subject Tank out of service and offer such Subject Tank to third parties for use on a dedicated storage basis (a “ Storage Contract ”); provided, however, that prior to entering into any such Storage Contract, THPP shall provide TRMC with (i) written notice of its intent to enter into a Storage Contract and the general terms of such transaction and (ii) a thirty (30)-day period (beginning upon TRMC’s receipt of such written notice) (the “ Offer Period ”) during which TRMC may make a good faith offer to enter into a Storage Contract with THPP with respect to such Subject Tank (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). If TRMC makes an offer on terms no less favorable to THPP than the third-party offer for a Storage Contract with respect to such Subject Tank during the Offer Period, then THPP shall be obligated to enter into a Storage Contract with TRMC. If TRMC does not exercise its Right of First Refusal in the manner set forth above, THPP may, for the next ninety (90) days, proceed with the negotiation of the third-party Storage Contract. If no third-party Storage Contract is consummated during such ninety (90)-day period, then the terms and conditions of this Section 2(d) shall again become effective with respect to such Storage Tank.
     (e)  Nomination Procedures . TRMC shall nominate volumes that it intends to ship in accordance with the provisions of the THPP Rules Tariff on file with the NDPSC. Pursuant to that tariff, TRMC shall not be subject to proration of its nominations of intrastate shipments on any Segment of the Pipeline System for volumes up to the Reserved Capacity, and TRMC shall be entitled to ship excess intrastate volumes above the Reserved Capacity on a pro rata basis with other shippers, as well as interstate volumes pursuant to the terms of THPP’s tariffs on file with the FERC. TRMC agrees that in the event that its nomination for intrastate transportation of crude petroleum during any nomination period is less than the Minimum Throughput Commitment, THPP shall be entitled to use TRMC’s unutilized capacity for volumes nominated by other shippers without any reduction in the Shortfall Payment payable by TRMC.

- 7 -


 

3. COMMENCEMENT DATE
The Parties anticipate that the “ Commencement Date ” will be _________ __, 2011. The actual Commencement Date shall be the date specified by THPP in a written notice to TRMC. The Parties agree that there are a number of factors that may affect the actual Commencement Date. Consequently, neither Party shall have any right or remedy against the other Party if the actual Commencement Date is earlier or later than the anticipated Commencement Date.
4. TERM
The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue through April 30, 2021 (the “ Initial Term ”); provided, however, that TRMC may, at its option, extend the Initial Term for up to two (2) renewal terms of five (5) years each (each, an “ Extension Period ”) by providing written notice of its intent to THPP no less than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or the then-current Extension Period. The Initial Term, and any extensions of this Agreement as provided above, shall be referred to herein as the “ Term ”.
5. TARIFFS AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
THPP has filed with the North Dakota Public Service Commission a Rate Tariff that sets forth the Committed Tariff Rates and Uncommitted Tariff Rates specified in Schedule A.
     (a)  Intrastate Committed Tariff Rates . TRMC agrees to pay the Committed Tariff Rates to THPP for all Barrels of crude petroleum shipped by TRMC on the Pipeline System from North Dakota origin points to the Mandan Refinery up to the Minimum Throughput Commitment.
     (b)  Intrastate Uncommitted Tariff Rates . TRMC agrees to pay the Uncommitted Tariff Rate to THPP for all Barrels of crude petroleum shipped by TRMC on the Pipeline System from North Dakota origin points to the Mandan Refinery in excess of the Minimum Throughput Commitment (“ Excess Barrels ”). For purposes of calculating the amount owed by TRMC for shipments of Excess Barrels in any Month, the number of Excess Barrels shipped on each Tariff Section of the Pipeline System shall be deemed to be equal to (i) the total number of Excess Barrels shipped during such Month times (ii) the result of (A) the total number of Barrels shipped on such Tariff Section during such Month divided by (B) the total number of Barrels shipped on all Tariff Sections the Pipeline System during such Month.
     (c)  FERC Tariff Rates . To the extent any shipments by TRMC on the Pipeline System constitute interstate shipments under Applicable Law, TRMC agrees to pay to THPP the common carrier tariff rate on file with the FERC. Any such shipments shall be subject to this Agreement only to the extent expressly provided herein.
     (d)  Other Fees . All pipeline gathering or pumpover fees applicable to intrastate volumes shipped on the Pipeline System will be determined according to the Rate Tariff.
     (e)  Changes in Tariffs .

- 8 -


 

     (i) During the Term hereof, except as expressly provided herein, THPP shall not revoke, replace or change (A) the Rates Tariffs, (B) the Rules Tariff or (C) any FERC tariff currently on file for the Pipeline System, without TRMC’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. TRMC’s withholding its consent to a change in any tariff shall not be considered unreasonable if the proposed tariff change would increase TRMC’s shipment costs above the cost levels specified in the tariffs that THPP has filed with the NDPSC or FERC, whichever is applicable on the effective date of this Agreement. TRMC’s withholding its consent shall further not be considered unreasonable if the proposed tariff change would materially restrict or limit TRMC’s ability to use the full Reserved Capacity to ship the Reserved Capacity to the Mandan Refinery on terms consistent with those set forth in this Agreement or would otherwise alter or abridge TRMC’s rights as stated in this Agreement.
     (ii) Notwithstanding the requirement stated in the previous provision of this subparagraph, THPP may change the Rates Tariff and the FERC tariff to add new origin or destination points and may change the Rules Tariff and its FERC Rules and Regulations tariff pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 or otherwise as may be reasonably required in response to changes in Applicable Laws. However, before filing any such tariff changes with a Governmental Authority, THPP shall transmit a copy of the proposed change to TRMC and afford TRMC a reasonable period of time to submit comments to THPP as to whether the tariff changes are appropriate and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. THPP shall take into account TRMC’s comments in any tariff that it subsequently files with a Governmental Authority. Tariff rates for any new origin points shall be based upon the same average rate per barrel mile that applies to tariffs for existing North Dakota origin points at the time a tariff is filed adding the new origin point. Tariffs for new intrastate destinations shall be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2 above. Any new gathering rate shall be sufficient to allow THPP to recover its cost of service for establishing any new gathering service, consistent with established FERC ratemaking principles.
     (f)  Index Based Tariff Changes . All fees set forth in this Agreement shall be increased or decreased, as applicable, on July 1 of each year of the Term (i) by the change in any inflationary index promulgated by FERC in accordance with the FERC’s indexing methodology currently set forth at 18 CFR § 342.3, including future amendments or modifications thereof or (ii) in the event that the FERC terminates its indexing methodology during the Term of this Agreement, by a percentage equal to the change in the CPI-U (All Urban Consumers), as reported by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
     (g)  Other Reimbursements or Tariff Increases . TRMC shall reimburse THPP for, or THPP shall be permitted to file tariff rate increases for, the following:
  (i)   The costs that THPP incurs in complying with any new Applicable Laws that affect the services provided by THPP to TRMC under this Agreement; provided, that (A) compliance by THPP with any such new law or regulation requires substantial unanticipated capital expenditures by THPP, (B) THPP has made good faith efforts to mitigate the effect of such Applicable Laws, (C) THPP has negotiated in good faith with TRMC in order to reach a reasonable agreement on the level of the increased tariff rate, which will be sufficient to allow THPP to recover its cost of service consistent with established FERC ratemaking principles and (D) TRMC will only be charged its proportionate share of any such costs based upon of its shipments on affected Tariff Sections of the Pipeline System;
 
  (ii)   All taxes (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) that THPP specifically incurs on TRMC’s behalf for the services THPP provides to TRMC under this Agreement, if such reimbursement is not prohibited by law; and

- 9 -


 

  (iii)   Actual costs of any capital expenditures THPP agrees to make at TRMC’s request which THPP proposes to recover through rate increases that are consistent with FERC ratemaking principles.
6. PAYMENTS
     (a)  Payments in Advance for Minimum Throughput Commitment . TRMC shall pay THPP for its reserved Minimum Throughput Commitment in advance by making an estimated payment to THPP (the “ Prepaid Fee ”) no later than the last Business Day of the Month (the “ Payment Month ”) prior to the Month in which shipments are actually made (the “ Shipping Month ”). THPP will invoice TRMC for such Prepaid Fee no later than ten (10) days prior to the end of the Payment Month. The Prepaid Fee shall be calculated by multiplying the Minimum Throughput Commitment for such Shipping Month by the Weighted Average Committed Tariff Rate for the Month immediately preceding the Payment Month (the “ Reference Month ”). The Prepaid Fee for the first Month of the Term of this Agreement shall be paid by TRMC on the Commencement Date, and shall be based on the volumes of crude petroleum shipped by TRMC during the last full Month immediately preceding the Commencement Date.
     (b)  Monthly Shortfall Payment . If, during any Shipping Month, Actual Shipments by TRMC are less than the Minimum Throughput Commitment for such Shipping Month, TRMC shall pay to THPP an amount equal to (i) the amount of such shortfall (in Barrels) multiplied by (ii) the Weighted Average Committed Tariff Rate for such Shipping Month (the “ Shortfall Payment ”). The dollar amount of any Shortfall Payment included in the monthly invoice described in Section 6(c) below and paid by TRMC shall be posted as a credit to TRMC’s account (the “ Credit ”), and such Credit shall be applied in subsequent monthly invoices against amounts owed by TRMC for Excess Barrels shipped on the intrastate portion of the Pipeline System during any of the succeeding three (3) Months. Credits will be applied in the order in which such Credits accrue and any portion of the Credit that is not used by TRMC during the succeeding three (3) Months will expire (e.g., a Credit which accrues in January will be available in February, March and April, will expire at the end of April, and must be applied prior to applying any Credit which accrues in February).
     (c)  Monthly Reconciliation . At the end of each Shipping Month, THPP will calculate the total fees that TRMC owes THPP for Actual Shipments on the intrastate portion of the Pipeline System during such Shipping Month as follows (“ Actual Costs ”):
  (i)   the amount TRMC owes THPP for shipments during such Shipping Month, based on Actual Shipments during such Shipping Month at the Committed Tariff Rate; plus
 
  (ii)   the result of (A) the amount TRMC owes THPP for shipments during such Shipping Month based on Actual Shipments of Excess Barrels at the Uncommitted Tariff Rate (determined in accordance with Section 5(b)) less (B) any applicable Credits; plus
 
  (iii)   any applicable Shortfall Payment for such Shipping Month (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14(b) during a Notice Period); plus
 
  (iv)   any FERC tariffs for such Shipping Month (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14(b) during a Notice Period); plus
 
  (iii)   other tariff fees for such Shipping Month payable pursuant to Section 5(d) and payments for volume losses set forth in Section 7(b).

- 10 -


 

If Actual Costs exceed the Prepaid Fee, then TRMC will pay THPP the difference. If the Prepaid Fee exceeds Actual Costs, then THPP will refund to TRMC the difference. THPP will invoice TRMC monthly (which invoice shall, if applicable, set forth any refund due to TRMC), and all amounts owed by either Party (including any refund owed by THPP) shall be due and payable no later than ten (10) days after TRMC’s receipt of THPP’s invoice. Any past due payments owed by TRMC hereunder shall accrue interest, payable on demand, at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum from the due date of the payment through the actual date of payment.
7. TRANSPORTATION SERVICES; VOLUME LOSSES
     (a) The services provided by THPP pursuant to this Agreement shall consist only of transportation pursuant to the Rate Tariff and Rules Tariff that THPP files with the North Dakota Public Service Commission. THPP will not be obligated to provide terminalling or tankage facilities at any location or any intermediate interconnection point or truck unloading as part of the services it provides. Shipments of crude petroleum on the Pipeline System under a FERC tariff shall be subject to this Agreement only to extent expressly provided for herein.
     (b) Liability and measurement of volume losses shall be governed by the Rules Tariff. To the extent that actual losses are less than 0.2% during any particular Shipping Month, TRMC shall repurchase from THPP the difference between the actual loss and the 0.2% allowance, at a price per barrel for such volume equal to eighty-five (85) percent of the mean average, trading days only, of the NYMEX daily closing near-month settlement prices for light sweet crude oil, deemed 40.0 degrees API gravity, posted each trading day during the month of measurement of such volume loss. Such repurchase shall be deemed to occur at the Mandan Refinery. All such sales shall be “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, without any warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability, fitness or title, all of which are expressly excluded .
8. PRIORITY SERVICE
In order to effectuate the underlying objectives of this Agreement, THPP agrees as follows:
     (a) Throughout the Term of this Agreement, THPP shall take such action as may be necessary, including filing and continuing to maintain tariffs (including the Rules Tariff) with the NDPSC, to permit TRMC to ship the full Reserved Capacity without subjecting TRMC to prorationing or any similar reduction in TRMC’s allocation.
     (b) Prior to filing any new tariff with a Governmental Authority, THPP shall consult with TRMC as set forth in Section 5(e)(ii). THPP shall ensure that any new tariff does not in any way impinge upon or prejudice any of TRMC’s rights under the terms of this Agreement, including TRMC’s rights under Section 8(a) above.
     (c) THPP shall provide TRMC with reasonable advance notice before taking any actions to shut down or reduce throughput rates on any Segment of the Pipeline System or any gathering line, and any such action shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2(a)(ii). Upon request by TRMC, THPP shall provide a reasonable explanation for the actions it is taking, and if an action is temporary, inform TRMC of the expected duration. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith arrangements to ensure that such actions do not impair the rights and obligations hereunder.
9. REGULATORY MATTERS

- 11 -


 

     (a) As of the date of this Agreement, the shipment of crude petroleum on the Pipeline System from North Dakota origin points to the Mandan Refinery is subject to regulation by the State of North Dakota, and this Agreement is subject to the rules and regulations of the NDPSC. Accordingly, THPP has filed a Rate Tariff and a Rules tariff with the NDPSC that governs its intrastate shipments of crude petroleum. In the event that the NDPSC takes any adverse action with respect to the Rate Tariff or Rules Tariff currently on file or a Rate Tariff or Rules Tariff that THPP may file with it in the future, THPP shall diligently defend the Rate Tariff or Rules Tariff, including appealing any such adverse action. If any such adverse action is not stayed pending appeal, each Party’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended until a stay is implemented or a final, non-appealable decision is rendered with respect to such adverse action. If a final, non-appealable decision is ultimately issued by the NDPSC and confirmed by the North Dakota courts having final authority in the matter which requires THPP to amend the Rates Tariff or the Rules Tariff in a manner that is fundamentally contradictory to the provisions of this Agreement, then the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement to comply with any such judgment but still retain the protections and structures reflected by its current terms to the maximum extent permissible under such judgment. In the event the Parties are unable to reach agreement with respect to such an amendment within a reasonable period of time after the issuance of such final judgment, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days, then either Party may terminate this Agreement.
     (b) TRMC hereby agrees: (i) to take all such actions and do all such things as THPP shall reasonably request in connection with its applications for, and the processing of, any necessary certificates, approvals and authorizations of Governmental Authorities; (ii) at all times to support the Committed Tariff Rate specified in this Agreement as a rate that it has agreed to pay; (iii) not directly or indirectly take any action that indicates a lack of support for the Committed Tariff Rate at terms agreed to in this Agreement; (iv) not to file any action, protest or complaint with the NDPSC with respect to the Rules Tariff on file as of the date of this Agreement; and (v) not to file any complaint or other action at the FERC with respect to the THPP tariff currently on file with the FERC, including any increased rates based on the inflationary index referred to in Section 5(f) of this Agreement.
     (c) THPP operates the Pipeline System as a common carrier, and TRMC’s rights as a shipper on the Pipeline System shall be subject to all Applicable Laws related to common carrier pipelines. The terms and provisions of the Rules Tariff and the Rate Tariff shall apply to the intrastate transportation services provided pursuant to this Agreement.
     (d) Each Party, in carrying out the terms and provisions of this Agreement, shall comply with all present and future Applicable Laws of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction.
10. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except to the extent incorporated in the rates set forth in the Rate Tariff or as otherwise set forth in the Rules Tariff, neither Party shall be liable or responsible to the other Party or such other Party’s affiliated Persons for any consequential, incidental, or punitive damages, or for loss of profits or revenues (collectively referred to as “ special damages ”) incurred by such Party or its affiliated Persons that arise out of or relate to this Agreement, regardless of whether any such claim arises under or results from contract, tort, or strict liability; provided that the foregoing limitation is not intended and shall not affect special damages imposed in favor of unaffiliated Persons that are not Parties to this Agreement.
11. TERMINATION; RIGHT TO ENTER INTO NEW AGREEMENT
     (a) A Party shall be in default under this Agreement if:

- 12 -


 

     (i) the Party materially breaches any provision of this Agreement and such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) Business Days after notice thereof (which notice shall describe such breach in reasonable detail) is received by such Party; or
     (ii) the Party (A) files a petition or otherwise commences, authorizes or acquiesces in the commencement of a proceeding or cause of action under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar Applicable Law, or has any such petition filed or commenced against it; (B) makes an assignment or any general arrangement for the benefit of creditors; (C) otherwise becomes bankrupt or insolvent (however evidenced); or (D) has a liquidator, administrator, receiver, trustee, conservator or similar official appointed with respect to it or any substantial portion of its property or assets.
     (b) If any of the Parties is in default as described above, then (A) if TRMC is in default, THPP may or (B) if THPP is in default, TRMC may: (1) terminate this Agreement upon notice to the defaulting Parties; (2) withhold any payments due to the defaulting Parties under this Agreement; and/or (3) pursue any other remedy at law or in equity, including the remedies of TRMC set forth below.
     (c) Upon termination of this Agreement for reasons other than (x) a default by TRMC and (y) any other termination of this Agreement initiated by TRMC pursuant to Section 12 or Section 14, TRMC shall have the right to require THPP to enter into a new transportation services agreement with TRMC that (i) is consistent with the terms and objectives set forth in this Agreement and (ii) has commercial terms that are, in the aggregate, equal to or more favorable to THPP than fair market value terms as would be agreed by similarly-situated parties negotiating at arm’s length; provided, however; that the term of any such new transportation services agreement shall not extend beyond April 30, 2031.
     (d) In the event that THPP proposes to enter into a transportation services agreement with a third party upon the termination of this Agreement for reasons other than (x) a default by TRMC and (y) any other termination of this Agreement initiated by TRMC pursuant to Section 12 or Section 14, THPP shall give TRMC ninety (90) days’ prior written notice of any proposed new transportation services agreement with a third party, including (i) details of all of the material terms and conditions thereof and (ii) a thirty (30)-day period (beginning upon TRMC’s receipt of such written notice) (the ‘ First Offer Period ”) in which TRMC may make a good faith offer to enter into a new transportation services agreement with THPP (the “ Transportation Right of First Refusal ”). If TRMC makes an offer on terms no less favorable to THPP than the third-party offer with respect to such transportation services agreement during the First Offer Period, then THPP shall be obligated to enter into a transportation services agreement with TRMC on the terms set forth in subsection (c) above. If TRMC does not exercise its Transportation Right of First Refusal in the manner set forth above, THPP may, for the next ninety (90) days, proceed with the negotiation of the third-party transportation services agreement. If no third party agreement is consummated during such ninety-day period, the terms and conditions of this Section 11(d) shall again become effective.
12. FORCE MAJEURE
     (a) As soon as possible upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure, THPP shall provide TRMC with written notice of the occurrence of such Force Majeure (a “ Force Majeure Notice ”). THPP shall identify in such Force Majeure Notice the particular Segment or Segments of the Pipeline System that are affected by the Force Majeure and the approximate length of time that THPP reasonably believes in good faith such Force Majeure shall continue (the “ Force Majeure Period ”). If THPP advises in any Force Majeure Notice that it reasonably believes in good faith that the Force Majeure Period shall continue for more than twelve (12) consecutive Months, then, subject to Section 13 below, at any time after THPP

- 13 -


 

delivers such Force Majeure Notice, either Party may terminate this Agreement, but only upon delivery to the other Party of a notice (a “ Termination Notice ”) at least twelve (12) Months prior to the expiration of the Force Majeure Period; provided, however; that such Termination Notice shall be deemed cancelled and of no effect if the Force Majeure Period ends prior to the expiration of such twelve (12)-Month period. For the avoidance of doubt, neither Party may exercise its right under this Section 12(a) to terminate this Agreement as a result of a Force Majeure with respect to any machinery, storage, tanks, lines of pipe or other equipment that has been unaffected by, or has been restored to working order since, the applicable Force Majeure, including pursuant to a Restoration under Section 13.
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if TRMC delivers a Termination Notice to THPP (the “ TRMC Termination Notice ”) and, within thirty (30) days after receiving such TRMC Termination Notice, THPP notifies TRMC that THPP reasonably believes in good faith that it shall be capable of fully performing its obligations under this Agreement within a reasonable period of time, then the TRMC Termination Notice shall be deemed revoked and the applicable portion of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such TRMC Termination Notice had never been given.
     (c) Subject to Section 13 below, THPP’s obligations may be temporarily suspended during the occurrence of, and for the entire duration of, a Force Majeure that prevents THPP from shipping the Minimum Throughput Commitment. If, for reasons of Force Majeure, THPP is prevented from shipping volumes equal to the full Minimum Throughput Commitment, then TRMC’s obligation to ship the Minimum Throughput Commitment and pay the Shortfall Payment shall be reduced to the extent that THPP is prevented from shipping the full Minimum Throughput Commitment. At such time as THPP is capable of shipping volumes equal to the Minimum Throughput Commitment, TRMC’s obligation to ship the full Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be restored.
13. CAPABILITIES OF PIPELINE SYSTEM
     (a)  Interruptions of Service. THPP shall use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize the interruption of service on the Pipeline System and any Segment thereof. THPP shall promptly inform TRMC of any anticipated partial or complete interruption of service on any Segment of the Pipeline System affecting THPP’s ability to receive crude petroleum at any origin on the Pipeline System or gathering pipeline connected to the Pipeline System or to deliver crude petroleum to the Mandan Refinery (or any other North Dakota destination added pursuant to this Agreement) which is projected to extend more than twenty-four (24) hours, including relevant information about the nature, extent, cause and expected duration of the interruption and the actions THPP is taking to resume full operations, provided that THPP shall not have any liability for any failure to notify, or delay in notifying, TRMC of any such matters except to the extent TRMC has been materially prejudiced or damaged by such failure or delay.
     (b)  Maintenance and Repair Standards.
     (i) Subject to Force Majeure, interruptions for routine repair and maintenance consistent with customary crude petroleum pipeline standards, scheduling requirements as set forth in the Rules Tariff and any requirements of Applicable Law, THPP shall accept for shipment on the Pipeline System in accordance with pipeline industry standards all crude petroleum that meets the quality specifications of the Rules Tariff. Further, THPP shall maintain and repair all portions of the Pipeline System in accordance with pipeline industry standards and in a manner which allows the Pipeline System to be capable, subject to Force Majeure, of shipping, storing and delivering volumes of crude petroleum which are no less than (A) the Reserved Capacity of each Segment of the Pipeline System, (B) the Minimum Required Terminal Capacity for each Terminal and (C) the Minimum Required Gathering Line Capacity of each portion of the gathering lines, tanks and associated lateral pipelines of the Pipeline System.

- 14 -


 

     (ii) If for any reason, including without limitation a Force Majeure event, (A) the throughput capacity of any Segment should fall below the specified minimum Reserved Capacity, (B) the throughput or storage capacity of any Terminal should fall below the Minimum Required Terminal Capacity or (C) the throughput or storage capacity of any gathering line, tank and associated lateral pipelines of the Pipeline System should fall below the Minimum Required Gathering Line Capacity, then (Y) during such period of reduced throughput or storage TRMC’s obligation to ship the Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be reduced as described in Section 12(c) above and (Z) within a reasonable period of time after the commencement of such reduction, THPP shall make repairs to and/or replace the affected portion of the Pipeline System to restore the capacity of each Segment, Terminal and Gathering System to the Reserved Capacity, Minimum Required Terminal Capacity or Minimum Required Gathering Line Capacity, as applicable (collectively “ Restoration ”). Except as provided below in Sections 13(c) and 13(d), all such Restoration shall be at THPP’s cost and expense unless the damage creating the need for such repairs was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of TRMC, its employees, agents or customers.
     (c)  Capacity Resolution . In the event of (i) the failure of THPP to maintain any Segment at its full specified minimum required Reserve Capacity; (ii) the failure of THPP to maintain any Terminal at its full specified Minimum Required Terminal Capacity; or (iii) the failure of THPP to maintain each gathering line, tank and associated lateral pipelines of the Pipeline System at the Minimum Required Gathering System Capacity, then either Party shall have the right to call a meeting between executives of both Parties by providing at least two (2) Business Days’ advance written notice. Any such meeting shall be held at a mutually agreeable location and will be attended by executives of both Parties each having sufficient authority to commit his or her respective Party to a Capacity Resolution (hereinafter defined). At the meeting, the Parties will negotiate in good faith with the objective of reaching a joint resolution for the Restoration of capacity on the affected portion of the Pipeline System which will, among other things, specify steps to be taken by THPP to fully accomplish Restoration and the deadlines by which the Restoration must be completed (the “ Capacity Resolution ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Capacity Resolution shall set forth an agreed upon time schedule for the Restoration activities. Such time schedule shall be reasonable under the circumstances, consistent with customary pipeline transportation industry standards and shall take into consideration THPP’s economic considerations relating to costs of the repairs and TRMC’s requirements concerning the operation of the Mandan Refinery. In the event that TRMC’s economic considerations justify incurring additional costs to restore the Pipeline System in a more expedited manner than the time schedule determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, TRMC may require THPP to expedite the Restoration to the extent reasonably possible, subject to TRMC’s payment, in advance, of the estimated incremental costs to be incurred as a result of the expedited time schedule. In the event the Parties agree to an expedited Restoration plan wherein TRMC agrees to fund a portion of the Restoration cost, then neither Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 12(a) above so long as such Restoration is completed with due diligence, and TRMC shall pay such portion to THPP in advance based on an estimate conforming to reasonable engineering standards applicable to petroleum pipelines. Upon completion, TRMC shall pay the difference between the actual portion of Restoration costs to be paid by TRMC pursuant to this Section 13(c) and the estimated amount paid under the preceding sentence within thirty (30) days after receipt of THPP’s invoice therefor, or, if appropriate, THPP shall pay TRMC the excess of the estimate paid by TRMC over THPP’s actual costs as previously described within thirty (30) days after completion of the Restoration.
     (d)  TRMC’s Right To Cure . If at any time after the occurrence of a (x) Partnership Change of Control or (y) a sale of the Mandan Refinery, THPP either (i) refuses or fails to meet with TRMC within the period set forth in Section 13(c), (ii) fails to agree to perform a Capacity Resolution in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 13(c) or (iii) fails to perform its obligations in

- 15 -


 

compliance with the terms of a Capacity Resolution, TRMC may, as its sole remedy for any breach by THPP of any of its obligations under Section 13(c), require THPP to complete a Restoration of the affected portion of the Pipeline System. Any such Restoration required under this Section 13(d) shall be completed by THPP at TRMC’s cost. THPP shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide transportation of crude petroleum tendered by TRMC under the applicable tariffs while such Restoration is being completed. Any work performed by THPP pursuant to this Section 13(d) shall be performed and completed in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with applicable pipeline industry standards and in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and/or regulations. Additionally, during such period after the occurrence of (x) a Partnership Change of Control or (y) a sale of the Mandan Refinery, TRMC may exercise any remedies available to it under this Agreement (other than termination), including the right to immediately seek temporary and permanent injunctive relief for specific performance by THPP of the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligation to make Restorations described herein.
14. SUSPENSION OF MANDAN REFINERY OPERATIONS
     (a) In the event that TRMC decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at the Mandan Refinery for a period that shall continue for at least twelve (12) consecutive Months, TRMC may provide written notice to THPP of TRMC’s intent to terminate this Agreement (the “ Suspension Notice ”). Such Suspension Notice shall be sent at any time after TRMC has publicly announced such suspension and, upon the expiration of the twelve (12) Month period following the date such notice is sent (the “ Notice Period ”), this Agreement shall terminate. If TRMC publicly announces, more than two Months prior to the expiration of the Notice Period, its intent to resume operations at the Mandan Refinery, then the Suspension Notice shall be deemed revoked and the applicable portion of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such Suspension Notice had never been delivered.
     (b) If refining operations at the Mandan Refinery are suspended for any reason (including refinery turnaround operations and other scheduled maintenance), then TRMC shall remain liable for Shortfall Payments under this Agreement for the duration of the suspension, unless and until this Agreement is terminated as provided above. TRMC shall provide at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any suspension of operations at the Mandan Refinery due to a planned turnaround or scheduled maintenance. Shortfall Payments due for each Shipping Month during any such suspension period will be equal to (i) the Minimum Volume Commitment for such Shipping Month multiplied by (ii) the Weighted Average Committed Tariff Rate paid by TRMC for the period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar Months prior to TRMC’s public announcement of such suspension, less a credit equal to any amounts actually paid by TRMC to THPP during such Shipping Month for the interstate shipment of crude petroleum on the Pipeline System (other than fees for gathering, pumpover or other ancillary services). Monthly reconciliation shall occur in the same manner as specified in Section 6(c), with the exception that payments for interstate shipments subject to a FERC tariff be credited against, and not added to, the Shortfall Payment in the reconciliation calculation during a Notice Period.
15. ASSIGNMENT; PARTNERSHIP CHANGE OF CONTROL

- 16 -


 

     (a) TRMC shall not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without THPP’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that TRMC may assign this Agreement without THPP’s consent in connection with a sale by TRMC of the Mandan Refinery so long as the transferee: (i) agrees to assume all of TRMC’s obligations under this Agreement and (ii) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by TRMC in its reasonable judgment.
     (b) THPP shall not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without TRMC’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that (i) THPP may assign this Agreement without TRMC’s consent in connection with a sale by THPP of the Pipeline System so long as the transferee: (A) agrees to assume all of THPP’s obligations under this Agreement; (B) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by THPP in its reasonable judgment; and (C) is not a competitor of TRMC; and (ii) THPP shall be permitted to make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure working capital financing for THPP.
     (c) Any assignment that is not undertaken in accordance with the provisions set forth above shall be null and void ab initio. A Party making any assignment shall promptly notify the other Party of such assignment, regardless of whether consent is required. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     (d) TRMC’s obligations hereunder shall not terminate in connection with a Partnership Change of Control, provided, however, that in the case of any Partnership Change of Control, TRMC shall have the option to extend the Term of this Agreement as provided in Section 4. THPP shall provide TRMC with notice of any Partnership Change of Control at least sixty (60) days prior to the effective date thereof.
16. NOTICE
All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (i) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (ii) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) Business Days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (iii) if mailed by an internationally recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (iv) if by e-mail one Business Day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices will be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:
If to TRMC, to:
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company
Attn:
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Phone:
Facsimile:
e-mail:
If to THPP, to:
Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC

- 17 -


 

Attn:
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Phone:
Facsimile:
e-mail:
or to such other address or to such other person as either Party will have last designated by notice to the other Party.
17. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
     (a)  Obligations . Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to retain the other Party’s Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose the same to any third party nor use the same, except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as expressly permitted in this Section 17. Each Party further agrees to take the same care with the other Party’s Confidential Information as it does with its own, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care. Excepted from these obligations of confidence and non-use is that information which:
          (i) is available, or becomes available, to the general public without fault of the receiving Party;
          (ii) was in the possession of the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis prior to receipt of the same from the disclosing Party (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that this exception shall not apply to information of THPP that was in the possession of TRMC or any of its affiliates as a result of their ownership or operation of the Pipeline System prior to the Commencement Date);
          (iii) is obtained by the receiving Party without an obligation of confidence from a third party who is rightfully in possession of such information and, to the receiving Party’s knowledge, is under no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; or
          (iv) is independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to or use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.
For the purpose of this Section 17, a specific item of Confidential Information shall not be deemed to be within the foregoing exceptions merely because it is embraced by, or underlies, more general information in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party.
     (b)  Shipper Information . THPP shall protect all shipper information of TRMC to the full extent required under Applicable Law and accepted practices in the crude petroleum pipeline industry.
     (c)  Required Disclosure . Notwithstanding Section 17(a) and (b) above, if the receiving Party becomes legally compelled to disclose the Confidential Information by a court, Governmental Authority or Applicable Law, or is required to disclose by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, any of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, the receiving Party shall promptly advise the disclosing Party of such requirement to disclose Confidential Information as soon as the receiving Party becomes aware that such a requirement to disclose might become effective, in order that, where possible, the disclosing Party may seek a protective order or such other remedy as the disclosing Party may consider appropriate in the circumstances. The receiving Party shall disclose only that portion of the

- 18 -


 

disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that it is required to disclose and shall cooperate with the disclosing Party in allowing the disclosing Party to obtain such protective order or other relief.
     (d)  Return of Information . Upon written request by the disclosing Party, all of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in whatever form shall be returned to the disclosing Party upon termination of this Agreement or destroyed with destruction certified by the receiving Party, without the receiving Party retaining copies thereof except that one copy of all such Confidential Information may be retained by a Party’s legal department solely to the extent that such Party is required to keep a copy of such Confidential Information pursuant to Applicable Law and the receiving Party shall be entitled to retain any Confidential Information in the electronic form or stored on automatic computer back-up archiving systems during the period such backup or archived materials are retained under such Party’s customary procedures and policies; provided, however, that any Confidential Information retained by the receiving Party shall be maintained subject to confidentiality pursuant to the terms of this Section 17, and such archived or back-up Confidential Information shall not be accessed except as required by Applicable Law. Further, for confidential shipper information of TRMC, THPP may retain such information as may be required to document its performance in accordance with Applicable Law and customary industry practices.
     (e)  Receiving Party Personnel . The receiving Party will limit access to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party to those of its employees, attorneys, and contractors that have a need to know such information in order for the receiving Party to exercise or perform its rights and obligations under this Agreement (the “ Receiving Party Personnel ”). The Receiving Party Personnel who have access to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party will be made aware of the confidentiality provision of this Agreement, and will be required to abide by the terms thereof. Any third party contractors that are given access to Confidential Information of a disclosing Party pursuant to the terms hereof shall be required to sign a written agreement pursuant to which such Receiving Party Personnel agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, which written agreement will expressly state that it is enforceable against such Receiving Party Personnel by the disclosing Party.
     (f)  Survival . The obligation of confidentiality under this Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years.
18. MISCELLANEOUS
     (a)  Modification; Waiver . This Agreement may be terminated, amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by the Parties. Any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived in writing at any time by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof. No waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or any breach thereof, will be effective unless in writing signed by a duly authorized individual on behalf of the Party against which the waiver is sought to be enforced. No waiver of any term or condition or of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed or will constitute a waiver of any other term or condition or of any later breach (whether or not similar), nor will such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
     (b)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Schedules, constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the Parties in connection therewith.
     (c)  Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles. Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal court of competent jurisdiction situated in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, or if such federal court declines to

- 19 -


 

exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in the district court of Bexar County, Texas. The Parties expressly and irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of said Courts and irrevocably waive any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in such Courts, irrevocably waive any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably waive the right to object, with respect to such claim, action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court, that such Court does not have jurisdiction over such Party. The Parties hereby irrevocably consent to the service of process by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by personal service within or without the State of Texas. Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the Parties hereto, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.
     (e)  Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance will be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     (f)  No Third Party Beneficiaries . It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a Party or successor or permitted assignee of a Party.
     (g)  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM OF ANY OBLIGATION HEREUNDER.
     (h)  Schedules . Each of the Schedules attached hereto and referred to herein is hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

- 20 -


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
    TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY
 
       
     
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
    TESORO HIGH PLAINS PIPELINE COMPANY LLC
 
       
     
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
Signature Page to
High Plains Pipeline
Transportation Services Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE A
Supplement No. 5 to North Dakota P.S.C. No. 63
Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company, LLC
SUPPLEMENT No. 5
TO
North Dakota P.S.C. No. 63
LOCAL TARIFF
Containing
RULES AND REGULATIONS
Governing
THE TRANSPORTATION
And
DIVERSION AND RECONSIGNMENT
Of
CRUDE PETROLEUM
By Pipeline
The rules and regulations published herein apply only under tariffs making specific reference to this Tariff. Any such reference includes supplements and successive issuances of these rules and regulations.
NOTE: This reissue of North Dakota P.S.C. No. 63 contains all changes from the prior versions of North Dakota No. 63 as covered by Supplement Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4.
     
ISSUED December 10, 2010   EFFECTIVE January 12, 2011
    The provisions published herein, will, if effective, not result in an effect on the quality of the human environment.
Issued by:
Michael L. McCann
President
Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company, LLC
1900 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
(210) 626-4593
E-mail: Michael.l.McCann@tsocorp.com


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    ITEM   PAGE
SUBJECT   NO.   NO.
Abbreviations and Definitions
  5   4
Applicable Rates
  60   6
Barrel Defined
  5   4
Carrier Defined
  5   4
Charges, Payment of
  65   6
Commodity
  10   4
Claims, Time Limitation on
  80   7
Common Stream Petroleum Connecting Carriers
  105   7
Crude Petroleum Defined
  5   4
Deductions
  40   5
Definitions
  5   4
Delivery
  55   6
Demurrage
  55   6
Destinations Facilities
  35   5
Diversion or Reconsignment
  45   5
Facilities, Destination
  35   5
Gauging, Deductions and Adjustments
  40   5
General Application
      3
Gravity and Quality, Variations in
  30   5
Liability of Carrier
  70   6
Mixtures
  15   4
Payment of Charges
  65   6
Proration Procedures
  110   7
Quality
  28   4
Quality and Gravity, Variations in
  30   5
Quantities
  25   4
Rates Applicable
  60   6
Reconsignment
  45   5
Segregation
  30   5
Storage in Transit
  50   6
Suits, Time Limitation on
  80   7
Tender Defined
  5   4
Tenders
  20   4
Title
  75   6
Use of Communication Facilities
  85   7
Variation in Quality and Gravity, Segregation and
  30   5

2


 

GENERAL APPLICATION
The rules and regulations published herein apply only under tariffs which make specific reference to this tariff. Any such reference includes supplements and successive issuances of these rules and regulations.
Crude Petroleum will be transported through Carrier’s facilities only as provided in this rules and regulations tariff, except that specific rules and regulations published in individual tariffs will take precedence over rules and regulations published herein.

3


 

RULES AND REGULATIONS
Crude petroleum will be transported through Carrier’s facilities only as provided in these rules and regulations.
         
ITEM NO.   SUBJECT   RULES AND REGULATIONS
5
  ABBREVIATIONS
AND
DEFINITIONS
  As used in these rules and regulations, the following terms have the following meanings:
“a.m.” means a time of day after midnight and before noon.
“Barrel” means forty two United States gallons.
“Carrier” means and refers to Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company, LLC.
“Crude petroleum” means either the direct liquid products of oil wells or synthetic crude petroleum. Excluded from the category of crude petroleum are natural gasoline; condensate; and mixtures of direct products of oil wells and indirect products. Also, specifically excluded in the definition of crude petroleum that Carrier will transport are indirect products of oil wells or natural gas wells, such as liquefied petroleum gases, as provided in Item 15.
“No.” means number.
“p.m.” means a time of day after noon and before midnight.
“Tender” means an offer by a shipper to Carrier of a stated quantity of crude petroleum for transportation from a specified origin or origins to a specified destination or destinations in accordance with these rules and regulations.
 
       
10
  COMMODITY   Carrier is engaged in the transportation of crude petroleum by pipeline and will not accept any indirect products of oil and gas wells, mixtures containing indirect products or other commodity for transportation.
 
       
15
  MIXTURES   Natural gasoline, condensate and the indirect liquid products of oil or gas wells, including liquefied petroleum gases, hereinafter referred to as indirect products, will not be accepted or transported as a mixture with the direct liquid products of oil wells, herein referred to as direct products.
 
       
20
  TENDERS   (a) Crude petroleum will be transported only under a tender accepted by Carrier, from origins (or from facilities connected to Carrier’s gathering system when gathering service is to be performed by Carrier) to destinations when a tariff covering the movement is lawfully in effect and on file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission with respect to interstate traffic and with the Public Service Commission with respect to intrastate traffic.

(b) The transportation service offered by Carrier does not include any truck or rail unloading facility. Any such facility is outside the scope of this tariff.

(c) Any shipper desiring to tender crude petroleum for transportation shall make such tender to Carrier in writing on or before the twenty fifth (25th) day of the month preceding the month during which the transportation under the tender is to begin. Unless such notification is made, Carrier will be under no obligation to accept crude petroleum for transportation. However, if operating conditions permit and at the sole discretion of Carrier, tenders of crude petroleum may be accepted for transportation after the 25th day of the month preceding the month during which the transportation under the tender is to begin.
 
       
25
  QUANTITIES   (a) A tender will be accepted only when the total quantity covered by such tender will be made available for transportation within the month in which the tender is to begin.

(b) Any quantity of crude petroleum will be accepted from lease tanks or other facilities to which Carrier is connected, if such quantity can be consolidated with other crude petroleum so that Carrier can make a single delivery of not less than five thousand barrels. The term “single delivery” as used herein means a delivery of crude petroleum in one continuous operation to one or more consignees into a single facility, furnished by such consignee or consignees, to which Carrier is connected.
 
       
28
  QUALITY   (a) The presence of contaminants in Crude Petroleum including but not limited to chemicals such as chlorinated and/or oxygenated hydrocarbons and/or lead, shall be reason for carrier to reject a Crude Petroleum tender.

(b) Carrier will reject any Crude Petroleum offered or received for transportation when the Crude Petroleum’s sulfur content exceeds 0.5% by weight.

4


 

         
ITEM NO.   SUBJECT   RULES AND REGULATIONS
30-A
  SEGREGATION AND
VARIATIONS IN
QUALITY AND
GRAVITY
  The following rules and regulations covering crude petroleum quality apply to Carrier’s intrastate crude petroleum system

(a) As part of its common stream transportation, Carrier will not accept any crude petroleum which does not meet the quality criteria of the common stream as provided herein. Carrier will monitor the quality of its common streams and shall investigate suspected abuses of common stream criteria violations. Monitoring of common streams will include gravity and sulfur testing and could include simulated distillation and other testing to determine quality.

(b) If abuses of the common stream quality are determined, the shipper causing such abuses shall be advised to cease and desist all such actions. Failure to desist or failure to cooperate in ending such practices shall result in that shipper being barred from shipping in the common stream where such abuses occurred. Before such shipper is allowed to regain its shipper status in the common stream where the abuses occurred, the shipper will be required to provide Carrier with assurances that such abuses will not recur.

(c) Carrier will work with connecting carriers regarding Carrier’s quality issues and will advise such connecting carriers that any crude petroleum found to be a detriment to Carrier’s common stream will be rejected for further transportation on Carrier’s system.

(d) Since variations in gravity and/or quality of common stream crude petroleum are inherent in common stream operations, Carrier will not be liable for such variations occurring while crude petroleum is in its custody, nor is Carrier under any obligation to deliver the identical crude petroleum received, but will make delivery out of such common stream.

(e) When requested by the shipper and if operationally feasible, Carrier will endeavor to segregate crude petroleum of a kind and/or quality not currently transported through Carrier’s facilities. Carrier will, to the best of its abilities, make delivery of such crude petroleum at the destination, specified by shipper in a form that is substantially the same as the crude petroleum received by Carrier at origin. For such segregated batches, shipper must provide crude petroleum in such quantities (see Note 1) and at such specified times as may be necessary to permit such segregated movements via Carrier’s existing facilities. Further, Carrier will not be liable for failure to deliver the identical crude petroleum or for any variations in the gravity and/or quality of crude petroleum occurring while such segregated crude is in Carrier’s custody.

Note 1 – The quantity to be accepted and transported under the provisions of this Item will be determined by Carrier in accordance with current operations through its existing facilities involved in the segregated movements, but in no event shall the quantity for a single delivery be less than the minimum quantity stated in Item 25; nor shall Carrier be required to make any changes to its existing facilities or mode of operation to accommodate segregated batches.
 
       
35
  DESTINATION
FACILITIES
  No duty to transport will arise until evidence satisfactory to Carrier has been furnished that consignee has provided necessary facilities to which Carrier is connected and has made necessary arrangements for accepting delivery of shipments promptly on arrival at the destination. Carrier does not provide truck or rail unloading facilities as part of its transportation service.
 
       
40-A
  GAUGING,
DEDUCTIONS AND
ADJUSTMENTS
  (a) Quantities of crude petroleum for receiving, delivering, assessing charges and all other purposes will be corrected to a temperature of sixty degrees Fahrenheit, after deduction of impurities shown by tests made by Carrier prior to receipt and upon delivery. Quantities may be computed from tank tables compiled or accepted by Carrier.
(b) Pursuant to Item 70, crude petroleum quantities transported may be adjusted to allow for inherent losses, including but not limited to shrinkage, evaporation, interface losses and normal “over and short” losses. A deduction of two tenths of one percent (0.2%) will be made to cover evaporation, interface losses, and other normal losses during transportation.
(c) The net quantities as determined under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this item will be the amounts accountable at destination.
 
       
45
  DIVERSION OR
RECONSIGNMENT
  Crude petroleum in transport may be diverted without an additional charge to a destination other than the destination originally specified on the tender, or crude petroleum in transport may be reconsigned without an additional charge to another shipper at the point of destination only if such diversion or reconsignment is made in writing by the shipper prior to delivery at the original destination. Any such diversion will be permitted only in accordance with and subject to the rates, rules and regulations applicable from point of origin to point of final destination and, upon condition that no out of line or backhaul movement will be made.

5


 

         
ITEM NO.   SUBJECT   RULES AND REGULATIONS
50
  STORAGE IN
TRANSIT
  (a) Carrier has working tanks required to transport crude petroleum, but has no other tankage and, therefore, does not have facilities for rendering, nor does it offer, a storage service. Provisions for storage in transit in facilities furnished by shipper at points on Carrier’s system will be permitted only to the extent authorized under individual transit tariffs lawfully on file with the Public Service Commission.
(b) Each shipper will be required to furnish crude oil into inventory for its proportionate share of the line fill in such amount as deemed necessary by Carrier.
 
       
55
  DELIVERY AND
DEMURRAGE
  (a) Carrier will transport and deliver crude petroleum with reasonable diligence and dispatch, but will not accept crude petroleum to be transported in time for any particular market.

(b) After any shipment has had time to arrive at the destination, and on twenty-four hour notice to consignee, Carrier may begin delivery at its current rate of pumping.

(c) Commencing after the first seven o’clock a.m. after expiration of said notice, a demurrage charge of one cent per barrel per day of twenty four hours shall accrue on any part of said shipment offered for delivery and not taken as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this item. After expiration of said notice, Carrier’s liability for loss, damage, or delay shall be that of warehouseman only.
 
       
60
  RATES
APPLICABLE
  Crude petroleum transported shall be subject to the rates in effect on the dates such crude petroleum is received by Carrier.
 
       
65
  PAYMENT OF
CHARGES
  The shipper shall be responsible for payment of transportation and all other charges applicable to the shipment, and if required, shall prepay such charges or furnish guaranty of payment satisfactory to Carrier. Carrier will have a lien on all crude petroleum accepted for transportation to secure the payment of all charges, including demurrage charges, and may refuse to deliver crude petroleum until all charges have been paid. If said charges or any part thereof shall remain unpaid five days, computed from the first seven o’clock a.m. after written notice is mailed to shipper of intention to enforce Carrier’s lien as herein provided, or when there shall be failure to take the crude petroleum at the point of destination as provided in Item 55 within five days, computed from the first seven o’clock a.m. after expiration of the notice therein provided, Carrier shall have the right through an agent, to sell said crude petroleum at public auction for cash, between and not less than twenty four hours after notice of the time and place of such sale and the quantity, general description, and location of the crude petroleum to be sold has been published in a daily newspaper of general circulation published in the town or city where the sale is to be held, and sent by electronic mail or facsimile to shipper. Carrier may be a bidder and purchaser at such sale. Out of the proceeds of said sale Carrier may pay itself all transportation, demurrage, and other lawful charges, expense of notice, advertisement, sale, and other necessary expense, and of caring for and maintaining the crude petroleum, and the balance shall be held for whomsoever may be lawfully entitled thereto.
 
       
70
  LIABILITY OF
CARRIER
  (a) Carrier, while in possession of any crude petroleum, will not be liable for any loss thereof, or damage thereto, or delay, caused by an act of God, the public enemy, quarantine, the authority of law, or of public authority, strikes, riots insurrection, inherent nature of the goods, or the act or default of a shipper consignee.

(b) Any losses of crude petroleum will be charged proportionately to each shipper in the ratio that its petroleum products, or portion thereof, received and undelivered at the time the loss occurs, bears to the total of all crude petroleum then in the custody of Carrier for transportation via the lines or other facilities in which the loss occurs; and Carrier will be obligated to deliver only that portion of such crude petroleum remaining after deducting shipper’s proportion of such loss determined as aforesaid. Transportation charges will be assessed only on the quantity delivered.
 
       
75
  TITLE   A tender of crude petroleum shall be deemed a warranty of title by the party tendering, but acceptance shall not be deemed a representation by Carrier as to title. Carrier may, in the absence of adequate security, decline to receive any crude petroleum which is in litigation or with respect to which a dispute over title may exist, or which is encumbered by any lien of which Carrier has notice.

6


 

         
ITEM NO.   SUBJECT   RULES AND REGULATIONS
80
  TIME LIMITATION
ON CLAIMS
  As a condition precedent to recovery for loss, damage, or delay to shipments, claims must be filed in writing with Carrier within nine months and one day after reasonable time for delivery, based on Carrier’s normal operations, has elapsed; and suits shall be instituted against Carrier only within two years and one day from the day when notice in writing is given by Carrier to the claimant that Carrier has disallowed the claim or any part or parts thereof specified in the notice. Where claims are not filed or suits are not instituted thereon in accordance with the foregoing provisions, Carrier will not be liable with respect to any such claim, and no such claim will be paid.
 
       
105
  COMMON STREAM
PETROLEUM
CONNECTING
CARRIERS
  When both receipts from and deliveries to a connecting Carrier of substantially the same grade of Crude Petroleum are scheduled at the same interconnection. Carrier reserves the right, with the cooperation of the connecting Carrier, to offset like volumes of such common stream Crude Petroleum in order to avoid the unnecessary use of energy which would be required to physically pump the offsetting volumes. Carrier will apply to such offsetting of volumes the applicable tariff rate.
 
       
110
  PRORATION
PROCEDURES
  When there shall be tendered to Carrier for transportation on Carrier’s pipeline system or any part thereof under applicable tariffs, more crude petroleum than can be currently transported, the transportation furnished by Carrier shall be apportioned in the following manner:

(1) Capacity will be allocated first to the volumes of crude petroleum that a shipper has agreed, in a transportation service agreement with Carrier, that it will ship, or in the event it does not ship, will nonetheless pay for at the Firm Committed Rate;

(2) The remaining capacity will be allocated in a fair and equitable manner so as to avoid discrimination among shippers, properly take into account the historic volumes that shippers have shipped on Carrier’s pipeline in the past and avoid adversely affecting the reasonable operation of Carrier’s facilities.

7


 

NORTH DAKOTA P.S.C. No. 83
Cancels NORTH DAKOTA P.S.C. No. 82
TESORO HIGH PLAINS PIPELINE COMPANY, LLC
LOCAL TARIFF
Applying To

CRUDE PETROLEUM
Governed, except as otherwise provided herein, by rules and regulations shown in Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company, LLC’s North Dakota P.S.C. No. 63, supplements thereto and successive issues thereof.
TABLE OF RATES
                                 
            Rates in   Rates in    
            Dollars per   Dollars per    
            Barrel of 42   Barrel of 42    
            United States   United States    
            Gallons   Gallons Firm   Pipeline
            Uncommitted   Committed   Gathering
From   To   Rates   Rates   Charges
North Dakota Stations
                           
1701 Central
  Billings County         1.029       1.129          
1906 Central
  Billings County         1.023       1.123          
Alexander Station
  McKenzie County         1.171       1.271          
Alexander Truck Station
  McKenzie County         1.171       1.271          
Anderson 10-33
  McKenzie County         1.213       1.313       0.5134  
Anderson 32
  McKenzie County         1.213       1.313       0.5134  
Battleview
  Burke County         1.248       1.348          
Black Slough
  Burke County         1.353       1.453       0.5691  
Blue Buttes
  McKenzie County         0.940       1.040       0.5691  
Bratcher 10-44
  McKenzie County   Mandan, ND     1.193       1.293       0.5134  
Cartwright Station
  McKenzie County   (Morton County)     1.276       1.376       0.5134  
Charlson Station
  McKenzie County         1.000       1.100       0.5691  
Connolly
  Dunn County         0.751       0.851          
Dodge
  Dunn County         0.603       0.703          
Elletson 33-1
  Williams County         1.282       1.382       0.5134  
Fritz
  Billings County         1.035       1.135          
Highway 22
  Dunn County         0.804       0.904          
Iszley #1
  McKenzie County         1.282       1.382       0.5134  
Kasper 1-14-4c
  Billings County         0.820       0.920          
Keene Station
  McKenzie County         0.952       1.052          
Little Knife
  Dunn County         0.887       0.987       0.5134  
ND State E-1
  McKenzie County         1.181       1.281          
Novak 25-11
  McKenzie County         1.195       1.295       0.5134  
Novak 26-41
  McKenzie County         1.195       1.295       0.5134  
Poker Jim
  McKenzie County         1.434       1.534          
Ramberg Station
  Williams County         1.118       1.218          
Stepanek #1
  McKenzie County         1.189       1.289          
Taylor Station
  Billings County         1.014       1.114       0.5134  
Tioga
  Williams County         1.159       1.259       0.5691  
Treetop
  Billings County         1.006       1.106       0.5134  
Wiser #1
  McKenzie County         1.180       1.280       0.5134  
Whitetail Station
  Billings County         1.118       1.218       0.5134  
Yttredahl
  McKenzie County         1.047       1.147       0.5691  
APPLICATION OF RATES FROM INTERMEDIATE POINTS
Rates from any origin not specified above to Mandan, North Dakota shall be the rate indicated for the North Dakota Station listed above that is the closest geographic point on the pipeline to the unspecified origin.
Pumpover Fee: When shipments are transferred from tank or truck facilities into the main line facilities of Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company, LLC, a charge of 14.45 cents per barrel will be made in addition to the transportation rate stated above.
     
ISSUED December 10, 2010   EFFECTIVE January 12, 2011
Michael L. McCann
Vice President
Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company, LLC
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, TX 78259
Phone: 210-626-4593
Fax: 210-745 4574
Michael.L.McCann@tsocorp.com

 


 

SCHEDULE B
             
Segment #   From   To
  1    
Lignite
  Black Slough
  2    
Portal
  Black Slough
  3    
Black Slough
  Tioga
  4    
Tioga
  Ramburg
  5    
Tioga
  Dunn Center
  6    
Richey
  Putnam
  7    
Fairview
  Putnam
  8    
Putnam
  Sidney
  9    
Sidney
  Alexander
  10    
Alexander
  Keene
  11    
Sidney
  Poker Jim
  12    
Poker Jim
  Tree Top
  13    
Tree Top
  Fryburg
  14    
Fritz
  Tree Top
  15    
Tree Top
  Dunn Center
  16    
Little Knife
  Dunn Center
  17    
Dunn Center
  Mandan

 

Exhibit 10.7
FORM OF
TRUCKING TRANSPORTATION SERVICES AGREEMENT
     This TRUCKING TRANSPORTATION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of __________ ___, 2011, by and between Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TLO ”), and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TRMC ”), collectively referred to as “ Parties ,” and each individually, as a “ Party ”.
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of TLO (“ THPP ”), owns a pipeline system that currently transports crude petroleum from origins in the states of Wyoming and North Dakota to Mandan, North Dakota (the “ High Plains System ”);
      WHEREAS , TLO owns and operates a truck-based crude petroleum gathering operation for the High Plains System, using a combination of proprietary and third party trucks dispatched and scheduled by TLO;
      WHEREAS , TRMC desires and requests that TLO (i) cause to be gathered certain crude petroleum from wellheads, fields, control tank batteries or related collection points in the Williston Basin area, (ii) coordinate the pick up and delivery of such crude petroleum to the High Plains System or other delivery points thereto, (iii) upon request coordinate the pick up and delivery of such crude petroleum to third party destinations, and (iv) provide TRMC with certain ancillary services with respect to such gathering and delivery, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and
      WHEREAS , TLO will gather, coordinate the pickup of and deliver such crude petroleum, as well as provide the aforementioned ancillary services, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and obligations contained herein, the Parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used throughout this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below, unless otherwise specifically defined herein.
     “ Actual Barrels Gathered ” means Barrels of crude petroleum that are physically gathered from wellheads, fields, control tank batteries or related collection points in the Williston Basin area and delivered to any of the 13 proprietary truck unloading facilities of TLO set forth in Schedule I , or other delivery points, for movement into the High Plains System or, upon mutual agreement, delivered to third party destinations.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Applicable Law ” means any applicable statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, determination, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, requirement, or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit, license or other operating authorization issued by any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect.

 


 

     “ Barrel ” means a volume equal to 42 U.S. gallons of 231 cubic inches each, at 60 degrees Fahrenheit under one atmosphere of pressure.
     “ bpd ” means Barrels per day.
     “ $ ” means U.S. Dollars.
     “ Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York, New York are open for the general transaction of business.
     “ Commencement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.
     “ Confidential Information ” means all confidential, proprietary or non-public information of a Party, whether set forth in writing, orally or in any other manner, including all non-public information and material of such Party (and of companies with which such Party has entered into confidentiality agreements) that another Party obtains knowledge of or access to, including non-public information regarding products, processes, business strategies and plans, customer lists, research and development programs, computer programs, hardware configuration information, technical drawings, algorithms, know-how, formulas, processes, ideas, inventions (whether patentable or not), trade secrets, schematics and other technical, business, marketing and product development plans, revenues, expenses, earnings projections, forecasts, strategies, and other non-public business, technological, and financial information.
     “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
     “ Credit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).
     “ Excess Volumes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).
     “ Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
     “ Force Majeure ” means circumstances not reasonably within the control of TLO and which, by the exercise of due diligence, TLO is unable to prevent or overcome that prevent performance of TLO’s obligations, including: acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, wars, riots, fires, floods, storms, orders of courts or Governmental Authorities, explosions, terrorist acts, breakage, accident to machinery, storage tanks or lines of pipe and inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment and similar events.
     “ Force Majeure Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15(a).
     “ Force Majeure Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15(a).
     “ General Partner ” means the general partner of Tesoro Logistics LP.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.

- 2 -


 

     “ High Plains System ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Initial Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
     “ Mandan Refinery ” means the petroleum refinery owned by TRMC and located in Mandan, North Dakota.
     “ Minimum Volume Commitment ” means an average of 22,000 bpd per Month; provided, however, that the Minimum Volume Commitment during the Month in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be prorated in accordance with the ratio of the number of days, including and following the Commencement Date, in such Month to the total number of days in such Month.
     “ Month ” means a calendar month.
     “ Monthly Shortfall Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).
     “ Monthly Volume Shortfall ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).
     “ Notice Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16(a).
     “ Partnership Change of Control ” means Tesoro Corporation ceases to Control the General Partner.
     “ Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or any department or agency thereof.
     “ Receiving Party Personnel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(d).
     “ Suspension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16(a).
     “ Tank Usage Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).
     “ Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
     “ THPP ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ TLO ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ TRMC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Trucking Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).
2. VOLUME COMMITMENT
     (a) TRMC guarantees that from the Commencement Date through the end of the Term, TRMC will request that TLO cause to be gathered and delivered each Month, from wellheads, fields, control tank batteries or related collection points in the Williston Basin area to any and/or all of TLO’s proprietary crude petroleum truck unloading facilities specified on Schedule I , or other third party destinations, the Minimum Volume Commitment each Month, or, in the event that TRMC fails to request

- 3 -


 

that TLO do the foregoing, shall remit to TLO the Monthly Shortfall Payment referred to in Section 6(b) below.
     (b) TRMC may request that volumes of crude petroleum in excess of the Minimum Volume Commitment be gathered, transported and delivered by TLO (“ Excess Volumes ”). Any Excess Volumes so gathered and delivered by TLO shall be transported at the Trucking Rate specified in Section 5(a) below.
     (c) If TLO constructs or adds (by purchase or otherwise) additional truck unloading facilities adjacent to the High Plains System, then TLO shall supplement, modify or otherwise update Schedule I attached hereto, specifying such new truck unloading facility, provide an updated Schedule I to TRMC as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event before TLO brings such truck unloading facility into operation, and any crude petroleum volumes gathered and delivered by TLO on behalf of TRMC to such truck unloading facilities shall be counted towards TRMC’s Minimum Volume Commitment.
     (d) If THPP or any third party constructs any new pipeline (gathering or otherwise) such that the High Plains System is expanded or extended to any production location (i.e., wellheads, fields or control tank batteries) for volumes of crude petroleum that TRMC is at that time paying TLO to gather by truck, then TRMC will be entitled to a reduction in the Minimum Volume Commitment to account for these new pipeline-gathered volumes, such reduction to be commensurate with the reduced truck gathering volumes and mutually agreed upon by the Parties.
     (e) At any time and from time to time, TRMC may request that TLO gather, transport and deliver volumes of crude petroleum to delivery points that are not on the High Plains System. In such an event, TRMC shall negotiate in good faith to establish an appropriate rate for delivery of such volumes to such other points of delivery, consistent with TLO’s costs of delivering such excess volumes, provided however, that such rate shall not be less than the rate specified in Section 5(a), adjusted as provided in Sections 5(c) and (d). If the Parties agree upon an appropriate rate, then TLO shall transport gather, transport and deliver such crude petroleum as requested, and such volumes shall be counted towards TRMC’s Minimum Volume Commitment.
3. INITIAL TERM
The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue through April 30, 2013 (the “ Initial Term ”); provided, however, that this Agreement shall automatically renew for up to four (4) renewal terms of two (2) years each (each, an “ Extension Period ”) unless terminated (i) by either Party no later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Term; provided, however, that, during such ninety (90) day notice period, the Parties may negotiate in good faith to extend or renew the Term of this Agreement on terms and conditions mutually acceptable to the Parties, it being understood that if such an agreement to extend or renew is not agreed to by the Parties within such ninety (90) day notice period, this Agreement shall terminate one hundred eighty days after the expiration of such ninety (90) day period; or (ii) pursuant to Section 14 below. The Initial Term and any extensions thereof shall be referred to herein as the “ Term ”.
4. COMMENCEMENT DATE
The Parties anticipate that the “ Commencement Date ” will be _________ __, 2011. The actual Commencement Date shall be the date specified by TLO in a written notice to TRMC. The Parties agree that there are a number of factors that may affect the actual Commencement Date. Consequently, neither Party shall have any right or remedy against the other Party if the actual Commencement Date is earlier or later than the anticipated Commencement Date.

- 4 -


 

5. FEES; ADJUSTMENTS; AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
     (a)  Trucking Rate : TRMC agrees to pay TLO $2.72 per Barrel for gathering Barrels and providing trucking, dispatch, delivery and accounting/data services under this Agreement (as adjusted herein, the “ Trucking Rate ”).
     (b)  Tank Usage Rate : TRMC agrees to pay TLO a tank usage fee of $0.1445 per Barrel for all Barrels unloaded from trucks into TLO’s proprietary tanks located adjacent to injection points along the High Plains System (as adjusted herein, the “ Tank Usage Rate ”).
     (c)  Index Based Rate Increases . The Trucking Rate and the Tank Usage Rate shall be increased on July 1 of each year of the Term, beginning on July 1, 2011, by a percentage equal to the greater of zero or the positive change in the CPI-U (All Urban Consumers), as reported by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
     (d)  Adjustments . TLO shall have the right to make the following adjustments for the account of TRMC:
  (i)   a Monthly per Barrel adjustment to cover any increase (or decrease) in fuel prices (as determined by reference to the U.S. Energy Information Administration’s On-Highway Diesel Prices for the Rocky Mountain Region) incurred or experienced by TLO in connection with providing truck gathering services under this Agreement; provided, however, that such adjustment shall never be in an amount less than zero;
 
  (ii)   a mileage-based adjustment on gathered Barrels to the extent that, in any Month, the average miles driven (on a per Barrel basis) by trucks dispatched by TLO during such Month increases (or decreases) by more than five percent (5%) over (or under) the average miles driven during the three (3) Month period immediately preceding such Month; provided, however, that such adjustment shall never be in an amount less than zero. The amount of such adjustment will be equal to an amount sufficient to reimburse TLO for, or give TRMC the benefit of, the actual costs associated with providing truck gathering services under this Agreement; and
 
  (iii)   a Monthly surcharge on the services provided hereunder to cover TRMC’s proportionate share of the costs of complying with any new laws or regulations that affect the services provided to TRMC, if after TLO has made commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect of such laws or regulations, such new laws or regulations require TLO to make substantial and unanticipated capital expenditures. TLO and TRMC will negotiate in good faith to agree on the level of such Monthly surcharge.
     For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing adjustments made pursuant to (i) through (iii) above are in addition to, and shall in no event reduce, the Trucking Rate.
     (e)  Reimbursements . TRMC shall reimburse TLO for the following:
  (i)   Actual costs of any capital expenditures TLO or THPP agrees to make at TRMC’s request to provide services hereunder, other than capital expenditures required for TLO to continue to provide those services specified hereunder; and
 
  (ii)   All taxes (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) that TLO incurs on TRMC’s behalf for the services TLO provides to TRMC under this Agreement, if such reimbursement is not prohibited by law.

- 5 -


 

6. PAYMENTS
     (a)  Payments for Minimum Volume Commitment, etc. : TLO shall invoice TRMC on a Monthly basis and TRMC shall pay all amounts due (including any Monthly Shortfall Payments, as defined herein, and payments for Excess Volumes) no later than ten (10) calendar days after TRMC’s receipt of TLO’s invoices. Any past due amounts owed by TRMC to TLO shall accrue interest, payable on demand, at the rate of eight percent (8.00%) per annum from the due date of the payment through the actual date of payment.
     (b)  Monthly Shortfall Payment : If, during any Month, TRMC fails to request in good faith that TLO cause to be gathered an amount of crude petroleum equal to the Minimum Volume Commitment for such Month, then TRMC shall pay to TLO an amount equal to (i) the Monthly Volume Shortfall multiplied by (ii) the Trucking Rate for such Month (the “ Monthly Shortfall Payment ”). “ Monthly Volume Shortfall ” for any Month shall mean the volume of Barrels by which the product of the Minimum Volume Commitment multiplied by the number of days in any given Month, exceeds the Actual Barrels Gathered by TLO during such Month. The dollar amount of any Monthly Shortfall Payment included in the Monthly invoice described below and paid by TRMC shall be posted as a credit to TRMC’s account (the “ Credit ”), and such Credit shall be applied in subsequent Monthly invoices against amounts owed by TRMC for Excess Volumes shipped by TRMC during any of the succeeding three (3) Months. Credits will be applied in the order in which such Credits accrue and any portion of the Credit that is not used by TRMC during the succeeding three (3) Months will expire (e.g., a Credit which accrues in January will be available in February, March and April, will expire at the end of April and must be applied prior to applying any Credit which accrues in February).
7. SERVICES PROVIDED BY TLO; VOLUME LOSSES
In consideration of TRMC’s Minimum Volume Commitment and the fees and charges specified in Section 5, the services provided by TLO pursuant to this Agreement shall only include the gathering, scheduling, loading, transporting, and delivering of crude petroleum to TLO’s truck unloading facilities for movement into the High Plains System and other destinations upon mutual agreement as provided herein, as well as accounting and data services with respect to the foregoing. Further, TLO shall ensure that all transport vehicles used will be clean and free of contaminants, will be in compliance with all state and federal laws and regulations and designated as the proper container for the crude petroleum being transported. TLO will also ensure that all drivers of these transport vehicles will be adequately trained and qualified to perform the services stated herein.
     (a)  Scheduling/Dispatch/Pick-Up : Requests for the gathering of crude petroleum under this Agreement shall be made by TRMC or its crude petroleum suppliers on a “call and demand” basis. TLO will schedule and dispatch all pick-ups of crude petroleum requested by TRMC or its crude petroleum suppliers on such “call and demand” basis.
     (b)  Loading/Transporting : TLO shall load only that crude petroleum which it is authorized to load pursuant to directions received from TRMC and its crude petroleum suppliers or in accordance with this Agreement. The quality and quantity of the crude petroleum received by TLO shall be determined by sampling, verification and measurement conducted by TLO or THHP. TLO shall not mix different grades of crude petroleum, unless authorized by TRMC, or adulterate the crude petroleum with motor fuel or with any chemical or other material whatsoever. The crude petroleum hauled on a transport truck or stored in a TLO tank facility prior to loading a new delivery must be compatible with the crude petroleum that is being loaded or stored so as to not cause contamination of loaded or stored crude petroleum. TRMC as part of its quality control may test the quality of crude petroleum delivered by TLO. TLO agrees to abide by the quality control procedures mutually agreed by the parties from time to time.

- 6 -


 

TRMC shall at all times retain title to the crude petroleum gathered, transported and delivered by TLO hereunder and shall remain responsible for all risk of loss, damage, deterioration, or contamination as to such crude petroleum, except for that caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement by TLO, its agents, employees or contractors.
     (c)  Delivery : Immediately upon receipt of crude petroleum from any designated pick-up location, TLO shall safely and expeditiously transport the crude petroleum to its applicable truck unloading facility or other mutually agreed-upon destination as provided for in Section 2(e). Upon arrival at such truck unloading facility or such other mutually agreed-upon destination, TLO shall unload the crude petroleum in compliance with this Agreement unless otherwise specified in writing.
     (d)  Accounting/Data Services : TLO shall maintain a true and correct set of records to include but not be limited to, invoices, bills of lading, receipt tickets, transportation records, and delivery tickets; showing the date, crude petroleum amounts, receipt location and delivery location for all crude petroleum transported, and sufficient other detail to permit reasonable verification or correction of any charges to TRMC hereunder. TLO will provide TRMC with a secure electronic data feed, which shall accurately report all the above information and other information mutually agreed upon by the Parties on a current daily basis. TLO shall maintain such records for a period not less than five (5) years after performance of services hereunder pursuant to its corporate retention policy. TRMC, or its representatives, may, from time to time, at TRMC’s expense, audit any such records and TLO agrees to permit TRMC, or its representative, access to examine and audit such records at all reasonable times. TLO shall promptly refund to TRMC any amounts paid by TRMC in excess of amounts properly payable under the terms of the Agreement.
     (e)  Volume Losses : TLO shall have no obligation to measure volume gains and losses and shall have no liability whatsoever for normal course physical losses that may result from the handling and transporting of crude petroleum through trucks that TLO dispatches, except if such losses are caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement of TLO, its agents, employees or contractors, as further described in Section 12 herein.
8. SAFETY/PREVENTION
TLO agrees that transportation services provided hereunder shall be conducted in a safe manner which meets or exceeds regulatory and industry standards for transportation of crude petroleum. TLO shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local rules, regulations and orders as well as TMRC’s rules, policies and procedures regarding safety, delivery, health, and fire protection. TLO shall only use vehicles under this Agreement that meet all requirements and standards promulgated by applicable regulatory authorities, including but not limited to, the Department of Transportation, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the Environmental Protection Agency. TLO shall only use under this Agreement such employees that have been properly instructed, trained and certified as to the characteristics and safe loading, handling, hauling, delivery, and unloading methods associated with crude petroleum. TLO shall ensure that its employees comply with all safety rules to avoid, injury to workers and others, and damage to equipment and property.
9. ACCIDENT REPORTING/HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS
TLO shall use its best efforts to reduce and minimize accidents arising in connection with the services and shall promptly report to TRMC all accidents or occurrences resulting in injuries to the General Partner’s employees or third parties and damage to TRMC’s or third parties’ property, arising out of or during the performance of services under this Agreement. All incidents such as spills, property damage or injury shall be immediately reported to the applicable truck unloading facility’s attendant and to CHEMTREC at

- 7 -


 

1-800-424-9300, Customer Number 22014. The numbers provided herein may be revised by TRMC and shall become effective upon notice to TLO. TLO shall provide TRMC a written incident report within twenty-four (24) hours of the accident or occurrence, followed promptly by any material information that becomes reasonably available to TLO with respect thereto. In the event there is a release of crude petroleum or damage to the environment, TLO shall clean up such spill and remediate such damage in accordance with applicable governmental laws or regulations, and if a Clean and Clear letter from the applicable oversight agency is provided to TLO, a copy of such Clean and Clear letter will be sent TRMC promptly after its receipt thereof. TLO shall inform TRMC of any notices, warnings, or asserted violations issued by any Governmental Authorities relative to any service performed by TLO pursuant to this Agreement. In the event TLO becomes aware of any environmental, health or safety conditions that violate any laws or regulations or any other conditions concerning the truck unloading facilities, any of TRMC’s premises or facilities that create a hazardous condition, TLO shall immediately provide TRMC with telephonic notice at the numbers set forth herein, informing TRMC about the details of the condition.
TLO shall use its best efforts to prevent and minimize hazardous conditions arising as a result of its services. TLO shall clean up all crude petroleum spills if any, and debris originating from the transport truck before leaving the site. Upon request, TLO shall provide a copy of the spill contingency plans to TRMC, and TLO must meet minimum requirements for rapid response and short-term containment. If TRMC believes TLO does not respond in a proportionate and urgent manner to any type of hazard, TRMC may respond and any such response shall not be considered an act as a volunteer, and TLO will be liable for the cost of the TRMC response.
10. SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PLAN
TLO must have a written Spill Prevention and Response Plan for each of its storage facilities and otherwise in accordance with HMR, 49 CFR Parts 130.1-130.33. TLO must provide TRMC with a copy of the written plan and a letter stating their employees have been properly trained in accordance with the plan and the above regulation.
11. INSURANCE
TLO shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain and maintain in force during the term of this Agreement, the insurance set forth on Exhibit A , and abide by the terms and conditions specified therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is agreed and acknowledged by the Parties that the fees and other charges provided herein do not include any insurance on TRMC’s crude petroleum while in the custody of TLO, which insurance will be the responsibility of TRMC. Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, TLO shall not be responsible for any type of casualty or other loss to TRMC’s crude petroleum.
12. INDEMNITY
     (a) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, TLO shall release, defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless TRMC from and against any and all demands, claims (including third-party claims), losses, costs, suits, or causes of action (including, but not limited to, any judgments, losses, liabilities, fines, penalties, expenses, interest, reasonable legal fees, costs of suit, and damages, whether in law or equity and whether in contract, tort, or otherwise) for or relating to: (i) personal or bodily injury to, or death of the employees of TRMC and, as applicable, its carriers, contractors, customers, representatives, and agents; (ii) loss of or damage to any property, products, material, and/or equipment belonging to TRMC and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, and each of their respective affiliates, contractors, and subcontractors (except for those volume losses

- 8 -


 

provided for in Section 7); (iii) loss of or damage to any other property, products, material, and/or equipment of any other description (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 7), and/or personal or bodily injury to, or death of any other person or persons; and with respect to clauses (i) through (iii) above, which is caused by or resulting in whole or in part from the acts and omissions of TLO in connection with the ownership or operation of the trucking gathering and storage operations and the services provided hereunder, and, as applicable, its contractors, representatives, and agents, or those of their respective employees with respect to such matters; and (iv) any losses incurred by TRMC due to violations of this Agreement by TLO, or, as applicable, its customers, representatives, and agents; PROVIDED THAT TLO SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY OR HOLD HARMLESS TRMC FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS TO THE EXTENT THEY RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF CONTRACT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF TRMC.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, TRMC shall release, defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless TLO and, and each of its respective affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees, successors-in-interest, and assignees from and against any and all demands, claims (including third-party claims), losses, costs, suits, or causes of action (including, but not limited to, any judgments, losses, liabilities, fines, penalties, expenses, interest, reasonable legal fees, costs of suit, and damages, whether in law or equity and whether in contract, tort, or otherwise) for or relating to: (i) personal or bodily injury to, or death of the employees of TLO and, as applicable, its carriers, contractors, customers, representatives, and agents; (ii) loss of or damage to any property, products, material, and/or equipment belonging to TLO and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, and each of their respective affiliates, contractors, and subcontractors (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 7); (iii) loss of or damage to any other property, products, material, and/or equipment of any other description (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 7), and/or personal or bodily injury to, or death of any other person or persons; and with respect to clauses (i) through (iii) above, which is caused by or resulting in whole or in part from the acts and omissions of TRMC in connection with TRMC’s and it’s customers’ use of the trucking, gathering and storage operations and the services provided hereunder and TRMC’s crude petroleum unloaded and stored hereunder, and, as applicable, its contractors, carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, or those of their respective employees with respect to such matters; and (iv) any losses incurred by TLO due to violations of this Agreement by TRMC, or, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents; PROVIDED THAT TRMC SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY OR HOLD HARMLESS TLO FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS TO THE EXTENT THEY RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF CONTRACT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF TLO.
13. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither Party shall be liable or responsible to the other Party or such other Party’s affiliated Persons for any consequential, incidental, or punitive damages, or for loss of profits or revenues (collectively referred to as “special damages”) incurred by such Party or its affiliated Persons that arise out of or relate to this Agreement, regardless of whether any such claim arises under or results from contract, tort, or strict liability; provided that the foregoing limitation is not intended and shall not affect special damages imposed in favor of unaffiliated Persons that are not Parties to this Agreement.
14. TERMINATION; RIGHT TO ENTER NEW AGREEMENT
     (a)  Termination for Default . A Party shall be in default under this Agreement if:

- 9 -


 

     (i) the Party materially breaches any provision of this Agreement and such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) Business Days after notice thereof (which notice shall describe such breach in reasonable detail) is received by such Party;
     (ii) the Party (A) files a petition or otherwise commences, authorizes or acquiesces in the commencement of a proceeding or cause of action under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar Applicable Law, or has any such petition filed or commenced against it, (B) makes an assignment or any general arrangement for the benefit of creditors, (C) otherwise becomes bankrupt or insolvent (however evidenced) or (D) has a liquidator, administrator, receiver, trustee, conservator or similar official appointed with respect to it or any substantial portion of its property or assets; or
     If any of the Parties is in default as described above, then (i) if TRMC is in default, TLO may or (ii) if TLO is in default, TRMC may: (1) notwithstanding the terms of Section 3, terminate this Agreement upon notice to the defaulting Party; (2) withhold any payments due to the defaulting Party under this Agreement; and/or (3) pursue any other remedy at law or in equity.
     (b)  Right to Enter New Agreement . Upon termination of this Agreement for reasons other than (x) a default by TRMC, and (y) any other termination of this Agreement initiated by TRMC pursuant to Section 16, TRMC shall have the right to require TLO to enter into a new trucking transportation services agreement with TRMC that (1) is consistent with the terms set forth in this Agreement, and (2) has commercial terms that are, in the aggregate, equal to or more favorable to TLO than fair market value terms as would be agreed by similarly-situated parties negotiating at arm’s length; provided, however, that the term of any such new trucking transportation services agreement shall not extend beyond April 30, 2031.
15. FORCE MAJEURE
     (a) As soon as possible upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure, TLO shall provide TRMC with written notice of the occurrence of such Force Majeure (a “ Force Majeure Notice ”). TLO shall identify in such Force Majeure Notice the approximate length of time that TLO reasonably believes in good faith such Force Majeure shall continue (the “ Force Majeure Period ”).
     (b) TLO’s obligations may be temporarily suspended during the occurrence of, and for the entire duration of, a Force Majeure that prevents TLO from gathering the Minimum Volume Commitment hereunder and delivering such Minimum Volume Commitment into the High Plains System. If, for reasons of Force Majeure, TLO is prevented from gathering volumes equal to the full Minimum Volume Commitment, then TRMC’s obligation to cause TLO to gather the Minimum Volume Commitment shall be reduced to the extent that TLO is prevented from gathering the full Minimum Volume Commitment. At such time as TLO is capable of gathering volumes equal to the Minimum Throughput Commitment, TRMC’s obligation to ship the full Minimum Volume Commitment shall be restored.
16. SUSPENSION OF REFINERY OPERATIONS
     (a) In the event that TRMC decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at the Mandan Refinery for a period that shall continue for at least twelve (12) consecutive Months, TRMC may provide written notice to TLO of TRMC’s intent to terminate this Agreement (the “ Suspension Notice ”). Such Suspension Notice shall be sent at any time after TRMC has publicly announced such suspension and, upon the expiration of the twelve (12) Month period following the date such notice is sent (the “ Notice Period ”), this Agreement shall terminate. If TRMC publicly announces, more than two (2) Months prior to the expiration of the Notice Period, its intent to resume operations at

- 10 -


 

the Mandan Refinery, then the Suspension Notice shall be deemed revoked, and the applicable portion of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such Suspension Notice had never been delivered.
     (b) If refining operations at the Mandan Refinery are suspended for any reason (including refinery turnaround operations and other scheduled maintenance), then TRMC shall remain liable for Monthly Shortfall Payments under this Agreement for the duration of the suspension, unless and until this Agreement is terminated as provided above. TRMC shall provide at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any suspension of operations at the Mandan Refinery due to a planned turnaround or scheduled maintenance.
17. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
Both Parties, in carrying out the terms and provisions of this Agreement, shall comply with all present and future Applicable Laws of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction.
Prior to transporting any crude petroleum covered hereunder, TLO shall make or cause to be made, the following certifications on the delivery receipt or bill of lading covering the crude petroleum received if required by 49 CFR 172.204, or such other certification(s) as may be required by applicable law:
“This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified, described, packaged, marked and labeled, and are in proper condition for transportation according to the applicable regulations of the Department of Transportation.
TLO hereby certifies that the cargo tank used for this shipment is a proper container for the commodity loaded therein and complies with Department of Transportation specification and certifies that cargo tank is properly placarded and marked to comply with regulations pertaining to hazardous materials.”
TLO shall secure and maintain current all required permits, licenses, certificates, and approvals for the services. TLO and any authorized subcontractors shall specifically comply with all applicable federal, state, and local environmental, employment, safety and zoning laws, rules, and regulations as from time to time amended.
18. GOVERNMENT REGULATION
     (a)  Crude Petroleum Certification . Each Party certifies that none of the crude petroleum covered by this Agreement will be produced or withdrawn from storage in violation of any federal, state or other governmental law, nor in violation of any rule, regulation or promulgated by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction in the premises.
     (b)  Applicable Law . The Parties are entering into this Agreement in reliance upon and shall fully comply with all Applicable Law which directly or indirectly affect the crude petroleum gathered hereunder, or any receipt, throughput, delivery, transportation, handling or storage of crude petroleum hereunder or the ownership, operation or condition of the gathering operation, trucks and truck unloading facilities. Each Party shall be responsible for compliance with all Applicable Laws associated with such Party’s respective performance hereunder and the operation of such Party’s facilities, and, including without limitation any and all required certifications required by the Department of Transportation. In the event any action or obligation imposed upon a Party under this Agreement shall at any time be in conflict with any requirement of Applicable Law, then this Agreement, shall immediately be modified to conform the action or obligation so adversely affected to the requirements Applicable Law, and all other provisions of the Agreement shall remain effective.

- 11 -


 

     (c)  New Or Changed Applicable Law : If during the Term, any new Applicable Law becomes effective or any existing Applicable Law are or its interpretations is materially changed, which change is not addressed by another provision of this Agreement and has a material adverse economic impact upon a Party either Party, acting in good faith, shall have the option to request renegotiation of the relevant provisions of this Agreement with respect to future performance. The Parties shall then meet and negotiate in good faith amendments to this Agreement that will conform this Agreement to the new Applicable Law while preserving the Parties’ economic, operational, commercial and competitive arrangements in accordance with the understandings set forth herein.
19. ASSIGNMENT; PARTNERSHIP CHANGE OF CONTROL
     (a) TRMC shall not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without TLO’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however: that TRMC may assign this Agreement without TLO’s consent in connection with a sale by TRMC of the Mandan Refinery so long as the transferee: (i) agrees to assume all of TRMC’s obligations under this Agreement and (ii) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by TRMC in its reasonable judgment.
     (b) TLO shall not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without TRMC’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however; that (i) TLO may assign this Agreement without TRMC’s consent in connection with a sale by TLO of TLO’s truck gathering operation so long as the transferee: (A) agrees to assume all of TLO’s obligations under this Agreement, (B) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by TLO in its reasonable judgment, and (C) is not a competitor of TRMC; and (ii) TLO shall be permitted to make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure working capital financing for TLO.
     (c) Any assignment that is not undertaken in accordance with the provisions set forth above shall be null and void ab initio. A Party making any assignment shall promptly notify the other Party of such assignment, regardless of whether consent is required. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     (d) TRMC’s obligations hereunder shall not terminate in connection with a Partnership Change of Control.
20. NOTICE
All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (i) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (ii) by e-mail on the next business day after delivery, if receipt is confirmed, (iii) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) Business Days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; or (iv) if mailed by an internationally recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid. All notices will be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:
If to TRMC, to:
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259

- 12 -


 

Attention:
phone:
email:
If to TLO, to:
Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Attention:
phone:
email:
or to such other address or to such other person as either Party will have last designated by notice to the other Party.
21. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
     (a)  Obligations . Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to retain the other Parties’ Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose the same to any third party nor use the same, except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as expressly permitted in this Section 21. Each Party further agrees to take the same care with the other Party’s Confidential Information as it does with its own, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care. Excepted from these obligations of confidence and non-use is that information which:
          (i) is available, or becomes available, to the general public without fault of the receiving Party;
          (ii) was in the possession of the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis prior to receipt of the same from the disclosing Party (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that this exception shall not apply to information of TMRC that was in the possession of TLO or any of its Affiliates as a result of their ownership or operation of the TRMC’s logistics assets prior to the Commencement Date);
          (iii) is obtained by the receiving Party without an obligation of confidence from a third party who is rightfully in possession of such information and, to the receiving Party’s knowledge, is under no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; or
          (iv) is independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to or use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.
For the purpose of this Section 21, a specific item of Confidential Information shall not be deemed to be within the foregoing exceptions merely because it is embraced by, or underlies, more general information in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party.
     (b)  Required Disclosure . Notwithstanding Section 21(a) above, if the receiving Party becomes legally compelled to disclose the Confidential Information by a court, Governmental Authority or Applicable Law, or is required to disclose by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, any of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, the receiving Party shall promptly advise the disclosing Party of such requirement to disclose Confidential Information as soon as the receiving Party becomes aware that such a requirement to disclose might become effective, in order that, where possible,

- 13 -


 

the disclosing Party may seek a protective order or such other remedy as the disclosing Party may consider appropriate in the circumstances. The receiving Party shall disclose only that portion of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that it is required to disclose and shall cooperate with the disclosing Party in allowing the disclosing Party to obtain such protective order or other relief.
     (c)  Return of Information . Upon written request by the disclosing Party, all of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in whatever form shall be returned to the disclosing Party upon termination of this Agreement or destroyed with such destruction certified by the receiving Party, without the receiving Party retaining copies thereof except that one copy of all such Confidential Information may be retained by a Party’s legal department solely to the extent that such Party is required to keep a copy of such Confidential Information pursuant to Applicable Law, and the receiving Party shall be entitled to retain any Confidential Information in the electronic form or stored on automatic computer back-up archiving systems during the period such backup or archived materials are retained under such Party’s customary procedures and policies; provided , however , that any Confidential Information retained by the receiving Party shall be maintained subject to confidentiality pursuant to the terms of this Section 21, and such archived or back-up Confidential Information shall not be accessed except as required by Applicable Law.
     (d)  Receiving Party Personnel . The receiving Party will limit access to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party to those of its employees, attorneys and contractors that have a need to know such information in order for the receiving Party to exercise or perform its rights and obligations under this Agreement (the “ Receiving Party Personnel ”). The Receiving Party Personnel who have access to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party will be made aware of the confidentiality provision of this Agreement, and will be required to abide by the terms thereof. Any third party contractors that are given access to Confidential Information of a disclosing Party pursuant to the terms hereof shall be required to sign a written agreement pursuant to which such Receiving Party Personnel agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, which written agreement will expressly state that it is enforceable against such Receiving Party Personnel by the disclosing Party.
     (e)  Survival . The obligation of confidentiality under this Section 21 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years.
22. MISCELLANEOUS
     (a)  Modification; Waiver . This Agreement may be terminated, amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by the Parties. Any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived in writing at any time by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof. No waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or any breach thereof, will be effective unless in writing signed by a duly authorized individual on behalf of the Party against which the waiver is sought to be enforced. No waiver of any term or condition or of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed or will constitute a waiver of any other term or condition or of any later breach (whether or not similar), nor will such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
     (b)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Schedules, constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the Parties in connection therewith.
     (c)  Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles. Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal court of competent jurisdiction situated in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, or if such federal court declines to

- 14 -


 

exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in the district court of Bexar County, Texas. The Parties expressly and irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of said Courts and irrevocably waive any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in such Courts, irrevocably waive any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably waive the right to object, with respect to such claim, action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court, that such Court does not have jurisdiction over such Party. The Parties hereby irrevocably consent to the service of process by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by personal service within or without the State of Texas. Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the Parties hereto, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.
     (e)  Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance will be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     (f)  No Third Party Beneficiaries . It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a Party or successor or permitted assignee of a Party.
     (g)  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM ANY OBLIGATION HEREUNDER.
     (h)  Schedules . Each of the Schedules attached hereto and referred to herein is hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

- 15 -


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
    TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY  
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
    TESORO LOGISTICS OPERATIONS LLC
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    
Signature Page to
Trucking Transportation Services Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE I
TLO Truck Unloading Facilities
     
Location   Storage Tanks
Putnam   Three 400 bbl tanks
Fairview   Four 400 bbl tanks
Poker Jim   Two 400 bbl tanks
Sidney   Two 400 bbl tanks
Alexander   Two 400 bbl tanks
Cartwright   One 5,000 bbl tank
Treetop   Three 400 bbl tanks
Little Knife   One 10,000 bbl tank
Connolly   Four 400 bbl tanks
Blue Buttes   Three 400 bbl tanks
Tioga   Three 400 bbl tanks
Lignite   Three 400 bbl tanks
Charlson   One 400 bbl tank
Schedule I

 


 

EXHIBIT A
Section 11 Insurance Requirements
     At all times during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years after termination of this Agreement for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” basis, TLO and/or any of its third party carriers (if applicable)(“Carrier”) shall maintain at their expense the below listed insurance in the amounts specified below which are minimum requirements. TLO shall require that Carrier cause all of its contractors providing authorized drivers or authorized vehicles, to carry such insurance, and TLO shall be liable to TRMC for their failure to do so. Such insurance shall provide coverage to TRMC and such policies, other than Worker’s Compensation Insurance, shall include TRMC as an additional insured. Each policy shall provide that it is primary to and not contributory with any other insurance, including any self-insured retention, maintained by TLO (which shall be excess) and each policy shall provide the full coverage required by this Agreement. All such insurance shall be written with carriers and underwriters acceptable to TRMC, and eligible to do business in the states where the gathering operations are located and having and maintaining an A.M. Best financial strength rating of no less than “A-“and financial size rating no less than “VII”; provided that TLO and/or the Carrier may procure worker’s compensation insurance from the state fund of the state where the gathering operations are located.
  (i)   Workers Compensation and Occupational Disease Insurance which fully complies with Applicable Law of the state where the gathering operations are located, in limits not less than statutory requirements;
 
  (ii)   Employers Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 for each accident, covering injury or death to any employee which may be outside the scope of the worker’s compensation statute of the jurisdiction in which the worker’s service is performed, and in the aggregate as respects occupational disease;
 
  (iii)   Commercial General Liability Insurance, including contractual liability insurance covering Carrier’s indemnity obligations under this Agreement, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability, or such higher limits as may be required by TRMC or by Applicable Law from time to time. This policy shall include Broad Form Contractual Liability insurance coverage which shall specifically apply to the obligations assumed in this Agreement by TLO;
 
  (iv)   Automobile Liability Insurance covering all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability, or such higher limit(s) as may be required by TLO or by Applicable Law from time to time. Coverage must assure compliance with Sections 29 and 30 of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980 and all applicable rules and regulations of the Federal Highway Administration’s Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety and Interstate Commerce Commissioner (Form MCS 90 Endorsement). Limits of liability for this insurance must be in accordance with the financial responsibility requirement of the Motor Carrier Act, but not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence;
 
  (v)   Excess (Umbrella) Liability Insurance with limits not less than $4,000,000 per occurrence. Additional excess limits may be utilized to supplement inadequate limits in the primary policies required in items (ii), (iii), and (iv) above;

 


 

  (vi)   Pollution Legal Liability with limits not less than $25,000,000 per loss with an annual aggregate of $25,000,000. Coverage shall apply to bodily injury and property damage including loss of use of damaged property and property that has not been physically injured; clean up costs, defense, including costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, defense or settlement of claim; and
 
  (vii)   Property Insurance, with a limit of no less than $1,000,000, which property insurance shall be first-party property insurance to adequately cover TLO’s owned property; including personal property of others.
     (b) All such policies must be endorsed with a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement, effectively waiving rights of recovery under subrogation or otherwise, against TRMC, and shall contain where applicable, a severability of interest clause and a standard cross liability clause.
     (c) Upon execution of this Agreement and prior to the operation of any equipment by TLO, Carrier or its authorized drivers, TLO and/or Carrier will furnish to TRMC, and at least annually thereafter (or at any other times upon request by TRMC) during the Term of this Agreement (and for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” basis, for two (2) years after the termination of this Agreement), insurance certificates and/or certified copies of the original policies to evidence the insurance required herein, including on behalf of Carrier’s contractors providing authorized vehicles or authorized drivers. Such certificates shall be in the form of the “Accord” Certificate of Insurance, and reflect that they are for the benefit of TRMC and shall provide that there will be no material change in or cancellation of the policies unless TRMC is given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice. Certificates providing evidence of renewal of coverage shall be furnished to TRMC prior to policy expiration.
     (d) TLO and/or Carrier shall be solely responsible for any deductibles or self-insured retention.

 

Exhibit 10.8
SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH TWO ASTERISKS.
FORM OF
MASTER TERMINALLING SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Master Terminalling Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is dated as of __________ ___, 2011, by and among Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TRMC ”), Tesoro Alaska Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TAK ” and, together with TRMC, “ Tesoro ”) and Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TLO ”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , by virtue of their indirect ownership interests in Tesoro Logistics LP (the “ Partnership ”), TLO’s parent entity, each of TAK and TRMC have an economic interest in the financial and commercial success of the Partnership and its operating subsidiary, TLO; and
      WHEREAS , Tesoro and TLO desire to enter into this Agreement to memorialize the terms of their ongoing commercial relationship.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the covenants and obligations contained herein, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used throughout this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below, unless otherwise specifically defined herein.
     “ Additive Facilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 17(a).
     “ Additized Gasoline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 18(a).
     “ Adjusted Minimum Volume Commitment ” means Tesoro’s Minimum Throughput Commitment, adjusted by deducting the applicable Stipulated Volume for each Terminal that is no longer subject to this Agreement at any time.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Ancillary Services ” means the following services to be provided by TLO to Tesoro: ethanol receipt (rail and truck), ethanol storage, ethanol blending, generic gasoline additization, jet additization, jet certification, lubricity/conductivity additization, product receipt (barge), proprietary additive additization, red dye additization, transmix loading (truck) and winter flow improver additization.
     “ Applicable Law ” means any applicable statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, determination, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, requirement, or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit, license or other operating authorization issued by any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect.
     “ Base Gasoline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 18(a).
     “ Blending Instructions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(c).
     “ bpd ” means barrels per day.

 


 

     “ Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York, New York are open for the general transaction of business.
     “ Capacity Resolution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 32(c).
     “ Carrier ” means a third-party agent or contractor hired by Tesoro, who is in the business of transporting Products via tank trucks.
     “ Confidential Information ” means all confidential, proprietary or non-public information of a Party, whether set forth in writing, orally or in any other manner, including all non-public information and material of such Party (and of companies with which such Party has entered into confidentiality agreements) that another Party obtains knowledge of or access to, including non-public information regarding products, processes, business strategies and plans, customer lists, research and development programs, computer programs, hardware configuration information, technical drawings, algorithms, know-how, formulas, processes, ideas, inventions (whether patentable or not), trade secrets, schematics and other technical, business, marketing and product development plans, revenues, expenses, earnings projections, forecasts, strategies, and other non-public business, technological, and financial information.
     “ Contro l” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
     “ Credit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).
     “ Curtailment Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 30(b).
     “ DCA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 18(a).
     “ EPA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 18(a).
     “ Ethanol Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(a).
     “ Excess Amounts ” means, for any Month, the aggregate volumes throughput by Tesoro in excess of the Minimum Throughput Commitment, multiplied by the weighted average Terminalling Service Fee paid by Tesoro during such Month.
     “ Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
     “ First Offer Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 34(b).
     “ Force Majeure ” means circumstances not reasonably within the control of TLO and which, by the exercise of due diligence, TLO is unable to prevent or overcome that prevent performance of TLO’s obligations, including: acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, wars, riots, fires, floods, storms, orders of courts or Governmental Authorities, explosions, terrorist acts, breakage, accident to machinery, storage tanks or lines of pipe and inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment and similar events.
     “ Force Majeure Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 31(a).
     “ Force Majeure Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 31(a).
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court,

2


 

department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.
     “ LAC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 18(a).
     “ Minimum Throughput Commitment ” means an aggregate amount of Products equal to 100,000 bpd (on a monthly average basis); provided however, that the Minimum Throughput Commitment during the Month in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be prorated in accordance with the ratio of the number of days including and following the Commencement Date in such Month to the total number of days in such Month.
     “ Month ” means a calendar month.
     “ Notice Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 30(a).
     “ Offer Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 32(g).
     “ OPIS ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).
     “ Partnership ” means Tesoro Logistics LP, TLO’s parent entity.
     “ Partnership Change of Control ” means Tesoro Corporation ceases to Control the general partner of the Partnership.
     “ Party” or “Parties ” means that each of TAK, TRMC and TLO is a “Party” and collectively are the “Parties” to this Agreement.
     “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or any department or agency thereof.
     “ Product ” or “ Products ” means the petroleum products, ethanol or biofuels described herein as being handled under this Agreement.
     “ Receiving Party Personnel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 37(d).
     “ Red Dye ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19(a).
     “ Refineries ” means the Tesoro Refineries located in Anacortes, Washington; Kenai, Alaska; Mandan, North Dakota; Salt Lake City, Utah; and Martinez and Los Angeles, California.
     “ Restoration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 32(b).
     “ Right of First Refusal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 32(g).
     “ Shortfall Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).
     “ Stipulated Volume ” means the stipulated volume in bpd as set forth for each Terminal on Schedule C attached hereto.
     “ Storage Contract ” has the meaning set forth in Section 32(g).
     “ Subject Tank ” has the meaning set forth in Section 32(g).
     “ Suspension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 30(a).

3


 

     “ TAK ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Term ” and “ Initial Term ” shall each have the meaning set forth in Section 3.
     “ Terminalling Right of First Refusal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 34(b).
     “ Terminalling Service Fee ” means, for any Month during the Term of this Agreement, the total fee per barrel of throughput paid by Tesoro during that Month for terminalling, dedicated storage and Ancillary Services provided by TLO.
     “ Terminals ” means the Terminals set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.
     “ Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 31(a).
     “ Tesoro ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Tesoro Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 31(b).
     “ TLO ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Transmix ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.
     “ TRMC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
2. COMMENCEMENT DATE
     The Parties anticipate that the Commencement Date will be _________ __, 2011. The actual Commencement Date shall be the date specified by TLO in a written notice to TRMC. The Parties agree that there are a number of factors that may affect the actual Commencement Date. Consequently, neither Party shall have any right or remedy against the other Party if the actual Commencement Date is earlier or later than the anticipated Commencement Date .
3. TERM
     The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue through April 30, 2021 (the “ Initial Term ”); provided, however, that Tesoro may, at its option, extend the Initial Term for up to two (2) renewal terms of five (5) years each (each, an “ Extension Period ”) by providing written notice of its intent to TLO no less than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or the then-current Extension Period. The Initial Term, and any extensions of this Agreement as provided above, shall be referred to herein as the “ Term .”
4. MINIMUM THROUGHPUT COMMITMENT
     (a) During the Term of this Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tesoro shall throughput the Minimum Throughput Commitment at the Terminals, and TLO shall make available to Tesoro commingled storage and throughput capacity at each respective Terminal, sufficient to allow Tesoro to throughput the Stipulated Volume of Products at such Terminal. Allocation of storage and throughput capacity for separate Products at each Terminal shall be in accordance with current practices, or as otherwise may be agreed among the Parties from time to time.

4


 

     (b) Tesoro shall pay a per-barrel fee for the volumes it throughputs at the Terminals in accordance with Schedule A attached hereto. In addition, if the Parties mutually determine to utilize dedicated storage tanks at any time during the Term of this Agreement, Tesoro shall pay a fee for dedicated storage capacity at the Terminals, which fee shall be mutually determined at such time and set forth in a Schedule to this Agreement.
     (c) Tesoro may throughput volumes in excess of its Minimum Throughput Commitment, up to the then-available capacity of each Terminal, net of any third-party commitments, as determined by TLO at any time. Allocation of any excess capacity shall be in accordance with current practices, or as otherwise may be agreed among the Parties from time to time. Any excess throughput volumes shall be subject to the throughput and Ancillary Service fees set forth on Schedule A and Schedule B , respectively.
     (d) All fees set forth in this Agreement shall be increased on July 1 of each year of the Term, by a percentage equal to the greater of zero or the positive change in the CPI-U (All Urban Consumers), as reported by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
     (e) In the event at any time this Agreement is terminated as to one or more Terminals, as provided herein, then the Minimum Throughput Commitment shall thereafter be adjusted to be the Adjusted Minimum Volume Commitment.
5. ANCILLARY SERVICES
     TLO shall provide Ancillary Services for each Terminal and the fees for such Ancillary Services are set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. If any additional ancillary services are requested by Tesoro that are different in kind, scope or frequency from the Ancillary Services that have been historically provided, then the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine whether such ancillary services may be provided and the appropriate rates to be charged for such additional ancillary services.
6. SURCHARGES
     If, during the term of this Agreement, new laws or regulations are enacted that require TLO to make substantial and unanticipated capital expenditures with respect to the Terminals, TLO may impose a monthly surcharge to cover Tesoro’s pro rata share of the cost of complying with these laws or regulations, based upon the percentage of Tesoro’s use of the services or facilities impacted by such new laws or regulations. TLO and Tesoro shall use their reasonable commercial efforts to comply with these laws and regulations, and shall negotiate in good faith to mitigate the impact of these laws and regulations and to determine the level of the monthly surcharge.
7. PAYMENT; SHORTFALL PAYMENTS
     (a) TLO shall invoice Tesoro on a monthly basis and Tesoro shall pay all amounts due (including Shortfall Payments and Curtailment Fees, each as defined herein) no later than ten (10) calendar days after Tesoro’s receipt of TLO’s invoices. Any past due payments owed by Tesoro to TLO shall accrue interest, payable on demand, at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum from the due date of the payment through the actual date of payment.
     (b) If, during any Month during the Term, Tesoro throughputs aggregate volumes less than the Minimum Throughput Commitment for such Month, then Tesoro shall pay TLO an amount (a “ Shortfall Payment ”) for any shortfall. Shortfall Payments shall be equal to the weighted average Terminalling Service Fee paid by Tesoro during that Month across all of the Terminals, multiplied by the aggregate monthly shortfall across all Terminals. The dollar amount of any Shortfall Payment paid by Tesoro shall be posted as a credit (a “ Credit ”) to Tesoro’s account and may be applied against any Excess Amounts owed by Tesoro during any of the succeeding three (3) Months. For informational purposes only, attached as Exhibit 1 hereto is a sample calculation demonstrating the Shortfall Payment and its

5


 

application. Credits will be applied in the order in which such Credits accrue and any remaining portion of the Credit that is not used by Tesoro during the succeeding three (3) Months shall expire ( e.g ., a Credit that accrues in January will be available in February, March and April, will expire at the end of April, and must be applied prior to applying any Credit which accrues in February).
     (c) If at any time during the Term, any tank, rack or other equipment or facility of TLO that is dedicated to Tesoro or otherwise being used to provide services hereunder, is removed from service for reasons other than routine repair and maintenance, and if removal of such tank, rack or other equipment or facility from service restricts Tesoro from being able to throughput its Stipulated Volume and receive associated Ancillary Services at the Terminal where such tank, rack or other equipment or facility is located, then until such tank, rack or other equipment or facility is restored to service, Tesoro’s Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be reduced by the difference between the Stipulated Volume and the amount that Tesoro can effectively throughput at such location without restriction until such tank, rack or other equipment or facility is restored to service.
8. VOLUME LOSSES
     (a) With respect only to the Anchorage, Boise, Burley, Stockton and Vancouver Terminals, TLO shall bear the risk of any actual volume losses of each Product to the extent that such losses exceed 0.25% of the volumes of such Product received at the Terminal, to be pro rated among all Terminal users, during any Month during the Term. Volumes and losses of each Product shall be determined and accounted for as of the end of each Month. To the extent that actual losses of any Product are less than 0.25% during any particular Month, Tesoro shall repurchase from TLO the difference between the actual loss and the 0.25% allowance at a price per barrel for that Product as reported by the Oil Price Information Service (“ OPIS ”) using the monthly average OPIS unbranded contract rack posting for that Product during the Month in which the volume difference was accounted for. All such sales shall be “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, without any warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability, fitness or title, all of which are expressly excluded . If volume losses of any Product exceed 0.25% during any particular Month, TLO shall pay Tesoro for the difference between the actual loss and the 0.25% allowance at a price per barrel for that Product as reported by OPIS using the monthly average OPIS unbranded contract rack posting for that Product during the Month in which the volume difference was accounted for. Deliveries on Saturday, Sunday or Federal holidays shall be excluded from the calculation for the applicable Month.
     (b) For all other Terminals, TLO shall have no obligation to measure volume gains and losses and shall have no liability whatsoever for physical losses, except if such losses are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of TLO, as further described in Section 27 herein.
9. REIMBURSEMENT
     (a) Tesoro shall reimburse TLO for: (i) the actual cost of any regulatory fees incurred by TLO based on Tesoro’s proportionate share of the actual volumes Tesoro throughputs based upon the percentage of Tesoro’s use of the services or facilities impacted by regulatory fees; (ii) the actual cost of any capital expenditures that TLO agrees to make upon Tesoro’s request to provide services hereunder, other than capital expenditures required for TLO to continue to provide those services specified hereunder; and (iii) the actual cost of any third-party fees, including port fees, incurred in connection with carrying out the terms of this Agreement.
     (b) If cleaning of any tanks is performed by TLO at the specific request of Tesoro, Tesoro shall bear (or reimburse TLO) for all costs to clean, degas or otherwise prepare the tank(s) including, without limitation, the cost of removal, processing, transportation, disposal, of all waste and the cost of any taxes or charges TLO may be required to pay in regard to such waste. For any tanks that are dedicated to Tesoro for segregated storage of Tesoro’s Products as set forth in Schedule A , Tesoro agrees to reimburse TLO for the reasonable cost of changes necessary to return the segregated storage tanks to TLO on termination of their dedication for segregated storage under this Agreement, in the same

6


 

condition as originally received less normal wear and tear. If Tesoro requests that any such dedicated tank be converted to storage of a different product, then Tesoro shall be responsible for reimbursing TLO for all costs of such conversion, including all costs to clean, degas or otherwise prepare the tank(s) including, without limitation, the cost of removal, processing, transportation, disposal, of all waste and the cost of any taxes or charges TLO may be required to pay in regard to such waste. Tesoro shall not be responsible to TLO for any throughput fees and dedicated tank storage fees associated with any dedicated storage tanks taken out of service during the period that such tank is out of service.
     (c) All of the foregoing reimbursements shall be made in accordance with the payment terms set forth in Section 7(a) herein.
10. CUSTODY TRANSFER AND TITLE
     (a)  Pipeline
     (i) Receipts . For Product received into a Terminal by pipeline, custody of the Product shall pass to TLO at the flange where it enters the Terminal’s receiving line. For receipts of Product at a Terminal rack at Mandan, Salt Lake City or Wilmington, custody shall transfer at the point where the pipeline from the Refinery crosses onto the property controlled by TLO.
     (ii) Deliveries . For Product delivered by a Terminal into pipeline, custody of the Product shall pass to Tesoro at the flange where it exits the Terminal’s delivery line.
     (b)  Rail Receipts . For Product received by rail, custody shall pass to TLO when the locomotive used to transfer Tesoro’s rail cars to the Terminal is uncoupled from such rail cars at the Terminal.
     (c)  Truck. For receipts and deliveries to or from trucks, custody shall pass at the flange where the hoses at TLO’s facility interconnect with the truck.
     (d)  Marine . For receipts and deliveries to or from marine vessel at Vancouver, custody shall pass at the flange where TLO’s facility interconnects with the hoses connected to the marine vessel; for receipts and deliveries to or from marine vessel at Anchorage, custody shall pass at the flange where TLO’s facility interconnects with the Port of Anchorage Valve Yard.
     (e)  General . Upon re-delivery of any Product to Tesoro’s account, Tesoro shall become solely responsible for any loss, damage or injury to person or property or the environment, arising out of transportation, possession or use of such Product after transfer of custody and the loss allowance provisions hereof shall apply to Product while in TLO’s custody. Title to all Tesoro’s Product received in the Terminals shall remain with Tesoro at all times. Both Parties acknowledge that this Agreement represents a bailment of Products by Tesoro to TLO and not a consignment of Products, it being understood that TLO has no authority hereunder to sell or seek purchasers for the Products of Tesoro, except as provided in Section 8 above and Section 13 below. Tesoro hereby warrants that it shall, at all times, have good title to and the right to deliver, throughput, store and receive Products pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
11. PRODUCT QUALITY
     (a) Tesoro warrants that all Products delivered under this Agreement shall meet the latest applicable pipeline specifications for that Product and contain no deleterious substances or concentrations of any contaminants that may make it or its components commercially unacceptable in general industry application. Tesoro shall not deliver to any of the Terminals any Products which: (a) would in any way be injurious to any of the Terminals; (b) would render any of the Terminals unfit for the proper storage of similar products; (c) would contaminate or otherwise downgrade the quality of the products stored in commingled storage; (d) may not be lawfully stored at the Terminals; or (e) otherwise do not meet

7


 

applicable Product specifications for such Product that are customary in the location of the Terminal. If, however, there are Products that do not have such applicable specifications, the specifications shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties. Should Tesoro’s commingled Products not meet or exceed the minimum quality standards set forth in this Agreement, Tesoro shall be liable for all loss, damage and cost incurred thereby, including damage to Products of third parties commingled with Tesoro’s unfit Products.
     (b) TLO shall have the right to store compatible products received for Tesoro’s account with products belonging to TLO or third parties in TLO’s commingled storage tanks. TLO shall handle Tesoro’s fungible Products in accordance with TLO’s prevailing practices and procedures for handling such Products. The quality of all Products tendered into commingled storage for Tesoro’s account shall be verified either by Tesoro’s refinery analysis or supplier’s certification, such that Products so tendered shall meet TLO’s Product specifications. All costs for such analysis shall be borne solely by Tesoro. TLO shall have the right to sample any Product tendered to the Terminals hereunder. The cost of such sampling shall be borne solely by TLO. All products returned to Tesoro shall meet or exceed Product specifications in effect on the date the Products are delivered to Tesoro. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, any and all Products that leave the Terminals shall meet all relevant ASTM, EPA, federal and state specifications, and shall not leave the Terminals in the form of a sub-octane grade product.
     (c) TLO shall exercise reasonable care to ensure that all Products delivered by third Parties into commingled storage with Tesoro’s Products meet applicable Product specifications for such Product that are customary in the location of the Terminal. In the event that Tesoro’s Products are commingled with third-party Products that do not meet or exceed the minimum quality standards set forth in this Agreement, TLO shall be liable for all loss, damage and cost incurred thereby.
12. MEASUREMENT
     All quantities of Products received or delivered by or into truck, rail, or marine vessel shall be measured and determined based upon the meter readings at each Terminal, as reflected by delivery tickets or bills of lading, or if such meters are unavailable, by applicable calibration tables. All quantities of Products received and delivered by pipeline shall be measured and determined based upon the meter readings of the pipeline operator, as reflected by delivery tickets, or if such meters are unavailable, by applicable calibration tables. Deliveries to a Terminal rack at Mandan, Salt Lake City or Wilmington from a Tesoro Refinery shall be deemed to be the same as the corresponding volumes delivered contemporaneously from the Terminal rack. Deliveries by book transfer shall be reflected by entries in the books of TLO. All quantities shall be adjusted to net gallons at 60° F in accordance with ASTM D-1250 Petroleum Measurement Tables, or latest revisions thereof. A barrel shall consist of 42 U.S. gallons and a gallon shall contain 231 cubic inches. Meters and temperature probes shall be calibrated according to applicable API standards. Tesoro shall have the right, at its sole expense, and in accordance with rack location procedure, to independently certify said calibration. Storage tank gauging shall be performed by TLO’s personnel. TLO’s gauging shall be deemed accurate unless challenged by an independent certified gauger. Tesoro may perform joint gauging at its sole expense with TLO’s personnel at the time of delivery or receipt of Product, to verify the amount involved. If Tesoro should request an independent gauger, such gauger must be acceptable to TLO, and such gauging shall be at Tesoro’s sole expense.
13. PRODUCT DOWNGRADE AND INTERFACE
     Product downgraded as a result of ordinary Terminal or pipeline operations including line flushing, rack meter provings or other necessary Terminals operations shall not constitute losses for which TLO is liable to Tesoro. TLO shall account for the volume of Product downgraded, and Tesoro’s inventory of Products and/or interface shall be adjusted, provided that, in some cases interface volume (“ Transmix ”) received shall be ratably shared between Tesoro and other customers receiving Products in the same shipment or stored in commingled storage. Tesoro shall remove its Transmix upon notice from TLO and shall be subject to applicable throughput fees upon its removal. If Transmix is not removed

8


 

within fifteen (15) days after notification, TLO shall have the right to sell such Transmix at market rates and return any proceeds to Tesoro, less applicable throughput fees and delivery costs in effect at the time of such sale.
14. PRODUCT DELIVERIES, RECEIPTS AND WITHDRAWALS
     (a) All supervised deliveries, receipts and withdrawals hereunder shall be made within the normal business hours of each Terminal and at such times as may be required by Tesoro upon prior notice and approval by TLO, all in accordance with the agreed-upon scheduling. Unsupervised deliveries, receipts and withdrawals shall be made only with TLO’s prior approval and in strict accordance with TLO’s current operating procedures for the Terminals. Tesoro warrants that all vehicles permitted to enter the Terminals on behalf of Tesoro shall meet all requirements and standards promulgated by applicable regulatory authority including the Department of Transportation, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the Environmental Protection Agency. Tesoro further warrants that it shall only send to the Terminals those employees, agents and other representatives acting on behalf of and at Tesoro’s direction who have been properly instructed as to the characteristics and safe hauling methods associated with the Products to be loaded and hauled. Tesoro further agrees to be responsible to TLO for the performance under this Agreement by its agents and/or representatives receiving Products at the Terminals.
     (b) Tesoro shall withdraw from the Terminals only those Products that it is authorized to withdraw hereunder. Tesoro shall neither duplicate nor permit the duplication of any loading device ( i.e., card lock access) provided hereunder. Tesoro shall be fully and solely responsible for all Products loaded through the use of the loading devices issued to Tesoro in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however ; that Tesoro shall not have any responsibility or liability hereunder in the event that the load authorization system provided hereunder fails or malfunctions in any way unless a credit department override is provided, which authorizes Tesoro to load the Products.
     (c) Both Parties shall abide by all federal, state and local statutes, laws and ordinances and all rules and regulations which are promulgated by TLO and which are either furnished to Tesoro or posted at the Terminals, with respect to the use of the Terminals as herein provided. It is understood and agreed by Tesoro that these rules and regulations may be changed, amended or modified by TLO at any time. All changes, amendments and modifications shall become binding upon Tesoro ten (10) days following the posting of a copy at the affected Terminals or the receipt by Tesoro of a copy, whichever occurs sooner.
     (d) For all purposes hereunder, Tesoro’s jobbers, distributors, Carriers, haulers and other customers designated in writing or otherwise by Tesoro to have loading privileges under this Agreement or having possession of any loading device furnished to Tesoro pursuant to this Agreement, together with their respective officers, servants and employees, shall, when they access the Terminals, be deemed to be representatives of Tesoro.
15. DELIVERIES INTO TRANSPORT TRUCKS
     Prior to transporting any Products loaded into transport trucks at the Terminals, Tesoro and its Carriers shall make or cause to be made, the following certifications on the delivery receipt or bill of lading covering the products received:
“If required by 49 CFR 172.204, this is to certify that the above-named materials are property classified, described, packaged, marked and labeled, and are in proper condition for transportation according to the applicable regulations of the Department of Transportation. Carrier hereby certifies that the cargo tank used for this shipment is a proper container for the commodity loaded therein and complies with Department of Transportation specifications and certifies that cargo tank is properly placarded and marked to comply with regulations pertaining to hazardous materials.”

9


 

     TLO may require each Carrier coming into the Terminals to expressly agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement with respect to withdrawals and loading of Products hereunder, to conduct its operations at the Terminals in a safe manner, in accordance with all Applicable Laws and regulations, and to carry the levels and types of insurance, with appropriate endorsements and certificates, specified for Tesoro hereunder.
16. ADDITIZATION OPTIONS
     At each Terminal, TLO shall provide equipment for the injection of generic additives, as provided below. Subject to the other provisions set forth herein, and the availability of suitable space in a Terminal and its equipment, Tesoro shall have the option of installing its own proprietary additive systems at the Terminals which TLO shall operate, or utilizing the generic additive service provided by TLO, or a combination of both. Tesoro shall designate in writing to TLO which additive injection service it desires. TLO shall be responsible for providing generic additives as provided herein, and Tesoro shall be responsible for providing any special or proprietary additives requested by Tesoro.
17. LUBRICITY AND CONDUCTIVITY ADDITIVE
     (a) TLO owns, maintains and operates diesel lubricity and conductivity additive injection facilities (the “ Additive Facilities ”) at each of the Terminals. TLO shall continue to maintain and operate such Additive Facilities in accordance with customary industry standards during the term of this Agreement, including all required reporting and record keeping prescribed by Applicable Law.
     (b) During the term of this Agreement, TLO shall arrange for purchase and delivery of any and all required lubricity and conductivity additive for injection through the Additive Facilities at the Terminals.
     (c) During the term of this Agreement, TLO shall inject into all Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel delivered to Tesoro at the Terminals an amount of lubricity and conductivity additive that it determines to be sufficient to comply with current ASTM diesel lubricity and conductivity specifications. TLO shall, upon request, provide Tesoro with documentation of additive specifications and additive injection, which TLO shall keep on file at each Terminal.
     (d) Tesoro shall pay TLO a lubricity and conductivity additive injection fee, as set forth in Schedule B , for all lubricity and conductivity additive and injection services provided hereunder for each barrel of Low Sulfur Diesel/Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel delivered to trucks for Tesoro’s account. Said injection charge is in addition to any existing Terminals charges.
18. DCA ADDITIVE INJECTION
     (a) All gasoline Product leaving the Terminals shall be additized (“ Additized Gasoline ”). As an exception, TLO shall accommodate a request from Tesoro to lift base gasoline from the Terminals. In that case, the bill of lading issued by TLO shall label all such Product as base gasoline (“ Base Gasoline ”). TLO shall provide a generic Deposit Control Additive (“ DCA ”) injection service, including all required reporting and record keeping prescribed by Applicable Law. The additive supplied shall be a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“ EPA ”) certified DCA. Subject to the other provisions hereof, Tesoro may request TLO to instead inject a different proprietary DCA into certain gasoline delivered hereunder, instead of the generic DCA provided by TLO, and TLO shall accommodate such requests, subject to Tesoro providing a suitable Additized Gasoline system for such proprietary additive. TLO shall ensure that such additive is injected into all appropriate gasoline Product delivered to Tesoro at a rate no lower than the Lowest Allowable Concentration (“ LAC ”) at which such additive was certified. The gasoline additization rate shall be determined by Tesoro, but shall not be less than 1.1 times the LAC specified by the respective additive manufacturer or supplier. TLO shall accommodate Tesoro’s requests for higher additive injection rates in accordance with the fees in Schedule B of this Agreement. Tesoro shall submit all such requests in writing to TLO.

10


 

     (b) Notwithstanding the above, Tesoro shall be solely responsible for registering with the EPA or any other government agency its use of generic or proprietary additive in its fuels, as required by Applicable Law. Tesoro shall submit to each applicable Terminal evidence of registration in compliance with 40 C.F.R. Part 80. Tesoro shall also be responsible for full compliance with any quarterly or other regulatory reporting, and any other requirements under Applicable Law, rule or regulation related to use of generic or proprietary additive in Tesoro’s Product.
     (c) Tesoro shall pay TLO a DCA injection fee, as set forth in Schedule B , for all lubricity and conductivity additive and injection services provided hereunder for each barrel of Low Sulfur Diesel/Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel delivered to trucks for the account of Tesoro. Said injection charge is in addition to any existing Terminals charges.
19. RED DYE INJECTION
     (a) TLO shall provide a generic red dye additive (“ Red Dye ”) injection service for diesel, including all required reporting and recordkeeping prescribed by Applicable Law. TLO shall be responsible for determining the injection rates, Red Dye inventory levels, meter readings, and calculations of actual treat rates, in compliance with the minimum levels prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.
     (b) Tesoro is responsible for designating which of its accounts shall be authorized to use Red Dye diesel injection services. TLO equipment shall enable designated Carriers and accounts to inject Red Dye upon request prior to loading diesel Product at Terminals. Tesoro’s Carrier shall be solely responsible for designating that a load of diesel Product be injected with Red Dye, and TLO shall have no liability with regard to whether a load of Product is additized with Red Dye. TLO shall not be responsible for any loss, damage or liability that arises from Carrier injecting or failing to inject Red Dye into Tesoro’s Product.
20. SPECIAL ADDITIVE EQUIPMENT
     At the request of Tesoro, and subject to the other provisions set forth herein and the availability of suitable space in a Terminal, TLO shall install and maintain at the Terminals, at Tesoro’s sole risk, cost and expense, such special additive equipment as may be desirable for Products to be delivered to Tesoro’s account hereunder. The engineering and installation of any fixture, equipment or appurtenance placed on the Terminals in respect thereof shall be subject to TLO’s prior approval and supervision. During the Term of this Agreement, TLO shall operate the special additive equipment, and TLO shall be paid a fee for such operation in accordance with the terms in respect of additive handling fees specified in Schedule B attached hereto. The location, ownership, installation, and maintenance of such special additive equipment shall be as specified in writing by Tesoro.
     (a) Any such gasoline additive system shall include one above ground storage tank (and any necessary modifications thereto), one additive injection pump, any and all necessary piping and injectors. For the avoidance of doubt, the above ground storage tank shall be supplied by Tesoro.
     (b) Subject to the supervision of TLO, TLO or its designee shall install the additive system. Tesoro shall be responsible for 100% of all costs of the Additized Gasoline system, including without limitation, costs associated with any required piping, nozzles, fittings, equipment, injection panels, labor and/or installation thereof, and if any existing load rack equipment will not support such additional additive system, then Tesoro shall bear all costs of enlarging or renovating such load rack to support the additional additive system requested by Tesoro. Tesoro shall reimburse TLO for all such costs within ten days after receipt of an invoice from TLO for such costs. Upon completion of the installation of the Additized Gasoline system, the Additized Gasoline system shall become the property of TLO, free and clear of any security interest or lien.
     (c) Tesoro shall reimburse TLO for any and all necessary modifications to an additional additive system required by Tesoro during the Term of this Agreement.

11


 

21. ETHANOL BLENDING SERVICES
     (a) Where ethanol receiving, storage and blending facilities are available at a Terminal, and upon Tesoro’s request, at its sole discretion, TLO shall receive, store and blend ethanol into Tesoro’s gasoline at a Terminal (“ Ethanol Services ”). TLO shall provide and operate all equipment required for the Ethanol Services. The equipment shall consist of truck and/or rail unloading racks, tanks, pumps, motors, injectors, computer control, and any other ancillary equipment necessary for the providing of the Ethanol Services.
     (b) Tesoro shall be solely responsible for supplying inventories of ethanol at its own expense, including the scheduling and transporting of ethanol into the Terminals, subject to mutually agreeable notice and scheduling procedures. TLO shall receive Tesoro’s ethanol into fungible ethanol storage at the Terminal.
     (c) Tesoro shall provide, in writing, to each Terminals where Ethanol Services are requested by Tesoro, the desired blending ratio of ethanol to gasoline, including the minimum Octane (R+M/2) rating (“ Blending Instructions ”), for each grade of Tesoro’s gasoline Product, prior to blending. TLO shall not change the blending ratios without the prior written authorization of Tesoro.
     (d) TLO shall maintain for a minimum of five (5) years written or electronic records of the type and volume of oxygenate blended into Tesoro’s gasoline.
     (e) TLO shall maintain an industry standard quality assurance oversight program of the ethanol blending process. TLO shall provide Tesoro with an end-of-year report that, at a minimum, summarizes the volume of Tesoro’s gasoline received by TLO, the volume of oxygenate added to Tesoro’s gasoline, and total volume of blended gasoline.
     (f) TLO shall allow Tesoro or its agents to monitor the oxygenate blending operation by periodic audit, sampling, testing and/or records review to ensure the overall volumes and type of oxygenate blended into gasoline is consistent with the oxygenate claimed by Tesoro as required by 40 CFR 80.101(d)(4)(ii)(B)(2).
     (g) TLO shall rely on Blending Instructions and data provided by Tesoro in performing its obligations under this Agreement. Tesoro agrees to be solely responsible for all claims arising from TLO’s use of or reliance on these Blending Instructions and data.
     (h) When performing the Ethanol Services as per Tesoro’s Blending Instructions, TLO shall not certify to Tesoro or any third-party that blended gasoline does or shall meet ASTM D 4814 or any Federal, State, or Local regulatory specifications. Tesoro agrees that it is receiving from TLO the Blended Gasoline in an “AS IS, WHERE IS” condition without warranties of any kind, including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, or its ability to meet ASTM or regulatory specifications.
22. ACCOUNTING PROVISIONS AND DOCUMENTATION
     TLO shall furnish Tesoro with the following reports covering services hereunder involving Tesoro’s Products:
     (a) Within ten (10) Business Days following the end of the Month, a statement showing, by Product: (i) Tesoro’s monthly aggregate deliveries into the Terminals; (ii) Tesoro’s monthly receipts from the Terminals; (iii) calculation of all Tesoro’s monthly storage and handling fees; (iv) Tesoro’s opening inventory for the preceding Month; (v) appropriate monthly loss allowance adjustments (as applicable in accordance with Section 8); and (vi) Tesoro’s closing inventory for the preceding Month.

12


 

     (b) A copy of any meter calibration report, to be available for inspection upon reasonable request by Tesoro at the Terminals following any calibration.
     (c) Upon delivery from the Terminals, a hard copy bill of lading to the Carrier for each truck, barge, or rail delivery. Upon reasonable request only, a hard copy bill of lading shall be provided to Tesoro’s accounting group. Upon each truck delivery from the Terminals, bill of lading information shall be sent electronically through General Electric Information Services Petroex System or other mutually agreeable system.
     (d) For each marine shipment, all bills of lading (or other appropriate document in the case of barges) and inspection reports (if conducted by independent inspector).
     (e) Transfer documents for each in-tank transfer.
     (f) TLO shall be required to maintain the capabilities to support truck load authorization technologies at each Terminal. However, costs incurred by TLO for periodic software updates, replacement of loading systems or software or other upgrades made at the request of Tesoro shall be recoverable from Tesoro either as a lump sum payment or through an increase in terminalling fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an update, replacement or upgrade is made other than at Tesoro’s request, TLO and Tesoro shall mutually agree on a fee for such update, replacement or upgrade.
23. AUDIT AND CLAIMS PERIOD
     Each Party and its duly authorized agents and/or representatives shall have reasonable access to the accounting records and other documents maintained by the other Party which relate to this Agreement, and shall have the right to audit such records at any reasonable time or times during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of up to three years after termination of this Agreement. Claims as to shortage in quantity or defects in quality shall be made by written notice within thirty (30) days after the delivery in question or shall be deemed to have been waived.
24. LIENS
     To secure any fees due and Tesoro’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement, Tesoro hereby grants to TLO an irrevocable lien and security interest in and on all of its Products in the care and custody of TLO and further grants TLO a limited power-of-attorney to dispose of such Products at fair market value to the extent of any and all amounts owed by Tesoro to TLO hereunder, after providing Tesoro with reasonable advance notice of any such sale. At TLO’s request, Tesoro shall sign a UCC-1 financing statement acknowledging TLO’s security interest in Tesoro’s Product in the Terminals.
25. TAXES
     Tesoro shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes, levies, royalties, assessments, licenses, fees, charges, surcharges and sums due of any nature whatsoever (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) imposed by any federal, state or local government that TLO incurs on Tesoro’s behalf for the services provided by TLO under this Agreement. If TLO is required to pay any of the foregoing, Tesoro shall promptly reimburse TLO in accordance with the payment terms set forth in this Agreement.
26. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither Party shall be liable or responsible to the other Party or such other Party’s affiliated Persons for any consequential, incidental, or punitive damages, or for loss of profits or revenues (collectively referred to as “special damages”) incurred by such Party or its affiliated Persons that arise out of or relate to this Agreement, regardless of whether any such claim arises under or results from contract, tort, or strict liability; provided that the

13


 

foregoing limitation is not intended and shall not affect special damages imposed in favor of unaffiliated Persons that are not Parties to this Agreement.
27. INDEMNITIES
     (a) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, TLO shall release, defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless Tesoro from and against any and all demands, claims (including third-party claims), losses, costs, suits, or causes of action (including, but not limited to, any judgments, losses, liabilities, fines, penalties, expenses, interest, reasonable legal fees, costs of suit, and damages, whether in law or equity and whether in contract, tort, or otherwise) for or relating to (i) personal or bodily injury to, or death of the employees of Tesoro and, as applicable, its Carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, (ii) loss of or damage to any property, products, material, and/or equipment belonging to Tesoro and, as applicable, its Carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, and each of their respective affiliates, contractors, and subcontractors (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 8), (iii) loss of or damage to any other property, products, material, and/or equipment of any other description (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 8), and/or personal or bodily injury to, or death of any other person or persons; and with respect to clauses (i) through (iii) above, which is caused by or resulting in whole or in part from the acts and omissions of TLO in connection with the ownership or operation of the Terminals and the services provided hereunder, and, as applicable, its carriers, customers (other than Tesoro), representatives, and agents, or those of their respective employees with respect to such matters, and (iv) any losses incurred by Tesoro due to violations of this Agreement by TLO, or, as applicable, its customers (other than Tesoro), representatives, and agents; PROVIDED THAT TLO SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY OR HOLD HARMLESS TESORO FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS TO THE EXTENT THEY RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF CONTRACT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF TESORO.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, Tesoro shall release, defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless TLO and, and each of its respective affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees, successors-in-interest, and assignees from and against any and all demands, claims (including third-party claims), losses, costs, suits, or causes of action (including, but not limited to, any judgments, losses, liabilities, fines, penalties, expenses, interest, reasonable legal fees, costs of suit, and damages, whether in law or equity and whether in contract, tort, or otherwise) for or relating to (i) personal or bodily injury to, or death of the employees of TLO and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents; (ii) loss of or damage to any property, products, material, and/or equipment belonging to TLO and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, and each of their respective affiliates, contractors, and subcontractors (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 8); (iii) loss of or damage to any other property, products, material, and/or equipment of any other description (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 8), and/or personal or bodily injury to, or death of any other person or persons; and with respect to clauses (i) through (iii) above, which is caused by or resulting in whole or in part from the acts and omissions of Tesoro, in connection with Tesoro’s and its customers’ use of the Terminals and the services provided hereunder and Tesoro’s Products stored hereunder, and, as applicable, its Carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, or those of their respective employees with respect to such matters; and (iv) any losses incurred by TLO due to violations of this Agreement by Tesoro, or, as applicable, its Carriers, customers, representatives, and agents; PROVIDED THAT TESORO SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY OR HOLD HARMLESS TLO FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS TO THE EXTENT THEY RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF CONTRACT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF TLO. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall constitute a release by Tesoro of any volume losses that are caused by the TLO’s gross negligence, breach of this Agreement or willful misconduct.
28. INSURANCE
     (a) At all times during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years after termination of this Agreement for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” or “occurrence” basis,

14


 

Tesoro and/or its Carrier (if applicable) shall maintain at their expense the below listed insurance in the amounts specified below which are minimum requirements. Tesoro shall require that Carrier cause all of its contractors providing authorized drivers or authorized vehicles, to carry such insurance, and Tesoro shall be liable to TLO for their failure to do so. Such insurance shall provide coverage to TLO and such policies, other than Worker’s Compensation Insurance, shall include TLO as an Additional Insured. Each policy shall provide that it is primary to and not contributory with any other insurance, including any self-insured retention, maintained by TLO (which shall be excess) and each policy shall provide the full coverage required by this Agreement. All such insurance shall be written with carriers and underwriters acceptable to TLO, and eligible to do business in the states where the Terminals are located and having and maintaining an A.M. Best financial strength rating of no less than “A-” and financial size rating no less than “VII”; provided that Tesoro and/or the Carrier may procure worker’s compensation insurance from the state fund of the state where the Terminal(s) are located. All limits listed below are required MINIMUM LIMITS:
  (i)   Workers Compensation and Occupational Disease Insurance which fully complies with Applicable Law of the state where each Terminal is located, in limits not less than statutory requirements;
  (ii)   Employers Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 for each accident, covering injury or death to any employee which may be outside the scope of the worker’s compensation statute of the jurisdiction in which the worker’s service is performed, and in the aggregate as respects occupational disease;
  (iii)   Commercial General Liability Insurance, including contractual liability insurance covering Carrier’s indemnity obligations under this Agreement, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability, or such higher limits as may be required by TLO or by Applicable Law from time to time. This policy shall include Broad Form Contractual Liability insurance coverage which shall specifically apply to the obligations assumed in this Agreement by Tesoro;
  (iv)   Automobile Liability Insurance covering all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability, or such higher limit(s) as may be required by Tesoro or by Applicable Law from time to time. Coverage must assure compliance with Sections 29 and 30 of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980 and all applicable rules and regulations of the Federal Highway Administration’s Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety and Interstate Commerce Commissioner (Form MCS 90 Endorsement). Limits of liability for this insurance must be in accordance with the financial responsibility requirement of the Motor Carrier Act, but not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence;
  (v)   Excess (Umbrella) Liability Insurance with limits not less than $4,000,000 per occurrence. Additional excess limits may be utilized to supplement inadequate limits in the primary policies required in items (ii), (iii), and (iv) above;
  (vi)   Pollution Legal Liability with limits not less than $25,000,000 per loss with an annual aggregate of $25,000,000. Coverage shall apply to bodily injury and property damage including loss of use of damaged property and property that has not been physically injured; clean up costs, defense, including costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, defense or settlement of claim; and
  (vii)   Property Insurance, with a limit of no less than $1,000,000, which property insurance shall be first-party property insurance to adequately cover Tesoro’s owned property; including personal property of others.

15


 

     (b) All such policies must be endorsed with a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement, effectively waiving rights of recovery under subrogation or otherwise, against TLO, and shall contain where applicable, a severability of interest clause and a standard cross liability clause.
     (c) Upon execution of this Agreement and prior to the operation of any equipment by Tesoro, Carrier or its authorized drivers at the Terminals, Tesoro and/or Carrier will furnish to TLO, and at least annually thereafter (or at any other times upon request by TLO) during the Term of this Agreement (and for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” basis, for two (2) years after the termination of this Agreement), insurance certificates and/or certified copies of the original policies to evidence the insurance required herein, including on behalf of Carrier’s contractors providing authorized vehicles or authorized drivers. Such certificates shall be in the form of the “Accord” Certificate of Insurance, and reflect that they are for the benefit of TLO and shall provide that there will be no material change in or cancellation of the policies unless TLO is given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice. Certificates providing evidence of renewal of coverage shall be furnished to TLO prior to policy expiration.
     (d) Tesoro and/or Carrier shall be solely responsible for any deductibles or self-insured retention.
29. GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS
     (a)  Product Certification . Each Party certifies that none of the Products covered by this Agreement were derived from crude petroleum, petrochemical, or gas which was produced or withdrawn from storage in violation of any federal, state or other governmental law, nor in violation of any rule, regulation or promulgated by any governmental agency having jurisdiction in the premises.
     (b)  Applicable Law . The Parties are entering into this Agreement in reliance upon and shall fully comply with all Applicable Law which directly or indirectly affects the Products throughput hereunder, or any receipt, throughput delivery, transportation, handling or storage of Products hereunder or the ownership, operation or condition of each Terminal. Each Party shall be responsible for compliance with all Applicable Laws associated with such Party’s respective performance hereunder and the operation of such Party’s facilities. In the event any action or obligation imposed upon a Party under this Agreement shall at any time be in conflict with any requirement of Applicable Law, then this Agreement shall immediately be modified to conform the action or obligation so adversely affected to the requirements of the Applicable Law, and all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain effective.
     (c)  New Or Changed Applicable Law : If during the Term, any new Applicable Law becomes effective or any existing Applicable Law or its interpretations is materially changed, which change is not addressed by another provision of this Agreement and which has a material adverse economic impact upon a Party, either Party, acting in good faith, shall have the option to request renegotiation of the relevant provisions of this Agreement with respect to future performance. The Parties shall then meet to negotiate in good faith amendments to this Agreement that will conform to the new Applicable Law while preserving the Parties’ economic, operational, commercial and competitive arrangements in accordance with the understandings set forth herein.
30. SUSPENSION OF REFINERY OPERATIONS
     (a) In the event that Tesoro decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at any of Tesoro’s Refineries for a period that shall continue for at least twelve (12) consecutive Months, Tesoro may provide written notice to TLO of Tesoro’s intent to terminate that part of this Agreement relating to the applicable associated Terminal (the “ Suspension Notice ”). Such Suspension Notice shall be sent at any time after Tesoro has publicly announced such suspension and, upon the expiration of the twelve (12)-Month period following the date such notice is sent (the “ Notice Period ”), that part of this Agreement relating to such Terminal shall terminate. If Tesoro publicly announces, more than two Months prior to the expiration of the Notice Period, its intent to resume operations at the applicable Refinery, then the Suspension Notice shall be deemed revoked and the

16


 

applicable portion of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such Suspension Notice had never been delivered.
     (b) During the Notice Period, for any Month during which Tesoro does not throughput any volumes of Products at an affected Terminal, Tesoro shall be permitted to reduce its Minimum Throughput Commitment by an amount equal to the Stipulated Volume for such affected Terminal(s), provided that Tesoro pays TLO a fee for such Month (a “ Curtailment Fee ”). Curtailment Fees for each applicable Month shall be equal to (i) such Terminal’s Stipulated Volume multiplied by (ii) the number of days in the Month, multiplied by (iii) the weighted average monthly Terminalling Service Fee incurred by Tesoro at such Terminal during the twelve (12) calendar Months immediately preceding the Refinery’s suspension of operations. For the purposes of calculating Shortfall Payments during any Month in which Tesoro pays TLO a Curtailment Fee, volume shortfalls shall be determined by deducting volumes throughput at the Terminals by TRMC during such Month from the Adjusted Minimum Throughput Commitment.
     (c) Upon the expiration of the Notice Period, Tesoro shall no longer owe TLO any future Curtailment Fees and shall have no throughput obligation with respect to the affected Terminal, and Tesoro’s Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be adjusted to the Adjusted Minimum Volume Commitment for the remaining unaffected Terminals, by deducting the applicable Stipulated Volume for the Terminal removed from this Agreement under this Section 30. If refining operations at any of the Refineries are suspended for any reason (including Refinery turnarounds and other scheduled maintenance), then Tesoro shall remain liable for Shortfall Payments under this Agreement for the duration of the suspension, unless and until this Agreement is terminated as provided above. Schedule D attached hereto includes a list of the Terminals associated with each of the Refineries.
31. FORCE MAJEURE
     (a) As soon as possible upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure, TLO shall provide Tesoro with written notice of the occurrence of such Force Majeure (a “ Force Majeure Notice ”). TLO shall identify in such Force Majeure Notice the approximate length of time that TLO reasonably believes in good faith such Force Majeure shall continue (the “ Force Majeure Period ”). If TLO advises in any Force Majeure Notice that it reasonably believes in good faith that the Force Majeure Period shall continue for more than twelve (12) consecutive Months, then, subject to Section 32 below, at any time after TLO delivers such Force Majeure Notice, either Party may terminate that portion of this Agreement relating to the affected Terminal(s), but only upon delivery to the other Party of a notice (a “ Termination Notice ”) at least twelve (12) Months prior to the expiration of the Force Majeure Period; provided, however; that such Termination Notice shall be deemed cancelled and of no effect if the Force Majeure Period ends prior to the expiration of such twelve (12)-Month period. If this Agreement is terminated as to a Terminal under this Section 31, then Tesoro’s Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be adjusted to the Adjusted Minimum Volume Commitment for the remaining unaffected Terminals, by deducting the applicable Stipulated Volume for the Terminal so removed from this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, neither Party may exercise its right under this Section 31(a) to terminate this Agreement as a result of a Force Majeure with respect to any Terminal that has been unaffected by, or has been restored to working order since, the applicable Force Majeure, including pursuant to a Restoration under Section 32.
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tesoro delivers a Termination Notice to TLO (the “ Tesoro Termination Notice ”) and, within thirty (30) days after receiving such Tesoro Termination Notice, TLO notifies Tesoro that TLO reasonably believes in good faith that it shall be capable of fully performing its obligations under this Agreement within a reasonable period of time, then the Tesoro Termination Notice shall be deemed revoked and the applicable portion of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such Tesoro Termination Notice had never been given.
     (c) If either Party terminates a portion of this Agreement related to one or more specific Terminals, then the Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be reduced by the Stipulated Volume for the applicable Terminal(s).

17


 

32. CAPABILITIES OF FACILITIES
     (a)  Interruptions of Service . TLO shall use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize the interruption of service at each Terminal and any portion thereof. TLO shall promptly inform Tesoro operational personnel of any anticipated partial or complete interruption of service at any Terminal, including relevant information about the nature, extent, cause and expected duration of the interruption and the actions TLO is taking to resume full operations, provided that TLO shall not have any liability for any failure to notify, or delay in notifying, Tesoro of any such matters except to the extent Tesoro has been materially prejudiced or damaged by such failure or delay.
     (b)  Maintenance and Repair Standards . Subject to Force Majeure and interruptions for routine repair and maintenance, consistent with customary terminal industry standards, TLO shall maintain each Terminal in a condition and with a capacity sufficient to throughput a volume of Tesoro’s Products at least equal to the respective Stipulated Volume for such Terminal. TLO’s obligations may be temporarily suspended during the occurrence of, and for the entire duration of, a Force Majeure or other interruption of service that prevents TLO from terminalling the Minimum Throughput Commitment hereunder. To the extent TLO is prevented from terminalling volumes equal to the full Minimum Throughput Commitment for reasons of Force Majeure or other interruption of service, then Tesoro’s obligation to throughput the Minimum Throughput Commitment and pay any Shortfall Payment shall be reduced proportionately in an amount not to exceed the Stipulated Volume for the affected Terminal. At such time as TLO is capable of terminalling volumes equal to the Minimum Throughput Commitment, Tesoro’s obligation to throughput the full Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be restored. If for any reason, including, without limitation, a Force Majeure event, the throughput or storage capacity of any Terminal should fall below the capacity required for throughput of the Stipulated Volume for that Terminal, then within a reasonable period of time after the commencement of such reduction, TLO shall make repairs to the Terminal to restore the capacity of such Terminal to that required for throughput of the Stipulated Volume (“ Restoration ”). Except as provided below in Section 32(c), all of such Restoration shall be at TLO’s cost and expense, unless the damage creating the need for such repairs was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tesoro, its employees, agents or customers.
     (c)  Capacity Resolution . In the event of the failure of TLO to maintain any Terminal in a condition and with a capacity sufficient to throughput a volume of Tesoro’s Products equal to the respective Stipulated Volume for such Terminal, then either Party shall have the right to call a meeting between executives of both Parties by providing at least two (2) Business Days’ advance written notice. Any such meeting shall be held at a mutually agreeable location and will be attended by executives of both Parties each having sufficient authority to commit his or her respective Party to a Capacity Resolution (hereinafter defined). At the meeting, the Parties will negotiate in good faith with the objective of reaching a joint resolution for the Restoration of capacity on the Terminal which will, among other things, specify steps to be taken by TLO to fully accomplish Restoration and the deadlines by which the Restoration must be completed (the “ Capacity Resolution ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Capacity Resolution shall set forth an agreed upon time schedule for the Restoration activities. Such time schedule shall be reasonable under the circumstances, consistent with customary terminal industry standards and shall take into consideration TLO’s economic considerations relating to costs of the repairs and Tesoro’s requirements concerning its refining and marketing operations. TLO shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide storage and throughput of Tesoro’s Products at the affected Terminal, to the extent the Terminal has capability of doing so, during the period before Restoration is completed. In the event that Tesoro’s economic considerations justify incurring additional costs to restore the Terminal in a more expedited manner than the time schedule determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Tesoro may require TLO to expedite the Restoration to the extent reasonably possible, subject to Tesoro’s payment, in advance, of the estimated incremental costs to be incurred as a result of the expedited time schedule. In the event the Parties agree to an expedited Restoration plan in which Tesoro agrees to fund a portion of the Restoration cost, then neither Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 31 above, so long as such Restoration is completed with due diligence, and Tesoro shall pay its portion of the Restoration costs to TLO in advance based on an estimate based on reasonable engineering standards

18


 

promulgated by the Association for Facilities Engineering. Upon completion, Tesoro shall pay the difference between the actual portion of Restoration costs to be paid by Tesoro pursuant to this Section 32(c) and the estimated amount paid under the preceding sentence within thirty (30) days after receipt of TLO’s invoice therefor, or, if appropriate, TLO shall pay Tesoro the excess of the estimate paid by Tesoro over TLO’s actual costs as previously described within thirty (30) days after completion of the Restoration.
     (d) Tesoro’s Right To Cure . If at any time after the occurrence of (x) a Partnership Change of Control or (y) a sale of a Refinery, TLO either (i) refuses or fails to meet with Tesoro within the period set forth in Section 32(c), (ii) fails to agree to perform a Capacity Resolution in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 32(c), or (iii) fails to perform its obligations in compliance with the terms of a Capacity Resolution, Tesoro may, as its sole remedy for any breach by TLO of any of its obligations under Section 32(c), require TLO to complete a Restoration of the affected Terminal, subject to and to the extent permitted under the terms, conditions and/or restrictions of applicable leases, permits and/or Applicable Law. Any such Restoration required under this Section 32(d) shall be completed by TLO at Tesoro’s cost. TLO shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide storage and throughput of Tesoro’s Products at the affected Terminal, during the period while such Restoration is being completed. Any work performed by TLO pursuant to this Section 32(d) shall be performed and completed in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with applicable industry standards and in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and/or regulations. Additionally, during such period after the occurrence of (x) a Partnership Change of Control or (y) a sale of a Refinery, Tesoro may exercise any remedies available to it under this Agreement (other than termination), including the right to immediately seek temporary and permanent injunctive relief for specific performance by TLO of the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligation to make Restorations as described herein.
     (e)  Commingled Storage . Unless otherwise specified in Schedule A , all storage and throughput of Tesoro’s volumes shall be on a fungible commingled basis, and TLO may commingle such Products with Products of like grade and kind. All tank heels shall be allocated among all storage users on a pro rata basis. TLO shall have the right to enter into arrangements with third parties to throughput and store volumes of Products at each Terminal, provided however, that TLO shall not enter into any third party arrangements that would restrict or limit the ability of Tesoro to throughput the Stipulated Volume at each Terminal each Month without proration or allocation, on reasonable schedules consistent with Tesoro’s requirements, and to receive the Ancillary Services provided herein.
     (f)  Dedicated Storage . In the event that the Parties determine to use dedicated storage tanks during the Term of this Agreement, such storage tanks and capacities identified on Schedule A shall be dedicated and used exclusively for the storage and throughput of Tesoro’s Product. For those dedicated tanks, Tesoro shall be responsible for providing all tank heels required for operation of such tanks. Tesoro shall pay the fees specified on Schedule A for the dedication of such tanks.
     (g)  First Refusal . In the event that TLO desires to enter into a third-party dedicated storage arrangement (a “ Storage Contract ”) for any storage tank subject to this Agreement and existing on the Commencement Date (a “ Subject Tank ”), TLO shall provide Tesoro with (i) written notice of its intent to enter into a Storage Contract and the general terms of such transaction and (ii) a thirty (30)-day period (beginning upon Tesoro’s receipt of such written notice) (the “ Offer Period ”) in which Tesoro may make a good faith offer to enter into a Storage Contract with TLO with respect to such Subject Tank (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). If Tesoro makes an offer on terms no less favorable to TLO than the third-party offer

19


 

for a Storage Contract with respect to such Subject Tank during the Offer Period, then TLO shall be obligated to enter into a Storage Contract with Tesoro. If Tesoro does not exercise its Right of First Refusal in the manner set forth above, TLO may, for the next ninety (90) days, proceed with the negotiation of the third-party Storage Contract. If no third-party Storage Contract is consummated during such ninety-day period, then the terms and conditions of this Section 32(g) shall again become effective with respect to such Storage Tank.
33. TERMINATION
     (a) Termination for Default.
          A Party shall be in default under this Agreement if:
     (i) the Party materially breaches any provision of this Agreement and such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) Business Days after notice thereof (which notice shall describe such breach in reasonable detail) is received by such Party;
     (ii) the Party (A) files a petition or otherwise commences, authorizes or acquiesces in the commencement of a proceeding or cause of action under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar Applicable Law, or has any such petition filed or commenced against it, (B) makes an assignment or any general arrangement for the benefit of creditors, (C) otherwise becomes bankrupt or insolvent (however evidenced) or (D) has a liquidator, administrator, receiver, trustee, conservator or similar official appointed with respect to it or any substantial portion of its property or assets; or
     (iii) If any of the Parties is in default as described above, then (i) if Tesoro is in default, TLO may or (ii) if TLO is in default, Tesoro may: (1) terminate this Agreement upon notice to the defaulting Parties; (2) withhold any payments due to the defaulting Parties under this Agreement; and/or (3) pursue any other remedy at law or in equity.
     (b) Tesoro shall, upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, promptly remove all of its Products including any downgraded and interface product from the Terminals within thirty (30) days of such termination or expiration. In the event all of the Product is not removed within such thirty (30) day period, Tesoro shall be assessed a storage fee to all Products held in storage more than thirty (30) days beyond the termination or expiration of this Agreement until such time Tesoro’s entire Product is removed from the Terminals.
     (c) Tesoro shall, upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, promptly remove any and all of its owned equipment not purchased by TLO pursuant to Section 13 above, and restore the Terminals to their condition prior to the installation of such equipment.
34. RIGHT TO ENTER INTO A NEW TERMINALLING AGREEMENT
     (a) Upon termination of this Agreement for reasons other than (x) a default by Tesoro and (y) any other termination of this Agreement initiated by Tesoro pursuant to Sections 30 or 31. Tesoro shall have the right to require TLO to enter into a new terminalling services agreement with Tesoro that (i) is consistent with the terms set forth in this Agreement, (ii) relates to the same Terminals that are the subject matter of this Agreement, and (iii) has commercial terms that are, in the aggregate, equal to or more favorable to TLO than fair market value terms as would be agreed by similarly-situated parties negotiating at arm’s length; provided, however; that the term of any such new terminalling services agreement shall not extend beyond April 30, 2031.

20


 

     (b) In the event that TLO proposes to enter into a terminalling services agreement with a third party upon the termination of this Agreement for reasons other than (x) by default by Tesoro and (y) any other termination of this Agreement initiated by Tesoro pursuant to Sections 30 or 31, TLO shall give Tesoro 90 days’ prior written notice of any proposed new terminalling services agreement with a third party, including (i) details of all of the material terms and conditions thereof and (ii) a thirty (30)-day period (beginning upon Tesoro’s receipt of such written notice) (the “ First Offer Period ”) in which Tesoro may make a good faith offer to enter into a new terminalling agreement with TLO (the “ Terminalling Right of First Refusal ”). If Tesoro makes an offer on terms no less favorable to TLO than the third-party offer with respect to such terminalling services agreement during the First Offer Period, then TLO shall be obligated to enter into a terminalling services agreement with Tesoro on the terms set forth in subsection (a) above. If Tesoro does not exercise its Terminalling Right of First Refusal in the manner set forth above, TLO may, for the next ninety (90) days, proceed with the negotiation of the third-party terminalling services agreement. If no third party agreement is consummated during such ninety-day period, the terms and conditions of this Section 34(b) shall again become effective.
35. ASSIGNMENT; PARTNERSHIP CHANGE OF CONTROL
     (a) Tesoro shall not assign all of its obligations hereunder without TLO’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , however ; that Tesoro may assign this Agreement, without TLO’s consent, in connection with a sale by Tesoro of a Refinery associated with one of TLO’s Terminals so long as the transferee: (i) agrees to assume all of Tesoro’s obligations under this Agreement with respect to the associated Terminal(s); and (ii) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by Tesoro in its reasonable judgment.
     (b) TLO shall not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without Tesoro’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , however, that (i) TLO may assign this Agreement without Tesoro’s consent in connection with a sale by TLO of one or more of its Terminals so long as the transferee: (A) agrees to assume all of TLO’s obligations under this Agreement with respect to the associated Terminal(s); (B) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by TLO in its reasonable judgment; and (C) is not a competitor of Tesoro; and (ii) TLO shall be permitted to make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure working capital financing for TLO.
     (c) If either Tesoro or TLO assigns its rights or obligations under this Agreement relating to a specific Terminal, then: (i) the Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be converted to the Adjusted Minimum Volume Commitment for the Terminals remaining subject to this Agreement by reducing by the amount of the Stipulated Volume for such assigned Terminal, and both Tesoro’s and TLO’s obligations shall continue with respect to the remaining Terminals and the Adjusted Minimum Throughput Commitment; and (ii) the rights and obligations relating to the affected Terminal, and its Stipulated Volume, shall be novated into a new agreement with the assignee, and such assignee shall be responsible for the performance of the assigning Party’s obligations relating to the affected Terminal.
     (d) Any assignment that is not undertaken in accordance with the provisions set forth above shall be null and void ab initio . A Party making any assignment shall promptly notify the other Party of such assignment, regardless of whether consent is required. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     (e) Tesoro’s obligations hereunder shall not terminate in connection with a Partnership Change of Control, provided however, that in the case of a Partnership Change of Control, Tesoro shall have the option to extend the Term of this Agreement as provided in Section 3. TLO shall provide Tesoro with notice of any Partnership Change of Control at least sixty (60) days prior to the effective date thereof.

21


 

36. NOTICE
     All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (i) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (ii) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) Business Days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (iii) if mailed by an internationally recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (iv) if by e-mail, one Business Day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices will be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:
If to TRMC, to:
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Attention:
phone:
email:
If to TLO, to:
Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Attention:
phone:
email:
or to such other address or to such other person as either Party will have last designated by notice to the other Party.
37. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
     (a)  Obligations . Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to retain the other Parties’ Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose the same to any third party nor use the same, except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as expressly permitted in this Section 37. Each Party further agrees to take the same care with the other Party’s Confidential Information as it does with its own, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care. Excepted from these obligations of confidence and non-use is that information which:
          (i) is available, or becomes available, to the general public without fault of the receiving Party;
          (ii) was in the possession of the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis prior to receipt of the same from the disclosing Party (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that this exception shall not apply to information of TLO that was in the possession of Tesoro or any of its affiliates as a result of their ownership or operation of the Terminals prior to the Commencement Date);
          (iii) is obtained by the receiving Party without an obligation of confidence from a third party who is rightfully in possession of such information and, to the receiving Party’s knowledge, is under no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; or

22


 

          (iv) is independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to or use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.
For the purpose of this Section 37, a specific item of Confidential Information shall not be deemed to be within the foregoing exceptions merely because it is embraced by, or underlies, more general information in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party.
     (b)  Required Disclosure . Notwithstanding Section 37(a) above, if the receiving Party becomes legally compelled to disclose the Confidential Information by a court, Governmental Authority or Applicable Law, or is required to disclose by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, any of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, the receiving Party shall promptly advise the disclosing Party of such requirement to disclose Confidential Information as soon as the receiving Party becomes aware that such a requirement to disclose might become effective, in order that, where possible, the disclosing Party may seek a protective order or such other remedy as the disclosing Party may consider appropriate in the circumstances. The receiving Party shall disclose only that portion of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that it is required to disclose and shall cooperate with the disclosing Party in allowing the disclosing Party to obtain such protective order or other relief.
     (c)  Return of Information . Upon written request by the disclosing Party, all of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in whatever form shall be returned to the disclosing Party upon termination of this Agreement or destroyed with destruction certified by the receiving Party, without the receiving Party retaining copies thereof except that one copy of all such Confidential Information may be retained by a Party’s legal department solely to the extent that such Party is required to keep a copy of such Confidential Information pursuant to Applicable Law, and the receiving Party shall be entitled to retain any Confidential Information in the electronic form or stored on automatic computer back-up archiving systems during the period such backup or archived materials are retained under such Party’s customary procedures and policies; provided , however , that any Confidential Information retained by the receiving Party shall be maintained subject to confidentiality pursuant to the terms of this Section 37, and such archived or back-up Confidential Information shall not be accessed except as required by Applicable Law.
     (d)  Receiving Party Personnel . The receiving Party will limit access to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party to those of its employees, attorneys and contractors that have a need to know such information in order for the receiving Party to exercise or perform its rights and obligations under this Agreement (the “ Receiving Party Personnel ”). The Receiving Party Personnel who have access to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party will be made aware of the confidentiality provision of this Agreement, and will be required to abide by the terms thereof. Any third party contractors that are given access to Confidential Information of a disclosing Party pursuant to the terms hereof shall be required to sign a written agreement pursuant to which such Receiving Party Personnel agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, which written agreement will expressly state that it is enforceable against such Receiving Party Personnel by the disclosing Party.
     (e)  Survival . The obligation of confidentiality under this Section 37 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years.
38. MISCELLANEOUS
     (a)  Modification; Waiver . This Agreement may be terminated, amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by the Parties. Any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived in writing at any time by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof. No waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or any breach thereof, will be effective unless in writing signed by a duly authorized individual on behalf of the Party against which the waiver is sought to be enforced. No waiver of any term or condition or of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed or will constitute a waiver of any other term or condition or of any later breach (whether or not similar), nor will such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

23


 

     (b)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Schedules, constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the Parties in connection therewith.
     (c)  Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles. Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal court of competent jurisdiction situated in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, or if such federal court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in the district court of Bexar County, Texas. The Parties expressly and irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of said Courts and irrevocably waive any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in such Courts, irrevocably waive any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably waive the right to object, with respect to such claim, action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court, that such Court does not have jurisdiction over such Party. The Parties hereby irrevocably consent to the service of process by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by personal service within or without the State of Texas. Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the Parties hereto, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.
     (e)  Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance will be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     (f)  No Third Party Beneficiaries . It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a Party or successor or permitted assignee of a Party.
     (g)  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM OF ANY OBLIGATION HEREUNDER.
     (h)  Schedules . Each of the Schedules attached hereto and referred to herein is hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

24


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on _________ ___, 2011, to be effective as of the Commencement Date.
     
TESORO ALASKA COMPANY
  TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY
 
   
 
   
 
   
Name:
  Name:
Title:
  Title:
 
   

TESORO LOGISTICS OPERATIONS LLC
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
   

25


 

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH TWO ASTERISKS.
SCHEDULE A
THROUGHPUT FEES PER BARREL
                                                                 
    Anchorage     Boise     Burley     Los Angeles     Mandan     Salt Lake City     Stockton     Vancouver  
Decant
                                  $ **                          
Gasoline
  $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **  
Jet
  $ **     $ **             $ **     $ **     $ **                  
Kerosene
  $ **                                                          
ULSD (clear)
  $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **  
ULSD (dyed)
          $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **  
ULSD (clear — flow improved)
                  $ **                                          
ULSD (dyed — flow improved)
                  $ **                                          
Premium ULSD (undyed — cetane improved)
                                  $ **                          
Premium ULSD (dyed — cetane improved)
                                  $ **                          

26


 

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH TWO ASTERISKS.
SCHEDULE B
ANCILLARY SERVICE FEES PER BARREL
                                                                                                                                         
                                                            Generic     Generic                                                              
                                            Generic     Generic     Gasoline     Gasoline                                                              
                                            Gasoline     Gasoline     Additive     Additive                                                              
    Etoh     Etoh                     Generic Gasoline     Additive     Additive     Fee –     Fee-                                                     Transmix        
    Receipt     Receipt     Etoh     ETOH     Additive Fee –     Fee - Tier 2     Fee - Tier 3     Tier 4     Tier 5             Jet     Lubricity/                             Loading     Winter  
    Fee –     Fee –     Storage     Blending     Tier 1 - 105% of     up to 2x     up to 3x     up to 4x     up to 5x     Jet Additive     Certification     Conductivity     Product Receipt     Proprietary     Red Dye     Fee –     Flow  
    Rail     Truck     Fee     Fee     LAC     LAC     LAC     LAC     LAC     Fee     Fee     Additive Charge     Fee - Barge     Additive Fee     Fee     Truck     Improver  
Anchorage
                                  $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **             $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **             $ **          
Stockton
  $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **                     $ **             $ **     $ **                  
Wilmington
          $ **             $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **                                     $ **             $ **     $ **     $ **          
Boise
  $ **     $ **             $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **                             $ **     $ **             $ **     $ **     $ **          
Burley
          $ **             $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **                                     $ **             $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **  
Mandan
                          $ **     $ **     $ **                             $ **             $ **             $ **     $ **             $ **  
Salt Lake City
  $ **                     $ **     $ **     $ **                                             $ **             $ **     $ **     $ **          
Vancouver
  $ **     $ **             $ **     $ **     $ **                                             $ **     $ **     $ **     $ **                  

27


 

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH TWO ASTERISKS.
SCHEDULE C
STIPULATED VOLUMES
         
Terminal   Stipulated Volume (bpd)
Anchorage
    **  
Boise
    **  
Burley
    **  
Los Angeles
    **  
Mandan
    **  
Salt Lake City
    **  
Stockton
    **  
Vancouver
    **  
TOTAL
  100,000  

28


 

SCHEDULE D
TERMINALS ASSOCIATED WITH TESORO REFINERIES
     
Refineries   Associated Terminal
Alaska Refinery
  Anchorage Terminal
Anacortes Refinery
  Vancouver Terminal
Golden Eagle Refinery
  Stockton Terminal
Los Angeles Refinery
  Los Angeles Terminal
Mandan Refinery
  Mandan Terminal
Salt Lake City Refinery
  Salt Lake City, Boise and Burley Terminals
 
   

29


 

(EXHIBIT 1)
MTA Contract Shortfall Payment Schedules 1 Example            Weighted Average            A Volume Shortfall in bpd for Actual Month Aggregate            Shortfall = A * 30 days * (B + C) = E B Weighted Average Actual Aggregate Terminalling Revenue in bpd Month 1 — Actual Month            Total            Per bbl/bpd            Shortfall (i) (excluding ancillary services) for Actual Month Volume 2,636,173 87,872 (12,128) A            C Weighted Average Actual Aggregate Ancillary Revenue in bpd for Actual Month Terminalling Revenue $1,265,363 0.48 B $174,637 = B / D * E = F            D Total Weighted Average Actual Aggregate Terminalling Service Fee for Actual Month Ancillary Revenue $764,490 0.29 C $105,510 = C / D * E = G            E Total amount of Shortfall Payment for Actual Month Total Fees $2,029,853 0.77 D $280,147 = E            F Pro Rata portion of Shortfall Payment applicable to Terminalling Revenue Days 30 (excluding ancillary services) G Pro Rata portion of Shortfall Payment applicable to Ancillary Revenue (i) Minimum Throughput Commitment is 100mbpd Note: Thirty days will be adjusted to the actual number of days in each month. Note: Applicable to ONLY TRMC volumes and not third party volumes 2 Example Shortfall Payment Credit Application and Expiration Month1 Month2 Month3 Month4 Month5 Month6 Month7 Month8 Month9 Month10 Credit Posted 280,147 — — — — 50,000 — — — - Excess Amounts — 20,000 — — — — 20,000 — — - Credit Balance            Month1 Month2 Month3 Month4 Month5 Month6 Month7 Month8 Month9 Month10 Month 1 280,147 280,147 260,147 260,147 — — — — — - Month 2 — — — — — — — — - Month 3 — — — — — — — - Month 4 — — — — — — - Month 5 — — — — — - Month 6 50,000 50,000 30,000 30,000 - Month 7 — — — - Month 8 — — - Month 9 — - Month 10 - Beginning Avail 280,147 280,147 260,147 260,147 — 50,000 50,000 30,000 30,000 - Beginning — 280,147 260,147 260,147 — — 50,000 30,000 30,000 - Posted 280,147 — — — — 50,000 — — — - Expired — — — (260,147) — — — — (30,000) - — — — —— — — — — —— - Avail for Use 280,147 280,147 260,147 — — 50,000 50,000 30,000 — - Credit Applied — 20,000 — — — — 20,000 — — - Ending 280,147 260,147 260,147 — — 50,000 30,000 30,000 — - * Credits Applied will be considered a refund to TRMC

Exhibit 10.9
FORM OF
TRANSPORTATION SERVICES AGREEMENT
(SLC Short Haul Pipelines)
     This TRANSPORTATION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of ______ __, 2011, by and between Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TLO ”) and Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TRMC ”), each individually a “Party” and collectively referred to as “ Parties .”
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , TLO owns three short-haul crude petroleum pipelines (the “ Crude Pipelines ”), depicted on Schedule A as Items No. 1 and 2, which connect to terminals or manifolds operated by interstate crude petroleum pipeline companies;
      WHEREAS , TLO also owns two short-haul petroleum product pipelines (the “ Products Pipelines ”, and together with the Crude Pipelines, the “ Short Haul Pipelines ”), depicted on Schedule A as Item No. 3, which connect to a petroleum products terminal or manifold that is owned by another company;
      WHEREAS, each of the Short Haul Pipelines provides services only to TRMC as direct support for the operations of TRMC’s refinery located in Salt Lake City, Utah (the “ SLC Refinery ”), and none of the Short Haul Pipelines are designed, located or configured to provide services to any customer other than TRMC or to provide transportation services for any locations other than the SLC Refinery and TRMC’s storage tank farm, also located in Salt Lake City, Utah (the “ Storage Facility ”);
      WHEREAS , TLO intends to provide transportation services with respect to crude petroleum and refined petroleum products delivered by TRMC on the Short Haul Pipelines, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and
      WHEREAS , TLO will agree to operate and maintain the Short Haul Pipelines in good working order and ship crude petroleum on the Crude Pipelines and refined petroleum products for TRMC on the Products Pipelines that collectively comprise the Short Haul Pipelines, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and obligations contained herein, the Parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
The definitions set forth below shall apply whenever a capitalized term specified below is used in this Agreement.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Applicable Law ” means any applicable statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, determination, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, requirement, or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit, license or other operating authorization issued by any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect.

 


 

     “ Barrel ” means a volume equal to 42 U.S. gallons of 231 cubic inches each, at 60 degrees Fahrenheit under one atmosphere of pressure.
     “ bpd ” means Barrels per day.
     “ Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York, New York are open for the general transaction of business.
     “ Capacity Expansion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(ii).
     “ Capacity Resolution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(c).
     “ Commencement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
     “ Confidential Information ” means all confidential, proprietary or non-public information of a Party, whether set forth in writing, orally or in any other manner, including all non-public information and material of such Party (and of companies with which such Party has entered into confidentiality agreements) that another Party obtains knowledge of or access to, including non-public information regarding products, processes, business strategies and plans, customer lists, research and development programs, computer programs, hardware configuration information, technical drawings, algorithms, know-how, formulas, processes, ideas, inventions (whether patentable or not), trade secrets, schematics and other technical, business, marketing and product development plans, revenues, expenses, earnings projections, forecasts, strategies, and other non-public business, technological, and financial information.
     “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
     “ Credit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.
     “ Crude Pipelines ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Excess Barrels ” means, with respect to any Month, all Barrels of crude petroleum and refined petroleum products shipped by TRMC on the Short Haul Pipelines during such Month in excess of the Minimum Throughput Commitment.
     “ Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.
     “ First Offer Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).
     “ Force Majeure ” means circumstances not reasonably within the control of TLO and which, by the exercise of due diligence, TLO is unable to prevent or overcome that prevent performance of TLO’s obligations, including: acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, wars, riots, fires, floods, storms, orders of courts or Governmental Authorities, explosions, terrorist acts, breakage, accident to machinery, storage tanks or lines of pipe and inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment and similar events.
     “ Force Majeure Notice ” and “ Force Majeure Period ” each have the meaning set forth in Section 12(a).
     “ FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

- 2 -


 

     “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.
     “ Minimum Throughput Commitment ” means an aggregate volume of 54,000 bpd of crude petroleum and petroleum products combined per Month; provided however, that the Minimum Throughput Commitment during the Month in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be prorated in accordance with the ratio of the number of days, including and following the Commencement Date, in such Month to the total number of days in such Month.
     “ Minimum Throughput Capacity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i).
     “ Month ” means the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the calendar month in which service begins and each successive calendar month thereafter.
     “ Notice Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.
     “ Party ” and “ Parties ” each have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Partnership Change of Control ” means Tesoro Corporation ceases to Control the general partner of Tesoro Logistics LP.
     “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or any department or agency thereof.
     “ Products Pipelines ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Receiving Party Personnel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19(d).
     “ Restoration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(b)(2).
     “ Segment ” means each of the five separate Short Haul Pipelines including (i) each of the Crude Pipelines that transport crude petroleum to the Storage Facility from the Plains All American Crude Terminal and the Chevron Crude Products Terminal and (ii) each of the Products Pipelines that transport petroleum products from the TRMC Salt Lake City Refinery to the Chevron Products Terminal, all as depicted in the diagram in Schedule A of this Agreement.
     “ Shortfall Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.
     “ Short Haul Pipelines ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ SLC Refinery ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Storage Facility ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Suspension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.
     “ Term ” and “ Initial Term ” each have the meaning set forth in Section 4.

- 3 -


 

     “ Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(a).
     “ Transportation Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).
     “ Transportation Right of First Refusal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).
     “ TLO ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ TRMC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble
     “ TRMC Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b).
2. VOLUME COMMITMENT; RESERVED CAPACITY
     (a)  Minimum Throughput Commitment . Each Month during the Term, TRMC shall ship the Minimum Throughput Commitment on the Short Haul Pipelines, or, in the event it fails to do so, shall remit to TLO the Shortfall Payment pursuant to Section 6 below. TRMC shall be deemed to have shipped its Minimum Throughput Commitment if the aggregate quantity of crude petroleum and refined petroleum products that TRMC ships on the Short Haul Pipelines in any Month equals at least the Minimum Throughput Commitment, regardless of the particular Segments on which those shipments are made.
     (b)  Minimum Throughput Capacity .
     (i)  Minimum Throughput Capacity . TLO represents to TRMC that as of the Commencement Date, the average throughput capacity of each Segment is set forth on Schedule B (the “ Minimum Throughput Capacity ”). TLO agrees to reserve the entire throughput capacity of each Segment (including any increase in the throughput capacity of any Segment in connection with a Capacity Expansion) for throughput by TRMC. TLO shall maintain the average throughput capacity of each Segment at no less than the Minimum Throughput Capacity.
     (ii)  Capacity Expansion . TRMC may at any time make a written request to TLO to increase the throughput capacity of any Segment or to construct any new pipelines between the SLC Refinery, the Storage Facility or any local third party terminals (a “ Capacity Expansion ”), and shall include in such written request the parameters and specifications of the requested Capacity Expansion. Upon the receiving such a request, TLO shall promptly evaluate the relevant factors related to such request, including, without limitation: engineering and design criteria, limitations affecting such Capacity Expansion and any related tankage, cost and financing factors and the effect of such Capacity Expansion on the overall operation of the Short Haul Pipelines. If TLO determines that such a Capacity Expansion is operationally and commercially feasible, TLO shall present a proposal to TRMC concerning the design of such Capacity Expansion, its projected costs and how such costs might be funded by or recovered from TRMC. If TLO determines that such a Capacity Expansion is not commercially or operationally feasible, it shall provide TRMC with an explanation of and justification for why it made such determination. If TLO notifies TRMC that the Capacity Expansion may be commercially and operationally feasible, the Parties shall negotiate reasonably and in good faith to determine appropriate terms and conditions for the Capacity Expansion, which shall include, without limitation, the scope of the Capacity Expansion, the appropriate timing for constructing the Capacity Expansion and a mechanism for TLO to recover its costs, plus a reasonable return on capital associated with such Capacity Expansion, which may include, without limitation, direct funding of all or part of the costs by TRMC, an increase in Transportation Fee and/or an increase in the Minimum Throughput Commitment.

- 4 -


 

3. COMMENCEMENT DATE
The Parties anticipate that the “ Commencement Date ” will be _______ __, 2011. The actual Commencement Date shall be the date specified by TLO in a written notice to TRMC. The Parties agree that there are a number of factors that may affect the actual Commencement Date. Consequently, neither Party shall have any right or remedy against the other Party if the actual Commencement Date is earlier or later than the anticipated Commencement Date.
4. TERM
The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue through April 30, 2021 (the “ Initial Term ”); provided, however, that TRMC may, at its option, extend the Initial Term for up to two (2) renewal terms of five (5) years each (each, an “ Extension Period ”) by providing written notice of its intent to TLO no less than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or the then-current Extension Period. The Initial Term, and any extensions of this Agreement as provided above, shall be referred to herein as the “ Term ”.
5. TRANSPORTATION FEES AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
     (a)  Transportation Fees . TRMC agrees to pay to TLO a fee of $0.25 per Barrel (the “ Transportation Fee ”) for all Barrels of crude petroleum and refined petroleum products shipped by TRMC on the Short Haul Pipelines. TLO shall not increase the Transportation Fee during the Term of this Agreement except as specifically set forth in paragraphs (b), and (c) of this Section.
     (b)  Index-Based Changes . All fees set forth in this Agreement shall be increased on July 1 of each year of the Term, by a percentage equal to the greater of zero or the positive change in the CPI-U (All Urban Consumers), as reported by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
     (c)  Other Surcharges and Reimbursements . TRMC shall reimburse TLO for, or TLO shall be permitted to charge TRMC an additional monthly surcharge for, the following:
  (i)   The costs that TLO incurs in complying with any new Applicable Laws that affect the services provided by TLO to TRMC under this Agreement; provided, that (A) compliance by TLO with any such new law or regulation requires substantial unanticipated capital expenditures by TLO, (B) TLO has made good faith efforts to mitigate the effect of any such law or regulation and (C) TLO has negotiated in good faith with TRMC in order to agree on the level of any surcharge;
 
  (ii)   All taxes (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) that TLO specifically incurs on TRMC’s behalf for the services TLO provides to TRMC under this Agreement, if such reimbursement is not prohibited by law; and

- 5 -


 

  (iii)   Actual costs of any capital expenditures TLO agrees to make at TRMC’s request, including those provided for under Section 13 below.
6. PAYMENTS
     (a)  Monthly Shortfall Payment . If, during any Month, actual shipments by TRMC on the Short Haul Pipelines are less than the Minimum Throughput Commitment, then TRMC shall pay to TLO, in addition to Transportation Fee owed for actual barrels shipped during such Month, an amount equal to (i) the amount of such shortfall (in Barrels) multiplied by (ii) the Transportation Fee (the “ Shortfall Payment ”). The dollar amount of any Shortfall Payment included in the monthly invoice described in Section 6(c) below and paid by TRMC shall be posted as a credit to TRMC’s account (the “ Credit ”), and such Credit shall be applied in subsequent monthly invoices against amounts owed by TRMC for Transportation Fees on Excess Barrels shipped on the Short Haul Pipelines during any of the succeeding three (3) Months. Credits will be applied in the order in which such Credits accrue and any portion of the Credit that is not used by TRMC during the succeeding three (3) Months will expire (e.g., a Credit which accrues in January will be available in February, March and April, will expire at the end of April, and must be applied prior to applying any Credit which accrues in February).
     (b)  Monthly Reconciliation . At the end of each Month, TLO will calculate the total fees that TRMC incurred for shipments on the Short Haul Pipelines during such Month as follows:
  (i)   the Transportation Fee owed by TRMC for actual barrels shipped during such Month; less
 
  (ii)   any applicable Credits, provided, however, that the Credits applied in any Month shall not exceed the amount of Transportation Fees allocable for such Month to Excess Barrels; plus
 
  (iii)   any applicable Shortfall Payment for such Month; plus
 
  (iv)   any monthly surcharges payable for such Month pursuant to Section 5(c).
     (c)  Invoice . TLO will invoice TRMC monthly providing its calculations of all the items set forth above, and all amounts owed shall be due and payable no later than ten (10) days after TRMC’s receipt of TLO’s invoice. Any past due payments owed by TRMC to TLO shall accrue interest, payable on demand, at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum from the due date of the payment through the actual date of payment.
7. TRANSPORTATION SERVICES; VOLUME LOSSES
     (a) The services provided by TLO pursuant to this Agreement shall only consist of the transportation of crude petroleum and refined petroleum products on the Short Haul Pipelines.
     (b) TLO shall have no obligation to measure volume gains or losses of petroleum in the normal course of transportation, and shall have no liability to TRMC for physical losses of crude petroleum or petroleum products, except for losses resulting from gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement by TLO or its employees, agents or contractors.
8. EXCLUSIVE SERVICE
In order to effectuate the underlying objectives of this Agreement, TLO agrees as follows:

- 6 -


 

     (a) Subject to Applicable Law, during the Term, each Segment of the Short Haul Pipelines shall be dedicated exclusively to the use of TRMC, and TLO shall not use any Segment to provide services for any third party, except upon specific directions from TRMC.
     (b) Subject to Force Majeure and required maintenance and repairs and the other provisions hereunder, TLO shall make each active Segment continuously available to TRMC at all times, and shall ship all volumes of crude petroleum and products nominated by TRMC for shipment in such Segment upon request. TLO and TRMC shall coordinate shipment schedules with each other and with connecting pipelines, and TLO shall not be obligated to make any shipment at any time when a connecting pipeline is not prepared to deliver or receive it, as applicable, it being understood that TRMC shall be primarily responsible for nominating receipts and deliveries to third party pipeline carriers. In the event that TLO must remove a Segment from active service for repair or maintenance, then TLO shall provide TRMC with as much advance notice as possible under the circumstances, and the Parties shall cooperate to minimize the impact of such downtime on operation of the SLC Refinery.
     (c) In the event TLO is required to file a tariff with the FERC or any other Governmental Authority with respect to the Short Haul Pipelines, to the maximum extent permitted under Applicable Law, TLO shall ensure that any such tariffs do not prejudice any of TRMC’s rights under the terms of this Agreement.
9. REGULATORY MATTERS
     (a) As of the date of this Agreement, the shipment of crude petroleum and refined petroleum products on the Short Haul Pipelines are not subject to regulation by the State of Utah.
     (b) TLO has filed a request with the FERC for a determination that the Short Haul Pipelines are not subject to FERC jurisdiction. In the event the shipment of crude petroleum or refined petroleum products on the Short Haul Pipelines are determined by the FERC to be subject to FERC regulation, TLO shall file with the FERC and diligently pursue a request for exemption from FERC filing and reporting requirements for the Short Haul Pipelines. TRMC agrees that it will not, during the Term, challenge or assist others in challenging TLO’s requested exemption from FERC regulation. If the FERC confirms that the Short Haul Pipelines are not subject to regulation, then TLO shall not take any further actions that would require any Segment to subsequently become subject to regulation by the FERC, except as required by Applicable Law.
     (c) In the event that the FERC asserts jurisdiction over the shipment of crude petroleum or refined petroleum products on the Short Haul Pipelines, the Parties agree to negotiate in good faith to adjust the terms of this Agreement and the Transportation Fee to conform to FERC requirements and to preserve, to the extent possible, each Party’s economic benefits under this Agreement. The Parties further agree that in the event TLO is required to file a tariff with the FERC with respect to any of the Short Haul Pipelines, TLO will first obtain the agreement of TRMC to the rates, terms and conditions of any such tariff, consistent with FERC ratemaking principles, which shall not cause TRMC’s aggregate fees for shipping the minimum throughput commitment to exceed the amount payable for such shipments under the terms stated herein.
     (d) The Parties are entering into this Agreement in reliance upon and shall fully comply with all Applicable Law which directly or indirectly affect the crude petroleum or refined petroleum products to be throughput hereunder, or any receipt, throughput delivery, transportation, handling or storage of crude petroleum or petroleum products hereunder or the ownership, operation or condition of the Storage Facility. Each Party shall fully comply with all Applicable Law associated with such Party’s respective performance hereunder and the maintenance and operation of such Party’s facilities. In the event any

- 7 -


 

action or obligation imposed upon a Party under this Agreement shall at any time be in conflict with any requirement of Applicable Law, then this Agreement, shall immediately be modified to conform the action or obligation so adversely affected to the requirements Applicable Law, and all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain effective.
     (e) If during the Term, any new Applicable Law becomes effective or any existing Applicable Law are or its interpretations is materially changed, which change is not addressed by another provision of this Agreement and has a material adverse economic impact upon a Party either Party, acting in good faith, shall have the option to request renegotiation of the relevant provisions of this Agreement with respect to future performance. The Parties shall then meet and negotiate in good faith amendments to this Agreement that will conform this Agreement to the new Applicable Law while preserving the Parties’ economic, operational, commercial and competitive arrangements in accordance with the understandings set forth herein.
10. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither Party shall be liable or responsible to the other Party or such other Party’s affiliated Persons for any consequential, incidental, or punitive damages, or for loss of profits or revenues (collectively referred to as “special damages”) incurred by such Party or its affiliated Persons that arise out of or relate to this Agreement, regardless of whether any such claim arises under or results from contract, tort, or strict liability; provided that the foregoing limitation is not intended and shall not affect special damages imposed in favor of unaffiliated Persons that are not Parties to this Agreement.
11. TERMINATION; RIGHT TO ENTER INTO NEW AGREEMENT
     (a) A Party shall be in default under this Agreement if:
     (i) the Party materially breaches any provision of this Agreement and such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) Business Days after notice thereof (which notice shall describe such breach in reasonable detail) is received by such Party; or
     (ii) the Party (A) files a petition or otherwise commences, authorizes or acquiesces in the commencement of a proceeding or cause of action under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar Applicable Law, or has any such petition filed or commenced against it; (B) makes an assignment or any general arrangement for the benefit of creditors; (C) otherwise becomes bankrupt or insolvent (however evidenced); or (D) has a liquidator, administrator, receiver, trustee, conservator or similar official appointed with respect to it or any substantial portion of its property or assets.
     (b) If any of the Parties is in default as described above, then (A) if TRMC is in default, TLO may or (B) if TLO is in default, TRMC may: (1) terminate this Agreement upon notice to the defaulting Party; (2) withhold any payments due to the defaulting Party under this Agreement; and/or (3) pursue any other remedy at law or in equity, including the remedies of TRMC set forth below.
     (c) Upon termination of this Agreement for reasons other than (x) a default by TRMC and (y) any other termination of this Agreement initiated by TRMC pursuant to Section 12 or Section 14, TRMC shall have the right to require TLO to enter into a new transportation services agreement with TRMC that (i) is consistent with the terms set forth in this Agreement, and (ii) has commercial terms that are, in the aggregate, equal to or more favorable to TLO than fair market value terms as would be agreed by similarly-situated parties negotiating at arm’s length; provided,

- 8 -


 

however; that the term of any such new transportation services agreement shall not extend beyond April 30, 2031.
     (d) In the event that TLO proposes to enter into a transportation services agreement with a third party upon termination of this Agreement for reasons other than (x) a default by TRMC and (y) any other termination of this Agreement initiated by TRMC pursuant to Section 12 or Section 14, TLO shall give TRMC 90 days’ prior written notice of any proposed new transportation services agreement with a third party, including (i) details of all of the material terms and conditions thereof and (ii) a thirty (30)-day period (beginning upon TRMC’s receipt of such written notice) (the “ First Offer Period ”) in which TRMC may make a good faith offer to enter into a new transportation agreement with TLO (the “ Transportation Right of First Refusal ”). If TRMC makes an offer on terms no less favorable to TLO than the third-party offer with respect to such transportation services agreement during the First Offer Period, then TLO shall be obligated to enter into a transportation services agreement with TRMC on the terms set forth above. If TRMC does not exercise its Transportation Right of First Refusal in the manner set forth above, TLO may, for the next ninety (90) days, proceed with the negotiation of the third-party transportation services agreement. If no third party agreement is consummated during such ninety-day period, the terms and conditions of this Section 11(d) shall again become effective.
     (e) Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, TRMC shall promptly remove all of its crude petroleum and refined petroleum products from the Short Haul Pipelines within thirty (30) days of such termination or expiration.
12. FORCE MAJEURE
     (a) As soon as possible upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure, TLO shall provide TRMC with written notice of the occurrence of such Force Majeure (a “ Force Majeure Notice ”). TLO shall identify in such Force Majeure Notice the particular Segment or Segments of the Short Haul Pipelines that are affected by the Force Majeure and the approximate length of time that TLO reasonably believes in good faith such Force Majeure shall continue (the “ Force Majeure Period ”). If TLO advises in any Force Majeure Notice that it reasonably believes in good faith that the Force Majeure Period shall continue for more than twelve (12) consecutive Months, then, subject to Section 13 below, at any time after TLO delivers such Force Majeure Notice, either Party may terminate that portion of this Agreement relating to the affected Segment, but only upon delivery to the other Party of a notice (a “ Termination Notice ”) at least twelve (12) Months prior to the expiration of the Force Majeure Period; provided, however, that such Termination Notice shall be deemed cancelled and of no effect if the Force Majeure ends prior to the expiration of such twelve (12)-Month period. For the avoidance of doubt, neither Party may exercise its right under this Section 12(a) to terminate this Agreement as a result of a Force Majeure with respect to any machinery, storage, tanks, lines of pipe or other equipment that has been unaffected by, or has been restored to working order since, the applicable Force Majeure, including pursuant to a Restoration under Section 13.
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if TRMC delivers a Termination Notice to TLO (the “ TRMC Termination Notice ”) and, within thirty (30) days after receiving such TRMC Termination Notice, TLO notifies TRMC that TLO reasonably believes in good faith that it shall be capable of fully performing its obligations under this Agreement within a reasonable period of time, then the TRMC Termination Notice shall be deemed revoked and the applicable portion of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such TRMC Termination Notice had never been given.
     (c) Subject to Section 13 below, TLO’s obligations may be temporarily suspended during the occurrence of, and for the entire duration of, a Force Majeure that prevents TLO from shipping the Minimum Throughput Commitment. If, for reasons of Force Majeure, TLO is prevented from shipping volumes equal to the full Minimum Throughput Commitment, then TRMC’s obligation to ship the Minimum Throughput Commitment and pay the Shortfall Payment shall be reduced to the extent that

- 9 -


 

TLO is prevented from shipping the full Minimum Throughput Commitment. At such time as TLO is capable of shipping volumes equal to the Minimum Throughput Commitment, TRMC’s obligation to ship the full Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be restored. In addition, if TRMC is prevented from receiving crude petroleum from the Crude Pipelines as a result of a Force Majeure event affecting the Storage Facility or other facilities owned by TLO, its obligation to ship the Minimum Throughput Commitment shall be reduced accordingly. TLO agrees that it shall declare a Force Majeure if TLO is prevented from shipping volumes equal to the full Minimum Throughput Commitment due to the inability of any pipeline connecting to the Short Haul Pipelines to supply or accept crude petroleum or refined petroleum products, as applicable.
13. CAPABILITIES OF SHORT HAUL PIPELINES
     (a)  Interruptions of Service. TLO shall use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize the interruption of service on the Short Haul Pipelines and any Segment thereof. TLO shall promptly inform TRMC of any anticipated partial or complete interruption of service which is projected to extend more than twenty-four (24) hours on any part of the Short Haul Pipelines affecting TLO’s ability to receive or deliver crude petroleum or refined petroleum products on any Segment of the Short Haul Pipelines, including relevant information about the nature, extent, cause and expected duration of the interruption and the actions TLO is taking to resume full operations, provided that TLO shall not have any liability for any failure to notify, or delay in notifying, TRMC of any such matters except to the extent TRMC has been materially prejudiced or damaged by such failure or delay.
     (b)  Maintenance and Repair Standards.
     (i) Subject to Force Majeure, interruptions for routine repair and maintenance consistent with customary crude petroleum and refined petroleum products pipeline standards, and any applicable regulatory requirements, TLO shall accept for shipment on the Short Haul Pipelines in accordance with pipeline industry standards all crude petroleum and refined petroleum products that TRMC requests TLO to transport. Further, TLO shall maintain and repair all portions of the Short Haul Pipelines in accordance with pipeline industry standards and in a manner which allows the Short Haul Pipelines to be capable, subject to Force Majeure, of shipping, storing and delivering volumes of crude petroleum and refined petroleum products which are no less than the Minimum Throughput Capacity.
     (ii) If for any reason, including without limitation a Force Majeure event, the throughput capacity of any Segment of the Short Haul Pipelines should fall below the Minimum Throughput Capacity, then (A) during such period of reduced throughput capacity, TRMC’s obligation to ship the Minimum Throughput Commitment and pay the Shortfall Payment shall be reduced as described in Section 12(c) above and (B) within a reasonable period of time after the commencement of such reduction, TLO shall make repairs to and/or replace the affected portion of the Short Haul Pipelines to restore the capacity of each Segment to the required Minimum Throughput Capacity (“ Restoration ”). Except as provided below in Sections 13(c) and 13(d), all such Restoration shall be at TLO’s cost and expense unless the damage creating the need for such repairs was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of TRMC, its employees, agents or customers.
     (iii) Notwithstanding the above provisions, except pursuant to a Capacity Expansion requested by TRMC, TLO shall not be required to install any additional pumping capacity or other improvements on the Crude Pipelines to facilitate shipment of a heavier grade of crude petroleum than has historically been shipped to the Storage Facility for use in the SLC Refinery. Upon request by TRMC for upgraded capacity for shipment of heavier crude petroleum grades in

- 10 -


 

connection with a Restoration, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith arrangements whereby TLO will install suitable upgrades to the Crude Pipelines, consistent with Applicable Law, accepted pipeline design and operating procedures that will allow shipment of volumes of such heavier crude petroleum commensurate with historical volumes of lighter crude petroleum shipments, with TRMC to reimburse TLO for associated capital costs and increased operating costs, as otherwise provided herein.
     (c)  Capacity Resolution . In the event of the failure of TLO to maintain any Segment of the Short Haul Pipelines at its Minimum Throughput Capacity, then either Party shall have the right to call a meeting between executives of both Parties by providing at least two (2) Business Days’ advance written notice. Any such meeting shall be held at a mutually agreeable location and will be attended by executives of both Parties each having sufficient authority to commit his or her respective Party to a Capacity Resolution (hereinafter defined). At the meeting, the Parties will negotiate in good faith with the objective of reaching a joint resolution for the Restoration of capacity on the affected portion of the Short Haul Pipelines which will, among other things, specify steps to be taken by TLO to fully accomplish Restoration and the deadlines by which the Restoration must be completed (the “ Capacity Resolution ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Capacity Resolution shall set forth an agreed upon time schedule for the Restoration activities. Such time schedule shall be reasonable under the circumstances, consistent with customary pipeline transportation industry standards and shall take into consideration TLO’s economic considerations relating to costs of the repairs and TRMC’s requirements concerning the operation of the SLC Refinery. In the event that TRMC’s economic considerations justify incurring additional costs to restore the Short Haul Pipelines in a more expedited manner than the time schedule determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, TRMC may require TLO to expedite the Restoration to the extent reasonably possible, subject to TRMC’s payment, in advance, of the estimated incremental costs to be incurred as a result of the expedited time schedule. In the event the Parties agree to an expedited Restoration plan wherein TRMC agrees to fund a portion of the Restoration cost, then neither Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 12(a) above so long as such Restoration is completed with due diligence, and TRMC shall pay such portion to TLO in advance based on an estimate conforming to reasonable engineering standards applicable to petroleum or products pipelines, as applicable. Upon completion, TRMC shall pay the difference between the actual portion of Restoration costs to be paid by TRMC pursuant to this Section 13(c) and the estimated amount paid under the preceding sentence within thirty (30) days after receipt of TLO’s invoice therefor, or, if appropriate, TLO shall pay TRMC the excess of the estimate paid by TRMC over TLO’s actual costs as previously described within thirty (30) days after completion of the Restoration.
     (d)  TRMC’s Right To Cure . If at any time after the occurrence of (x) a Partnership Change of Control or (y) a sale of the SLC Refinery, TLO either (i) refuses or fails to meet with TRMC within the period set forth in Section 13(c), (ii) fails to agree to perform a Capacity Resolution in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 13(c) or (iii) fails to perform its obligations in compliance with the terms of a Capacity Resolution, TRMC may, as its sole remedy for any breach by TLO of any of its obligations under Section 13(c), require TLO to complete a Restoration of the affected portion of the Short Haul Pipelines.

- 11 -


 

Any such Restoration required under this Section 13(d) shall be completed by TLO at TRMC’s cost. TLO shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide transportation of crude petroleum and refined petroleum products tendered by TRMC while such Restoration is being completed. Any work performed by TLO pursuant to this Section shall be performed and completed in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with applicable pipeline industry standards and in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and/or regulations. Additionally, during such period after the occurrence of (x) a Partnership Change of Control or (y) a sale of the SLC Refinery, TRMC may exercise any remedies available to it under this Agreement (other than termination), including the right to immediately seek temporary and permanent injunctive relief for specific performance by TLO of the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligation to make Restorations described herein.
14. SUSPENSION OF SLC REFINERY OPERATIONS
     (a) In the event that TRMC decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at the SLC Refinery for a period that shall continue for at least twelve (12) consecutive Months, TRMC may provide written notice to TLO of TRMC’s intent to terminate this Agreement (the “ Suspension Notice ”). Such Suspension Notice shall be sent at any time after TRMC has publicly announced such suspension and, upon the expiration of the twelve (12) Month period following the date such notice is sent (the “ Notice Period ”), this Agreement shall terminate. If TRMC publicly announces, more than two Months prior to the expiration of the Notice Period, its intent to resume operations at the SLC Refinery, then the Suspension Notice shall be deemed revoked and the applicable portion of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such Suspension Notice had never been delivered.
     (b) If refining operations at the SLC Refinery are suspended for any reason (including refinery turnaround operations and other scheduled maintenance), then TRMC shall remain liable for Shortfall Payments under this Agreement for the duration of the suspension, unless and until this Agreement is terminated as provided above. TRMC shall provide at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any suspension of operations at the SLC Refinery due to a planned turnaround or scheduled maintenance. Shortfall Payments due for each Month during which TRMC does not ship any volumes on the Short Haul Pipelines will be equal to (i) the Minimum Throughput Commitment multiplied by (ii) the Transportation Fee.
15. INDEMNITIES
     (a) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, TLO shall release, defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless TRMC from and against any and all demands, claims (including third-party claims), losses, costs, suits, or causes of action (including, but not limited to, any judgments, losses, liabilities, fines, penalties, expenses, interest, reasonable legal fees, costs of suit, and damages, whether in law or equity and whether in contract, tort, or otherwise) for or relating to (i) personal or bodily injury to, or death of the employees of TRMC and, as applicable, its customers, representatives, and agents; (ii) loss of or damage to any property, products, material, and/or equipment belonging to TRMC and, as applicable, its customers, representatives, and agents, and each of their respective affiliates, contractors, and subcontractors (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 7); (iii) loss of or damage to any other property, products, material, and/or equipment of any other description (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 7), and/or personal or bodily injury to, or death of any other person or persons; and with respect to clauses (i) through (iii) above, which is caused by or resulting in whole or in part from the acts and omissions of TLO in connection with the ownership or operation of the Short Haul Pipelines and the services provided hereunder, and, as applicable, its carriers, customers (other than TRMC), representatives, and agents, or those of their respective employees with respect to such matters; and (iv) any losses incurred by TRMC due to violations of this Agreement by TLO, or, as applicable, its customers (other than TRMC), representatives, and agents; PROVIDED THAT TLO SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY OR HOLD HARMLESS TRMC

- 12 -


 

FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS TO THE EXTENT THEY RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF CONTRACT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF TRMC.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, TRMC shall release, defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless TLO and, and each of its respective affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees, successors-in-interest, and assignees from and against any and all demands, claims (including third-party claims), losses, costs, suits, or causes of action (including, but not limited to, any judgments, losses, liabilities, fines, penalties, expenses, interest, reasonable legal fees, costs of suit, and damages, whether in law or equity and whether in contract, tort, or otherwise) for or relating to (i) personal or bodily injury to, or death of the employees of TLO and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents; (ii) loss of or damage to any property, products, material, and/or equipment belonging to TLO and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, and each of their respective affiliates, contractors, and subcontractors (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 7); (iii) loss of or damage to any other property, products, material, and/or equipment of any other description (except for those volume losses provided for in Section 7), and/or personal or bodily injury to, or death of any other person or persons; and with respect to clauses (i) through (iii) above, which is caused by or resulting in whole or in part from the acts and omissions of TRMC, in connection with TRMC’s and its customers’ use of the Short Haul Pipelines and the services provided hereunder, and, as applicable, its customers, representatives, and agents, or those of their respective employees with respect to such matters; and (iv) any losses incurred by TLO due to violations of this Agreement by TRMC, or, as applicable, its Carriers, customers, representatives, and agents; PROVIDED THAT TRMC SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY OR HOLD HARMLESS TLO FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS TO THE EXTENT THEY RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF CONTRACT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF TLO . For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall constitute a release by TRMC of any volume losses that are caused by the TLO’s gross negligence, breach of this Agreement or willful misconduct.
16. ASSIGNMENT; PARTNERSHIP CHANGE OF CONTROL
     (a) TRMC shall not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without TLO’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that TRMC may assign this Agreement without TLO’s consent in connection with a sale by TRMC of the SLC Refinery so long as the transferee: (i) agrees to assume all of TRMC’s obligations under this Agreement and (ii) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by TRMC in its reasonable judgment.
     (b) TLO shall not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without TRMC’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that (i) TLO may assign this Agreement without TRMC’s consent in connection with a sale by TLO of the Short Haul Pipelines so long as the transferee: (A) agrees to assume all of TLO’s obligations under this Agreement; (B) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by TLO in its reasonable judgment; and (C) is not a competitor of TRMC; and (ii) TLO shall be permitted to make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure working capital financing for TLO.
     (c) Any assignment that is not undertaken in accordance with the provisions set forth above shall be null and void ab initio. A Party making any assignment shall promptly notify the other Party of such assignment, regardless of whether consent is required. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

- 13 -


 

     (d) TRMC’s obligations hereunder shall not terminate in connection with a Partnership Change of Control, provided, however, that in the case of any Partnership Change of Control, TRMC shall have the option to extend the Term of this Agreement as provided in Section 4. TLO shall provide TRMC with notice of any Partnership Change of Control at least sixty (60) days prior to the effective date thereof.
17. NOTICE
All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (i) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (ii) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) Business Days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (iii) if mailed by an internationally recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (iv) if by e-mail one Business Day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices will be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:
If to TRMC, to:
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company
Attn:
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Phone:
Facsimile:
e-mail:
If to TLO, to:
Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC
Attn:
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Phone:
Facsimile:
e-mail:
or to such other address or to such other person as either Party will have last designated by notice to the other Party.
18. INSURANCE
     (a) At all times during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years after termination of this Agreement for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” or “occurrence” basis, TRMC shall maintain at its expense the below listed insurance in the amounts specified below which are minimum requirements. Such insurance shall provide coverage to TLO and such policies, other than Worker’s Compensation Insurance, shall include TLO as an Additional Insured. Each policy shall provide that it is primary to and not contributory with any other insurance, including any self-insured retention, maintained by TLO (which shall be excess) and each policy shall provide the full coverage required by this Agreement. All such insurance shall be written with carriers and underwriters acceptable

- 14 -


 

to TLO, and eligible to do business in the State of Utah and having and maintaining an A.M. Best financial strength rating of no less than “A-” and financial size rating no less than “VII”; provided that TRMC may procure worker’s compensation insurance from the State of Utah. All limits listed below are required MINIMUM LIMITS:
  (i)   Workers Compensation and Occupational Disease Insurance which fully complies with Applicable Law of the State of Utah, in limits not less than statutory requirements;
 
  (ii)   Employers Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 for each accident, covering injury or death to any employee which may be outside the scope of the worker’s compensation statute of the jurisdiction in which the worker’s service is performed, and in the aggregate as respects occupational disease;
 
  (iii)   Commercial General Liability Insurance, including contractual liability insurance covering Carrier’s indemnity obligations under this Agreement, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability, or such higher limits as may be required by TLO or by Applicable Law from time to time. This policy shall include Broad Form Contractual Liability insurance coverage which shall specifically apply to the obligations assumed in this Agreement by TRMC;
 
  (iv)   Automobile Liability Insurance covering all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability, or such higher limit(s) as may be required by TRMC or by Applicable Law from time to time. Coverage must assure compliance with Sections 29 and 30 of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980 and all applicable rules and regulations of the Federal Highway Administration’s Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety and Interstate Commerce Commissioner (Form MCS 90 Endorsement). Limits of liability for this insurance must be in accordance with the financial responsibility requirement of the Motor Carrier Act, but not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence;
 
  (v)   Excess (Umbrella) Liability Insurance with limits not less than $4,000,000 per occurrence. Additional excess limits may be utilized to supplement inadequate limits in the primary policies required in items (ii), (iii), and (iv) above;
 
  (vi)   Pollution Legal Liability with limits not less than $25,000,000 per loss with an annual aggregate of $25,000,000. Coverage shall apply to bodily injury and property damage including loss of use of damaged property and property that has not been physically injured; clean up costs, defense, including costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, defense or settlement of claim; and
 
  (vii)   Property Insurance, with a limit of no less than $1,000,000, which property insurance shall be first-party property insurance to adequately cover TRMC’s owned property; including personal property of others.
     (b) All such policies must be endorsed with a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement, effectively waiving rights of recovery under subrogation or otherwise, against TLO, and shall contain where applicable, a severability of interest clause and a standard cross liability clause.
     (c) Upon execution of this Agreement and prior to the operation of any equipment by TRMC, TRMC will furnish to TLO, and at least annually thereafter (or at any other times upon request by

- 15 -


 

TLO) during the Term of this Agreement (and for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” basis, for two (2) years after the termination of this Agreement), insurance certificates and/or certified copies of the original policies to evidence the insurance required herein. Such certificates shall be in the form of the “Accord” Certificate of Insurance, and reflect that they are for the benefit of TLO and shall provide that there will be no material change in or cancellation of the policies unless TLO is given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice. Certificates providing evidence of renewal of coverage shall be furnished to TLO prior to policy expiration.
     (d) TRMC shall be solely responsible for any deductibles or self-insured retention.
19. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
     (a)  Obligations . Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to retain the other Partys’ Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose the same to any third party nor use the same, except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as expressly permitted in this Section 19. Each Party further agrees to take the same care with the other Party’s Confidential Information as it does with its own, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care. Excepted from these obligations of confidence and non-use is that information which:
          (i) is available, or becomes available, to the general public without fault of the receiving Party;
          (ii) was in the possession of the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis prior to receipt of the same from the disclosing Party (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that this exception shall not apply to information of TLO that was in the possession of TRMC or any of its affiliates as a result of their ownership or operation of the Short Haul Pipelines prior to the Commencement Date);
          (iii) is obtained by the receiving Party without an obligation of confidence from a third party who is rightfully in possession of such information and, to the receiving Party’s knowledge, is under no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; or
          (iv) is independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to or use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.
For the purpose of this Section 19, a specific item of Confidential Information shall not be deemed to be within the foregoing exceptions merely because it is embraced by, or underlies, more general information in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party.
     (b)  Required Disclosure . Notwithstanding Section 19(a) above, if the receiving Party becomes legally compelled to disclose the Confidential Information by a court, Governmental Authority or Applicable Law, or is required to disclose by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, any of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, the receiving Party shall promptly advise the disclosing Party of such requirement to disclose Confidential Information as soon as the receiving Party becomes aware that such a requirement to disclose might become effective, in order that, where possible, the disclosing Party may seek a protective order or such other remedy as the disclosing Party may consider appropriate in the circumstances. The receiving Party shall disclose only that portion of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that it is required to disclose and shall cooperate with the disclosing Party in allowing the disclosing Party to obtain such protective order or other relief.

- 16 -


 

     (c)  Return of Information . Upon written request by the disclosing Party, all of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in whatever form shall be returned to the disclosing Party upon termination of this Agreement or destroyed with destruction certified by the receiving Party, without the receiving Party retaining copies thereof except that one copy of all such Confidential Information may be retained by a Party’s legal department solely to the extent that such Party is required to keep a copy of such Confidential Information pursuant to Applicable Law and the receiving Party shall be entitled to retain any Confidential Information in the electronic form or stored on automatic computer back-up archiving systems during the period such backup or archived materials are retained under such Party’s customary procedures and policies; provided , however , that any Confidential Information retained by the receiving Party shall be maintained subject to confidentiality pursuant to the terms of this Section 19, and such archived or back-up Confidential Information shall not be accessed except as required by Applicable Law.
     (d)  Receiving Party Personnel . The receiving Party will limit access to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party to those of its employees, attorneys and contractors that have a need to know such information in order for the receiving Party to exercise or perform its rights and obligations under this Agreement (the “ Receiving Party Personnel ”). The Receiving Party Personnel who have access to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party will be made aware of the confidentiality provision of this Agreement, and will be required to abide by the terms thereof. Any third party contractors that are given access to Confidential Information of a disclosing Party pursuant to the terms hereof shall be required to sign a written agreement pursuant to which such Receiving Party Personnel agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, which written agreement will expressly state that it is enforceable against such Receiving Party Personnel by the disclosing Party.
     (e)  Survival . The obligation of confidentiality under this Section 19 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years.
20. MISCELLANEOUS
     (a)  Modification; Waiver . This Agreement may be terminated, amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by the Parties. Any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived in writing at any time by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof. No waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or any breach thereof, will be effective unless in writing signed by a duly authorized individual on behalf of the Party against which the waiver is sought to be enforced. No waiver of any term or condition or of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed or will constitute a waiver of any other term or condition or of any later breach (whether or not similar), nor will such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
     (b)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Schedules, constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the Parties in connection therewith.
     (c)  Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles. Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal court of competent jurisdiction situated in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, or if such federal court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in the district court of Bexar County, Texas. The Parties expressly and irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of said Courts and irrevocably waive any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in such Courts, irrevocably waive any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further

- 17 -


 

irrevocably waive the right to object, with respect to such claim, action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court, that such Court does not have jurisdiction over such Party. The Parties hereby irrevocably consent to the service of process by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by personal service within or without the State of Texas. Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the Parties hereto, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.
     (e)  Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance will be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     (f)  No Third Party Beneficiaries . It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a Party or successor or permitted assignee of a Party.
     (g)  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM OF ANY OBLIGATION HEREUNDER.
     (h)  Schedules . Each of the Schedules attached hereto and referred to herein is hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

- 18 -


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY    
 
       
     
 
       
Name:    
 
       
Title:    
 
       
TESORO LOGISTICS OPERATIONS LLC    
 
       
     
 
       
Name:
       
 
       
Title:
       
 
       
Signature Page to
SLC Short Haul Pipelines
Transportation Services Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE A
(FLOW CHART)

 


 

Schedule B
Crude Oil Pipeline Segments :
16” pipeline from Plains All American Pipeline to Storage Facility: 87,600 bpd
10” pipeline from Chevron Crude Products Terminal to Storage Facility: 30,000 bpd. The Parties acknowledge that this Line is currently idle, and is available for use only as a backup in the event of repairs or maintenance to or disruption of operation other pipelines and shall not be required for normal operations so long as the other two Crude Oil Pipeline Segments remain operational.
8” pipeline from Chevron Crude Products Terminal to Storage Facility: 30,000 bpd
Products Pipeline Segments :
6” diesel pipeline from SLC Refinery to Chevron Products Terminal: 30,000 bpd
8” gasoline pipeline from SLC Refinery to Chevron Products Terminal: 42,000 bpd

 

Exhibit 10.10
FORM OF
SALT LAKE CITY STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION SERVICES AGREEMENT
     This Salt Lake City Storage and Transportation Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is dated as of ________ ___, 2011, by and between Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TRMC ”) and Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TLO ”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , TLO owns a storage facility for crude oil and refined products (the “ Storage Facility ”) and certain related tanks and pipelines;
      WHEREAS, TLO desires to provide storage and transportation services with respect to crude oil and refined products owned by TRMC and stored in one or more of TLO’s Tanks (as defined below) and crude oil and refined products owned by TRMC and transported from time to time through the Pipelines (as defined below) between the Storage Facility and TRMC’s refinery located at Salt Lake City, Utah (the “ Refinery ”);
      WHEREAS, TLO’s Tanks (as defined below) at the Storage Facility have an aggregate Shell Capacity (as defined below) of 878,000 Barrels (as defined below) and an aggregate Operating Capacity (as defined below) of 712,540 Barrels (as defined below) due to existing soil conditions at the Storage Facility; and
      WHEREAS , TRMC and TLO desire to enter into this Agreement to memorialize the terms of their commercial relationship.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the covenants and obligations contained herein, the Parties (as defined below) to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used throughout this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below, unless otherwise specifically defined herein.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ Applicable Law ” means any applicable statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, determination, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, requirement, or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit, license or other operating authorization issued by any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect.
     “ Barrel ” means a volume equal to 42 U.S. gallons of 231 cubic inches each, at 60 degrees Fahrenheit under one atmosphere of pressure.
     “ Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York, New York are open for the general transaction of business.
     “ Capacity Resolution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(d).

 


 

     “ Commencement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.
     “ Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.
     “ Confidential Information ” means all confidential, proprietary or non-public information of a Party, whether set forth in writing, orally or in any other manner, including all non-public information and material of such Party (and of companies with which such Party has entered into confidentiality agreements) that another Party obtains knowledge of or access to, including non-public information regarding products, processes, business strategies and plans, customer lists, research and development programs, computer programs, hardware configuration information, technical drawings, algorithms, know-how, formulas, processes, ideas, inventions (whether patentable or not), trade secrets, schematics and other technical, business, marketing and product development plans, revenues, expenses, earnings projections, forecasts, strategies, and other non-public business, technological, and financial information.
     “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
     “ Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.
     “ First Offer Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19(d).
     “ Force Majeure ” means circumstances not reasonably within the control of TLO and which, by the exercise of due diligence, TLO is unable to prevent or overcome that prevent performance of TLO’s obligations, including: acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, wars, riots, fires, floods, storms, orders of courts or Governmental Authorities, explosions, terrorist acts, breakage, accident to machinery, storage tanks or lines of pipe and inability to obtain or unavoidable delays in obtaining material or equipment and similar events.
     “ Force Majeure Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a).
     “ Force Majeure Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a).
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.
     “ Month ” means the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the calendar month in which service begins and each successive calendar month thereafter.
     “ Notice Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(a).
     “ Operating Capacity ” means the effective storage capacity of a Tank, taking into account accepted engineering principles, industry standards, American Petroleum Institute guidelines and Applicable Laws, under actual conditions as they may exist at any time. The current Operating Capacity of each Tank as of the date hereof is listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto.
     “ Operating Procedures ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(a).

2


 

     “ Partnership ” means Tesoro Logistics LP.
     “ Partnership Change of Control ” means Tesoro Corporation ceases to Control the general partner of the Partnership.
     “ Party ” or “ Parties ” means that each of TRMC and TLO is a “Party” and collectively are the “Parties” to this Agreement.
     “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or any department or agency thereof.
     “ Pipeline ” or “ Pipelines ” means the four certain interconnecting pipelines extending from the Storage Facility to the Refinery listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto.
     “ Product ” or “ Products ” means crude oil, refined products, and other materials transported on the Pipelines and/or stored in the Tanks in the ordinary course of business.
     “ Receiving Party Personnel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 25.
     “ Refinery ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Restoration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).
     “ Right of First Refusal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19(d).
     “ Shell Capacity ” means the gross storage capacity of a Tank, based upon its dimensions, as set forth for each Tank on Schedule 2 attached hereto.
     “ Storage and Transportation Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).
     “ Storage Facility ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
     “ Suspension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(a).
     “ Tanks ” mean the thirteen (13) tanks owned by TLO and listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto, each of which is used for the storage of Products and located at the Storage Facility.
     “ Term ” and “ Initial Term ” each have the meaning set forth in Section 4.
     “ Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a).
     “ TLO ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ TRMC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
     “ TRMC Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(b).
2. TRANSPORTATION OR STORAGE COMMITMENT
     During the Term of this Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the effective Operating Capacity of each Tank and the Storage Facility as a whole, TLO shall, as

3


 

applicable, store all Products tendered by TRMC at the Storage Facility or on the Pipelines and transport such Products on TLO’s Pipelines between the Refinery and the Storage Facility (the “ Commitment ”). The Pipelines identified on Schedule 1 attached hereto and the Tanks identified on Schedule 2 attached hereto shall be dedicated and used exclusively for the storage and throughput of TRMC’s Products. For those dedicated Pipelines and Tanks, TRMC shall be responsible for providing all line fill and tank heels required for the operation of such Pipelines and Tanks. At any time after any such Product has been received in such Tanks, TLO may, for operational, environmental or safety reasons, move such Product to one or more other Tanks within the Storage Facility, at TLO’s sole cost and expense.
3. COMMENCEMENT DATE
     The Parties anticipate that the “ Commencement Date ” will be _________ ___ 2011. The actual Commencement Date shall be the date specified by TLO in a written notice to TRMC. The Parties agree that there are a number of factors that may affect the actual Commencement Date. Consequently, neither Party shall have any right or remedy against the other Party if the actual Commencement Date is earlier or later than the anticipated Commencement Date.
4. TERM
     The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue through April 30, 2021 (the “ Initial Term ”); provided, however, that TRMC may, at its option, extend the Initial Term for up to two (2) renewal terms of five (5) years each (each, an “ Extension Period ”) by providing written notice of its intent to TLO no less than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or the then-current Extension Period. The Initial Term, and any extensions of this Agreement as provided above, shall be referred to herein as the “ Term ”.
5. STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION FEE
     (a)  Storage and Transportation Fee . TRMC shall pay a monthly fee (the “ Storage and Transportation Fee ”) to reserve, on a firm storage or transportation basis (as applicable), all of the existing aggregate Shell Capacity of all of the Tanks in the Storage Facility and all of the throughput capacity on TLO’s Pipelines. Such fee shall be payable by TRMC on a monthly basis throughout the Term of the Agreement, regardless of the actual volumes of Products stored and/or transported by TLO on behalf of TRMC, provided, however, that the Parties shall from time to time negotiate an appropriate adjustment to such fee if the following conditions are met: (a) TRMC requires the full Operating Capacity of the Tanks, (b) the full Operating Capacity of the Tanks is not available to TRMC for any reason (other than any reason resulting from or relating to actions or inactions by TRMC), and (c) TLO is unable to otherwise accommodate the actual volumes of Products required to be stored and/or transported by TRMC pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Parties recognize that the existing Operating Capacity of certain Tanks is less than the Shell Capacity of such Tanks, but the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Storage and Transportation Fee shall be based upon the aggregate Shell Capacity of the Tanks. Such fee shall include all storage, pumping, and transshipment between and among the Tanks and the Pipelines.
     (b)  Initial Rate and Fee . The Storage and Transportation Fee shall initially be calculated using a rate of $0.50 per barrel per Month for the then-existing aggregate Shell Capacity of all of the Tanks in the Storage Facility. As of the date hereof, such Storage and Transportation Fee shall be equal to $439,000 per Month; provided however, that the fee owed during the Month in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be prorated in accordance with the ratio of (i) the number of days in such Month during which this Agreement is effective to (ii) the total number of days in such Month.

4


 

     (c)  Index Based Rate Increases . All fees set forth in this Agreement shall be increased on July 1 of each year of the Term, by a percentage equal to the greater of zero or the positive change in the CPI-U (All Urban Consumers), as reported by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
6. REIMBURSEMENT; CAPABILITIES OF FACILITIES
     (a)  Reimbursements . TRMC shall reimburse TLO for all of the following: (i) the actual cost of any capital expenditures that TLO agrees to make upon TRMC’s request; and (ii) any cleaning, degassing or other preparation of the Tanks at the expiration of this Agreement or as requested by TRMC. Such reimbursement shall be made each Month at the time of the payment of the Storage and Transportation Fee.
     (b)  Service Interruptions . TLO shall use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize the interruption of service at each Pipeline and Tank. TLO shall promptly inform TRMC’s operational personnel of any anticipated partial or complete interruption of service at any Pipeline or Tank, including relevant information about the nature, extent, cause and expected duration of the interruption and the actions TLO is taking to resume full operations, provided that TLO shall not have any liability for any failure to notify, or delay in notifying, TRMC of any such matters except to the extent TRMC has been materially prejudiced or damaged by such failure or delay.
     (c)  Maintenance and Repair Standards . Subject to Force Majeure and interruptions for routine repair and maintenance, consistent with customary terminal industry standards, TLO shall maintain each Pipeline and Tank in a condition and with a capacity sufficient to throughput a volume of TRMC’s Products at least equal to the current Operating Capacity for such Pipeline and Tanks and the Storage Facility as a whole. TLO’s obligations may be temporarily suspended during the occurrence of, and for the entire duration of, a Force Majeure or other interruption of service, to the extent such Force Majeure or other interruption of service impairs TLO’s ability to perform such obligations. If for any reason, including, without limitation, a Force Majeure event, the throughput or storage capacity of any Pipeline or Tank should fall below its current Operating Capacity, then within a reasonable period of time thereafter, TLO shall make repairs to restore the capacity of such Pipeline or Tank to current Operating Capacity (“ Restoration ”). Except as provided below in Section 6(d), all of such Restoration shall be at TLO’s cost and expense unless the damage creating the need for such repairs was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of TRMC, its employees, agents or customers.
     (d)  Capacity Resolution . In the event of the failure of TLO to maintain any Pipeline or Tank in a condition and with a capacity sufficient to throughput and store a volume of TRMC’s Products equal to its current Operating Capacity, then either Party shall have the right to call a meeting between executives of both Parties by providing at least two (2) Business Days’ advance written notice. Any such meeting shall be held at a mutually agreeable location and will be attended by executives of both Parties each having sufficient authority to commit his or her respective Party to a Capacity Resolution (as defined below). At the meeting, the Parties will negotiate in good faith with the objective of reaching a joint resolution for the Restoration of capacity on the Pipeline or Tank which will, among other things, specify steps to be taken by TLO to fully accomplish Restoration and the deadlines by which the Restoration must be completed (the “ Capacity Resolution ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Capacity Resolution shall set forth an agreed upon time schedule for the Restoration activities. Such time schedule shall be reasonable under the circumstances, consistent with customary terminal industry standards and shall take into consideration TLO’s economic considerations relating to costs of the repairs and TRMC’s requirements concerning its refining and marketing operations. TLO shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide storage and throughput of TRMC’s Products at the Pipelines and Storage Facility, to the extent the Pipelines and Storage Facility have capability of doing so, during the period before Restoration is completed. In the event that TRMC’s

5


 

economic considerations justify incurring additional costs to restore the Pipeline or Tank in a more expedited manner than the time schedule determined in accordance with the preceding sentences, TRMC may require TLO to expedite the Restoration to the extent reasonably possible, subject to TRMC’s payment, in advance, of the estimated incremental costs to be incurred as a result of the expedited time schedule. In the event that the Operating Capacity of a Tank is reduced, and the Parties agree that the Restoration of such Tank to its full Operating Capacity is not justified under the standards set forth in the preceding sentences, then the Parties shall negotiate an appropriate adjustment to the Storage and Transportation Fee to account for the reduced Operating Capacity available for TRMC’s use. In the event the Parties agree to an expedited Restoration plan in which TRMC agrees to fund a portion of the Restoration cost or a reduced Storage and Transportation Fee, then neither Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 20 below, so long as any such Restoration is completed with due diligence. TRMC shall pay its portion of the Restoration costs to TLO in advance based on an estimate based on reasonable engineering standards promulgated by the Association for Facilities Engineering . Upon completion, TRMC shall pay the difference between the actual portion of Restoration costs to be paid by TRMC pursuant to this Section 6(d) and the estimated amount paid under the preceding sentence within thirty (30) days after receipt of TLO’s invoice therefor, or, if appropriate, TLO shall pay TRMC the excess of the estimate paid by TRMC over TLO’s actual costs as previously described within thirty (30) days after completion of the Restoration.
     (e) TRMC’s Right To Cure . If at any time after the occurrence of (x) a Partnership Change of Control or (y) a sale of the Refinery, TLO either (i) refuses or fails to meet with TRMC within the period set forth in Section 6(d), (ii) fails to agree to perform a Capacity Resolution in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 6(d), or (iii) fails to perform its obligations in compliance with the terms of a Capacity Resolution, TRMC may, as its sole remedy for any breach by TLO of any of its obligations under Section 6(d), require TLO to complete a Restoration of the affected Pipeline or Tank, and the Storage and Transportation Fee shall be reduced to account for the reduced Operating Capacity available for TRMC’s use until such Restoration is completed. Any such Restoration required under this Section 6(e) shall be completed by TLO at TRMC’s cost. TLO shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide storage and throughput of TRMC’s Products at the affected Tank or Pipeline while such Restoration is being completed. Any work performed by TLO pursuant to this Section 6(e) shall be performed and completed in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with applicable pipeline industry standards and in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and/or regulations. Additionally, during such period after the occurrence of (x) a Partnership Change of Control or (y) a sale of the Refinery, TRMC may exercise any remedies available to it under this Agreement (other than termination), including the right to immediately seek temporary and permanent injunctive relief for specific performance by TLO of the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligation to make Restorations as described herein.
7. SURCHARGES
     If, during the term of this Agreement, new laws or regulations are enacted that require TLO to make substantial and unanticipated capital expenditures with respect to the Storage Facility or the Pipeline or with respect to the services provided hereunder, TLO may impose a monthly surcharge to cover TRMC’s pro rata share of the cost of complying with these laws or regulations after TLO has made

6


 

efforts to mitigate the impact of these laws and regulations. TLO and TRMC shall use their reasonable commercial efforts to comply with these laws and regulations, and shall negotiate in good faith to determine the level of the monthly surcharge.
8. PAYMENTS
     TLO will invoice TRMC on a monthly basis, and all amounts owed shall be due and payable no later than ten (10) days after TRMC’s receipt of TLO’s invoice. Any past due payments owed by TRMC to TLO shall accrue interest, payable on demand, at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum from the due date of the payment through the actual date of payment.
9. SCHEDULING
     All scheduling of delivery into and redelivery out of the Tanks shall be decided by mutual agreement of the Parties. TRMC shall identify to TLO prior to the delivery of any Product to the Storage Facility or the Pipelines, the specific Pipelines and Tanks to be used for receiving, transporting and storing such Product.
10. SERVICES; VOLUME LOSSES
     (a)  Services . The services provided by TLO pursuant to this Agreement shall only consist of storage of the Products at the Tanks and transportation of the Products through the Pipelines.
     (b)  Volume Losses . TLO shall have no obligation to measure volume gains and losses and shall have no liability whatsoever for normal course physical losses that may result from the storage of the Products at the Tanks and the transportation of the Products through the Pipelines, except if such losses are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of TLO, as further described in Section 18 herein. TRMC will bear any volume losses that may result from the storage or transportation of the Products at the Storage Facility and through the Pipelines, respectively.
11. CUSTODY TRANSFER AND TITLE
     TLO shall be deemed to have custody of the Product being transported on the Pipelines to the Storage Facility at the time it enters the Pipeline; for other Product, TLO shall be deemed to have custody where it enters the receiving line at the Storage Facility. TRMC shall be deemed to receive custody of the Product at the time it enters the Refinery from the Pipelines. Upon re-delivery of any Product to TRMC’s account, TRMC shall become solely responsible for any loss, damage or injury to Person or property or the environment, arising out of transportation, possession or use of such Product after transfer of custody. Title and risk of loss to all TRMC’s Products received in the Storage Facility, the Tanks, and the Pipelines shall remain with TRMC at all times. Both Parties acknowledge that this Agreement represents a bailment of Products by TRMC to TLO and not a consignment of Products, it being understood that TLO has no authority hereunder to sell or seek purchasers for the Products of TRMC. TRMC hereby warrants that it shall have good title to and the right to deliver, store and receive Products pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. TRMC acknowledges that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, TRMC acquires no right, title or interest in or to any of the Storage Facility (including the Tanks) and the Pipelines, except the right to receive, deliver, load, unload and store the Products in the Tanks and through the Pipelines as set forth herein. TLO shall retain control of the Storage Facility, including the Tanks, and the Pipelines at all times.
12. OPERATING PROCEDURES

7


 

     (a)  Operating Procedures for TRMC . TRMC hereby agrees to strictly abide by any and all laws, regulations, rules, conditions and procedures (the “ Operating Procedures ”) relating to the operation and use of the Storage Facility (including the Tanks) and the Pipelines that generally apply to receipt, delivery, loading, unloading, storage, and transportation of Products at the Storage Facility and through the Pipelines.
     (b)  Operating Procedures for TLO . TLO shall carry out the handling of the Products at the Storage Facility, the Tanks, and the Pipelines in accordance with the Operating Procedures.
13. TANK MODIFICATION AND CLEANING
     (a)  Tank Modifications . Each of Tanks shall be used for its historical service, provided however, that TRMC may request that a Tank be changed for storage of a different grade or type of Product. In such an instance, TLO shall agree in good faith to a change in such service, if the same can be accomplished in accordance with reasonable commercial standards, accepted industry and engineering guidelines, permit requirements and Applicable Law. If any such modifications, improvements, vapor recovery, cleaning, degassing, or other preparation of the Tanks is performed by TLO at the request of TRMC, TRMC shall bear all direct costs attributable thereto, including, without limitation, the cost of removal, processing, transportation, and disposal of all waste and the cost of any taxes or charges TLO may be required to pay in regard to such waste. TLO may require TRMC to pay all such amounts prior to commencement of any remodeling work on the Tanks, or by mutual agreement, the Parties may agree upon an increase in the Storage and Transportation Fee to reimburse TLO for its costs of such modifications, plus a reasonable return on capital.
     (b)  Responsibility for Fees . Should TLO take any of Tanks out of service for regulatory requirements, repair, or maintenance, TRMC shall be solely responsible for any alternative storage or product movements as required and all fees associated with such movements. TRMC shall not be reimbursed for any outside storage or transportation costs associated with any alternative movements that result from foregoing requirements. TRMC shall not be responsible to TLO for any throughput fees and dedicated tank storage fees associated with any Tanks taken out of service during the period that such Tank is out of service.
14. LIEN WAIVERS
     TLO hereby waives, relinquishes and releases any and all liens, including without limitation, any and all warehouseman’s liens, custodian’s liens, rights of retention and/or similar rights under all applicable laws, which TLO would or might otherwise have under or with respect to all Products stored or handled hereunder. TLO further agrees to furnish documents reasonably acceptable to TRMC and its lender(s) (if applicable), and to cooperate with TRMC in assuring and demonstrating that Product titled in TRMC’s name shall not be subject to any lien on the Storage Facility or TLO’s crude oil and other products stored there.
15. TAXES
     TRMC shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes, levies, royalties, assessments, licenses, fees, charges, surcharges and sums due of any nature whatsoever (other than income taxes, gross receipt taxes and similar taxes) imposed by any federal, state or local government that TLO incurs on TRMC’s behalf for the services provided by TLO under this Agreement. If TLO is required to pay any of the foregoing, TRMC shall promptly reimburse TLO in accordance with the payment terms set forth in this Agreement.
16. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

8


 

     (a)  Compliance With Law . Each Party certifies that none of the Products covered by this Agreement were or will be derived from crude petroleum, petrochemical, or gas which was produced or withdrawn from storage in violation of any federal, state or other governmental law, nor in violation of any rule, regulation or promulgated by any governmental agency having jurisdiction in the premises.
     (b)  Licenses and Permits . TLO shall maintain all necessary licenses and permits for the storage of Products at the Storage Facility.
     (c)  Applicable Law . The Parties are entering into this Agreement in reliance upon and shall fully comply with all Applicable Law which directly or indirectly affects the Products throughput hereunder, or any receipt, throughput delivery, transportation, handling or storage of Products hereunder or the ownership, operation or condition of the Storage Facility. Each Party shall be responsible for compliance with all Applicable Laws associated with such Party’s respective performance hereunder and the operation of such Party’s facilities. In the event any action or obligation imposed upon a Party under this Agreement shall at any time be in conflict with any requirement of Applicable Law, then this Agreement, shall immediately be modified to conform the action or obligation so adversely affected to the requirements of the Applicable Law, and all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain effective.
     (d)  New Or Changed Applicable Law . If during the Term, any new Applicable Law becomes effective or any existing Applicable Law or its interpretation is materially changed, which change is not addressed by another provision of this Agreement and which has a material adverse economic impact upon a Party, then either Party, acting in good faith, shall have the option to request renegotiation of the relevant provisions of this Agreement with respect to future performance. The Parties shall then meet and negotiate in good faith amendments to this Agreement that will conform this Agreement to the new Applicable Law while preserving the Parties’ economic, operational, commercial and competitive arrangements in accordance with the understandings set forth herein.
17. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except to the extent set forth herein, neither Party shall be liable or responsible to the other Party or such other Party’s affiliated Persons for any consequential, incidental, or punitive damages, or for loss of profits or revenues (collectively referred to as “special damages”) incurred by such Party or its affiliated Persons that arise out of or relate to this Agreement, regardless of whether any such claim arises under or results from contract, tort, or strict liability; provided that the foregoing limitation is not intended and shall not affect special damages imposed in favor of unaffiliated Persons that are not Parties to this Agreement.
18. INDEMNIFICATION
     (a) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, TLO shall release, defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless TRMC from and against any and all demands, claims (including third-party claims), losses, costs, suits, or causes of action (including, but not limited to, any judgments, losses, liabilities, fines, penalties, expenses, interest, reasonable legal fees, costs of suit, and damages, whether in law or equity and whether in contract, tort, or otherwise) for or relating to (i) personal or bodily injury to, or death of the employees of TRMC and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, (ii) loss of or damage to any property, products, material, and/or equipment belonging to TRMC and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, and each of their respective affiliates, contractors, and subcontractors (except for those volume losses provided for herein), (iii) loss of or damage to any other property, products, material, and/or equipment of any other description (except for those volume losses provided for herein), and/or personal or bodily injury to, or death of any other Person or Persons; and with respect to clauses (i) through (iii) above, which is caused by or resulting in whole or in part from the acts and omissions of TLO in connection with the ownership

9


 

or operation of the Pipelines or the Storage Facility and the services provided hereunder, and, as applicable, its carriers, customers (other than TRMC), representatives, and agents, or those of their respective employees with respect to such matters, and (iv) any losses incurred by TRMC due to violations of this Agreement by TLO, or, as applicable, its customers (other than TRMC), representatives, and agents; PROVIDED THAT TLO SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY OR HOLD HARMLESS TRMC FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS TO THE EXTENT THEY RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF CONTRACT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF TRMC.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, TRMC shall release, defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless TLO and, and each of its respective affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees, successors-in-interest, and assignees from and against any and all demands, claims (including third-party claims), losses, costs, suits, or causes of action (including, but not limited to, any judgments, losses, liabilities, fines, penalties, expenses, interest, reasonable legal fees, costs of suit, and damages, whether in law or equity and whether in contract, tort, or otherwise) for or relating to (i) personal or bodily injury to, or death of the employees of TLO and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents; (ii) loss of or damage to any property, products, material, and/or equipment belonging to TLO and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, and each of their respective affiliates, contractors, and subcontractors (except for those volume losses provided for herein); (iii) loss of or damage to any other property, products, material, and/or equipment of any other description (except for those volume losses provided for herein), and/or personal or bodily injury to, or death of any other Person or Persons; and with respect to clauses (i) through (iii) above, which is caused by or resulting in whole or in part from the acts and omissions of TRMC, in connection with TRMC’s use of the Pipelines or the Storage Facility and the services provided hereunder and TRMC’s Products stored hereunder, and, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents, or those of their respective employees with respect to such matters; and (iv) any losses incurred by TLO due to violations of this Agreement by TRMC, or, as applicable, its carriers, customers, representatives, and agents; PROVIDED THAT TRMC SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY OR HOLD HARMLESS TLO FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS TO THE EXTENT THEY RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF CONTRACT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF TLO. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall constitute a release by TRMC of any volume losses that are caused by the TLO’s gross negligence, breach of this Agreement or willful misconduct.
19. TERMINATION; RIGHT TO ENTER INTO A NEW AGREEMENT
     (a)  Termination for Default . A Party shall be in default under this Agreement if:
     (i) the Party materially breaches any provision of this Agreement and such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) Business Days after notice thereof (which notice shall describe such breach in reasonable detail) is received by such Party; or
     (ii) the Party (A) files a petition or otherwise commences, authorizes or acquiesces in the commencement of a proceeding or cause of action under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar Applicable Law, or has any such petition filed or commenced against it, (B) makes an assignment or any general arrangement for the benefit of creditors, (C) otherwise becomes bankrupt or insolvent (however evidenced) or (D) has a liquidator, administrator, receiver, trustee, conservator or similar official appointed with respect to it or any substantial portion of its property or assets.

10


 

If either Party is in default as described above, then (i) if TRMC is in default, TLO may or (ii) if TLO is in default, TRMC may: (1) terminate this Agreement upon notice to the defaulting Party; (2) withhold any payments due to the defaulting Party under this Agreement; and/or (3) pursue any other remedy at law or in equity.
     (b)  Obligations at Termination . TRMC shall, upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, promptly remove all of its Products from the Storage Facility within thirty (30) days of such termination or expiration. In the event all of the Product is not removed within such thirty (30) day period, TRMC shall be assessed a holdover storage fee, calculated on the same basis as the Storage and Transportation Fee, to all Products held in storage more than thirty (30) days beyond the termination or expiration of this Agreement until such time TRMC’s entire Product is removed from the Tanks and the Storage Facility.
     (c)  Right to Enter New Agreement . Upon termination of this Agreement for reasons other than (x) a default by TRMC and (y) any other termination of this Agreement initiated by TRMC pursuant to Section 20 or Section 21, TRMC shall have the right to require TLO to enter into a new storage and transportation services agreement with TRMC that (i) is consistent with the terms set forth in this Agreement, (ii) relates to the same Storage Facility, the Tanks and the Pipelines that are the subject matter of this Agreement, and (iii) has commercial terms that are, in the aggregate, equal to or more favorable to TLO than fair market value terms as would be agreed by similarly-situated parties negotiating at arm’s length; provided, however, that the term of any such new storage and transportation services agreement shall not extend beyond April 30, 2031.
     (d)  Right of First Refusal . In the event that TLO proposes to enter into a storage and transportation services agreement with a third party upon the termination of this Agreement for reasons other than (x) by default by TRMC and (y) any other termination of this Agreement initiated by TRMC pursuant to Section 20 or Section 21, TLO shall give TRMC 90 days’ prior written notice of any proposed new storage and transportation services agreement with a third party, including (i) details of all of the material terms and conditions thereof and (ii) a thirty (30)-day period (beginning upon TRMC’s receipt of such written notice) (the “ First Offer Period ”) in which TRMC may make a good faith offer to enter into a new storage and transportation services agreement with TLO (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). If TRMC makes an offer on terms no less favorable to TLO than the third-party offer with respect to such storage and transportation services agreement during the First Offer Period, then TLO shall be obligated to enter into a storage and transportation services agreement with TRMC on the terms set forth in subsection (c) above. If TRMC does not exercise its Right of First Refusal in the manner set forth above, TLO may, for the next ninety (90) days, proceed with the negotiation of the third-party storage and transportation services agreement. If no third-party storage and transportation services agreement is consummated during such ninety-day period, the terms and conditions of this Section 19(d) shall again become effective.
20. FORCE MAJEURE
     (a) As soon as possible upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure, TLO shall provide TRMC with written notice of the occurrence of such Force Majeure (a “ Force Majeure Notice ”). TLO shall identify in such Force Majeure Notice the approximate length of time that TLO reasonably believes in good faith such Force Majeure shall continue (the “ Force Majeure Period ”). If TLO advises in any Force Majeure Notice that it reasonably believes in good faith that the Force Majeure Period shall continue for more than twelve (12) consecutive Months, then, subject to Section 6 above, at any time after TLO delivers such Force Majeure Notice, either Party may terminate that portion of this Agreement relating to the affected Pipeline(s) and/or Tank(s) (with a corresponding and pro rata adjustment in the Storage and Transportation Fee), but only upon delivery to the other Party of a notice (a “ Termination Notice ”) at least

11


 

twelve (12) Months prior to the expiration of the Force Majeure Period; provided, however; that such Termination Notice shall be deemed cancelled and of no effect if the Force Majeure Period ends prior to the expiration of such twelve-Month period. For the avoidance of doubt, neither Party may exercise its right under this Section 20(a) to terminate this Agreement as a result of a Force Majeure with respect to any machinery, storage, tanks, lines of pipe or other equipment that has been unaffected by, or has been restored to working order since, the applicable Force Majeure, including pursuant to a Restoration under Section 6.
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if TRMC delivers a Termination Notice to TLO (the “ TRMC Termination Notice ”) and, within thirty (30) days after receiving such TRMC Termination Notice, TLO notifies TRMC that TLO reasonably believes in good faith that it shall be capable of fully performing its obligations under this Agreement within a reasonable period of time, then the TRMC Termination Notice shall be deemed revoked and the applicable portion of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such TRMC Termination Notice had never been given.
21. SUSPENSION OF REFINERY OPERATIONS
     (a) In the event that TRMC decides to permanently or indefinitely suspend refining operations at the Refinery for a period that shall continue for at least twelve (12) consecutive Months, TRMC may provide written notice to TLO of TRMC’s intent to terminate this Agreement (the “ Suspension Notice ”). Such Suspension Notice shall be sent at any time after TRMC has publicly announced such suspension and, upon the expiration of the twelve (12)-Month period following the date such notice is sent (the “ Notice Period ”), this Agreement shall terminate. If TRMC publicly announces, more than two Months prior to the expiration of the Notice Period, its intent to resume operations at the Refinery, then the Suspension Notice shall be deemed revoked, and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if such Suspension Notice had never been delivered.
     (b) During the Notice Period, TRMC shall remain liable for monthly payments of the Storage and Transportation Fees.
     (c) TRMC is not permitted to suspend or reduce its obligations under this Agreement in connection with a shutdown of the Refinery for scheduled turnarounds or other regular servicing or maintenance. If refining operations at the Refinery are suspended for any reason (including Refinery turnarounds and other scheduled maintenance), then TRMC shall remain liable for Storage and Transportation Fees under this Agreement for the duration of the suspension, unless and until this Agreement is terminated as provided above. TRMC shall provide at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any suspension of operations at the Refinery due to a planned turnaround or scheduled maintenance.
22. ASSIGNMENT; PARTNERSHIP CHANGE OF CONTROL
     (a) TRMC shall not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without TLO’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , however , that TRMC may assign this Agreement without TLO’s consent in connection with a sale by TRMC of the Refinery so long as the transferee: (i) agrees to assume all of TRMC’s obligations under this Agreement and (ii) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, which determination shall be made by TRMC in its reasonable judgment.
     (b) TLO shall not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without TRMC’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , however , that (i) TLO may assign this Agreement without TRMC’s consent in connection with a sale by TLO of the Storage Facility so long as the transferee: (A) agrees to assume all of TLO’s obligations under this Agreement; (B) is financially and operationally capable of fulfilling the terms of

12


 

this Agreement, which determination shall be made by TLO in its reasonable judgment; and (C) is not a competitor of TRMC; and (ii) TLO shall be permitted to make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure working capital financing for TLO.
     (c) Any assignment that is not undertaken in accordance with the provisions set forth above shall be null and void ab initio . A Party making any assignment shall promptly notify the other Party of such assignment, regardless of whether consent is required. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     (d) TRMC’s obligations hereunder shall not terminate in connection with a Partnership Change of Control, provided, however, that in the case of any Partnership Change of Control, TRMC shall have the option to extend the Term of this Agreement as provided in Section 4. TLO shall provide TRMC with notice of any Partnership Change of Control at least sixty (60) days prior to the effective date thereof.
23. INSURANCE
     (a) At all times during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years after termination of this Agreement for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” or “occurrence” basis, TRMC shall maintain at its expense the below listed insurance in the amounts specified below which are minimum requirements. Such insurance shall provide coverage to TLO and such policies, other than Worker’s Compensation Insurance, shall include TLO as an Additional Insured. Each policy shall provide that it is primary to and not contributory with any other insurance, including any self-insured retention, maintained by TLO (which shall be excess) and each policy shall provide the full coverage required by this Agreement. All such insurance shall be written with carriers and underwriters acceptable to TLO, and eligible to do business in the State of Utah and having and maintaining an A.M. Best financial strength rating of no less than “A-“ and financial size rating no less than “VII”; provided that TRMC may procure worker’s compensation insurance from the State of Utah. All limits listed below are required MINIMUM LIMITS:
  (i)   Workers Compensation and Occupational Disease Insurance which fully complies with Applicable Law of the State of Utah, in limits not less than statutory requirements;
 
  (ii)   Employers Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 for each accident, covering injury or death to any employee which may be outside the scope of the worker’s compensation statute of the jurisdiction in which the worker’s service is performed, and in the aggregate as respects occupational disease;
 
  (iii)   Commercial General Liability Insurance, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability, or such higher limits as may be required by TLO or by Applicable Law from time to time. This policy shall include Broad Form Contractual Liability insurance coverage which shall specifically apply to the obligations assumed in this Agreement by TRMC;
 
  (iv)   Automobile Liability Insurance covering all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability, or such higher limit(s) as may be required by TRMC or by Applicable Law from time to time. Limits of liability for this insurance must be not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence;
 
  (v)   Excess (Umbrella) Liability Insurance with limits not less than $4,000,000 per occurrence. Additional excess limits may be utilized to supplement inadequate limits in the primary policies required in items (ii), (iii), and (iv) above;

13


 

  (vi)   Pollution Legal Liability with limits not less than $25,000,000 per loss with an annual aggregate of $25,000,000. Coverage shall apply to bodily injury and property damage including loss of use of damaged property and property that has not been physically injured; clean up costs, defense, including costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, defense or settlement of claim; and
 
  (vii)   Property Insurance, with a limit of no less than $1,000,000, which property insurance shall be first-party property insurance to adequately cover TRMC’s owned property; including personal property of others.
     (b) All such policies must be endorsed with a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement, effectively waiving rights of recovery under subrogation or otherwise, against TLO, and shall contain where applicable, a severability of interest clause and a standard cross liability clause.
     (c) Upon execution of this Agreement and prior to the operation of any equipment by TRMC, TRMC will furnish to TLO, and at least annually thereafter (or at any other times upon request by TLO) during the Term of this Agreement (and for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” basis, for two (2) years after the termination of this Agreement), insurance certificates and/or certified copies of the original policies to evidence the insurance required herein. Such certificates shall be in the form of the “Accord” Certificate of Insurance, and reflect that they are for the benefit of TLO and shall provide that there will be no material change in or cancellation of the policies unless TLO is given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice. Certificates providing evidence of renewal of coverage shall be furnished to TLO prior to policy expiration.
     (d) TRMC shall be solely responsible for any deductibles or self-insured retention.
24. NOTICE
     All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given: (i) if by transmission by facsimile or hand delivery, when delivered; (ii) if mailed via the official governmental mail system, five (5) Business Days after mailing, provided said notice is sent first class, postage pre-paid, via certified or registered mail, with a return receipt requested; (iii) if mailed by an internationally recognized overnight express mail service such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL Worldwide, one (1) Business Day after deposit therewith prepaid; or (iv) by e-mail one (1) Business Day after delivery with receipt confirmed. All notices will be addressed to the Parties at the respective addresses as follows:
If to TRMC, to:
Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Attention:
phone:
e-mail:
If to TLO, to:
Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC
19100 Ridgewood Parkway
San Antonio, Texas 78259
Attention:

14


 

phone:
e-mail:
or to such other address or to such other Person as either Party will have last designated by notice to the other Party.
25. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
     (a)  Obligations . Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to retain the other Parties’ Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose the same to any third party nor use the same, except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as expressly permitted in this Section 25. Each Party further agrees to take the same care with the other Party’s Confidential Information as it does with its own, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care. Excepted from these obligations of confidence and non-use is that information which:
          (i) is available, or becomes available, to the general public without fault of the receiving Party;
          (ii) was in the possession of the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis prior to receipt of the same from the disclosing Party;
          (iii) is obtained by the receiving Party without an obligation of confidence from a third party who is rightfully in possession of such information and, to the receiving Party’s knowledge, is under no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; or
          (iv) is independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to or use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.
For the purpose of this Section 25, a specific item of Confidential Information shall not be deemed to be within the foregoing exceptions merely because it is embraced by, or underlies, more general information in the public domain or in the possession of the receiving Party.
     (b)  Required Disclosure . Notwithstanding Section 25 (a) above, if the receiving Party becomes legally compelled to disclose the Confidential Information by a court, Governmental Authority or Applicable Law, or is required to disclose by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, any of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, the receiving Party shall promptly advise the disclosing Party of such requirement to disclose Confidential Information as soon as the receiving Party becomes aware that such a requirement to disclose might become effective, in order that, where possible, the disclosing Party may seek a protective order or such other remedy as the disclosing Party may consider appropriate in the circumstances. The receiving Party shall disclose only that portion of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that it is required to disclose and shall cooperate with the disclosing Party in allowing the disclosing Party to obtain such protective order or other relief.
     (c)  Return of Information . Upon written request by the disclosing Party, all of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in whatever form shall be returned to the disclosing Party or destroyed with destruction certified by the receiving Party upon termination of this Agreement, without the receiving Party retaining copies thereof except that one copy of all such Confidential Information may be retained by a Party’s legal department solely to the extent that such Party is required to keep a copy of such Confidential Information pursuant to Applicable Law, and the receiving Party shall be entitled to retain any Confidential Information in the electronic form or stored on automatic computer back-up archiving systems during the period such backup or archived materials are retained under such Party’s

15


 

customary procedures and policies; provided , however , that any Confidential Information retained by the receiving Party shall be maintained subject to confidentiality pursuant to the terms of this Section 25, and such archived or back-up Confidential Information shall not be accessed except as required by Applicable Law.
     (d)  Receiving Party Personnel . The receiving Party will limit access to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party to those of its employees, attorneys and contractors that have a need to know such information in order for the receiving Party to exercise or perform its rights and obligations under this Agreement (the “ Receiving Party Personnel ”). The Receiving Party Personnel who have access to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party will be made aware of the confidentiality provision of this Agreement, and will be required to abide by the terms thereof. Any third party contractors that are given access to Confidential Information of a disclosing Party pursuant to the terms hereof shall be required to sign a written agreement pursuant to which such Receiving Party Personnel agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, which written agreement will expressly state that it is enforceable against such Receiving Party Personnel by the disclosing Party.
     (e)  Survival . The obligation of confidentiality under this Section 25 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years.
26. MISCELLANEOUS
     (a)  Modification; Waiver . This Agreement may be terminated, amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by the Parties. Any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived in writing at any time by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof. No waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or any breach thereof, will be effective unless in writing signed by a duly authorized individual on behalf of the Party against which the waiver is sought to be enforced. No waiver of any term or condition or of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed or will constitute a waiver of any other term or condition or of any later breach (whether or not similar), nor will such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
     (b)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Schedules, constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the Parties in connection therewith.
     (c)  Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles. Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal court of competent jurisdiction situated in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, or if such federal court declines to exercise or does not have jurisdiction, in the district court of Bexar County, Texas. The Parties expressly and irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of said Courts and irrevocably waive any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in such Courts, irrevocably waive any claim that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably waive the right to object, with respect to such claim, action, suit or proceeding brought in any such Court, that such Court does not have jurisdiction over such Party. The Parties hereby irrevocably consent to the service of process by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by personal service within or without the State of Texas. Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the Parties hereto, each of which

16


 

counterparts will be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.
     (e)  Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be valid and effective under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any Person or circumstance will be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to substitute for such provision a suitable and equitable solution in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
     (f)  No Third Party Beneficiaries . It is expressly understood that the provisions of this Agreement do not impart enforceable rights in anyone who is not a Party or successor or permitted assignee of a Party.
     (g)  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM OF ANY OBLIGATION HEREUNDER.
     (h)  Schedules . Each of the Schedules attached hereto and referred to herein is hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

17


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
     
TESORO REFINING AND MARKETING COMPANY  
 
   
 
   
 
Name:
   
Title:
   
 
   
TESORO LOGISTICS OPERATIONS LLC
 
   
 
   
 
Name:
   
Title:
   
Signature Page to
SLC Storage and Transportation Services Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE 1
PIPELINES
  one 6” pipeline used to transport diesel fuel
 
  one 8” pipeline used to transport gasoline
 
  one 8” pipeline used to transport off-test product
 
  one 10” pipeline used to transport crude oil

 


 

SCHEDULE 2
TANKS
                 
TANK NUMBER   SHELL CAPACITY (in Barrels)     OPERATING CAPACITY (in Barrels)  
401
    64,000       49,370  
402
    64,000       51,380  
405
    120,000       97,210  
411
    64,000       41,470  
412
    64,000       50,880  
413
    64,000       50,880  
414
    64,000       50,880  
421
    62,000       53,400  
422
    62,000       52,390  
423
    62,000       54,700  
424
    62,000       49,370  
431
    64,000       56,420  
432
    62,000       54,190  
TOTAL:
    878,000       712,540  

 

Exhibit 10.11
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of May 1, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Tesoro Corporation (the “Company”), and Gregory J. Goff (“Executive”);
WITNESSETH THAT:
      WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive wishes to accept such employment; and
      WHEREAS, the Company and Executive wish to formalize the employment relationship in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below in this Agreement.
      NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions set forth herein, including but not limited to Executive’s employment and the payments and benefits described herein, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:
1. EMPLOYMENT.
Subject to Executive’s satisfactory passage of a routine pre-employment drug test and satisfactory completion of a criminal background check, both of which are applicable generally to all new hires of the Company, the Company shall employ Executive, and Executive shall be employed by the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.
The term of this Agreement shall be a three (3) year period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on April 30, 2013. The period during which Executive is employed hereunder shall be referred to as the “Employment Period.” Either the Company or Executive shall have the right to terminate the Employment Period and, subject to the survival provisions of Section 17, this Agreement at any time in accordance with Section 5 below. Upon the expiration of the term of this Agreement (if the Employment Period and this Agreement are not earlier terminated in accordance with Section 5), Executive’s employment shall continue on an “at will” basis.
3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
(a) Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and also shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). In such capacity, Executive shall perform such duties and have the power, authority and functions commensurate with such positions in similarly sized public companies and such other authority and functions consistent with such positions as may be assigned to Executive from time to time by the Board.
(b) Executive shall devote substantially all of his working time, attention and energies to the business of the Company and affiliated entities. Executive may make and manage his

1


 

personal investments (provided such investments in other activities do not violate the provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement), be involved in charitable and professional activities, and with the consent of the Board, serve on boards of other for profit entities; provided such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder.
4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.
(a) ANNUAL BASE SALARY. During the Employment Period, Executive shall receive an annual base salary (the “Base Salary”) at an annual rate of $900,000, or such higher rate as may be determined from time to time by the Board. The Base Salary shall be paid at such intervals as the Company pays executive salaries generally. During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually. Any increase in the Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to Executive under this Agreement. Except as provided below, the Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term “Base Salary” shall refer to the Base Salary as so increased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Base Salary may be decreased pursuant to a Company-wide executive salary reduction plan, in which case “Base Salary” shall refer to Executive’s Base Salary as so decreased.
(b) ANNUAL BONUS. In addition to the Base Salary, during the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled to participate in an annual incentive compensation plan of the Company. Executive’s target annual bonus will be one hundred percent (100%) of his Base Salary as in effect for such year (the “Target Bonus”), and his actual annual bonus may range from zero percent (0%) to two hundred percent (200%) of his Base Salary, and will be determined based upon achievement of performance goals established by the Company pursuant to such plan, with no minimum or guaranteed bonus amount.
(c) INDUCEMENT AWARD. As further inducement to entering into this Agreement Executive shall receive a cash payment of $900,000 on the Effective Date and the following on May 3, 2010:
(i) An award of the number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the quotient of $100,000 divided by the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock on May 3, 2010;
(ii) An award of that number of restricted stock units equal to the quotient of $3,500,000 divided by the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock on May 3, 2010, which will vest fifty percent (50%) on May 3, 2011, and fifty percent (50%) on May 3, 2012, subject (except as otherwise provided below) to Executive’s continuous employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date and such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee of the Board shall decide;
(iii) An award of that number of stock options for the Company’s common stock , the fair market value of which options, using the Black-Scholes method as described on Attachment 1 , on May 3, 2010 will be $250,000, which stock

2


 

options will have an exercise price equal to fair market value (as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board) on the date of grant and will vest thirty percent (30%) on May 3, 2011, thirty percent (30%) on May 3, 2012, and forty percent (40%) on May 3, 2013, subject (except as otherwise provided below) to Executive’s continuous employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date, a ten (10) year term, and such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee of the Board shall decide; and
(iv) An award of that number of shares of restricted common stock equal to the quotient of $250,000 divided by the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock on May 3, 2010, which will vest one hundred percent (100%) on the first anniversary of the Effective Date at which time the stock will be unrestricted, subject (except as otherwise provided below) to Executive’s continuous employment with the Company through such anniversary date and such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee of the Board shall decide.
In the event that Executive’s employment terminates as described in Sections 6(a), 6(b), 6(e) or 7(a) below, then the inducement awards described in Section 4(c)(ii), (iii) and (iv) above will vest one hundred percent (100%) upon such termination.
As further inducement to entering into this Agreement Executive also shall receive a cash payment of $250,000 on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, subject to Executive’s continuous employment with the Company through such date.
In addition, in the event that Executive dies, becomes physically or mentally incapacitated such that the Company determines that Executive would become Totally Disabled as described in Section 5(b) or is informed by the Company that he will not be employed by the Company on May 1. 2010, and such event follows the later of (x) the first date that this Agreement has been executed by both the Company and Executive and (y) the date Executive terminates employment with ConocoPhillips, but before May 1, 2010, then the Company will pay the inducement awards described in this Section 4(c) at the time and in the form described in this Section 4(c) to Executive (or Executive’s estate in the event of death), such awards shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested, and such payments shall be Executive’s (or Executive’s estate) sole remedy under this Agreement.
Finally, in the event Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause at any time during the term of this Agreement, the Company will seek repayment or recovery of the inducement awards paid pursuant to this Section 4(c), as appropriate, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement.
(d) ANNUAL LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AWARD. As further inducement to entering into this Agreement, effective for calendar year 2010, Executive also will be eligible for a long - term incentive award for fiscal year 2010 with a target of $3,000,000, subject to such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee of the Board may in its sole discretion specify; provided that the fiscal year 2010 award will be pro-rated if the grant of long-term incentive awards to other senior executive officers of the Company

3


 

occurs prior to the Effective Date. For example, if the grant date for such other executive officers is April 1, 2010, then the target for Executive’s 2010 award will be $2,750,000 (11/12 x $3,000,000). In the event that Executive’s employment terminates as described in Sections 6(a), 6(b), 6(e) or 7(a) below, then the fiscal year 2010 award will vest one hundred percent (100%) upon such termination. The target awards for fiscal years after 2010 will be at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board. Long-term incentive awards shall be comprised of such mix of equity-based and other long-term incentive awards (for example, stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or units) as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board from time to time, consistent with the mix of equity-based and other long-term incentive awards granted to other senior executive officers of the Company. For fiscal year 2010, it is anticipated that the long-term incentive award will be comprised of the following mix of equity-based and long-term incentive awards: (i) thirty percent (30%) of the total award expected value in stock options; (ii) thirty percent (30%) of the total award expected value in restricted stock (time based vesting); and (iii) forty percent (40%) of the total award expected value in performance units. If an equity-based or long-term incentive award is made to Executive and the financial statements used to determine the amount of the award are materially restated within five (5) years of the end of the period to which such financial statements relate and either (x) the Audit Committee of the Board finds that Executive engaged in malfeasance, fraud or intentional misconduct that contributed (directly or indirectly) to such restatement or that Executive was aware of the acts that contributed (directly or indirectly) to such restatement or (y) the compensation of all senior executives paid with respect to such financial statements is similarly clawed back, the Company will seek repayment or recovery of the award, as appropriate, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement.
(e) OTHER COMPENSATION. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in any other incentive or supplemental compensation plan or arrangement maintained or instituted by the Company to such extent, if any, as the Compensation Committee of the Board may in its sole discretion from time to time specify.
(f) OTHER BENEFIT PLANS. During the Employment Period, Executive and/or Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company (including, without limitation, medical, prescription drugs, dental, vision, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) and all pension, profit sharing, incentive compensation, and savings plans and all other similar plans and benefits which the Company from time to time makes available to other peer executives of the Company.
(g) FEE REIMBURSEMENTS. During the Employment Period, the Company will reimburse Executive as provided in the Company’s policies, programs and procedures for an initiation fee or fees and dues for a country, luncheon or social club or clubs. In addition, the Company will reimburse Executive for additional initiation fees to the extent the Board or the Governance Committee of the Board determines such fees are reasonable and in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

4


 

however, the Company will not reimburse Executive for any of the foregoing fees with respect to an organization that discriminates against individuals on the basis of race, creed or sex.
(h) EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the expense reimbursement policies, programs, practices and procedures of the Company in effect for Executive when Executive incurs such reimbursable expenses.
(i) RELOCATION. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable relocation expenses (including a payment to make Executive whole for the loss, if any, up to $150,000, suffered by Executive on the sale of the home, based on the original amount paid by Executive for the home) incurred by Executive associated with Executive’s move from his home in Katy, Texas to San Antonio, Texas, as appropriate as determined by the Board in its sole discretion and pursuant to the Company’s standard relocation policy in effect on March 29, 2010 (the “Relocation Policy”). If Executive’s family relocates to San Antonio, Texas from Utah within the Employment Period, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable relocation expenses pursuant to the Relocation Policy (excluding any payment to make Executive whole for any loss suffered by Executive based on the original amount paid by Executive for the Utah home).
(j) OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to an appropriate office at the Company’s principal place of business.
(k) VACATION. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to vacation each year in accordance with the Company’s executive vacation policy in effect from time to time, but in no event less than four (4) weeks paid vacation per calendar year (prorated for 2010) and an additional one (1) week for five (5) years of service and a further additional one (1) week for ten (10) years of service, up to a maximum of six (6) weeks per calendar year. Executive shall be entitled to such periods of sick leave as is customarily provided by the Company for its senior executive employees.
5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
This Agreement and the Employment Period may be terminated under the following circumstances:
(a) DEATH. This Agreement and the Employment Period shall terminate upon Executive’s death.
(b) TOTAL DISABILITY. The Company may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period upon Executive becoming “Totally Disabled.” For purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be “Totally Disabled” if Executive has been physically or mentally incapacitated so as to render Executive incapable of performing Executive’s material usual and customary duties, with or without reasonable accommodation as required by law, under this Agreement for six (6) consecutive months (such consecutive absence not being deemed interrupted by Executive’s return to service for less than ten

5


 

(10) consecutive business days if absent thereafter for the same illness or disability). Any such termination shall be upon thirty (30) days written notice given at any time thereafter while Executive remains Totally Disabled, provided that a termination for Total Disability hereunder shall not be effective if Executive returns to full performance of his duties within such thirty (30) day period.
(c) TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY FOR CAUSE. The Company may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period for “Cause” at any time. If the Company elects to terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period for Cause, the Company shall provide ten (10) days written notice of the Company’s intent to terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period for “Cause.”
(i) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall be limited to (A) willful misconduct by Executive with regard to the Company which has a material adverse effect on the Company; (B) the willful refusal of Executive to follow the proper direction of the Board, provided that the foregoing refusal shall not be “Cause” if Executive in good faith believes that such direction is illegal, unethical or immoral and promptly so notifies the Board; (C) the willful refusal by Executive to perform the duties required of him hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for performance is delivered to Executive by the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that Executive has willfully refused to perform his duties hereunder; (D) the material breach by Executive of any of the restrictive covenants of Section 9 hereof or of a fiduciary duty to the Company; (E) the misappropriation by Executive of Company funds or property; or (F) Executive being convicted of, or making a plea of nolo contendere to the charge of, a felony (other than a felony involving a traffic violation or as a result of vicarious liability). For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done or omitted to be done, by him not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.
(ii) The ten (10) day notice of intent to terminate for Cause shall mean a notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in Section 5(c)(i) relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances which provide for a basis for termination for Cause. Further, the ten (10) day notice of intent to terminate for Cause shall set the date of termination at least ten (10) days after the date of the notice.
(d) VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE. Executive may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period with or without Good Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Company.
(i) A Termination for Good Reason means a termination by Executive pursuant to a Notice of Termination for Good Reason as described more fully below given within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the Good Reason event, unless such circumstances are fully corrected prior to the date of

6


 

termination specified in the Notice of Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence or failure to cause the occurrence, as the case may be, without Executive’s express written consent, of any of the following circumstances: (A) a material adverse change in the governing body to which Executive regularly reports, including a requirement that Executive report to another corporate officer rather than to the Board; (B) a material adverse change in the bonus plans, programs or arrangements in which Executive is entitled to participate (the “Bonus Plans”) other than a material adverse change in the Bonus Plans that adversely affects other similarly situated executives in a manner proportionate to the material adverse effect of such change on Executive; (C) any material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement, including without limitation Section 11 hereof; (D) Executive’s failure to be elected or reelected to the Board; or (E) the failure of any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by merger, acquisition, consolidation or otherwise) to assume in a writing delivered to Executive upon the assignee becoming such, the obligations of the Company hereunder. Expiration of the term of this Agreement in accordance with the first sentence of Section 2 hereof is not a termination by Executive for Good Reason.
(ii) A Notice of Termination for Good Reason shall mean a written notice that shall indicate the specific Good Reason event relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Termination for Good Reason. The failure by Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination for Good Reason any facts or circumstances which contribute to the showing of Good Reason shall not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from thereafter timely asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights hereunder. The Notice of Termination for Good Reason shall provide for a date of termination not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such Notice of Termination for Good Reason is given. The Company shall have at least thirty (30) days from receipt of the notice to remedy the condition.
(e) TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY WITHOUT CAUSE. The Company may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice to Executive. Expiration of the term of this Agreement in accordance with the first sentence of Section 2 hereof is not a termination by the Company without Cause.
(f) EFFECT OF TERMINATION. Upon any termination of this Agreement and the Employment Period prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, Executive shall immediately resign from all positions with the Company or any of its subsidiaries held by him at such time.

7


 

6. COMPENSATION FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
In the event that this Agreement and the Employment Period are terminated as provided in Section 5, Executive shall be entitled to the following compensation and benefits upon such termination, subject to his compliance with the release provisions of Section 8:
(a) TERMINATION IN THE EVENT OF DEATH. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death, the Company shall pay the following amounts to Executive’s beneficiary or estate:
(i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of death paid pursuant to the timing arrangement under which the Company normally compensates employees for services performed during a payroll period, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement paid in accordance with Section 4, any unused vacation as of the date of termination paid in accordance with the Company’s executive vacation policy, and any earned but unpaid cash bonuses for any prior period to the same extent as earned and paid to other similarly situated executives and a pro-rata target annual bonus or annual incentive compensation payment for the period in which such termination occurred, paid at the time and in the form specified for payment under the terms of such bonus or incentive compensation plan;
(ii) Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s plans, programs, policies and arrangements (including those referred to in Section 4(f) hereof), as determined and paid in accordance with the terms of such plans, programs, policies and arrangements;
(iii) An amount equal to the Base Salary (at the rate in effect as of the date of Executive’s death) which would have been payable to Executive if Executive had continued in employment for one (1) additional year, which amount will be paid to Executive’s estate or beneficiary in twelve (12) substantially equal monthly installments beginning in the first calendar month after the date of Executive’s death; and
(iv) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the treatment of equity-based or long-term incentive awards, including (without limitation) stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance shares or units, will be governed in accordance with the terms of the award agreement governing such award.
(b) TERMINATION IN THE EVENT OF TOTAL DISABILITY . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s Total Disability as determined in accordance with Section 5(b), the Company shall pay the following amounts to Executive:
(i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination paid pursuant to the timing arrangement under which the Company normally compensates employees for services performed during a payroll period,

8


 

any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement paid in accordance with Section 4, any unused vacation as of the date of termination paid in accordance with the Company’s executive vacation policy, and any earned but unpaid cash bonuses for any prior period to the same extent as earned and paid to other similarly situated executives at the time and in the form specified for payment under the terms of such bonus plan. Executive also shall be eligible for a pro-rata target annual bonus or annual incentive compensation payment for the year in which Executive is terminated; provided, however, that payment of such bonus or incentive compensation will be made as soon as administratively practicable following the end of the six (6) month period beginning immediately after such termination of employment;
(ii) Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s plans, programs, policies and arrangements (including those referred to in Section 4(f) hereof) shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of such plans, programs, policies and arrangements;
(iii) An amount equal to the Base Salary (at the rate in effect as of the date of Executive’s Total Disability) which would have been payable to Executive if Executive had continued in active employment for one (1) year following termination of employment, less any payments under any long-term disability plan or arrangement paid for by the Company, which amount will be paid to Executive one-half in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable following the end of the six (6) month period beginning immediately after such termination of employment and one-half in substantially equal monthly installments during the two (2) year period beginning as soon as administratively practicable following the end of the six (6) month period beginning immediately after such termination of employment; and
(iv) The treatment of equity-based or long-term incentive awards, including (without limitation) stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance shares or units, will be governed in accordance with the terms of the award agreement governing such award.
(c) TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Company shall pay the following amounts to Executive:
(i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination paid pursuant to the timing arrangement under which the Company normally compensates employees for services performed during a payroll period, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement paid in accordance with Section 4, any unused vacation as of the date of termination paid in accordance with the Company’s executive vacation policy, and any earned but unpaid cash bonuses for any prior period to the same extent as earned and paid to other similarly situated executives at the time and in the form specified for payment under the terms of such bonus plan;

9


 

(ii) Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s plans, programs, policies and arrangements (including those referred to in Section 4(f) hereof) shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of such plans, programs, policies and arrangements; and
(iii) The treatment of equity-based or long-term incentive awards, including (without limitation) stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance shares or units, will be governed in accordance with the terms of the award agreement governing such award.
(d) VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE. In the event that Executive voluntarily terminates employment other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the following amounts to Executive:
(i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination paid pursuant to the timing arrangement under which the Company normally compensates employees for services performed during a payroll period, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement paid in accordance with Section 4, any unused vacation as of the date of termination paid in accordance with the Company’s executive vacation policy, and any earned but unpaid cash bonuses for any prior period to the same extent as earned and paid to other similarly situated executives at the time and in the form specified for payment under the terms of such bonus plan;
(ii) Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s plans, programs, policies and arrangements (including those referred to in Section 4(f) hereof) shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of such plans, programs, policies and arrangements; and
(iii) The treatment of equity-based or long-term incentive awards, including (without limitation) stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance shares or units, will be governed in accordance with the terms of the award agreement governing such award.
(e) TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY WITHOUT CAUSE; TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for reasons other than death, Total Disability or Cause, or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the following amounts to Executive:
(i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination paid pursuant to the timing arrangement under which the Company normally compensates employees for services performed during a payroll period, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement paid in accordance with Section 4, any unused vacation as of the date of termination paid in accordance with the Company’s executive vacation policy, and any earned but unpaid cash bonuses for any prior period to the same extent as

10


 

earned and paid to other similarly situated executives at the time and in the form specified for payment under the terms of such bonus plan;
(ii) Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s plans, programs, policies and arrangements (including those referred to in Section 4(f) hereof) shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of such plans, programs, policies and arrangements;
(iii) An amount equal to two (2) times the sum of Executive’s Base Salary (as then in effect) plus the greater of his highest annual bonus earned under the applicable annual incentive compensation plan of the Company during the preceding 3 years or $450,000, of which one-half shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable following the end of the six (6) month period beginning immediately after such termination of employment and one-half shall be paid in substantially equal monthly installments during the two (2) year period beginning as soon as administratively practicable following the end of the six (6) month period beginning immediately after such termination of employment;
(iv) Executive and Executive’s spouse and eligible dependents shall continue to participate in, and receive group health coverage under, the Company’s group health plans that provide group health coverage to active employees of the Company from time to time, but only to the extent such plans continue to be available to the Company’s employees and only until the earliest to occur of (A) two and one-half (2 1 /2) years after the date of termination, (B) Executive’s death (or in the case of coverage for a qualified beneficiary of Executive, the death of that qualified beneficiary), or (C) the date on which Executive (or in the case of coverage for a qualified beneficiary of Executive, the qualified beneficiary) becomes eligible for coverage under any other group health plan of a subsequent employer providing comparable coverage (the “Continuation Coverage Period”); provided that the Company shall pay for one hundred percent (100%) of the premiums for such group health coverage, and the premiums that otherwise would be charged to Executive for such coverage but for this Section 6(e)(iv) shall be taxable to Executive; the group health plan coverage benefits provided by the Company under this Section 6(e)(iv) during any taxable year of Executive will not affect such benefits provided by the Company in another taxable year during the Continuation Coverage Period; and the right to the benefits provided under this Section 6(e)(iv) is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit;
(v) Except to the extent prohibited by law, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 6(e), Executive will be one hundred percent (100%) vested in all benefits, awards, and grants accrued but unpaid as of the date of termination under any non-qualified pension plan or supplemental executive plan in which Executive was a participant as of the date of termination. Executive shall also be eligible for an annual bonus or annual incentive compensation payment, on the same basis and to the same extent payments are made to senior executives, pro-rated for the fiscal year in which Executive is terminated and payable in the year

11


 

following the date of termination at the later of (i) the same time payments are made to senior executives or (ii) as soon as administratively practicable following the six (6) month period beginning immediately after such termination of employment; and
(vi) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the treatment of equity-based or long-term incentive awards, including (without limitation) stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance shares or units, will be governed in accordance with the terms of the award agreement governing such award.
(f) NO OTHER BENEFITS OR COMPENSATION. Except as may be provided under this Agreement, under the Indemnification Agreement or under the terms of any incentive compensation, employee benefit, or fringe benefit plan applicable to Executive at the time of Executive’s termination or resignation of employment, Executive shall have no right to receive any other compensation, or to participate in any other plan, arrangement or benefit, with respect to future periods after such termination or resignation.
(g) NO MITIGATION; NO SET-OFF. In the event of any termination of employment hereunder, Executive shall be under no obligation to seek other employment and, except as otherwise provided in Section 6(e)(iv), there shall be no offset against any amounts due Executive under this Agreement on account of any remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment that Executive may obtain. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(e)(iv), the amounts payable hereunder shall not be subject to setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right, which the Company may have against Executive or others, except upon obtaining by the Company of a final unappealable judgment against Executive.
7. COMPENSATION PAYABLE FOLLOWING CHANGE IN CONTROL.
(a) PAYMENTS FOLLOWING A CHANGE IN CONTROL. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, should Executive at any time within two (2) years following a change in control cease to be an employee of the Company (or its successor), by reason of (i) involuntary termination by the Company (or its successor) other than for “Cause” (including involuntary termination due to Total Disability), or (ii) voluntary termination by Executive for “Good Reason”, the Company (or its successor) shall pay to Executive except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, commencing as soon as administratively practicable following the end of the six (6) month period beginning immediately after such termination of employment, the following severance payments and benefits, subject to Executive’s compliance with the release provisions of Section 8:
(i) An amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s Base Salary plus his Target Bonus (in each case as then in effect) payable in a lump sum if the applicable change in control qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and otherwise such amount shall be paid

12


 

one-half in a lump sum and one-half in substantially equal monthly installments during the two (2) year period beginning as soon as administratively practicable following the end of the six (6) month period beginning immediately after such termination of employment. Payment of the amount specified under this Section 7(a)(i) shall be in lieu of any amount payable under Section 6(b)(iii) or Section 6(e)(iii).
(ii) Executive will be one hundred percent (100%) vested in all benefits, awards, and grants accrued but unpaid under any non-qualified pension plan or supplemental executive plan in which Executive was a participant as of the date of termination. Executive shall also receive a pro rata annual incentive bonus payment in a lump sum equal to his Base Salary multiplied by his annual incentive bonus target percentage, each as then in effect, pro-rated as of the effective date of the termination. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the treatment of equity-based or long-term incentive awards, including (without limitation) stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance shares or units, will be governed in accordance with the terms of the award agreement governing such award. The vesting, pro rata bonus and equity-based or long-term incentive award rights under this Section 7(a)(ii) shall be in lieu of any such rights Executive would otherwise be entitled to receive under Sections 6(b)(i) and (iv) or Sections 6(e)(v) and (vi).
For purposes of this Agreement, following a Change in Control, the term “Company” shall include the entity surviving such Change in Control.
(b) POTENTIAL REDUCTION IN PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.
(i) Notwithstanding any contrary provision, if any Payment would be subject to the Excise Tax, then the Payment shall be either
(A) delivered in full pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or
(B) reduced in accordance with this Section 7(b) to the extent necessary to avoid the Excise Tax,
based on which of (A) or (B) would result in the greater Net After-Tax Receipt to Executive.
For purposes of this Section 7(b),
“Payment” means any payment, distribution, or other benefit provided by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise that constitutes a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code;
“Excise Tax” means the excise imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any similar or successor provision thereto; and

13


 

“Net After-Tax Receipt” means the present value (as determined in accordance with Section 280G of the Code) of the payments net of all applicable federal, state and local income, employment, and other applicable taxes and the Excise Tax.
(ii) If Payments are reduced, the reduction shall be accomplished first by reducing cash Payments under this Agreement, in the order in which such cash Payments otherwise would be paid and then by forfeiting any equity-based awards that vest as a result of the Change in Control, starting with the most recently granted equity-based awards, to the extent necessary to accomplish such reduction.
(iii) All determinations under this Section 7(b) shall be made by the Company’s independent accountants or compensation consultants (the “Third Party”) and all such determinations shall be conclusive, final and binding on the parties hereto. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Third Party such information and documents as the Third Party may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 7(b). The Company shall bear all fees and costs of the Third Party with respect to all determinations under or contemplated by this Section 7(b).
(c) CHANGE IN CONTROL means (i) there shall be consummated (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company’s Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company where a majority of the board of directors of the surviving corporation are, and for a one (1) year period after the merger continue to be, persons who were directors of the Company immediately prior to the merger or were elected as directors, or nominated for election as director, by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors of the Company immediately prior to the merger, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or transfer (in one (1) transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (ii) the shareholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (iii) (A) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than the Company or a subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary thereof, shall become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing in special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, and (B) at any time during a period of one (1) year thereafter, individuals who immediately prior to the beginning of such period constituted the Board shall cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless election or the nomination by the Board for election by the Company’s shareholders of each new director during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period.

14


 

8. NO FURTHER LIABILITY; RELEASE.
The Company conditions the payment of any severance or other amounts pursuant to Sections 6 and 7 (other than any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed in accordance with Section 4, any unused vacation as of the date of termination, and any payments under Section 6(a)) upon (a) the delivery by Executive to the Company of a release in the form satisfactory to the Company, substantially in the form attached hereto as Attachment 2 , within such time following Executive’s termination of employment as will permit the release to become irrevocable on or before the fifty-second (52 nd ) day after Executive’s termination of employment and (b) such release actually becoming irrevocable by the fifty-second (52 nd ) day after Executive’s termination of employment. If Executive fails to execute such release or the release does not become irrevocable by the fifty-second (52 nd ) day after Executive’s termination of employment, Executive will forfeit any benefits under Sections 6 and 7 (other than any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed in accordance with Section 4, any unused vacation as of the date of termination, and any payments under Section 6(a)). Payment made and performance by the Company in accordance with Sections 6 and 7, as applicable, shall operate to fully discharge and release the Company and its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, stockholders, successors, assigns, agents and representatives from any further obligation or liability with respect to Executive’s rights under this Agreement.
9. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.
The Company agrees to provide Executive, upon commencement of employment, with immediate access to Protected Information as defined below, including Protected Information of third parties such as customers, suppliers, and business affiliates; specialized training regarding the Company’s methodologies and business strategies; and/or support in the development of goodwill such as introductions, information and reimbursement of customer development expenses consistent with Company policy. The foregoing is not contingent on continued employment, but upon Executive’s use of the access, specialized training, and goodwill support provided by the Company for the exclusive benefit of the Company and upon Executive’s full compliance with the restrictions on Executive’s conduct provided for in this Agreement. Ancillary to the rights provided to Executive as set forth in this Agreement and any addenda or amendments to this Agreement, the Company’s provision of Protected Information, specialized training, and/or goodwill support to Executive, and Executive’s agreements regarding the use of same, and in order to protect the value of any equity-based or long-term incentive compensation, training, goodwill support and/or the Protected Information described above, the Company and Executive agree to the following provisions against unfair competition:
(a) COVENANTS AGAINST UNFAIR COMPETITION . Executive recognizes and agrees that in order to assure that Executive devotes all of Executive’s professional time and energy to the operations of the Company while employed by the Company, and that during and after such employment in order to adequately protect the Company’s investment in its Protected Information and to protect the Protected Information and all other confidential information from disclosures to competitors and to protect the Company from unfair competition, separate covenants not to compete, not to solicit, not

15


 

to recruit the Company’s employees, and not to disclose Protected Information for the duration and scope set forth below, are necessary and desirable. Executive understands and agrees that the restrictions imposed in these covenants represent a fair balance of the Company’s rights to protect its business and Executive’s right to pursue employment.
(b) COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY. Executive covenants and agrees that at all times during the Employment Period and for one (1) year thereafter, Executive will not engage in, assist, or have any active interest or involvement, whether as an employee, agent, consultant, creditor, advisor, officer, director, stockholder (excluding holding of less than three percent (3%) of the stock of a public company), partner, proprietor or any type of principal whatsoever in any person, firm, or business entity which, directly or indirectly, competes with any Business (as defined below) of the Company or its affiliates anywhere in the world where the Company conducts business or, on the last day of the Employment Period, has plans to conduct business in the twelve (12) month period following the last day of the Employment Period, without the Company’s specific written consent to do so. As used in this Section 9, the term “Business” shall mean the refining and marketing of petroleum products, as such business may be expanded or altered by the Company during the Employment Period.
(c) NON-SOLICITATION. Executive covenants and agrees that at all times during the Employment Period and for a period of two (2) years after the termination thereof, whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary by wrongful discharge or otherwise, Executive will not directly and personally knowingly (i) induce any customers of the Company or of an affiliate of the Company to patronize any similar business which competes with any material business of the Company or affiliate; (ii) request or advise any customers of the Company or of an affiliate of the Company to withdraw, curtail or cancel such customer’s business with the Company or affiliate; or (iii) individually or through any person, firm, association or corporation with which he is now, or may hereafter become associated, solicit, entice or induce any then employee of the Company, or of any affiliate of the Company, to leave the employ of the Company, or such affiliate, to accept employment with, or compensation from Executive, or any person, firm, association or corporation with which Executive is affiliated without prior written consent of the Company. The foregoing shall not prevent Executive from serving as a reference for employees.
(d) PROTECTED INFORMATION. Executive recognizes and acknowledges that Executive has had and will continue to have access to various confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company, affiliates of the Company, and its clients and third parties doing business with the Company of a special and unique value which may include, without limitation, (i) books and records relating to operation, finance, accounting, sales, personnel and management, (ii) policies and matters relating particularly to operations such as customer service requirements, costs of providing service and equipment, operating costs and pricing matters, and (iii) various trade or business secrets including customer lists, route sheets, business opportunities, marketing or business diversification plans, business development and bidding techniques, methods and processes, financial data and the like, to the extent not generally known in the industry (collectively, the “Protected Information”). In consideration of the Company

16


 

giving Executive access to Protected Information, Executive covenants and agrees that Executive will not at any time, either during the Employment Period or afterwards, knowingly make any independent use of, or knowingly disclose to any other person or organization (except as authorized by the Company) any of the Protected Information, provided that (I) during the Employment Period, Executive may in good faith make disclosures he believes desirable, and (II) Executive may comply with legal process.
(e) NON-DISPARAGEMENT. Executive agrees not to disparage or communicate negatively about the business, products, services, customers, directors, management, employees or employment/compensation/benefit practices and policies of the Company or its affiliates at any time, either during the Employment Period or afterwards. The Company agrees not to disparage or communicate negatively about Executive at any time, either during the Employment Period or afterwards. To the extent allowed by law, Executive also agrees not to help, encourage, or participate (directly or indirectly) in any claims or lawsuits against the Company for any claims related to any individual’s employment (or separation from employment) with the Company at any time, either during the Employment Period or afterwards. Nothing in this Section 9(e), however, shall be deemed to prevent the Executive or the Company or its affiliates (or the directors, officers or employees of the Company or its affiliates) from testifying fully and truthfully in response to a subpoena from any court or from responding to investigative inquiry from any governmental agency.
10. ENFORCEMENT OF COVENANTS.
(a) RIGHT TO INJUNCTION. Executive acknowledges that a breach of the covenants set forth in Section 9 hereof by Executive will cause irreparable damage to the Company with respect to which the Company’s remedy at law for damages may be inadequate. Therefore, in the event of breach or threatened breach of the covenants set forth in Section 9 by Executive, Executive and the Company agree that the Company shall be entitled to the following particular forms of relief, in addition to remedies otherwise available to it at law or equity: injunctions, both preliminary and permanent, enjoining or restraining such breach or threatened breach, and Executive hereby consents to the issuance thereof forthwith and without bond by any court of competent jurisdiction.
(b) SEPARABILITY OF COVENANTS. The covenants contained in Section 9 hereof constitute a series of separate covenants, one (1) for each applicable State in the United States and the District of Columbia, and one (1) for each applicable foreign country. If in any judicial proceeding, a court shall hold that any of the covenants set forth in Section 9 exceed the time, geographic, or occupational limitations permitted by applicable laws, Executive and the Company agree that such provisions shall and are hereby reformed to the maximum time, geographic, or occupational limitations permitted by such laws. Further, in the event a court shall hold unenforceable any of the separate covenants deemed included herein, then such unenforceable covenant or covenants shall be deemed eliminated from the provisions of this Agreement for the purpose of such proceeding to the extent necessary to permit the remaining separate covenants to be enforced in such proceeding. Executive and the Company further agree that the covenants in Section 9 shall each be construed as a separate agreement independent of any other provisions of

17


 

this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by Executive against the Company whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of any of the covenants of Section 9.
11. INDEMNIFICATION.
The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law and in accordance with the Indemnification Agreement between the Company and Executive (the “Indemnification Agreement”) for any action or inaction of Executive while serving as an officer and director of the Company or, at the Company’s request, as an officer or director of any other, entity or as a fiduciary of any benefit plan. The Company shall cover Executive under directors and officers liability insurance both during and, while potential liability exists, after the Employment Period in the same amount and to the same extent as the Company covers its other officers and directors.
12. DISPUTES AND PAYMENT OF ATTORNEY’S FEES.
The Company and Executive each irrevocably and unconditionally waives all right to trial by jury in any lawsuit, action, proceeding, or counterclaim (whether based in contract, tort, or otherwise) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or arising out of or relating to Executive’s employment by the Company. Executive and the Company each further agree that the exclusive forums for the resolution of any disputes between them are the state and Federal courts located in Bexar County, Texas. This waiver of jury trial and forum selection provision applies to disputes between the parties as well as any claim by Executive against any agent, representative, or employee of the Company.
If at any time during the term of this Agreement or for a period of four (4) years after the expiration of this Agreement there should arise any dispute as to the validity, interpretation or application of any term or condition of this Agreement and it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Executive is the prevailing party in such dispute, and all appeals are exhausted and final, the Company agrees, upon written demand by Executive, to promptly reimburse Executive’s reasonable costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Executive in connection with reasonably seeking to enforce the terms of this Agreement up to $100,000 in the aggregate for all such disputes. Any such reimbursement shall be made by the Company upon or as soon as practicable following receipt of supporting documentation of the expenses reasonably satisfactory to the Company (but in no event later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which it is finally determined that Executive is the prevailing party in such dispute and all appeals are exhausted and final). The expenses paid by the Company during any taxable year of Executive will not affect the expenses paid by the Company in another taxable year. This right to reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
The provisions of this Section 12, without implication as to any other section hereof, shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement and of Executive’s employment hereunder.

18


 

13. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES.
The Company may withhold from any compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement all applicable federal, state, local, or other taxes.
14. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.
All payments provided under this Agreement, other than payments made pursuant to a plan which provides otherwise, shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and no special or separate fund shall be established, and no other segregation of assets made, to assure payment. Executive shall have no right, title or interest whatever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid the Company in meeting its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the Company.
15. ASSIGNMENT.
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Executive (but any payments due hereunder which would be payable at a time after Executive’s death shall be paid to Executive’s designated beneficiary or, if none, his estate) and shall be assignable by the Company only to any financially solvent corporation or other entity resulting from the reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or entity or any corporation or entity to or with which the Company’s business or substantially all of its business or assets may be sold, exchanged or transferred, and it must be so assigned by the Company to, and accepted as binding upon it by, such other corporation or entity in connection with any such reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale, exchange or transfer in a writing delivered to Executive in a form reasonably acceptable to Executive (the provisions of this sentence also being applicable to any successive such transaction).
16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT.
This Agreement shall supersede any and all existing oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties between Executive and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities relating to the terms of Executive’s employment by the Company other than the Indemnification Agreement. It may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by both parties.
17. SURVIVAL.
Upon the termination of this Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of Executive and the Company under this Agreement shall terminate, except that (a) the provisions of Sections 8 through 21 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect after the termination of this Agreement in accordance with their terms, and (b) the termination of this Agreement shall not affect any rights or obligations of the parties accrued under the express terms of this Agreement prior to or in connection with such termination.

19


 

18. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas applicable to agreements made and to be performed in that State, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.
19. REQUIREMENT OF TIMELY PAYMENTS.
If any amounts which are required, or determined to be paid or payable, or reimbursed or reimbursable, to Executive under this Agreement (or any other plan, agreement, policy or arrangement with the Company) are not so paid promptly at the times provided herein or therein, such amounts shall accrue interest, compounded monthly, at the short-term applicable federal rate for the applicable month of delinquency, as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service by Revenue Ruling, from the date such amounts were required or determined to have been paid or payable, reimbursed or reimbursable to Executive, until such amounts and any interest accrued thereon are finally and fully paid, provided, however, that in no event shall the amount of interest contracted for, charged or received hereunder, exceed the maximum non-usurious amount of interest allowed by applicable law.
20. NOTICES
Any notice, consent, request or other communication made or given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, by facsimile, by e-mail or by hand delivery, to those listed below at their following respective addresses (and facsimile numbers), or at such other address (or facsimile numbers) as each may specify by notice to the others:
     
To the Company:
  Tesoro Corporation
 
  19100 Ridgewood Parkway
 
  San Antonio, Texas 78259
 
   
To Executive:
  Gregory J. Goff
21. MISCELLANEOUS.
(a) WAIVER. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver thereof or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.
(b) SEPARABILITY. Subject to Section 10 hereof, if any term or provision of this Agreement is declared illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction and cannot be modified to be enforceable, such term or provision shall immediately become null and void, leaving the remainder of this Agreement in full force and effect.

20


 

(c) HEADINGS. Section headings are used herein for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of this Agreement.
(d) RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. Whenever the context so requires, the use of the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa.
(e) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts will together constitute but one (1) Agreement.
(f) DEFERRED COMPENSATION. This Agreement is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and may be administered in a manner that is intended to meet those requirements and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, and any reference to the termination or cessation of employment of Executive in Sections 6 and 7 of this Agreement shall be interpreted to require a separation from service of Executive within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that an award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Section 409A of the Code, except as the Compensation Committee of the Board otherwise determines in writing, the award shall be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including regulations or other guidance issued with respect thereto, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral shall not be subject to the excise tax applicable under Section 409A of the Code. If Executive is a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, then to the extent the Company determines that any amounts payable to Executive under this Agreement upon termination of employment that are otherwise scheduled to be paid within six (6) months following termination of employment (the “6-month period”) cannot be paid under Section 409A of the Code within the 6-month period, then payment of such amounts will not occur until the 6-month period has elapsed. All reimbursements made under Sections 4(g), (h) or (i) will be made in any event no later than the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred, and the expenses reimbursed by the Company during any taxable year of Executive will not affect the expenses reimbursed by the Company in another taxable year. Further, this right to reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Any provision of this Agreement that would cause the award or the payment, settlement or deferral thereof to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall be amended (in a manner that as closely as practicable achieves the original intent of this Agreement) to comply with Section 409A of the Code on a timely basis, which may be made on a retroactive basis, in accordance with regulations and other guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code. In the event additional regulations or other guidance is issued under Section 409A of the Code or a court of competent jurisdiction provides additional authority concerning the application of Section 409A with respect to the payments described in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Agreement, then the provisions of such Sections shall be amended to permit such payments to be made at the earliest time permitted under such additional regulations, guidance or authority that is practicable and achieves the original intent of this Agreement.

21


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
TESORO CORPORATION
 
       
By:
  /s/ STEVEN H. GRAPSTEIN    
 
       
 
  Steven H. Grapstein    
 
  Lead Director    
 
       
Date: March 30, 2010
 
       
EXECUTIVE
 
       
Gregory J. Goff
 
       
/s/ GREGORY J. GOFF
     
 
       
Date: March 29, 2010

22


 

Attachment 1
BLACK-SCHOLES
The Company uses the following inputs to determine the number of stock options to be granted to an individual under the Black-Scholes option pricing model:
  a.   Stock Price — The 20-day (day is defined as one in which the Company’s common stock is actively traded on the NYSE) moving average stock price ending on the date prior to the grant date — (e.g. April 30).
 
  b.   Stock Price Volatility — Using the 200-day moving average stock price .
 
  c.   Risk Free Rate of Return — Average of 5 & 7 Year Treasury Bill Rate.
 
  d.   Expected Term of the Option — As prescribed by the Company’s outside auditors (currently, Ernst and Young).
 
  e.   Dividend Yield — Current annual dividend yield.

23


 

Attachment 2
RELEASE OF CLAIMS
     I, the undersigned, agree to the following Release of Claims (“Release”) in exchange for good and valuable consideration the sufficiency of which I acknowledge. This Release is made for myself, and my heirs, executors, legal representatives, administrators, successors, and assigns.
1. Matters Released .
     (a) I release Tesoro Corporation and any subsidiary or other affiliated companies, successors, and assigns and all of their past, present, and future shareholders, owners, agents, representatives, officers, directors, administrators, trustees, insurers, successors, and employees (collectively “Tesoro”) from all existing, past and present, known and unknown claims, demands, and causes of action of any nature for all existing, past and present, known and unknown damages and remedies of any nature, which have accrued or which may ever accrue to me or to others on whose behalf I enter into this Release, resulting from or relating to any act or omission of any kind occurring on or before the date of signing this Release.
     (b) This release includes but is not limited to all claims under any federal, state, or local employment law or regulation. I understand and agree that this release is intended to include but is not limited to all claims that I could assert concerning the terms and conditions of my employment, concerning anything that happened to me while I was an employee, or concerning the separation of my employment.
     (c) This release includes but is not limited to claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; 42 U.S.C. § 1981; the Americans with Disabilities Act; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; Executive Order 11246; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (“WARN”), the Employment Retirement Income Security Act, as amended; the retaliation provisions of the Texas Workers’ Compensation Act, the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act, Chapter 451 of the Texas Labor Code; the Fair Labor Standards Act; the Equal Pay Act; and the Family and Medical Leave Act.
     (d) This release also includes but is not limited to all claims under any other state, federal, or local law or regulation and all claims at common law (including but not limited to negligence, contract, or tort claims). The release also includes all claims for back pay, front pay, damages, liquidated damages, exemplary and punitive damages, injunctive relief, costs, or attorneys’ fees.
     (e) This release is not intended to waive rights or claims, if any, that arise after the date this Release is executed. Further, this release is not intended to waive vested rights, if any, that I might have in any written benefit plan or program or any rights I may have to indemnification under the Indemnification Agreement between the Company and me or under the Company’s charter and bylaws. I understand that the terms and conditions contained within any such benefit plan or program, specifically including those relating to any vested rights that I may have in such plan or program, shall be controlling. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this

24


 

Release shall prevent me from filing a charge with any federal, state or administrative agency, but I agree not to participate in, and waive any rights with respect to, any monetary or financial relief arising from any such proceeding that relates to the matters released by this Release.
2. Miscellaneous .
     (a) I acknowledge that the release and waiver provisions of this Release comply with the requirements of the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, 29 U.S.C. § 626(f)(1) (A)-(G). I have knowingly and voluntarily agreed, for the consideration set forth herein, to waive, among other things, any and all rights and claims I may have against Tesoro under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 621 et seq. (“ADEA”). I specifically acknowledge that the waiver of rights under the ADEA is written in a manner that I understand, that the waiver specifically refers to claims arising under the ADEA, that I have not waived any rights or claims under the ADEA that arise after the date this Release is executed, that my waiver of rights or claims under the ADEA is in exchange for consideration in addition to anything of value that I am otherwise entitled to receive from Tesoro.
     (b) I have voluntarily chosen to sign this Release and to agree to its terms and provisions. I have been advised in writing to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release. I have also been advised and have had the opportunity to request, before signing, sufficient time to thoroughly discuss all terms, provisions, and aspects of this Release with an attorney.
     (c) I have been provided and understand that I have at least twenty-one (21) days from receipt of this Release to decide whether to accept it. I understand that I may elect to accept this Release and execute it any time prior to the expiration of this period. I have been provided with a full opportunity to review and consider all terms, provisions and aspects of the Release. I understand that if I fail to execute and return this Release within four (4) days of the twenty-one (21) day period, the Release will be considered rejected and I will not be entitled to the consideration offered by Tesoro. I also understand that I shall have seven (7) full days following execution of the Release during which I may revoke the Release in its entirety. I understand that any revocation within this period must be submitted, in writing, to Tesoro’s Chairman of its Board of Director’s and state, “I hereby revoke my acceptance of the release provisions of my Separation and Waiver of Liability Release.” Revocation must be personally delivered to Tesoro, or express overnight mailed to Tesoro and postmarked within seven (7) days of execution of this Release.
     (d) This Release will become effective and enforceable on the first day after the revocation period has expired, provided that I have not revoked my acceptance of this Release. If the last day of the revocation period is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday in Texas, then the revocation period will not expire until the next following day which is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday. I understand that if I revoke the release provisions under the Release, I will not be entitled to the consideration offered by Tesoro.
ACCEPTED:            Executive:
/s/ GREGORY J. GOFF                    
Date: March 29, 2010

25

Exhibit 10.12
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of May 7, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Tesoro Corporation (the “Company”), and Charles S. Parrish (the “Executive”);
WITNESSETH THAT:
      WHEREAS , the Executive is currently employed by the Company as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary;
      WHEREAS , effective April 21, 2009, the Executive received a promotion from the Company to Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, and the Executive wishes to continue his employment with the Company in that capacity; and
      WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive wish to formalize the continuation of the employment relationship in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below in this Agreement, which terms and conditions shall supersede those of that certain Management Stability Agreement, dated December 31, 2008, by and between the Company and the Executive;
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions set forth herein, including but not limited to Executive’s employment and the payments and benefits described herein, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:
      1. EMPLOYMENT. The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive shall be employed by the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
      2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. The term of this Agreement shall be a three (3) year period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary thereof; provided that the term of this Agreement shall be automatically extended for additional successive one year periods until either the Company or the Executive terminates it by written notice delivered at least 30 days prior to an anniversary of the Effective Date. The period during which Executive is employed hereunder shall be referred to as the “Employment Period”. Either the Company or the Executive shall have the right to terminate the Employment Period at any time during the term hereof, in accordance with Section 5 below.
      3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
          (a) Executive shall serve as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company. In such capacities, Executive shall perform such duties and have the power, authority and functions commensurate with such positions in similarly sized public companies and such other authority and functions consistent with such positions as may be assigned to Executive from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer.

 


 

          (b) Executive shall devote substantially all of his working time, attention and energies to the business of the Company and affiliated entities. Executive may make and manage his personal investments and engage in other personal activities (provided such investments and other activities do not violate, in any material respect, the provisions of Section 8 of this Agreement), be involved in charitable and professional activities and, with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) (which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed) serve on boards of other for profit entities, provided such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder. Service on the for profit boards that Executive is currently serving on are hereby approved.
      4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.
     (a)  ANNUAL BASE SALARY . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive an annual base salary (the “Annual Base Salary”) at an annual rate of $500,000 less applicable taxes, or such higher rate as may be determined from time to time by the Board. The annual Base Salary shall be paid at such intervals as the Company pays executive salaries generally. During the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually, beginning no more than 12 months after the last salary increase awarded to the Executive prior to the Effective Date. Any increase in the Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. The Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term “Annual Base Salary” shall refer to the Annual Base Salary as so increased.
     (b)  ANNUAL BONUS . In addition to the Annual Base Salary, during the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled to participate in an annual incentive compensation plan of the Company. The Executive’s target annual bonus will be 70% of his Base Salary as in effect for such year (the “Target Bonus”), and will be determined based upon achievement of performance goals established by the Company pursuant to such plan. The Target Bonus will be paid at the time and in the manner specified under the annual incentive compensation plan of the Company.
     (c)  OTHER COMPENSATION . Executive shall be entitled to participate in any incentive or supplemental compensation plan or arrangement maintained or instituted by the Company, and covering its principal executive officers, at a level commensurate with his positions and to receive additional compensation from the Company in such form, and to such extent, if any, as the Compensation Committee may in its sole discretion from time to time specify.
     (d)  WELFARE BENEFIT PLANS . Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company (including, without limitation, medical, prescription drugs, dental, vision, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs, pensions, profit sharing programs, incentive compensation and savings plans and all other similar plans and benefits which the Company from time to time

2


 

makes available to executives) to the extent applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company.
     (e)  FEE REIMBURSEMENTS . During the Employment Period, the Company will reimburse the Executive in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures for an initiation fee or fees and dues for a country, luncheon or social club or clubs. In addition, the Company will reimburse the Executive for additional initiation fees to the extent the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof determines such fees are reasonable and in the best interest of the Company. The Executive shall be reimbursed no later than two and a half months after the end of the calendar year in which the expenses are incurred; provided, however, the Company’s obligation to reimburse reasonable expenses pursuant to this subsection will terminate in the event Executive does not request reimbursement in a timely manner to allow the expense to be paid prior to the expiration of such period.
     (f)  EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the most favorable policies, practices and procedures of the Company in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company. In addition, the Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with professional activities, including but not limited to, bar association activities, dues and membership fees; continuing legal education expenses, including but not limited to, tuition, course materials, travel, meals and related expenses; and any other reasonable expenses incurred in the course of such professional activities. The Executive shall be reimbursed no later than two and a half months after the end of the calendar year in which the expenses are incurred; provided, however, the Company’s obligation to reimburse reasonable expenses pursuant to this subsection will terminate in the event Executive does not request reimbursement in a timely manner to allow the expense to be paid prior to the expiration of such period.
     (g)  SECURITY BENEFIT . The Company will provide Executive with personal safety and security protection as appropriate and reasonable under the circumstances.
     (h)  OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to an appropriate office at the Company’s principal place of business.
     (i)  VACATION . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to vacation each year in accordance with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time, but in no event less than four (4) weeks paid vacation per calendar year and an additional one (1) week for five years of service; and an additional second week for ten years of service. The Executive shall be entitled to such periods of sick leave as is customarily provided by the Company for its senior executive employees.

3


 

      5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated under the following circumstances:
     (a)  DEATH . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death.
     (b)  TOTAL DISABILITY . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon Executive becoming ‘‘Totally Disabled”. For purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be “Totally Disabled” if Executive has been physically or mentally incapacitated so as to render Executive incapable of performing Executive’s essential functions, with or without reasonable accommodation as required by law, under this Agreement for six (6) consecutive months (such consecutive absence not being deemed interrupted by Executive’s return to service for less than 10 consecutive business days if absent thereafter for the same illness or disability). Any such termination shall be upon thirty (30) days written notice given at any time thereafter while Executive remains Totally Disabled, provided that a termination for Total Disability hereunder shall not be effective if Executive returns to full performance of his duties within such thirty (30) day period.
     (c)  TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY FOR CAUSE . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “Cause” at any time. If the Company elects to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause, the Company shall provide ten (10) days written notice of the Company’s intent to terminate Executive’s employment for “Cause.”
     (i) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall be limited to (1) willful misconduct by Executive with regard to the Company which has a material adverse effect on the Company; (2) the willful refusal of Executive to attempt to follow the proper written direction of the Chief Executive Officer, provided that the foregoing refusal shall not be “Cause” if Executive in good faith believes that such direction is illegal, unethical or immoral and promptly so notifies the Board; (3) substantial and continuing willful refusal by the Executive to attempt to perform the duties required of him hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Chief Executive Officer which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Executive has substantially and continually refused to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (4) material breach of a fiduciary duty to the Company through misappropriation of Company funds or property; or (5) the Executive being convicted of or a plea or nolo contendere to the charge of a felony (other than a felony involving a traffic violation or as a result of vicarious liability). For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done or omitted to be done, by him not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.

4


 

     (ii) The ten (10) day notice of intent to terminate for Cause shall mean a notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in Section 5(c)(i) relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances which provide for a basis for termination for Cause. Further, the ten (10) day notice of intent to terminate for Cause shall set the date at least ten (10) days after the date of the notice. Any purported termination for Cause which is held by a court or arbitrator not to have been based on the grounds set forth in this Agreement or not to have followed the procedures set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed a termination by the Company without Cause.
          (d) VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE . Executive may terminate employment hereunder with or without Good Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Company.
     (i) A Termination for Good Reason means a termination by Executive by written notice given within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the Good Reason event, unless such circumstances are fully corrected prior to the date of termination specified in the Notice of Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence or failure to cause the occurrence, as the case may be, without Executive’s express written consent, of any of the following circumstances: (1) any material diminution of Executive’s positions, duties or responsibilities hereunder (except in each case in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment for Cause or Total Disability or as a result of Executive’s death, or temporarily as a result of Executive’s illness or other absence), or, the assignment to Executive of duties or responsibilities that are inconsistent with Executive’s then position; (2) removal of the Executive from officer positions with the Company specified herein or removal of the Executive from any of his then officer positions; (3) requiring Executive’s principal place of business to be located other than in the San Antonio, Texas greater Metropolitan region; (4) a failure by the Company (I) to continue any bonus plan, program or arrangement in which Executive is entitled to participate (the “Bonus Plans”), provided that any such Bonus Plans may be modified at the Company’s discretion from time to time but shall be deemed terminated if any such plan does not remain substantially in the form in effect prior to such modification and if plans providing Executive with substantially similar benefits are not substituted therefor (“Substitute Plans”), or (II) to continue Executive as a participant in the Bonus Plans and Substitute Plans on at least the same basis as to the potential amount of the bonus Executive participated in prior to any change in such plans or awards, in accordance with the Bonus Plans and the Substitute Plans, (5) any material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement, including without limitation Section 10 hereof; (6) failure of any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by merger, acquisition, consolidation or otherwise) to assume in a writing delivered to Executive upon the assignee becoming such, the obligations of the Company hereunder.

5


 

     (ii) A Notice of Termination for Good Reason shall mean a notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Termination for Good Reason. The failure by Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination for Good Reason any facts or circumstances which contribute to the showing of Good Reason shall not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights hereunder. The Notice of Termination for Good Reason shall provide for a date of termination not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such Notice of Termination for Good Reason is given, provided that in the case of the events set forth in Sections 5(d)(i)(1) or (2) the date may be five (5) days after the giving of such notice.
     (e)  TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY WITHOUT CAUSE . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder without Cause at any time upon 30 days written notice to Executive.
     (f)  EFFECT OF TERMINATION . Upon any termination of employment, Executive shall immediately resign from all positions with the Company or any of its subsidiaries held by him at such time.
      6. COMPENSATION FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. In the event that Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated, Executive shall be entitled to the following compensation and benefits upon such termination:
     (a)  TERMINATION IN THE EVENT OF DEATH . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death, the Company shall pay the following amounts to Executive’s beneficiary or estate:
     (i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of death, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement, any vacation accrued to the date of termination, any earned but unpaid bonuses for any prior period, and a pro-rata bonus or incentive compensation payment for the period in which such termination occurred to the extent payments are awarded senior executives. Such bonuses or incentive compensation payment shall be paid pursuant to the terms of the applicable bonus or annual incentive compensation plan;
     (ii) Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the plans, policies and arrangements (including those referred to in Section 4(d) hereof), as determined and paid in accordance with the terms of such plans, policies and arrangements;
     (iii) An amount equal to the Base Salary (at the rate in effect as of the date of Executive’s death) which would have been payable to Executive if Executive had continued in employment for one additional year. Said payments will be paid to Executive’s estate or beneficiary at the same time and in the same

6


 

manner as such compensation would have been paid if Executive had remained in active employment;
     (iv) As of the date of termination by reason of Executive’s death, stock options and restricted stock grants awarded to the Executive shall be fully vested and Executive’s estate or beneficiary shall have up to one (1) year from the date of death to exercise all such options; and
     (v) As otherwise specifically provided herein.
     (b)  TERMINATION IN THE EVENT OF TOTAL DISABILITY . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s Total Disability as determined in accordance with Section 5(b), the Company shall pay the following amounts to Executive:
     (i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement, any vacation accrued to the date of termination, any earned but unpaid bonuses for any prior period. Executive shall also be eligible for a pro-rata bonus or incentive compensation payment for the period in which such termination occurred to the extent payments are awarded senior executives. Such bonuses or incentive compensation payment shall be paid pursuant to the terms of the applicable bonus or annual incentive compensation plan;
     (ii) Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the plans, policies and arrangements (including those referred to in Section 4(d) hereof) shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of such plans, policies and arrangements;
     (iii) An amount equal to the Base Salary (at the rate in effect as of the date of Executive’s Total Disability) which would have been payable to Executive if Executive had continued in active employment for two (2) years following termination of employment, less any payments under any long-term disability plan or arrangement paid for by the Company. Payment shall be made at the same time and in the same manner as such compensation would have been paid if Executive had remained in active employment until the end of such period, but shall not commence until six (6) months have elapsed from Executive’s termination of employment, at which time the Executive shall receive a lump sum payment equal to the payments that would have been paid during such 6-month period;
     (iv) As of the date of termination by reason of Executive’s Total Disability, Executive shall be fully vested in all stock option awards and restricted stock grants and the Executive shall have up to one (1) year from the date of termination by reason of total disability to exercise all such options; and
     (v) As otherwise specifically provided herein.

7


 

     (c)  TERMINATION FOR CAUSE . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Company shall pay the following amounts to Executive:
     (i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement, any vacation accrued to the date of termination and any earned but unpaid bonuses for any prior period. Such bonuses shall be paid pursuant to the terms of the applicable bonus plan;
     (ii) Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the plans, policies and arrangements shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of such plans, policies and arrangements; and
     (iii) As otherwise specifically provided herein.
     (iv) Any stock options, restricted stock or other awards that have not vested prior to the date of such termination of employment shall be cancelled and any stock options held by Executive shall be cancelled, whether or not then vested.
     (d)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE . In the event that Executive voluntarily terminates employment other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the following amounts to Executive:
     (i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement, any vacation accrued to the date of termination and any earned but unpaid bonuses for any prior period. Such bonuses shall be paid pursuant to the terms of the applicable bonus plan;
     (ii) Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the plans, policies and arrangements shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of such plans, policies and arrangements; and
     (iii) As otherwise specifically provided herein.
     (iv) The treatment of any options, restricted stock or other awards shall be governed in accordance with the terms of such plan(s) under which the options, restricted stock or other awards were granted.
     (e)  TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY WITHOUT CAUSE; TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for reasons other than death, Total Disability or Cause, or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the following amounts to Executive:

8


 

     (i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination, any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement, any vacation accrued to the date of termination, and any earned but unpaid bonuses for any prior period. Executive shall also be eligible for a bonus or incentive compensation payment, at the same time, on the same basis, and to the same extent payments are made to senior executives, pro-rated for the fiscal year in which the Executive is terminated. Such bonuses or incentive compensation payment shall be paid pursuant to the terms of the applicable bonus or annual incentive compensation plan;
     (ii) Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled pursuant to the plans, policies and arrangements referred to in Section 4(d) hereof shall be determined and paid in accordance with the terms of such plans, policies and arrangements;
     (iii) An amount equal to two times the sum of Executive’s Base Salary plus his Target Annual Bonus (in each case as then in effect), of which one-half shall be paid in a lump sum six (6) months after such termination and one-half shall be paid in substantially equal amounts at the same time and in the same manner as Base Salary would have been paid during the two-year period following such termination if Executive had remained in active employment until the end of such period; provided, however, such payments shall not commence until six (6) months after Executive’s termination of employment, at which time the Executive shall receive a lump sum payment equal to the payments that would have been made during such 6-month period;
     (iv) If such termination occurs prior to Executive’s 55 th birthday, the Company, at its expense, will provide coverage for Executive and Executive’s spouse and dependents no less favorable than the coverage provided under all health benefit plans, programs or arrangements, whether group or individual, in which Executive would be entitled to participate as a retiree of the Company, and in a manner that such benefits are excluded from the Executive’s income for federal income tax purposes, until the earliest to occur (A) Executive’s death (provided that benefits payable to Executive’s beneficiaries shall not terminate upon Executive’s death); or (B) with respect to any particular plan, program or arrangement, the date Executive becomes covered for a comparable benefit by a subsequent employer. If such termination occurs at age 55 or older, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s post-retirement benefit programs on the same basis as other retirement eligible employees of the Company. Payments made by the Company for coverage under the health benefit plans, programs or arrangements during a taxable year shall not affect the payments made by the Company for coverage on behalf of the Executive under such plans, programs or arrangements in another taxable year. The Executive’s right to the Company’s payment of the cost of coverage hereunder shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

9


 

     (v) Except to the extent prohibited by law, and except as otherwise provided herein, Executive will be 100% vested in all benefits, awards, and grants accrued but unpaid as of the date of termination under any supplemental and/or incentive compensation plans in which Executive was a participant as of the date of termination. Executive shall receive additional years of service credit and age credit under the Tesoro Corporation Amended and Restated Executive Security Plan to the extent necessary to determine his benefit thereunder as if he had attained age fifty-five (55) and had completed twenty (20) years of service;
     (vi) Executive shall continue to vest in all stock options or restricted stock grants over the two (2) year period commencing on the date of such termination of employment. Executive shall have two (2) years after the date of termination of employment to exercise all options, unless by virtue of the particular stock option award, the option grant expires on an earlier date; and
     (vii) As otherwise specifically provided herein.
     (f)  NO OTHER BENEFITS OR COMPENSATION . Except as may be provided under this Agreement, under the Indemnity Agreement or under the terms of any incentive compensation, employee benefit, or fringe benefit plan applicable to Executive at the time of Executive’s termination or resignation of employment, Executive shall have no right to receive any other compensation, or to participate in any other plan, arrangement or benefit, with respect to future periods after such termination or resignation.
     (g)  NO MITIGATION; NO SET-OFF . In the event of any termination of employment hereunder, Executive shall be under no obligation to seek other employment and there shall be no offset against any amounts due Executive under this Agreement on account of any remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment that Executive may obtain. The amounts payable hereunder shall not be subject to setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right, which the Company may have against the Executive or others, except upon obtaining by the Company of a final unappealable judgment against Executive.
      7. COMPENSATION PAYABLE FOLLOWING CHANGE IN CONTROL.
     (a)  PAYMENTS FOLLOWING A CHANGE IN CONTROL . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, should Executive at any time within two (2) years of a “Change in Control” cease to be an employee of the Company (or its successor), by reason of (i) involuntary termination by the Company (or its successor) other than for “Cause”, or (ii) voluntary termination by Executive for “Good Reason”, the Company (or its successor) shall pay to Executive except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the following severance payments and benefits:
     (i) An amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s Base Salary plus his Target Annual Bonus (in each case as then in effect) payable in a lump sum six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment;

10


 

     (ii) Executive will receive three (3) years additional service credit under the current non-qualified supplemental pension plans, or successors thereto, of the Company applicable to the Executive; and
     (iii) If such termination occurs prior to Executive’s 55 th birthday, the Company, at its expense, will provide coverage for Executive and Executive’s spouse and dependents no less favorable than the coverage provided under all health benefit plans, programs or arrangements, whether group or individual, in which Executive would be entitled to participate as a retiree of the Company, and in a manner that such benefits are excluded from the Executive’s income for federal income tax purposes, until the earliest to occur (A) Executive’s death (provided that benefits payable to Executive’s beneficiaries shall not terminate upon Executive’s death); or (B) with respect to any particular plan, program or arrangement, the date Executive becomes covered for a comparable benefit by a subsequent employer. If such termination occurs at age 55 or older, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s post-retirement benefit programs on the same basis as other retirement eligible employees of the Company.
(iv) Payments made by the Company for coverage under the health benefit plans, programs or arrangements during a taxable year shall not affect the payments made by the Company for coverage on behalf of the Executive under such plans, programs or arrangements in another taxable year. The Executive’s right to the Company’s payment of the cost of coverage hereunder shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
(v) Executive will be 100% vested in all benefits, awards, and grants (including stock option grants and stock awards), and all amounts accrued but unpaid as of the Change in Control under any non-qualified pension plan, supplemental and/or incentive compensation or bonus plans in which Executive was a participant as of the date of the Change in Control. All stock options shall remain exercisable for a period of three (3) years following the Change in Control, but in no event later than the date on which the particular option would expire by its terms or the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date on which such award was granted. Executive shall also receive a bonus or incentive compensation payment (the “Bonus Payment”) equal to his Base Salary, multiplied by his annual incentive Target Bonus percentage, each as then in effect, pro-rated as of the effective date of the termination. The Bonus Payment shall be paid in a lump sum six (6) months following the Executive’s termination of employment.
For purposes of this Agreement, following a Change in Control, the term “Company” shall include the entity surviving such Change in Control.
     (b)  CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.
     (i) In the event that the Executive shall become entitled to payments and/or benefits provided by this Agreement or any other amounts in the “nature of

11


 

compensation” (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a change of ownership or effective control covered by Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code or any person affiliated with the Company or such person) as a result of such change in ownership or effective control (collectively the “Company Payments”), and such Company Payments will be subject to the tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (and any similar tax that may hereafter be imposed by any taxing authority) the Company shall pay to the Executive at the time specified in subsection (iv) below an additional amount (the “Gross-up Payment”) such that the net amount retained by the Executive, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Company Payments and any U.S. federal, state, and for local income or payroll tax upon the Gross-up Payment provided for by this Section 7(b), but before deduction for any U.S. federal, state, and local income or payroll tax on the Company Payments, shall be equal to the Company Payments.
     (ii) For purposes of determining whether any of the Company Payments and Gross-up Payments (collectively the “Total Payments”) will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (x) the Total Payments shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all “parachute payments” in excess of the “base amount” (as defined under Code Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless and except to the extent that, in the opinion of the Company’s independent certified public accountants appointed prior to any change in ownership (as defined under Code Section 280G(b)(2)) or tax counsel selected by such accountants (the “Accountants”) such Total Payments (in whole or in part) either do not constitute “parachute payments,” represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code in excess of the “base amount” or are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, and (y) the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by the Accountants in accordance with the principles of Section 280G of the Code.
     (iii) For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-up Payment, the Executive shall be deemed to pay U.S. federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of U.S. federal income taxation in the calendar year in which the Gross-up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of the Executive’s residence for the calendar year in which the Company Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in U.S. federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes if paid in such year. In the event that the Excise Tax is subsequently determined by the Accountants to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder at the time the Gross-up Payment is made, the Executive shall repay to the Company, at the time that the amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined, the portion of the prior Gross-up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus the portion of the Gross-up Payment attributable to the Excise Tax and U.S. federal, state and local income tax

12


 

imposed on the portion of the Gross-up Payment being repaid by the Executive if such repayment results in a reduction In Excise Tax or a U.S. federal, state and local income tax deduction), plus interest on the amount of such repayment at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any portion of the Gross-up Payment to be refunded to the Company has been paid to any U.S. federal, state and local tax authority, repayment thereof (and related amounts) shall not be required until actual refund or credit of such portion has been made to the Executive, and interest payable to the Company shall not exceed the interest received or credited to the Executive by such tax authority for the period it held such portion. The Executive and the Company shall mutually agree upon the course of action to be pursued (and the method of allocating the expense thereof) if the Executive’s claim for refund or credit is denied.
     In the event that the Excise Tax is later determined by the Accountant or the Internal Revenue Service to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder at the time the Gross-up Payment is made (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-up Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross-up Payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest or penalties payable with respect to such excess) at the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined.
     (iv) The Gross-up Payment or portion thereof provided for in subsection (iii) above shall be paid not later than the thirtieth (30th) day following an event occurring which subjects the Executive to the Excise Tax; provided, however, that if the amount of such Gross-up Payment or portion thereof cannot be finally determined on or before such day, the Company shall pay to the Executive on such day an estimate, as determined in good faith by the Accountant, of the minimum amount of such payments and shall pay the remainder of such payments (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code), subject to further payments pursuant to subsection (iii) hereof, as soon as the amount thereof can reasonably be determined, but in no event later than the ninetieth day after the occurrence of the event subjecting the Executive to the Excise Tax. In the event that the amount of the estimated payments exceeds the amount subsequently determined to have been due, such excess shall be payable by the Executive on the fifth day after demand by the Company (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code).
     (v) In the event of any controversy with the Internal Revenue Service (or other taxing authority) with regard to the Excise Tax, the Executive shall permit the Company to control issues related to the Excise Tax (at its expense), provided that such issues do not potentially materially adversely affect the Executive, but the Executive shall control any other issues. In the event the issues are interrelated, the Executive and the Company shall in good faith cooperate so as not to jeopardize resolution of either issue, but if the parties cannot agree the Executive shall make the final determination with regard to the issues. In the

13


 

event of any conference with any taxing authority as to the Excise Tax or associated income taxes, the Executive shall permit the representative of the Company to accompany the Executive, and the Executive and the Executive’s representative shall cooperate with the Company and its representative.
     (vi) The Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Accountant.
     (vii) The Company and the Executive shall promptly deliver to each other copies of any written communications, and summaries of any verbal communications, with any taxing authority regarding the Excise Tax covered by this Section 7(b).
     (c)  CHANGE IN CONTROL means (i) there shall be consummated (A) any consolidation or merger of Company in which Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Company’s Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Company where a majority of the board of directors of the surviving corporation are, and for a one-year period after the merger continue to be, persons who were directors of Company immediately prior to the merger or were elected as directors, or nominated for election as director, by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors of Company immediately prior to the merger, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of Company, or (ii) the shareholders of Company shall approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Company, or (iii) (A) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than Company or a subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan sponsored by Company or a subsidiary thereof, shall become the beneficiary owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of Company representing 35 percent or more of the combined voting power of Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing in special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, and (B) at any time during a period of one-year thereafter, individuals who immediately prior to the beginning of such period constituted the Board shall cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless election or the nomination by the Board for election by Company’s shareholders of each new director during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period.
      8. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.
     (a)  COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY . Executive covenants and agrees that at all times during Executive’s period of employment with the Company, and for one (1) year thereafter, Executive will not engage in, assist, or have any active interest or involvement, whether as an employee, agent, consultant, creditor, advisor, officer, director, stockholder (excluding holding of less than 3% of the stock of a public

14


 

company), partner, proprietor or any type of principal whatsoever in any person, firm, or business entity which, directly or indirectly, is engaged in the business competitive with that conducted and carried on by the Company, without the Company’s specific written consent to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may be employed by or provide services to, an investment banking firm or consulting firm that provides services to entities described in the previous sentence, provided that Executive does not personally represent or provide services to such entities.
     (b)  NON SOLICITATION . Executive covenants and agrees that at all times during Executive’s period of employment with the Company, and for a period of two (2) years after the termination thereof, whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary by wrongful discharge, or otherwise, Executive will not directly and personally knowingly (i) induce any customers of the Company or corporations affiliated with the Company to patronize any similar business which competes with any material business of the Company; (ii) after his termination of employment, request or advise any customers of the Company or corporations affiliated with the Company to withdraw, curtail or cancel such customer’s business with the Company; or (iii) after his termination of employment, individually or through any person, firm, association or corporation with which he is now, or may hereafter become associated, solicit, entice or induce any then employee of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, to leave the employ of the Company, or such other corporation, to accept employment with, or compensation from the Executive, or any person, firm, association or corporation with which Executive is affiliated without prior written consent of the Company. The foregoing shall not prevent Executive from serving as a reference for employees.
     (c)  PROTECTED INFORMATION . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that Executive has had and will continue to have access to various confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company, corporations affiliated with the Company, and its clients and third parties doing business with the Company of a special and unique value which may include, without limitation, (i) books and records relating to operation, finance, accounting, sales, personnel and management, (ii) policies and matters relating particularly to operations such as customer service requirements, costs of providing service and equipment, operating costs and pricing matters, and (iii) various trade or business secrets, including customer lists, route sheets, business opportunities, marketing or business diversification plans, business development and bidding techniques, methods and processes, financial data and the like, to the extent not generally known in the industry (collectively, the “Protected Information”). Executive therefore covenants and agrees that Executive will not at any time, either while employed by the Company or afterwards, knowingly make any independent use of, or knowingly disclose to any other person or organization (except as authorized by the Company) any of the Protected Information, provided that (I) while employed by the Company, Executive may in good faith make disclosures he believes desirable, and (II) Executive may comply with legal process. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges and agrees that to the extent he has provided or been privy to others providing legal advice to the Company, such advice is protected by the attorney-client privilege, and such privilege belongs to the Company and cannot be waived by the Executive. Such advice cannot be disclosed by Executive without the Company’s written permission.

15


 

     (d)  RIGHT TO PRACTICE LAW . Notwithstanding the language in Section 8(a), (b) and (c) above, nothing in this Agreement is intended nor shall be interpreted to preclude Executive from practicing law subsequent to his separation from the Company’s employ for any reason.
      9. ENFORCEMENT OF COVENANTS.
     (a)  RIGHT TO INJUNCTION . Executive acknowledges that a breach of the covenants set forth in Section 8 hereof will cause irreparable damage to the Company with respect to which the Company’s remedy at law for damages may be inadequate. Therefore, in the event of breach or threatened breach of the covenants set forth in Section 8 by Executive, Executive and the Company agree that the Company shall be entitled to the following particular forms of relief, in addition to remedies otherwise available to it at law or equity; injunctions, both preliminary and permanent, enjoining or restraining such breach or threatened breach and Executive hereby consents to the issuance thereof forthwith and without bond by any court of competent jurisdiction.
     (b)  SEPARABILITY OF COVENANTS . The covenants contained in Section 8 hereof constitute a series of separate covenants, one for each applicable State in the United States and the District of Columbia, and one for each applicable foreign country. If in any judicial proceeding, a court shall hold that any of the covenants set forth in Section 8 exceed the time, geographic, or occupational limitations permitted by applicable laws, Executive and the Company agree that such provisions shall and are hereby reformed to the maximum time, geographic, or occupational limitations permitted by such laws. Further, in the event a court shall hold unenforceable any of the separate covenants deemed included herein, then such unenforceable covenant or covenants shall be deemed eliminated from the provisions of this Agreement for the purpose of such proceeding to the extent necessary to permit the remaining separate covenants to be enforced in such proceeding. Executive and the Company further agree that the covenants in Section 8 shall each be construed as a separate agreement independent of any other provisions of this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by Executive against the Company whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of any of the covenants of Section 8.
      10. INDEMNIFICATION. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law and in accordance with the existing Indemnification Agreement dated September 15, 2008 between Company and the Executive (the “Indemnification Agreement”) for any action or inaction of Executive while serving as an officer and director of the Company or, at the Company’s request, as an officer or director of any other, entity or as a fiduciary of any benefit plan. The Company shall cover the Executive under directors and officers liability insurance both during and, while potential liability exists, after the Employment Term in the same amount and to the same extent as the Company covers its other officers and directors.
      11. DISPUTES AND PAYMENT OF ATTORNEY’S FEES. If at any time during the term of this Agreement or afterwards there should arise any dispute as to the validity,

16


 

interpretation or application of any term or condition of this Agreement, the Company agrees, upon written demand by Executive (and Executive shall be entitled upon application to any court of competent jurisdiction, to the entry of a mandatory injunction, without the necessity of posting any bond with respect thereto, compelling the Company) to promptly provide sums sufficient to pay on a current basis (either directly or by reimbursing Executive) Executive’s costs and reasonable attorney’s fees (including expenses of investigation and disbursements for the fees and expenses of experts, etc.) incurred by Executive in connection with reasonably seeking to enforce the terms of this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 11, without implication as to any other section hereof, shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement and of Executive’s employment hereunder.
      12. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES. The Company may withhold from any compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement all applicable federal, state, local, or other taxes.
      13. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS. All payments provided under this Agreement, other than payments made pursuant to a plan which provides otherwise, shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and no special or separate fund shall be established, and no other segregation of assets made, to assure payment. Executive shall have no right, title or interest whatever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid the Company in meeting its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the Company.
      14. ASSIGNMENT. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Executive (but any payments due hereunder which would be payable at a time after Executive’s death shall be paid to Executive’s designated beneficiary or, if none, his estate) and shall be assignable by the Company only to any financially solvent corporation or other entity resulting from the reorganization, merger or consolidation of the company with any other corporation or entity or any corporation or entity to or with which. the Company’s business or substantially all of its business or assets may be sold, exchanged or transferred, and it must be so assigned by the Company to, and accepted as binding upon it by, such other corporation or entity in connection with any such reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale, exchange or transfer in a writing delivered to Executive in a form reasonably acceptable to Executive (the provisions of this sentence also being applicable to any successive such transaction).
      15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement shall supersede any and all existing oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties between Executive and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities relating to the terms of Executive’s employment by the Company. It may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by both parties.
      16. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed to accordance with the laws of the State of Texas applicable to agreements made and to be performed in that State, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

17


 

      17. REQUIREMENT OF TIMELY PAYMENTS. If any amounts which are required, or determined to be paid or payable, or reimbursed or reimbursable, to Executive under this Agreement (or any other plan, agreement, policy or arrangement with the Company) are not so paid promptly at the times provided herein or therein, such amounts shall accrue interest, compounded daily, at an 8% annual percentage rate, from the date such amounts were required or determined to have been paid or payable, reimbursed or reimbursable to Executive, until such amounts and any interest accrued thereon are finally and fully paid, provided, however, that in no event shall the amount of interest contracted for, charged or received hereunder, exceed the maximum non-usurious amount of interest allowed by applicable law.
      18. NOTICES. Any notice, consent, request or other communication made or given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by facsimile or by hand delivery, to those listed below at their following respective addresses or at such other address as each may specify by notice to the others:
     
To the Company:
  Tesoro Corporation
 
  300 Concord Plaza Drive
 
  San Antonio, Texas 78216
 
  Attention: Bruce A. Smith
 
   
To Executive:
  At the address for Executive set forth below.
      19. MISCELLANEOUS.
     (a)  WAIVER . The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver thereof or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.
     (b)  SEPARABILITY . Subject to Section 9 hereof, if any term or provision of this Agreement is declared illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction and cannot be modified to be enforceable, such term or provision shall immediately become null and void, leaving the remainder of this Agreement in full force and effect.
     (c)  HEADINGS . Section headings are used herein for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of this Agreement.
     (d)  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION . Whenever the context so requires, the use of the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa.
     (e)  COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts will together constitute but one Agreement.
     (f)  DEFERRED COMPENSATION . This Agreement is, to the extent applicable, intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be

18


 

administered, construed and interpreted in a manner that is intended to meet those requirements. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of determining the timing of any payment under this Agreement that is subject to Code Section 409A and is required to be made upon the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive’s employment shall not be considered terminated until he has experienced a separation from service. For purposes of this Agreement, a “separation from service” occurs when the Company and the Executive reasonably anticipate a permanent reduction in the level of bona fide services performed by the Executive for the Company and its affiliates to 20% or less of the average level of bona fide services performed by the Executive for the Company and its affiliates (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) in the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) months. The determination of whether a separation from service has occurred shall be made by the Compensation Committee of the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 409A.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
                     
TESORO CORPORATION       EXECUTIVE
 
                   
By:   /s/ BRUCE A. SMITH       /s/ CHARLES S. PARRISH    
                 
Bruce A. Smith
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer
      Charles S. Parrish    
 
                   
Date: May 7, 2009       Date: May 7, 2009    
 
                   
 
          Address:   315 Nottingham
San Antonio, Texas 78209
   

19

Exhibit 10.13
AMENDED AND RESTATED
MANAGEMENT STABILITY AGREEMENT
     This Amended and Restated Management Stability Agreement is dated December 31, 2008, between Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Phillip M. Anderson (“Employee”), and supersedes and replaces any other previously dated Management Stability Agreement.
Recitals :
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it is in the best interest of the Company to reduce uncertainty to certain key employees of the Company in the event of certain fundamental events involving the control or existence of the Company;
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that an agreement protecting certain interests of key employees of the Company in the event of certain fundamental events involving the control or existence of the Company is in the best interest of the Company because it will assist the Company in attracting and retaining key employees such as this Employee; and
     WHEREAS, the Employee is relying on this Agreement and the obligations of the Company hereunder in continuing to work for the Company.
     NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
     1.  Termination Following Change of Control .
     Should Employee at any time within two years of a change of control cease to be an employee of the Company (or its successor), by reason of (i) involuntary termination by the Company (or its successor) other than for “cause” (following a change of control), “cause” shall be limited to the conviction of or a plea of nolo contendere to the charge of a felony (which, through lapse of time or otherwise, is not subject to appeal), a material breach of fiduciary duty to the Company through the misappropriation of Company funds or property) or (ii) voluntary termination by Employee for “good reason upon change of control” (as defined below), the Company (or its successor) shall pay to Employee within ten days of such termination the following severance payments and benefits:
(a) A lump-sum payment equal to two times the base salary of the Employee at the then current rate; and
(b) A lump-sum payment equal to (i) two times the sum of the target bonuses under all of the Company’s incentive bonus plans applicable to the Employee for the year in which the termination occurs or the year in which the change of control occurred, whichever is greater, and (ii) if termination occurs in the fourth quarter of a calendar year, the sum of the target bonuses under all of the Company’s incentive bonus plans applicable to Employee for the year in which the termination occurs prorated daily based on the number of days from the beginning of the calendar year in which the termination occurs to and including the date of termination.
The Company (or its successor) shall also provide continuing coverage and benefits comparable to all life, health and disability plans of the Company for a period of 24 months from the date of termination, and Employee shall receive two years additional service credit under the current non-qualified supplemental pension plans, or successors thereto, of the Company applicable to the Employee on the date of termination. To the extent subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, the amount of medical

 


 

expenses eligible for reimbursement during any year may not affect the medical expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other year. Furthermore, the reimbursement of eligible medical expenses must be made on or before the last day of the Employee’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred and the right to reimbursement of any eligible medical expense is not subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.
     For purposes of this Agreement, a “change of control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) there shall be consummated (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company’s Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company where a majority of the Board of Directors of the surviving corporation are, and for a two year period after the merger continue to be, persons who were directors of the Company immediately prior to the merger or were elected as directors, or nominated for election as directors, by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors of the Company immediately prior to the merger, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (ii) the shareholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (iii) (A) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than the Company or a subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary thereof, shall become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing in special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, and (B) at any time during a period of one year thereafter, individuals who immediately prior to the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company shall cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or the nomination by the Board of Directors for election by the Company’s shareholders of each new director during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period.
     For purposes of any payment to which Employee becomes entitled on account of termination following a change of control, as provided in this Section 1, such termination shall be deemed to refer only to a termination of employment that constitutes a “Separation from Service”. “Separation from Service” shall mean a reasonably anticipated permanent reduction in the level of bona fide services performed by the Employee for the Company and all Affiliates to 20% or less of the average level of bona fide services performed by the Employee for the Company and all Affiliates (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) months (or the full period of service to the Company and all Affiliates if less than thirty-six (36) months). For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Affiliate” means each entity that would be considered a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, except that the phrase “at least 50%” shall be substituted for the phrase “at least 80%” as used therein. In addition, payment of any amounts under this Section 1 will be deferred to the extent necessary to cause such payment to comply with the six-month deferral rule described in Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code if Employee is at the time of termination a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A.
     For purposes of this Section 1, “good reason upon change of control” shall exist if any of the following occurs:
(i) without Employee’s express written consent, the assignment to Employee of any duties inconsistent with the employment of Employee immediately prior to the change of control, or a significant diminution of Employee’s positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company from those immediately prior to a change of control or a diminution in Employee’s titles or offices as in effect immediately prior to a change of control, or any removal of Employee from, or any failure to reelect Employee to, any of such positions;

 


 

(ii) a reduction by the Company in Employee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to a change of control;
(iii) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any thrift, stock ownership, pension, life insurance, health, dental and accident or disability plan in which Employee is participating or is eligible to participate at the time of the change of control (or plans providing Employee with substantially similar benefits), except as otherwise required by the terms of such plans as in effect at the time of any change of control or the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect Employee’s participation in or materially reduce Employee’s benefits under any of such plans or deprive Employee of any material fringe benefits enjoyed by Employee at the time of the change of control or the failure by the Company to provide the Employee with the number of paid vacation days to which Employee is entitled in accordance with the vacation policies of the Company in effect at the time of a change of control;
(iv) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any incentive plan or arrangement (including without limitation, the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan and similar incentive compensation benefits) in which Employee is participating at the time of a change of control (or to substitute and continue other plans or arrangements providing the Employee with substantially similar benefits), except as otherwise required by the terms of such plans as in effect at the time of any change of control;
(v) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any plan or arrangement with respect to securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any plan or arrangement to receive and exercise stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or grants thereof or to acquire stock or other securities of the Company) in which Employee is participating at the time of a change of control (or to substitute and continue plans or arrangements providing the Employee with substantially similar benefits), except as otherwise required by the terms of such plans as in effect at the time of any change of control or the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect Employee’s participation in or materially reduce Employee’s benefits under any such plan;
(vi) the relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices to a location outside the San Antonio, Texas, area, or the Company’s requiring Employee to be based anywhere other than at the location of the Company’s principal executive offices, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with Employee’s present business travel obligations, or, in the event Employee consents to any such relocation of the Company’s principal executive or divisional offices, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse Employee for) all reasonable moving expenses incurred by Employee relating to a change of Employee’s principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify Employee against any loss (defined as the difference between the actual sale price of such residence and the higher of (a) Employee’s aggregate investment in such residence or (b) the fair market value thereof as determined by a real estate appraiser reasonably satisfactory to both Employee and the Company at the time the Employee’s principal residence is offered for sale in connection with any such change of residence;
(vii) any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company;

 


 

     In the event of a change of control as “change of control” is defined in any stock option plan or stock option agreement pursuant to which the Employee holds options to purchase common stock of the Company, Employee shall retain the rights to all accelerated vesting and other benefits under the terms thereof.
     The Company shall pay any attorney fees incurred by Employee in reasonably seeking to enforce the terms of this Paragraph 1.
     2.  Complete Agreement .
     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and cancels and supersedes all other agreements between the parties which may have related to the subject matter contained in this Agreement.
     1.  Modification; Amendment; Waiver .
     No modification, amendment or waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless approved in writing by both parties. The failure at any time to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of either party thereafter to enforce each and every provision hereof in accordance with its terms.
     3.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction .
     This Agreement and performance under it, and all proceedings that may ensue from its breach, shall be construed in accordance with and under the laws of the State of Texas.
     4.  Severability .
     Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
     5.  Assignment .
     The rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors, assigns, executors, administrators and heirs, provided, however, that the Company may not assign any duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Employee.
     6.  Limitation .
     This Agreement shall not confer any right or impose any obligation on the Company to continue the employment of Employee in any capacity, or limit the right of the Company or Employee to terminate Employee’s employment.
     7.  Notices .
     All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given in person or by telegraph, facsimile or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or three days after mailing or one day after transmission of a telegram or facsimile, as the case may be, to the representative persons named below:

 


 

           
     If to the Company:   Corporate Secretary  
    Tesoro Corporation  
    300 Concord Plaza Drive  
    San Antonio, Texas 78216-6999  
 
         
     If to the Employee:
  Phillip M. Anderson      
 
         
 
         
       
 
         
       
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
COMPANY:   TESORO CORPORATION
 
 
  By   /s/ Bruce A. Smith  
    Bruce A. Smith   
    Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer 
 
 
EMPLOYEE:   Phillip M. Anderson

 
  /s/ Phillip M. Anderson  

 

Exhibit 10.14
AMENDED AND RESTATED
MANAGEMENT STABILITY AGREEMENT
     This Amended and Restated Management Stability Agreement is dated December 31, 2008, between Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and G. Scott Spendlove (“Employee”), and supersedes and replaces any other previously dated Management Stability Agreement.
Recitals:
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it is in the best interest of the Company to reduce uncertainty to certain key employees of the Company in the event of certain fundamental events involving the control or existence of the Company;
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that an agreement protecting certain interests of key employees of the Company in the event of certain fundamental events involving the control or existence of the Company is in the best interest of the Company because it will assist the Company in attracting and retaining key employees such as this Employee; and
     WHEREAS, the Employee is relying on this Agreement and the obligations of the Company hereunder in continuing to work for the Company.
     NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
     1.  Termination Following Change of Control.
     Should Employee at any time within two years of a change of control cease to be an employee of the Company (or its successor), by reason of (i) involuntary termination by the Company (or its successor) other than for “cause” (following a change of control), “cause” shall be limited to the conviction of or a plea of nolo contendere to the charge of a felony (which, through lapse of time or otherwise, is not subject to appeal), a material breach of fiduciary duty to the Company through the misappropriation of Company funds or property) or (ii) voluntary termination by Employee for “good reason upon change of control” (as defined below), the Company (or its successor) shall pay to Employee within ten days of such termination the following severance payments and benefits:
(a) A lump-sum payment equal to two and one-half times the base salary of the Employee at the then current rate; and
(b) A lump-sum payment equal to (i) two and one-half times the sum of the target bonuses under all of the Company’s incentive bonus plans applicable to the Employee for the year in which the termination occurs or the year in which the change of control occurred, whichever is greater, and (ii) if termination occurs in the fourth quarter of a calendar year, the sum of the target bonuses under all of the Company’s incentive bonus plans applicable to Employee for the year in which the termination occurs prorated daily based on the number of days from the beginning of the calendar year in which the termination occurs to and including the date of termination.
The Company (or its successor) shall also provide continuing coverage and benefits comparable to all life, health and disability plans of the Company for a period of 30 months from the date of termination, and Employee shall receive two and one-half years additional service credit under the current non-qualified supplemental pension plans, or successors thereto, of the Company applicable to the Employee on the date of termination. To the extent subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, the amount of medical expenses eligible for reimbursement during any year may not affect the medical expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other year. Furthermore, the reimbursement of eligible medical expenses must be made on or before the last day of the Employee’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred and the right to reimbursement of any eligible medical expense is not subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.


 

     For purposes of this Agreement, a “change of control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) there shall be consummated (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company’s Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company where a majority of the Board of Directors of the surviving corporation are, and for a two year period after the merger continue to be, persons who were directors of the Company immediately prior to the merger or were elected as directors, or nominated for election as directors, by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors of the Company immediately prior to the merger, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (ii) the shareholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (iii) (A) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than the Company or a subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary thereof, shall become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing in special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, and (B) at any time during a period of one year thereafter, individuals who immediately prior to the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company shall cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or the nomination by the Board of Directors for election by the Company’s shareholders of each new director during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period.
     For purposes of any payment to which Employee becomes entitled on account of termination following a change of control, as provided in this Section 1, such termination shall be deemed to refer only to a termination of employment that constitutes a “Separation from Service”. “Separation from Service” shall mean a reasonably anticipated permanent reduction in the level of bona fide services performed by the Employee for the Company and all Affiliates to 20% or less of the average level of bona fide services performed by the Employee for the Company and all Affiliates (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) months (or the full period of service to the Company and all Affiliates if less than thirty-six (36) months). For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Affiliate” means each entity that would be considered a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, except that the phrase “at least 50%” shall be substituted for the phrase “at least 80%” as used therein. In addition, payment of any amounts under this Section 1 will be deferred to the extent necessary to cause such payment to comply with the six-month deferral rule described in Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code if Employee is at the time of termination a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A.
     For purposes of this Section 1, “good reason upon change of control” shall exist if any of the following occurs:
(i) without Employee’s express written consent, the assignment to Employee of any duties inconsistent with the employment of Employee immediately prior to the change of control, or a significant diminution of Employee’s positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company from those immediately prior to a change of control or a diminution in Employee’s titles or offices as in effect immediately prior to a change of control, or any removal of Employee from, or any failure to reelect Employee to, any of such positions;
(ii) a reduction by the Company in Employee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to a change of control;

2


 

(iii) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any thrift, stock ownership, pension, life insurance, health, dental and accident or disability plan in which Employee is participating or is eligible to participate at the time of the change of control (or plans providing Employee with substantially similar benefits), except as otherwise required by the terms of such plans as in effect at the time of any change of control or the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect Employee’s participation in or materially reduce Employee’s benefits under any of such plans or deprive Employee of any material fringe benefits enjoyed by Employee at the time of the change of control or the failure by the Company to provide the Employee with the number of paid vacation days to which Employee is entitled in accordance with the vacation policies of the Company in effect at the time of a change of control;
(iv) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any incentive plan or arrangement (including without limitation, the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan and similar incentive compensation benefits) in which Employee is participating at the time of a change of control (or to substitute and continue other plans or arrangements providing the Employee with substantially similar benefits), except as otherwise required by the terms of such plans as in effect at the time of any change of control;
(v) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any plan or arrangement with respect to securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any plan or arrangement to receive and exercise stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or grants thereof or to acquire stock or other securities of the Company) in which Employee is participating at the time of a change of control (or to substitute and continue plans or arrangements providing the Employee with substantially similar benefits), except as otherwise required by the terms of such plans as in effect at the time of any change of control or the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect Employee’s participation in or materially reduce Employee’s benefits under any such plan;
(vi) the relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices to a location outside the San Antonio, Texas, area, or the Company’s requiring Employee to be based anywhere other than at the location of the Company’s principal executive offices, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with Employee’s present business travel obligations, or, in the event Employee consents to any such relocation of the Company’s principal executive or divisional offices, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse Employee for) all reasonable moving expenses incurred by Employee relating to a change of Employee’s principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify Employee against any loss (defined as the difference between the actual sale price of such residence and the higher of (a) Employee’s aggregate investment in such residence or (b) the fair market value thereof as determined by a real estate appraiser reasonably satisfactory to both Employee and the Company at the time the Employee’s principal residence is offered for sale in connection with any such change of residence;
(vii) any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company;

3


 

     In the event of a change of control as “change of control” is defined in any stock option plan or stock option agreement pursuant to which the Employee holds options to purchase common stock of the Company, Employee shall retain the rights to all accelerated vesting and other benefits under the terms thereof.
     The Company shall pay any attorney fees incurred by Employee in reasonably seeking to enforce the terms of this Paragraph 1.
     2.  Complete Agreement.
     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and cancels and supersedes all other agreements between the parties which may have related to the subject matter contained in this Agreement.
     1.  Modification: Amendment: Waiver.
     No modification, amendment or waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless approved in writing by both parties. The failure at any time to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of either party thereafter to enforce each and every provision hereof in accordance with its terms.
     3.  Governing Law: Jurisdiction.
     This Agreement and performance under it, and all proceedings that may ensue from its breach, shall be construed in accordance with and under the laws of the State of Texas.
     4.  Severability.
     Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
     5.  Assignment.
     The rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors, assigns, executors, administrators and heirs, provided, however, that the Company may not assign any duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Employee.
     6.  Limitation.
     This Agreement shall not confer any right or impose any obligation on the Company to continue the employment of Employee in any capacity, or limit the right of the Company or Employee to terminate Employee’s employment.
     7.  Notices.
     All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given in person or by telegraph, facsimile or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or three days after mailing or one day after transmission of a telegram or facsimile, as the case may be, to the representative persons named below:

4


 

     
If to the Company:
  Corporate Secretary
 
  Tesoro Corporation
 
  300 Concord Plaza Drive
 
  San Antonio, Texas 78216-6999
 
   
If to the Employee:
  G. Scott Spendlove
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
     
COMPANY:
  TESORO CORPORATION
 
   
 
  By: /s/ Bruce A. Smith
 
   
 
  Bruce A. Smith
 
  Chairman of the Board of Directors,
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer
 
   
EMPLOYEE:
  G. Scott Spendlove
 
   
 
  /s/ G. Scott Spendlove
 
   

5

Exhibit 10.15
AMENDED AND RESTATED
MANAGEMENT STABILITY AGREEMENT
     This Amended and Restated Management Stability Agreement is dated December 31, 2008, between Tesoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Ralph J. Grimmer (“Employee”), and supersedes and replaces any other previously dated Management Stability Agreement.
Recitals :
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it is in the best interest of the Company to reduce uncertainty to certain key employees of the Company in the event of certain fundamental events involving the control or existence of the Company;
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that an agreement protecting certain interests of key employees of the Company in the event of certain fundamental events involving the control or existence of the Company is in the best interest of the Company because it will assist the Company in attracting and retaining key employees such as this Employee; and
     WHEREAS, the Employee is relying on this Agreement and the obligations of the Company hereunder in continuing to work for the Company.
     NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
     1.  Termination Following Change of Control .
     Should Employee at any time within two years of a change of control cease to be an employee of the Company (or its successor), by reason of (i) involuntary termination by the Company (or its successor) other than for “cause” (following a change of control), “cause” shall be limited to the conviction of or a plea of nolo contendere to the charge of a felony (which, through lapse of time or otherwise, is not subject to appeal), a material breach of fiduciary duty to the Company through the misappropriation of Company funds or property) or (ii) voluntary termination by Employee for “good reason upon change of control” (as defined below), the Company (or its successor) shall pay to Employee within ten days of such termination the following severance payments and benefits:
(a) A lump-sum payment equal to two times the base salary of the Employee at the then current rate; and
(b) A lump-sum payment equal to (i) two times the sum of the target bonuses under all of the Company’s incentive bonus plans applicable to the Employee for the year in which the termination occurs or the year in which the change of control occurred, whichever is greater, and (ii) if termination occurs in the fourth quarter of a calendar year, the sum of the target bonuses under all of the Company’s incentive bonus plans applicable to Employee for the year in which the termination occurs prorated daily based on the number of days from the beginning of the calendar year in which the termination occurs to and including the date of termination.
The Company (or its successor) shall also provide continuing coverage and benefits comparable to all life, health and disability plans of the Company for a period of 24 months from the date of termination, and Employee shall receive two years additional service credit under the current non-qualified supplemental pension plans, or successors thereto, of the Company applicable to the Employee on the date of termination. To the extent subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, the amount of medical expenses eligible for reimbursement during any year may not affect the medical expenses eligible for

 


 

reimbursement in any other year. Furthermore, the reimbursement of eligible medical expenses must be made on or before the last day of the Employee’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred and the right to reimbursement of any eligible medical expense is not subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.
     For purposes of this Agreement, a “change of control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) there shall be consummated (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company’s Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company where a majority of the Board of Directors of the surviving corporation are, and for a two year period after the merger continue to be, persons who were directors of the Company immediately prior to the merger or were elected as directors, or nominated for election as directors, by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors of the Company immediately prior to the merger, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (ii) the shareholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (iii) (A) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than the Company or a subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary thereof, shall become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing in special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, and (B) at any time during a period of one year thereafter, individuals who immediately prior to the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company shall cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or the nomination by the Board of Directors for election by the Company’s shareholders of each new director during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period.
     For purposes of any payment to which Employee becomes entitled on account of termination following a change of control, as provided in this Section 1, such termination shall be deemed to refer only to a termination of employment that constitutes a “Separation from Service”. “Separation from Service” shall mean a reasonably anticipated permanent reduction in the level of bona fide services performed by the Employee for the Company and all Affiliates to 20% or less of the average level of bona fide services performed by the Employee for the Company and all Affiliates (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) months (or the full period of service to the Company and all Affiliates if less than thirty-six (36) months). For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Affiliate” means each entity that would be considered a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, except that the phrase “at least 50%” shall be substituted for the phrase “at least 80%” as used therein. In addition, payment of any amounts under this Section 1 will be deferred to the extent necessary to cause such payment to comply with the six-month deferral rule described in Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code if Employee is at the time of termination a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A.
     For purposes of this Section 1, “good reason upon change of control” shall exist if any of the following occurs:
(i) without Employee’s express written consent, the assignment to Employee of any duties inconsistent with the employment of Employee immediately prior to the change of control, or a significant diminution of Employee’s positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company from those immediately prior to a change of control or a diminution in Employee’s titles or offices as in effect immediately prior to a change of control, or any removal of Employee from, or any failure to reelect Employee to, any of such positions;

 


 

(ii) a reduction by the Company in Employee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to a change of control;
(iii) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any thrift, stock ownership, pension, life insurance, health, dental and accident or disability plan in which Employee is participating or is eligible to participate at the time of the change of control (or plans providing Employee with substantially similar benefits), except as otherwise required by the terms of such plans as in effect at the time of any change of control or the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect Employee’s participation in or materially reduce Employee’s benefits under any of such plans or deprive Employee of any material fringe benefits enjoyed by Employee at the time of the change of control or the failure by the Company to provide the Employee with the number of paid vacation days to which Employee is entitled in accordance with the vacation policies of the Company in effect at the time of a change of control;
(iv) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any incentive plan or arrangement (including without limitation, the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan and similar incentive compensation benefits) in which Employee is participating at the time of a change of control (or to substitute and continue other plans or arrangements providing the Employee with substantially similar benefits), except as otherwise required by the terms of such plans as in effect at the time of any change of control;
(v) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any plan or arrangement with respect to securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any plan or arrangement to receive and exercise stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or grants thereof or to acquire stock or other securities of the Company) in which Employee is participating at the time of a change of control (or to substitute and continue plans or arrangements providing the Employee with substantially similar benefits), except as otherwise required by the terms of such plans as in effect at the time of any change of control or the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect Employee’s participation in or materially reduce Employee’s benefits under any such plan;
(vi) the relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices to a location outside the San Antonio, Texas, area, or the Company’s requiring Employee to be based anywhere other than at the location of the Company’s principal executive offices, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with Employee’s present business travel obligations, or, in the event Employee consents to any such relocation of the Company’s principal executive or divisional offices, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse Employee for) all reasonable moving expenses incurred by Employee relating to a change of Employee’s principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify Employee against any loss (defined as the difference between the actual sale price of such residence and the higher of (a) Employee’s aggregate investment in such residence or (b) the fair market value thereof as determined by a real estate appraiser reasonably satisfactory to both Employee and the Company at the time the Employee’s principal residence is offered for sale in connection with any such change of residence;
(vii) any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company;

 


 

     In the event of a change of control as “change of control” is defined in any stock option plan or stock option agreement pursuant to which the Employee holds options to purchase common stock of the Company, Employee shall retain the rights to all accelerated vesting and other benefits under the terms thereof.
     The Company shall pay any attorney fees incurred by Employee in reasonably seeking to enforce the terms of this Paragraph 1.
     2.  Complete Agreement .
     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and cancels and supersedes all other agreements between the parties which may have related to the subject matter contained in this Agreement.
     1.  Modification; Amendment; Waiver .
     No modification, amendment or waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless approved in writing by both parties. The failure at any time to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of either party thereafter to enforce each and every provision hereof in accordance with its terms.
     3.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction .
     This Agreement and performance under it, and all proceedings that may ensue from its breach, shall be construed in accordance with and under the laws of the State of Texas.
     4.  Severability .
     Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
     5.  Assignment .
     The rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors, assigns, executors, administrators and heirs, provided, however, that the Company may not assign any duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Employee.
     6.  Limitation .
     This Agreement shall not confer any right or impose any obligation on the Company to continue the employment of Employee in any capacity, or limit the right of the Company or Employee to terminate Employee’s employment.
     7.  Notices .
     All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given in person or by telegraph, facsimile or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or three days after mailing or one day after transmission of a telegram or facsimile, as the case may be, to the representative persons named below:

 


 

         
 
  If to the Company:   Corporate Secretary
 
      Tesoro Corporation
 
      300 Concord Plaza Drive
 
      San Antonio, Texas 78216-6999
           
 
     If to the Employee:   Ralph J. Grimmer                                      
 
       
 
 
 
       
 
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
                 
    COMPANY:   TESORO CORPORATION    
 
               
 
      By   /s/ Bruce A. Smith
 
   
        Bruce A. Smith    
        Chairman of the Board of Directors,    
        President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
               
    EMPLOYEE:   Ralph J. Grimmer    
 
               
         
 
  /s/ Ralph J. Grimmer
 
   

 

EXHIBIT 10.16
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PROGRAM
Cash Compensation
         
Board Service
       
Annual Retainer:
  $ 45,000  
Board Meeting Fees:
       
In-Person
  $ 1,500  
Telephonic
  $ 1,500  
 
       
Committee Service
       
Audit Committee:
       
Chair Annual Retainer:
  $ 10,000  
Other Standing Committees:
       
Chair Annual Retainer:
  $ 10,000  
 
       
Committee Meeting Fees:
       
In-Person
  $ 1,500  
Telephonic
  $ 1,500  
Equity Compensation
     
Annual Retainer:
  Annual unit-based award of phantom limited partnership units with a value of $50,000, granted during the first quarter of the year (the “ Annual Equity Retainer ”). Each Annual Equity Retainer will vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant, contingent on continued service by the director. Awards will include distribution equivalent rights (DERs) reflecting cash distributions on underlying units. DERs will be paid in cash at the time such awards vest.
Expense Reimbursement
Directors will be reimbursed for travel and lodging expenses they incur in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors or its committees.

Exhibit 10.17
[ Employee time-vesting award ]
FORM OF
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
2011 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
PHANTOM UNIT AGREEMENT
     Pursuant to this Phantom Unit Agreement, dated as of [_______], 2011 (the “ Agreement ”), Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC (the “ Company ”), as the general partner of Tesoro Logistics LP (the " Partnership ”), hereby grants to [___________] (the “ Participant ”) the following award of Phantom Units (“ Phantom Units ”), pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference. Each Phantom Unit shall constitute a Phantom Unit under the terms of the Plan and is hereby granted in tandem with a corresponding DER, as further detailed in Section 3 below. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement, but not defined, shall have the meanings provided in the Plan.
GRANT NOTICE
     Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the principal features of this Award are as follows:
Number of Phantom Units : [________]
Grant Date : [________], 2011
Vesting of Phantom Units : One—third of the Phantom Units (rounded down to the next whole number of units, except in the case of the final vesting date) shall vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant (the “ Grant Date ”), subject to the Participant’s continued service as an Employee, Director or Consultant. In addition, the Phantom Units shall be subject to accelerated vesting as set forth in Section 4 below.
Termination of Phantom Units : In the event of a termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason, all Phantom Units that have not vested prior to or in connection with such termination of Service shall thereupon automatically be forfeited by the Participant without further action and without payment of consideration therefor.
Payment of Phantom Units : Vested Phantom Units shall be paid to the Participant in the form of Units as set forth in Section 5 below.
DERs : Each Phantom Unit granted under this Agreement shall be issued in tandem with a corresponding DER, which shall entitle the Participant to receive payments in an amount equal to Partnership distributions in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement.

1


 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PHANTOM UNITS
     1.  Grant . The Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Grant Date, an award of [________] Phantom Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and the Plan.
     2.  Phantom Units . Subject to Section 4 below, each Phantom Unit that vests shall represent the right to receive payment, in accordance with Section 5 below, in the form of one Unit. Unless and until a Phantom Unit vests, the Participant will have no right to payment in respect of any such Phantom Unit. Prior to actual payment in respect of any vested Phantom Unit, such Phantom Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Partnership, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Partnership.
     3.  Grant of Tandem DER . Each Phantom Unit granted hereunder is hereby granted in tandem with a corresponding DER, which DER shall remain outstanding from the Grant Date until the earlier of the payment or forfeiture of the Phantom Unit to which it corresponds. Each vested DER shall entitle the Participant to receive payments, subject to and in accordance with this Agreement, in an amount equal to any distributions made by the Partnership in respect of the Units underlying the Phantom Units to which such DER relates. The Company shall establish, with respect to each Phantom Unit, a separate DER bookkeeping account for such Phantom Unit (a “ DER Account ”), which shall be credited (without interest) on the applicable distribution dates with an amount equal to any distributions made by the Partnership during the period that such Phantom Unit remains outstanding with respect to the Unit underlying the Phantom Unit to which such DER relates. Upon the vesting of a Phantom Unit, the DER (and the DER Account) with respect to such vested Phantom Unit shall also become vested. Similarly, upon the forfeiture of a Phantom Unit, the DER (and the DER Account) with respect to such forfeited Phantom Unit shall also be forfeited. DERs shall not entitle the Participant to any payments relating to distributions occurring after the earlier to occur of the applicable Phantom Unit payment date or the forfeiture of the Phantom Unit underlying such DER. The DERs and any amounts that may become distributable in respect thereof shall be treated separately from the Phantom Units and the rights arising in connection therewith for purposes of Section 409A of the Code (including for purposes of the designation of time and form of payments required by Section 409A).
     4.  Vesting and Termination .
     (a) Vesting . Subject to Section 4(c) below, the Phantom Units shall vest in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice above.
     (b) Accelerated Vesting . Subject to Section 4(c) below, the Phantom Units shall vest in full upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a termination of the Participant’s Service by the Company or the Partnership other than for Cause, (ii) a termination of the Participant’s Service by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (iii) a termination of the Participant’s Service by the Participant for Good Reason where the event constituting Good Reason occurs within the six-month period immediately following a Change in Control, or (iv) prior to a Change in Control, a termination of the Participant’s Service by the Company or the Partnership other than for Cause or the

1


 

Participant’s Disability, or by the Participant for Good Reason, in either case where the Participant demonstrates that such termination by the Company or the Partnership, or the action constituting Good Reason was at the request of the third party effecting a Change in Control or otherwise occurred in connection with such Change in Control.
     (c) Forfeiture . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason, all Phantom Units that have not vested prior to or in connection with such termination of Service shall thereupon automatically be forfeited by the Participant without further action and without payment of consideration therefor. No portion of the Phantom Units which has not become vested at the date of the Participant’s termination of Service shall thereafter become vested.
     (d) Payment . Vested Phantom Units shall be subject to the payment provisions set forth in Section 5 below.
     (e) Definition of “Good Reason” . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following actions by the Company without the Participant’s consent: (1) a material reduction in duties and responsibilities held by the Participant prior to the Change in Control, in each case except in connection with a termination of the Participant’s Service for Cause; (2) a material reduction by the Company in the Participant’s salary or guideline (target) bonus, or (3) a material change in the geographic location at which the Participant must perform services for the Company; provided, however , that no termination of Service by the Participant shall constitute a termination for Good Reason unless and until (a) the Participant has first provided the Company with written notice specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 30 days after the Participant has or should reasonably be expected to have had knowledge of the occurrence thereof, (b) the Company has not cured such acts or omissions within 30 days of its actual receipt of such notice, and (c) the effective date of the Participant’s termination for Good Reason occurs no later than 90 days after the initial existence of the facts or circumstances constituting Good Reason.
     5.  Payment of Phantom Units and DERs .
     (a) Phantom Units . Unpaid, vested Phantom Units shall be paid to the Participant in the form of Units in a lump-sum as soon as reasonably practical, but not later than 45 days, following the date on which such Phantom Units vest. Payments of any Phantom Units that vest in accordance herewith shall be made to the Participant (or in the event of the Participant’s death, to the Participant’s estate) in whole Units in accordance with this Section 5.
     (b) DERs . Unpaid, vested DERs shall be paid to the Participant as follows: as soon as reasonably practical, but not later than 45 days, following the date on which a Phantom Unit and related DER vests, the Participant shall be paid an amount in cash equal to the amount then credited to the DER Account maintained with respect to such Phantom Unit.
     (c) Potential Six-Month Delay . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in

2


 

this Agreement, no amounts payable under this Agreement shall be paid to the Participant prior to the expiration of the 6-month period following his “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) (a “ Separation from Service ”) to the extent that the Company determines that paying such amounts prior to the expiration of such 6-month period would result in a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of the applicable 6-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amounts can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of the Participant’s death), such amounts shall be paid to the Participant.
     6.  Tax Withholding . The Company and/or its Affiliates shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or to require the Participant to remit to the Company and/or its Affiliates, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local taxes (including the Participant’s employment tax obligations) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising in connection with the Phantom Units and the DERs. In satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Company and/or its Affiliates shall withhold Units otherwise issuable in respect of such Phantom Units having a fair market value equal to the sums required to be withheld. In the event that Units that would otherwise be issued in payment of the Phantom Units are used to satisfy such withholding obligations, the number of Units which shall be so withheld shall be limited to the number of Units which have a fair market value (which, in the case of a broker-assisted transaction, shall be determined by the Committee, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code) on the date of withholding equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.
     7.  Rights as Unit Holder . Neither the Participant nor any person claiming under or through the Participant shall have any of the rights or privileges of a holder of Units in respect of any Units that may become deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Units shall have been issued or recorded in book entry form on the records of the Partnership or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered in certificate or book entry form to the Participant or any person claiming under or through the Participant.
     8.  Non-Transferability . Neither the Phantom Units nor any right of the Participant under the Phantom Units may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant (or any permitted transferee) other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate.
     9. Distribution of Units . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, neither the Company nor the Partnership shall deliver to the Participant certificates evidencing Units issued pursuant to this Agreement and instead such Units shall be recorded in the books of the Partnership (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or equity plan administrator). All certificates for Units issued pursuant to this Agreement and all Units issued pursuant to book entry procedures hereunder shall be subject to such stop

3


 

transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Units are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Company may cause a legend or legends to be inscribed on any such certificates or book entry to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Company may require that the Participant make such covenants, agreements, and representations as the Company, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. No fractional Units shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Phantom Units and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of fractional Units or whether such fractional Units or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.
     10.  Partnership Agreement . Units issued upon payment of the Phantom Units shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the terms of the Partnership Agreement. Upon the issuance of Units to the Participant, the Participant shall, automatically and without further action on his or her part, (i) be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) with respect to the Units, and (ii) become bound, and be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of the Partnership Agreement.
     11.  No Effect on Service . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate. Furthermore, the Company and its Affiliates may at any time dismiss the Participant from employment or consulting free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, this Agreement or other written agreement.
     12.  Severablility . If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable law or, if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
     13.  Tax Consultation . None of the Board, the Committee, the Company nor the Partnership has made any warranty or representation to Participant with respect to the income tax consequences of the issuance of the Phantom Units, the DERs, the Units or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Participant represents that he is in no manner relying on such entities or their representatives for tax advice or an assessment of such tax consequences. The Participant understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences in connection with the Phantom Units and DERs granted pursuant to this Agreement. The Participant represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants that the Participant deems advisable in connection with the Phantom Units and DERs.
     14. Amendments, Suspension and Termination . To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board or the Committee. Except as provided

4


 

in the preceding sentence, this Agreement cannot be modified, altered or amended, except by an agreement, in writing, signed by both the Partnership and the Participant.
     15.  Lock-Up Agreement . The Participant shall agree, if so requested by the Company or the Partnership and any underwriter in connection with any public offering of securities of the Partnership or any Affiliate, not to directly or indirectly offer, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any Units held by him or her for such period, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the relevant registration statement filed under the Securities Act in connection with such public offering, as such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith. The Company or the Partnership may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such 180-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 180-day period may be extended for up to such number of additional days as is deemed necessary by such underwriter or the Company or Partnership to continue coverage by research analysts in accordance with FINRA Rule 2711 or any successor rule.
     16.  Conformity to Securities Laws . The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and all applicable state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Phantom Units and DERs are granted, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
     17.  Code Section 409A . None of the Phantom Units, the DERs or any amounts paid pursuant to this Agreement are intended to constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that the Committee determines that the Phantom Units or DERs may not be exempt from (or compliant with) Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may (but shall not be required to) amend this Agreement in a manner intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or an exemption therefrom (including amendments with retroactive effect), or take any other actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Phantom Units or DERs from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Phantom Units or DERs, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or benefit hereunder constitutes non-exempt “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and such payment or benefit would otherwise be payable or distributable hereunder by reason of the Participant’s termination of Service, all references to the Participant’s termination of Service shall be construed to mean a Separation from Service, and the Participant shall not be considered to have a termination of Service unless such termination constitutes a Separation from Service with respect to the Participant.

5


 

     18.  Adjustments; Clawback . The Participant acknowledges that the Phantom Units are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 7 of the Plan. The Participant further acknowledges that the Phantom Units, DERs and Units issuable hereunder are subject to clawback as provided in this Section 8(o) of the Plan.
     19.  Successors and Assigns . The Company or the Partnership may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions on transfer contained herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     20.  Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of this Agreement and any rules and regulations relating to this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.
     21.  Headings . Headings are given to the sections and subsections of this Agreement solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
[ Signature page follows ]

6


 

     The Participant’s signature below indicates the Participant’s agreement with and understanding that this award is subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in the Plan and in this Agreement, and that, in the event that there are any inconsistencies between the terms of the Plan and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant has read and understands the Plan and this Agreement, which contains the specific terms and conditions of this grant of Phantom Units. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.
         
  TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
     
  By:   Tesoro Corporation    
  Its:   Sole Member   
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  TESORO LOGISTICS LP ,
a Delaware limited partnership
 
 
     
  By:   Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC    
  Its:  General Partner    
        
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  PARTICIPANT  
 
     
  [Name]   
       
 

7

Exhibit 10.18
[ Non-employee director award ]
FORM OF
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
2011 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
PHANTOM UNIT AGREEMENT
     Pursuant to this Phantom Unit Agreement, dated as of [_______], 2011 (the “ Agreement ”), Tesoro Logistics GP, LLC (the “ Company ”), as the general partner of Tesoro Logistics LP (the “ Partnership ”), hereby grants to [___________] (the “ Participant ”) the following award of Phantom Units (“ Phantom Units ”), pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Tesoro Logistics LP 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference. Each Phantom Unit shall constitute a Phantom Unit under the terms of the Plan and is hereby granted in tandem with a corresponding DER, as further detailed in Section 3 below. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement, but not defined, shall have the meanings provided in the Plan.
GRANT NOTICE
     Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the principal features of this Award are as follows:
    Number of Phantom Units : [________]
 
    Grant Date : [________], 2011
 
    Vesting of Phantom Units : 100% of the Phantom Units shall vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant (the “ Grant Date ”), subject to the Participant’s continued service as an Employee, Director or Consultant. In addition, the Phantom Units shall be subject to accelerated vesting as set forth in Section 4 below.
 
    Termination of Phantom Units : In the event of a termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason, all Phantom Units that have not vested prior to or in connection with such termination of Service shall thereupon automatically be forfeited by the Participant without further action and without payment of consideration therefor.
 
    Payment of Phantom Units : Vested Phantom Units shall be paid to the Participant in the form of Units as set forth in Section 5 below.
 
    DERs : Each Phantom Unit granted under this Agreement shall be issued in tandem with a corresponding DER, which shall entitle the Participant to receive payments in an amount equal to Partnership distributions in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement.

1


 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PHANTOM UNITS
     1.  Grant . The Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Grant Date, an award of [________] Phantom Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and the Plan.
     2.  Phantom Units . Subject to Section 4 below, each Phantom Unit that vests shall represent the right to receive payment, in accordance with Section 5 below, in the form of one Unit. Unless and until a Phantom Unit vests, the Participant will have no right to payment in respect of any such Phantom Unit. Prior to actual payment in respect of any vested Phantom Unit, such Phantom Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Partnership, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Partnership.
     3.  Grant of Tandem DER . Each Phantom Unit granted hereunder is hereby granted in tandem with a corresponding DER, which DER shall remain outstanding from the Grant Date until the earlier of the payment or forfeiture of the Phantom Unit to which it corresponds. Each vested DER shall entitle the Participant to receive payments, subject to and in accordance with this Agreement, in an amount equal to any distributions made by the Partnership in respect of the Units underlying the Phantom Units to which such DER relates. The Company shall establish, with respect to each Phantom Unit, a separate DER bookkeeping account for such Phantom Unit (a “ DER Account ”), which shall be credited (without interest) on the applicable distribution dates with an amount equal to any distributions made by the Partnership during the period that such Phantom Unit remains outstanding with respect to the Unit underlying the Phantom Unit to which such DER relates. Upon the vesting of a Phantom Unit, the DER (and the DER Account) with respect to such vested Phantom Unit shall also become vested. Similarly, upon the forfeiture of a Phantom Unit, the DER (and the DER Account) with respect to such forfeited Phantom Unit shall also be forfeited. DERs shall not entitle the Participant to any payments relating to distributions occurring after the earlier to occur of the applicable Phantom Unit payment date or the forfeiture of the Phantom Unit underlying such DER. The DERs and any amounts that may become distributable in respect thereof shall be treated separately from the Phantom Units and the rights arising in connection therewith for purposes of Section 409A of the Code (including for purposes of the designation of time and form of payments required by Section 409A).
     4.  Vesting and Termination .
     (a) Vesting . Subject to Section 4(c) below, the Phantom Units shall vest in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice above.
     (b) Accelerated Vesting . Subject to Section 4(c) below, the Phantom Units shall vest in full upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a termination of the Participant’s Service by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability or (ii) a Change in Control.
     (c) Forfeiture . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason, all Phantom Units that have not vested prior to or in connection with such termination of Service shall thereupon automatically be

1


 

forfeited by the Participant without further action and without payment of consideration therefor. No portion of the Phantom Units which has not become vested at the date of the Participant’s termination of Service shall thereafter become vested.
     (d) Payment . Vested Phantom Units shall be subject to the payment provisions set forth in Section 5 below.
5. Payment of Phantom Units and DERs .
     (a) Phantom Units . Unpaid, vested Phantom Units shall be paid to the Participant in the form of Units in a lump-sum as soon as reasonably practical, but not later than 45 days, following the date on which such Phantom Units vest. Payments of any Phantom Units that vest in accordance herewith shall be made to the Participant (or in the event of the Participant’s death, to the Participant’s estate) in whole Units in accordance with this Section 5.
     (b) DERs . Unpaid, vested DERs shall be paid to the Participant as follows: as soon as reasonably practical, but not later than 45 days, following the date on which a Phantom Unit and related DER vests, the Participant shall be paid an amount in cash equal to the amount then credited to the DER Account maintained with respect to such Phantom Unit.
     (c) Potential Six-Month Delay . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no amounts payable under this Agreement shall be paid to the Participant prior to the expiration of the 6-month period following his “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) (a “ Separation from Service ”) to the extent that the Company determines that paying such amounts prior to the expiration of such 6-month period would result in a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of the applicable 6-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amounts can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of the Participant’s death), such amounts shall be paid to the Participant.
     6. Tax Withholding . The Company and/or its Affiliates shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or to require the Participant to remit to the Company and/or its Affiliates, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local taxes (including the Participant’s employment tax obligations) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising in connection with the Phantom Units and the DERs. In satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Company and/or its Affiliates shall withhold Units otherwise issuable in respect of such Phantom Units having a fair market value equal to the sums required to be withheld. In the event that Units that would otherwise be issued in payment of the Phantom Units are used to satisfy such withholding obligations, the number of Units which shall be so withheld shall be limited to the number of Units which have a fair market value (which, in the case of a broker-assisted transaction, shall be determined by the Committee, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code) on the date of withholding equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that

2


 

are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.
     7.  Rights as Unit Holder . Neither the Participant nor any person claiming under or through the Participant shall have any of the rights or privileges of a holder of Units in respect of any Units that may become deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Units shall have been issued or recorded in book entry form on the records of the Partnership or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered in certificate or book entry form to the Participant or any person claiming under or through the Participant.
     8.  Non-Transferability . Neither the Phantom Units nor any right of the Participant under the Phantom Units may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant (or any permitted transferee) other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, the Partnership or any Affiliate.
     9.  Distribution of Units . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, neither the Company nor the Partnership shall deliver to the Participant certificates evidencing Units issued pursuant to this Agreement and instead such Units shall be recorded in the books of the Partnership (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or equity plan administrator). All certificates for Units issued pursuant to this Agreement and all Units issued pursuant to book entry procedures hereunder shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Units are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Company may cause a legend or legends to be inscribed on any such certificates or book entry to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Company may require that the Participant make such covenants, agreements, and representations as the Company, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. No fractional Units shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Phantom Units and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of fractional Units or whether such fractional Units or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.
     10.  Partnership Agreement . Units issued upon payment of the Phantom Units shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the terms of the Partnership Agreement. Upon the issuance of Units to the Participant, the Participant shall, automatically and without further action on his or her part, (i) be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) with respect to the Units, and (ii) become bound, and be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of the Partnership Agreement.
     11. No Effect on Service . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate. Furthermore, the Company and its Affiliates may at any time dismiss the Participant from employment or consulting free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, this Agreement or other written agreement.

3


 

     12.  Severablility . If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable law or, if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
     13.  Tax Consultation . None of the Board, the Committee, the Company nor the Partnership has made any warranty or representation to Participant with respect to the income tax consequences of the issuance of the Phantom Units, the DERs, the Units or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Participant represents that he is in no manner relying on such entities or their representatives for tax advice or an assessment of such tax consequences. The Participant understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences in connection with the Phantom Units and DERs granted pursuant to this Agreement. The Participant represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants that the Participant deems advisable in connection with the Phantom Units and DERs.
     14.  Amendments, Suspension and Termination . To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board or the Committee. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, this Agreement cannot be modified, altered or amended, except by an agreement, in writing, signed by both the Partnership and the Participant.
     15.  Lock-Up Agreement . The Participant shall agree, if so requested by the Company or the Partnership and any underwriter in connection with any public offering of securities of the Partnership or any Affiliate, not to directly or indirectly offer, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any Units held by him or her for such period, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the relevant registration statement filed under the Securities Act in connection with such public offering, as such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith. The Company or the Partnership may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such 180-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 180-day period may be extended for up to such number of additional days as is deemed necessary by such underwriter or the Company or Partnership to continue coverage by research analysts in accordance with FINRA Rule 2711 or any successor rule.
     16. Conformity to Securities Laws . The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and all applicable state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Phantom Units and DERs are granted, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

4


 

     17.  Code Section 409A . None of the Phantom Units, the DERs or any amounts paid pursuant to this Agreement are intended to constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that the Committee determines that the Phantom Units or DERs may not be exempt from (or compliant with) Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may (but shall not be required to) amend this Agreement in a manner intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or an exemption therefrom (including amendments with retroactive effect), or take any other actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Phantom Units or DERs from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Phantom Units or DERs, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or benefit hereunder constitutes non-exempt “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and such payment or benefit would otherwise be payable or distributable hereunder by reason of the Participant’s termination of Service, all references to the Participant’s termination of Service shall be construed to mean a Separation from Service, and the Participant shall not be considered to have a termination of Service unless such termination constitutes a Separation from Service with respect to the Participant.
     18.  Adjustments; Clawback . The Participant acknowledges that the Phantom Units are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 7 of the Plan. The Participant further acknowledges that the Phantom Units, DERs and Units issuable hereunder are subject to clawback as provided in this Section 8(o) of the Plan.
     19.  Successors and Assigns . The Company or the Partnership may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions on transfer contained herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     20.  Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of this Agreement and any rules and regulations relating to this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.
     21.  Headings . Headings are given to the sections and subsections of this Agreement solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
[ Signature page follows ]

5


 

     The Participant’s signature below indicates the Participant’s agreement with and understanding that this award is subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in the Plan and in this Agreement, and that, in the event that there are any inconsistencies between the terms of the Plan and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant has read and understands the Plan and this Agreement, which contains the specific terms and conditions of this grant of Phantom Units. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.
         
  TESORO LOGISTICS GP, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
   By:  Tesoro Corporation    
  Its:  Sole Member   
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  TESORO LOGISTICS LP ,
a Delaware limited partnership
 
 
   By:  Tesoro Logistics GP,LLC    
  Its:  General Partner    
       
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  PARTICIPANT
 
 
     
  [Name]     
       
 

6

Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF
TESORO LOGISTICS LP
     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
Tesoro Alaska Logistics LLC
  Delaware
Tesoro High Plains Pipeline Company LLC
  Delaware
Tesoro Logistics Operations LLC
  Delaware
Tesoro Trucking Operations LLC
  Delaware

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 11, 2011, with respect to the combined financial statements of Tesoro Logistics LP Predecessor, and our report dated January 3, 2011, with respect to the balance sheet of Tesoro Logistics LP, included in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-171525) and related Prospectus of Tesoro Logistics LP for the registration of common units representing limited partner interests.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Antonio, Texas
April 1, 2011